Apollo Operations Handbook CSM Spacecraft 012

!
SID 65-1317
APOLLO
OPERATIONS
HANDBOOK
COMMAND AND
SERVICE MODULE.
SPACECRAFT 012
Prepared Under Direction of

NASA-MSC MISSION OPERATIONS BRANCH
FLIGHT CREW SUPPORT DIVISION
/-
N O R T H A M E R I C A N A V I A T I O N , INC.
SPACE and INFORMATION SYSTEMS DIVISION
* SM2A-03-SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS H A N D B 0 0 k
COMMAND AND SERVICE MODULE
SPACECRAFT 012
C o n t r a c t NAS9- 1 5 0
E x h i b i t I; P a r a g r a p h 1 0 . 3
tifli.
- DATED I
\ THIS P U B L I C A T I O N S U P E R S E D E S SM2A-O3_SCO12
L 16 S E P T E M B E R 1966.
PREPARED BY NORTH AMERICAN AVIATION, INC.

SPACE AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS DIVISION
TRAINING AND SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION
DEPARTMENT 671
A C R E W A B B R E V I A T E D C H E C K L I S T , S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C 0 1 2 / CL, IS
PUBLISHED AS A S E P A R A T E DOCUMENT.
PUBLISHED U N D E R A U T H O R I T Y OF THE N A T I O N A L A E R O N A U T I C S A N D SPACE A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
SID 65-1317
* 1
I'
12 NOVEMBER 1966
t
SM2A- 03-SCOlL
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text alfrcted by the current chanRcs i s
indicated by a \enical line an the outer marlins of the page.
TOTAL N U L I B E R O F PAGES I N THIS PUBLICATION IS 816,

CONSISTING O F T H E FOLLOWING:
Page Page
Title 2.8- 1 t h r u 2.8-70

A thru E L. 9 - 1 t h r u 2.9- 38
i thru xii 2. 10-1 t h r u 2. 10-10
1 - 1 t h r u 1-20 2. 1 1 - 1 t h r u 2. 1 1 - 6
2-1 t h r u 2 - 2 3 - 1 t h r u 3-212
2.1- t h r u 2 . 1-10 4 - 1 t h r u 4-50
2.2- t h r u 2. 2-48 5-1 t h r u 5-20
2.3- t h r u 2 . 3-72 6-1 t h r u 6-52
2.4- t h r u 2.4-38 7-1 t h r u 7-2
2.5- t h r u 2 . 5-44 8-1 t h r u 8 - 2
2. 6 - t h r u 2. 6-48 A- 1 t h r u A - 6
2.7- t h r u 2. 7-48
CHANGE INFORMATION
T h i s handbook i s s u b j e c t t o continuous c h a n g e o r r e v i s i o n , on a p r i o r i t y
b a s i s , t o r e f l e c t c u r r e n t e n g i n e e r i n g o r m i s s i o n c h a n g e s , o r to i m p r o v e content
o r a r r a n g e m e n t . The c o n t e n t a n d the c h a n g e s a r e a c c o u n t e d f o r by t h e a b o v e
L i s t of Effective P a g e s , a n d b y the following m e a n s :
R e c o r d of P u b l i c a t i o n : The publication d a t e of e a c h b a s i c i s s u e and e a c h c h a n g e

i s s u e is l i s t e d on page B as a r e c o r d of all e d i t i o n s .
P a g e Change D a t e : E a c h page in t h i s handbook h a s s p a c e f o r e n t e r i n g a change

d a t e . T h e l a t e s t publication d a t e w i l l b e e n t e r e d in t h i s s p a c e e a c h t i m e a page
is changed f r o m the b a s i c i s s u e .
*The asterisk indicates pager changed. added. or dclctrd by the current change.
M a n u a l s will be distributed as directed by t h e NASA Apollo Program Office. All requests for
manuals should be directed to t h e NASA Apollo SpacecraH Program Office at Houston, Texas.
A
shl2A - 0 3 - sc 0 1 2
A P O L L O O P E R A T I O N S HANDBOOK
RECORD O F PUBLICATION
T h i s i s s u e of t h e Apollo O p e r a t i o n s Handbook,
S p a c e c r a f t 0 12, d a t e d 12 November 1966, c o n s t i t u t e s
a r e v i s i o n of t h e handbook, d a t e d 16 S e p t e m b e r 1966.
Subsequent c h a n g e s m a y be i s s u e d t o m a i n t a i n i n f o r -
m a t i o n c u r r e n t with s p a c e c r a f t c o n f i g u r a t i o n t h r o u g h
c o m p l e t i o n of t h e m i s s i o n . T h i s r e c o r d will r e f l e c t
the publication d a t e of any r e l e a s e d c h a n g e s .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page B/C

.
S.M2A -03-SCO 1 2
LATE TECHNICAL CHANGES
The i t e m s l i s t e d below r e p r e s e n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s which have been a p p r o v e d too

l a t e f o r i n c l u s i o n i n t h e 12 November 1966 p r i n t i n g of t h e Apollo O p e r a t i o n s Handbook.
Source D e s c r i p t i o n of Change Section Affected
MCR Change S / M RCS fuel f r o m blended h y d r a z i n e 2. 5

A1735 m i x t u r e to m o n o m e t h y l h y d r a z i n e
MCR Addition of i n v e r t e r s y n c h r o n i z e r power panel 2,3

1591 which p r o v i d e s c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s f o r t h e c o n t r o l
REV 3 . of power t o t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit.
FEO T h i s is a n o m e n c l a t u r e c o r r e c t i o n f o r t h e 2. 8 a n d 3
M-53025 S - B a n d s w i t c h on t h e MDC p a n e l s No. 13, 2 3
( 10 - 13 -66) a n d 26. T h i s c h a n g e is r e q u i r e d due t o w i r i n g
c h a n g e s . T h e S-Band s w i t c h w a s m a r k e d
" P T T " , "OFF" a n d "VOX". T h e s w i t c h is
now m a r k e d "OFF", "OFF" a n d " T / R " .
MCR Modification of C r e w Couch Lockouts. T h i s

A1733 MCR r e m o v e s t h e lockout s o l e n o i d a c t u a t o r
( 1 0 - 1 1-66) and wire harness f r o m the X - X axis s t r u t
lockout m e c h a n i s m . Add an a d a p t e r t o t h e
lockout m e c h a n i s m a s s e m b l y t o f i x in t h e
locked position. T h e s w i t c h on p a n e l No. 9
a n d t h e w i r e h a r n e s s a s s e m b l y on t h e s t r u t s
will b e r e m o v e d .
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page D

s .\12 A - 0 3 - sc 0 1 2
SYNOPSIS O F SIGNIFICANT CHANCES
T h i s tabulation d o e s not l i s t all c h a n g e s , a d d i t i o n s , , a n d / o r d e l e t i o n s i n t h e handhook.

Its p u r p o s e is to a s s i s t the r e a d e r i n d e t e r m i n i n g the s i g n i f i c a n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s i n e a c h
system.
P A R T I. TECHNICAL CHANGES
Hand book Handbook

Section( s ) S y s t e m (s )
Aff e c t e d Description Aff e c t e d
~~
Updated lockout m e c h a n i s m s on s h o c k s t r u t s . GEN
Updated f o r w a r d h a t c h c o v e r . GEN
R e v i s e d RCSC c i r c u i t d i a g r a m to i n c l u d e e n t r y b a t t e r y SE Q
backup p o w e r to p y r o b u s .
H2 p u r g e l i n e h e a t e r E PS
F u e l cell H2 a n d 0 2 r e a c t a n t shutoff v a l v e s holding EPS

voltage control
C r y o g e n i c s y s t e m r e s p o n s e and o p e r a t i o n E PS
1
L R e v i s e d , u p d a t e d , and a s s e m b l e d e n d - t o - e n d c i r c u i t PROP
and s y s t e m d i a g r a m s . Added e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b -
ution d i a g r a m s and p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s . Added
o p e r a t i n g r a n g e s and p a n e l r e f e r e n c e s to m e a s u r e m e n t
lists.
Added t a b u l a r d a t a f o r c o l o r m a r k i n g s contained on SPS, E P S

i n d i c a t o r d i s p l a y s a n d updated a r t . and ECS
Added t y p i c a l c h a r t s f r o m MMDB t o d e t e r m i n e S / C RCS, S P S

consumable data. and E P S
Added d a t a on S / C a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s , RCS
Updated S P S Delta V a n d E n g i n e G i m b a l Angle c h a r t s . s PS
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page

S M Z A -03-SCO 12
.
*-
FOREWORD
This handbook and its contents a r e r e s t r i c t e d to the r e q u i r e -

m e n t s f o r S p a c e c r a f t 012. It p r e s e n t s , i n o n e d o c u m e n t , d e s c r i p t i o n s
of the s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s and e q u i p m e n t , and l i s t i n g s of t h e flight
c r e w o p e r a t i o n a l p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y f o r the s a f e and e f f i c i e n t
function of the s p a c e c r a f t throughout its planned m i s s i o n . T h i s
handbook i s d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y f o r u s e by t h e flight c r e w , and
s e c o n d a r i l y f o r u s e by the m i s s i o n flight c o n t r o l l e r s , flight p l a n n e r s ,
and t r a i n e r o p e r a t o r s .
NASA c o m m e n t s o r s u g g e s t e d c h a n g e s to t h i s handbook s h o u l d
be a d d r e s s e d to the F l i g h t Planning Section, FCSD, MSC, Office
Code C F 32, Telephone HU3-4271.
SM2A -03-SCO 12
TABLEOFCONTENTS
Section Title Page
1 GENERAL INFORMATION. 1-1
1.1 S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration . 1-1

1.1.1 LES A s s e m b l y . 1-1
1.1.2 Command Module 1-4
1.1.2.1 Forward Compartment . 1-6
1.1.2.2 Crew Compartment . 1-6
1.1.2.3 S / C C o n t r o l s and D i s p l a y s 1-6
1.1.2.4 C / M Mechanical Controls 1-6
1.1.2.5 C r e w E q u i p m e n t and E q u i p m e n t B a y s . 1-12
1.1. 2 . 6 Food and W a t e r . 1-15
1. 1 . 2 . 7 Waste Management . 1-15
1. 1. 2. 8 Su r v iv a1 E q u i p m e n t . 1-15
1.1.2.9 Aft C o m p a r t m e n t 1-15
1. 1 . 3 S e r v i c e Module . 1-16
1. 1 . 4 Spacecraft L E M Adapter . 1-16
1. 1 . 5 Spacecraft Systems . 1-16
1.2 Launch Vehicle Configuration . 1-16
1.2.1 S-1B Booster 1-19
1.2.2 S-IVB Second S t a g e . 1-19
1.3 M i s s i o n 209A Weight Status . 1-19
1.4 P o s t l a n d i n g and R e c o v e r y 1-19
2 SYSTEMSDATA . 2- 1
2.1 Guidance and C o n t r o l . 2.1-1

2.1.1 S y s t e m s I n t e r f a c e , Guidance and C o n t r o l 2.1-1
2.1.2 Coasting Flight . 2.1-1
2. 1 . 3 Powered Flight . 2.1-2
2. 1.4 Atmospheric Flight . 2.1-2
2.2 Guidance and Navigation S y s t e m s ( G & N ) 2.2-1
2.2.1 Introduction . 2.2-1
2.2.2 Functional Description . 2.2-1
2.2.2. 1 Operational Modes . 2.2-7
2.2.3 Major Component/Subsystem Description 2.2-11
2. 2 . 3 . 1 Inertial Subsystem . 2.2-11
2.2.3. 2 Optical Subsystem , 2.2-13
2.2.3.3 C o m p u t e r Sub s y s t e m 2.2-16
2. 2 . 4 P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a 2.2-40
2.2. 5 Ope r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.2-40
2.2. 5.1 S I C Attitude 2.2-40
2.2.5.2 IMU O p e r a t i o n . 2.2-41
...
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e D a t e Page 111
SMZA-03-SCO12
Section Title Page

-/
2.2.5.3 Optics Operation 2.2-41

2. 2 . 6 Telemetry Measurements . 2 . 2-41
2.2.7 G&N P o w e r Consumption . 2.2-45
2.2.8 Interface Signals 2. 2-46
2.3 S t a b i l i z a t i o n and C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SCS) . 2. 3-1
2.3.1 Introduction 2. 3 - 1
2.3.2.1 Control Capabilities 2.3-3
2 . 3 . 2. 2 Apollo R e f e r e n c e A x e s . 2.3-7
2. 3 . 2 . 3 Sub s y s t e m s 2.3-8
2.3.3 Flight Control P r o f i l e s . 2.3-42
2.3.3. 1 Ascent . 2.3-44
2.3.3.2 Coasting Flight ( E a r t h Orbital) . 2.3-45
2.3.3.3 Powered Flight ( E a r t h Orbital) . 2.3-48
2. 3. 3 . 4 Entry , 2.3-51
2.3.4 Major Component/Subsystem Description . 2.3-53
2 . 3 . 4. 1 Rate Gyro Assembly 2.3-53
2.3.4. 2 Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y 2.3-54
2.3.4.3 P i t c h , Roll, and Yaw E l e c t r o n i c C o n t r o l
Assemblies . 2.3-55
2.3.4.4 Auxiliary Electronic Control Assembly 2.3-56
2.3.4. 5 D i s p l a y and Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r As*sembly
Electronic Control Assembly 2.3-56
2. 3.4.6 Rotation C o n t r o l s 2.3-57
2.3.4.7 Translation Controls 2.3-57
2. 3.4. 8 Flight D i r e c t o r Attitude Indicator . 2.3-61 --
2.3.4.9 Attitude S e t / G i m b a l P o s i t i o n I n d i c a t o r . 2.3-65
2 . 3 . 4 . 10 Velocity C h a n g e I n d i c a t o r 2.3-66
2 . 3 . 4 . 11 Electrical P o w e r Distribution 2.3-67
2.3. 5 P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a 2.3-67
2.3.6 .
O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.3-67
2.3.6. 1 S / C Attitude Change 2.3-67
2.3.7 Telemetry Measurements 2.3-71
2.4 S e r v i c e P r o p u l s i o n S y s t e m (SPS) . 2.4-1
2.4.2 Major Component/Subsystem Description . 2.4-2
2.4.2. 1 P r e ss u r ization Subsystem 2.4-2
2.4.2. 2 Propellant Subsystem 2.4-6
2.4.2.3 B i p r o p e l l a n t Valve A s s e m b l y . 2.4-7
2.4.2.4 Engine Injector . 2.4-9
2.4.2.5 Ablative C o m b u s t i o n C h a m b e r . 2.4-9
2.4.2.6 Nozzle Extension 2.4-9
2.4.2. 7 Flight Combustion Stability Monitor (FCSM) 2.4-9
2.4.2.8 SPS E l e c t r i c a l H e a t e r s . 2.4-11
2.4.2.9 T h r u s t Mount A s s e m b l i e s 2.4-1 1
2 . 4 . 2 . 10 P r o p e l l a n t Utilization and Gauging S u b s y s t e m (PUGS) . 2.4-18
2.4.3 P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a 2.4-30
Mis s ion Basic Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page iv

SM2A -03-SCO12
Section Title Page
2.4.3. 1 Design Data 2.4-30

2.4.3.2 Performance Data . 2.4-33
2.4. 3. 3 P o w e r Consumption Data . 2.4-33
2.4.3.4 .
SPS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n 2.4-35
2.4.4 .
O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.4-35
2.4. 5 Telemetry Measurements 2.4-35
2.5 R e a c t i o n C o n t r o l S y s t e m (RCS) . 2.5-1
2.5.1 Introduction 2. 5 - 1
2. 5 . 2 S / M RCS F u n c t i o n a l D e s c r i p t i o n . 2. 5 - 1
2.5.3 S / M RCS M a j o r C o m p o n e n t / S u b s y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n . 2.5-4
2. 5 . 3 . 1 P r e s sur i z a t i o n S u b s y s t e m 2.5-7
2.5.3.2 Propellant Subsystem 2. 5 - 8
2.5.3.3 Engine A s s e m b l i e s . 2.5-9
2.5.3.4 P r e s s u r e Versus Temperature Measuring System . 2.5-13
2.5.3.5 Engine Thrusting Logic . 2.5-15
2.5.4 S / M RCS P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a 2. 5 - 1 6
2. 5 . 4 . 1 Design Data 2.5-16
2.5.4.2 Performance Data . 2. 5-18
2.5.4.3 P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a S / M RCS and G / M RCS . 2.5-18
2. 5 . 4 . 4 S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n 2.5-19
2.5.5 . S / M RCS O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s . 2.5-19
2. 5 . 6 S / M RCS T e l e m e t r y M e a s u r e m e n t s 2.5-19
2.5.7 C / M RCS F u n c t i o n a l D e s c r i p t i o n . 2.5-23
2. 5. 8 C / M RCS M a j o r C o m p o n e n t s / S u b s y s t e m D e s c r i p t i o n . 2.5-24
2. 5. 8. 1 Pressurization Subsystem 2.5-27
2.5.8. 2 Propellant Subsystem 2. 5 - 2 8
2.5.8.3 Engine Assembly 2.5-30
2 . 5. 8 . 4 Propellant Jettison . 2.5-34
2.5.9 C / M RCS P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a . 2.5-39
2. 5.9. 1 Design Data 2.5-39
2. 5 . 9 . 2 Performance Data . 2.5-41
2. 5 . 9 . 3 Power Consumption Data . 2.5-41
2.5.10 C / M RCS O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s . 2.5-41
2 . 5. 10. 1 C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n 2.5-41
2.5.11 C / M RCS T e l e m e t r y M e a s u r e m e n t s . 2.5-41
2.6 E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r S y s t e m (EPS) . 2.6- 1
2.6. 1 Introduction 2.6-1
2.6.2.1 Energy Storage . 2.6-1
2.6.2. 2 P o w e r Generation . 2.6-2
2.6.2.3 Power Conversion . 2. 6 - 2
2.6.2.4 P o w e r Distribution . 2.6-2
2.6.3 Majo r Component / S u b s y s t e m De s c r iption . 2.6-5
2 . 6. 3. 1 Cryogenic Storage . 2.6-5
2. 6. 3. 2 Batteries . 2.6-6
2 . 6 . 3. 3 F u e l C e l l P o w e r Plants . 2.6-12
2.6.3.4 Inverters . 2.6-17

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOk
Section Title Page

--
2.6.3.5 Battery Charger . 2.6-22
2.6. 3.6 P o w e r Distribution . 2.6-25
2.6.4 P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a . 2.6-30
2 . 6 . 4. 1 AC and DC D a t a . 2.6-30
2.6.4.2 Power Requirements . 2.6-3.4
2.6. 5 O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.6-36
2 . 6 . 5. 1 Fuel Cell Power Plants . ,2.6-36
2. 6. 5. 2 Cryogenic Storage Subsystem . 2.6-38
2.7 Environmental Control System (ECS) . 2.7-1
2.7.1 In t r od uc t 1on 2.7-1
2.7. 2 Functional Description . 2.7-2
2.7.3 M a j o r Component/ S u b s y s t e m De s c r i p t i o n 2.7-3
2.7.3.1 Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m 2.7-3
2.7.3. 2 P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m . 2.7-7
2.7.3.3 C a b i n P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S u b s y s t e m . 2.7-13
2. 7. 3 . 4 Water-Glycol Coolant Subsystem . 2.7-17
2.7.3. 5 W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m 2.7-24
2.7.3.6 ECS- W a s t e M a n a g e m e n t S y s t e m I n t e r f a c e 2.7-26
2.7.3.7 Electrical Power Distribution . 2.7-28
2.7.4.1 Metabolic Data . 2.7-31
2.7.4.2 Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m 2.7-31
2.7.4.3 P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m . 2.7-32
2.7.4.4 C a b i n P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l
Subsystem . 2.7-32 -.-
2.7.4.5 Water-Glycol Coolant Subsystem . 2.7-32
2.7.4.6 W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m . 2.7-33
2.7.4.7 Waste Management System . 2.7-33
2.7.4.8 ECS Power Consumption Data . 2.7-33
2.7.5 O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.7-38
2.7.5.1 E C S Caution P l a c a r d s 2.7-38
2. 7. 5 . 2 ECS Caution Notes . 2.7-38
2.7. 5.3 E C S General Data 2.7-39
2.7. 5.4 Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s . 2.7-39
2 . 7 . 5. 5 Cabin Repressurization R a t e s . 2.7-39
2.7.6 T e 1em e t r y iM e a s u r e m e n t s 2.7-44
2.8 Telecommunication System . 2.8-1
2.8. 1 Introduction 2.8-1
2.8.2. 1 Voice C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . 2.8-2
2.8.2. 2 Data Operations 2.8-6
2.8.2.3 T r a c k i n g and Ranging 2.8-10
2 . 8. 2. 4 Unified S - B a n d O p e r a t i o n s 2.8-12
2.8.3 M a jo r Component / S u b s y s t e m De sc r ipt ion 2.8-13
2.8.3. 1 Instrumentation Equipment Group . 2.8-14
2 . 8 . 3. 2 Voice and D a t a E q u i p m e n t G r o u p . 2.8-17
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page vi

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
Section Title Page
2.8.3. 3 R F Electronics Equipment Group . 2.8-42

2.8.3.4 Antenna E q u i p m e n t Group . 2.8-57
2.8.3. 5 Electrical P o w e r Distribution . 2. 8-62
2.8.5 O p e r a t i o n a l L i m i t a t i o n s and R e s t r i c t i o n s 2.8-b7
2 . 8 . 5. 1 Antennas 2.8-67
2 . 8 . 5. 2 Data S t o r a g e E q u i p m e n t . 2. S-67
2 . 8. 5. 3 Unified S-Band S y s t e m . 2.8-08
2.8.5.4 General 2.8-68
2. 8. 6 Telemetry Measurements 2.8-69
2.9 Sequential S y s t e m s . 2.9-1
2.9.1 Introduction 2.9-1
2.9. 2 Functional Description . 2.9-1
2 . 9 . 2. 1 Sequential E v e n t s C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SECS) 2.9-1
2.9.2.2 E m e r g e n c y Detection System . 2.9-4
2. 9 . 2 . 3 Launch Escape System . 2.9-10
2.9. 2 . 4 E a r t h Landing S y s t e m . 2.9-11
2.9. 3 Major Component/Subsystem Description 2.7-14
2.9.3.1 Sequential Events Control System . 2.9-14
2 . 9 . 3. 2 E m e r g e n c y Detection S y s t e m . 2.9-24
2.9.3. 3 Launch E s c a p e System . 9 . 2.9-32
2.9.3.4 E a r t h Landing S u b s y s t e m . 2.9-33
2 . 9 . 4. 1 Power Requirements 2.9-35
2.10 Caution and W a r n i n g S y s t e m (C&WS) . 2.10-1
2.10.1 Introduction . 2.10-1
2. 1 0 . 3 Major Component/ Subsystem Description 2. 1 0 - 3
2 . 10.3. 1 Electrical Power Distribution . 2.10-3
2. 10.4 P e r f o r m a n c e and D e s i g n D a t a . 2. 1 0 - 3
2. 10.4. 1 C&WS P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a . 2. 1 0 - 3
2 . 10.5. 1 C&WS G e n e r a l D a t a . 2.10-3
2.10.6 Telemetry Measurements . 2.10-10
2.11 M i s c e l l a n e o u s S y s t e m s Data . 2.11-1
2.11.1 Introduction 2.11-1
2.11.2 Clocks 2.11-1
2.11.3 Digital E v e n t T i m e r s . 2.11-1
2. 1 1 . 4 Accelerometer (G-Meter) . 2.11-1
2. 11. 5 C o m m a n d Module I n t e r i o r - L i g h t i n g 2.11-1
2.11.5.1 Functional Description . 2.11-2
2. 1 1 . 6 C o m m a n d Module Uprighting System . 2.11-2
2. 1 1 . 6 . 1 Functional Description . 2.11-2
3 CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS . 3-1
3.1 C o n t r o l s / D i s p l a y s L o c a t o r Index . 3-3
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page vii

SM2A-03-SCO 12
Section Title Page

.I-
4 PERFORMANCE 4- 1
Introduction . 4- 1
4.1 C r e w D i s p l a y I n s t r u m e n t M a r k i n g s and A c c u r a c y
Data 4- 1
4.1.1 Service Propulsion System Indicators . 4- 3
4.1.2 Reaction Control System Indicators 4-4
4.1.3 Electrical Power System Indicators . 4- 5
4. 1.4 Environmental Control System Indicators . 4-11
4.1.5 Telecommunication System M e t e r s . 4 - 13
4. 1 . 6 Sequential S y s t e m s Indicators 4-15
4.1.7 Miscellaneous Indicators . 4-16
4.2 Consumable Requirements 4-18
4.2.1 S / M RCS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a 4-18
4.2.2 C / M RCS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a 4-25
4. 2 . 3 SPS P r o p e l l a n t C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a . 4-27
4.2.4 EPS and ECS C o n s u m p t i o n D a t a . 4-30
4.3 RCS and SPS T h r u s t i n g D a t a . 4-34
4.3.1 RCS T r a n s l a t i o n C o n t r o l .. 4-34
4.3.2 RCS Rotation C o n t r o l 4-34
4.3.3 SPS E n g i n e T h r u s t P e r f o r m a n c e . 4-39
4.4 S / C O p e r a t i o n a l C o n s t r a i n t s and L i m i t a t i o n s 4-39
4.4.1 Operational Constraints . 4-39
4.4.2 Operational Limitations . 4-43
5 E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA 5-1 -
Introduction 5- 1
5.1 Scientific Equipment . 5- 1
5.1.1 M e d i c a l D a t a Acquisition S y s t e m (MDAS) 5- 1
5.1.2 E l e c t r i c a l C a b l e s and A d a p t e r s . 5- 1
5.1.2.1 Octopus Cable . 5-5
5.1.2.2 Cobra Cable T-Adapter . 5-5
5. 1. 2.3 PGA and CWG E l e c t r i c a l A d a p t e r C a b l e s 5-7
5. 1 . 2 . 4 H a r d w a r e P o w e r and Signal C a b l e s 5-7
5.2 M e d i c a1 E x p e r i m e n t s 5-7
5.2.1 I n - F l i g h t E x e r c i s e r ( M - 3 A ) (M003) . 5-7
5 . 2 . 1. 1 Equipment Description . 5-7
5.2.1.2 Experiment Procedures . 5-9
5.2.1.3 Crewman Participation . 5- 10
5.2.1.4 Recovery Requirements . 5- 10
5.2.2 I n - F l i g h t P h o n o c a r d i o g r a m ( M - 4 A ) (M004) . 5-10
5.2. 2. 1 Equipment Description . 5- 10
5.2.2.3 Crewman Participation . 5-1 1
5.2. 2 . 4 Recovery Requirements . 5-11
5.2.3 Bone D e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n ( M - 6 A ) (M006) . 5-11
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page viii

~
-
S M 2 A - 0 3 SC 0 12
Section Title Page
5.2.3. 1 Equipment Description . 5-11

5 . 2 . 3. 2 Experiment Procedures . 5-11
5.2.3.3 Crewman Participation . 5-12
5 . 2. 3. 4 Recovery Requirements . 5-12
5. 2 . 4 Human Otolith F u n c t i o n ( V e s t i b u l a r E f f e c t s )
(M-9A) (M009) . 5- 12
5. 2 . 4 . 1 Equipment Description . 5- 12
5.2.4. 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s . 5-12
5. 2 . 4 . 3 Crewman Participation . 5-13
5.2.4.4 Recovery Requirements . 5-13
5.2.5 Cytogenetic Blood S t u d i e s ( M - 1 1 ) ( M o l l ) . 5-13
5 . 2 . 5. 1 Equipment Description . 5-13
5 . 2 . 5. 2 Equipment P r o c e d u r e s . 5-13
5 . 2 . 5. 3 Crewman Participation . 5-14
5 . 2 . 5. 4 Re cove r y O p e r a t i o n s 5-14
5.2. 6 C a r d i o v a s c u l a r Reflex Conditioning ( M - 4 8 ) (M048) . 5-14
5. 2 . 6 . 1 Equipment Description . 5-14
5.2.6. 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s . 5-15
5. 2. 6. 3 Crewman Participation . 5-15
5.3 Scientific E x p e r i m e n t s . 5-16
5.3.1 Synoptic T e r r a i n P h o t o g r a p h (S-5A) (S005) . 5-16
5.3.1.1 Equipment Description . 5-16
5.3.2 Synoptic W e a t h e r P h o t o g r a p h y (S-6A) (S006) . 5-17
5.3. 2. 1 Equipment Description . 5-17
5.4 Technical Experiments . 5-18
5.4.1 .
In- F l i g h t N e p h e l o m e t e r ( T - 3 ) ( T 0 0 3 ) 5-18
5.4.1.1 Equipment Description . 5-18
5.4. 1 . 3 Crewman Participation . 5-18
5.4. 1.4 Recovery Requirements . 5-19
6 C R E W PERSONAL EQUIPMENT . 6- 1
Introduction 6- 1
6.1 C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t Configuration and C r e w
Environment 6-1
6. 2 Mirrors 6-2
6.2. 1 I n t e r n a l Viewing M i r r o r s ( C F E ) . 6-2
6. 2. 2 E x t e r n a l Viewing M i r r o r s ( C F E ) . 6-3
6.3 C r e w m a n O p t i c a l A l i g n m e n t Sight (COAS) . 6-4
6.3. 1 Operational Use 6-5
~~
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page ix

S M Z A - 0 3 - sc 0 12
.
-
Section Title Page

.._.
-
6.4 S p a c e Suit A s s e m b l y ( G F P ) . 6-6
6.4. 1 S p a c e Suit Off o r S h i r t s l e e v e E n v i r o n m e n t . 6-6
6 . 4 . 1. 1 Constant Wear Garment . 6-6
6 . 4 . 1. 2 Flight Coveralls 6-6
6 . 4 . 1. 3 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Soft H a t . 6-7
6.4. 1 . 4 Constant Wear G a r m e n t Electrical Adapter . 6-8
6.4. 1.5 E l e c t r i c a l U m b i l i c a l "Sleep" A d a p t e r . 6-9
6.4.2 S p a c e Suit On E n v i r o n m e n t . 6-9
6.4.2. 1 PGA U n p r e s s u r i z e d o r Ventilated . 6-9
6.4.2.2 PGA P r e s s u r i z e d 6-9
6.4.3 PGA D e s c r i p t i o n 6-9
6.4.3.1 PGA Components 6-9
6.5 PGA Stowage 6-12
6.5.1 T o r s o and Glove Stowage . 6-12
6.5.2 H e l m e t Stowage . 6-12
6. 6 PGA Connecting E q u i p m e n t . 6-13
6.6. 1 P r e s s u r e Garment Assembly (PGA) Electrical
Adapter ( G F P ) . 6-13
6.6. 2 Oxygen H o s e ( U m b i l i c a l ) ( G F P ) . 6-13
6.7 C r e w Couches . 6-13
6.7. 1 C r e w Couch S t r u c t u r e 6-14
6. 7. 2 C r e w Couch P o s i t i o n s 6-15
6.7.2. 1 Occupied P o s i t i o n s . 6-15
6.7.2.2 Unoccupied P o sit i o n s 6-16
6.7. 3 C r e w Couch Component D e s c r i p t i o n . 6-17
6.7.3. 1 Headrest . 6-17
6.7.3.2 B a ck r e st 6-18
6. 7.3.3 Armrests . 6-18
6.7.3.4 S e a t P a n and F o o t r e s t 6-18
6.7.3.5 C r e w Couch P a d s 6-19
6.7.4 Mechanical Adjustments . 6-19
6.7.4. 1 Headrest Adjustments 6-19
6.7.4.2 A r m r e s t Adjustments 6-19
6.7.4. 3 Seat P a n Adjustment Directions . 6-21
6. 7 . 4 . 4 F o o t r e s t and F o o t s t r a p A d j u s t m e n t s . 6-22
6.7.4. 5 D-Ring Handle E x t e n s i o n 6-22
6. 7 . 4 . 6 Docking P o s i t i o n A d j u s t m e n t . 6-22
6. 7 . 4 . 7 Shoulder S t r a p Adjustment . 6-23
6.8 Crewman Restraints 6-23
6.8. 1 High G-Load R e s t r a i n t s . 6-23
6 . 8 . 1. 1 Crewman Restraint Harness . 6-23
6.8. 1 . 2 Weightless Restraint 6-24
6.8. 1.3 Guidance and Navigation Station R e s t r a i n t . 6-25
6.8. 1.4 C r e w m a n Sleeping R e s t r a i n t s . 6-26
6.9 F l i g h t Data F i l e ( G F P ) . 6-27
6.9. 1 C o m m a n d e r ' s F l i g h t D a t a File 6-28
6.9. 2 Senior P i l o t ' s Flight Data F i l e 6-28
6.9.3 P i l o t ' s F l i g h t D a t a File . 6-29
M i s s ion B a s i c Date ' l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page X

Sh12A-03-SC012
~~
Section Title Pagc
6. 10 C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool S e t and Workshelf ( G F B ) . 6-30

6. 10. 1 T o r q u e Wrench ( T o o l A) . 6-31
6. 10. 2 A d a p t e r Handle ( T o o l E) . 6-31
6. 10.3 10-Inch D r i v e r ( T o o l H) . 6-3 1
6.10.4 4-Inch D r i v e r ( T o o l L ) . 6-31
6.10. 5 E m e r g e n c y Wrench ( T o o l B) . 6-31
6 . 10.6 T-Handle (Tool C ) . 6-32
6. 10.7 End Wrench ( T o o l F) ( 2 ) . 6-32
6. 10.8 5/32-Inch Short Driver (Tool J) . 6-32
6 . 10.9 4-Inch T o r q u e S e t D r i v e r ( T o o l R ) . 5-32
6 . 10. 10 I n - F l i g h t Tool Set T e t h e r 6-32
6. 10. 11 D-Ring E x t e n s i o n Handle ( T o o l N ) . 6-32
6.10.12 Operational Use 6-32
6. 10. 13 Stowage 6-32
6 . 1 0 . 13. 1 I n - F l i g h t Tool Set Stowage P o u c h and Tool S e t
Drawer 6-35
6 . 1 0 . 13. 2 M i s c e l l a n e o u s Stowage . 6-35
6. 10. 14 W o rkshelf A s s e m b l y 6-35
6. 10. 14. 1 Usage . 6-36
6. 11 Drinking W a t e r S u b s y s t e m 6-37
6. 12 Food . 6-38
6 . 12. 1 Use 6-38
6. 12. 2 Stowage 6-38
6. 12. 2 . 1 L E B F o o d Stowage C o m p a r t m e n t . 6-38
6. 1 2 . 2 . 2 RHEB A u x i l i a r y Food C o m p a r t m e n t D r a w e r 6-39
6. 12.2.3 L H E B F o o d Stowage C o m p a r t m e n t 6-39
6. 13 P e r s o n a l Hygiene ( G F P ) . 6-39
6. 13. 1 C l e a n s i n g of T e e t h - O r a l Hygiene A s s e m b l y . 6-39
6 .13. 2 Wet C l e a n s i n g Cloth . 6-40
6. 1 3 . 3 D r y Cleaning C l o t h . 6-40
6. 1 3 . 4 Towels 6-41
6 . 13. 5 Tissue Dispensers . 6-41
6. 14 M e d i c a l Supplies ( G F P ) . 6-41
6.14.1 Monitoring E q u i p m e n t 6-41
6. 14. 1. 1 C l i n i c a l P h y s i o l o g i c a l Monitoring I n s t r u m e n t S c t . 6-41
6. 14. 1 . 2 Personal Biomedical Sensors Instrument Assembly , 6-42
6. 14. 1 . 3 Biomedical P r e a m p l i f i e r Instrument Assembly . 6-42
6. 1 4 . 1 . 4 B i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n A c c e s s o r i e s Kit . 6-42
6. 14. 1. 5 P e r s o n a l Radiation Do s i m e t e r s 6 -43
6. 1 4 . 2 M e d i c a l Kit ( G F P ) . 6 -43
6. 14. 2.1 Packaging . 6 -44
6. 1 4 . 2 . 2 Stowage 6-44
6 . 14. 2. 3 M e d i c a l Kit Additional U s a g e . 6-44
6.15 S u r v i v a l Kit ( G F P ) . 6-44
6. 15. 1 Stowage 6-44
6. 1 5 . 2 .
S u r v i v a l Kit C o n t a i n e r O p e r a t i o n 6-46
6. 1 5 . 3 .
C o n t e n t s of t h e S u r v i v a l K i t s 6-46
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page xi

SM.! -4- 0 3 - S C 0 12
Section Title Page

--
6.15.4 D e s c r i p t i o n and U s e of S u r v i v a l Kit Components . 6-47
6. 15.4. 1 L i f e r aft s 6-47
6. 1 5 . 4 . 2 Beacon/Transceiver . 6-47
6. 15.4. 3 Survival Lights ( 2 ) . 6-48
6. 1 5 . 4 . 4 Survival G l a s s e s ( 3 ) . 6-48
6. 15.4. 5 Survival Knives ( 2 ) . 6-49
6. 1 5 . 4 . 6 Water Cans ( 3 ) . 6-49
6. 15.4. 7 .
D e s a l t i n g K i t s ( 2 ) Plus T a b l e t s ( 1 6 ) 6-49
6. 1 5 . 4 . 8 E m e r g e n c y M e d i c a l S u r v i v a l Kit . 6-49
6. 1 5 . 5 Sea Water Pump (CFE) . 6-49
6 . 16 Stowage 6-50
7 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS . 7- 1
__
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page xii
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
t
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION.
This s e c t i o n contains i n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g to the Xpollo s p a c e c r a f t 012

configuration, and a d e s c r i p t i o n of the launch v e h i c l e and b o o s t e r u s e d f o r
the m i s s i o n .
1.1 SPACE C RA F T 0 12 CONFIGURA TION.
S p a c e c r a f t 012 ( f i g u r e 1 - 1 ) c o n f o r m s to a Block I CSM configuration

c o n s i s t i n g of a launch e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) a s s e m b l y , c o m m a n d m o d u l e
( C / M ) , s e r v i c e module ( S / M ) , a n d the s p a c e c r a f t l u n a r e x c u r s i o n module
a d a p t e r (SLA). T h i s s p a c e c r a f t , designed f o r a n e a r t h o r b i t a l m i s s i o n ,
d o e s not contain a l u n a r m o d u l e ( L M ) within i t s a d a p t e r . ( F o r a d e s c r i p t i o n
of the launch vehicle u s e d with s p a c e c r a f t 012, r e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 1 . 2 )
NOTE T h e Block I configuration m i s s i o n s f o r the Apollo

p r o g r a m provide the following:
0 C o m m a n d m o d u l e and s e r v i c e m o d u l e development f o r
e a r t h orbital missions
0 D e m o n s t r a t i o n of s y s t e m s o p e r a t i o n a l c a p a b i l i t i e s
including a l l types of a b o r t s , land a n d w a t e r r e c o v e r y ,
S a t u r n IB and S a t u r n V o p e r a t i o n and c a p a b i l i t y , and
s y s t e m s operation during e a r t h o r b i t
0 Development of qualified t e a m s f o r checkout, launch,

m a n n e d s p a c e flight n e t w o r k ( M S F N ) , r e c o v e r y , a n d
flight a n a l y s i s .
1.1.1 LES ASSEMBLY.
T h e LES a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 1-1) p r o v i d e s t h e m e a n s f o r s e p a r a t i n g the

C / M f r o m the launch v e h i c l e d u r i n g pad o r s u b o r b i t a l a b o r t s . T h i s a s s e m b l y
c o n s i s t s of a Q - b a l l i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n a s s e m b l y ( n o s e c o n e ) , b a l l a s t c o m -
p a r t m e n t , c a n a r d s u r f a c e s , pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r , t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r ,
launch e s c a p e m o t o r , a s t r u c t u r a l s k i r t , a n o p e n - f r a m e t o w e r , and a b o o s t
p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r ( B P C ) . T h e s t r u c t u r a l s k i r t a t the b a s e of the housing,
which e n c l o s e s the r o c k e t m o t o r s , is s e c u r e d to the u p p e r portion of the t o w e r .
S P A C E C R A F T 012 CONFIGURATION
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 1-1

SMZA -03-SCO12
GENERAL INFORMATION
--.-
Q-BALL (NOSE CONE)
PITCH CONTROL MOTOR
JETTISON MOTOR
LAUNCH ESCAPE MOTOR
STRUCTURAL SKIRT
LAUNCH ESCAPE TOWER
TOWER ATTACHMENT (4)
C O W N O MODULE
C/M TO S/M FAIRING
SERVICE MODULE
EPS RADIATOR
ECS RADIATOR
SPACECRAFT LEM
ADAPTER (SLA)- S f 5 ENGINE EXPANSION NOZZLE
S I A PANEL JUNCTION
(BETWEEN FWD AND A f l
PANELS)
5-IVB INSTRUMENT UNIT

( S H W N AS REFERENCE)
F i g u r e 1-1. S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration (Sheet 1 of 2)
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 1-2

s1M2L1-03-sc012
GENERAL INFORMATION
XI = 138 WO
x1 = 11s 300
XA - 1133 503
x c = 131 503
xA
-- 1083 176
83 476
AS<
C M-S M SEPARAl1ON PLANE
. S/M
1
XA
X,
-
APOLLO I C RtFtRfNCt STAIIUNI
= L f S REFfRENCf SlAllONS
XI -
Xc = C/M IEFfRENCE SlAllONS
S/M IEFCRENCE SlAlIONS
NOTE
A U A l I M PMlEIIAL DlMfNSlONI
ARE NOT INCLUDED ON C/M
= 583 3w
= M2.m
SM-21-70711
F i g u r e 1-1. S p a c e c r a f t 0 1 2 Configuration ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )
S P A C E C R A F T 0 1 2 CONFIGURATION
Mission B a s i c D a t e ' 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 1-3
-~- -
SMZA -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORiMATION
T h e B P C ( f i g u r e 1 - 2 ) i s a t t a c h e d to the l o w e r end of t h e t o w e r t o p r o t e c t the

_..-
C / M f r o m t h e r m a l h e a t d u r i n g b o o s t a n d f r o m e x h a u s t d a m a g e by the
l a u n c h e s c a p e and t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r s . E x p l o s i v e n u t s , one in e a c h
t o w e r w e l l l e g , s e c u r e the t o w e r to the C / M s t r u c t u r e . ( F o r additional
i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . )
1.1.2 COMMAND MODULE.
T h e C / M ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) f o r m s t h e s p a c e c r a f t c o n t r o l c e n t e r , contains
n e c e s s a r y a u t o m a t i c a n d m a n u a l e q u i p m e n t to c o n t r o l a n d m o n i t o r t h e
s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s , a n d c o n t a i n s t h e r e q u i r e d e q u i p m e n t f o r s a f e t y and
c o n f o r m of the c r e w . T h e module i s a n i r r e g u l a r - s h a p e d , p r i m a r y
s t r u c t u r e e n c o m p a s s e d by t h r e e h e a t s h i e l d s ( c o a t e d with a b l a t i v e m a t e r i a l
a n d j o i n e d o r f a s t e n e d to t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r e ) f o r m i n g a c o n i c a l - e x t e r i o r
s h a p e . T h e C / M c o n s i s t s of a f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t , a c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t ,
and an aft compartment.
t-I
H O N E Y C O M B CORED-IAMINATED
FIBERGLASS PANEL
0 3" THICK CORK ABLATOR
TRANSITION R I N G
C/M HEAT SHIELD ABLATOR

FIBERGLASS R I N G
(HARD C O N S T R U C T I O N )
TEFL0 N IMPREGNATED
G I A S SC LOT H
RCS PITCH MOTOR PORTS
SILICONE SPONGE SEAL
- Xc14
RCS ROLL MOTOR P O R T S
M O T O R PORTS
RCS PITCH M O T O R PORTS SM-24-1031
F i g u r e 1-2. Boost Protective Cover
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 1-4

-
SM2A 0 3 -SC 0 1 2
GENERAL INFORMATION
BREAKOUT PLUG
(FOR APEX COVER
r PILOT PARACHUTE)
LAUNCH ESCAPE TOWER
FORWARD HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT (TYPICAL)
(APW COVER)
NEGATIVE PITCH
OPTICAL SIGHTING ENGINES
PORTS 1
FWD VIEW1 N G
(RENDEZVOUS)
WINDOWS
CREW
POSITIVE PITCH
AFT HEAT SHIELD
\ I
SIDE W I N D OW \ I ^.. ..... .- ^... UMBI LI;AL'
(TYPICAL 2 PLACES)'
u nATCnW""UW
ROLL ENGINES
(TYPICAL)
NOTE:
CENTER COUCH REMOVED FOR CLARITY. SM-2A-642F
Figure 1- 3. S p a c e c r a f t 0 12 Command Module
1-5
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-03-SCO12
G E N E R A L INFORMATION
1.1.2. 1 Forward Compartment.
The f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) i s the a r e a o u t s i d e the f o r w a r d

a c c e s s tunnel, f o r w a r d of the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t f o r w a r d bulkhead and i s
c o v e r e d b y the f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d . F o u r 9 0 - d e g r e e s e g m e n t s around the
p e r i m e t e r of the tunnel contain the r e c o v e r y equipment, two negative-pitch
r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m e n g i n e s , and the f o r w a r d h e a t shield r e l e a s e
m e c h a n i s m . Most of the equipment in the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t c o n s i s t s
of e a r t h landing ( r e c o v e r y ) s y s t e m components.
The f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d , o r a p e x c o v e r , i s m a d e of b r a z e d s t a i n l e s s -
s t e e l honeycomb and c o v e r e d with ablative m a t e r i a l . It contains four
r e c e s s e d fittings which p e r m i t the launch e s c a p e t o w e r to be attached to the
C / M i n n e r s t r u c t u r e . Jettison t h r u s t e r s s e p a r a t e the a p e s c o v e r f r o m the
C / M a f t e r e n t r y o r a f t e r the launch e s c a p e a s s e m b l y i s s e p a r a t e d during
a n a b o r t . ( F o r additional i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to the sequential s y s t e m s in
s e c t i o n 2. )
1.1.2.2 Crew Compartment.
T h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t o r i n n e r s t r u c t u r e ( f i g u r e - 1-3) i s a s e a l e d
cabin with p r e s s u r i z a t i o n maintained by the e n v i r o n m e n t a l control s y s t e m
( E C S ) . The c o m p a r t m e n t , p r o t e c t e d by a heat shield, contains c o n t r o l s and
d i s p l a y s f o r o p e r a t i o n of the s p a c e c r a f t and s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s ; contains
m e c h a n i c a l a d j u s t m e n t s f o r the c r e w c o u c h e s , r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s a s s e m -
b l i e s , hatch c o v e r s , window s h a d e s , e t c . ; and i s provided with c r e w
equipment, food and w a t e r , w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t p r o v i s i o n s , s u r v i v a l equip-
m e n t , and scientific e x p e r i m e n t s equipment. A c c e s s h a t c h e s , o b s e r v a t i o n
windows, and equipment b a y s a r e attached a s p a r t of t h e c o m p a r t m e n t s t r u c t u r e .
The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t h e a t s h i e l d , l i k e the a p e x c o v e r , i s m a d e of
b r a z e d s t a i n l e s s - s t e e l honeycomb and c o v e r e d with ablative m a t e r i a l . T h i s
h e a t shield, o r o u t e r s t r u c t u r e , contains the S / C umbilical connector o u t l e t ,
ablative plugs, and a c o p p e r h e a t sink f o r the o p t i c a l sighting p o r t s in the
l o w e r equipment bay, two s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n windows, two f o r w a r d viewing
windows, and t h e o u t e r c o v e r f o r t h e side a c c e s s hatch which a l s o contains
a n o b s e r v a t i o n window.
1. 1 . 2 . 3 S / C C o n t r o l s and Displays.
Information r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s f o r o p e r a t i o n of the

s p a c e c r a f t and i t s s y s t e m s i s provided in s e c t i o n 3 .
1.1.2.4 C / M Mechanical Controls.
Mechanical c o n t r o l s ( f i g u r e 1 - 4 ) a r e provided in the c r e w c o m p a r t -

m e n t f o r m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n of the c r e w couch a s s e m b l y , s i d e a c c e s s hatch
c o v e r s , f o r w a r d a c c e s s hatch c o v e r , and m a n u a l o v e r r i d e l e v e r s f o r the
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 1-6

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
CONTROL
VIEW0
ECS CABIN AIR
PRESSURE CONTROLS
RELIEF VALVE A N D /
LINKAGE (2 PLA$ES)
VIEW @
X-X AlTENUATION STRUT
LOCKOUT MECHANISM
(4 PLACES) VIEW 0
Y-Y ATlENUATlON
ATTENUATION STRUT (2 PLACES 1
/ STRUT
COUCH
,BEARING
CORE
W N W L RELEASE
NYLON HOOK
FASTENER
TAPE GRIP
YNW
5 M- 24-75 X
F i g u r e 1-4. C / M M e c h a n i c a l C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 1 of 3 )
'-
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 1-7
SM2A -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
INNER WINDOW
SEALED DWVE
SHAFT (BOTH SIDES)
RACKDRIVE &4R
LATCH (6 PLACES)
CREW ACCESS HATCH

(LOOKING INBOARD)
PUSH-PIPE PLUNGER
(INTERNAL RELWE FO
B o o s HATCH COVER)
OUTER WINDOW
LATCH DRIVE SHAFT
(OUTER DRIVE COVERED BY
ABLATIVE PLUG)
BOOST HATCH COVER
EXTERNAL
LATCH DRIVE ROO
noosi HATCH
COVER WINDOW
(TYPICAL)
OUTER MATCH COVER
EMERGENCY EXTERNAL RELEASE
(VIEW ROTATED 180 DEG)
SM-ZA-753C
F i g u r e 1-4. C / M Mechanical C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 2 of 3 )
S P A C E C R A F T 011: CONFIGURATION
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 1-8

S M L A - 0 3 - S C O 12
GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N
FORWARD ACCESS HATCH COVER

EPS RECEPTACLE
(AFT SIDE OF MAIN
DISPLAY CONSOLE)
CONNECTOR
RACHET WRENCH
AIR OUTLET VALVE

(CLOSED POSITION)
CAUTION DECAL
LOCK PIN
OUTBOARD VIEW
0 POSTLANDING VENTILATION SYSTEM (PLV)
@ FORWARD ACCESS HATCH
LOCK1 NC MECHANI SM
ACCESS HATCH FWD ACCESS
BREECH-LOCK HATCH COVER
IR I N L n P O R T
CROSS-SECTION VIEW
LANYARD (TO AFT iKAM

MTIEMIN ON LEFT
AND CENTER COUCH)
SM-ZA-856A
F i g u r e 1-4. C / M M e c h a n i c a l C o n t r o l s ( S h e e t 3 of 3)
SPACECRAFT 012 CONFIGURATION

SIM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
G E N E RA L I N F 0R h4A T IO N
s o c k e t a t one end) i s mounted on t h e c o v e r and will b e a r a g a i n s t a b r a c k e t

on t h e tunnel w a l l . When t u r n e d by a h a n d c r a n k o r t o r q u e w r e n c h with a
5 / 3 2 - i n c h d r i v e . the j a c k s c r e w will intend and allow the c o v e r to be r o t a t e d
a n d r e m o v e d . T h e c o v e r i s r o t a t e d by u s e of the i n s i d e handholds o r the
o u t s i d e by an i t e m of GSE a n d c a n only be r e t r i e v e d f r o m within the c r e w
c o m p a r t m e n t end of the tunnel.
1.1.2.4.5 Windows and S h a d e s .
FiL-e windows a r e p r o v i d e d through the i n n e r s t r u c t u r e and h e a t shield
of the C / M : two f o r w a r d viewing, two s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n , and the c r e w a c c e s s
h a t c h windows. ( S e e f i g u r e 1 - 3 . ) D u r i n g o r b i t a l flight, p h o t o g r a p h s of
e x t e r n a l o b j e c t s will b e t a k e n t h r o u g h the viewing a n d o b s e r v a t i o n windows.
T h e i n n e r windows ( i n c l u d i n g t h e c i r c u l a r i n n e r h a t c h window) a r e m a d e of
t e m p e r e d s i l i c a g l a s s with 0. 2 5 - i n c h - t h i c k double p a n e s , s e p a r a t e d by 0 . 1
inch of s p a c e , and have a softening t e m p e r a t u r e point of 2 0 0 0 ° F . The o u t e r
windows ( i n c l u d i n g the s q u a r e o u t e r hatch window) a r e m a d e of a m o r p h o u s
f u s e d s i l i c o n with a s i n g l e 0. 7 - i n c h - t h i c k pane. E a c h pane c o n t a i n s a n
a n t i r e f l e c t i n g c o a t i n g on the e x t e r n a l s u r f a c e , and h a s b l u e - r e d r e f l e c t i v e
coating on the i n n e r s u r f a c e f o r f i l t e r i n g out m o s t i n f r a r e d a n d a l l u l t r a v i o l e t
r a y s , a softening t e m p e r a t u r e point of 2 8 0 0 " F , a n d a m e l t i n g point of 31 1 0 ° F .
S h a d e s a r e provided f o r c o n t r o l l i n g e x t e r n a l light e n t e r i n g the C / M

through the t r i a n g u l a r f o r w a r d viewing windows, the s q u a r e s i d e o b s e r v a t i o n
windows, and the c i r c u l a r i n n e r h a t c h window. T h e s e s h a d e s , individually
d e s i g n e d f o r e a c h window c o n f i g u r a t i o n , a r e m a d e of m y l a r f i l m which h a s
b e e n h e a t - t r e a t e d to r o l l up when not held flat. T h e s h a d e s a r e opaque f o r
z e r o light t r a n s m i t t a l , have a n o n r e f l e c t i v e i n n e r a l u m i n i z e d s u r f a c e , two
snap f a s t e n e r s and fabric handles for attaching o r removing f r o m a partic-
u l a r window, and a 3 / 4 - i n c h s t r i p of V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l a r o u n d the o u t e r
s u r f a c e f o r holding the s h a d e a g a i n s t the V e l c r o pile a r o u n d the p e r i m e t e r of
t h e window. If d e s i r e d , a s h a d e c a n be p e e l e d back f r o m t h e V e l c r o pile
m a t e r i a l and stowed in p l a c e on one s i d e of !he window.
1. 1. 2 . 4 . 6 Cabin P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l s .
Two c o n t r o l l e v e r s f o r m a n u a l l y o p e r a t i n g the ECS c a b i n p r e s s u r e

r e l i e f v a l v e s a r e l o c a t e d n e a r t h e C / M left couch a n d left s i d e window. ( S e e
f i g u r e 1 - 4 . ) T h e s e l e v e r s a r e p r o v i d e d a s a m e c h a n i c a l o v e r r i d e f o r open-
ing a n d c l o s i n g t h e redundant s i d e s of the a u t o m a t i c c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r .
(For additional i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to the e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n t r o l s y s t e m in
section 2 . )
1.1,2.5 C r e w Equipment and Equipment B a y s .
Each c r e w m e m b e r h a s personal and a c c e s s o r y equipment provided for

h i s u s e in t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . M a j o r i t e m s of p e r s o n a l e q u i p m e n t con-
s i s t of a p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y ( P G A ) with a t t a c h i n g h o s e and
umbilical, a communications a s s e m b l y , a constant-wear garment, bio-
m e d i c a l s e n s o r s , a n d r a d i a t i o n d o s i m e t e r s . lMajor i t e m s of a c c e s s o r y
e q u i p m e n t s h a r e d by t h e c r e w c o n s i s t of a n in-flight tool s e t and a m e d i c a l
k i t . ( F o r a d e t a i l e d l i s t of c r e w e q u i p m e n t , r e f e r to s e c t i o n 6 . ) ( S p e c i f i c
i t e m s c o n t a i n e d in the C / M e q u i p m e n t and s t o r a g e b a y s a r e l i s t e d i n f i g u r e 1 - 6 . )

I (inner corer)
I I
-
FORWARD REFERENCE VIEW -
1
LEFT-HAND FORWARD EQUIPMENT BAY (LHFEB) AND LEFf,
-~ ~
IS C l a k ON
2 16 G&N loo
17 hxtont o
3
4
18 C m atla
19 Clothing
5
20 lruttiol n
6
7 21 1.h c n -
B 22 Oxyq8n 4
23 Wial
9
IO
11 24 Side rhoc
25 Spncewit
12 26 ECS voIv8
13 27 ECS w c y g
+X
2 28 Sigml m n d i t w n i n g .quipent
s p c w i t S~OWOQ* bop ond scientific . q u i p e n ( itorqe (,,I
3 Ga chronotopmph
29 VHF m r l t i p l u e r
4 Flight qwlifisotim t o p n c o d r
30 Dot0 wiring
5 Scientific q u i p ” m m p m n m t A
31 P r d v l o t i m OIOC-I
32 VHF n c o r e t y &con ond VHF-AM t m r u n i t t e m c e i r e r
6 Display/otiitde gyrrroccda-eter (EU)
33 Audio ceniar
7 Food itoras. (5 containen)
34 Centml timing
8 A W t h gyro ond o c a l e m - m t e r
35 TV optics rtom~e(ref)
9 b t . gym
36 h l u - c d e m o d u l o t i o n ( K M ) unit 2 telanetr, q u i p e n t
IO C W p l i n g ond d i i p k y pnl
37 VHF-FM Imrunittar ond HF tmrrrceivar
1I Sr p i l o t w i t mnnector p n c l ond clectricol e ~ n ~ c t (no
or 38 h l w - c d a mdulaticm (PCM) unit I l e l m e t y quip.nt
I2 Cabin air m c i r w l o t i m b n (reo
13
14
IMU M t m l p w l
Liphting contml
39
40 S-bod
41
-.I
Scientific q u i p e n t e w o p r r m o n t C
C-bondtmnpad.r
onplifier
15 F O I W O ~o c w hatch c w e r (nf)
16 P a t l o d i n g ECS air outlet duct 42 C@ ob.orb.r mntoiwr (mf)
43 Food and rort table (in-flight tDol set)
17 P a l l o n d i n g ECS m a r mbla
U Digitol up-ho link
18 Fo-d OCC.L( hatch (nf)
45 Unifid $-bond e q u i m n t
19 Sox~ontb l a c o p eyepieca s t o w
20 Sextont ond t e l a c o p -1 46 Fecal coniiter b i t i d )
21 Computer display and control pml 47 Scientific q u i p n e n t mmporrmmt 8
22 G 6 N control panal IMU
48 &I1 c h o m l ED,
23 S u n i v o l p m r i i i o n (nf) 49 Dolo p c L o g * conloiner lolm m wtbood couch h a )
24 C l i n i c o l monitoring inst-mi wt comportment
50 G I N c a p u t e r
25 P a r sono ollmbly ( P U ) 51 Pitch chonn.1 ED,
52 Auxilioy E D ,
?6 Doto s t o w q u i p e n t
Yaw channel E t *
27 Towel stomg.
RIGHT-HAND FORWARD EQUIPMNT BAY (RHFEB) ANDRIGHT-HANDt
1 C@ obs0rb.r conbiwr (n9

2 W a l e mampnnsnt sn1.m
' 41
42
43
C-bondtmnpwd.r
CQ oborbr c m t o i n r (ref)
F d o d w o k toble (in-flight tml u t )
U Dipitol up-doto lint
45 Unified S - b d q u i p e n t
46 Fecal coniiter h i t i d )
47 Scirntific e q u i m n t m m p O m m t B .
4E bll c h o m l t U
49 h t o pockog. COntoinr (01.0 m w t k d couh h a )
50 GhNcmputer
51 Pitch chonnel E C *
52 Aurilioy E a
9 Yor3PmeI E
U
I
-
Missi
SMZA-03-SC012 3
1
I
. k
G E N E F A L INFORMATION
4
,\
'\\
'SENT BAY (RHFEBI AND RIGHT-HANDEPIJIPMENT BAY (RHEB)
I7
I8
I9
20
ZI
21
21
24
25
26
Z?
n
29
F i g u r e 1-6. C / M E q u i p m e n t and S t o w a g e B a y s I
1
I
Miss ion Basic D a t e l 2 1966 Change D a t e page 1-13/1-14

SMZA -03-SCO 12
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1.2.6 F o o d and W a t e r .
Food and w a t e r p r o v i s i o n s , including w a t e r d e l i v e r y a n d food p r e p a r a -

t i o n e q u i p m e n t , a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t LHEB a n d L E B
( f i g u r e 1 - 6 ) f o r t h e length of t h e m i s s i o n . Food m a y b e p r e p a r e d
by adding w a t e r t o p l a s t i c b a g s containing the d e h y d r a t e d food a n d kneading
t h e m i x t u r e . P r e p a r e d food c a n be s q u e e z e d d i r e c t l y i n t o t h e mouth of a n
a s t r o n a u t . Hot o r cold w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e at t h e p o t a b l e w a t e r s u p p l y p a n e l
f o r food r e c o n s t i t u t i o n . Chilled d r i n k i n g w a t e r is supplied t o t h e c r e w t h r o u g h
a f l e x i b l e h o s e f r o m t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit. T h e potable w a t e r is a
b y - p r o d u c t of t h e E P S f u e l c e l l s .
1. 1 . 2 . 7 W a s t e Management.
Waste m a n a g e m e n t p r o v i s i o n s i n the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t R H F E B and

AESB ( f i g u r e 1 - 6 ) c o n s i s t of e q u i p m e n t f o r c o l l e c t i n g , s t e r i l i z i n g , a n d
s t o r i n g h u m a n f e c a l m a t t e r a n d p e r s o n a l hygiene w a s t e s ( s u c h a s u s e d
c l e a n s i n g p a d s , t o w e l s , e t c . ). F e c a l m a t t e r a n d p e r s o n a l hygiene w a s t e s
a r e c o l l e c t e d i n polyethylene b a g s , d i s i n f e c t e d , a n d s t o r e d i n a vented a r e a .
U r i n e i s e x p e l l e d o v e r b o a r d into s p a c e .
1.1.2.8 S u r viva1 E q u i p m e n t .
The s u r v i v a l k i t s stowed i n t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t R H F E B ( f i g u r e 1 - 6 )
a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r the postlanding p h a s e of the m i s s i o n ( l a n d o r w a t e r ) . The
m a j o r i t e m s contained i n e a c h kit include 6 pounds of w a t e r , a d e s a l t e r k i t ,
a o n e - m a n life r a f t , r a d i o t r a n s c e i v e r , p o r t a b l e l i g h t , s u n g l a s s e s , and a
m a c h e t e . Life v e s t s w o r n by the c r e w d u r i n g lift-off a n d e n t r y a r e stowed
i n t h e s p a c e s u i t stowage bag d u r i n g the o r b i t p h a s e of the m i s s i o n . (See
figure 1-6. )
1. 1 . 2 . 9 Aft C o m p a r t m e n t .
T h e a f t c o m p a r t m e n t ( f i g u r e 1 - 3 ) is t h e a r e a e n c o m p a s s e d by the aft
p o r t i o n of t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t h e a t s h i e l d , a f t h e a t s h i e l d , and aft p o r t i o n
of t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r e . T h i s c o m p a r t m e n t c o n t a i n s 10 r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l
e n g i n e s , a n i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u c t u r e , i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n , and s t o r a g e t a n k s
f o r w a t e r , f u e l , o x i d i z e r , a n d g a s e o u s h e l i u m . ( F o u r c r u s h a b l e r i b s , along
the S / C +Z a x i s , a r e provided a s p a r t of the i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u c t u r e t o
a b s o r b e n e r g y during a l a n d i m p a c t . )
The aft h e a t s h i e l d , which e n c l o s e s the l a r g e e n d of the C / M , i s a

s h a l l o w s p h e r i c a l l y c o n t o u r e d a s s e m b l y . It i s m a d e of the s a m e type of
m a t e r i a l s as other C / M heat shields. However, the ablative m a t e r i a l on
t h i s h e a t s h i e l d h a s a g r e a t e r t h i c k n e s s f o r t h e d i s s i p a t i o n of h e a t d u r i n g
e n t r y . E x t e r n a l p r o v i s i o n s a r e m a d e o n t h i s h e a t s h i e l d f o r connecting the
C / M t o the S / M .
~~
S P A C E C R A F T 01 2 CONFIGURATION
Mi s s i on B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page '-I5

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. 1. 3 SERVICE MODULE
The S / M is a c y l i n d r i c a l s t r u c t u r e f o r m e d by 1 - i n c h - t h i c k a l u m i n u m
honeycomb p a n e l s . R a d i a l b e a m s , f r o m m i l l e d a l u m i n u m a l l o y p l a t e s ,
s e p a r a t e t h e s t r u c t u r e i n t e r i o r i n t o s i x unequal s e c t o r s a r o u n d a c i r c u l a r
c e n t e r s e c t i o n . (See f i g u r e 1 - 7. ) Equipment contained within the s e r v i c e
module i s a c c e s s i b l e t h r o u g h m a i n t e n a n c e d o o r s l o c a t e d s t r a t e g i c a l l y a r o u n d
t h e e x t e r i o r s u r f a c e of the m o d u l e . Specific i t e m s , s u c h a s flight c o n t r o l
s y s t e m (SPS a n d RCS) a n d m o s t of t h e S / C o n - b o a r d c o n s u m a b l e s ( a n d
s t o r a g e t a n k s ) c o n t a i n e d i n the S / M c o m p a r t m e n t s , a r e l i s t e d i n f i g u r e 1 - 7 .
R a d i a l b e a m t r u s s e s on the f o r w a r d p o r t i o n of the S / M s t r u c t u r e
( f i g u r e 1 - 7 ) provide a m e a n s f o r s e c u r i n g the C / M t o the S / M . A l t e r n a t e
b e a m s , o n e , t h r e e , and f i v e , have c o m p r e s s i o n pads f o r s u p p o r t i n g the C I M .
B e a m s two, f o u r , a n d s i x , have s h e a r - c o m p r e s s i o n p a d s , and t e n s i o n t i e s ,
A flat c e n t e r s e c t i o n i n e a c h t e n s i o n t i e i n c o r p o r a t e s redundant e x p l o s i v e
c h a r g e s f o r S / M - C / M separation. These b e a m s and separation devices a r e
e n c l o s e d within a f a i r i n g ( 2 6 i n c h e s high a n d 1 3 f e e t i n d i a m e t e r ) b e t w e e n the
C / M and S/M.
1.1.4 S P A C E C R A F T L E M ADAPTER.
The s p a c e c r a f t LEM a d a p t e r ( S L A ) i s a t r u n c a t e d c o n e which c o n n e c t s

the CSM t o the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit o n t h e l a u n c h v e h i c l e , (See f i g u r e 1 - 1 . )
T h i s a d a p t e r , c o n s t r u c t e d of e i g h t 2 - i n c h - t h i c k aluminum p a n e l s , is 154 inclies
i n d i a m e t e r a t the f o r w a r d end ( C / M i n t e r f a c e ) a n d 260 i n c h e s a t the a f t e n d .
S e p a r a t i o n of t h e s p a c e c r a f t f r o m the S L A is a c c o m p l i s h e d by m e a n s of
e x p l o s i v e c h a r g e s which p e r m i t the f o u r SLA f o r w a r d p a n e l s (above
s t a t i o n 583, 3 ) . t o d i s e n g a g e f r o m the CSM a n d r o t a t e o u t w a r d 45 d e g r e e s f r o m
v e r t i c a l . The f o u r aft p a n e l s r e m a i n a t t a c h e d t o the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit.
F o r m i s s i o n 2 0 4 A , a c r o s s - s h a p e d s t i f f e n e r is i n s t a l l e d within the S L A in
p l a c e of a LEM. The S / M SPS n o z z l e e x t e n d s into the SLX which a l s o h o u s e s
a n u m b i l i c a l c a b l e f o r connecting c i r c u i t s between the launch vehicle and t h e
s pace c r a f t .
1. 1 . 5 S P A C E C R A F T SYSTEMS.
Data r e l a t i n g t o the o p e r a t i o n a l s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s a n d i n t e r f a c e
i n f o r m a t i o n a r e p r e s e n t e d i n s e c t i o n 2 of t h i s handbook.
1.2 L-4 UN CH VEHIC LE C OKFIGURX T ION.
-4 tnro-stage S a t u r n I B launch v e h i c l e , c o n s i s t i n g of a n S-IB b o o s t e r and

a n S-IVB s e c o n d s t a g e , i s s c h e d u l e d to p r o v i d e the r e q u i r e d t h r u s t f o r
i n s e r t i n g S I C 012 into o r b i t ( f i g u r e 1 - 8 . ) A n i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit, l o c a t e d
between the S-IVB a n d t h e SLA, c o n t r o l s e a c h of the two boost s t a g e s d u r i n g
flight. T h e t o t a l length oi t h e S a t u r n IB launch v e h i c l e , including the s p a c e -
c r a f t , i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 2 4 f e e t . .An e m e r g e n c y d e t e c t i o n s y s t e m s e q u e n c e r
d i s p l a y p a n e l , in the C / h l , e n a b l e s the c r e w to m o n i t o r l a u n c h v e h i c l e engine
p e r f o r m a n c e d u r i n g lift-off. ( R e f e r to t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . )
Mission
S P A C E C R A F T 0 12 CONFIGURATION-LAUNCH
B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date

VEHICLE CONFIGURATION
Page
.
1-16
SMZA -03-SCO 12
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
IDIZER T A N K
ECS SPACE
ECS SPACE RADIATOR
EPS SPACE RADIATOR
SECTOR 4
(SKIN PARTIALLY REMOVED
F O R CLARITY)
C / M r e c t o n (top view)
SPS ENGINE
EXPANSION N O Z Z L E
/ 1 and 4 are 50-degree secton
2 and 5 ore 70dagree recton
3 and 6 am &)-degree secton
SERVICE M O D U L E ITEMS
Sector 1
Sector 5
E l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m space radiator Environmental control system space radiator
S u p e r - c r i t i c a l o x y g e n t a n k (two) S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m oxidizer tank
S u p e r - c r i t i c a l h y d r o g e n t a n k (two) Reaction control s y s t e m package ( - Y axis)
Sector 2 Sector 6
Environmental control system space radiator S p a c e r a d i a t o r s e l e c t i o n v a l v e , (two)
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m oxidizer tank G l y c o l s h u t o f f v a l v e s (two)
Reaction control s y s t e m package (+Y-axis) Reaction control system package (-Z axis)
S p a c e r a d i a t o r i s o l a t i o n v a l v e (two) S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m fuel tank
Sector 3
Center section
S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m fuel tank S e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m h e l i u m t a n k (two)
Reaction control system package ( t Z - a x i s ) S e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m engine
S e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m h e l i u m t a n k s (two)
Sector 4
E l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m s p a c e radiator
Fuel cell power plant ( t h r e e )
Helium s e r v i c i n g panel
Reaction control s y s t e m control unit
E l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s y s t e m power c o n t r o l r e l a y box
S e r v i c e m o d u l e j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l b a t t e r y (two)
S e r v i c e m o d u l e J e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s e q u e n c e r (two)
Water supply tank (two)
SM-2A-643 E
t
Figure 1 - 7 . Spacecraft 012 Service Module
S P A C E C R A F T 0 12 CONFIGURATION
Mission B a s i c Date,12 1966 Change Date Page '-I7

- - SC 0 1 2
S IM2 A 0 3
-..-
G E N E R A L INFORMATION
SICILEM
/ADAPTER
INSTRUMENT
-
/
UNIT
i
S- IVB
STAGE
I
/ S - l STAGE
F i g u r e 1-8. Apollo L a u n c h Vehicle ( S a t u r n IB)
LAUNCH V E H I C L E CONFIGURATION
1-18
hli s s ion B a s i c Date 12 1966 Change Date Page
SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
)1
GENERAL INFOFGVIATION
1.2.1 S-IB BOOSTER.
T h e S - I B b o o s t e r ( f i r s t s t a g e ) f o r S a t u r n IB i s m a n u f a c t u r e d by the
C h r y s l e r C o r p o r a t i o n . T h i s b o o s t e r i s 2 5 7 i n c h e s in d i a m a t e r , 82 f e e t in
length, a n d i s powered by e i g h t Rocketdyne H- 1 engines. E a c h engine,
burning R P - 1 a n d liquid oxygen, p r o d u c e s 200,0 0 0 pounds of t h r u s t f o r a
t o t a l s t a g e t h r u s t o v e r 1, 6 0 0 , 0 0 0 pounds.
1.2.2 S-IVB SECOND STAGE.
T h e S-IVB s e c o n d s t a g e f o r S a t u r n IB is m a n u f a c t u r e d by t h e Douglas
A i r c r a f t Company. T h i s s t a g e is 260 i n c h e s i n d i a m e t e r , 58 f e e t i n l e n g t h ,
a n d i s powered by a s i n g l e Rocketdyne 5 - 2 engine. T h e e n g i n e , b u r n i n g
liquid h y d r o g e n and oxygen, p r o d u c e s a s t a g e t h r u s t of a p p r o x i m a t e l y
200, 000 pounds, D u r i n g flight, the J - 2 engine u s e s t h r e e d i f f e r e n t m i x t u r e
r a t i o s , r e s u l t i n g i n v a l u e s of t h r u s t r a n g i n g f r o m 190, 000 to 2 3 0 , 0 0 0 pounds.
1.3 MISSION 204A WEIGHT STATUS.
NOTE T h e NASA-MSC is r e s p o n s i b l e f o r providing a

d e t a i l e d weight s t a t u s f o r Apollo m i s s i o n 2 0 4 A a s
a v a i l a b l e i n the iMSC R e f e r e n c e T r a j e c t o r y Document.
1.4 POSTLANDING AND RECOVERY,
I n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g t o postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s is p r o v i d e d u n d e r
s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s in s e c t i o n 2 . P o s t l a n d i n g ventilation f o r the c r e w i s
supplied through two vent v a l v e s i n the f o r w a r d a c c e s s h a t c h c o v e r . ( S e e
f i g u r e 1 - 4 . ) A handpump and flexible h o s e , s t o r e d u n d e r the r i g h t c r e w
couch ( f i g u r e 1-6), i s u s e d to o b t a i n w a t e r f r o m the s e a f o r c o n v e r s i o n t o
potable w a t e r . ( R e f e r to c r e w e q u i p m e n t i n s e c t i o n 6 . ) An Apollo R e c o v e r y
O p e r a t i o n s Handbook w i l l p r o v i d e a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of r e c o v e r y equip-
m e n t and r e s c u e p r o c e d u r e s .
L-AUNCH VEHICLE CONFIGUEW TION --hlISSION 2 04A WEIGHT STATUS -

POSTLANDING AND RECOVERY
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 1 - 1 9 / 1 - 2 0
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS D-AT-4
SECTION 2
SYSTEMS D.4TA
INTRODUCTION.
S y s t e m s d a t a include d e s c r i p t i o n of o p e r a t i o n s , component d e s c r i p -
tion and d e s i g n d a t a , o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s a n d r e s t r i c t i o n s , and t e l e m e t r y
m e a s u r e m e n t s . Subsection 2 . 1 d e s c r i b e s the o v e r a l l s p a c e c r a f t navigation,
g u i d a n c e , and c o n t r o l r e q u i r e m e n t s and the r e s u l t a n t s y s t e m s i n t e r f a c e .
S u b s e c t i o n s 2. Z t h r o u g h 2. 1 0 p r e s e n t data grouped by s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s ,
a r r a n g e d in t h e following o r d e r : guidance and navigation, s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d
c o n t r o l , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n , r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l , e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r , eniriron-
m e n t a l c o n t r o l , t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , s e q u e n t i a l , and c a u t i o n s a n d w a r n i n g s .
Subsection 2. 1 1 d e a l s with m i s c e l l a n e o u s s y s t e m s d a t a .
M i s s ion
B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l q 6 6 Change D a t e pale 2 - 1 1 2 - 2
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
v
SYSTEMS D.4T-4
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 1
GUID.4NCE .4ND CONTROL
2.1.1 SYSTEMS INTERFACE. GUIDANCE -4ND CONTROL.
Apollo CSM a t m o s p h e r i c and s p a c e flight i s a c h i e v e d by a p p l i c a t i o n of

c o n t r o l l e d t r a n s l a t i o n f o r c e s a n d r o t a t i o n a l f o r c e m o m e n t s . Guidance and
c o n t r o l i n i t i a t e s and t e r m i n a t e s the t h r u s t a n d r o t a t i o n a l f o r c e s and f o r c e
m o m e n t s a s a function of the m a g n i t u d e of the change r e q u i r e d . Guidance
a n d c o n t r o l p r o v i d e s t h e following b a s i c functions:
Attitude C o n t r o l
Guidance
Navigation
Attitude c o n t r o l i s a function a s s o c i a t e d with s p a c e c r a f t o r i e n t a t i o n

with r e s p e c t t o a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e o r a known c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m .
G u i d a n c e i s a function r e q u i r i n g a combination of a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l with r a t e
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s f o r the p u r p o s e of modifying s p a c e -
c r a f t t r a j e c t o r y via m a j o r v e l o c i t y c h a n g e s . Navigation d e t e r m i n e s
s p a c e c r a f t position a n d v e l o c i t y , and p r e d i c t s f u t u r e position.
T o a c c o m p l i s h m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s , t h e guidance and navigation,

s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n , and r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m s ,
p l u s the a s t r o n a u t s , a r e i n t e g r a t e d i n t o a n a u t o m a t i c / m a n u a l c l o s e d loop
control system.
G u i d a n c e and c o n t r o l a c t i v i t y i s grouped into t h r e e p r o f i l e s of flight:

c o a s t i n g , p o w e r e d , and a t m o s p h e r i c . T h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l l o o p s involved
a r e i l l u s t r a t e d i n f i g u r e s 2. 1-1 t h r o u g h 2 . 1 - 4 . F i g u r e 2. 1 - 1 i s an
a b b r e v i a t e d i n t e g r a t i o n of all m a j o r e q u i p m e n t s n e c e s s a r y to a c c o m p l i s h
t h e a c t i v i t i e s in a l l t h r e e flight p r o f i l e s . F i g u r e s 2. 1 - 2 t h r o u g h 2. 1 - 4
divide t h e e q u i p m e n t i n t o the p r o p e r p e r s p e c t i v e f o r e a c h p r o f i l e .
It m u s t be noted that i n f i g u r e 2. 1 - 1 , the loops a r e c l o s e d t h a t

r e p r e s e n t c o a s t i n g flight ( C F ) functions. F o r powered flight ( P F ) o r
a t m o s p h e r i c flight ( A F ) , open t h e c o a s t i n g flight loops and c l o s e c o n t a c t s
r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e d e s i r e d loops.
2 . 1.7 COASTING FLIGHT
T h e guidance and c o n t r o l a c t i v i t i e s involved in c o a s t i n g flight a r e

a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h t h e b a s i c functional l o o p s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 1 - 2 .
GUIDANCE -4ND CONTROL
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2*1-1

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s e l o o p s p r o v i d e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e , a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , a t t i t u d e hold, and
a u t o m a t i c and m a n u a l m a n e u v e r c a p a b i l i t i e s n e c e s s a r y to a c c o m p l i s h the
s e v e r a l t a s k s involved d u r i n g c o a s t i n g flight. They a r e a l s o the c e n t r a l
r e f e r e n c e and c o n t r o l l o o p s r e q u i r e d for a l l p h a s e s of flight.
A r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e f r a m e i s e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e G & N i n e r t i a l m e a s -
u r e m e n t unit (IMU), a n d / o r by the SCS body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s
( B M A G s ) , a n d a t t i t u d e g y r o coupling unit (AGCU). I n e r t i a l s e n s o r s s e n s e
S I C m o t i o n c o n t r a r y to t h e r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h e s e n s e d a t t i t u d e e r r o r s
a n d r a t e s a r e conditioned t h r o u g h s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and logic to i n i t i a t e
c o u n t e r m o t i o n s v i a t h e r e a c t i o n j e t c o n t r o l (RCS) which nullifies the o r i g i n a l
motion. T h e 4 G C i n s e r t s a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l a n d m a n e u v e r c o m m a n d s into
t h e loop. T h e r o t a t i o n , t r a n s l a t i o n , and a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l s i n s e r t
m a n u a l c o m m a n d s into the loop. T h e flight d i r e c t o r attitude i n d i c a t o r
(FDAI) i s the S / C attitude visual display.
2.1. 3 POWERED FLIGHT.
P o w e r e d flight i s c o n s i d e r e d that which will u s e the S / M s e r v i c e

p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m ( S P S ) engine to i n i t i a t e a m a j o r v e l o c i t y change.
F i g u r e 2 . 1 - 3 i l l u s t r a t e s t h o s e b a s i c loops n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e t a s k s invol\,ed.
-4s shown, the loops a r e a n e x t e n s i o n of t h o s e r e q u i r e d f o r c o a s t i n g flight.
Added, a r e t h e ( S P S ) engine on-off t h r u s t l o g i c a n d the SPS g i m b a l c o n t r o l
l o o p s . In c o a s t i n g flight, a l l a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is t h r o u g h the RCS. P o w e r e d
flight, by t h e S P S engine, r e q u i r e s r o l l c o n t r o l through the RCS, a n d pitch
a n d yaw c o n t r o l by g i m b a l i n g t h e SPS engine n o z z l e . P r i m a r y c o n t r o l of
t h r u s t i n g i s by t h e -4GC. However, f i g u r e 2. 1 - 3 s h o w s how v a r i o u s manual
c o n t r o l s c a n be u s e d i n s t e a d of o r t o backup a u t o m a t i c functions.
2.1.4 -4T MOSPHE RI C FLIGHT
A t m o s p h e r i c flight i s e n c o u n t e r e d d u r i n g t h e e n t r y p h a s e of the
m i s s i o n a t which t i m e the S / C e x p e r i e n c e s a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s .
F i g u r e 2 . 1 - 4 i l l u s t r a t e s t h e b a s i c loops r e q u i r e d f o r c o n t r o l of the S / C
d u r i n g t h i s p h a s e . T h e c e n t r a l loop i s i d e n t i c a l t o t h a t in f i g u r e 2. 1 - 2 .
T h e m a i n d i f f e r e n c e i s t h a t s e r v i c e m o d u l e / c o m m a n d module ( S / M - C / M )
s e p a r a t i o n h a s t a k e n p l a c e , a n d the c o m m a n d module RCS s y s t e m i s u s e d .
A n o t h e r d i f f e r e n c e i s t h a t t h e a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s will s t a b i l i z e the C / M in
pitch and yaw, a n d the e n t r y g - l e v e l ( l i f t vecto:- c o n t r o l ) will i n c r e a s e o r
d e c r e a s e t h r o u g h r o l l c o n t r o l . P r i m a r y c o n t r o l i s a u t o m a t i c , with m a n u a l
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l a v a i l a b l e , in exrent of a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l m a l f u n c t i o n s .
F o r d e t a i l e d o p e r a t i o n of the s e v e r a l loops involved i n guidance and

c o n t r o l , r e f e r to the d e s c r i p t i o n s of the guidance and na\.igation s y s t e m ,
s u b s e c t i o n 2. 2 , and the s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m , s u b s e c t i o n 2 . 3.
GUIDANCE AND CONTROL
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.1-2

PROGRAMSELECTANITIATE
FROM NAVIGATIONS G
OR UPLINK (MSFN) N
LI
1.
VELOCITY
pF T
CHANGES I;
I
I
1;
COASTING FLIGHT (CF) I
----- POWERED FLIGHT (PF) 1;
------- ATMOSPHERIC FLIGHT (AF)
I
L
i
AF
PR
- t
----
COWNDS DIRECT DECOUPLING
NAVIGATION (FCSM THRUST ON-OFF I
SENSING) COMMANDS ROLL ERRORS T(
OPTICAL
SIGHT ING
I
-I+-+ CC
JE
ANGLES ATTITUDE ERRORS PF $:
-- 4 I,
AF, - ~ _ E E R I ~ ~ E ~ R ~ s -
I. LC
2z CF
MANUAL
I 7 - -
.
A V SETTINGS
MANUAL c SPS ENGINE
? THRUST ON ON-OFF AND
--c
TO
AGC THRUST ON-OFF
COWNDS VELOCITY SENSING - sRK- - - - - - - - _ _ _
LOOP
GUIDANCE A N D
NAVIGATION CONTROL
FROM
AGC
- - - - - - - -+I-----+
COMMANDS (GbN)
PF
(wl
c LOOPS (CF, PF, AF)
CDU ATTITUDE A N D .
I
PITCH A N D
SERVO STEERING COMMANDS YAW ERRORS TO
* GIMUL
A N D CONTROL
ELECTRONICS A - - ik-4 SERVO
t
PF
ClRCUlTS ELECT
c
FROM
IMU - ATTITUDE
ATTITUDE I COWNOS
10 IMU SENSORS
l~m
INTEGLATING
SENSaS(IMU)
A
51 as
.
“ T
LOCITY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-4NGE.5
ATTITLID€
CHANGES
L
AnlTUDE
L l 4
ii
B
MissionJ
f
f
1
..
S M 2 A - 03- sc012
A P O L OPERATIONS
~ HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
I
cFsc MANUAL
DIRECT cFzr $ PF
AERODYNAMIC
r- 1
LJLLAGE
COMMAND -J
FORCES
! THRUST
I ACCELERATION
AND
1 (1 ( 1
T AF DIRECTION
yzRL7;-
?UDE ERRORS pF CF
ToTo
CONTROL AND
JET SELECTION
LOGIC CIRCUITS
RCS ATTITUDE C r T L
L m P ( C F , PF, AF)
JET CONTROL
~ ~ ! ~
DYNAMICS
~ l ~ a
------- ERRORS
+ + STEERING SUMMING SUMMING
CIRCUITS CIRCUITS
I t t
I I I
PF FORCE
TO
+ I I-
- f f
PITCH A N D
MNC
ELECTRONICS I
- -i t - - GIMML
SERVO
(SCS) SPS ENGINE GIMBAL
CONTROL LOOP (PF) --- TORQUE
PF
TO
MTVC
ELECTRONICS
4
I,
I
I
CF
CF
-L
T p J
1
1,
Tff
1 ROLL
w TRATE
I
’
T P PITCH,%-AW
iTiH~AW
I I
RATES I
I BhUC
~ . - FROM FROM
BACK UP ATTITUDE ROLL ATTITUDE
RATE (BMAGS) RATE
TUDE (SCS) scs GYRO
95 FROM
BMAGS ATTITUDE REFERENCE (ARS),
RATE
ATE5 FROM INERTIAL SENSOR, DISPLAY,
GYROS
RATE A N D FEEDBACK LOOPS
GYROS (CF, PF, AF)
FROM ORBITAL RATE
AGCU LOCAL VERTICAL
~~
ATTITUM CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
SM-2h-947
Figure 2. 1 - 1 . Integrated Flight P r o f i l e Functional Flow Diagram
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 N? 1966 Change Date I Page 2.1-312.1-4

PROGRAM SELECT/INITIATE
FROM NAVIGATIONS
OR UPLINK (MSFN)
'+
I
I I
L--
-
ROTATION DIREC
COMMANDS
1
M N U M MANUAL
ROTATION TRANSLATIC
COWNOS COMMAND5
I
Maw
PROFORTIONb DISAE.1
co Mh4
ATTITUDE
IMWLSE
CONTROL
II ‘
(GAM
ATTITUDE COMMANDS
1 *
ATTITUDE
Df ADBAND
AND LIMITING 4 I -b
PSEUDO
PUL!
MODh
I ) (SCS)
. (SC!
-------
ATTITUDE ERRORS
AllllUM I
PATES
ATTITUDE REI
TOTAL
-
DISPLAY, A b
________* AnlTU[W
f
AGCU ARS AT^4-
EULER 4 SENSORS
COMPUTER REF A l l ORBITAL RA
ALIGN LOCAL VER’,
I . ..
’ I
.
M i s s ion,
...
SMZA-03-SC012
A P O L m OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
/
RCS ATTITUDE CONTROL

LOO? I
DIRECT CONTROL
1 I
JU MANUAL TRANSLATION
i
MANUAL
I
.ION
.UNDS
TRANSLATION
CQMMANDS
b CONTROL
(SCS)
-
M SABLE
C O W N D S
I
MANUAL
DI SA0LE
I
r DE
COMMANDS I
JLS€ t I
- I
I
ITROL
M - t
’ REACTION JET
FORCE6
ROTATION
1 c
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
MODULATOR
(SCS)
REACTION
JET SELECTION
LOGIC
( s a
b
CONTROL
(S/MRCS) I
~
SPACECRAFT
DYNAMlCS
ATTITUDE REFERENCE, INERTIAL SENSOR,

DISPLAY, A N D FEED0ACK L O O P S
OR0ITAL RATE
LOCAL VTRTICAL
ATTITUDE CMNCES
P SM-ZA-VU
Figure 2. 1-2. Cwsting Flight P r o f i l e Functional Flow Diagram

Mission B a s i c Date-12 Nov 1966 Change Date page, 2 . 1 - 5 / 2 . 1 - 6
1
I N A V I G A T I O N CONTROL LOOP
I
ACCELEROMETER
FROM NAVIGATIONS
OR UPLINK (MSFN)
TIME
'
I
AGC
NAVIGATION
AND
sPS
AND
MANUAL DIRECT
THRUST ON-OFF
GUIDANCE
~ R O G M ~ THRUST ON-OFF
ENGINE
VELOCITY I N
)G
I( CUAMANDS (G61.I)
+ CONTROL
(SK)
-
HANGES
-c
1
i i
I STEERING I
I COWNDS
I
II
-I I
T
I A N D CONTROL
(GhW
I
A I ATTITUDE
COMMANDS
I
I -FDA1 (SCS)7
I 41 ATTITUDE
VELOCITY
CHANGES
MANUAl ROTATION
ROTATION 4 C O M R O LS DIRECT Ci
-c
COMMANDS (SCS)
--------- 1
-4
MANUAL
TRANSLATION
:CEu RATION
'1D VELOCITY
I COMMANDS
ACCELEROMETER I PROPORTIONAL
SENSOR
I
ps MANUAL DIRECT i II 2 -
"-OFF AND
iLOC1TY
NSING
THRUST ON-OFF
COMMANDS I ROLL ERRORS
ATTITUDE
DEADMND
* PSEUDO RATE
J
I 1 AND LIMITING MODULATOR
PULSE
(SCS)
----C !
ENGINE
CONTROL
I
4L THRUST ON I r----+-
4NDS (SCS)
"NDS
I
!I
GIMBAL
POSITION ELECTRONICS
CONTROLS
ANUAl
LIM
ATTITUDE
COMMANDS
FDA1 (SCS)
-ATTITUDE 4
- ATTITUDE ERRORS
~ -.- I
4
ATTITUIX
RATES
*
1
\
TOTAL
ATTITUDE
I
ATTITUM
ARS
REF SENSORS
*
2zGN ( W A G S ) SCS ATTITUDE CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
Figure 2 .
Mission Ba 8
' . .
-
SM2A 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
--------------c-------
RCS ATTITUDE C O N T R O ~
1 MANUAL
DIRECT CONTROL
TRANSLATION
LOOP
MANUAL
DIRECT
I
I
TRANSLATION
COMMANDS
c CONTROL
(SCS)
ULLAGE
COMMAND I THRUST
I ACCELERATION
AND
ORTIONAL
I THRUST
DIRECT ION
' PSEUDO RATE

T
REACTION
c
REACTION
JET
FORCE
AND 1 OR
TORQUE
CONTROL
PULSE JET SELECTION (S/MRCS)
e
1
~
-
---------------------
MODULATOR
(SC9
-C
1
LOGIC (SCS)
J-
GIMBAL
.*
POSITION
SENSORS
66)
GIMBAL
POSITION E LE CT RON1CS SPS ENGINE GIMBAL
CONTROLS
CONTROL LOOP
U U
. I
- 'MANDS 1
GIMBAL
SERVO
ELECTRONICS
(SCS)
-
I
GIMBAL
CONTROL
ELECTRONICS
(SCS)
- ENGINE
GIMAL
CONTROL
(SPS)
I
I
I
TORQUE
GI M A L
c ' RATE
SENSORS
(SPn -

DISPLAY, A N D FEEDBACK LOOPS
'IfiAW
-
4
>
d

Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2. 1 - 7 / 2 . 1 - 8
Mission
. . . .. . .
I I
I AUTOMATIC GUIDANC'E AND I
I N A V I G A T I O N CONTROL LOOP I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I AGC
I
I NAVIGATION
I
I
-
I AND
I GUIDANCE I
I
I PROGRAMS
(GW I
VELOCITY I I
CHANGES I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I NAVIGATION
I
I SIGHTING I
I ANGLES I
I I
I
I
I 1
I
I 1 STEERING ERROR!
I
ERROR
! I
I
1
ATTITUDE
RATES
VELOCITY
CHANGES
ATTITUDE
CHANGES
31
ATTITUDE
I
ATTITUDE
7
A(
EL
L I
..
3
MANUAL ROTATION
ROTATION CONTROLS .
COMMANDS (SCS)
I I
I
I
I
-
MANUAL DISABLE
I COMMANDS
1
ROPORTIONAL
,
I PITCH/YAW
ERROR
I
I
I
DECOUPtlNG
ATTITUDE
. + PSEUDO RATE
- STEERING ERRORS 1 DEADBAND - PULSE

MODULATOR
i* A N D LIMITING
I ’
(SCS) - .------------------
1- ATTITUDE REFERENCE, INERTIAL SENSOR

DISPLAY, A N D FEEDMCK LOOPS
ATTITUDE
RATES
1
ATTITUDE I+ $MAG
1ACKUP
UTE
h J
AGCU ARS
-
ATTITUDE
EULER
COMPUTER
4 - REF
ATTITUDE
- SENSORS
AT1 (BMAGS) SCS,
Figu
M i s s ion
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1
RCS AlllTUDE CONTROL I
DIRECT CONTROL LOOP
I AERODYNAMIC
I FORCES
IAL
.
f,
-
MANUAL DISABLE
COWNDS
t i
I
I
SPACECRAFT
PSEUDO RATE
PULSE
REACTION
JET SELECTION LL A ROTATION ! DY NAMJCS
MODULATOR
(scn
-----C LOGIC (SCS)
- JET CONTROL
(C/M R C 9
14
I A
ROTATION

D I S P U Y , A N D R E D M C K LOOPS
L
JC
S
ATTITUM CHANGES
VELOCITY CHANGES
SM-24-943
Figure 2. 1 - 4 . Atmospheric Flight Profile Functional Flow D i a g r a m

Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 1 -9/2.1-10
M i s s ion
" 3
...
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 2
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM ( G & N )
2.2.1 INTRODUCTION.
The guidance and navigation ( G & N ) s y s t e m m e a s u r e s s p a c e c r a f t
attitude and velocity, d e t e r m i n e s t r a j e c t o r y , c o n t r o l s s p a c e c r a f t attitude,
c o n t r o l s the t h r u s t v e c t o r of the s e r v i c e propulsion e n g i n e , and p r o v i d e s
a b o r t information and display d a t a . P r i m a r y d e t e r m i n a t i o n of the s p a c e c r a f t
velocity and position, and computation of the t r a j e c t o r y p a r a m e t e r s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d by the manned s p a c e flight network ( M S F N ) .
T h e G & N s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s a s follows:
0 I n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m (ISS)
0 C o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m (CSS)
0 Optics s u b s y s t e m (OSS)
T h e i n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m is composed of a n i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit
(IMU), p a r t of the power and s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) , p a r t of the c o n t r o l s and
d i s p l a y s , and t h r e e i n e r t i a l coupling d i s p l a y u n i t s (CDUs). The IlMU p r o v i d e s
a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e with a gimbaled, t h r e e -degree -of-freedom, g y r o
stabilized stable p l a t f o r m .
T h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m is composed of a n Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r
(AGC), and two d i s p l a y and keyboard p a n e l s (DSKY s ) , which a r e p a r t of the
c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s . T h e AGC i s a digital c o m p u t e r which p r o c e s s e s and
c o n t r o l s information t o and f r o m t h e IMU and optics, and s t o r e s p r o g r a m s
and r e f e r e n c e d a t a .
T h e optics s u b s y s t e m is composed of a scanning t e l e s c o p e ( S C T ) , a
sextant (SXT), d r i v e m o t o r s f o r positioning the SCT and SXT, p a r t s of t h e
PSA, p a r t of the c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s , and two optics CDUs. The SCT and
SXT a r e used t o d e t e r m i n e the s p a c e c r a f t position and attitude with r e l a t i o n
to stars and/or landmarks.
T h e t h r e e G&N s u b s y s t e m s a r e configured s u c h t h a t the CSS and OSS
m a y be operated independently. T h i s allows continued u s e of the CSS a n d / o r
OSS in the event of a malfunction in one of t h e s e s u b s y s t e m s o r the ISS.
S y s t e m power r e q u i r e m e n t s and r e f e r e n c e s i g n a l s a r e provided by t h e power
and s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) . Major components of the s y s t e m a r e located in
the command module lower equipment bay ( f i g u r e 2. 2-1). S y s t e m c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r s , caution and w a r n i n g i n d i c a t o r s , and one of the D S K Y s a r e located
on the m a i n d i s p l a y console.
2.2.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e guidance and navigation s y s t e m p r o v i d e s c a p a b i l i t i e s f o r the
f ol lowing:
0 I n e r t i a l velocity and position ( s t a t e v e c t o r ) computation
0 Optical and i n e r t i a l navigation m e a s u r e m e n t s
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM

SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
GUIDANCE -4ND NAVIGATION S Y S T E M

2.2-2
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
-
SlM2A 0 3 -sco 1 2
SYSTE-MS D-4T.A
0 S p a c e c r a f t attitude m e a s u r e m e n t and c o n t r o l
0 G e n e r a t i o n of guidance c o m m a n d s d u r i n g CSXI-powered flight and

C / L I atmospheric entry.
T h e G & K s y s t e m i s initially a c t i v a t e d and aligned d u r i n g the p r e l a u n c h

p h a s e . D u r i n g the a s c e n t p h a s e , the s y s t e m m e a s u r e s velocity and a t t i t u d e ,
c o m p u t e s position, c o m p a r e s the a c t u a l s p a c e c r a f t t r a j e c t o r y with a p r e -
d e t e r m i n e d t r a j e c t o r y , and d i s p l a y s p e r t i n e n t d a t a . The flight cre\v u s e s
the d i s p l a y e d i n f o r m a t i o n a s a n a i d f o r d e c i s i o n t o a b o r t o r continue the
m i s s i o n . H o w e v e r , s p a c e c r a f t c o n t r o l i s m a i n t a i n e d by the S-IVB guidance
until CSM/S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . Upon s e p a r a t i o n , the G&N s y s t e m a s s u m e s the
guidance and navigation functions u s i n g the d a t a a c q u i r e d d u r i n g a s c e n t .
D u r i n g p e r i o d s when o n b o a r d velocitv a n d / o r attitude change > e n s i n g

i s not r e q u i r e d , the I l I U i s placed i n s t a n d b y o p e r a t i o n t o c o n s e r v e e l e c t r i c a l
p o w e r . T h e -AGC i s u s e d m o r e extensivelx. t h a n the I U U , h o w e v e r , i t will
a l s o be p l a c e d in standby o p e r a t i o n t o c o n s e r v e e l e c t r i c a l power. I\ hen t h e
guidance and navigation function i s t o be r e s t o r e d , the I l l U and -AGC a r e
r e a c t i v a t e d , with the .AGC u s i n g the l a s t c o m p u t e d velocitv a s the b a s i s f o r
f u r t h e r velocitL c o m p u t a t i o n s , New positional d a t a m u s t be a c q u i r e d i r o m
o p t i c a l sightings or L I S F N t h r o u g h t e l e m e t r y o r voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s .
Initial position and attitude i n f o r m a t i o n a s well a s p e r i o d i c updating o i

t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n i s m a d e t h r o u g h u s e of the o p t i c s . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d
by the n a v i g a t o r m a k i n g two o r m o r e l a n d m a r k a n d / o r s t a r s i g h t i n g s . The
s i g h t i n g s a r e m a d e by a c q u i r i n g the s t a r - l a n d m a r k with the SCT a n d l o r S X T .
When the viewed object i s c e n t e r e d , a m a r k c o m m a n d i s initiated. The -AGC
r e a d s the optics a n g l e s , 11,lU a n g l e s , and t i m e , i n conjunction with i n t e r n a l
p r o g r a m s ,to d e t e r m i n e the s p a c e c r a f t position. T h i s position i n f o r m a t i o n
and the s p a c e c r a f t velocity a r e u s e d t o c o m p u t e a n e s t i m a t e d t r a j e c t o r y .
T h e a c t u a l trajector:. i s c o m p a r e d with p r e v i o u s t r a j e c t o r \ . d a t a t o g e n e r a t e
the t r a j e c t o r y e r r o r , i f a n y , f o r f u r t h e r r e f e r e n c e . O p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t s
a r e a l s o u s e d i n aligning the IXIU t o a s p e c i f i c r e f e r e n c e o r i e n t a t i o n .
The IMU (figure 2. 2 - 2 ) contains t h r e e inertial rate integrating gyros

( I R I G s ) , t h r e e a n g u l a r d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g a c c e l e r o m e t e r s ( -ADAS), and t h r e e
pulsed i n t e g r a t i n g pendulous a c c e l e r o m e t e r s (PIP-As). The IRIGs, PIP-As,
and o n e -ADA a r e mounted o n t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m which is g i m b a l e d to p r o -
vide t h r e e d e g r e e s of f r e e d o m . T h e two r e m a i n i n g -AD.As a r e mounted o n
the m i d d l e gimbal. T h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e i s m a i n t a i n e d 12)-
the IRIGs and - l D - A s i n conjunction with e l e c t r o n i c s t a b i l i z a t i o n loops. -An!-
d i s p l a c e m e n t of the p l a t f o r m is s e n s e d by the IRIGs which produce output
s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e magnitude and d i r e c t i o n of d i s p l a c e m e n t . T h e
AD-As s e n s e the d i s p l a c e m e n t r a t e and p r o d u c e output r a t e c o n t r o l s i g n a l s
t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop c o n t r o l r e s p o n s e . The IRIG and -4D.A
s i g n a l s a r e applied t o s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s , which condition the s i g n a l s t o d r i v e
g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s . T h e g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s t h e n r e s t o r e the i n i t i a l
p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n by d r i v i n g the g i m b a l s until the l R I G s i g n a l s a r e nulled.
GUIDANCE AND N.4VIG-4TIOK S Y S T E l l
Mission B a s i c Date 12 ~ O 1966

V Change Date Page 2. 2 - 3
SMZA-0 3 -SCO1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e P I P A s a r e o r t h o g o n a l l y mounted and s e n s e c h a n g e s i n s p a c e c r a f t
v e l o c i t y . An a c c e l e r a t i o n o r d e c e l e r a t i o n r e s u l t s in output s i g n a l s which
a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of the m a g n i t u d e and d i r e c t i o n of t h e velocity change.
T h e output s i g n a l s a r e applied t o the ACC which u s e s the i n f o r m a t i o n t o
update s p a c e c r a f t velocity d a t a . Continual updating of velocity i n f o r m a t i o n ,
with r e s p e c t t o the i n i t i a l s p a c e c r a f t position and t r a j e c t o r y , e n a b l e s the
AGC t o p r o v i d e c u r r e n t v e l o c i t y , p o s i t i o n , and t r a j e c t o r y i n f o r m a t i o n .
T h e IMU a l s o p r o v i d e s a s p a c e s t a b i l i z e d r e f e r e n c e f o r s p a c e c r a f t
a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g a n d c o n t r o l . Attitude change s e n s i n g i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by
m o n i t o r i n g the s p a c e c r a f t attitude with r e f e r e n c e t o the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m .
R e s o l v e r s a r e mounted at the g i m b a l a x e s t o provide s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
of the g i m b a l a n g l e s . I n e r t i a l CDUs c o n t a i n r e s o l v e r s which r e p e a t the
p l a t f o r m a t t i t u d e . Attitude m o n i t o r i n g i s afforded by c o m p a r i n g the IXlU
r e s o l v e r output s i g n a l s with t h e CDU r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s . If the a n g l e s d i f f e r ,
e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e + g e n e r a t e d and applied t o the s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s y s -
t e m . If the attitude e r r o r i s l a r g e r t h a n the s e l e c t e d deadband l i m i t s , the
SCS f i r e s the a p p r o p r i a t e RCS e n g i n e s . T h e s p a c e c r a f t is r o t a t e d back t o
t h e i n i t i a l r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e and t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e nulled (within
d e a d b a n d limits).
T h e AGC p r o v i d e s a u t o m a t i c e x e c u t i o n of c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s , a u t o -
m a t i c c o n t r o l of ISS and OSS m o d e s , a n d , i n conjunction with the DSKYs,
m a n u a l c o n t r o l of ISS and OSS m o d e s and c o m p u t e r d i s p l a y s . T h e -4GC
- ._-
c o n t a i n s a t w o - p a r t m e m o r y which c o n s i s t s of a l a r g e n o n - e r a s a b l e s e c t i o n
and a s m a l l e r e r a s a b l e section. Non-erasable m e m o r y contains mission
and s y s t e m p r o g r a m s and o t h e r p r e d e t e r m i n e d d a t a which a r e w i r e d i n
d u r i n g a s s e m b l y . D a t a r e a d o u t f r o m t h i s s e c t i o n i s n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e and
cannot be changed d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n . T h e e r a s a b l e s e c t i o n of m e m o r y p r o -
v i d e s f o r d a t a s t o r a g e , r e t r i e v a l , and o p e r a t i o n s upon m e a s u r e d d a t a and
t e l e m e t e r e d information. Data readout f r o m this section i s destructive,
p e r m i t t i n g c h a n g e s i n s t o r e d d a t a t o be m a d e a s d e s i r e d . I n f o r m a t i o n
within t h e m e m o r y m a y be c a l l e d u p f o r d i s p l a y on the two DSKYs. T h e
DSKYs e n a b l e the flight c r e w t o e n t e r d a t a or i n s t r u c t i o n s into t h e AGC,
r e q u e s t d i s p l a y of d a t a f r o m .4GC m e m o r y , and o f f e r an i n t e r r u p t c o n t r o l
of AGC o p e r a t i o n . The AGC t i m i n g s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s t i m i n g s i g n a l s of
v a r i o u s f r e q u e n c i e s f o r i n t e r n a l u s e and t o o t h e r o n b o a r d s y s t e m s which
r e q u i r e a c c u r a t e or s y n c h r o n i z e d t i m i n g . Data within the AGC i s t r a n s -
m i t t e d t o ,MSFN t h r o u g h a "downlink" t e l e m e t r y function. T e l e m e t e r e d
d a t a i s t r a n s m i t t e d a s a function of a n AGC p r o g r a m or b y r e q u e s t f r o m
LMSFN. D a t a within the ACC m a y be updated through a n "uplink" telemetr:;
f u n c t i o n c o n t r o l l e d by M S F N . The XGC p e r f o r m s guidance functions b y
executing internal p r o g r a m s using predetermined trajectory p a r a m e t e r s ,
a t t i t u d e a n g l e s f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs, velocity c h a n g e s f r o m the PIPAs,
and c o m m a n d s f r o m t h e DSKYs ( c r e w ) t o g e n e r a t e c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s .
T h e navigation f u n c t i o n i s p e r f o r m e d by u s i n g s t o r e d s t a r - l a n d m a r k d a t a ,
o p t i c s a n g l e s f r o m the o p t i c s CDUs, and velocity c h a n g e s f r o m the PIPAS
i n the e x e c u t i o n of navigation p r o g r a m s .
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATIaG.

' r . . .
SYSTEM
. ..- .. 2 . 2-4
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change DatB ' ' Page
\
NOTES: I. AGC inpuh a d outpub shorn are
pment at variRn times, depcdinp IMU INNER G
upan mode of opemtion, but not POSITION CC
concurrently.
2. There caponenh are phpically
-
mounted om the IMU but illvrtmted
a shown for clarity.
Y-IRIG TO
I SHAFT
COMMAM
(ISS FINE
ALIGN MC
I ONLY)
COUPLING
I
I SHAFT DRIVE
SIGNAL
DlSPuy
UNlT
A !
SHAFT CRIVE SIGNALC
MU MIDDLE G I
OSlTlON COM
I
1 DRNE I UPLINK DATA FROM MSFN
I
-
SCANNING YGTAL
TELESCOPE
VISUAL AND SEXTANT
MOLL0
%E:'
UNDMARKS
4 4 -
GUIDANCE
COMPUTER
A N D HORIZON
I
I
TRUNNION
DRIVE I MANUALiMODE S I G N A U
Z-IRIG T
COMMAM)
on
(ISS FINE
IXUNNION ALIGN MOI
I ONLY)
I
COUPLlNG
DISPUY
UNIT
I TRUNNION DRIVE SIGNALS
MU OUTER GIA
- -
I DRIVE SIGNAL
I
OSlTlON COU
I
I ATTITUDE
I (*) AND (-) X
AVELOCllY
IMPULSE
I
1
CONTROL DOWNU
+ DATA
TO MSFP
I X-IRIG TORC
I THRUST C O W M S
TO REACTION
COMMANDS
(IS FINE
A U G N MOD
CONTROL SYSTEM
I
I
.,, ,. . .... c .-
I
...*-.).,<..*
... . _._,:. .
'
.+ .
INNER GIMB4L
RESOLVER SIGNAL
IMU INNER GIMBAL

'OSITION C O M M A M S . 4
I IMU/CDU
c GIMBAL INNERGIMBAL DIFFERENCE
POSITION COUPLING SIGNAL S/C BODY PITCH C
ANALOG DISPUY
CONVERTER 'OMMANE AND OFFSET PITCt
UNIT ATTITUDE ERROR S I
1
I I
1 A SHAFT ANGLE 1 TO INNER
GIMML
COAEE
YAW~ITCH
I J ~.-
ALIGN.
RESOLVER
Y-IRIG TORQUE AMP
- Y-IWG TORQUE (GIMBAL

A X E S TO (FUNCTI'
CALIBRATION GENERATOR AND MI[
NAV BASE
A U G N MODE AXES)
S H A F l ANGLE SIGNALS ONLY)
-
MIDDLE G I W A L
RESOLVER SIGNAL
-
WAFT CRIVE SIGNAL" AU MIDDLE GIMBAL
' COMMANDS- IMU/CD U
OFFSET YAW
_INK DATA FROM MSFN ATTITUDE E R R m !
4 DlSPUY AND
KEYBOARD
COMMANDS
MOLL0
GUIDANCE
COMPUTER i
I
1 A SHAFT ANGLE
I
I TO MIDDLE
G l M M L COARS
-
(2 LOCATIONS)
A L I G N NAP
-
Z-IRIG TORQUE S/C BODY YAW AT
COMMANDS 3T FIXED ERROR SIGNAL
Z-IRIG TORQUE
RESOLVER
)
'ANIJAL*MODE S I G N A U (IS5 FINE GENERATOR TO OUTER
(NAV (FUNCTION
ALIGN MODE GIMBAL COARS
ONLY) EASE AXES MIDDLE, A h
UNNION ANGLE SIGNALS A U G N AMP
I TO S/C GIMIIALS)
OUTER G l M M L AXES)
RESOLVER SIGNAL S/C W D Y ROLL
ISUNNION DRIVE SIGNALS MU OUTER GIMBAL

-I ATTITUDE ERROR SI
QSlTlON COMMANDS I
DISPLAY SIGNAL
16X-OFFSET ROLL ERROR SIGNAL (ENTRY
($ AND (-) Y
AVELOCITY
I
(*) AND (-)X 1 b SHAFT ANGLE J
AVELOC ITY
1 I DOW NLI N K
+ DATA
TO MSFN TERNARY
SWITCH AND X-IRIG TORQUE
X-IRIG TORQUE CALIBRATION GENERATOU
COMMANDS
(ISS FINE
A U G N MODE ONLY) SPS E N G I N E ON/OFF COMMANDS
I
I
1
SUPPORT GI#
s/c M)DY PITCH ATTITUDE

AND OFFSET PITCH
I, PITCH A
CORREC
B
E
4 SIGNALS
ATTITUDE ERROR SIGNAL
\ I I OUTER
GIMBAL,
I
I 1
I
(FUNCTIONS OF INNER REACTION
AND MICDLE GlMeALS) COMROL
I 1 SYSTEM STABLE MEMBER

IlhlhICD r,....,,
OFFSET YAW
ATTITUDE ERRCX SIGNAL
i I
I
YAW
ECA
fAW ATTITUDE
’
I
CORRECTION
SIGNALS
A
t
-I,
s/C BODYYAW ATTITWE
I
I I
!
II
SIGNU GIMWL RESOLVER
EYOR I
ANGLE SIGNAL TO
(FUNCTIONS OF INNER,
MIDDLE, AND OUTER FLIGHT DIRECTOR
GIMALS) AllITUDE INDICATOR
MIDDLE G I h U A L q
SIGNALS
TCH GIMBAL
OMMANCS
I 1 YAW GIMBAL SERVICE

PROPULSION
I COMMANDS SYSTEM
I
AUXILIARY THRUST ON/OFF
ECA C0MMAN)s
-I
(+) AND (-) 2 VELOCITY C H A I G E SIGNALS
(+) AND (-1 X VELOCITY CHANGE SIGNALS
(+) AND (-) Y VELOCITY CHANGE SIGNALS
*
..
,
A,.:, &. :. ' . - '
-. . ,
,A,'! . ,
SMZA -03-SCO 12
c
SYSTEMS DATA
/ TORQUE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL

I
I
Figure 2. 2 - 2 . G & N S y s t e m Functional Block Diagram
Mission B a s i c Date' . l 2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 2 - 5 1 2 . 2 - 6

- -
S M 2A 0 3 S C 0 1 2
SYSTEMS D.4T-4
T h e o p t i c s provide a c c u r a t e s t a r and l a n d m a r k a n g u l a r m e a s u r e -
m e n t s . Sightings a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by the navigator u s i n g the SXT and
SCT. T h e o p t i c s a r e positioned by d r i v e m o t o r s c o m m a n d e d by the o p t i c s
hand c o n t r o l l e r o r manually u s i n g a u n i v e r s a l t o o l , a s d e s i r e d . The shaft
a x e s a r e p a r a l l e l . T r u n n i o n a x e s m a y be o p e r a t e d i n p a r a l l e l o r o f f s e t ,
a s d e s i r e d . T h e S C T is a unity power i n s t r u m e n t providing a n a p p r o x i -
m a t e 6 0 - d e g r e e field of view. I t i s u s e d t o m a k e l a n d m a r k s i g h t i n g s and
t o a c q u i r e and c e n t e r s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s p r i o r t o S X T u s e . The SXT
p r o v i d e s 28-power m a g n i f i c a t i o n with a 1. 8 - d e g r e e field of view. The
SXT h a s two l i n e s of s i g h t , e n a b l i n g it to m e a s u r e the included angle
between two o b j e c t s . T h i s r e q u i r e s two l i n e s of sight which e n a b l e the
two viewed o b j e c t s t o be s u p e r i m p o s e d . F o r a s t a r - l a n d m a r k s i g h t i n g ,
the l a n d m a r k line of sight i s c e n t e r e d along the S X T s h a f t a x i s . T h e s t a r
i m a g e i s moved t o w a r d t h e l a n d m a r k by r o t a t i n g the shaft and t r u n n i o n
a x e s until the two viewed o b j e c t s a r e s u p e r i m p o s e d . The s h a f t and
t r u n n i o n a n g l e s a r e r e p e a t e d by t h e optic CDUs. When the n a v i g a t o r i s
s a t i s f i e d with i m a g e p o s i t i o n s , he i s s u e s a m a r k c o m m a n d to the -4GC.
T h e -4GC r e a d s the o p t i c s C D U a n g l e s , I M U CDU a n g l e s , and t i m e , and
c o m p u t e s the position of the s p a c e c r a f t . T h e AGC b a s e s the computation
on s t o r e d s t a r and l a n d m a r k d a t a which m a y a l s o be u s e d by the .AGC to
r e q u e s t s p e c i f i c s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s f o r navigational s i g h t i n g s . Two o r
m o r e s i g h t i n g s , on two o r m o r e d i f f e r e n t s t a r s , m u s t be t a k e n t o p e r f o r m
a c o m p l e t e position d e t e r m i n a t i o n .
2 . 2 . 2. 1 Operational Modes.
T h e G&N s y s t e m i s o p e r a t e d in s i x b a s i c o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s .
S e l e c t i o n of any one mode i s a c c o m p l i s h e d manual!y b y the flight c r e w o r
a u t o m a t i c a l l y by the ACC. T h e b a s i c m o d e s a r e a s follows:
0 Xlonitor ( i n i t i a t e d by S C S mode s e l e c t i o n )
0 Z e r o encode
0 C o a r s e align
0 Fine align
0 Attitude c o n t r o l
0 Entry
T h e s y s t e m c o n f i g u r a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o o p e r a t e in an)- of the m o d e s is
e s t a b l i s h e d by r e l a y switching.
The m o n i t o r mode is u s e d a t launch, a s c e n t , and d u r i n g o r b i t until

C S M / S - I V B s e p a r a t i o n , t o p r o v i d e flight path d a t a f o r c r e w d i s p l a y s . The
c o a r s e a l i g n , fine a l i g n , a n d z e r o encode m o d e s a r e u s e d to
a l i g n the IXlU a f t e r standby p e r i o d s o r t o a c q u i r e a new s t a b l e p l a t f o r m
o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e attitude c o n t r o l mode p r o v i d e s f o r s p a c e c r a f t attitude
c o n t r o l and navigation c o m p u t a t i o n s t o m e a s u r e position and v e l o c i t y . The
e n t r y mode p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of t h e s p a c e c r a f t lift v e c t o r d u r i n g e n t r y
phase.
C U I D A N C E 4 N D N AV I G =Z TI ON S YS T E 11
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l966 Change Date Page 2.2-7

SMZA -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e ISS a n d CSS w i l l b e o p e r a t e d i n on-standby c y c l e s t o c o n s e r v e

e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r . During standby o p e r a t i o n , t h e ISS m a i n t a i n s IMU t e m p e r -
a t u r e , and the CSS m a i n t a i n s AGC t i m i n g functions. The OSS i s s h u t off
when not i n u s e . Since s t a n d b y o p e r a t i o n t i m e v a r i e s f o r e a c h of the
s u b s y s t e m s , standby is not c o n s i d e r e d a s b a s i c mode.
2 . 2 . 2 . 1. 1 M o n i t o r Mode,
D u r i n g p r e l a u n c h o p e r a t i o n s , the G & N s y s t e m is a l i g n e d t o the d e s i r e d

l a u n c h r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e a n d g y r o c o m p a s s e s t o m: i n t a i n t h i s a t t i t u d e .
A p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s p r i o r t o l a u n c h , t h e g y r o c o m p a s s i n g i s stopped
a n d t h e s y s t e m b e c o m e s i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d . Upon lift-off the ACC b e g i n s
m o n i t o r i n g the flight path a n g l e s by d r i v i n g the I n e r t i a l Coupling Display
Units (ICDUs) through p r o g r a m m e d a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s . The ICDU a n g l e s a r e
c o m p a r e d with the IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s to produce flight path e r r o r s i g n a l s
which a r e d i s p l a y e d by the FDAI e r r o r n e e d l e s . T o t a l s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e ,
with r e s p e c t t o the IMU o r i e n t a t i o n , i s d i s p l a y e d by t h e FDAI b a l l .
( P r e l a u n c h FDAI r e a d i n g s a r e 164. 7 6 - d e g r e e r o l l , 5 8 . 3 0 - d e g r e e pitch, a n d
9. 6 9 - d e g r e e yaw, with r e s p e c t t o the navigation a x i s s y m b o l , Display a t
o r b i t i n s e r t i o n is 0 - d e g r e e r o l l , 310. 5 - d e g r e e pitch, and 0 - d e g r e e y a w ,
a s s u m i n g a 1 8 0 - d e g r e e r o l l h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d and launch pad 3 7 is u s e d . )
D u r i n g b o o s t p r i o r t o l a u n c h e s c a p e t o w e r ( L E T ) j e t t i s o n , the AGC d i s p l a y s
t h e following:
REGISTER 1 - I n e r t i a l flight path a n g l e ; i n e r t i a l velocity with r e s p e c t

to local horizontal i n d e g r e e s .
REGISTER 2 - I n e r t i a l velocity i n ft p e r s e c .
REGISTER 3 - Altitude above l a u n c h pad in n a u t i c a l m i l e s ( N M s )
Upon r e c e i p t of L E T j e t t i s o n s i g n a l s t h e d i s p l a y s change t o the following:
REGISTER 1 - Predicted G s for free-fall and entry a t 60-degree

bank a n g l e .
REGISTER 2 - Altitude of p e r i g e e above the m e a n e q u a t o r i a l r a d i u s

in NMs.
REGISTER 3 - Time of f r e e - f a l l t o 300, 000 i t above m e a n e q u a t o r i a l

r a d i u s i n m i n u t e s and s e c o n d s .
T h i s d i s p l a y e d d a t a p r o v i d e s the flight c r e w with sufficient i n f o r m a t i o n to

m a k e a b o r t o r continue d e c i s i o n s ; h o w e v e r , i f t i m e is not c r i t i c a l , the
d e c i s i o n i s m a d e by the flight cre\v a n d MSFN jointly.
GUIDANCE A N D NAVIGATION SYSTEM

*
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l966 Change Date Page 2. 2-8
S.Lf2-A - 0 3 - SC U 1 2
SYSTEMS DXT.4
2 . 2. 2 . 1 . 2 Z e r o E n c o d e ;\lode.
T h e z e r o encode mode e n a b l e s c o r r e c t i o n of the CDC d a t a s t o r e d i n

-4GC. T h i s mode i s u s e d t o e n s u r e t h a t the r e f e r e n c e a n g l e s contained i n
the CDU r e g i s t e r s of t h e XGC c o r r e s p o n d with the a c t u a l CDU a n g l e s . T h i s
is a c c o m p l i s h e d by d r i v i n g t h e CDUs t o z e r o , t h e n c l e a r i n g the -4GC C D U
r e g i s t e r s . T h i s s t a r t s the -4GC CDU r e g i s t e r s a t z e r o and e n a b l e s the
r e g i s t e r s t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t CDU a n g l e s by counting p u l s e s f r o m the CDL'
digital encoders.
2. 2. 2. 1. 3 C o a r s e -Align l l o d e .
T h e c o a r s e a l i g n mode e n a b l e s s t a b l e p l a t f o r m a l i g n m e n t to witb.in
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 d e g r e e s of a d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n . F r e r e q u i s i t e
i n f o r m a t i o n t o a c c o m p l i s h c o a r s e a l i g n m e n t c o n s i s t s oi the d e s i r e d plattorni
o r i e n t a t i o n and p r e s e n t s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e .
The d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n a n g l e s a r e computed b y a n a1:gn-

m e n t p r o g r a m e x e c u t e d bb- the -4GC. T h e n a v i g a t o r d e t e r m i n e s the s p a c e -
c r a f t attitude immediatelb- p r i o r t o c o a r s e a l i g n m e n t b\- m a k i n g two o r
m o r e sightings on s t a r s o r l a n d m a r k s . Upon c o m p l e t i o n of the s i g h t i n g s .
the =IGC r e a d s the optic a n g l e s and c o m p u t e s the g i m b a l a n g l e s necessar!:
t o a t t a i n the d e s i r e d p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e -1GC g e n e r a t e s dri1.e
s i g n a l s t o position the CDU r e s o l v e r s t o the r e q u i r e d g i m b a l a n g l e s . The
IlIL-CDU r e s o l v e r e r r o r s i g n a l s , g e n e r a t e d by r e p o s i t i o n i n g the C D U s ,
a r e applied t o the g i m b a l t o r q u e s e r v o a m p s Ivhich d r i l - e the g i m b a l t o r q u e
m o t o r s t o position t h e p l a t f o r m t o the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n .
(1
T h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n will normall>- be s u c h t h a t the X - a x i s

l i e s alorlg the s p a c e c r a f t t h r u s t v e c t o r d u r i n g a l l powered p h a s e s , e x c e p t
a s c e n t , and along the s p a c e c r a f t s t a b i l i t y axis d u r i n g e n t r y .
2 , 2 . 2 . 1. 4 F i n e -Align l i o d e
T h e fine a l i g n mode c o m p l e t e s s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n t o the

r e q u i r e d d e g r e e of a c c u r a c y . The n a v i g a t o r m a k e s two o r m o r e s t a r
s i g h t i n g s , u s i n g o n - b o a r d d a t a and the o p t i c s t o a c q u i r e the d e s i r e d s t a r s .
Upon r e c e i p t of the optic a n g l e s the -4GC c o m p u t e s the I l 1 U a n g l e s n e c e s -
s a r y t o c o m p l e t e the a l i g n m e n t . I n the fine align m o d e , the I l l U a n g l e s a r e
r e p e a t e d by the i n e r t i a l CDUs which a r e m o n i t o r e d by the .AGC t o deterrr.ine
t h e a c t u a l I;\\IU o r i e n t a t i o n . T h e =\GC g e n e r a t e s t o r q u i n g s i g n a l s t o c a n c e l
an)- e r r o r between the a c t u a l I l l K o r i e n t a t i o n and the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n .
T h e s e t o r q u i n g p u l s e s a r e applied t o the [RIG torquing c o i l s . The I R I G s i n
conjunction with the s t a b i l i z a t i o n l o o p s , r e p o s i t i o n the s t a b l e platforni until
the d e s i r e d o r i e n t a t i o n i s a t t a i n e d . Upon c o m p l e t i o n of fine a l i g n m e n t . the
I M v / C D U r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s a n d the s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop s i g n a l s a r e a t null.
T h e s!-stem c o n i i g u r a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r fine a l i g n mode a l s o a p p l i e s

I X l U r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s t o the SCS a s a p p a r e n t attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s . T o
p r e v e n t t h e s e s i g n a l s f r o m a p p e a r i n g a s a c t u a l s p a c e c r a f t attitude e r r o r s
the SCS m u s t be o p e r a t e d i n a n SCS mode which r e j e c t s G & K derirred s i g n a l s
GUIDXKCE AKD iULAVIG-ATIOK SYSTELI

2.2-9
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 2. 1. 5 Attitude C o n t r o l Mode.
The a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode p r o v i d e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e change s e n s i n g ,

g e n e r a t e s e r r o r s i g n a l s f o r s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , velocity change
s i g n a l s f o r updating AGC velocity i n f o r m a t i o n , a n d s i g n a l s f o r t i m i n g SPS
engine t h r u s t termination commands.
D u r i n g s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , the IMU g i m b a l r e s o l v e r s s e n s e any

d i s p l a c e m e n t of the s p a c e c r a f t with r e s p e c t t o the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r i e n t a t i o n
a n d p r o d u c e c o r r e s p o n d i n g e r r o r s i g n a l s . The e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d
d i r e c t l y t o the SCS-FDA1 b a l l f o r e r r o r d i s p l a y a n d t o the i n e r t i a l CDU
r e s o l v e r s . The IMU-CDU e r r o r . s i g n a l s a r e d i s p l a y e d on the IMU c o n t r o l
p a n e l , r e s o l v e d into s p a c e c r a f t a x e s , a n d a p p l i e d to the SCS. If the e r r o r
s i g n a l s i n d i c a t e a n a t t i t u d e e r r o r l a r g e r t h a n the s e l e c t e d d e a d b a n d ,
a p p r o p r i a t e RCS e n g i n e s a r e f i r e d a n d the d e s i r e d s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e i s
restored.
F o r d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s , the G & N s y s t e m p r o v i d e s a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l ,
velocity change s e n s i n g , and t o t a l velocity change c o n t r o l by g e n e r a t i n g
t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n c o m m a n d s . P r i o r t o t h r u s t i n g , t h e IiMU i s aligned s o t h a t
t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m X - a x i s i s p a r a l l e l t o the t h r u s t v e c t o r . The XGC d e t e r -
m i n e s t i m e - t o - i g n i t i o n a n d t o t a l velocity change d e s i r e d , and p e r f o r m s mode
v e r i f i c a t i o n r o u t i n e s . At ignition t i m e t h e AGC f l a s h e s the DSKY d i s p l a y s t o
t h e c r e w f o r i n i t i a t i o n of ignition ( m a n u a l DSKY e n t r y is r e q u i r e d ) . During
t h r u s t i n g , t h e CDU a p p l i e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s t o the SCS. Roll e r r o r
s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o t h e RCS e n g i n e s ; h o w e v e r , pitch and ya\v e r r o r s i g n a l s
a r e a p p l i e d t o the S P S engine g i m b a l s r a t h e r t h a n RCS e n g i n e s . T h i s
e n s u r e s a l i g n m e n t of t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h the s p a c e c r a f t c e n t e r - o f -
g r a v i t y a n d a b n g the c o r r e c t t r a j e c t o r y . The P I P A s on the s t a b l e p l a t f o r m
s e n s e t h e velocity c h a n g e s a n d apply p r o p o r t i o n a l output s i g n a l s t o the -4GC.
The I G C c o m p u t e s and u p d a t e s s p a c e c r a f t velocity, a n d counts down a p r e s e t
c o u n t e r xvith the P I P A s i g n a l s . IVhen the c o u n t e r r e a c h e s z e r o , a t h r u s t
t e r m i n a t i o n s i g n a l i s g e n e r a t e d and a p p l i e d through the S C S e l e c t r o n i c s to
t h e SPS e n g i n e .
2 . 2 . 2 . 1. o Entry.
The e n t r y mode p r o v i d e s f o r g e n e r a t i o n of a t t i t u d e e r r o r and s t e e r i n g

s i g n a l s , s e n s i n g of d e c e l e r a t i o n , a n d c o m p u t a t i o n of velocity c h a n g e s d u r i n g
t h e e n t r > - p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n . The s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s pro\-ide f o r c o n t r o l of
t h e s p a c e c r a f t lift \ - e c t o r t h r o u g h the SCS, t o inhibit excessilre G-loadings
a n d h e a t buildup, a n d t o c o n t r o l the flight path t o enable landing a t a p r e -
s e l e c t e d s i t e . -4ttitude e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d to the FD-AI attitude e r r o r
needles.
E n t r y c o n f i g u r a t i o n i s s i m i l a r to a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l lvith the e x c e p t i o n s
t h a t the r o l l r e s p o n s e t i m e i s r e d u c e d , one s t e p of a x i s r e s o l u t i o n i s not
n e e d e d , and the XGC will p r o d u c e s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s to the S C S by d r i v i n g the
r o l l CDU. F r o m i n i t i a t i o n of e n t r y mode until 0. 05G switching, r o l l , pitch,
GUIDANCE A K D NAVIGATION SYSTEM
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 19b6 Change Date page 2.2-10

SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DAT-I
a n d yaw e r r o r s i g n a l s provide a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l . Upon 0 . OJG s w i t c h i n g , the

pitch and yan- e r r o r s i g n a l s provide d i s p l a y only. P r i o r t o e n t r y , t h e IMU
X - a x i s i s a l i g n e d along t h e s p a c e c r a f t e n t r y velocity v e c t o r . T h i s a l i g n m e n t
e l i m i n a t e s the need f o r navigation b a s e - t o - s p a c e c r a f t body a x i s r e s o l u t i o n .
D e c e l e r a t i o n i s s e n s e d p r i m a r i l y by t h e IMU X - a x i s PIP-A, although c h a n g e s
i n lift v e c t o r o r i e n t a t i o n c a u s e s o m e l a t e r a l m o v e m e n t which i s s e n s e d by
the Y a n d / o r 2 P I P X s . The o u t e r g i m b a l , o r r o l l , 1X r e s o l v e r i s connected
t o the 16X r e s o l v e r i n the R O L L CDU, gil-ing a 1 6 : l i n c r e a s e in attitude
e r r o r s i g n a l and r e d u c i n g the r e s p o n s e t i m e of the r o l l channel. The -IGC
\vi11 produce s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s by executing a p r o g r a m m e d lift v e c t o r down
e n t r y ( t o e n s u r e c a p t u r e ) , 1 8 0 - d e g r e e r o l l t o lift \vector u p , t h e n g e n e r a t e
f u r t h e r s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s \vith r e s p e c t t o G f o r c e s , h e a t buildup, a n d r a n g e
n e e d e d . T h e s e s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s a r e r o u t e d t o the r o l l CDU lvhere a n IMU-
CDU r e s o l \ - e r e r r o r i s g e n e r a t e d a n d r o u t e d t o t h e SCS f o r FD-41 disp1a)-
a n d / o r RCS engine c o n t r o l . The e n t r y m a y be p e r f o r m e d manually \vith the
pilot fl\-ing t o the s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s a s d i s p l a y e d on the FD-AI, o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y
\\-ith the -AGC s t e e r i n g s i g n a l s r o u t e d t o the r o l l RCS e n g i n e s f o r s p a c e c r a f t
c o n t r 01.
2.2.3 iM-AJOR COMPOiVEST/ SUBSYSTEhI DESCRIPTION
2.2.3. 1 Inertial Subsystem.
The function of t h e i n e r t i a l s u b s y s t e m i s t o p r o v i d e a s p a c e - s t a b i l i z e d
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e f r o m which \.-elocity c h a n g e s and a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s c a n be
s e n s e d . It i s composed of t h e i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t u n i t ( I M U ) , the n a v i g a -
t i o n b a s e ( S B ) , p a r t s of the pon.er and s e r v o a s s e m b l y (PS-A), p a r t s of the
c o n t r o l and display p a n e l s , and t h r e e coupling d i s p l a y u n i t s ( C D U s ) .
2 . 2 . 3. 1 . 1 Sa\-igation Base.
The navigation b a s e ( N B ) i s the r i g i d , s u p p o r t i n g s t r u c t u r e n h i c h

m o u n t s the IMU and o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s . The S B i s m a n u f a c t u r e d and
i n s t a l l e d t o c l o s e t o l e r a n c e s to provide a c c u r a t e a l i g n m e n t of the e q u i p m e n t
mounted on i t . It a l s o p r o v i d e s s h o c k mounting f o r the IMU and o p t i c s .
2 . 2. 3. 1. 2 I n e r t i a l M e a s u r e m e n t Unit.
The i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit (IMU) i s the m a i n unit of t h e i n e r t i a l

s u b s y s t e m . It i s a t h r e e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m s t a b i l i z e d p l a t f o r m a s s e m b l ) . ,
containing t h r e e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e i n t e g r a t i n g g)-ros ( I R I G s ) , t h r e e pulsed
i n t e g r a t i n g pendulous a c c e l e r o m e t e r s ( P I P - I s ) , a n d t h r e e a n g u l a r d i f f e r e n t i -
ating a c c e l e r o m e t e r s (-IDAS). The s t a b l e m e m b e r i t s e l f i s machined f r o m
a s o l i d block of b e r y l l i u m xvith h o l e s b o r e d f o r mounting the P I P X s , IRIGs,
a n d one of the t h r e e .ADXs. T h r e e g i m b a l a n d s i x i n t e r g i m b a l a s s e m b l i e s ,
\vhich h o u s e t o r q u e m o t o r s and r e s o l v e r s , a r e a l s o p a r t of the I M U a s s e m b l y ,
t o g e t h e r \I-ith p r e a m p l i f i e r s and g i m b a l - m o u n t e d e l e c t r o n i c s . F i g u r e 2. 1-2
sho\vs h o w - the IRIGs a n d the P I P A s a r e mounted r e l a t i v e t o e a c h o t h e r on
t h e s t a b l e m e m b e r ( o r i n n e r g i m b a l ) . The t h r e e g i m b a l a x e s . about lvhich
- e a c h of the g i m b a l s r o t a t e , a r e a l s o shoxvn.
GL'ID-ASCE .IND SXVIGXTION SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date l2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2. 2-1 1

S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The s t a b l e p l a t f o r m a t t i t u d e i s m a i n t a i n e d by the IRIGs, ADAs, s t a b i -

l i z a t i o n l o o p e l e c t r o n i c s , and g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s . Any d i s p l a c e m e n t of
t h e s t a b l e p l a t f o r m o r g i m b a l a n g l e s i s s e n s e d by the IRICs and ADAs, which
g e n e r a t e e r r o r s i g n a l s . IRIG e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e r e s o l v e d a n d a m p l i f i e d a t
t h e IMU a n d a p p l i e d t o s t a b i l i z a t i o n loop e l e c t r o n i c s . ADA-produced e r r o r
s i g n a l s a r e s u m m e d with the IRIG e r r o r s i g n a l s . The r e s u l t a n t s i g n a l i s
conditioned a n d a p p l i e d t o t h e g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r s , which r e s t o r e the
de s i r e d attitude.
The s t a b l e p l a t f o r m p r o v i d e s a s p a c e - r e f e r e n c e d mount f o r t h r e e
PIPAS, which s e n s e velocity c h a n g e s . The P I P A s a r e mounted orthogonally
t o s e n s e t h e velocity c h a n g e s along a l l t h r e e a x e s . Any t r a n s l a t i o n a l f o r c e
e x p e r i e n c e d by t h e s p a c e c r a f t c a u s e s a n a c c e l e r a t i o n o r d e c e l e r a t i o n n7hich
i s s e n s e d by one o r m o r e P I P A s . E a c h P I P A g e n e r a t e s a n output s i g n a l
p r o p o r t i o n a l t o t h e magnitude a n d d i r e c t i o n of velocity c h a n g e . T h i s s i g n a l ,
in the f o r m of a p u l s e t r a i n , i s a p p l i e d t o the AGC. The AGC will u s e the
s i g n a l t o update the \relocity i n f o r m a t i o n a n d a l s o g e n e r a t e s i g n a l s t o t o r q u e
e a c h P I P A d u c o s y n b a c k t o null.
The t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e IRIGs a n d P I P A s i s m a i n t a i n e d within r e q u i r e d

l i m i t s d u r i n g both standb)- a n d o p e r a t i n g m o d e s of the IMU. The IMU t e m -
p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n t a i n s c i r c u i t s t o supply n o r m a l p r o p o r t i o n a l
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l n5th the c a p a b i l i t y of b a c k u p o r e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l i n
c a s e of a p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l m a l f u n c t i o n . The p r o p o r t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e
c o n t r o l c i r c u i t is the p r i i n a r ) - m e a n s of m a i n t a i n i n g t h e IRIG a n d PIP=\
t e m p e r a t u r e and p r o v i d e s the m o s t a c c u r a t e c o n t r o l . T h i s type of c o n t r o l i s
aL-ailable when e i t h e r the p r o p o r t i o n a l o r a u t o - o v e r r i d e mode is s e l e c t e d
with the I M U T E M P MODE s e l e c t o r s w i t c h . The p u r p o s e of t h e a u t o -
oiFerride mode is t o pro\-ide a u t o m a t i c switching f r o m t h a t mode to
e m e r g e n q - c o n t r o l if t h e r e i s a m a l f u n c t i o n i n the p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l
c i r c u i t . If a m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s i n the p r o p o r t i o n a l m o d e , t h e switching t o
e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l m u s t be p e r f o r m e d m a n u a l l y . In the' p r o p o r t i o n a l m o d e ,
t h e t e m p e r a t u r e is c o n t r o l l e d by t h e p r o p o r t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l
b r i d g e a n d i s ' m a i n t a i n e d a t 135kO. 5 ° F . IVhile i n the e m e r g e n c l - m o d e , i t i s
c o n t r o l l e d bb- the m e r c u r y t h e r m o s t a t and i s held \\.ithin *3"F.
The b a c k u p t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l a n d i n d i c a t o r c i r c u i t is intended f o r
u s e i n t h e e \ - e n t t h e p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l fails. The c o n t r o l s e n s i n g e l e m e n t s
f o r t h i s s y s t e m a r e t h r e e PIPA indicating s e n s o r s (connected i n s e r i e s ) and
s i x IRIG s e n s i n g e l e m e n t s ( c o n n e c t e d i n s e r i e s ) in t\vo s e p a r a t e b r i d g e s .
T h i s s y s t e m c a n m a i n t a i n the t e m p e r a t u r e to n.ithin *1 " F . In t h i s mode of
o p e r a t i o n , a n a l a r m i n d i c a t i o n i s not a\railable to the a s t r o n a u t b e c a u s e of
m o d i f i c a t i o n s to the t e m p e r a t u r e a l a r m a m p l i f i e r c i r c u i t .
2 . 2 . 3. 1 . 3 Coupling a n d Display Units.
T h e r e a r e ii\-e CDL's mounted belo\v the IiMU c o n t r o l panel a t the l o w e r

e q u i p m e n t bal-. T h r e e CDUs f u n c t i o n a s p a r t of the ISS, Xvhile t h e two
r e m a i n i n g C D U s function u.ith t h e OSS. The optic CDUs (OCDUs) a r e
d e s c r i b e d i n p a r a g r a p h 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 . The t h r e e i n e r t i a l CDUs (ICDUs) a r e
i d e n t i c a l a n d ma)- be i n t e r c h a n g e d . DisplaJ- d i a l s on the f r o n t panel of e a c h
pro\-ide a b-digit r e a d o u t . P o s i t i o n i n g of the ICDUs i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by the
-4GC. E a c h ICDU c o n t a i n s a l / - l - s p e e d , 1 / 2 - s p e e d , 1 - s p e e d , a n d l o - s p e e d
r e s o l \ - e r , the functions o i which depend upon t h e ISS mode of o p e r a t i o n . The
a n g u l a r m o v e m e n t s of the r e s o l v e r s a r e c o n v e r t e d i n t o d i g i t a l s i g n a l s bl- a
d i g i t a l e n c o d e r , p r o c e s s e d by e n c o d e r e l e c t r o n i c s , and r o u t e d t o -1GC
r e g i s t e r s \vhich m a i n t a i n c u r r e n t ICDU a n g l e s f o r u s e a s d e s i r e d . The XGC
~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~~
~
GUIDXKCE AND N--IVIGATIOS SYSTEM

page 2.2-12
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
c o m m a n d s CDU m o v e m e n t s by applying d i g i t a l d r i v e c o m m a n d s t o d i g i t a l -
t o - a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r s . The d r i v e s i g n a l s a r e c o n v e r t e d f r o m d i g i t a l t o a n a l o -g
a n d applTed t o CDU m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s which position the C b U s . The
1 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function a s r e c e i \ - e r s of s i g n a l s p r o d u c e d b\-
1 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s mounted on the IMU. The 1 / 2 - s p e e d
r e s o l v e r s a r e u s e d t o z e r o the CDUs a n d t h e 1 1 4 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s a r e not
u s e d . The r e s o l v e r s provide input s i g n a l s t o s e l e c t o r c i r c u i t s \vhich provide
m o t o r d r i v e s i g n a l s o r s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s , depending upon ISS
m o d e of o p e r a t i o n . The IMU o u t e r g i m b a l 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s i g n a l s a r e
a p p l i e d t o the r o l l CDU 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r t o i n c r e a s e r o l l c o n t r o l r a t e s
during entry.
2.2. 3 . 1.4 Po\ver and S e r v o A s s e m b l y - .
The po\ver a n d s e r v o a s s e m b l y ( P S A ) , l o c a t e d j u s t belo\v the d i s p l a y

a n d c o n t r o l panel i n the lolver e q u i p m e n t bay, s e r v e s a s a c e n t r a l mounting
point f o r m o s t of the G&N e l e c t r o n i c u n i t s s u c h a s power s u p p l i e s and
a m p l i f i e r s . It a l s o c o n t a i n s the b a c k u p e l e c t r o n i c s u s e d t o supply t i m i n g
p u l s e s t o the IMU i n c a s e of a n AGC t i m i n g m a l f u n c t i o n . It c o n s i s t s of 10
r e m o v a b l e t r a y s mounted a d j a c e n t t o e a c h o t h e r a n d c o n n e c t e d to a junction
box. T h e PSX t r a y s u t i l i z e t h r e e w i r i n g h a r n e s s e s t o provide e l e c t r i c a l
connection: one f o r m o d u l e - t o - m o d u l e connection, a n o t h e r f o r module - t o -
j u n c t i o n box c o n n e c t i o n , and a t h i r d f o r module connection t o a 38-pin
f e m a l e t e s t plug on the f r o n t of the PSA t r a y .
2 . 2 . 3.2 Optical Subsystem.
The o p t i c a l s u b s y s t e m is u s e d f o r taking p r e c i s e o p t i c a l s i g h t i n g s on
c e l e s t i a l b o d i e s a n d f o r taking f i x e s on l a n d m a r k s . T h e s e sightings a r e u s e d
f o r aligning t h e IMU a n d f o r d e t e r m i n i n g th’e position of the s p a c e c r a f t . The
s y s t e m i n c l u d e s the navigational b a s e , two of the five CDUs, p a r t s of the
power and s e r v o a s s e m b l y , c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s , a n d the o p t i c s , Ivhich
include the scanning t e l e s c o p e ( S C T ) a n d the s e x t a n t ( S X T ) .
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 1 Optics.
The o p t i c s c o n s i s t of t h e SCT a n d the SXT mounted i n txvo p r o t r u d i n g

t u b u l a r s e c t i o n s of the o p t i c a l b a s e a s s e m b l y . The SCT a n d SXT s h a f t a x e s
a r e a l i g n e d p a r a l l e l to e a c h o t h e r a n d a f f o r d a c o m m o n l i n e - o f - s i g h t ( L O S )
t o s e l e c t e d t a r g e t s . The t r u n n i o n a x e s m a y b e p a r a l l e l o r the SCT a x i s may
b e o f f s e t depending upon m o d e of o p e r a t i o n .
The s e x t a n t is a highly a c c u r a t e o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t capable of m e a s u r -

ing t h e included a n g l e b e t w e e n two t a r g e t s . Angular s i g h t i n g s of tn.0 t a r g e t s
a r e m a d e t h r o u g h a fixed b e a m s p l i t t e r a n d a m o v a b l e m i r r o r l o c a t e d in the
s e x t a n t h e a d . The s e x t a n t l e n s p r o v i d e s 1. 8 - d e g r e e t r u e field of vie\r \rith
28X magnification. The movable m i r r o r i s capable of sighting a t a r g e t to
5 7 d e g r e e s LOS f r o m the s h a f t axis. The m e c h a n i c a l a c c u r a c l - of the
t r u n n i o n a x i s i s twice t h a t of the LOS r e q u i r e m e n t due t o m i r r o r r e f l e c t i o n
\vhich d o u b l e s any a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t i n t r u n n i o n a x i s .
The scanning t e l e s c o p e is s i m i l a r t o a theodolite i n i t s ability t o

a c c u r a t e l y m e a s u r e e l e v a t i o n a n d a z i m u t h a n g l e s of a s i n g l e t a r g e t using a n
e s t a b l i s h e d r e f e r e n c e . The l e n s e s provide 6 0 - d e g r e e t r u e field of \-le\\- a t
1X m a g n i f i c a t i o n . The t e l e s c o p e allon.able LOS e r r o r s a r e 1 m i n u t e of a r c
r m s i n e l e v a t i o n with m a x i m u m r e p e a t a b i l i t y of 1 3 a r c i s e c o n d s and
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 40 a r c l s e c o n d s i n s h a f t a x i s .

2. 2-13
SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 2 Coupling Display Units.
The function of t h e OCDUs is t o position and r e p e a t a n g l e s of t h e S C T and

S X T s h a f t a n d t r u n n i o n a x e s . T h e OCDUs a r e s i m i l a r t o the ICDUs, but m a y
not be i n t e r c h a n g e d due t o i n t e r n a l m e c h a n i c a l d i f f e r e n c e s allowing h i g h e r
OCDU r a t e s . E a c h OCDU h a s a 6-digit d i s p l a y r e a d o u t and c a n be positioned
a u t o m a t i c a l l y by AGC c o m m a n d . CDU a n g l e s a r e c o n v e r t e d t o a d i g i t a l
s i g n a l by a d i g i t a l e n c o d e r , p r o c e s s e d by e n c o d e r e l e c t r o n i c s , a n d r o u t e d to
a n AGC r e g i s t e r . AGC positioning c o m m a n d s a r e a p p l i e d t o a d i g i t a l - t o -
a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r , c o n v e r t e d t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e analog s i g n a l , and a p p l i e d
t o a m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r i n t h e SXT. R e s o l v e r s i n the SXT function a s
t r a n s m i t t e r s t o CDU r e s o l v e r s which r e c e i v e the position s i g n a l s a n d apply
t h e c o m m a n d e d a n g l e s t o the CDU m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s t o po'sition the
CDU m o t o r .
T r u n n i o n CDU 1 /-l-speed and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function a s receixrers

a n d provide d r i v e s i g n a l s to the t r u n n i o n CDU m o t o r . The SXT t r u n n i o n
r e s o l v e r s which d r i v e t h e CDU r e s o l v e r s a r e 1 - s p e e d and 6 4 - s p e e d r e s p e c -
t i v e l y , probiding a 1:4 SXT t r u n n i o n t o CDU t r u n n l o n r a t i o . V i s u a l r e a d o u t s
on t h e t r u n n i o n d i s p l a y d i a l s a r e t h u s f o u r t i m e s t h e t r u n n i o n a n g l e and tn.0
t i m e s t h e star l i n e - o f - s i g h t a n g l e f r o m z e r o position. The 1 / 2 - s p e e d
r e s o l v e r , i n conjunction with t h e c o s e c a n t a m p l i f i e r , p r o v i d e s a v a r i a b l e
g a i n computing r e s o l v e r which is u s e d i n the RESOLVED mode of o p e r a t l o n .
The 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r i s not u s e d i n t h e t r u n n i o n CDU.
Shaft CDU 1 / 2 - s p e e d and 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s function as r e c e i v e r s and

p r o d u c e d r i v e s i g n a l s t o the s h a f t CDU m o t o r . SXT r e s o l \ v e r s u s e d a s
t r a n s m i t t e r s a r e a l s o 1 / 2 - s p e e d a n d 1 6 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r s , affording a 1 : l
r a t i o ; t h u s , t h e d i s p l a y d i a l s provide d i r e c t r e a d o u t s of the s h a f t a n g l e s .
The 1 - s p e e d r e s o l v e r r e s o l v e s p o l a r c o o r d i n a t e s into r e c t a n g u l a r c o o r -
d i n a t e s f o r t n e PESOLVED m o d e of o p e r a t i o n . The l i - l - s p e e d r e s o l v e r i s
not u s e d in the s h a f t CDU.
2 . 2 . 3. 2 . 3 Operational Modes.
O p t i c s positioning i s a c c o m p l i s h e d automaticall)- by the XGC o r

m a n u a l l y by t h e c r e w . O v e r a l l mode c o n t r o l i s e s t a b l l s h e d by c r e n . s e l e c -
t i o n of t h e Z E R O OPTICS, MANUAL, o r COMPUTER m o d e s on the O P T I C S
panel.
Z E R O OPTICS mode e n a b l e s a u t o m a t i c d r i v e of t h e SXT shaft and

t r u n n i o n m o t o r s t o z e r o . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by applying the SXT r e s o l \ . - e r
output s i g n a l s t o t h e input of the SXT m o t o r d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s . The d r i v e
s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o the CDU and S C T r e s o l v e r s which follon. the SXT s h a f t
a n d t r u n n i o n a x e s t o z e r o . A f t e r 6 0 s e c o n d s , the AGC o p t i c s position
r e g i s t e r s a r e c l e a r e d . This mode m a y b e s e l e c t e d by AGC p r o g r a m o r
m a nu a 11>-.
MANUAL m o d e e n a b l e s positioning c o n t r o l of t h e o p t i c s by m a n u a l
m a n i p u l a t i o n of the o p t i c s hand c o n t r o l l e r . The hand c o n t r o l l e r is m e c h -
a n i z e d s u c h t h a t , r i g h t - l e f t m o v e m e n t g e n e r a t e s s h a f t c o m m a n d s , and
up-down m o v e m e n t g e n e r a t e s t r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s . Hand c o n t r o l l e r dri\,e
r a t e s a r e s e l e c t e d by t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e CONTROLLER S P E E D sn.itch.

2.2-14
SiM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
...
SYSTEMS DATA
P o s i t i o n s HI, hlED, and LO c o n t r o l the amplitude of the d r i v e s i g n a l t o the

hand c o n t r o l l e r . Hand c o n t r o l l e r d r i v e s i g n a l s a r e applied t o t h e SXT
s h a f t and t r u n n i o n d r i v e a m p l i f i e r s t h r o u g h the CONTROLLER MODE s w i t c h
f o r s e l e c t i o n of DIRECT o r RESOLVED mode. I n DIRECT m o d e , the i m a g e
m o t i o n i s p r e s e n t e d in a p o l a r c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e f r a m e : i n RESOLVED
m o d e , the i m a g e m o t i o n i s p r e s e n t e d in a r e c t a n g u l a r c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e
frame.
I n DIRECT m o d e , s h a f t c o m m a n d s move the i m a g e in a c i r c u l a r path

a r o u n d the c e n t e r of the field of view. T r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s d r i v e the i m a g e
i n a s t r a i g h t line a c r o s s t h e c e n t e r of the field of view. T h e a n g u l a r
o r i e n t a t i o n of the t r u n n i o n commanded s t r a i g h t line m o v e m e n t i s a function
of t h e shaft a n g l e ; t h e r e f o r e , d i r e c t i o n of i m a g e c i o i r e m e n t with r e s p e c t
t o the d i r e c t i o n of hand c o n t r o l l e r m o v e m e n t i s a l s o a function of s h a f t
a n g l e . T h e r a t e of i m a g e m o v e m e n t , f o r shaft c o m m a n d s , i s a function
of trunnion a n g l e , w h e r e i n i n c r e a s i n g t r u n n i o n a n g l e s r e s u l t i n i n c r e a s i n g
i m a g e movement r a t e s .
I n RESOLVED m o d e , shaft c o m m a n d s m o v e the i m a g e l e f t - r i g h t in

a s t r a i g h t l i n e . T r u n n i o n c o m m a n d s move the i m a g e up-down i n a s t r a i g h t
line. I m a g e m o v e m e n t i s i n the s a m e d i r e c t i o n a s hand c o n t r o l l e r m o v e -
m e n t and the r a t e of m o v e m e n t i s c o n s t a n t f o r v a r y i n g a n g l e s .
In COMPUTER m o d e , the XGC positions the o p t i c s to a s t a r o r l a n d -

m a r k d e t e r m i n e d by AGC p r o g r a m m i n g . T h i s mode i s p e r f o r m e d by a n
XGC r o u t i n e which is c a l l e d u p a u t o m a t i c a l l y by v a r i o u s a l i g n m e n t p r o -
g r a m s . T h e t a r g e t s t a r o r l a n d m a r k m a y be defined by AGC p r o g r a m m i n g
o r by the c r e w . If the t a r g e t s t a r o r l a n d m a r k i s not s e l e c t e d by .AGC
p r o g r a m m i n g , the c r e w m a k e s a DSKY e n t r y defining e i t h e r the l a t i t u d e ,
longitude, and altitude f o r a l a n d m a r k o r the s t a r code f o r a s t a r . The
AGC d e t e r m i n e s the s p a c e c r a f t attitude by m o n i t o r i n g the I C D U s , and
c o m p u t e s the a n g l e s n e c e s s a r y t o d r i v e the o p t i c s t o the d e s i r e d t a r g e t .
(If t h e a n g l e s n e c e s s a r y t o a c q u i r e the t a r g e t a r e beyond the c a p a b i l i t i e s
of the o p t i c s , t h e AGC f l a s h e s the DSKY d i s p l a y s . ) When t h e n e c e s s a r y
a n g l e s a r e c o m p u t e d , t h e AGC d i s p l a y s t h e d e s i r e d s h a f t a n d t r u n n i o n
a n g l e s on the DSKY and i n i t i a t e s OCDU d r i v e t o t h e s e a n g l e s . When the
AGC h a s c o m p l e t e d d r i v i n g the CDUs, t h e c r e w c h e c k s t h e DSKY-displayed
a n g l e s a g a i n s t the 6-digit CDU d i s p l a y s a n d t h e S C T c o u n t e r s . The creLv
t h e n l o c a t e s and i d e n t i f i e s the t a r g e t i n the S C T , e n a b l e s m a n u a l c o n t r o l ,
and c o m p l e t e s the sighting, The AGC c a n a l s o p e r f o r m z e r o o p t i c s
f u n c t i o n s , i f d e s i r e d , by t h e AGC p r o g r a m .
T h e S C T t r u n n i o n m a y be o p e r a t e d in t h r e e a l t e r n a t e m o d e s , with
r e s p e c t t o the SXT t r u n n i o n , a s d e s i r e d . T h e SL-qVE T E L E S C O P E s w l t c h
e n a b l e s c r e w s e l e c t i o n of ST-AR LOS, L.4KDM-lRK LOS O " , o r O F F S E T
2 5 " . T h e ST-lR LOS position i s n o r m a l l y u s e d I n t h i s position, the SCT
t r u n n i o n i s s l a v e d t o the SXT trunnion. T h e LANDMARK LOS 0 " position,
a p p l i e s a fixed voltage t o t h e S C T t r u n n i o n position loop c a u s i n g i t t o null
a t z e r o . T h i s holds c e n t e r o i the SCT 6 0 " f l e l d of view p a r a l l e l to the
Mission
GU I D -ANC E -lND N XV IG =\TION SY S T E X I
B a s i c Date l2 l966 Change Date page

. 2.2-15
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SXT l a n d m a r k l i n e of s i g h t . T h e O F F S E T 2 5 " p o s i t i o n a p p l i e s a f i x e d
voltage t o the SCT t r u n n i o n position loop, c a u s i n g it to null a t 25 d e g r e e s
o f f - c e n t e r . T h i s holds t h e S C T field of view s o t h a t the SXT l a n d m a r k line
of s i g h t r e m a i n s v i s i b l e while sweeping t h e SCT s h a f t t h r o u g h 360 d e g r e e s
of r o t a t i o n , providing a n a p p r o x i m a t e 110 - d e g r e e total f i e l d of view,
2 . 2 . 3. 3 Computer Subsystem.
T h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m (CSS) c o n s i s t s of the Apollo guidance c o m -

p u t e r ( A G C ) and two d i s p l a y and k e y b o a r d p a n e l s (DSKYs). The AGC and
one DSKY a r e l o c a t e d a t the l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay. T h e o t h e r DSKY is
l o c a t e d on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e . The AGC m o u n t s one s w i t c h on the
f r o n t panel which a p p l i e s p a r t i a l o r full power to the c o m p u t e r to e n a b l e
standbv o r full o p e r a t i o n of the CSS. All o t h e r XGC c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s
a r e l o c a t e d on the DSKYs. The k e y b o a r d s o n the DSKYs a r e s m i l i a r ;
h o w e v e r , the d i s p l a y s on the DSKY in the l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay a r e m o r e
extensive,
2.2.3.3. 1 Xpollo Guidance C o m p u t e r .
The .Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r (-AGC) is a d i g i t a l c o m p u t e r using a

t w o - p a r t r o p e c o r e m e m o r y . (See f i g u r e 2 . 2 - 3 . ) The AGC p r o c e s s e s
v a r i o u s d a t a t o p r o v i d e c o n t r o l and c o m p u t a t i o n f u n c t i o n s . Input d a t a i s
r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e c r e w , ISS, OSS, iMSFN, and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . .-I
T h i s d a t a i s p r o c e s s e d by v a r i o u s p r o g r a m s to p r o v i d e outputs t o the
c r e w , ISS, OSS, M S F N , and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s in the f o r m of
c o m m a n d s and d i s p l a y s . T h e c o n t r o l functions p e r f o r m e d by the AGC
c o n s i s t of t h e following:
0 Align the I h I U s t a b l e p l a t f o r m .
e P o s i t i o n t h e o p t i c s f o r navigation s i g h t i n g s .
0 C o m m a n d r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m engine f i r i n g s to m a i n t a i n
specific attitude.
0 R e q u e s t initiation and c o m m a n d t e r m i n a t i o n of s e r v i c e
p r o p u l s i o n engine f i r i n g s .
0 P r o v i d e s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n p u l s e s t o the c e n t r a l t i m i n g e q u i p m e n t .
0 C o m m a n d t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n to A l S F N .
0 C o m m a n d ISS moding.
0 Command OSS moding.
The r e f e r e n c e d a t a u s e d to g e n e r a t e c o n t r o l s m a y be a c q u i r e d e x t e r n a l l y o r
g e n e r a t e d within the ;IGC. I n i t i a t i o n of the c o n t r o l s may be a c c o m p l i s h e d by
the c r e w u s i n g the D S K Y s , by MSFK via t e l e m e t r ) , o r by a n AGC p r o g r a m .
~ ~ ~
GUIDANCE .AND NAVIGATION SYSTELLI
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N0.J 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 2-16

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
MEYORY
I
I
ERASE- I FIXED
ABLE I
A
PARITY FAIL INHIBIT/ENABLE D O W N L I N K
v
SCS MODES
TELEMETRY
I =,SKY
I LISS
S
MODESa CONTROL
DSKYS (CREW)
ISS MODES
OSS ANGLES
MESC (EVENTS)
INPUT
DATA IN CENTRAL
PROCESSOR 4- OUTPUT
OSS MODES 8 CONTROL
SPS E N G I N E
S-IVB I N S T U N I T - I II
I I F P S A REFERENCE
TIMING (REAL TIME) TO A 1 SECTIONS
TO ALL SECTIONS I
SM-2A-827
Figure 2 . 2 - 3 . AGC Functional Block D i a g r a m
Computations a r e p e r f o r m e d t o g e n e r a t e the p r o p e r c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s ,
m a i n t a i n navigation p a r a m e t e r s , and complete v a r i o u s o t h e r o p e r a t i o n s
u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l . AGC p r o g r a m s a r e s t o r e d in m e m o r y . The
m e m o r y contains two s e c t i o n s , e r a s a b l e and n o n - e r a s a b l e . The e r a s a b l e
s e c t i o n provides s t o r a g e f o r t r a n s i e n t data. Readout i s d e s t r u c t i v e ; t h u s ,
if the d a t a i s to be r e t a i n e d , i t m u s t be w r i t t e n back into m e m o r y .
O t h e r w i s e , the location i s c l e a r e d f o r f u r t h e r u s e a s d e s i r e d . N o n - e r a s a b l e
m e m o r y contains p r o g r a m s , r o u t i n e s , c o n s t a n t s , s t a r and l a n d m a r k c o o r -
d i n a t e s , and o t h e r , p e r t i n e n t d a t a . Readout is non-destructive; t h u s , the
d a t a contained i n this s e c t i o n is not l o s t and cannot be a l t e r e d . AGC p r o -
g r a m s a r e p e r f o r m e d by controlling the flow of data within the six b a s i c
s e c t i o n s l i s t e d a s follows:
a P o w e r supply
0 Input
0 output
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEiM

M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2 . 2-17
SM2A-03-SCO12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
0 Central processor
Memory
0 Timing
P o w e r Supply. T h e power supply c o n s i s t s of two p a r t s . Input to the power

supply i s + 2 8 vdc f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t m a i n d - c bus. The two s e c t i o n s p r o -
vide t 1 3 vdc and + 3 vdc. T h e +13-vdc output p r o v i d e s power to the DSKYs
and, in conjunction with the t 3 - v d c power, to the logic c i r c u i t s . The
t 3 - v d c supply p r o v i d e s power to the timing s e c t i o n as w e l l a s to the logic
c i r c u i t s . D u r i n g standby mode of o p e r a t i o n , the +3-vdc section only i s
o p e r a t e d ; t h u s , power consumption is r e d u c e d by a p p r o x i m a t e l y 100 w a t t s .
Input. T h e input s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of four r e g i s t e r s which enable i n t e r -

c o m m u n i c a t i o n between the AGC and the o t h e r G&N s u b s y s t e m s , the
s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s y s t e m , the m i s s i o n s e q u e n c e r , the S-IVE guid-
a n c e , a n d MSFN. The utilization of the r e g i s t e r s i s s u c h t h a t e a c h bit
position in e a c h r e g i s t e r i s a s s i g n e d a s p e c i f i c t a s k . F o r e x a m p l e , bit
p o s i t i o n s 1, 2 , 3, 4, and 5 of input r e g i s t e r 0 a r e a s s i g n e d to r e c e i v i n g the
five bit code g e n e r a t e d when a DSKY key is p r e s s e d . D a t a r e c e i v e d f r o m
the v a r i o u s , s o u r c e s a r e conditionedby the input r e g i s t e r s s u c h t h a t , when
i t i s t r a n s f e r r e d into the logic c i r c u i t s , the signal l e v e l s and timing a r e
c o r r e c t . The d a t a r e c e i v e d by the f o u r input r e g i s t e r s a r e as follows:
Input 0 R e g i s t e r R e c e i v e s 5-bit code f r o m the DSKYs,

block uplink signal f r o m the U P T E L switch,
c o n t r o l s i g n a l s f r o m the SCS mode c o n t r o l
panel, and m a r k c o m m a n d s f r o m the MARK
pushbutton. Also m o n i t o r s the signal f r o m
the t e l e m e t r y bit r a t e detecting c i r c u i t s .
Input 1 R e g i s t e r This r e g i s t e r is f o r m e d by the S c a l e r A

r e g i s t e r of the timing s e c t i o n which m a i n -
t a i n s r e a l t i m e d u r i n g standby o p e r a t i o n ,
and provides update information to the r e a l
t i m e c o u n t e r s when full o p e r a t i o n i s
resumed.
Input 2 R e g i s t e r R e c e i v e s 2 0 0 , 400, 8 0 0 , and 1600 pps

s i g n a l s f r o m the S c a l e r A s e c t i o n of the
t i m i n g s e c t i o n f o r m i n g a n e x t e n s i o n of the
r e a l t i m e c o u n t e r s f o r u s e by o t h e r s p a c e -
c r a f t s y s t e m s which r e q u i r e t i m i n g of t h i s
o r d e r . Also r e c e i v e s d i s c r e t e event s i g n a l s
f r o m the S-IVB i n s t r u m e n t unit, C M f S M
s e p a r a t i o n s i g n a l s f r o m the m a s t e r e v e n t s
sequence controller, failure signals f r o m
the ISS, mode s i g n a l s f r o m the SCS, and
p a r i t y fail s i g n a l s .
~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ ~~ ~ ~
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2. 2-18

SM2A -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
Input 3 R e g i s t e r R e c e i v e s ISS mode s i g n a l s f r o m the ISS

mode r e l a y s and mode s i g n a l s f r o m the OSS,
m o n i t o r s the p o s i t i o n of t h e TRANSFER
s w i t c h , and p r o v i d e s a logic OR gate f o r
3 3 DSKY r e l a y s .
Output. T h e output s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of f o u r r e g i s t e r s which e n a b l e the

AGC t o c o m m u n i c a t e with t h e flight c r e w , ISS, OSS, and o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t
s y s t e m s . T h e u t i l i z a t i o n of t h e r e g i s t e r s is s i m i l a r to t h a t u s e d f o r the
input s e c t i o n ( i . e . , e a c h bit position, or g r o u p of bit p o s i t i o n s i s a s s i g n e d
a s p e c i f i c t a s k ) . T h e t a s k s a s s i g n e d t o t h e v a r i o u s r e g i s t e r s and bit
p o s i t i o n s a r e a s follows:
Output 0 R e g i s t e r P r o v i d e s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n link f r o m the

AGC t o t h e DSKYs by c o n t r o l of 14 banks of
r e l a y s which p r o v i d e d i s p l a y of d a t a and
r o u t i n g of c o n t r o l s i g n a l s t o t h e ISS, OSS,
a n d SCS.
Output 1 R e g i s t e r R e c e i v e s i n t e r n a l AGC a l a r m s i g n a l s and

c a u s e s a l a r m i n d i c a t o r s o n t h e DSKYs to
i l l u m i n a t e . R e c e i v e s KEY RLSE r e q u e s t
f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m and c a u s e s the KEY
RLSE i n d i c a t o r t o i l l u m i n a t e and f l a s h u n t i l
the DSKY i s r e l e a s e d . R e c e i v e s AGC s i g n a l
i n d i c a t i n g i m p r o p e r DSKY o p e r a t i o n and
c a u s e s the CHECK FAIL i n d i c a t o r to i l l u -
m i n a t e . R e c e i v e s S P S engine f i r i n g s i g n a l
f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m , c a u s i n g t h e DSKY
to f l a s h a r e q u e s t f o r c r e w i n i t i a t i o n of
engine f i r i n g . R e c e i v e s SPS engine off
c o m m a n d f r o m a n AGC p r o g r a m , r e m o v i n g
t h e engine on s i g n a l . A l s o p r o v i d e s s i g n a l
t o r e s e t the e r r o r i n t e r r u p t t r a p c i r c u i t s ,
i d e n t i f i e s the type of w o r d being t r a n s m i t t e d
by downlink t e l e m e t r y , and i n h i b i t s f u r t h e r
loading of t e l e m e t r y w o r d s when t h e t e l e m -
e t r y word r a t e e x c e e d s 50 w o r d s p e r s e c o n d .
Output 2 R e g i s t e r C o n t r o l s a p p l i c a t i o n of 3200 pps c o n t r o l

p u l s e s t o t h e ISS and OSS.
Output 3 R e g i s t e r S e r v e s as a s p a r e r e g i s t e r f o r the central

p r o c e s s o r when needed.
Output 4 R e g i s t e r C o n t a i n s t h e next word t o be t r a n s m i t t e d by

downlink t e l e m e t r y .

2. 2-19
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
C e n t r a l P r o c e s s o r . T h e c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r c o n t a i n s the logic c i r c u i t s
and r e g i s t e r s which p e r f o r m t h e p r o g r a m s . P r o g r a m s a r e e x e c u t e d by
p e r f o r m i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s i n a s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e d by the sequence g e n e r a -
t o r . T h e r e a r e two b a s i c t y p e s of i n s t r u c t i o n s . T h e f i r s t is the m a c h i n e
i n s t r u c t i o n which c o n s i s t s of r e g u l a r , i n v o l u n t a r y , and m i s c e l l a n e o u s
i n s t r u c t i o n s . R e g u l a r i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e contained within the p r o g r a m and
a r e p a r t of t h e d a t a w o r d s being p r o c e s s e d . Involuntary i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e
p e r f o r m e d a s i n t e r r u p t s to t h e p r o g r a m and a r e g e n e r a t e d e x t e r n a l l y to the
AGC. M i s c e l l a n e o u s i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e u s e d i n t h e c o m p u t e r t e s t only. T h e
s e c o n d b a s i c type of i n s t r u c t i o n is t h e i n t e r p r e t i v e i n s t r u c t i o n s and a r e a
p r o g r a m m e r convenience which a r e c o n v e r t e d u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l to
m a c h i n e i n s t r u c t i o n s . The e x e c u t i o n of the i n s t r u c t i o n s is a function of
the sequence generator. The sequence generator combines basic timing
p u l s e s with t h e i n s t r u c t i o n p o r t i o n of a d a t a word and p e r f o r m s the p r o g r a m
in the n e c e s s a r y s e q u e n c e . R e g u l a r m a c h i n e i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e p r o c e s s e d
by t h e s e q u e n c e g e n e r a t o r i n i t i a t i o n of the i n s t r u c t i o n . T h e i n s t r u c t i o n
w i l l p e r f o r m one o r m o r e s u b i n s t r u c t i o n , the l a s t of which will be a s u b -
i n s t r u c t i o n to p r o c e e d to the next i n s t r u c t i o n . Involuntary i n s t r u c t i o n s a r e
i n i t i a t e d by an i n t e r r u p t f r o m a n e x t e r n a l s o u r c e , a f t e r which the i n s t r u c -
t i o n i s p e r f o r m e d i n the s a m e m a n n e r a s a r e g u l a r i n s t r u c t i o n . After
c o m p l e t i o n of the i n v o l u n t a r y i n s t r u c t i o n , a " r e s u m e " c o m m a n d i s e x e c u t e d
and the s e q u e n c e g e n e r a t o r r e t u r n s to the p r o g r a m which was i n t e r r u p t e d .
T h e c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r p e r f o r m s the d a t a manipulation by adding, s u b -
t r a c t i n g , shifting, e t c . , within a g r o u p of c e n t r a l r e g i s t e r s , a d d e r , and
p a r i t y block. T h e f u n c t i o n s of the r e g i s t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Register Accumulator. S t o r e s the r e s u l t s of a r i t h m e t i c

processing.
LP Register S t o r e s the l e a s t s i g n i f i c a n t p o r t i o n s of the

p r o d u c t of a multiply i n s t r u c t i o n .
3 Register U s e d t o c o m p l e m e n t (by r e a d i n g the r e s e t s i d e

of the r e g i s t e r ) , a s t e m p o r a r y s t o r a g e , and a s
a buffer.
Z Register P r o g r a m c o u n t e r . Contains a d d r e s s of next

i n s t r u c t i o n . I n c r e m e n t e d by one a s e a c h i n s t r u c .
t i o n is p e r f o r m e d . ( I n s t r u c t i o n s a r e usually
s t o r e d in m e m o r y sequentially. )
Q Register If t r a n s f e r c o n t r o l o c c u r s the contents of Z a r e

r e a d i n t o and s t o r e d in Q until i n t e r r u p t i s c o m -
pleted. E n a b l e s i n t e r r u p t e d p r o g r a m to r e s t a r t
a t the p r o p e r i n s t r u c t i o n . Also u s e d i n d i v i s i o n .
Stores r e m a i n d e r in complemented form.
Input 0 , 1, 2 , 3 R e f e r to Input s e c t i o n d e s c r i p t i o n .
Output 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 R e f e r to Output s e c t i o n d e s c r i p t i o n .

a
page 2.2-20
Mission B a s i c Date l2 NOv 19b6 Change Date
S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC 0 1 2
SYSTELIS DATX
G Register P r o v i d e s a c c e s s t o and f r o m m e m o r y . Shifting,

u n d e r p r o g r a m c o n t r o l , t a k e s place i n t h i s
r e g i s t e r . P a r i t y bit i s r e m o v e d and r e s t o r e d
in this r e g i s t e r .
S Register C o n t a i n s a d d r e s s of w o r d t o be c a l l e d f r o m
m e m o r y . If w o r d i s i n fixed m e m o r y , t h i s
s e l e c t s w o r d i n conjunction with B-ANK
register.
BANK R e g i s t e r S e l e c t s bank i n fixed m e m o r y . . O p e r a t e s in

conjunction with S r e g i s t e r .
SQ Register S t o r e s 4 bit o r d e r code of i n s t r u c t i o n w o r d
X , Y, U Registers T h e s e r e g i s t e r s f o r m t h e a d d e r . Two n u m b e r s
t o be added a r e p l a c e d i n X and Y. T h e r e s u l t
i s s t o r e d i n U.
Parity Circuit T h e p a r i t y c i r c u i t c h e c k s the p a r i t y of w o r d s

c o m i n g f r o m m e m o r y t o be odd. I f p a r i t y i s
not c o r r e c t , t h i s c i r c u i t g e n e r a t e s a p a r i t y
a l a r m . Words being r e t u r n e d t o m e m o r y a r e
given the p r o p e r p a r i t y bit by t h i s c i r c u i t .
Data flow within the c e n t r a l p r o c e s s o r i s initiated by a n i n s t r u c t i o n .

X d a t a w o r d i s brought f r o m m e m o r y t o the G r e g i s t e r . T h e G r e g i s t e r
p r o v i d e s P e m p o r a r y s t o r a g e of the w o r d until i t i s needed. I i the w o r d
c a m e f r o m e r a s a b l e m e m o r y , i t will u s u a l l y be w r i t t e n back into the s a m e
l o c a t i o n d u r i n g the s a m e m e m o r y c y c l e t i m e i t i s t r a n s f e r r e d t o the G
r e g i s t e r . ( T h i s i s not n e c e s s a r y f o r w o r d s f r o m fixed m e m o r y , a s
r e a d o u t i s not d e s t r u c t i v e . ) T h e w o r d i s t h e n r o u t e d to the p a r i t y c i r c u i t s
f o r a p a r i t y c h e c k and t o have the p a r i t y bit r e m o v e d . T h e s e q u e n c e
g e n e r a t o r next c o n t r o l s the t r a n s f e r of t h e d a t a w o r d to the o t h e r r e g i s t e r s
f o r p r o c e s s i n g . If the r e s u l t of t h e p r o c e s s i n g is t o be w r i t t e n back into
m e m o r y , the w o r d is t r a n s f e r r e d back into the G r e g i s t e r , the p a r i t y b i t
i s a d d e d , and the w o r d t r a n s f e r r e d b a c k t o m e m o r y . If the p r o c e s s i n g
c o n s i s t s of a r i t h m e t i c functions, i t is p e r f o r m e d i n the a d d e r ( X , Y , and
U r e g i s t e r s ) . T h e AGC h a s the c a p a b i l i t y t o add only; t h e r e f o r e , s u b -
t r a c t i o n , m u l t i p l i c a t i o n , and d i v i s i o n a r e p e r f o r m e d by c o m p l e m e n t i n g
a n d l o r shifting, t h e n adding.
l l e m o r y . T h e XGC m e m o r y c o n s i s t s of two s e c t i o n s . T h e l a r g e s t s e c t i o n
i s t h e f i s e d m e m o r y . T h i s is a r o p e c o r e type having a capability oi
2 4 , 5 7 6 s i x t e e n bit w o r d s . Readout is n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e and the d a t a c o n -
t a i n e d cannot be changed. All p e r m a n e n t , p r e - d e t e r m i n e d d a t a , s u c h a s
p r o g r a m s , t a b l e s , c o n s t a n t s , s t a r and l a n d m a r k a n g l e s , e t c . , a r e
contained i n t h i s s e c t i o n . +Addressing the d a t a contained i n the iixed
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-21

SM2A-03-SCO 12
-.-
SYSTEMS DATA
s e c t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by t h e S and BANK r e g i s t e r s . A s m a l l e r e r a s a b l e
section provides t e m p o r a r y storage f o r transient data. E r a s a b l e m e m o r y
i s a c o i n c i d e n t - c u r r e n t c o r e a r r a y with a c a p a c i t y of 1024 s i x t e e n bit w o r d s .
R e a d o u t i s d e s t r u c t i v e , s o i f d a t a i s t o be r e t a i n e d , i t i s n e c e s s a r y to w r i t e
t h e d a t a back i n t o the l o c a t i o n when i t i s r e a d out. A d d r e s s i n g the d a t a
c o n t a i n e d i n e r a s a b l e m e m o r y is done by the S r e g i s t e r .
T i m i n g . T h e t i m i n g s e c t i o n g e n e r a t e s t h e s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n p u l s e s f o r AGC
o p e r a t i o n s and t i m i n g p u l s e s f o r o t h e r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . T h e t i m i n g
s e c t i o n i s divided i n t o the following functional g r o u p s :
Clock Divider T,his g r o u p contains the b a s i c clock

o s c i l l a t o r which h a s a 2 . 048 m c f r e q u e n c y
divided to t i m e v a r i o u s AGC logic functions
and c e r t a i n o u t p u t s , clock the t i m e pulse
g e n e r a t o r , and d r i v e S c a l e r A.
S c a l e r s A and B S c a l e r A c o n t a i n s 17 b i n a r y d i v i d e r s p r o -
ducing s i g n a l s of v a r i o u s f r e q u e n c i e s u s e d
within t h e AGC logic, a s r e f e r e n c e to the
PSA, and t o d r i v e S c a l e r R. S c a l e r B
c o n t a i n s 16 b i n a r y d i v i d e r s producing
t i m i n g s i g n a l s t o the Input 1 r e g i s t e r f o r
m a i n t a i n i n g r e a l t i m e when the AGC i s i n
standby.
S c a l e r s A and B a r e u s e d in conjunction
with the Input 0 r e g i s t e r , TIME 1 , and
TIiME 2 c o u n t e r s to provide r e a l t i m e .
Time Pulse P r o d u c e s 12 b a s i c t i m i n g p u l s e s which

Gene r a t o r define a c t i o n t i m e s . T h e s e p u l s e s a r e
u s e d t o c o n t r o l i n t e r n a l s e q u e n c i n g of
data processing.
Memory Pulse T h i s g r o u p p r o v i d e s t i m i n g p u l s e s to fixed

Generator and e r a s a b l e m e m o r > -to s y n c h r o n i z e r e a d
and w r i t e o p e r a t i o n s .
Start-Stop Logic T h e s t a r t - s t o p logic g e n e r a t e s t h r e e

c o m m a n d s . A m o n i t o r s t o p command
i n h i b i t s the t i m e pulse g e n e r a t o r and s t o p s
AGC d a t a word flow. .A m o n i t o r s t a r t
c o m m a n d g e n e r a t e s the t h i r d s i g n a l which
i s a c l e a r c o m m a n d to the s e q u e n c e
gene r a t o r .
--

2.2-22
SiM2A - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 3. 3. 2 Display and K e y b o a r d .
The DSKYs f a c i l i t a t e i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n behveen the flight c r e x and

t h e ACC. (See f i g u r e 2 . 2 - 4 ) . ) T h e D S K Y s o p e r a t e in p a r a l l e l , with t h e m a i n
d i s p l a y console DSKY providing AGC d i s p l a y and c o n t r o l while the crexv a r e
i n t h e i r c o u c h e s . The two condition lights provided a t the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n -
s o l e DSKY a r e COMPUTER F A I L , which i s a g r o s s ACC f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r ,
a n d KEY R L S E , \trhich i s a r e q u e s t t o the cre\v to r e l e a s e the DSKY c i r c u i t s
to i n t e r n a l AGC p r o g r a m u s e . The m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e DSKY a l s o h a s a n
U P T E L s w i t c h which e n a b l e s the AGC t o a c c e p t o r block t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a
f r o m MSFN. The DSKY a t the lo\t7er e q u i p m e n t ba)- c o n t a i n s the r e m a i n d e r
of the condition l i g h t s : P R O G ALM, R U P T LOCK, PARITY F A I L , TC
T R A P , TM F A I L , COUNTER F A I L , SCALER F A I L , CHECK F A I L a n d KEY
RLSE. All t h e condition lights e x c e p t KEY RLSE a r e f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r s .
(KEY RLSE i s a r e q u e s t f o r the cre\v to r e l e a s e the DSKY c i r c u i t s to
i n t e r n a l XGC p r o g r a m u s e . ) T h i s DSKY a l s o h a s a TEST -4LARLL.I p u s h -
button which i s w i r e d t o the a l a r m r e l a y s t o provide a c h e c k of the warning
l i g h t s . The e l e c t r o l u m i n e s c e n t d i s p l a y s a r e i d e n t i c a l on e a c h DSKY a n d
alxvays d i s p l a y i d e n t i c a l d a t a . The i n t e n s i t y of t h e s e d i s p l a y s i s c o n t r o l l e d
by the BRIGHTNESS t h u m b w h e e l s .
T h e exchange of d a t a between the flight c r e w and the .AGC i s u s u a l l y

i n i t i a t e d by c r e w a c t i o n ; h o w e v e r , i t c a n a l s o be i n i t i a t e d by i n t e r n a l
c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s . The exchanged i n f o r m a t i o n i s p r o c e s s e d by the
DSKY p r o g r a m . T h i s p r o g r a m allows the following f o u r d i f f e r e n t m o d e s
of operation:
Display of I n t e r n a l Data-Both a o n e - s h o t d i s p l a y and a p e r i o d i -

cally updating d i s p l a y ( c a l l e d m o n i t o r ) a r e provided.
Loading E x t e r n a l Data-& each numerical character i s entered,

it i s d i s p l a y e d in the a p p r o p r i a t e d i s p l a y panel l o c a t i o n .
P r o g r a m C a l l i n g arid Control-The DSKY is u s e d to i n i t i a t e a

c l a s s of r o u t i n e s which a r e c o n c e r n e d with n e i t h e r loading nor
d i s p l a y . C e r t a i n r o u t i n e s r e q u i r e d i n s t r u c t i o n s f r o m the o p e r a t o r
t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t o s t o p o r continue at a given Foint.
Changing M a j o r LMode-The i n i t i a t i o n of l a r g e s c a l e m i s s i o n p h a s e s
c a n be c o m m a n d e d b y the o p e r a t o r .
T h e d a t a involved i n both loading and d i s p l a y c a n be p r e s e n t e d i n

e i t h e r o c t a l o r d e c i m a l f o r m as the o p e r a t o r i n d i c a t e s . If d e c i m a l f o r m
i s c h o s e n , the a p p r o p r i a t e s c a l e f a c t o r s a r e supplied by the p r o g r a m .
D e c i m a l e n t r i e s a r e i n d i c a t e d by e n t e r i n g a s i g n ( + , -).
Keyboard O p e r a t i o n . The b a s i c language of c o m m u n i c a t i o n between the

o n e r a t o r and the ACC i s a pair of w o r d s known a s v e r b and noun. V e r b
and noun c o d e s a r e defined in f i g u r e s 2.2-5 and 2 . 2 - 6 , r e s p e c t i v e l y . E a c h
GUIDANCE AXD N-AVIG-ATIOK SYSTEM
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page L. 2-23

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE

DSKY
I
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY
DSKY
Figure 2 . 2-4. Display and K e y b o a r d P a n e l s
M i s s ion Basic Date 1 2 "J I966 Change Date Page 2. 2-24

SMZA - 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
of t h e s e i s r e p r e s e n t e d by a t w o - c h a r a c t e r o c t a l n u m b e r . The v e r b code
i n d i c a t e s what a c t i o n i s t o b e t a k e n ( o p e r a t i o n ) ; t h e noun code i n d i c a t e s to
what a c t i o n i s a p p l i e d ( o p e r a n d ) . T y p i c a l v e r b s a r e t h o s e f o r displaying and
loading. Nouns u s u a l l y r e f e r t o a g r o u p of e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s within the
c o m p u t e r m e m o r y . The PROGRAM, VERB, and NOUN d i s p l a y s provide
two digit n u m b e r s which a r e coded o c t a l n u m b e r s d e s c r i b i n g the a c t i o n
being p e r f o r m e d . The REGISTER 1 , 2 , and 3 d i s p l a y s provide d i s p l a y of
t h e c o n t e n t s of r e g i s t e r s o r m e m o r y l o c a t i o n s . T h e s e d i s p l a y s a r e
n u m b e r s which a r e r e a d a s d e c i m a l n u m b e r s if a s i g n ( t , - ) i s p r e s e n t a n d
o c t a l n u m b e r s i f no s i g n i s u s e d . The REGISTER d i s p l a y s o p e r a t e u n d e r
p r o g r a m c o n t r o l u n l e s s the c o n t e n t s of a s p e c i f i c r e g i s t e r o r m e m o r y
l o c a t i o n i s d e s i r e d . The c r e w m a y r e q u e s t d i s p l a y of the c o n t e n t s of a
s p e c i f i c r e g i s t e r o r m e m o r y l o c a t i o n by commanding the d i s p l a y f r o m the
k e y b o a r d . The only o t h e r d i s p l a y s a r e the ACTIVITY lights \rhich i n d i c a t e
w h e t h e r the c o m p u t e r i s computing o r a c c e p t i n g t e l e m e t r y f r o m M S F N .
T h e k e y b o a r d p r o v i d e s 18 k e y s which, when p r e s s e d , g e n e r a t e a
five bit s i g n a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e key p r e s s e d . The +, - , and 0-9 k e \ s
a r e u s e d f o r n u m e r i c a l e n t r i e s , while the C L E A R , E N T E R , VERB, N O L " ,
KEY RELEASE, and ERROR R E S E T k e y s provide i n s t r u c t i o n s The TEST
ALARM key is w i r e d t o t h e a l a r m r e l a y s and p r o v i d e s a check of the
w a r n i n g i n d i c a t o r lights with the e x c e p t i o n of SCALER F-IIL. The m a i n
d i s p l a y console DSKY U P T E L s w i t c h e n a b l e s o r inhibits the a c c e p t a n c e
of t e l e m e t r y f r o m M S F N . T h e function of e a c h of t h e k e y s i s a s follows:
0-9 E n t e r n u m e r i c a l d a t a , a d d r e s s e s , and
action codes.
VERB C o m m a n d s AGC to a c c e p t the next two

n u m b e r s a s v e r b code d a t a . V e r b d i s p l a y
is b l a n k e d u n t i l n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d .
NOUN C o m m a n d s AGC t o a c c e p t the next two

n u m b e r s a s noun code d a t a . Noun d i s p l a y
i s blanked until n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d .
ENTER I n s t r u c t s -4GC t o a c c e p t k e y e d - i n d a t a a s
c o m p l e t e d and i n i t i a t e o p e r a t i o n s p e c i i i e d
by d a t a w o r d .
C LE .AR E n t e r s a l l z e r o s i n d a t a r e g i s t e r being
loaded. E a c h s u c c e s s i v e p r e s s i n g of t h i s
key c l e a r s the next h i g h e r r e g i s t e r .
KEY RLSE R e l e a s e t h e DSKY c i r c u i t s and d i s p l a y s f o r

u s e by t h e .AGC p r o g r a m being e x e c u t e d .
ERROR R E S E T M o m e n t a r i l y r e s e t s .AGC f a i l u r e l i g h t s
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2 2-25

SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
--
SYSTEMS DATA
(+I and ( - ) D e n o t e s s i g n o f d a t a t o follow. Denotes

t h a t following d a t a i s d e c i m a l .
T E S T ALARM S e t s r e l a y s to i l l u m i n a t e L E B DSKY c o n -
d i t i o n lights ( e x c e p t SCALER F A I L ) t o
e n s u r e p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n . ( L E B DSKY
only. )
UPTEL S e t s AGC input r e g i s t e r s t o a c c e p t o r

inhibit t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a f r o m MSFN. (MDC
DSKY only. )
BRIGHTNESS P r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of i n t e n s i t y of e l e c t r o -
luminescent displays.
T h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay DSKY p r o v i d e s nine condition lights of which

e i g h t a r e f a i l u r e i n d i c a t o r s and the r e m a i n i n g light a r e q u e s t f o r a c t i o n .
T h e function of e a c h i s a s follows:
PROG ALM T h e AGC p r o g r a m being e x e c u t e d h a s

detected an e r r o r .
COUNTER F A I L D e t e c t e d f a i l u r e i n input t i m i n g p u l s e s .
E i t h e r interrupt o r circuitry failed. I n t e r -
r u p t f a i l u r e i s denoted by R U P T LOCK
failure indicator illumination.
R U P T LOCK I n t e r r u p t f a i l e d t o o c c u r o r w a s not c o m -
p l e t e d within s p e c i f i e d t i m e .
TC TRAP T r a n s f e r c o n t r o l i n s t r u c t i o n h a s not o c c u r r e d ,
o r h a s o c c u r r e d but w a s not c o m p l e t e d within
a specified time.
SCALER FAIL F a i l u r e d e t e c t e d i n AGC t i m i n g s e c t i o n .
PARITY F A I L P a r i t y f a i l u r e d e t e c t e d in d a t a r e a d f r o m
memory.
TM FAIL T e l e m e t r y w o r d r a t e to M S F N e i t h e r too
high o r too low. T e l e m e t r y word r a t e f r o m
MSFN too high o r i n c o r r e c t t r a n s m i s s i o n
of d a t a .
CHECK F A I L A t t e m p t e d i l l e g a l DSKY o p e r a t i o n . N o r m a l l y
operator e r r o r .
KEY R LSE F l a s h e s to i n d i c a t e AGC p r o g r a m i n o p e r a -

t i o n r e q u i r e s DSKY c i r c u i t r y t o continue.
~~
Mission B a s i c Date " 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-26

S M Z A - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e f o r the e x e c u t i o n of k e y b o a r d o p e r a t i o n s
c o n s i s t s of a s e q u e n c e of s e v e n key d e p r e s s i o n s : m0
VERB V2 Vi NOUN N2 N1 ENTER
P r e s s i n g the VERB key b l a n k s the two v e r b lights on the DSKY and c l e a r s

t h e v e r b code r e g i s t e r i n the AGC. T h e next two n u m e r i c a l inputs a r e
i n t e r p r e t e d a s t h e v e r b c o d e , i n o c t a l f o r m . E a c h of t h e s e c h a r a c t e r s
i s d i s p l a y e d by the v e r b lights a s i t i s i n s e r t e d . T h e NOUN key o p e r a t e s
s i m i l a r l y with the DSKY noun l i g h t s and AGC noun code r e g i s t e r . P r e s s i n g
t h e ENTER key i n i t i a t e s the p r o g r a m i n d i c a t e d by the v e r b - n o u n c o m -
bination d i s p l a y e d on t h e DSKY. T h u s , i t i s not n e c e s s a r y t o follow a
s t a n d a r d p r o c e d u r e i n keying v e r b - n o u n c o d e s into the DSKY. It c a n be
done in r e v e r s e o r d e r , i f d e s i r e d , o r a p r e v i o u s l y i n s e r t e d v e r b o r noun
c a n be u s e d without r e k e y i n g it. No a c t i o n is t a k e n by the AGC in initiating
t h e verb-noun-defined p r o g r a m until t h e ENTER key i s a c t u a t e d . If a n
e r r o r i s noticed i n e i t h e r the v e r b code o r noun code p r i o r t o a c t u a t i o n of
t h e ENTER k e y , i t c a n be c o r r e c t e d s i m p l y by p r e s s i n g the c o r r e s p o n d i n g
VERB o r NOUN k e y and i n s e r t i n g the p r o p e r c o d e . The ENTER key should
not be a c t u a t e d u n t i l i t h a s b e e n v e r i f i e d t h a t t h e c o r r e c t v e r b and noun
codes a r e displayed.
If the s e l e c t e d v e r b - n o u n c o m b i n a t i o n r e q u i r e s d a t a to be loaded by
the o p e r a t o r , the VERB and NOUN lights s t a r t f l a s h i n g on a n d off (about
once p e r s e c o n d ) a f t e r the ENTER key i s p r e s s e d . D a t a i s loaded i n f i v e -
c h a r a c t e r w o r d s and, a s i t is keyed i n , i t i s d i s p l a y e d c h a r a c t e r - b y -
c h a r a c t e r i n one of the f i v e - p o s i t i o n d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r s , REGISTER 1 ,
REGISTER 2, o r REGISTER 3. N u m e r i c a l d a t a i s a s s u m e d t o be o c t a l
u n l e s s the f i v e - c h a r a c t e r d a t a word i s p r e c e d e d by a plus o r m i n u s s i g n ,
i n whictr c a s e i t i s c o n s i d e r e d t o be d e c i m a l . D e c i m a l d a t a m u s t be loaded
i n full f i v e - n u m e r a l c h a r a c t e r w o r d s ( n o z e r o s m a y be left o u t ) ; o c t a l d a t a
m a y be loaded with high o r d e r z e r o s left o u t . If d e c i m a l i s u s e d f o r an);
component of a m u l t i c o m p o n e n t load v e r b , i t m u s t be u s e d f o r a l l c o m -
ponents of t h a t v e r b . I n o t h e r w o r d s , no m i x i n g of o c t a l and d e c i m a l d a t a
i s p e r m i t t e d f o r d i f f e r e n t c o m p o n e n t s of the s a m e load v e r b . T h e ENTER
key m u s t be p r e s s e d a f t e r e a c h d a t a w o r d . T h i s t e l l s the p r o g r a m t h a t the
n u m e r i c a l word being keyed i n i s c o m p l e t e . T h e on-off f l a s h i n g of the
VERB-NOUN lights t e r m i n a t e s a f t e r t h e l a s t ENTER key a c t u a t i o n of a
loading s e q u e n c e .
T h e CLEAR key is u s e d t o r e m o v e e r r o r s i n loading d a t a a s i t i s

d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3. It d o e s nothing
t o the PROGRAM, NOUN, o r VERB l i g h t s . ( T h e KOUN lights a r e blanked
by t h e NOUN k e y , the VERB l i g h t s by the VERB key. ) F o r s i n g l e -
component load v e r b s o r " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d " nouns, the
CLE.4R key d e p r e s s i o n p e r f o r m s the c l e a r i n g function on t h e p a r t i c u l a r
r e g i s t e r being loaded, provided t h a t the CLEAR key i s d e p r e s s e d b e f o r e
t h e ENTER key. Once the ENTER k e y i s d e p r e s s e d , the CLEAR key d o e s
nothing. The only way t o c o r r e c t a n e r r o r a f t e r the d a t a is e n t e r e d f o r
.-
Mission
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEXI
B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page

. 2. 2 - 2 7
SM2A-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
a s i n g l e - c o m p o n e n t load v e r b is t o begin the load v e r b a g a i n . F o r two-

o r t h r e e - c o m p o n e n t l o a d v e r b s , t h e r e is a CLEAR backing-up f e a t u r e .
T h e f i r s t d e p r e s s i o n of the CLEAR key c l e a r s w h i c h e v e r r e g i s t e r i s being
l o a d e d . ( T h e CLEAR key m a y be p r e s s e d a f t e r any c h a r a c t e r , but b e f o r e
i t s e n t r y . ) C o n s e c u t i v e CLEAR key a c t u a t i o n s c l e a r the d a t a d i s p l a y
r e g i s t e r above the c u r r e n t one until REGISTER 1 i s c l e a r e d . Any a t t e m p t
t o back u p ( c l e a r ) beyond REGISTER 1 is s i m p l y i g n o r e d . T h e CLEAR
b a c k i n g - u p function o p e r a t e s only o n d a t a p e r t i n e n t t o the l o a d v e r b which
i n i t i a t e d t h e loading s e q u e n c e . F o r e x a m p l e , if the initiating load v e r b
w e r e a " w r i t e s e c o n d component into'' type only, no backing u p a c t i o n
would be p o s s i b l e .
T h e n u m e r i c a l k e y s , t h e CLEAR k e y , and the s i g n k e y s are r e j e c t e d

if d e p r e s s e d a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n ( f i n a l e n t r y ) of a d a t a d i s p l a y o r d a t a load
v e r b . At s u c h t i m e , only t h e VERB, NOUN, E N T E R , ERROR R E S E T , o r
KEY RELEASE inputs a r e a c c e p t e d . T h u s , t h e d a t a k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d
only a f t e r the c o n t r o l k e y s have i n s t r u c t e d t h e p r o g r a m t o a c c e p t t h e m .
S i m i l a r l y , the + and - k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d only b e f o r e the f i r s t n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r of REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3 is k e y e d i n and
at no o t h e r t i m e . T h e 8 o r 9 key i s a c c e p t e d only while loading a d a t a
word which i s p r e c e d e d by a + o r - sign.
T h e DSKY c a n a l s o be u s e d by i n t e r n a l c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m s f o r
s u b r o u t i n e s . H o w e v e r , any o p e r a t o r k e y b o a r d a c t i o n ( e x c e p t ERROR
R E S E T ) i n h i b i t s DSKY u s e by i n t e r n a l r o u t i n e s . T h e o p e r a t o r r e t a i n s
c o n t r o l of the DSKY until he w i s h e s t o r e l e a s e i t . T h u s , he is a s s u r e d
t h a t the d a t a he w i s h e s t o o b s e r v e will not be r e p l a c e d by i n t e r n a l l y
i n i t i a t e d d a t a d i s p l a y s . I n g e n e r a l , i t is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t the o p e r a t o r
r e l e a s e the DSKY f o r i n t e r n a l u s e when he h a s t e m p o r a r i l y finished with
i t . T h i s i s dbne by p r e s s i n g t h e KEY RELEASE k e y .
Verb-Noun F o r m a t s . The v e r b - n o u n c o d e s a r e defined in f i g u r e s 2 . 2 - 5 and

2. 2 - 6 . A noun c o d e m a y r e f e r t o a d e v i c e , a g r o u p of c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r s ,
o r a g r o u p of c o u n t e r r e g i s t e r s , o r i t m a y s i m p l y s e r v e to convey i n f o r m a -
t i o n without r e f e r r i n g to any p a r t i c u l a r c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r . The noun i s
m a d e u p of 1, 2 , o r 3 c o m p o n e n t s , e a c h component being e n t e r e d s e p -
a r a t e l y a s r e q u e s t e d by the v e r b code. AS e a c h component i s k e y e d , i t i s
d i s p l a y e d on t h e d i s p l a y p a n e l with component 1 d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 1 ,
component 2 i n REGISTER 2 , a n d component 3 i n REGISTER 3. T h e r e a r e
two c l a s s e s of nouns: n o r m a l and m i x e d . N o r m a l nouns ( c o d e s 0 1 through
54) a r e t h o s e whose component m e m b e r s r e f e r t o c o m p u t e r r e g i s t e r s which
, h a v e c o n s e c u t i v e a d d r e s s e s and u s e the s a m e s c a l e f a c t o r when c o n v e r t e d
t o d e c i m a l . Mixed nouns ( c o d e s 5 5 t h r o u g h 77) a r e t h o s e whose component
m e m b e r s r e f e r t o n o n c o n s e c u t i v e a d d r e s s e s o r whose component m e m b e r s
r e q u i r e d i f f e r e n t s c a l e f a c t o r s when c o n v e r t e d t o d e c i m a l , o r both.
-4 v e r b code i n d i c a t e s what a c t i o n is t o be t a k e n . It a l s o d e t e r m i n e s
which component m e m b e r of the noun g r o u p is t o be a c t e d upon. F o r

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 l966 Change Date page 2.2-28
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
e x a m p l e , t h e r e a r e five d i f f e r e n t load v e r b s . V e r b 2 1 i s r e q u i r e d f o r
loading the f i r s t component of the s e l e c t e d noun; v e r b 2 2 l o a d s the second
component; v e r b 2 3 l o a d s the t h i r d component; v e r b 2 4 loads the f i r s t and
s e c o n d component; and v e r b 2 5 loads a l l t h r e e c o m p o n e n t s . A s i m i l a r
component f o r m a t i s u s e d i n the d i s p l a y and m o n i t o r v e r b s . T h e r e a r e two
g e n e r a l c l a s s e s of v e r b s : s t a n d a r d and extended. T h e s t a n d a r d v e r b s
( c o d e s 01 through 37) d e a l m a i n l y with loading, d i s p l a y i n g , and m o n i t o r i n g
d a t a . T h e extended v e r b s ( c o d e s 40 through 7 7 ) a r e p r i n c i p a l l y c o n c e r n e d
with calling u p i n t e r n a l p r o g r a m s whose function i s s y s t e m t e s t i n g and
operation.
Whenever d a t a i s t o be loaded by the o p e r a t o r , the VERB and N O U N

lights f l a s h , the a p p r o p r i a t e d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r i s blanked, and the
i n t e r n a l c o m p u t e r s t o r a g e r e g i s t e r is c l e a r e d in anticipation of d a t a l o a d -
ing. -As e a c h n u m e r i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s keyed i n , i t i s displayed in the p r o p e r
d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r . E a c h d a t a d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r can handle only five n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r s a t a t i m e ( n o t including s i g n ) . If a n a t t e m p t i s m a d e to key in
m o r e than f i v e n u m e r i c a l c h a r a c t e r s a t a t i m e , the sixth and s u b s e q u e n t
c h a r a c t e r s a r e s i m p l y r e j e c t e d but they do a p p e a r i n the d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r .
T h e + and - k e y s a r e a c c e p t e d p r i o r to i n s e r t i n g the f i r s t n u m e r i c a l
c h a r a c t e r of REGISTER 1, REGISTER 2 , o r REGISTER 3; if keyed in a t
any o t h e r t i m e , the s i g n s a r e r e j e c t e d . If the 8 o r 9 key i s a c t u a t e d a t
any t i m e o t h e r than while loading a d a t a w o r d p r e c e d e d by a - o r - s i g n ,
i t i s r e j e c t e d and the CHECK F A I L light goes on.
T h e n o r m a l u s e of the f l a s h i s with a load v e r b . H o w e v e r , t h e r e a r e

two s p e c i a l c a s e s when the f l a s h i s u s e d with v e r b s o t h e r than load v e r b s .
e ' l l a c h i n e - 4 d d r e s s to be S p e c i f i e d - T h e r ei s a c l a s s of nouns
available t o allow any m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be u s e d ; t h e s e a r e
called " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be specified" nouns. When the
"EIYTER", which c a u s e s the v e r b - n o u n combination to be
e x e c u t e d , s e n s e s a noun of t h i s type the f l a s h i s i m m e d i a t e l y
t u r n e d on. T h e v e r b code i s left unchanged. The o p e r a t o r
should load the c o m p l e t e m a c h i n e a d d r e s s of i n t e r e s t (fitFe-
c h a r a c t e r o c t a l ) . T h i s is d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER 3 a s i t i s
keyed in. If a n e r r o r i s m a d e in loading the a d d r e s s , the
CLEAR key m a y be u s e d t o r e m o v e i t . P r e s s i n g the E N T E R
key c a u s e s e x e c u t i o n of the v e r b to continue.
e Change M a j o r Mode-To change m a j o r m o d e , the sequence i s

VERB 37 E N T E R . T h i s c a u s e s the noun d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r to be
blanked and t h e v e r b code to be f l a s h e d . T h e t w o - c h a r a c t e r
o c t a l m a j o r mode code should then be loaded. F o r v e r i f i c a t i o n
p u r p o s e s , it is d i s p l a y e d a s i t i s loaded i n the noun d i s p l a y
r e g i s t e r . The e n t r y c a u s e s the f l a s h t o be t u r n e d off, a r e q u e s t
f o r the new m a j o r mode t o be e n t e r e d , and a new m a j o r mode
code t o be d i s p l a y e d i n the PROGRAM d i s p l a y r e g i s t e r .
~~
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTElll

2. 2-29
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 I966 Change Date Page
SMZA-03-SCO 12
---
SYSTEMS DATA
-
Verb
-
Code Description Remarks
won
V e r b c o d e s 01 t h r o u g h 37 d e n o t e
standard verbs.
01 D i s p l a y 1 s t c o m p o n e n t of P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I .
02 D i s p l a y 2nd c o m p o n e n t of P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER 1
03 D i s p l a y 3 r d c o m p o n e n t of P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I
04 D i s p l a y 1 s t a n d 2nd P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I and REGISTER 2.

c o m p o n e n t s of
05 D i s p l a y Ist, 2nd. and 3 r d P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER I . REGISTER 2 . A N D REGISTER 3

component of
06 Display a l l component(s) o P e r f o r m s d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on a p p r o p r i a t e r e g i s t e r s The scale f a c t o r s . types

o f s c a l e f a c t o r r o u t i n e s , a n d c o m p o n e n t i n f o r m a t i o n a r e s t o r e d within the m a c h i n e
f o r e a c h noun which i t is r e q u i r e d to d i s p l a y i n d e c i m a l
07 D P decimal display P e r f o r m s a double p r e c i s i o n d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of d a t a on REGISTER 1 and REGISTER 2

It d o e s no s c a l e f a c t o r i n g It m e r e l y p e r f o r m s a I O - c h a r a c t e r . f r a c t i o n a l d e c i m a l
c o n v e r s i o n o f two c o n s e c u t i v e , e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s , u s i n g REGISTER I and R E C I S -
TER 2 T h e s i g n is p l a c e d i n t h e REGISTER 1 s i g n p o s i t i o n wlth the REGISTER 2
s i g n p o s i t i o n r e m a i n i n g blank It c a n n o t be u s e d with m i x e d nouns I t s intended u s e
i s p r i m a r i l y with " m a c h i n e a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d nouns
IO E n t e r r e q u e s t to w a i t l i s t E n t e r s r e q u e s t t o " w a i t l i s t r o u t i n e ' f o r any m a c h i n e a d d r e s s with delay involved

( U s e d only d u r i n g g r o u n d T h i s v e r b a s s u m e s t h a t t h e d e s i r e d n u m b e r of I O - m i l l i s e c o n d u n i t s of d e l a y h a s
checkout. ) b e e n l o a d e d i n t o t h e low o r d e r b i t s of the p r i o l d e l a y r e g i s t e r (noun 26) This verb
i s u s e d with t h e ' m a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be s p e c i f i e d noun. T h e c o m p l e t e a d d r e s s of
t h e d e s i r e d l o c a t i o n i s t h e n keyed in. ( R e f e r t o " M a c h i n e a d d r e s s to be s p e c i f i e d
i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r b l N o u n F o r m a t s . )
11 Monitor 1st component P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of u p d a t e d d a t a e v e r y l / 2 s e c o n d on REGISTER I
12 M o n i t o r 2nd c o m p o n e n t of , P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 112 s e c o n d on REGISTER 1
13 M o n i t o r 3 r d c o m p o n e n t of P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of u p d a t e d d a t a e v e r y 112 s e c o n d on REGISTER I
14 h l o n i t o r 1 s t and 2nd P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r ) l / 2 s e c o n d o n REGISTER 1 and

c o m p o n e n t of REGISTER 2
15 M o n i t o r Ist, 2nd. a n d P e r f o r m s o c t a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 1 / 2 s e c o n d on REGISTER 1 .

3 r d c o m p o n e n t of REGISTER 2 , and REGISTER 3
I6 Monitor all components(s) P e r f o r m s d e c i m a l d i s p l a y of updated d a t a e v e r y 1 / 2 s e c o n d on a p p r o p r i a t e r e g i s t e r s

of
l i hlonitor D P d e c i m a l P e r f o r m s double p r e c i s i o n d i s p l a y of d e c i m a l d a t a on REGISTER I and REGISTER 2

S o scale factoring 1 5 performed F r o v i d e s I O - c h a r a c t e r f r a c t i o n a l d e c l m d l Lon-
versLon of t w o c o n s e c u t i v e e r a s a b l e r e g i s t e r s T b e 5'gn i s p i a c e d in the s i p - b i t
p o s i t i o n of REGISTER 1 REGISTER 2 s i g n S i t i s blank
20 E n t e r r e q u e s t to executive E n t e r s r e q u e s t to e x e c u t i v e r o u t i n e f o r any m a c h i n e i d d r e s 5 w i t h p r i o r i t i bn\olved

( L s e d onl) during ground T h i s v e r b a b s u m e s t h a t t h e d e s i r e d p r o r i t v h a s been loaded into b i t s 1 0 - 1 4 o f the
checkout. ) p r i o l d e l a ) r e g i s t e r (noun 26) T h i s v e r b i s u s e d with the noun, m a c h i n e a d d r e s s
t o be s p e c i f i e d ' T h e c o m p l e t e a d d r e s s of the d e s i r e d Location L > then k e i e d i n
( R e f e r to \Lacnine a d d r e s s t o be s p e c i f i e d " i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r o f h o u n F o r m a t s I
21 Write 1 s t component into P e r f o r m s data loading O c t a l quantities a r e u n s l g n e d Declndk quantities a r e

p r e c e d e d bi -
or -
sign D a t a i s d l s p l a i e d o n REGISTER l
Figure 2.2-5. V e r b List (Sheet 1 of 3)
GUIDAXCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM

page 2.2-30
Mission Basic D a t e l2 1966 Change Date
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
\'e r b
22 W r i t e 2nd c o m p o n e n t i n t o P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. Octal quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

p r e c e d e d by t o r - s i g n . D a t a i s displayed o n R E G I S T E R 2 .
23 Write 3rd component into P e r f o r m s d a t a l o a d i n g . O c t a l q u a n t i t i e s are u n s i g n e d . D e c i m a l q u a n t i t i e s a r e

p r e c e d e d by + o r - s i g n . D a t a is d i s p l a y e d o n R E G I S T E R 3.
24 W r i t e 1 s t and 2nd P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. O c t a l quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

component into p r e c e d e d by t o r -
s i g n . D a t a i s d i s p l a y e d on R E G I S T E R 1 a n d R E G I S T E R 2 .
25 W r i t e I s t , 2nd. a n d 3 r d P e r f o r m s d a t a loading. O c t a l quantities a r e unsigned. D e c i m a l quantities a r e

component into p r e c e d e d by t o r -
s i g n . D a t a is d i s p l a y e d o n R E G I S T E R 1, R E G I S T E R 2 , and
R E G I S T E R 3.
76 (Spare)
27 (Sparel
30 (Spare)
31 Bank D i s p l a l T h i s v e r b 1s i n c l u d e d to p e r m i t d i s p l a v l n g t h e c o n t e n t s of f i x e d m e m o r ) i n an) bank

I t s i n t e n d e d u s e i s f o r c h e c k i n g p r o g r a m r o p e s and t h e B;\NK p o s i t i o n 0 1 p r o g r a m
ropes
3'2 ( S p ar e )
37 P r o c e e d uirhout data I n f o r m s r o u t i n e r e q u e s t i n g d a t a t o be l o a d e d t h a t the o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not t o load

f r e s h d a t a out w i s h e s t h e r o u t i n e t o c o n t i n e a s b e s t i t c a n with old d a t a Final
d e c - s i o n ror w h a t a c t i o n s h o u l d be t a k e n I S l e f t t o r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e
34 T e r i n i na te I n f o r m s r o u t i n e r e q u e s t i n g d a t a t o be l o a d e d t h a t t h e o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not t o l o a d
i r e s h d a t a and w i s h e s the routine t o t e r m i n a t e F i n a l d e c i s i o n f o r what a c t i o n s h o u l d
be t a k e n i s left to r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e If m o n i t o r i s o n , I! 1s t u r n e d o t f
35 (Spare)
30 Fresh start i n i t i a l i z e s t h e p r o g r a m c o n t r o l s o f t w a r e and t h e k e y b o a r d a n d d i s p l a y s y s t e m p r o g r a m
37 Change m a j o r mode to C h a n g e to new m a j o r m o d e . ( R e f e r to "Change m a j o r mode" i n p a r a g r a p h on V e r b -

Soun Formats.)
NOTI
V e r b c o d e s 40 t h r o u g h 7 7 d e n o t e
extended verbs.
40 Zero S l u s t be u s e d with noun 2 0 ( I C D U ) o r noun 55 ( O C D U ) o n l y . S e t s t h e CDU r e g i s t e r s t o

zero.
41 C o a r s e a l i g n IllU .\Lust be u s e d with noun 2 0 (ICDU) or noun 55 (OCDL') only
42 Fine align I l I U C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d GbiS s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
43 Lock IllL' C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d GbiN s ) - s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .
44 Set l l l U to iTTITUDE C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m t h e i n d i c a t e d G6-N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s

COSTROL
45 Set I l I C E S T R Y C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e indicated G&N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s
40 Return I l I L l to c o a r s e C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m t h e indicated CLN s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s .

align
Figure 2 . 2 - 5 . V e r b List (Sheet 2 of 3)

-
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEiM
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-31

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
---
SYSTEMS DATA
Verb
47 (Spare)
50 Please perform T h i s v e r b I S u s e d only by i n t e r n a l r o u n t i n e s t h a t w i s h the o p e r a t o r t o p e r f o r m a

c e r t a i n t a s k . I t s h o u l d n e v e r be k e y e d i n by t h e o p e r a t o r I t is u s u a l l y u s e d with
noun 2 5 , c h e c k l i s t T h e c o d e d n u m b e r for the c h e c k l i s t i t e m t o be p e r f o r m e d i s
d i s p l a y e d in REClSTER 1 by t h e r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e
51 Please mark T h i s v e r b 1s u s e d only by i n t e r n a l r o u t i n e s t h a t r e q u e s t the o p e r a t o r t o " m a r k " It

s h o u l d n e v e r be k e y e d i n by t h e o p e r a t o r . I t is u s u a l l y u s e d w i t h noun 30, " a t a r
numbers ' T h e n u m b e r s of the s t a r s t o be m a r k e d a r e d i s p l a y e d i n REGISTER I ,
REGISTER 2 , and REGISTER 3 by t h e r e q u e s t i n g r o u t i n e . T h e o p e r a t o r s h o u l d i n d i -
c a t e c o m p l e t i o n o f e a c h valid m a r k by p r e s s i n g t h e MARK button. He s h o u l d n e v e r
p r e s s E N T E R with v e r b 51.
52 Mark reject R e j e c t s " m a r k " and r e t u r n s t o v e r b 51. M u s t be e n t e r e d within 20 s e c o n d s of

p r e s s i n g MARK button.
53 Free C a l l s u p p r o g r a m s t h a t p e r f o r m the i n d i c a t e d G & N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s . U s e d only

wbth noun 2 0 ( I C D U ) o r noun 5 5 (OCDU).
54 Pulse torque gyros C a l l s up p r o g r a m s that p e r f o r m the indicated G & N s y s t e m p r o c e d u r e s
55 Align t i m e
56 P e r f o r m BANK s u m
57 S y s t e m t e s t ( U s e d only
during ground checkout.)
60 P r e p a r e for s t a n d b y
61 R e c o v e r f r o m s tandb) --
62 (Spar e )
63 (Spare)
64 Calculate orbital
parameters
65 C a l c u l a t e t i m e of a r r i v a l
a t longitude
bb C a l c u l a t e l a t i t u d e and
longitude a t s p e c i f i e d t i m e
67 Calculate maximum
d e c l i n a t i o n and t i m e of
arrival
70 ( 5pa r e )
71 (Spare)
72 (Sparel
73 R e t u r n to E a r t h a i m
point u p d a t e
74 O r b i t c h a n g e a i m point
update
75 h l a n u a l lift-oif for t l i g h t s
70 R . V . T . update ( s t a t e R V T d e n o t e s p o s i t i o n . v e l o c i t v . and t i m e
vector)
77 (Spare)
Figure 2. 2 - 5 . Lrerb L i s t (Sheet 3 of 3)
Mission B a s i c Date
GUID-iNCE AND S-AVIGATION SYSTEM
12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page

.
2.2-32
SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
-
NOL No1
-
coc De s c r i ption Scale /Units c
- 01 Description
NOTR NOTE 22 New a n g l e s I:

X-REGISTER I XXX XX d e q r e e s
Noun c o d e s 01 t h r o u g h In S c a l e i U n i t s Y-REGISTER 2 XXX XX d e g r e e s
54 denote n o r m a l nouns, column. Z-REGISTER 3 XXX XX d e g r e e s
X = significant 21 Delta a n g l e s 1.
digit X-REGISTER 1 XXX XX d e g r e e s
0 = zero Y-REGISTER 2 XXX XX d e g r e e s
(always) 2-REGISTER 3 XXX XX d e g r e e s
B = blank.
24 Delta t i m e f o r ACC clock:
01 Specify m a c h i n e a d d r e s s xxxxx REGISTER I OOXXX h o u r s
REGISTER 2 OOOXX. m i n u t e s
02 Specify m a c h i n e a d d r e s s xxxxx. REGISTER 3 OXX XX s e c o n d s
03 Spare) 25 3 h e c k l i s t ( U s e d only with xxxxx

i e r b 50. " P l e a s e p e r f o r m " )
04 Spare)
: h e c k l i s t code n u m b e r s ( A p p e a r
05 4ngular e r r o r KXX. XX d e g r e e s nREGISTER 1 )
06 'itch angle YXX. XX d e g r e e s 00001 SCS m o d e t o G & N

attitude control
.leads u p - d o w n tOOOOl
00002 S C S m o d e to G & N
07 Zhange of p r o g r a m o r m a j o r Delta V
n o d e ( U s e d only with v e r b 50,
' P l e a s e p e r f o r m '. ) 00003 S C S m o d e to C & N e n t r
10 Spare) 00004 SCS m o d e t o m o n i t o r
11 I n g i n e o n e n a b l e ( U s e d only with 00007 Manual attitude

. e r b 50, ' P l e a s e p e r f o r m " . ) maneuver
12 )elta V allowable CXXXX. f t / s e c 0001 I Automatic o p t i c s

Iz positioning
Ielta V tailoff [XXXX. f t l s e c
00012 T a r g e t d a t a e n t r y
13 )elta V m e a s u r e d (Vector CXXXX. f t l s e c
iagnitude. ) 0001 3 S w i t c h OSS to c o m p u t e i
control
I4 )elta V counter setting. CXXXX. f t l s e c
00014 F i n e a l i g n c h e c k
15 n c r e m e n t a d d r e s s ( U s e d only ) c t a l only
uring ground checkout. ) 00015 P e r f o r m s t a r
acqul s ition
16 .GC c l o c k t i m e
REGISTER 1 OXXX. h o u r s 00031 E n g i n e o n
REGISTER 2 OOXX. m i n u t e s
REGISTER 3 XX. XX s e c o n d s 00035 P r e p a r e AGC f o r
thrusting
17 Spare)
00036 T h r u s t t e r m i n a t e
20 JDUs.
X-REGISTER 1 :XX. XX d e g r e e s 00041 C / M - S / M separation
Y-REGISTER 2 :XX. XX d e g r e e s
2-REGISTER 3 :XX. XX d e g r e e s 26 r i o / d e l a y ( U s e d only d u r i n g xxxx.
round c h e c k o u t . )
21 'IP4 counters
X-REGISTER I XXXX. p u l s e s 27 :If t e s t O N - O F F s w l t c h xxxx.
Y-REGISTER 2 XXXX. p u l s e s
Z-REGISTER 3 XXXX. p u l s e s 30 a r number xxxx.
F i g u r e 2 . 2-6. Noun L i s t (Sheet 1 of 3)
Mission B a s i c Date N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-33

SMZA-03-SCOIZ
---
SYSTEMS DATA
- - - ~~
No UI: Noun
-
Code
31
~ _ _
Deac ription
_
F a i l u r e regiater code
_ _ ~
S c a l e 1Unit I
-
Code Description Scale /Units
43 P e r i g e e altitude
REGISTER I XXXX. X nautical
lloTl miles
E r r o r c o d e s a r e defined O c t a l only
Apogee a l t i t u d e
in paragraph 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 .
REGISTER 2 XXXX. X n a u t i c a l
miles
Self-teat diagnosis
REGISTER 2 O c t a l only
Free-fall time XXBXX. minutes
REGISTER 3 I e conds
Self-test diagnosis
REGISTER 3 O c t a l only Latitude
44
REGISTER 1 X X X .X X d e g r e e s
32 D e c i s i o n t i m e ( U s e d only d u r i n g
ground checkout. ) Longitude
REGISTER 2 X X X .XX d e g r e e s
33 Ephemeris time (Used onlydurin
ground checkout. ) Altitude (Above m e a n e q u a t o r i a l
radius.)
34 Event time REGISTER 3 X X X X .X n a u t i c a l
REGISTER 1 OOXXX. h o u r s miles
REGISTER 2 OOOXX. m i n u t e s
REGISTER 3 OXX. XX s e c o n d s 45 Perigee altitude XXXX. X d e g r e e s
REGISTER 1
35 Delta e v e n t t i m e :
REGISTER I OOXXX. h o u r s Apogee a l t i t u d e
REGISTER 2 OOOXX. m i n u t e s REGISTER 2 XXXX. X d e g r e e s
REGISTER 3 OXX. X X s e c o n d s
Delta v e l o c i t y r e q u i r e d
36 Delta event t i m e (Display only. ) XXBXX. minutes, REGISTER 3 XXXXX. ftisec
seconds -..
46 r i m e to event
37 (Spare) REGISTER 1 XXBXX. minutes.
seconds
40 G a m m a ( I n e r t i a l flight path
angle. ) Velocity t o be gained
REGISTER 1 XXX. X X d e g r e e s REGISTER 2
I n e r t i a l velocity Perigee altitude

REGISTER 2 XXXXX. f t l s e c REGISTER 3 X X X X .X nautical
miles
A l t i t u d e a b o v e l a u n c h pad
REGISTER 3 X X X X .X n a u t i c a l 41 F l i g h t path a n g l e
miles REGISTER 1 X X X .XX d e g r e e s
41 Maximum acceleration Miss distance

REGISTER I X X X X .x g ' s REGISTER 2 X X X X .X n a u t i c a l
miles
P e r i g e e altitude
REGISTER 2 X X X X .X nautical 50 r i m e to event
miles REGISTER 1 XXBXX. mLnutes.
seconds
Free-fall time
REGISTER 3 XXBXX. minutes, Delta t i m e of b u r n
seconds REGISTER 2 XXBXX. m i n u t e s .
seconds
42 Miss distance
REGISTER 1 XXXX. X n a u t i c a l 51 r i m e to e v e n t
miles REGISTER 1 XXBXX. m i n u t e s .
seconds
P e r i g e e altitude
XXXX. X n a u t i c a l Velocity t o be gained
REGISTER 2
REGISTER 2 XXXXX. ft!sec
miles
L l e a s u r e d velocit.: I hange a l o n g
Free-fall time s p a c e c r a l t X -ax1 5
REGISTER 3 XXBXX. minutes. REGISTER 3 XXXXX. ltisec
seconds
Figure 2. 2-6. Noun L i s t (Sheet 2 of 3)
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION S Y S T E X I

2.2-34
SlM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
SYSTE,MS D A T A
-
Noun Noui
Code Description Scale /Units Codc Description
-
52 rime to e v e n t 63 Latitude
REGlSTER I XXBXX. m i n u t e s REGISTER I XX. XXX d e g r e e s
seconds
Longitude12
i e l o c i t y t o b e gained
REGISTER 2 XX. XXX d e g r e e s
REGISTER 2 XXXXX. f t l s e c
Altitude
'ree-fall time .
REGISTER 3 XXX. XX n a u t i c a l
REGISTER 3 XXBXX. m i n u t e s
miles
seconds
.laximum acceleration 64 (Spare)
REGISTER 1 xxxx. x g's
65 Sampled time (Fetched in
Tree-fall t i m e interrupt. )
REGISTER 2 XXBXX. m i n u t e s REGISTER 1 OOXXX. h o u r s
seconds REGISTER 2 OOOXX. m i n u t e s
REGISTER 3 OXX. XX s e c o n d s
:ommanded r o l l angle
REGISTER 1 XXX. XX d e g r e e s 66 Svstem t e s t r e s u l t s (Used only
d u r i n g ground checkout. )
're3ent acceleration
REGISTER 2 XXXX. x g ' s 67 Delta g y r o angles: ( U s e d only
Note during ground checkout. )
Noun c o d e s 55 t h r o u g h K -1RIG
7 7 d e n o t e m i x e d nouns REGISTER 1 XX. XXX d e g r e e s
55 )CDEs:
X (Shaft a n g l e s )
Y -1RIG
REGISTER 1 REGISTER 2 XX. XXX d e g r e e s
XXX. XX d e g r e e s
Y (Trunnion angles) 2-IRIG
REGISTER 2 XX. XXX d e g r e e s REGISTER 3 XX. XXX d e g r e e s
5Q 'ncalled m a r k data: 70 Pitch trim

S (Shaft a n g l e s ) REGISTER 1 XXX. XX d e g r e e s
REGISTER 1 XXX. XX d e g r e e s
Yaw t r i m
Y (Trunnion angles) REGISTER 2 XXX. XX d e g r e e s
57 :em, angles - 0 C D U s : 3elta velocity tailoff
X (Shait a n g l e s ) REGISTER 3 XXXXX. f t i s e c
REGISTER 1 XXX. XX d e g r e e s
71 Spare)
Y (Trunnion angles)
72 l e l t a position ( U s e d only d u r i n g
ground c h e c k o u t . )
00 \IC m o d e s t a t u s (L'sed o n l y Octal only 73 l e l t a velocity ( U s e d only d u r i n g
uring ground checkout. i
ground c h e c k o u t . )
01 a r g e t : lCsed onlv d u r i n g
74 Spare)
round checkout.
zimuth 75 3elta position magnitude

REGISTER 1 REGISTER 1 XXXX. X n a u t i c a l
XXX. XX d e g r e e s
mile 5
, "t'on
. - -'ER 7 XX. XXX d e g r e e s l e l t a velocity magnitude
REGISTER 2 XXXXX. f t i s e c
e l t a v e l o r tv i n s e r t i o n
REC!Jl'ER 1 XXXXX. f t / s e c d e a s u r e m e n t angle deviation
REGISTER 3 XXX. XX d e g r e e 5
115s ? , s t a - c e
REG- :n z XXXX. X n a u t i c a l 76 <-position ( U s e d only d u r i n g
miles :round checkout. )
r e e -iall time 77 ?-velocity ( U s e d only d u r i n g

REGISTER 3 XXBXX. m i n u t e s . :round checkout.)
seconds
Figure 2 . 2 - 6 . Noun L i s t (Sheet 3 of 3 )
GUIDASCE A X D NAVIGATION S Y S T E M
hlission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.2-35
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e f l a s h i s t u r n e d off by any of t h e following e v e n t s :
F i n a l e n t r y of a load s e q u e n c e
0 E n t r y of v e r b “ p r o c e e d without d a t a ” ( 3 3 )
0 E n t r y of v e r b “ t e r m i n a t e ” ( 3 4 ) .
It i s i m p o r t a n t t o conclude e v e r y load v e r b by one of the a f o r e m e n t i o n e d

t h r e e , e s p e c i a l l y i f the load w a s i n i t i a t e d by p r o g r a m a c t i o n within t h e
c o m p u t e r . If a n i n t e r n a l l y i n i t i a t e d l o a d i s not concluded validly, the p r o -
g r a m t h a t i n i t i a t e d it m a y n e v e r b e r e c a l l e d . The “ p r o c e e d without d a t a ”
v e r b is u s e d t o i n d i c a t e t h a t the o p e r a t o r i s unable t o , o r d o e s not w i s h t o ,
supply the d a t a r e q u e s t e d , but w a n t s the initiating p r o g r a m t o continue a s
b e s t it c a n with old d a t a . The “ t e r m i n a t e ” v e r b i s u s e d t o indicate t h a t t h e
o p e r a t o r c h o o s e s not to load the r e q u e s t e d d a t a a n d a l s o w a n t s t o t e r m i n a t e
the requesting routine.
2.2. 3 . 3 . 3 E r r o r Codes.
E r r o r c o d e n u m b e r s a p p e a r i n REGISTER 1 with noun 31.
OSS E r r o r s
00101 O p t i c s mode c o n t r o l s w i t c h e d f r o m ZERO OPTICS b e f o r e end of 30 s e c o n d s .

00102 AGC unable t o a c h i e v e d e s i r e d o p t i c s m o d e .
001 03 F u n c t i o n not valid f o r SC 012.
00104 No v a c a n t a r e a a v a i l a b l e f o r m a r k s .
00105 I n t e r n a l m a r k r e q u e s t while m a r k s y s t e m i s b u s y .
001 06 F u n c t i o n not v a l i d f o r SC 012.
00107 M a r k r e j e c t while m a r k s y s t e m is not i n u s e .
00110 M a r k r e j e c t with a l l r e q u e s t e d m a r k s a c c e p t e d o r no m a r k s s i n c e initiating
last m a r k reject.
00120 Too many m a r k s .
LSS E r r o r s
00201 Z e r o encode e n d e d b e f o r e end of 30 s e c o n d wait.

00202 A C C unable t o a c h i e v e d e s i r e d ISS mode.
00203 No ISS m o d e i n d i c a t e d t o AGC.
00204 ISS m o d e changed while TRANSFER s w i t c h i s i n COMPUTER position, but
AGC d i d not c o m m a n d mode change.
P r o c e d u r a l Difficulties
00401 D e s i r e d g i m b a l a n g l e s w i l l p r o d u c e g i m b a l lock. (Middle g i m b a l a n g l e

g r e a t e r than 6 0 ” . )
00402 S t a r out of f i e l d of view.
00403 S a m e a s 00402.
00404 IMU o r i e n t a t i o n unknown.
00405 SCS m o d e m o n i t o r ’ f a i l u r e .

B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 2-36
Mission
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
00406 Navigation p r o g r a m busy.

00407 Navigation p r o g r a m needed i n t e r n a l l y
00410 AGC update not a l l o w e d .
AGC H a r d w a r e Malfunctions
01101 Unused i n t e r r u p t ( R U P T 2 ) o c c u r r e d
01102 AGC s e l f - t e s t e r r o r .
01103 Unused count, c o m p a r e , a n d s k i p ( C C S ) b r a n c h e x e c u t e d .
01104 C - r e l a y failed during C-relay test.
01105 Star search failure,
01106 IMU o r i e n t a t i o n no good f o r e n t r y .
L i s t Overflo\vs
01201 E x e c u t i v e overflow-no v a c a n t a r e a s . :
01202 E x e c u t i v e overfloLv-no c o r e s e t s . ::
01203 Waitlist o v e r f l o w - t o o m a n y t a s k s . :k
01204 S a m e a s 01203. ::
01205 M a s t e r c o n t r o l overflow-too many j o b s waiting. ::
01206 DSKY waiting line overflo\v. +
01207 N o v a c a n t a r e a f o r marks.:::
01210 Something a l r e a d y waiting i n IMU s t a l l . :::
Interpreter E r r o r s
01301 A r c c o s - a r c s i n input a n g l e too l a r g e . ::

01302 S q u a r e r o o t c a l l e d f o r with a negative a r g u m e n t . ::
Display A l a r m s
01401 VG i n c r e a s i n g - l o s s of c o n t r o l .
01402 Delta V too low-engine not on.
DSKY P r o g r a m E r r o r s
01501 Check f a i l a l a r m d u r i n g i n t e r n a l u s e . :::
:::These a l a r m s a r e " a b o r t s " and define a l a r m s Lvhich i n i t i a t e a r e s t a r t of the -1GC

p r o g r a m xvhich \ v a s i n p r o g r e s s when the a l a r m a p p e a r e d .
--

2. 2-37
SM2A -0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2.2.3. 3.4 AGC P r o g r a m s .
T h e following l i s t of AGC p r o g r a m s d e f i n e s the p r o g r a m s and r o u t i n e s

a p p l i c a b l e to SC-012. The AGC p r o g r a m s p r o v i d e the m a j o r m o d e s of G & N
s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . T h e r o u t i n e s c o n s i s t of a s p e c i f i c s e q u e n c e of o p e r a t i o n s
which a r e p e r f o r m e d by m o r e t h a n o n e p r o g r a m a n d / o r o t h e r routine.
Program Contains
Number Title Routines
00 AGC Idling
01 P r e l a u n c h In it iali za t i o n
02 Gyro Compassing
03 Optical Azimuth Verification
04 Inertial Reference
05 G&N Startup
06 G & N P o w e r Down
07 S y s t e m s T e s t ( L i m i t e d in-flight u s e . )
11 P re - L E T Jettison
12 . P o s t - L E T Jettison R 24, R 34
17 L E T Abort
22 Landmark Tracking R 27, R 2 8
23 S t a r / L a n d m a r k Navigation M e a s u r e m e n t
21 Ground T r a c k Determination
27 AGC Update
31 O r b i t Change ( P r e t h r u s t ) R 1, R 21, R 35
32 R e t u r n to E a r t h ( P r e t h r u s t ) R 1 , R 21, R 36
33 SPS Minimum Impulse ( P r e t h r u s t ) I3 1, R 2 1 , R 31,

R 33
41 O r b i t Change R 2 , R 22, R 24,

R 31, R 34, R 37
Mission B a s i c Date l2 I9b6 Change Date page 2-2-38

S.M2/\ - 0 3- sc 0 1 2
Program Con ta ins

~____ ~ ~
42 R e t u r n t o Earth R 2, R 22, R 24,

R 31, R 34, R 37
13 SPS M i n i m u m I m p u l s e R 2 , R 31, R 34,

R 37
51 IMU O r i e n t a t i o n D e t e r m i n a t i o n R 27, R 29
52 S-IVB/IMU Align R 4, R 25, R 27,

R 28, R 29, R 30
53 CSM/IMU Align R 1 , R 4, R 21,

R 25, R 27, R 28,
R 29, R 30
54 I M U R ea1ignment R 27, R 2 9 , R 30
61 Maneuver To CM/SM S e p a r a t i o n Attltude R 1, R 2 1
62 CM/SiM S e p a r a t i o n And P r e - E n t r y R 3, R 21
iManeuver
63 Initialization
64 P o s t 0.05G
67 Final Phase
71 F i r s t Abort Burn R 2-1

___
Routine Contains
1 Attitude C o n t r o l Mode Check R 22
2 T h r u s t C o n t r o l Mode Check R 1 , R 2 1 , R 22
3 E n t r y C o n t r o l Mode Check R 22
+ I F i n e Alignment R 2 5 , R 27, R 28,

R 2 9 , R 30
Attitude M a n e u v e r
22 SCS D i s c r e t e Monitor
~~ ~
GUIDANCE AiUD NAVIGATIOS SYSTEM

. 2.2-39
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Routine Contains
25 C o a r s e Alignment
27 Sighting M a r k
28. Auto O p t i c s P o s i t i o n i n g
29 S t a r Data T e s t
30 Gyro Torquing
31 Backup Delta V C o u n t e r
33 P r e t h r u s t SPS Minimum I m p u l s e Data

Load
34 O r b i t P a r a m e t e r Display
35 P r e t h r u s t O r b i t Change Data Load
36 P r e t h r u s t R e t u r n to E a r t h Data Load
37 S P S Engine Ignition R 38
38 SPS Engine T h r u s t F a i l
2.2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2.2.5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
2 . 2 . 5.1 S /C Attitude.
T h e S / C should not be m a n e u v e r e d t o a n a t t i t u d e which will a l i g n the

i n n e r c i r c l e of e i t h e r r e d a r e a o n the FDA1 b a l l u n d e r t h e navigation a x i s
m a r k e r . F a i l u r e t o a v o i d t h i s condition c a n r e s u l t i n IMU g i m b a l l o c k .
S p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e following m a n e u v e r s should b e avoided:
Yaw m a n e u v e r g r e a t e r t h a n k75 d e g r e e s when r o l l angle i s

0 d e g r e e o r 180 d e g r e e s .
P i t c h m a n e u v e r g r e a t e r t h a n t42 d e g r e e s o r -108 d e g r e e s when

roll angle i s * 9 0 degrees.
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.2-40 .

S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 2 . 5. 2 IMU O p e r a t i o n .
' The AGC m u s t be O N b e f o r e t h e IMU i s placed i n o p e r a t i o n b l r

engaging t h e IMU c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s .
The AGC m u s t be ON o r i n STANDBY b e f o r e the IMU i s placed

i n standby m o d e .
Allow 15 s e c o n d s f o r the s t a b i l i z a t i o n loops to c o m p l e t e l y

s t a b i l i z e t h e p l a t f o r m a f t e r applying o p e r a t i n g p o w e r , i. e . , a f t e r
engaging the IMU c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s .
The IMU m u s t be i n full o p e r a t i o n f o r a t l e a s t 1 h o u r b e f o r e valid

o p e r a t i o n of the i n e r t i a l c o m p o n e n t s c a n be a s s u m e d .
The i n e r t i a l c o m p o n e n t s will s u f f e r a l o s s of c a l i b r a t i o n if the

t e m p e r a t u r e f a l l s below 1 2 0 ° F o r e x c e e d s 1 4 0 ° F . Damage will
o c c u r if the t e m p e r a t u r e f a l l s below 4 0 ° F o r e x c e e d s 1 6 0 ° F .
Do not o p e r a t e the IMU s u c h t h a t the m i d d l e g i m b a l a n g l e r e a c h e s

o r e x c e e d s 70 d e g r e e s .
2.2. 5 . 3 Optics Operation.
Do not s l e w the SXT o r S C T into t h e m e c h a n i c a l s t o p s ,
Do not d r i v e t h e 2X TRUNNION CDU i n e x c e s s of 180 d e g r e e s a s

r e a d on t h e CDU d i s p l a y d i a l s . I n s u r e t h a t t h i s display d i a l
i n d i c a t e s l e s s t h a n 180 d e g r e e s b e f o r e engaging the ZERO
OPTICS mode of o p e r a t i o n .
2.2.6 T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of all G&N s y s t e m t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t

i s m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s a n d ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . The l a s t
column c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . The d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s
t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e -
m e n t n u m b e r i s included in the d i s p l a y c o l u m n .
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n n h i c h
i s not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g PCiLI lo\\
bit r a t e operation.
No m i na 1
hleasurement Sensor Operating
Number Descrlption Range Range C r e w Display
CG 0 0 0 1 i7 C o m p u t e r d i g i t a l d a t a t4/t132 vdc Sone

40 bits
C G 1101 V - 2 8 VDC supply - 3 0 1 0 vdc -28 vdc No ne

SiM2A -03-SCO 12
---
SYSTEMS DATA
Nominal
Measurement Sensor Operating
Number Description Range Range C r e w Display
CG 1110 v 2. 5 VDC TM b i a s TBD - 2 8 vdc None
C G 1503 X IMU +28 v d c o p e r a t e Event None
CG 1513 X IMU +28 v d c s t a n d b y Event No ne
CG 1523 X AGC +28 v d c Event None
CG 1533 X Optics +28 vdc Event None
CG 2110 v IGA t o r q u e m o t o r TBD None

input
cCG 2112 v IGA 1X r e s output TBD None

s i n e in p h a s e
W G 2113 V IGA 1X r e s output c o s TBD None

i n phase
W G 2117 V IGA s e r v o e r r o r i n 010.5 v r ms None

phase
_-
CG 2140 V MGA t o r q u e m o t o r TBD None
input
*CG 2142 v MGA 1X r e s output TBD None

sine in phase
C G 2143 V MGA 1X r e s output TBD None

c o s in p h a s e
;:CG 2147 V MGA s e r v o e r r o r in 010.5 v r m s None

phase
CG 2170 V OGA t o r q u e m o t o r TBD None

input
+CG 2172 v OCA 1X r e s output TBD None

s i n e in p h a s e
‘XCG 2173 V OGA 1X r e s output TBD None

COS in phase
X G 2177 V OCA s e r v o e r r o r i n O/O. 5 vrms None

phase
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOv l 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.2-42

SlMZA - 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Nominal
Measurement Sensor Ope r a t i n g
Number Description Range Range
X G 2206 V IGA CDU 1X r e s 010.2 v r m s None

e r r o r i n phase
C G 2236 V MGA CDU 1X r e s O j O . 2 vrms None

e r r o r i n phase
X G 2266 V OCA CDU 1X r e s OjO.2 v r m s None

e r r o r i n phase
CG 2300 T PIPA temp TBD t126.0°F/ None

t134. 0 ° F
CG 2301 T IRIG t e m p TBD t129.5"F/ None

t 1 3 7 . 5 "F
CG 2302 C IMU h e a t e r c u r r e n t Olt5 amps Ojt2 amps None
C G 2303 C IMU blower c u r r e n t O/t5 a m p s O/t1 amp None
:::CG 3102 V SXT t r u n m o t o r TBD None

d r i v e i n phase
+CG 3112 V SXT s h a f t m o t o r T BD None

drive in phase
:::CG 3133 V SCT tryn motor TBD None

drive
W G 3141 V T r u n CDU 16X r e s TBD None

e r r o r in p h a s e
:::CG3200 V T r u n CDU m o t o r T BD None

drive i n phase
X G 3220 V CDU m o t o r d r i v e TBD None

RMS
K G 4300 T AGC t e m p m o n i t o r TBD None
CG 5000 X PIPA fail Event A C C E L F A I L , GSrN

ACCEL FAIL C & W
lights ( 2 ) .
CG 5001 X IMU f a i l Event IMU FAIL C6-W lights

2).
Mission B a s i c Date 12 xov 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.2-43

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~
Nomina 1
Measurement Sensor Ope r a t i n g
CG 5002 X CDU f a i l Event CDU F A I L C&W l i g h t s

(2)
CG 5003 X G i m b a l . lock w a r n i n g Event GIMBAL LOCK, GMBL

LOCK C & W l i g h t s (2).
CG 5005 X E r r o r detect Event PGNS, G & N ERROR

C&W lights (2).
CG 5006 X IMU t e m p light Event IMU T E M P C & W l i g h t s

(2).
CG 5007 X Z e r o e n c o d e light Event Z E R O ENCODER,

Z E R O E N C . C&W
lights (2).
C G 5008 X IMU d e l a y light Event IMU DELAY. C&W

light.
CG 5020 X AGC a l a r m 1 Event PROG ALM, C O M P

(Program) F A I L (DSKY lights). .-
C B 5021 X AGC alarm 2 Event C O M P DSKY l i g h t s ( 2 ) .

(AGC a c t i v i t y )
CG 5022 X AGC a l a r m . 3 ( T M ) Event TM FAIL, COMP

F A I L . (DSKY lights).
CG 5023 X AGC a l a r m 4 ( p r o g Event CHECK F A I L , C O M P

ck fail) FAIL. (DSKY lights).
CG 5024 X AGC a l a r m 5 Event SCALER F A I L , C O M P

( s c a l e r fail) FAIL. (DSKY l i g h t s ) .
CG 5 0 2 5 X AGC a l a r m 6 Event PARITY F A I L , C O M P

(parity fail) FAIL. (DSKY lights).
CG 5026 X AGC a l a r m 7 Event COUNTER F A I L ,

[counter fail) S O M P F A I L . (DSKY
ights).
C G 5027 X AGC a l a r m 8 (key Event K E Y R L S E (DSKY

release) i g h t s ) (2).
CG 5028 X 4GC a l a r m 9 ( r u p t Event 3 U P T LOCK, C O M P

.ock) FAIL. (DSKY l i g h t s ) .
Mission
.
2-2-34
SiM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Nominal
CG 5029 X AGC a l a r m 10 ( T C Event TC TRAP, COMP

trap) FAIL. (DSKY l i g h t s ) .
CG 5030 X Computer power fail Event AGC PWR F A I L

light (DSKY l i g h t s ) (2).
::CG 6000 P IMU p r e s s u r e TBD None
+CG 6020 T PSA t e m p 1 t r a y 3 TBD None
2::CG 6021 T PSA t e m p 2 t r a y 2 TBD None
:::CG 6022 T PSA t e m p 3 t r a y 4 TBD None
2.2.7 G & N POWER CONSUMPTION.
The o p t i c s a r e only p o w e r e d u p when a s t a r o r l a n d m a r k sighting i s

r e q u i r e d . The s u b s y s t e m s p o w e r l e v e l s a r e a s follows:
Description Control Power Reqmt's
IMU- o p e r a t e C B 59 and58 325. 0 w a t t s ( d c )

standby CB 61 and 60 61-7 watts (dc)
B
AGC-operate C B 57 a n d 56 115. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
standby
s AGC Mode Switch 15. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
Optics -operate CB 55 and 54 124. 4 w a t t s ( d c )

14.4 watts (dc)
Controls and displays CB 9 3 a n d 62

and Switch No. 7
AGC only 10. 0 w a t t s ( d c )
AGC and IMU 1 0 - 7 watts (dc)
F u l l G & N operation 18-7 watts (dc)
7 - 0 watts (dc)
M i n i m u m p o w e r consumption i s 7 6 . 7 w a t t s ( d c ) when AGC and IMU a r e in

t h e standby m o d e .

Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-45
SM2A-03-SCO 12
._--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.2.8 INTER F A C E SIGNALS.
Signal Name Source Description
Engine on-off AGC P r o v i d e s p u l s e t r a i n t h a t l a s t s a s long a s t h e engine

(Apollo i s r e q u i r e d t o f i r e . T h e t i m e a t which t h e s i g n a l
guidance t e r m i n a t e s t a k e s into a c c o u n t e l e c t r o n i c d e l a y s
c o m p u t e r ] within t h e SCS a n d tail-off c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the
engines.
Discrete signal AGC P r o v i d e s continuous p u l s e t r a i n to the SCS to be

carrier s w i t c h e d back to the AGC.
G & N s y s t e m attitude SCS’ P r o v i d e s power t o a n a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h on the

c o n t r o l ( o r SCS G & N system.
attitude control)
Minimum impulse G&N Disables a l l t h r e e attitude channels simultaneously

enable system a n d s u p p l i e s v o l t a g e s to a n a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s w i t c h
on t h e G & N s y s t e m .
Minimum impulse t scs P r o v i d e s s i x s i g n a l s to the G & N s y s t e m f o r hand

a n d - p i t c h , yaw, and controller operation.
roll
Minimum impulse G&N P r o v i d e s t h e c a p a b i l i t y to i n i t i a t e s p a c e c r a f t attitude

pitch, yaw, and roll system c h a n g e s i n the G & N s y s t e m a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode o r
t h e SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode. T h e s e c h a n g e s will
be i n i t i a t e d by d i s c r e t e m i n i m u m i m p u l s e s .
P i t c h e r r o r body o f f s e t G&N P r o v i d e s pitch a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to t h e SCS.

a n d body a x i s system
Yaw e r r o r body o f f s e t G&N P r o v i d e s yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

axis system G & N s y s t e m e n t r y mode.
Yaw e r r o r body a x i s G&N P r o v i d e s yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

system n,ormal G&N s y s t e m operating modes.
Roll e r r o r body o f f s e t G&N P r o v i d e s r o l l a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r i n g

axis system G&N s y s t e m entry mode.
Roll e r r o r body axis G&N P r o v i d e s r o l l a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l to the SCS d u r l n g

system normal G&N s y s t e m operating modes.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.2-46

SM2A-03-SCO 12
Signal Name Source De s c r i p t i o n
IMU 28V 8 0 0 c p s P r o v i d e s a n 800 c p s , s y n c h r o n o u s , i n - p h a s e voltage

(demodulator r e f e r e n c e ) f r o m the G & N s y s t e m .
IMU
IMU
s i n AIG l X ,
c o s AIG l X ,
G&N I P r o v i d e s total attitude s i g n a l s to the SCS.
IMU s i n AMG l X ,
IMU C O S AMG l X ,
IMU s i n AOG l X , and
IMU c o s AOG 1X
Ele c t r i c 1 P o w e r S y s t e m ( E P S ) and G & N S y s t e m Interface
t 2 8 vdc AGC bus A and E PS P r o v i d e s power to the AGC.

bus B
t 2 8 vdc optics bus A

and bus B I EPS
P r o v i d e s power to the o p t i c s s u b s y s t e m .
t 2 8 vdc IMU bus A E PS P r o v i d e s power t o the IMU.

and bus B
t 2 8 vdc standby bus A E PS P r o v i d e s IMU t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l power.

a n d bus B
1 1 5v 400 c p s I EPS
II P r o v i d e s power f o r a l l G&N s y s t e m 6-volt l a m p s
Communication and I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n S y s t e m and G&N System I n t e r f a c e
DLNK sync AGC Synchronizes data t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m the AGC t o the

communications and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s y s t e m .
DLNK end AGC P e r m i t s two AGC w o r d s t o be t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m the

AGC to the communications and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n
s y s t e m . Stops the A G C and the t r a n s m i s s i o n of
data f r o m the AGC to the communications and
instrumentation system.
DLNK s t a r t AGC P r o v i d e s pulse signal that o c c u r s a t the beginning

of e v e r y data t r a n s m i s s i o n to the communications
and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s y s t e m . S e t s flip-flop i n XGC
that e n a b l e s 5 - s t a g e downlink c o u n t e r .
D L N K data AGC I n i t i a t e s by DLNK s t a r t , stopped by DLNK end, and

c o n s i s t s of a 40 bit t e l e m e t r y word (two AGC w o r d s
and a n 8 bit t e l e m e t r y w o r d o r d e r code).
ULNK 1 -4GC T r a n s m i t t e d to the uplink counter in the A G C .

Adds one to uplink counter and shifts the counter
one i n c r e m e n t .
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.2-47

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Signal N a m e Source Description
ULNK 0 AGC T r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e uplink c o u n t e r i n t h e AGC.

Shifts uplink c o u n t e r o n e i n c r e m e n t .

Mission B a s i c Date l2 I966 Change D a t e page 2.2-48
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 3
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM (SCS)
2.3.1 INTRODUCTION.
The s t a b i l i z a t i o n a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SCS) p r o v i d e s a capability f o r

controlling rotation, t r a n s l a t i o n , a n d t h r u s t v e c t o r f o r c e s with additional
capability of r a t e stabilization.
The SCS is divided into t h r e e b a s i c s u b s y s t e m s : attitude r e f e r e n c e ,

attitude c o n t r o l , a n d t h r u s t v e c t o r control. T h e s e s u b s y s t e m s contain the
e l e m e n t s which provide f o r manu'al attitude control, a u t o m a t i c attitude
c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l , plus m a n u a l backup p r o v i s i o n s f o r a l l
a u t o m a t i c functions.
The s u b s y s t e m / c o n t r o l capability allows the f r e e selection of s e v e r a l

m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n which f a l l within the boundaries of t h r e e e n t i r e l y
different flight c o n t r o l p r o f i l e s . T h e s e include coasting flight ( e a r t h o r b i t a l
e n v i r o n m e n t ) , p o w e r e d flight ( a t m o s p h e r i c - a s c e n t , a n d e a r t h o r b i t a l
e n v i r o n m e n t ) , a n d a t m o s p h e r i c flight ( e n t r y - unpowered).
S p a c e c r a f t d i s p l a y s p r o v i d e a capability f o r monitoring S I C attitude,

S I C r a t e s , attitude e r r o r s , cautions, a n d w a r n i n g s . C o n t r o l s provide
s w i t c h a r r a n g e m e n t s f o r commanding m o d e s , commanding inputs to change
o p e r a t i n g s t a t u s a n d to p e r m i t m a n u a l o v e r r i d e t o all a u t o m a t i c functions.
The SCS i n t e r f a c e s with t h e following S / C s y s t e m s (See figure 2. 3 - 1 ) .
Telecommunications System ( T / C )
P r o v i d e s c l o c k r e f e r e n c e f r e q u e n c y f o r m e a s u r e m e n t of changes in
S / C velocity
R e c e i v e s all down-link t e l e m e t r y f r o m SCS
P r o v i d e s up-data position i n f o r m a t i o n via AGC o r voice
0 E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r S y s t e m (EPS)
P r o v i d e s p r i m a r y power f o r SCS o p e r a t i o n
E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ECS)
T r a n s f e r s h e a t f r o m SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date l2 196t Change Date Page 2.3-1

SMZA -03 - S C O 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
TELEMETRY MEASUREMENTS
T/C 4
I
t
ATTITUDE ERRORS
. GUIDANCE
S P S ON-OFF
AND
NAVIGATION
SYSTEM SPS THRUST O N - ~ F F
SPS GlMML COMMANDS

II sps
TOTAL
ATTITUDE
n
DISPLAY
CONSOLE ‘SWITCH
DISPLAY AND
COMMANDS
O
STABILIZATION
AND
CONTROL
SYSTEM
n RCS AUTO ON-OFF
PRIMARY
CONTROL
COMMANDS
I DIRECT RCS ROTATION COMMANDS
SM-2A-676D
F i g u r e 2 . 3-1. SCS F u n c t i o n a l Interface

SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
0 Sequential Events C o n t r o l S y s t e m (SECS)
P r o v i d e s a b o r t switching function
By switch c o n t r o l in SCS, i n i t i a t e s a b o r t a n d e n a b l e s c o n t r o l functions

in SCS
0 Guidance a n d Navigation S y s t e m (G&N)
P r o v i d e s roll, pitch, a n d yaw t o t a l attitude inputs t o SCS
P r o v i d e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s
P r o v i d e s t h r u s t on/off c o m m a n d f o r SPS engine
P r o v i d e s s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s t o TVC during G & N AV
0 P r o p u l s i o n S y s t e m s (SPS, RCS).
The s e r v i c e propulsion s y s t e m g e n e r a t e s i n t e r n a l f o r c e s f o r l a r g e
velocity changes
The r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m g e n e r a t e s the i n t e r n a l f o r c e s r e q u i r e d
f o r rotation, a n d t r a n s l a t i o n .
A detailed d e s c r i p t i o n a n d function of the SCS c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s

r e f e r r e d t o is provided in s e c t i o n 3 .
2.3.2 F U NC TJONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the SCS c o v e r s the m a j o r a r e a s of

c o n t r o l c a p a b i l i t i e s , Apollo r e f e r e n c e a x e s , a n d s u b s y s t e m d e s c r i p t i o n .
2.3.2. 1 C o n t r o l Capabilities.
C o n t r o l capability e x i s t s f o r the m a n u a l attitude c o n t r o l , a u t o m a t i c

attitude c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l functions. The following
p a r a g r a p h s provide a b r i e f d i s c u s s i o n of e a c h c o n t r o l function.
2. 3. 2. 1. 1 Manual Attitude Control.
Manually commanded inputs c o n v e r t e d t o e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s , d i r e c t l y

o r i n d i r e c t l y , c a u s e the propulsion s y s t e m s to m a n e u v e r the s p a c e c r a f t t o
a d e s i r e d attitude a n d / o r change the flight path ( t r a j e c t o r y ) of the s p a c e -
c r a f t . Manual c o n t r o l s include two independent rotation c o n t r o l l e r s
( f i g u r e 2.3-8), two t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r s ( f i g u r e 2. 3 - 8 ) , a n d a n a r r a n g e -
m e n t of panel-mounted c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s .
Mission
. 7. 3-3
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3. 2. 3 Subsystems.
The a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e , a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l
s u b s y s t e m s a r e d e s c r i b e d in t h e following p a r a g r a p h s . The d e s c r i p t i o n
c o v e r s t h e p u r p o s e and functions of e a c h s u b s y s t e m , and the i n t e g r a t e d
a s s o c i a t i o n with o t h e r s y s t e m s . F i g u r e s 2 . 3 - 3 and 2 . 3 - 4 , provide s i m p l i -
f i e d block, a n d flow d i a g r a m s of the t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s and f i g u r e 2. 3-5
s h o w s the switching logic a n d functions which a f f e c t the t h r e e s u b s y s t e m s .
2.3. 2 . 3. 1 Attitude R e f e r e n c e S u b s y s t e m .
The p u r p o s e of t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e s 2. 3 - 4 and
2. 3-5) is to r e l a t e t h e S I C a t t i t u d e in t e r m s of i t s g e o m e t r i c X, Y, and Z
c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m to a n a r b i t r a r i l y c h o s e n c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m with a fixed
r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . The r e l a t i o n between t h e two c o o r d i n a t e s y s t e m s r e p r e -
s e n t s i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e and is p r e s e n t e d t o the a s t r o n a u t s by v i s u a l d i s p l a y .
V i s u a l o b s e r v a t i o n of i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e is n e c e s s a r y to p e r f o r m m a n u a l
m a n e u v e r s o r f o r m o n i t o r i n g a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n s . The flight d i r e c t o r
a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r (FDAI), l o c a t e d on the S I C m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e , d i s p l a y s
t h e i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r t h e m a n u a l a n d a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n s . The
i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y e d i n c l u d e s S / C t o t a l attitude, attitude e r r o r in t h r e e
a x e s , a n d r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s in t h r e e a x e s . The i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y e d by the
FDAI is obtained f r o m e i t h e r the G&N s y s t e m o r the SCS.
T h e r e a r e two a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s a s s o c i a t e d with the a t t i t u d e

r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m : p r i m a r y a n d backup. The p r i m a r y r e f e r e n c e is
obtained t h r o u g h the m e c h a n i z a t i o n of s u b s y s t e m s within t h e G&N s y s t e m .
The backup r e f e r e n c e is m e c h a n i z e d within t h e SCS. E a c h of t h e a t t i t u d e
reference loops contain t h r e e basic elements: a computer, a n inertial
r e f e r e n c e d e v i c e , and a v i s u a l d i s p l a y .
Attitude R e f e r e n c e /G&N. To obtain a n i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e u s i n g the

G & N s y s t e m , t h e a s t r o n a u t s , t h e G & N o p t i c s s u b s y s t e m , the i n e r t i a l and
c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m s , a n d the MSFN a r e i n t e g r a t e d to f o r m a c l o s e d loop
system.
The G&N s y s t e m i s u s e d to d e t e r m i n e i n e r t i a l attitude and position

a n d i n i t i a t e s a l i g n m e n t of t h e s t a b l e e l e m e n t of the IMU to t h e d e s i r e d
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e initially e s t a b l i s h e d by o p t i c a l s i g h t i n g s .
After IMU a l i g n m e n t , the IMU i n conjunction with the AGC c a n

provide i n e r t i a l - r e f e r e n c e d a t t i t u d e hold a n d , i f r e q u i r e d , i n e r t i a l -
r e f e r e n c e d velocity c h a n g e s . T r a n s l a t i o n a l v e l o c i t i e s a r e s e n s e d by
a c c e l e r o m e t e r s mounted on t h e IMU s t a b l e e l e m e n t . The AGC p r o c e s s e s
t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r s i g n a l s to update v e l o c i t y a n d change i n f o r m a t i o n f o r
TVC functions.
In addition t o the o p t i c a l a l i g n m e n t of the IMU, the a s t r o n a u t s can u s e

t h e c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m to e s t a b l i s h IMU a l i g n m e n t .
~~ ~ ~~ ~
Mission
STABILIZATION AND C.0NT.RQL SYSTEM
B a s i c Date l 2
I t
1966 - C h a n g e Date Page

.
2.3-8
EXC kqg#fj-bER
AGCU
r---- I
RESOLVER XMITTER
I
RESOLVER
CONTROL
ERROR
I
I I
I
I I
II I
I I
I
I
I
I
qs#z~=
I
I
ERROR
I
RESOLVER XMITTER I RESOLVER
CONTROL
I
I
I
I
I CONTROL
LOGIC
cP.
+
4
A
ATTITUDE REFERENCE FUNCTIONAL CONTROL LOOP

I
AGCU
TOTAL ANGLE r----
+ T-
AS SECTION OF
AS/GPI PANEL
u
1
IMU/CDU R&
EULER ATTITUDE SET, AGCU
ERROR EUiER RESOLVER COMPARISON
RESOLVER XMliTER RESOLVER ERROR
I ~.
CONTROL 1 :.ED
I I J
MODES, l N
I MODES
AECA
I ____1
I
I
I
I NAV
AXES
ATTI'TUDE
SET
NAV
AXES
I I TORQUING NAv
AXES
ATTITUDE
ERROR
TOTAL
- 1 ERROR
ATTITUDE
,+
EULER 7 S/C C O M M A N D ATTITUDE ERROR J
ERROR
I CDU ATTITUDE ERROR
BODY AXES BODY AXES

ATTITUDE GYRO TORQUING
ERRORS/OR
I MCKUP PATE
~ S ~
RESOLVER XMITTER
Z
I
~ E R
ERROR 1 CONTRC4
MODES
BREAKOUT
1
I
L
,,
FDAl I 1I SCS CONTROL
I AGAA
COMMANDS
ATTITUDE REFERENCE SUBSYSTEM

iUOE REFERENCE FUNCTIONAL CONTROL L O O P
I
7 ATTITUDE
IMU
+
INERTIAL
CDU
ERROR A N D
' C O M M N DRATE '
IMU/CDU RESCXVER
1
COMPARISON
I
CLOSED I
P]I
L G6N CONTROL
MODES
I
INERTIAL ROLL, ROTATION d
I
I
I
I A G M 1- ERRORS
f
D/AGMEU #-I CONDITIONED
ATTITUDE ERRORS
PITCH,
AND
YAW
ECA'S
C O M M N D S TO
A U l O COILS
TRANS I RCS
TOTb
I
ATTITUDE
I SWITCHING
-,I[ S/C ROTATIONAL
I LOGIC
SIGNALS
I SWITCHING LOGIC
I SCS CONTROL
PANEL
I
I
I ROTATION
PROPORTIONAL
ROTATION INPUTS
f
CDU ATTITUDE ERROR
I
I
I
I
1 I
I
CONTROL OUTPUT F O R SEP a L A G E
+ MESC ULvIG'
rG
SCS CONTROL
PANEL
I I A V
INDICATOR 1 DIRECT ULLAGE TO DIRECT COILS
' NDS
I ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSSYSTEM
. I. .
Miss:
SMZA -03-sc012
SYSTEMS DATA
I L O G I C INPUT
--c
i
-GLN INPUTS
I A UX
ECA
4
I I
I
I
I
ROTATION &
TRANS
C O W N D S TO
Am0 COILS
RCS
I
I
I
I
-1
I
I . 2
SWITCHING
LOGIC
II
I KSCONTROL
PANEL
-
SIGNALS I
I
I -
SPS G I M M L
POSITION
I
I t
GP I SPS G I M M L
I
+TO ROLL SOLENOIDS
I
I POSITION TRIM RCS
I -
I ROLL
I
=--t
S/C ROTATIONAL PiTcn
I YAW
I ECA'S
I IRANUATION
COWNDS
RATE FEEDBACK
-
I TRANSLATION CONTROL
AND MTE
#)SITION
REDIUCK I
I
I I I
I
I MG ciwcn
CONTROL
I
I THRaT MCTOR CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
SM-2A-9358
Figuro 2.3-3. SCS Functional Block Diagram
Mie sion- . m r i c D.tr' I t 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-9/2. 3-10
~ ~ r p o G
u( x ~
~ , ---...-
---
* -
-
-
a- -.
..)
- .
I + - 1
I
1
i
I
I
I
E V L E R TO
I -b
N A V AXES
CONV I
I I I
I
I I
I C d STEPPfR
- -
-1
MOTOR
CONTROL MOTOR
I KI
LOGIC
0. STEPPER I -
I ORBIT
UTE
MOTOR
A I
I 7 - tI tI * !’
e AMPLIFIER
- 8 I
I
1 NAY70 * I
TORQUER
. EUER
:
AND t
I -GATE
ASSY
I
I+ LEML
DETECTOR
I I
L
CON-
I
I ORMTAL I I I
I SOURCE I
I
I I
I
I I *- NAV TC
I M)DY
AXES
CONV
I
Ill
I I
I TOTAL ANGLE
GENEUTION
--
I
Q
I
ESOLM SIN
OUT PITCH
CH4IOIH
EESOLVER COS REESOLMR SIN RESOLMI cos
I
-I +I2
OUT PITCH A l l om YAW A n OUT YAW A l l OUT ROLL A l l OUT ROLL A l l
-IU+12
I
I
I
I
1
I
I ' AGCU
I I
I
ALIGN
I K6
NAV TO 1
I * BODY I
AXES
I CWV 1
AGCU f
P / v ERR
I I R G6N ERWAGCU INH
Y ERR GLN 90DY
P Ght4 ERR
K7 ::
GIN
?, Y ERR
S.F.
: K8 Kd !iKO KB
J !I I I
t
r
1 I I I I
I 1
-
:%;
+* c K4
* N A V TO
BODY AXES
CONV
GYRO
TOROUER
AMPLIFIERS
0 5
I
a b AGCU
CAGED
C I A
::KIO
I
R
- A0
P, Y
snl RT
K10 c *
4
DODY TO 4
NAVAXES 4bt PRE-
AMPLIFIEOS +
KIIA
1
IKlIA
KII
RTOUT
MTVC
K l ID
AMRIACATION AMRIFICATION
U - 1
a d T 1 - -/TI
.-
R E S O l W3
ROU, mcn
ATTlTUDf
AND YAW
K X L , PITCH A N D
YAW UTES OR
MlES I
I
.... .;. _ ~ . .- ..,. *
' .,
..... -
1
. . . I - I . _ _ . *
, _ . I
--
1
I
I
*;;Ut
K4
I I
I .
1
QQ
UGEO
i
CHX)MT CHIOISV
COMBINE0 COMBINED
ATTITUDE GYRO ATTITIBE GYRO
i
R G A RATES
TO ACS ROLL
1 I AND PITCH
CWNNELS
I
I *
G I N ATTITUDE ERRORS
TO ACS ROLL AND
PITCH CMNNELS
I
W G A T T I T a ERROR3 OR
s/\l W T E S TO ACS
ROLL A N D PITCH C W N N E U
I
11111
M T K PITCH RATES
i o mcn TVC CHANNEL
R G A RATES TO A c f f f A M
G I N ATTITUDE ERRORS TO ACE WAW)

01
*@\flGulll
W G ATTITUDE ERRORS OR 1h-I RATES TOACS (YAW)
MTVC RATES TO TvC WAW

+ OJ
e 0 FIG^ 2.
G I N THRUST O N D F F SIGNAL ( W E TWIN) TO SPS THRUST ON/OFF LOGIC
W @-flGW 2.
Mission-
' I ~ .....( ... ..
...
, . . ..
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1
ATTITUDE GYRO
1 COMBINED
ATTITWE GYRO
I INTEGRATED MODE FU.tCTIONS I
NOTE: b r S l i t d h g Lopis btoilt,

k.Rgun 2 . 3 4 . Shnt 2
@-FIGW 2.34 SHEEl3
@-FlGW 2 . 3 4 SHEET 4 SM-U- l a 8
Figure 2. 3-4. SCS Functional Flow Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)

Mission Basic Date 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 3 - 1 1 / 2 . 3 -12
..,
.. , :-.
tOIAlION C O N T t U
rcMt SWllCM r----- 1 I I
A 115 VAC
m
M Y A
A
WSU
A W A
AND
h W S
Lt ,
OPfN
AI
SM-CM
I
\ SEMUTION 1
4 I
I
YAW IQ
A n 11- )
IO IQ MoOt
WlICHlNG LOCK
flt 2.3-5
. ..
_._,, 5.'. :
. . _...... .
..... t . '
-YAW/+X
XXfNOlD D t I M I
IO. IMJ
v
ONKJFF
. I I
1 I
1 1
I
t
1
1
1
Y
I
I
1.1 PC
urcn
urcn
... .
SMZA - 0 3 - SCO 12
S Y S T E M S DATA
I I
I I NO. b l
-YAW
Figure 2 . 3 - 4 . SCS Functional Flow Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4)

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 l966 Change Date P a g e - 7 3 - 1 3 f 2 . 3 -14
~~ --
TVC INTEGRATOR
I I
0
I K30
I
WAG YAW INPUT
I1
I
I K2
SY
FROM
FIG 2.3-4
SHT 2
NOTE:
I r
1 . For Switching logic +io VDC
Detoils, k c Figure
2.3-5. Shh 3 6 4
2. F o r A b d e s , See
Figure 2 3 - 9
-a VM
ROTATION CONTROL YAW COMMAND (MTVC)
FROM
FIG 2.3-4 @ MTK PATES
c u r II
an, -$
YAW GlMM
i
TVC INTEGRATOR
1
I
I
I
1
i:: I
I
I
BM4G YAW INPUT
I
I
I
+( +- K28
- x)V
A
S Y S GRD CK
I
I
I
THRUST VECTOR CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
I K29
SCS A V
I MODE
I
.L
,
GLN OR YAW BM4G INPUT (8’ LIMITER) Y INTEGRATOR
A l l ERROR
‘A
SUWING
?.3-4
2
K D LIMITER
ENG
IGN T
I h I
%+
2.3-4
I
V
SYSTEMS DATA
V V DlFF
CLUTCH VOLTS
---7GIMML
ACTUATOR
I (YAW)
I
jYSTEM
EXTEND NO. I
SERVO N O . 1
YAW G l M M L
* b- ANGLE INDICATOR
AS/GPI
K32 K32
-1 1% T K (7
ELK ELEC N0.1)
TRANS
-
T
TUNS
-
T I
.
K3 1
-
I Hk-
MTK
LNG 1
Figure 2 . 3-4. SCS Functional F l o w Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4)
STABILIZATION A N D CONTROL SYSTEM

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-1512. 3-16
+X TRANSLATION
DIRECT U L A G E
r -- - -- ---- ------
_. 7
*
I
I
J
FROM
f l G . 2.3-4
+X TRANSLATION - AV INHIBIT CIRCUIT P
SHT 2 DIRECT ULLAGE CR
-----------J
G I N THRUST
G I N THRUST ON/OFF -(
ON/OFF (Ac)
7
PULSE TRAIN (DC)
(PULSE TRAIN) CONVERTER
DSKY ENTRY KEY) -
COMPUTER
DIGITAL DATA m I
---
HI-
K37A K37C
FIG. 2.3-
SHT 1 HI
-
HI
-
L---
El
AV COUNTER
d V DISPLAY PANEL
POT-OUT
-&+'3I
LATCH
+-
+X TRANSUTION
DIRECT W A G E G I N THRUST SIG
LATCH
I
THRUST
SWITCH
COINCIDENCE SWITCH
(OPEN)
1 GANdV
I I
GLN
J
I GAN AV
?RIDE/ .
.I
.
K37A K37B
I ,
It
K37A K37C
-- K37B K37C
1,
I
I*
I 4)
A
-1
Mission
SYSTEMS DATA
_ - - - - - - _ _ - - - - - - - -----
NORM*L/OFF/
DIRECT O N
1 1
SWITCH
r I I IGNITION
COILS
I
I -iL-----+7 I
I *
I I
I
- I
I
- 3 -3
- NO. I
A Y PANEL
AND
NO. 2I I
I
I
NO. 3
AND
I
' NO.
' I
NOTES:
sps THRUST O N P F F LOGIC AND

ACCELEROMETER ELECTRONIQ
Figure 2.3-4. SCS Functional Flow Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4)

Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date P a g e 2.3-1712.3-18
SMZA-03-SC012
-- SYSTEMS DATA
ROTATION CONTROL BREAKOUT SWITCHES css -V

FROM FIG.
SWITCH AV MTVC ENGAGE -
F
GbN b V -M
G B N ATTITUDE CONTROL --L
I i AV SCS A V -c
-
-P
R
-
J
ATTITUDE/MONITOR/
ENTRY SWITCH
-NK
-n
-
T
+28 VDC
A -
ST
SWITCHES OFF
r _ Y , i
. . ..
u
-
NO RMAL ROLL B’U RATE -

I
NORMAL PITCH B/U RATE -

H
NOTE For delta wderA.
see Fig 2.3-9
NORMAL YAW B/U RATE -

0 h
BMAG
SCS MODE
SWITCHES
SM-?A- lO49B
F i g u r e 2. 3-5. SCS Switching Logic (Sheet 1 of 4 )
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEiM

.
page 2.3-1912. 3 - 2 0
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date
I__-
APOL
G h N A l T CON1 ~
-
K9-A L
mit c-
ERR
AGAA
KP-8
MTVC ENGAGt
f PITCH c
ERR
AGM t-
K9-C
YAW
E RR
. ROLL B / u RATE AGAA
PITCM .
I/U RATF
11
-
YAW 8 i U MTt
j -
L
1
FDA1
+a ALIGN
LOCAL VERTICAL
I
FROM FIG.
2.3-5 SM7 I
MONITOR
GhN ATTITUM CONTIOl
GhN A V
GhN ENTRY
.05G M4NUAL
I .MG W N U A L
G I N ENTRY
GhN ATTITUDE CON1
L MDNlTOP
FROM FIG 2.3-5 SM7 3 MIN IMP A l l CON1
0
":" css
MIN I M P A T l CON1
css
CWNNEL Emnu
6WITCH. PITCH CIUNNEL)
S a ATTITUOE CONTROL
PITCH AXIS ENGAGED u
FROM FIG 2.34 SHT I YAW AXIS ENGAGED
CKANNEL ENABLE
A A h C r O L L AXIS ENGAGED
SWITCMES, ROLL
CWNNEL ~ 060 WLL AXIS ENGAGED
Figure 2.3-5. !j
STA BLLIZA TIC
Mission Basic Date12 NOV

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
!
ATTITUDE REFERENCE SUBSYSTEM

SWITCHING LOGIC
NOTE: fur dclto A a u k

ws f i g . 2.3-9
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 5 . SCS Switching L o g i c (Sheet 2 of 4 )
STABILIZATW
AND CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-21/2.3-22
k : - w 2-.
SCS ENTRY
7
N
G6N ENTRY 1 -
YAW B/U RT
h ' K15
RT G - N DV G-N ATl
IN
MINIMUM DEADMND
G6N A V
M
G 6 N ATTITUDE CONTROL
L 1
FROM I 1
scs
MODE
SWITCHES
. n
0.05G MANUAL
css
F I G . 2.3-5 V
SHT 1
SCS A l l SCS ENTRY
CONTROL CONTROL
=7ON/OFF
P
R
SCS LOCAL VERTICAL
SCS ATTITUDE CONTROL
-t
1 scs LCL VE
1
S
SCSA V 1 SCS A V
SCS AT1 CON1
IMP E N A l
SWITCH 0
YAW DIRECT SW (+)
FROM FIG. 2.3-4
SHT 2
I YAW DIRECT SW (-)
DIRECT ULLAGE
I
+
FROM FIG. 2 - 3 4 ENGINE IGNITION

- DELAY
SHT 4
SEE FIG. 2.3-9 A VDC -
~
I SEC
DELAY
ON/OFF .
Mission B
!
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
D MODE
I
11 I-} iISZRETES
I.
I
G6N d V
G L N AT1 C O N 1
A G I N ENTRY
+
K18
AGM
ATr
IN
FROM FIG.
- w Fig. 2.3-9
A rl I . ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSYSTEM

m 11
K29 SWITCHING LOGIC
scs - YAW CHANNEL ('TYPICAL)
AV
MODE
STABILIZATION AND C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 . Change Date Page 2-3.23/2. 3-24

SMZA -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
FROM
FIG. 2-14 F
MTVC ENGAGE
-
1 I
SHT 1
rL
DF) S
DISENGAGE
ERVO NO. I S
ENGAGE
K34
ERVO NO. 2
TVC MONITOR
(OVER-UNDER CURRENT)
OR TVC
N0.I OFF
I 1
-
+2BV C APPL D AT TP-CH1035V
1
2 2 -1 1 4
SHT )-DY( SCS ENTRY
K35
ENTRY
-
NOTE: See Fig. 2-13 Sht 5 for relays K36, K37, 8 K 3 8
SM-2A- 1052
Figure 2. 3-5. SCS Switching Logic (Sheet 4 of 4)
Mission Basic Date 12 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-25

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
I n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e d a t a m a y a l s o be r e c e i v e d by t h e a s t r o n a u t s via the
MSFN voice link f o r AGC updating a n d / o r f o r IMU a l i g n m e n t . With t h e c o m -
p u t e r s u b s y s t e m in t h e G&N loop, a u t o m a t i c m a n e u v e r s a n d / o r G & N -
c o n t r o l l e d velocity c h a n g e s a r e p o s s i b l e .
The FDAI r e c e i v e s total a t t i t u d e and a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m

t h e G&N s y s t e m . The FDAI i n d i c a t e s S I C t o t a l a t t i t u d e ( S / C r e f e r e n c e
a t t i t u d e ) a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r . T o t a l a t t i t u d e r e p r e s e n t s the g i m b a l a n g l e s of
t h e IMU; a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r is the d i f f e r e n c e between t h e IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s
a n d t h e d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e . The d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e is obtained by m a n e u v e r i n g
the S / C e i t h e r m a n u a l l y o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y in t h e d i r e c t i o n s t h a t null out t h e
i n d i c a t e d e r r o r s , T h i s e s t a b l i s h e s S I C a t t i t u d e to the d e s i r e d i n e r t i a l
r e f e r e n c e . The F D A I a l s o d i s p l a y s r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s obtained f r o m the SCS
r a t e g y r o s . The SCS r a t e g y r o s supply r a t e i n f o r m a t i o n f o r all G & N and
SCS c o n t r o l a n d d i s p l a y functions.
In G&N m o d e s , the FDAI b a l l is continuously c o n t r o l l e d by s i g n a l s

f r o m the IMU g i m b a l a n g l e r e s o l v e r s . In SCS m o d e s , t h e b a l l is c o n t r o l l e d
by t h e AGCU t o t a l a n g l e r e s o l v e r s . AGCU s i g n a l s a r e a p p l i e d t o t h e b a l l
only d u r i n g m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s ( a s s u m i n g none of the BMAGs
a r e r a t e c a g e d ) and i n the SCS e n t r y mode a f t e r 0.05 G switching. At a l l o t h e r
t i m e s , t h e b a l l r e m a i n s s t a t i o n a r y . The b a l l is a l w a y s d r i v e n with r e f e r e n c e
to t h e IMU a x e s with t h e AGCU providing t h e c o n v e r s i o n f o r t h e BMAGS f r o m
body a x e s t o IMU a x e s .
Attitude R e f e r e n c e / S C S . If t h e IMU cannot be u s e d f o r a t t i t u d e r e f e r -

e n c e , a b a c k u p o r s t r a p d o w n a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e c o m p r i s e d of a s s e m b l i e s
c o n t a i n e d within the SCS will p r o v i d e i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e . The
s t r a p d o w n r e f e r e n c e i s m e c h a n i z e d within t h e following:
0 Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y (AGAA)
C o n t a i n s t h e body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s (BMAGS), X - a x i s a c c e l e r -
o m e t e r , and s e l f - c o n t a i n e d e l e c t r o n i c s . P r o v i d e s attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s
f o r t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , AGCU, and FDAI. The BMAGS a r e a l s o
a s o u r c e f o r backup r a t e s i g n a l s , i f r e q u i r e d .
0 R a t e G y r o A s s e m b l y (RGA)
P r o v i d e s a n g u l a r r a t e s i g n a l s to the a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l (ACS) s u b s y s t e m s
and to t h e FDAI.
0 Attitude Set / G i m b a l P o s i t i o n I n d i c a t o r (AS / G P I )
The AS s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s a c a p a b i l i t y to s e t in d e s i r e d r e f e r e n c e
a t t i t u d e s a n d a l i g n the ARS to t h o s e a t t i t u d e s . The G P I s e c t i o n allows the
a s t r o n a u t s to m a n u a l l y p o s i t i o n t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s to a t r i m position
p r i o r to a d e l t a V m a n e u v e r .
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 19661 Change Date Page 2 . 3-7.6

SM2A -0 3-SCO 12
---
SYSTEMS DATA
0 Display/Attitude Gyro Accelerometer Assembly Electronic Control

A s s e m b l y (D/AGAAECA)
AGAA section: C o n t a i n s e l e c t r o n i c s r e q u i r e d t o o p e r a t e t h e BMAGS

a n d to i n t e r f a c e with the AGCU
DECA section: P r o v i d e s t h e i n t e r f a c e e l e c t r o n i c s between all s e n s o r s

and corresponding displays
0 A u x i l i a r y E l e c t r o n i c C o n t r o l A s s e m b l y (AECA)
AGCU section: P e r f Q r m s the m a t h e m a t i c a l c o m p u t a t i o n s a n d c o n t a i n s

the t r a n s f o r m a t i o n m a t r i c e s r e q u i r e d t o d i s p l a y
a t t i t u d e a n d a t t i t u d e e r r o r s of the S / C . The AGCU is
t h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l d e v i c e f o r t h e SCS ARS.
The r e m a i n d e r of the AECA c o n t a i n s c i r c u i t r y f o r the

SPS engine t h r u s t O N / O F F c o n t r o l function.
0 F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r (FDAI)
The FDAI ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-12) p r o v i d e s t h e v i s u a l d i s p l a y s f o r S / C attitude;

included i s total a t t i t u d e r e a d o u t (FDAI b a l l ) g i m b a l e d in t h r e e a x e s :
r o l l , p i t c h , a n d yaw.
P i t c h a n d yaw t o t a l a t t i t u d e is r e a d f r o m e i t h e r t h e body a x e s index

( v ) o r the navigation a x e s index (e).The i n d i c e s a r e fixed to t h e
i n s t r u m e n t f a c e p l a t e . Roll is i n d i c a t e d by a r o l l bug ( i n d i c a t o r needle
d r i v e n by t h e r o l l g i m b a l t h r o u g h a g e a r m e c h a n i s m ) . Roll a t t i t u d e is
r e a d by c o m p a r i n g t h e r o l l bug p o s i t i o n with r e f e r e n c e to a s c a l e d
b e z e l r i n g about t h e i n s t r u m e n t p e r i p h e r y .
Attitude e r r o r s a r e i n d i c a t e d by t h r e e f l y - t o n e e d l e s .
Angular r a t e s a r e i n d i c a t e d by t h r e e fly-to n e e d l e s .
A t r o l l r a t e o r t r o l l e r r o r will c a u s e t h o s e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t l e f t .
-
A r o l l r a t e o r - r o l l e r r o r will c a u s e t h e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t right.
A t pitch r a t e o r t p i t c h e r r o r will c a u s e t h o s e n e e d l e s to d e f l e c t
down. A - pitch r a t e o r - pitch e r r o r will c a u s e the n e e d l e s to
d e f l e c t up.
The yaw r a t e and e r r o r n e e d l e s deflect i n the s a m e d i r e c t i o n s a s the

roll needles.
To c o r r e c t the e r r o r , t h e S / C is a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r m a n u a l l y r o t a t e d
i n the d i r e c t i o n of needle deflection.
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-27

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~ ~ ~~
The SCS attitude r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m i s m e c h a n i z e d such that it i s

u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r m o n i t o r i n g S/C attitude. Consequently, automatic
m a n e u v e r i n g is not p o s s i b l e when SCS m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e s e l e c t e d .
H o w e v e r , by using t h e FDAI a s a m o n i t o r and by p r o p e r s e l e c t i o n of con-
t r o l s , p r e c i s i o n m a n u a l m a n e u v e r s c a n be p e r f o r m e d .
The s u b s y s t e m , acting as a s t r a p d o w n r e f e r e n c e , will supply a l l of

the a t t i t u d e d a t a n o r m a l l y a v a i l a b l e f r o m the IMU. T h e s e d a t a a r e s u b s e -
quently applied to t h e FDAI f o r p r e s e n t a t i o n of S I C attitude. The IMU i s a
t h r e e - g i m b a l p l a t f o r m and t h e r e f o r e w i l l a c h i e v e a g i m b a l l o c k condition.
The m i d d l e and o u t e r g i m b a l s b e c o m e p a r a l l e l and the output i s not p r e -
d i c t a b l e . T h e AGCU h a s a s i m i l a r function which c r e a t e s a n effective g i m -
b a l lock. T h i s o c c u r s in both s y s t e m s f o r a 9 0 - d e g r e e yaw d i s p l a c e m e n t
with r e s p e c t to the navigation b a s e . The FDAI and yaw attitude s e t c o n t r o l
p r o v i d e s m a r k i n g s t h a t will s e r v e as a w a r n i n g p r i o r to achieving a g i m b a l -
l o c k condition.
B a s i c a l l y , the body-mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s (BMAGS), attitude g y r o
coupling unit (+4GCU), and the FDAI a r e t h e p r i m a r y i n e r t i a l s e n s i n g , c o m -
puting, and d i s p l a y e l e m e n t s of the s t r a p d o w n s y s t e m . Attitude e r r o r s in
r o l l , pitch, and yaw body a x e s a r e s e n s e d b y the body-mounted attitude
g y r o s . The e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e conditioned and subsequently d i r e c t e d to the
FDAI f o r d i s p l a y of t o t a l attitude and a t t i t u d e e r r o r . The m a j o r p a r t of the
conditioning t a k e s p l a c e in t h e AGCU which p r o v i d e s s i g n a l inputs to the
FDAI c o m p a r a b l e to t h a t of t h e IMU.
The AGCU s e c t i o n of t h e a u x i l i a r y e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y i s t h e
p r i m a r y c o n t r o l o r computing d e v i c e f o r t h e SCS a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s -
t e m . It p e r f o r m s m o s t of the i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e computations and p e r f o r m s
the m a t h e m a t i c a l c o n v e r s i o n s and t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s r e q u i r e d t o d i s p l a y t o t a l
a t t i t u d e and attitude e r r o r . T h e a t t i t u d e g y r o torquing loop, that t h e AGCU
e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l e l e m e n t s a r e a p a r t of, p e r f o r m t h e following:
0 G e n e r a t e a p u l s e t r a i n t h a t i s equivalent t o the t o t a l change in S / C

attitude
P r o v i d e t w o - d i r e c t i o n a l c o n t r o l of r e s o l v e r s h a f t a n g l e s
P r o v i d e torquing c u r r e n t for t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o s
P r o v i d e f o r w a r d and r e v e r s e c o n v e r s i o n of g y r o and attitude s e t
e r r o r s i g n a l s t o a p p r o p r i a t e a x e s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n f o r FDAI d i s p l a y ,
and fo r g y r o to rquing ,
The SCS r a t e g y r o s s e n s e v e h i c l e a n g u l a r velocity, and supply angular

r a t e s i g n a l s to t h e s y s t e m f o r r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n and to the FDAI r a t e indica-
t o r s . The p r o p e r s e l e c t i o n of s w i t c h e s will p l a c e t h e BMAGS in a backup-
r a t e condition, and p r o v i d e r a t e s i g n a l s to t h e FDAI r a t e i n d i c a t o r s . When-
e v e r m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l i s s e l e c t e d , t h e BMACS will a u t o m a t i c a l l y
be placed in the b a c k u p - r a t e condition.
Attitude R e f e r e n c e Control. After a m a n e u v e r o r a s e r i e s of m a n e u -

v e r s , the S / C attitude (body a x e s ) i s , e a c h t i m e , d i f f e r e n t with r e s p e c t to
t h e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h e r e f o r e , the r e q u i r e m e n t e x i s t s f o r a
method of r e s o l v i n g t h e r o t a t i o n s about the d i f f e r e n t body a x e s , and

SMZA-03-SCO 12
L-
SYSTEMS DATA
e s t a b l i s h a r e l a t i o n s h i p between t h e body a x e s a n d t h e a x e s of the fixed

r e f e r e n c e f r a m e . T h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p is e s t a b l i s h e d t h r o u g h a n E u l e r a n g l e
t r a n s f o r m a t i o n p r o c e s s obtained f r o m e i t h e r the IMU ( s t a b l e e l e m e n t ) or
the s t r a p d o w n a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m . The E u l e r a n g l e , then, is t h e
r e s o l v e d d i f f e r e n c e between t h e S / C body a x e s c o o r d i n a t e s a n d the c o o r d i -
n a t e s of t h e fixed i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e . The E u l e r angle a t t i t u d e of the S / C ,
as d i s p l a y e d on t h e FDAI, is with r e s p e c t to t h e c o o r d i n a t e s of t h e f i x e d
reference frame.
The c o n v e r s i o n f r o m body a x e s t o E u l e r a n g l e r e a d o u t on the FDAI,

b a s i c a l l y , c o n s i s t s of a f o r w a r d t r a n s f o r m a t i o n and a r e v e r s e t r a n s f o r m a -
tion. (See f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 3 . ) The f o r w a r d t r a n s f o r m a t i o n is e s s e n t i a l l y body-
to-navigation a x e s c o n v e r s i o n , then navigation a x e s - t o - E u l e r angle t r a n s -
f o r m a t i o n by r e s o l v e r s in t h e AGCU. The r e s o l v e r s and g i m b a l s e r v o s in
t h e FDAI p o s i t i o n t h e total a t t i t u d e d i s p l a y s , r e s u l t i n g f r o m t h e E u l e r
e r r o r s . The r e v e r s e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n is e s s e n t i a l l y E u l e r a n g l e - t o - n a v i g a -
tion a x e s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n by r e s o l v e r s in the AGCU, then navigation-to-body
a x e s c o n v e r s i o n f o r s i g n a l a p p l i c a t i o n to t h e attitude gyro torquing a m p l i -
f i e r s . A f t e r a m p l i f i c a t i o n , t h e s i g n a l s a r e demodulated and a p p l i e d to the
g y r o torquing c o i l s which t o r q u e t h e g y r o s to null the o r i g i n a l e r r o r .
A f t e r initial a l i g n m e n t to t h e IMU r e f e r e n c e , the BMAG/AGCU loop

is opened by r e l a y a c t i o n and f u r t h e r positioning of the FDAI ball is p r e -
vented. However, i f t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , f o r e x a m p l e , is d i s p l a c e d , t h e
loop will be c l o s e d and the FDAI b a l l will follow S / C motion until t h e c o n -
t r o l is n e u t r a l i z e d . The BMAG/AGCU loop will open and the ball will again
be s t a t i o n a r y . If i n G & N mode, the FDAI b a l l is a l w a y s coupled to r e p r e -
s e n t and follow IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s .
Attitude E r r o r s . The FDAI attitude e r r o r i n d i c a t o r s r e p r e s e n t the

d i f f e r e n c e between a c t u a l S / C a t t i t u d e and the i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e . The
e r r o r is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e S I C body a x e s in a l l m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n , except
for G&N entry mode.
Signals t h a t p o s i t i o n the attitude e r r o r i n d i c a t o r of the FDAI c o m e

f r o m t h r e e p o s s i b l e s o u r c e s . (See f i g u r e s 2 . 3 - 3 and 2 . 3 - 4 . ) In SCS m o d e s ,
e i t h e r t h e BMAGS or the AGCU p r o v i d e body a x e s e r r o r s i g n a l s to the e r r o r
i n d i c a t o r m e t e r m o v e m e n t s . AGCU s i g n a l s a r e applied when ATT S E T is
s e l e c t e d on the a t t i t u d e s e t s e c t i o n of the AS/GPI. T h i s a p p l i e s the body
a x e s equivalent of the d i f f e r e n c e between the attitude s e t r e s o l v e r s h a f t and
the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft.
When A T T S E T is not s e l e c t e d , t h e outputs of the t h r e e BMAGS a r e

applied to the a t t i t u d e e r r o r m e t e r m o v e m e n t s of t h e FDAI. Whether
f r o m the BMAGS or t h e AGCU, t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e d i r e c t e d to the m e t e r
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2-3-29

SM2A - 03 -SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Mode Roll Pitch Yaw
Monitor i25" *15" i15"

SCS and G & N E n t r y *25" i5' i 5 O
All o t h e r m o d e s *5* i 5 O i 5"
When G&N m o d e s a r e s e l e c t e d , t h e e r r o r s i g n a l s a r e d i r e c t e d to the

FDAI via t h e i n e r t i a l coupling d i s p l a y units (CDUs) and t h e attitude r e f e r -
e n c e c o n v e r s i o n c i r c u i t r y . The r o l l and yaw channel s i g n a l s a r e r e f e r e n c e d
to e i t h e r the navigation b a s e a x e s o r the S / C body a x e s . C o n v e r s i o n in the
p i t c h c h a n n e l is not r e q u i r e d . The c a p a b i l i t y to r e f e r e n c e t h e r o l l and y a w
c h a n n e l s i g n a l s to e i t h e r t h e navigation b a s e of S / C body a x e s . i s r e q u i r e d
to f a c i l i t a t e r o l l and yaw channel c r o s s - c o u p l i n g c o n t r o l . T h i s is r e q u i r e d
when G & N e n t r y m a n e u v e r s a r e p e r f o r m e d ; in which c a s e , r e f e r e n c e is
t o the navigation b a s e a x e s .
R a t e s . The following c h a r t p r o v i d e s mode v e r s u s f u l l - s c a l e r a t e

i n d i c a t i o n s as r e a d on t h e FDAI.
Mode s Ro 11 Pitch Yaw
Monitor
SCS E n t r y *25" / s e c *5n I s e c i5' /sec
G&N F n t r y
SCS LCL V e r t o r
SCS A T T Cont o r * l oIsec *1 I s e c i 1 Isec
O
C & N ATT Cont
SCS a n d G & N V i 5 " Isec i5" / s e c i 5 a/sec
SCS Attitude R e f e r e n c e Alignment. Alignment of the attitude r e f e r -

e n c e s u b s y s t e m is p e r f o r m e d by c o m p a r i n g the outputs of t h e total attitude
s e t r e s o l v e r s in t h e AGCU with t h e a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s of the A S / G P I .
The a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s h a f t c a n be positioned by u s i n g the attitude s e t
d i a l s ( t h u m b w h e e l s ) on the f r o n t of the A S / G P I . The d i a l s i n d i c a t e E u l e r
angle of the a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r shaft, and the output of t h e r e s o l v e r is
t h e E u l e r a n g l e d i f f e r e n c e between t h e a t t i t u d e set r e s o l v e r s and t h e total
a t t i t u d e r e s o l v e r s i n the AGCU.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N ov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-30

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e FDAI ALIGN switch on t h e A S / G P I panel is p r e s s e d , t h e

ACCU r e s o l v e r s w i l l a l i g n t o t h e a t t i t u d e s e t r e s o l v e r s . E u l e r - t o -
navigation a x e s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n , and navigation a x e s - t o - b o d y a x e s
c o n v e r s i o n t a k e s p l a c e f o r t h e FDAI a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y functions. In
SCS c o n t r o l m o d e s , t h e a t t i t u d e s indicated on t h e a t t i t u d e s e t d i a l s w i l l be
indicated on t h e FDAI with r e s p e c t t o t h e navigation a x e s symbol and t h e
r o l l index,
2. 3 . 2. 3. 2 Attitude Control S u b s y s t e m .
T h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m (ACS) ( f i g u r e s 2. 3 - 4 and 2. 3-5),

e s s e n t i a l l y , p r o v i d e s t h e m e a n s f o r controlling s p a c e c r a f t motion. Control
i s e i t h e r manual o r a u t o m a t i c when using c o n t r o l l e d inputs f r o m t h e C & N
s y s t e m . S p a c e c r a f t motion, o t h e r t h a n d r i f t , is i n i t i a t e d through t h e u s e of
t h e S / M RCS j e t s p r i o r t o C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . After s e p a r a t i o n ( e n t r y ) ,
t h e C / M RCS j e t s a r e used. An a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l logic c h a r t is p r e s e n t e d i n
figure 2. 3 - 6 .
T h e r e a r e f o u r t y p e s of c o n t r o l s t h a t t h e ACS contends with which to

s a t i s f y m i s s i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . ( S e e f i g u r e s 2. 3-4 and 2. 3 - 7 . ) T h e s e a r e
r o t a t i o n , t r a n s l a t i o n , a t t i t u d e hold, and r a t e damping only. Rotational
motion is r e q u i r e d to e s t a b l i s h navigational sightings with t h e G&N o p t i c s
s u b s y s t e m t e l e s c o p e and s e x t a n t for S / C alignment p r i o r t o a velocity
c h a n g e f o r TVC functions, for antenna o r i e n t a t i o n , f o r T I C t r a n s m i s s i o n
and r e c e p t i o n , and f o r l i f t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( r o l l c o n t r o l plus pitch and yaw
r a t e stabilization) during entry.
4
T r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l f o r t h e AS204A m i s s i o n i s r e q u i r e d f o r t h e
ullage function p r i o r to SPS engine ignition.
Holding a t t i t u d e ( a t t i t u d e hold) to a fixed r e f e r e n c e ( e s t a b l i s h e d by

t h e A R S ) is n e c e s s a r y f o r navigational sightings, p r e p a r i n g f o r a velocity
change and ullage m a n e u v e r s . After e s t a b l i s h i n g a t t i t u d e hold, t h e S / C
motion involved is t h e amount of d r i f t that t h e S / C is allowed t o r o t a t e
about i t s a x e s . T h e d r i f t is l i m i t e d t o a s e l e c t a b l e m i n i m u m o r m a x i m u m
deadband about all t h r e e a x e s .
R a t e damping only p r o v i d e s r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n d u r i n g e n t r y o r i n t h e
event of a n e b o r t p r i o r t o l a u n c h e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) j e t t i s o n . The
motions involved h e r e a r e t h e f i n i t e f i r i n g s of t h e RCS j e t s when r o t a t i o n a l
r a t e s exceed c e r t a i n l i m i t s . T h e RCS j e t f i r i n g s w i l l d e c r e a s e t h e r a t e s
t o within p r e d e t e r m i n e d limits. T h e r a t e s a r e l i m i t e d t o 0. 2 d e g r e e l s e c
f o r a l l m o d e s , except SCS and G&N e n t r y m o d e s when t h e r a t e s a r e
i n c r e a s e d t o 2 d e g r e e s / s ec ond.
The ACS i n c l u d e s t h e r o l l , pitch, and yaw e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m -

b l i e s ( E C A s ) , the d e l t a V i n d i c a t o r , a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s e c t i o n of t h e G&N
o p t i c s c o n t r o l panel and, i n addition, u t i l i z e s a l l of t h e p h y s i c a l e l e m e n t s
and functions of t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m .
...
~~~~~

Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 3 - 3 1
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
* CIRCUIT BREAKER TABULATION I S APPLICABLE TO RCS ENGINES

AUTOMATIC COIL OPERATION ONLY. FOR MANUAL DIRECT
* COIL OPERATION, POWER IS APPLIED FROM SCS DIRECT C O N 1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS MN A OR MN B BY ACTUATION OF THE
PILOTS OR CO-PILOTS H A N D CONTROLLER, RESPECTIVELY.
NOTES: 1 . Cambimtions of tmmlation a d rotation manowen r q u i r i n g the

simultaneous firing of identical S/M RCS e n g i m is prohibited by
let selection logic circuit design.
2. Minimum impulse opmution is accomplished i n fhe roll oxis by two

enginsr only. Remaining e n g i m are disabled by wtting the A6C
ROLL CHANNELrwitch to OFF and pulling one BlLD ROLL circuit
breaker; or setting the BbD ROLL CHANNEL switch to OFF and
p r l l i n g on* A6C ROLL circuit breaker.
3 . Fuel consewation ond/ar canrunption balance between quads moy

be accomplished by using applicable SCS CHANNEL switches and
circuit breokers to select singleengine operation in each direction.
\
SM-2A-782D
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 6 . SCS Attitude Control Logic C h a r t

I

B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date
.
page 2.3-32
M i s s ion
Y . m
-_ I I
CONTPCK
I -SWITCHING
---I
PITCh
L -.- TRANSDUCER - 1 -
I
- Z A F
PITCH W A G
-1
I I
I SIG GEN
I
L
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
FROM G L N
------
r---
I
I TRANSLATION
L--,CONTROL
-----.
YAW ECA
I
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
FROM G6N
------
PITCH ECA
-e-
--------
-- ----- ---
---e-
--- -
ATE G Y R O 1
I r ,--
YAW ECA
_.
---_-------
,
. s!* .
_ . ...". .
h
------
ROLL ECA
PITCH CHANNEL I PATE SIGNAL PICKOFF
1 TRANSDUCER J
ATTITUDE SIGNAL
_c--
@- W
D
D
---_----- - AND GATE
I -I
D- OR GATE
YAW CHANNEL
SWITCH - SIGNAL INVERTER
I
+5-28 VDC 4)- NORMALLY OPEN
I
I
I
MAIN
BUS B
* NORMALLY CLOSED
I
I
I
I NOTES: K17 Rclov contoch o w n ahrr a c b t i o n of
mtoiion conlmller breokout witches.
Relay contoch close durine G L N m o d e
and open during SCS mcdn.
I K18 Relay mntocts close during SCS modes

28 VDC and open during G6N m d n .
MAIN
BUS A @ Functional Repmentotion of the
mcchonicolly linked motor-driven wltch.
Actuated by RCS tmnsfrr witch or by the MESC.
__---
6--
un
MOT .Motor-driven witch-Sptem 8
Mist
, fa
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
p
SWITCHING
-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SM-2A-718 D
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 7 . J e t S e l e c t i o n Logic F u n c t i o n a l Flow D i a g r a m f. '
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL S Y S T E M
Mi s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2 . 3 - 3 3 1 2 . 3 - 3 4

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m e l e c t r o n i c s is contained within t h e
r o l l , p i t c h , and yaw E C A s . The E C A s a c c e p t t h e manual and a u t o m a t i c
i n p u t s , conditions t h e m , and d i r e c t s on-off e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s i g n a l s
through j e t s e l e c t i o n logic t o a p p r o p r i a t e a u t o m a t i c ( n o r m a l ) c o i l s of t h e
RCS j e t s . T h e output of t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic will b e e i t h e r a t i m e -
modulated s i g n a l o r a s t e a d y - s t a t e t 2 0 - v d c signal.
T h e r e a r e b a s i c a l l y two t y p e s of inputs to t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b -
s y s t e m : m a n u a l and i n e r t i a l s e n s o r (AGAA, RGA, IMU). Manual inputs a r e
p r o v i d e d by t h e r o t a t i o n and t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s , s w i t c h e s on the SCS
c o n t r o l p a n e l , a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s w i t c h on t h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s e c t i o n of
t h e G&N o p t i c s c o n t r o l p a n e l , and t h e d i r e c t ullage s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V
d i s p l a y panel. T h e s e c o n t r o l s c a n b e used f o r manual u l l a g e m a n e u v e r s o r
as a backup d u r i n g a u t o m a t i c d e l t a V f u n c t i o n s . T h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e s w i t c h
c o m m a n d s inputs to t h e ACS and s u b s e q u e n t l y t o t h e RCS j e t s f o r s m a l l
angular accelerations.
T h e i n e r t i a l s e n s o r inputs a r e p r o v i d e d by t h e AGAA, RGA, and t h e

IMU v i a t h e G&N s y s t e m . T h e AGAA (BMAG) and r a t e g y r o s (RGA) inputs
a r e used f o r a t t i t u d e hold, r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n , and manual r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T h e IMU inputs p r o v i d e G&N a t t i t u d e hold and c o m m a n d r a t e s i g n a l s f o r
manual o r automatic rotational maneuvers.
R o t a t i o n M a n e u v e r s . Rotation m a n e u v e r s c a n b e p e r f o r m e d by using
f o u r d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of m a n u a l c o n t r o l s o r a u t o m a t i c a l l y by u s i n g t h e G&N
c o m p u t e r s u b s y s t e m . Manual r o t a t i o n m a n e u v e r s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by
using t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , c o m m o n l y c a l l e d c o n t r o l s t i c k s t e e r i n g (CSS),
d i r e c t o r e m e r g e n c y c o n t r o l which i s a function of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ,
a t t i t u d e . i m p u l s e c o n t r o l , and positioning of t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs. Automatic
m a n e u v e r s r e s u l t f r o m a s t r o n a u t inputs t o t h e AGC via t h e DSKY. The
AGC, a c c o r d i n g t o c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m , a u t o m a t i c a l l y p o s i t i o n s t h e CDUs
and will c o m m a n d S / C motion t o t h e p r o g r a m m e d attitude.
N o r m a l CSS is a p r o p o r t i o n a l m a n u a l function and is a v a i l b l e a t any

B
t i m e i n all o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . T h e m a x i m u m CSS p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e s t h a t
c a n b e c o m m a n d e d a r e as follows:
0 19 d e g r e e s p e r second ( r o l l a x l s ) e n t r y m o d e
5 d e g r e e s p e r second ( p i t c h and yaw a x e s ) e n t r y mode
0 0 . 7 9 d e g r e e p e r second (all a x e s ) a l l o t h e r m o d e s .
Eyen though CSS c o m m a n d s g r e a t e r r a t e s , the SCS e l e c t r o n i c s will

l i m i t t h e r a t e s to t h o s e values given. P r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l is obtained by
using t h e r a t e g y r o output to c a n c e l t h e output of a t r a n s d u c e r within the
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l . CSS p r o p o r t i o n a l c o m m a n d s a r e a l w a y s d i r e c t e d to the
a u t o m a t i c solenoid c o i l s of t h e RCS e n g i n e s .

*
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( s t i c k ) is d i s p l a c e d , a t r a n s d u c e r within
t h e s t i c k will c o m m a n d a r o t a t i o n p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e amount of s t i c k
d i s p l a c e m e n t . The r o t a t i o n a l rates a r e l i m i t e d t o p r e d e t e r m i n e d v a l u e s ,
depending on t h e o p e r a t i o n a l mode.
When i n SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e and as t h e s t i c k i s d i s p l a c e d

a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2. 5 d e g r e e s f r o m n e u t r a l , b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s within t h e
s t i c k c l o s e c a u s i n g t h e BMAG and t h e AGCU t o b e c o m e c l o s e d loop. It
a l s o inhibits BMAG e r r o r s i g n a l s t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . As t h e S / C
r o t a t e s , t h e AGCU a p p l i e s torquing c u r r e n t t o t h e BMAG t o r q u e r c o i l s .
T h e g y r o s , t h e n , a r e t o r q u e d at a rate p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e magnitude of
BMAG e r r o r , keeping a t t i t u d e e r r o r a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y z e r o . Thus, t h e
AGCU w i l l follow S / C motion and e s t a b l i s h a new a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e when
t h e s t i c k is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l .
When i n G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, a G&N SYNC switch m u s t be

e n e r g i z e d t o e n a b l e t h e a t t i t u d e hold function when t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k i s
r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . T h e G&N s y n c function p r o v i d e s IMU/CDU c l o s e d
loop o p e r a t i o n which k e e p s a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y z e r o d u r i n g
t h e m a n e u v e r . Consequently, t h e S I C will hold t h e new a t t i t u d e when t h e
s t i c k is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . If G&N sync is not enabled, t h e S / C will
r e t u r n to t h e attitude established before stick displacement.
NOTE F o r the AS204A m i s s i o n the G & N SYNC switch w i l l r e m a i n

O F F f o r the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
T h e c o m p u t e r p r o g r a m will c o n t r o l t h e a c t u a l m a n e u v e r r a t e , but
t h e SCS will l i m i t t h e m a x i m u m . The m a x i m u m n o n - e n t r y m a n e u v e r r a t e
is 1 0 ° / s e c o n d , a n d e n t r y m a n e u v e r r a t e i s 17'/second i n a l l a x e s .
D i r e c t r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is a nonproportional function whereby i n i t i a t e d

c o m m a n d s a r e applied d i r e c t l y t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . To a c c o m p l i s h
d i r e c t r o t a t i o n , t h e DIRECT R C S / O F F s w i t c h (MDC-8) is s e t to DIRECT
RCS; t h e SCS-CHANNEL s w i t c h e s (MDC-8) a r e s e t t o O F F ; if high r a t e s
a r e t o be m a i n t a i n e d , and t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k is r o t a t e d about the d e s i r e d a x i s
o r a x e s to h a r d s t o p s . J u s t p r i o r to engaging t h e h a r d s t o p s , a switch c l o s e s
a n d a p p l i e s a d i r e c t c o m m a n d t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . R a t e feedback is not
u s e d to c a n c e l s t i c k movement. T h e breakout s w i t c h e s , however, c l o s e
t h e BMAG/AGCU loop, and a t t i t u d e e r r o r output t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s i s
inhibited. With p r o p e r c o n t r o l and s w i t c h configuration, d i r e c t c o n t r o l is
a v a i l a b l e a t any t i m e .
T h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l (G&N o p t i c s c o n t r o l p a n e l ) p r o v i d e s t h e
c a p a b i l i t y f o r c o m m a n d i n g l o w - r o t a t i o n a l rates about a l l t h r e e a x e s .
Attitude i m p u l s e c o n t r o l i s a v a i l a b l e only i n SCS o r G & N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l
m o d e s and is used p r i m a r i l y f o r p r e c i s e a t t i t u d e m a n e u v e r s d u r i n g naviga-
tional o r s t a r sighting p e r i o d s . After t h e c o n t r o l is enabled and d i s p l a c e d ,
a switch c l o s u r e in t h e c o n t r o l and a n RC network combination g e n e r a t e one
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.3-36

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
p u l s e , which i s applied t o t h e RCS j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. One p u l s e is

g e n e r a t e d f o r e a c h a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e switch c l o s u r e ( c o n t r o l d i s p l a c e m e n t ) .
It is not a p r o p o r t i o n a l c o n t r o l and a t t i t u d e hold is not a v a i l a b l e when t h e
c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d t o n e u t r a l . When t h e c o n t r o l is enabled, r e l a y a c t i o n
r e m o v e s a l l r a t e , a t t i t u d e e r r o r , and r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l inputs to t h e SCS
electronics.
Automatic positioning of t h e CDUs is a c c o m p l i s h e d by using t h e

DSKY. T h i s method of c o n t r o l is p r i m a r i l y used d u r i n g G&N e n t r y .
T r a n s l a t i o n M a n e u v e r s . T h e r e a r e t h r e e m e t h o d s of initiating t r a n s -
l a t i o n m a n e u v e r s : n o r m a l . t r a n s l a t i o n s , using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l ;
d i r e c t ullage, using t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e button o n t h e d e l t a V c o n t r o l p a n e l ;
and s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e , using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T r a n s l a t i o n c o m m a n d s a r e not p r o p o r t i o n a l ; o p e r a t i o n i s through
s w i t c h c l o s u r e only and is a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g all m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n p r i o r to
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . D u r i n g n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s within
t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l p r o v i d e c o m m a n d s to t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c which
f i r e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e j e t s f o r t h e d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n of t r a n s l a t i o n . The
c o m m a n d s a r e d i r e c t e d to t h e a u t o m a t i c RCS engine c o i l s . A p r i m a r y
function of n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n i s t h e ullage m a n e u v e r , which is n e c e s s a r y
i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r a velocity change. Ullage m a n e u v e r s r e q u i r e t r a n s l a t i o n
along the +X-axis.
D i r e c t u l l a g e i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by using t h e DIRECT ULLAGE p u s h -

button on t h e d e l t a V c o n t r o l p a n e l . When p r e s s e d , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s
c o m m a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e d i r e c t RCS c o i l s to initiate t r a n s l a t i o n along t h e
t X - a x i s . D i r e c t ullage is a v a i l a b l e at a n y t i m e p r i o r t o C / M - S / M
s e p a r a t i o n . Upon C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e function to t h e
C / M pitch and yaw d i r e c t c o i l s i s inhibited by deadfacing. It is p r i m a r i l y
a backup o p e r a t i o n i n t h e event of n o r m a l t r a n s l a t i o n f a i l u r e . Ullage will
continue as long as t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton is p r e s s e d .
T h e s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e function r e q u i r e s a CCW r o t a t i o n of t h e t r a n s -
l a t i o n c o n t r o l into a d e t e n t position. Ullage c o m m a n d s a r e d i r e c t e d to t h e
d i r e c t RCS c o i l s . T h e s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e m a n e u v e r is p e r f o r m e d when
SPS a b o r t s a r e n e c e s s a r y o r when S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n is r e q u i r e d . If t h e
LES h a s b e e n j e t t i s o n e d , t h e s i g n a l f r o m t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l i n CCW
d e t e n t w i l l c o m m a n d t h e s e q u e n t i a l e v e n t s c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SECS) to
s e q u e n c e t h e s e p a r a t i o n ullage and consequent s e p a r a t i o n f r o m t h e S - I V B .
Lf t h e LES is a t t a c h e d t o t h e S / C , t h e s a m e c o m m a n d w i l l initiate a LES
abort.
In G&N and SCS m o d e s , a c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l

into a d e t e n t g e n e r a t e s a CSS l o g i c s i g n a l t h a t i n h i b i t s a t t i t u d e g y r o s i g n a l s
f r o m t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s , and p r o v i d e s BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop o p e r a t i o n .
I t a l s o initiates manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l (MTVC).

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2-3-37
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e CW r o t a t i o n e n a b l e s c a p a b i l i t y f o r manual r o l l c o n t r o l by t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r d u r i n g G & N e n t r y . T h i s is n o r m a l l y a n a u t o m a t i c
function of t h e G&N s y s t e m and e n t r y p r o g r a m .
Attitude Hold. Attitude hold is a c a p a b i l i t y of t h e ACS t o hold S I C

a t t i t u d e within s e l e c t e d deadband limits of a fixed r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e . The
deadband (amount S I C i s allowed t o d r i f t e i t h e r s i d e of r e f e r e n c e a t t i t u d e )
is s e l e c t e d by s e t t i n g t h e ATT DEADBAND switch on MDC8 t o e i t h e r MAX
o r MIN. In t h e G&N o r SCS e n t r y m o d e s , however, t h e deadband w i l l be
m a x i m u m r e g a r d l e s s of deadband s w i t c h position.
T h e ACS a c c o m p l i s h e s a t t i t u d e hold by inputting s u m m e d a t t i t u d e

e r r o r and r a t e g y r o s i g n a l s t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c , which w i l l t u r n on
a p p r o p r i a t e j e t s to keep t h e S / C within t h e s e l e c t e d deadband. T h e a t t i t u d e
e r r o r s i g n a l is conditioned by a deadband c i r c u i t and r a t e l i m i t e r b e f o r e it
is s u m m e d a t t h e input of a s u m m i n g a m p l i f i e r with t h e r a t e g y r o s i g n a l .
When t h e s u m m e d input t o t h e a m p l i f i e r is g r e a t e r t h a n its t h r e s h o l d , t h e
a m p l i f i e r will c a u s e a switching a m p l i f i e r to p u l s e t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic.
T h e l o w e r t h e a n g u l a r r a t e s , t h e c l o s e r t h e S / C i s allowed to d r i f t to t h e
deadband l i m i t s . As a n g u l a r r a t e s i n c r e a s e , t h e s u m m e d e r r o r l r a t e
s i g n a l i n c r e a s e s in magnitude p r o p o r t i o n a t e t o t i m e . T h e r e f o r e , t h e s o o n e r
t h e t h r e s h o l d of t h e s u m m i n g a m p l i f i e r i s r e a c h e d , t h e s o o n e r t h e j e t s will
f i r e , damping t h e o s c i l l a t i o n .
A l i m i t c y c l e s w i t c h on MDC8 c a n be used t o - p r o v i d e t i m e modulated

p u l s e s t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c . L i m i t c y c l e is p r i m a r i l y u s e d f o r fuel
c o n s e r v a t i o n p u r p o s e s . T h e l i m i t c y c l e switch e n a b l e s a psuedo r a t e f e e d -
b a c k c i r c u i t at t h e output of t h e switching a m p l i f i e r p r e v i o u s l y d i s c u s s e d .
T h e psuedo r a t e , and consequently t h e t i m e - m o d u l a t e d p u l s e s , i s a function
of s i g n a l magnitude a t the switching a m p l i f i e r input. F o r l a r g e s i g n a l
i n p u t s , t h e output p u l s e s will c a u s e t h e RCS j e t s t o p u l s e a t a higher
f r e q u e n c y and f o r l o n g e r p e r i o d s . As t h e e r r o r d e c r e a s e s , t h e p u l s e
widths and f r e q u e n c y d e c r e a s e p r o p o r t i o n a t e l y until t h e e r r o r is nulled.
T h e psuedo r a t e loop is n o r m a l l y used a t a l l t i m e s ( l i m i t c y c l e on)

when a n i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e is being maintained.
Attitude hold i s a v a i l a b l e at a l l t i m e s i n t h r e e a x e s , except d u r i n g

m o n i t o r m o d e and SCS e n t r y m o d e a f t e r t h e 0. 05 G switching. During
G&N e n t r y a f t e r 0. 05 G switching, r o l l a t t i t u d e hold i s s t i l l enabled.
Yaw and pitch a t t i t u d e hold is inhibited.
R a t e Damping Only. In a d d i t i o n to. a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l and maneuvering

c a p a b i l i t i e s , t h e ACS p r o v i d e s a r a t e damping only capability. Although
r a t e damping is a n o r m a l function d u r i n g a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e s , r a t e
damping c a n b e u s e d t o l i m i t S / C r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s ( r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n ) when
a t t i t u d e hold i s not being u s e d . N o r m a l l y , when S I C r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s
exceed 0 . 2 d e g r e e p e r second i n a n y a x i s , t h e r a t e g y r o s o r t h e B U G i n
... -

SMZA -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
backup r a t e s e n s e t h e a n g u l a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s . T h e s i g n a l s , conditioned
via the r o l l , pitch, and yaw ECAs and through j e t s e l e c t i o n logic, a r e
applied t o a p p l i c a b l e RCS engines to keep t h e S I C r a t e s within the
0 . 2 - d e g r e e - p e r - s e c o n d r a t e deadband. If i n SCS o r G&N e n t r y m o d e ,
t h e r a t e deadband i s i n c r e a s e d t o 2 d e g r e e s p e r second. R a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n ,
i n addition to t h e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l functions, i s a v a i l a b l e when a n y of t h e
following conditions e x i s t :
0 S e l e c t i o n of m o n i t o r mode a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
0 S e l e c t i o n of m o n i t o r m o d e f o r LES a b o r t s
Clockwise rotation of t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
0 SCS e n t r y mode a f t e r 0 . 0 5 G switching
G & N e n t r y mode a f t e r 0 . 0 5 G switching ( p i t c h and yaw a x e s o n l y ) .
2. 3. 2. 3 . 3 T h r u s t Vector Control S u b s y s t e m .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( T V C ) s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e s
2. 3 - 4 and 2 . 3 - 5 ) is to a l i g n o r position t h e gimbaled SPS engine to a t r i m
position p r i o r t o SPS t h r u s t i n g and m a i n t a i n t h i s t r i m d u r i n g t h e a c c e l e r a -
tion p e r i o d . The S / C e x p e r i e n c e s a changing c e n t e r of g r a v i t y ( c . g. )
c a u s e d by t h e consumption of fuel and o x i d i z e r d u r i n g a c c e l e r a t i o n . T h e
TVC s u b s y s t e m m a i n t a i n s t h e S P S engine t h r u s t v e c t o r through t h e c. g .
and holds S I C a t t i t u d e s o that t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r w i l l r e m a i n i n t h e
d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n . This c o m p e n s a t e s f o r u n d e s i r a b l e f o r c e s t h a t affect
S I C s t a b i l i t y b e c a u s e of t h e shifting c . g . T h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l , i n a d d i -
t i o n t o the TVC s u b s y s t e m , u t i l i z e s t h e functions of t h e G&N s y s t e m , t h e
p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m s , and t h e SCS a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l
subsystems.
T h e TVC s u b s y s t e m e s s e n t i a l l y c o n t r o l s the SPS engine g i m b a l s , and

consequently t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r , by e n e r g i z i n g t h e gimbal a c t u a t o r s ; one f o r
p i t c h and one f o r yaw.
T h e n o r m a l method f o r c o n t r o l l i n g t h r u s t is through t h e G&N d e l t a V

mode. T h i s p r o v i d e s t h e m o s t a c c u r a t e c o n t r o l . The a c c e l e r o m e t e r s on t h e
IMU s t a b l e e l e m e n t and the ACC p r o v i d e s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s to t h e SPS
engine g i m b a l s and continuous t r a j e c t o r y c o r r e c t i o n s to c o m p e n s a t e f o r
u n d e s i r e d a c c e l e r a t i o n s . The AGC a l s o c o m p e n s a t e s f o r t h e n e a r -body
o r b i t a l and g r a v i t y a f f e c t s on t h e S I C . So, the a c t u a l v e r s u s r e q u i r e d
velocity change w i l l r e s u l t i n a c u r v e d t r a j e c t o r y .
N o r m a l l y , both G & N d e l t a V and SCS d e l t a V m o d e s o p e r a t e by driving

No. 1 and No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s . If a f a i l u r e o c c u r s in No. 1 , a n a u t o -
m a t i c switchover to d r i v e No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and No. 2 gimbal m o t o r
will o c c u r . O r , No. 2 will d r i v e if N o . 1 i s switched off o r if m a n u a l t h r u s t
v e c t o r control is initiated.

Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2 . 3 - 3 9
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A m a n u a l method of t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l is provided t o c o n t r o l t h e
p o s i t i o n of t h e SPS engine gimbal. When o p e r a t i n g manually, inputs f r o m
t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , and t h e B M A G s a r e d i r e c t e d t o
r e d u n d a n t s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s No. 2 and t h e No. 2 gimbal a c t u a t o r m o t o r .
T h e nominal a u t h o r i t y f r o m e i t h e r r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r i s *6 d e g r e e s of SPS
gimbal engine d e f l e c t i o n .
T h e gimbal p o s i t i o n d i s p l a y s e c t i o n of t h e A S I C P I p a n e l , t h e d e l t a V
d i s p l a y , SCS c o n t r o l panel, r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , and t h e
SPS s w i t c h e s on M D C - 3 a r e t h e p r i n c i p l e c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s a s s o c i a t e d
with TVC. They p r o v i d e t h e c a p a b i l i t y f o r c o n t r o l and monitoring of
s y s t e m per for manc e .
T h r u s t Vector Control. When G & N d e l t a V m o d e is s e l e c t e d , auto-

m a t i c t h r u s t on-off, a t t i t u d e , and s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s i n i t i a t e i n t h e G & N
s y s t e m . However, b e f o r e t h e ullage maneuver and t h r u s t - o n , t h e gimbal
p o s i t i o n t r i m c o n t r o l thumbwheels on t h e AS/GPI a r e u s e d t o position t h e
engine g i m b a l s . T h e engine p o s i t i o n is v e r i f i e d on t h e A S I G P I visual d i s -
play. T h e g i m b a l s a r e aligned s u c h t h a t , at t h e m o m e n t of t h r u s t - o n , t h e
t h r u s t v e c t o r will b e through t h e S I C c . g . T h i s is n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e any
d e l t a V to p r e v e n t u n d e s i r a b l e r o t a t i o n a l m o v e m e n t s about t h e c. g. when
t h r u s t i n g begins.
In addition t o initial positioning of t h e g i m b a l s , t h e amount of a c c e l -

e r a t i o n r e q u i r e d f o r t h e velocity change less tailoff i s s e t into t h e d e l t a V
r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y . T h i s a l l o w s t h e c r e w a method of
m o n i t o r i n g d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g and, when i n SCS AV mode, p r o v i d e s a u t o -
m a t i c t h r u s t - o f f c a p a b i l i t y . A coincidence s w i t c h i n t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y
w i l l , by inhibiting t h e t h r u s t on l o g i c , a u t o m a t i c a l l y t e r m i n a t e t h r u s t when
t h e AV r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r i n d i c a t e s z e r o . The a c c e l e r o m e t e r i n t h e AGAA
s e n s e s t X a c c e l e r a t i o n , and s u p p l i e s a c c e l e r a t i o n s i g n a l s t o t i m i n g and out-
put logic which s u b s e q u e n t l y d r i v e s t h e d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g p o t e n t i o m e t e r
to z e r o . T h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r t h r u s h o l d i s 1 X 10-4 g, but the AV c o u n t e r w i l l
only s t e p o n c e f o r e a c h 0 . 2 5 t t l s e c velocity change.
NOTE It is p o s s i b l e , but not r e c o m m e n d e d , to have SPS engine

ignition without ullaging when i n SCSAV mode.
P r i o r t o S P S ignition, t h e G&N s y s t e m inputs a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a -

tion t o t h e ACS t o hold t h e S I C a t a c o n s t a n t a t t i t u d e i n all t h r e e a x e s .
Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m and r a t e i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m the SCS
r a t e g y r o s a r e a l s o applied to t h e SPS gimbal s e r v o loops. Upon engine
ignition, t h e combined a t t i t u d e e r r o r and r a t e g y r o i n p u t s , conditioned by
the s e r v o electronics, reposition the gimbals a s n e c e s s a r y to rotate the
S I C t o c o m p e n s a t e f o r c. g. shift. T h e g i m b a l position is a l s o modified by
s t e e r i n g c o m m a n d s f r o m t h e AGC so t h a t t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r w i l l point in
the right direction for the curved trajectory.

B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-40
M i s s ion
SMZA-03-SCO 12
-.
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e BMAG/AGCU loop r e m a i n s open and follows IMU c h a n g e s so t h a t

t h e SCS w i l l h a v e t h e s a m e i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e in t h e e v e n t a s w i t c h o v e r t o
SCS d e l t a V mode is n e c e s s a r y .
N o r m a l l y , G & N d e l t a V m o d e u t i l i z e s t h e p r i m a r y g i m b a l s e r v o and
a c t u a t o r m o t o r No. 1. If the g i m b a l m o t o r s w i t c h e s on MDC-3 a r e a c t i -
vated, a TVC m o n i t o r s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r ( o v e r - u n d e r c u r r e n t s e n s o r ) i n t h e
a c t u a t o r w i l l s e n s e a f a i l u r e of m o t o r No. 1. If m o t o r No. 1 fails, t h e
s e n s o r will a u t o m a t i c a l l y c a u s e a s w i t c h o v e r t o m o t o r No. 2 i n t h e
a c t u a t o r . S i n c e t h e No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s a r e d r i v e n s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
with No. 1, a n i n t e r r u p t i o n d u r i n g t h e velocity change will not o c c u r . Motor
No. 2 a l s o c o n t a i n s a TVC m o n i t o r s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r , but is not u s e d . In
t h e event of m o t o r No. 2 f a i l u r e , c a u s i n g a n e x c e s s i v e c u r r e n t d r a i n on
the d-c bus, a 70-ampere circuit b r e a k e r in the line w i l l disconnect the
m o t o r f r o m t h e d - c supply bus. Motor No. 2 h a s no s w i t c h o v e r o r warning
light c a p a b i l i t y .
In SCS d e l t a V mode, t h e g i m b a l s e r v o l o o p s function t h e s a m e as i n

G&N d e l t a V mode. Attitude e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n , h o w e v e r , is d e r i v e d f r o m
t h e B U G S . The r a t e loop is i d e n t i c a l , u n l e s s in backup r a t e condition.
SCS d e l t a V w i l l not function if t h e B U G S a r e r e q u i r e d f o r backup r a t e
b e c a u s e of t h e l o s s of a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n .
SCS d e l t a V k e e p s t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. by f i r s t c o m -
p a r i n g t h e t r i m p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s s e t by t h e g i m b a l p o s i t i o n t h u m b -
w h e e l s and t h e p o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r f e e d b a c k s i g n a l s . T h e d i f f e r e n c e ,
combined,with a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m the BMAGs, conditions t h e
s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s to e n e r g i z e t h e a c t u a t o r c l u t c h e s .
E x c e p t f o r mode s e l e c t i o n and t h r u s t - o n r e q u i r e m e n t s , t h e s a m e
p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h r u s t - o n , and t h e c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y functions a r e t h e
s a m e as f o r G&N d e l t a V. The S C S s y s t e m d o e s not p r o v i d e a u t o m a t i c
thrust-on. A thrust-on switch on the delta V display provides the thrust-on
c o m m a n d f o r SCS d e l t a V m o d e . T h r u s t - o f f , however, i s a u t o m a t i c by
c l o s i n g of t h e coincidence switch. A NORMAL-OFF-DIRECT-ON s w i t c h
on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is a l s o p r o v i d e d f o r manual t h r u s t - o n and s e r v e s a s
a m a n u a l backup f o r a l l a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t - o f f c o m m a n d s .
If t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r cannot be used for t h e ullage m a n e u v e r

p r i o r t o t h r u s t - o n , a DIRECT ULLAGE s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y p r o -
vides a m a n u a l backup to i n i t i a t e u-lage.
A manual d e l t a V c a n b e p e r f o r m e d , providing a d e l t a V m o d e h a s
been s e l e c t e d and the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d CW into d e t e n t . T h i s
r e m o v e s all n o r m a l i n p u t s i n t o t h e TVC s e r v o l o o p s , a l l o w s c o m m a n d e d
inputs f r o m t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , and r a t e d a t a f r o m t h e BMAGs in backup-
r a t e condition, into t h e r e d u n d a n t No. 2 s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s and m o t o r No. 2
of t h e g i m b a l a c t p a t o r s . T h i s p r o v i d e s r a t e - s t a b i l i z e d m a n u a l c o n t r o l of t h e
t h r u s t v e c t o r . T h r u s t - o n is i n i t i a t e d by t h e m o m e n t a r y t h r u s t - o n s w i t c h
l o c a t e d on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y .
~ ~
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.3-41

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l m u s t b e h e l d t o a given d i s p l a c e m e n t t o c o n t r o l
the g i m b a l s a b o u t t h e initial trim p o s i t i o n e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e s e t t i n g s of t h e
AS/GPI. T h e C P I p r o v i d e s the only indication of t h e position of the g i m b a l
a n g l e s with r e s p e c t to the S I C body axes.
2. 3 . 3 FLIGHT CONTROL P R O F I L E S .
T h e r e a r e t h r e e b a s i c flight c o n t r o l p r o f i l e s a s s o c i a t e d with m i s s i o n
AS204A. T h e s e include powered flight, c o a s t i n g flight, a n d e n t r y . Within
t h e s e p r o f i l e s , v a r i o u s m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e e s t a b l i s h e d e i t h e r within the
a t m o s p h e r e o r in e a r t h o r b i t a l e n v i r o n m e n t . B e c a u s e of t h e d i v i s i o n of
p o w e r e d flight, i . e . , a s c e n t a n d e a r t h o r b i t a l e n v i r o n m e n t , t h e d e s c r i p t i o n
i s divided as follows:
0 A s c e n t (including a b o r t s )
0 Coasting f l i g h t ( e a r t h o r b i t a l )
0 P o w e r e d flight ( e a r t h o r b i t a l )
E n t r y ( n o n p o w e r e d a t m o s p h e r i c flight).
A s t h e v a r i o u s o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s a r e d i s c u s s e d , r e f e r e n c e will b e
m a d e t o f i g u r e s 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, and 2. 3-6. A t y p i c a l c o n t r o l channel yaw
i s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 2 ; t h e r e f o r e , d i f f e r e n c e s not t y p i c a l to t h e
yaw c h a n n e l will be c l a r i f i e d .
It s h o u l d b e n o t e d t h a t r e l a y s in f i g u r e s 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, and 2. 3-7 a r e

n o t r e l a y s of t h e a c t u a l s y s t e m b y n u m b e r . However, t h e r e l a y n o m e n c l a -
ture is s y s t e m o r i e n t e d a n d m a y be c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e d b y u s i n g t h e following
chart.
F i g . 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, S CS S y s t e m
2.3-7 Relays Function Relay
K1 ORBIT R A T E 24A14K3
K2 FDAI ALIGN 24A14K1
24A14K2
K3 ' G & N ROLL, P I T C H , YAW 22A 16A3K4
A T T SIN AND COS 22A16A3K6
22A17A3K4
22A17A3K6
2 2A18A 3K4
22A18A 3K6
K4 AGCU CAGED 22A8K1
22A8K2
22A8K4
22A8K5
K5 AGCU ALIGN 22A8K6
22A8K7

B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change D a t e Page
.
2.3-42
Mission
SM2A -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
F i g . 2. 3-4, 2.3-5, SCS S y s t e m

2. 3-7 R e l a y s Function Relay
K6 AG CU P / Y ERROR
K7 R G & N ERR/AGCU INH
G & N P ERR 20A3K3
Y ERR G & N BODY 21A3K3
K8 G & N P , Y, E R R S . F . 2 2A20A 3K 1
22A21A3K1
K9 ROLL, P I T C H , YAW ERR 2 2A2 OA 3K4
AGAA 22122 1A3K4
MONITOR t G & N AV t G & N 22A2 3A3K2
A T T CONTR t G & N ENTRY
t. 05G MANUAL t t
YAW B / U R A T E
K10 R O L L , P I T C H , YAW, B / U 2 2A9K 1
RATE 22A9K2
22A13K1
22A13K2
22A11K1
22A11K2
K11 M T V C R T OUT 22A9K 3
22A11K3
22A12K3
K12 R O L L , P I T C H , YAW 22A23A3
RATE 22A20A3
22A21A3K
K13 Y/P RT SF 22A22A3
K14 R - Y R T CPLG 23A11K2
K15 R T IN TRANS 2 3A 19K 1
23A19K1
19A26K 1
K16 ENT GAIN 23A15K 1
23A15K2
23A17K2
K17 G & N A T T IN 23A19K2
K18 AGAA A T T IN 23A19K3
K19 D-B CHG 23A15K3
K20 R J C ATT SW 23A11K1
K21 G & N MIN IMP ENABLE 23A13K
K22 P S U E D O R T CO 23A13K
K23 R CS LATCHING RELAY MESC Z19
ARMED
( J E T DVRS ENABLED)
SAFE
( J E T D V R S DISABLED)
K24 1 . 8 S E C LATCH MESC 2 8

SM2A -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
Fig. 2. 3-4, 2. 3-5, SCS S y s t e m

2. 3-7 R e l a y s Function Relay
~
K25 MAIN DEPLOY MESC 2 1 2

K26 AUTO CONT INTER 23A11K3
K27 ENG IGN 23A2 1K2
K28 S Y S GRD CK 2 3A2 1K 3
K29 SCS AV MODE 23A21K1
K30 ENG IGN 23A27K 1
K31 MTVC ENGAGE 23A18K2
K32 T V C E L E C TRANS 23A25K1
K33 SERVO NO. 1 DISENGAGE 2 3A 14K 1
K34 S E R V O NO. 2 ENGAGE 23A18K 1
K35 ENTRY 22A8K8
K36 AV INH 22A21A3K6
K38 THRUST O N LAMP 22A2QA3K6
2. 3. 3 . 1 Ascent.
D u r i n g t h e a s c e n t p h a s e , capability e x i s t s f o r monitoring boost

vehicle stability. T h e SCS is i n a m o n i t o r m o d e with all s u b s y s t e m s a c t i v e ,
but s u p p l i e s no a c t i v e c o m m a n d s f o r c o n t r o l p u r p o s e s f o r t h e f i r s t 61 s e c -
onds of flight. A f t e r 61 s e c o n d s , if a b o r t s a r e r e q u i r e d , t h e SCS w i l l b e
used to supply s i g n a l s f o r S / C s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l .
2 . 3. 3 . 1. 1 Monitor Mode.
T h e m o n i t o r m o d e p r o v i d e s the capability of monitoring deviations

f r o m p r o g r a m m e d launch vehicle a t t i t u d e p r i o r t o S-IB s e p a r a t i o n and
CSM a t t i t u d e a f t e r S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . T h e S-IVB u t i l i z e s a d i f f e r e n t guid-
a n c e technique and monitoring C / M i n s t r u m e n t s r e l a t i v e t o S-IVB o p e r a t i o n
p r o v i d e s no useful p u r p o s e . Monitor mode a l s o , p r o v i d e s rate stabilization,
when r e q u i r e d , a n y t i m e d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n .
N o r m a l Ascent. At time of launch, RCS latching r e l a y s i n t h e SECS s y s t e m

w i l l b e open t o inhibit c o m m a n d s to t h e RCS j e t s . R e l a y s K4 and K 5 w i l l b e
c l o s e d , providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop, The FDAI will b e following
IMU g i m b a l a n g l e c h a n g e s . T h e m o t o r - d r i v e n switch 5 ( f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 7 ) i s
set t o t h e S / M position when t h e REACTON CONTROL SYS-TRANS
-
C / M - S / M s w i t c h on M D G 16 is set to S / M .
Total a t t i t u d e and a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e IMU and i n e r t i a l

CDU ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 1) a r e applied t o t h e FDAI through r e l a y s K3,
K7, and K8, r e s p e c t i v e l y . Attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s r e p r e s e n t deviations
f r o m t h e t r a j e c t o r y f o r t h e f i r s t s t a g e b o o s t e r only. T h e SCS r a t e g y r o s
apply a t t i t u d e r a t e s t o t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s d i r e c t l y and t o t h e FDAI via
r e l a y K12.
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-44

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
.-
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e X - a x i s a c c e l e r o m e t e r will be a c t i v e . but i t s output w i l l b e u s e d

only if a n a b o r t d e l t a V is r e q u i r e d . T h e TVC s u b s y s t e m is a c t i v a t e d t o
hold t h e SPS engine t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. i n t h e event of a n SPS
a b o r t , and to k e e p t h e n o z z l e c e n t e r e d and s t a t i o n a r y within t h e a d a p t e r .
T h e SPS engine g i m b a l s a r e aligned t o null o f f s e t ( p i t c h to. 4 d e g r e e s and
yaw t3. 6 d e g r e e s ) p r i o r t o launch. Q u i e c s e n t c u r r e n t on t h e g i m b a l
motor clutches maintains these angles during ascent.
LES A b o r t . If a n LES a b o r t is i n i t i a t e d ( 6 1 s e c o n d s o r m o r e a f t e r lift-off)

r e q u i r i n g SCS o p e r a t i o n , t h e SCS is enabled one second a f t e r LES ignition.
T h e SCS is enabled by t h e a r m i n g of t h e RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y s i n t h e SECS,
and t h e S / M - C / M t r a n s f e r s w i t c h w i l l b e d r i v e n t o t h e C / M p o s i t i o n . T h e
RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y w i l l open by t h e o p e r a t i o n of a b a r o m e t r i c s w i t c h a t
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 4 , 0 0 0 f e e t d u r i n g d e s c e n t and w i l l d i s a b l e a c t i v e c o m m a n d s
to t h e C / M RCS. B e s i d e s r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n , s p e c i f i c c o m m a n d inputs t o
t h e SCS above 24, 000 f e e t w i l l depend on a l t i t u d e and o t h e r f a c t o r s .
SPS A b o r t . An SPS a b o r t would be i n i t i a t e d a f t e r t h e LES j e t t i s o n . T h e

t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d CCW i n t o d e t e n t and t h e switch c l o s u r e will
c a u s e t h e MESC t o c o m m a n d a tX t r a n s l a t i o n ( s e p a r a t i o n u l l a g e ) via t h e
d i r e c t c o i l s of t h e S / M RCS. T h e d i r e c t c o i l s a r e a c t i v a t e d t h r o u g h t h e
RCS t r a n s f e r switch.
B e f o r e s e p a r a t i o n f r o m t h e S-IVB, a d e l t a V m o d e m u s t b e s e l e c t e d .
F o r a n S P S a b o r t , a l i g n m e n t of t h e S P S engine g i m b a l s is not r e q u i r e d
s i n c e t h e y w e r e p r e s e t p r i o r t o l a u n c h and no p r o p e l l a n t h a s b e e n c o n s u m e d .
At s e p a r a t i o n , a n a b o r t c a n b e m a d e i n t o e a r t h o r b i t o r to a d o w n r a n g e
landing s i t e .
2 . 3. 3 . 2 Coasting F l i g h t ( E a r t h O r b i t a l ) .
T h e c o a s t i n g flight p r o f i l e r a n g e s f r o m a f r e e - d r i f t c o n f i g u r a t i o n
(no c o n t r o l ) t o m o n i t o r mode ( p a s s i v e ) to a t t i t u d e hold ( a c t i v e c o n t r o l ) .
T h e following p a r a g r a p h s d e s c r i b e t h e v a r i o u s m o d e s r e l a t i v e to t h e e a r t h
orbital environment.
2. 3. 3 . 2. 1 G&N Attitude C o n t r o l .
G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l w i l l p r o v i d e i n e r t i a l l y s t a b i l i z e d a t t i t u d e by
utilizing t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m s . Attitude
d a t a is obtained f r o m the i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d IMU. R e l a y s K4 and K5
p r o v i d e BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop so t h a t if SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d ,
t h e AGCU will h a v e t h e s a m e r e f e r e n c e as t h e IMU f o r c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y
purposes.
Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDU t h r o u g h r e l a y s K7 and K8 a r e

applied to t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s f o r a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y , and to
p r o v i d e a t t i t u d e c o r r e c t i o n s . T h e e r r o r s f r o m t h e CDU a r e t h e d i f f e r e n c e
b e t w e e n t h e IMU g i m b a l a n g l e s and t h e c o m m a n d e d output of t h e AGC.
Total a t t i t u d e f r o m t h e IMU is applied t o t h e FDAI via r e l a y K 3 . T h e

page 2 . 3 - 4 5
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a t t i t u d e r a t e s f r o m t h e SCS r a t e g y r o and r e l a y K12 will d r i v e t h e FDA1 r a t e

i n d i c a t o r a t a s c a l e r a n g e of *1 d e g r e e / s e c o n d .
T h e m a x i m u m deadband l i m i t is n o r m a l l y s e t f o r G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l .
If navigation s i g h t i n g s a r e r e q u i r e d , t h e m i n i m u m deadband m a y b e
s e l e c t e d . T h e G&N s y s t e m and S C S a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m will m a i n -
t a i n a t t i t u d e within t h e s e l e c t e d deadband l i m i t s .
Maneuvering. A u t o m a t i c m a n e u v e r s m a y b e executed by i n s e r t i n g
c o m m a n d s into t h e AGC via t h e DSKY. T h e S / C w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y maneuvei
t o t h e c o m p u t e r - c o m m a n d e d attitude. T h e SCS will follow t h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r
s i g n a l i n p u t s f r o m t h e CDU i n r e s p o n s e t o AGC inputs f o r m a n e u v e r i n g t o
t h e c o m m a n d e d attitude. Manual m a n e u v e r s c a n be commanded with o r
without a t t i t u d e hold.
I n G&N m o d e , r e l a y K l 8 ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-7) is open. R e l a y K17 is c l o s e d .

R e l a y K18 i n h i b i t s Bh4AG inputs and allows G&N a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s into
t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic f o r t h e a t t i t u d e hold function. When t h e r o t a t i o n c o n -
t r o l is d i s p l a c e d , t h e b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s open K17, inhibiting G&N s i g n a l s
and allowing p r o p o r t i o n a l c o m m a n d ( r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l p l u s r a t e g y r o )
s i g n a l s i n t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. When t h e c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l ,
r e l a y K17 c l o s e s and t h e G&N a t t i t u d e hold function i s r e s t o r e d , p r o v i d e d
G&N s y n c is a c t i v e .
T r a n s l a t i o n i n all a x e s c a n b e c o m m a n d e d .by t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
A s shown i n f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 5 , s w i t c h c l o s u r e s within t h e c o n t r o l apply c o m -
m a n d s i g n a l s d i r e c t l y t o t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic a n d , s u b s e q u e n t l y , t o t h e
a u t o RCS c o i l s . Attitude hold is a n o r m a l function when t r a n s l a t i o n s a r e
initiated, u s i n g t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
T h e d i r e c t ullage s w i t c h on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is a backup f o r tX
t r a n s l a t i o n s . When t h i s s w i t c h is a c t i v a t e d , t h e signal is applied d i r e c t l y
t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . Attitude hold i s not a function of d i r e c t ullage.
Attitude i m p u l s e c o n t r o l ( p a n e l 105, L E B ) is a m a n u a l c o n t r o l
c a p a b i l i t y f o r G&N and SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e s only. E a c h d i s p l a c e m e n t
of t h e a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o n t r o l ( f i g u r e 2 . 13-4, s h e e t 3 ) p r o v i d e s a n output
a t t i t u d e i m p u l s e c o m m a n d t o two RCS engines f o r a d u r a t i o n of 18*4 m s .
T h e p u l s e s c o m m a n d body a n g u l a r r a t e s of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 a r c m i n / s e c .
2 . 3 . 3. 2 . 2 G&N L o c a l V e r t i c a l .
T h e G&N l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n e x t e n s i o n of G & N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h i s m o d e of o p e r a t i o n i s t o a c c u r a t e l y m a i n t a i n t h e S / C
X-axis a t a fixed a n g l e with r e s p e c t t o t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l ( r e l a t i v e to t h e
e a r t h s u r f a c e ) while m a i n t a i n i n g t h e S / C Y-axis n o r m a l t o t h e o r b i t a l p l a n e .
T h e G&N l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n AGC-commanded function. A c o m p u t e r
p r o g r a m (not a v a i l a b l e f o r AS204A m i s s i o n ) is c a l l e d by t h e a s t r o n a u t by
DSKY e n t r y . A f t e r IMU a l i g n m e n t , w i t h t h e S / C X - a x i s i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of
the d e s i r e d orbital path, the computer p r o g r a m provides a n orbit r a t e

SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
-_
SYSTEMS DATA
s o u r c e t o c o m m a n d t o r q u i n g of t h e IMU at a r a t e t h a t w i l l m a i n t a i n t h e l o c a l
v e r t i c a l attitude. T h i s m o d e m a y b e used t o m a k e navigational s i g h t i n g s of
e a r t h l a n d m a r k s by keeping t h e G&N o p t i c s within t h e a r e a of t h e e a r t h -
surface.
2. 3 . 3 . 2 . 3 SCS Attitude Control.
SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e w i l l hold t h e S / C a t a n i n e r t i a l - r e f e r e n c e d
a t t i t u d e and w i l l limit S / C d r i f t to t h e s e l e c t e d deadband limits, n o r m a l l y ,
*5 d e g r e e s i n e a r t h o r b i t . If SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d a f t e r a G&N
a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l function, t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s u b s y s t e m is aligned t o t h e
IMU (BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop). If not, a n FDAI/AGCU a l i g n function i s
required.
When SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is s e l e c t e d , G&N inputs a r e r e m o v e d f r o m

t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e following r e l a y c o n t a c t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 3-4,
s h e e t 2 ) a r e a c t i v a t e d t o supply S C S - g e n e r a t e d c o m m a n d s f o r d i s p l a y and
control purposes.
0 Relay K4 open-FDA1 b a l l s t a t i o n a r y
0 Relay K12-Applies body r a t e s to FDAI
0 Relay K 3 c l o s e d to AGCU-Applies attitude e r r o r s to FDAI
0 Relay K11B-Applies a t t i t u d e e r r o r s to SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
FDAI/AGCU Align. If t h e ACCU h a s not been aligned t o t h e IMU o r if a

new a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e is d e s i r e d while i n SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e , t h e
astronaut w i l l determine S / C attitude f r o m s t a r sightings o r f r o m the
M S F N . I n e r t i a l a n g l e s a r e d i a l e d i n t o t h e A S / G P I with t h e ATTITUDE SET
d i a l s aad t h e FDAI ALIGN pushbutton is p r e s s e d . R e l a y K2 c l o s e s and t h e
AGCU and FDAI b a l l w i l l d r i v e t o t h e s e l e c t e d attitude.
Manual M a n e u v e r s . A f t e r AGCU r e f e r e n c e h a s b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d , t h e S I C
c a n b e m a n e u v e r e d t o t h e d e s i r e d a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e by flying out t h e
e r r o r s , using CSS. T h e A T T S E T / O F F switch is a c t i v a t e d , r e l a y K23 is
a c t i v a t e d , t h e RCS l a t c h i n g r e l a y s a r e c l o s e d t o t h e S / M RCS, r e l a y s K6
and K9 c l o s e , and K20 w i l l open. Attitude e r r o r , equal to t h e d i f f e r e n c e
between ATTITUDE S E T d i a l p o s i t i o n and AGCU r e s o l v e r s h a f t p o s i t i o n ,
is then applied to t h e FDAI f r o m t h e AGCU t h r o u g h K6. Attitude e r r o r
f r o m t h e BMAG i s r e m o v e d f r o m t h e FDAI when K9 a c t i v a t e s . When t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l i s moved out of d e t e n t , CSS c o m m a n d s a r e applied through
t h e ACS to t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c and a u t o c o i l s of t h e RCS e n g i n e s . At
t h e s a m e t i m e , r e l a y s K4 and K5 c l o s e providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop,
T h e BMAGs follow S / C r o t a t i o n and r e p o s i t i o n s t h e FDAI ball. When t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is r e t u r n e d t o n e u t r a l , t h e BMAG/AGCU loop i s opened,
r e l a y s K4 and K 5 open, and t h e new a t t i t u d e w i l l hold within t h e s e l e c t e d
d e ad band.
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM .

SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
-..-
SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e ATT S E T / O F F s w i t c h i s O F F , r e l a y s K6 and K9 d e - e n e r g i z e

and a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e BMAGs a r e now applied t o t h e FDAI and
ACS. If f u r t h e r a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s a r e d e s i r e d , they c a n be a c c o m p l i s h e d by
u s i n g CSS. T h e BMAGIAGCU loop w i l l b e c l o s e d , and opened when t h e r o t a -
t i o n c o n t r o l i s r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . T h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r n e e d l e s will i n d i c a t e
t h e d i f f e r e n c e between t h e AGCU and t h e S I C attitude. T h e e r r o r n e e d l e s
a r e f l y - t o n e e d l e s and w i l l be a t full s c a l e if t h e e r r o r is g r e a t e r than
5 d e g r e e s . To f l y out t h e e r r o r , t h e a s t r o n a u t m u s t f l y - t o t h e n e e d l e s o r
u s e t h e FDAI b a l l m a r k i n g s until t h e n e e d l e s c o m e off full s c a l e , and t h e n
f l y - t o t h e n e e d l e t o null t h e r e m a i n i n g e r r o r .
F r e e D r i f t . F r e e d r i f t is n o r m a l l y used d u r i n g extended p e r i o d s of t i m e
when p o w e r and RCS p r o p e l l a n t c o n s e r v a t i o n i s d e s i r e d . F r e e d r i f t c a n be
e s t a b l i s h e d i n e i t h e r a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e by placing t h e SCS CHANNEL
s w i t c h e s t o O F F , inhibiting all c o m m a n d s i g n a l s t o t h e RCS a u t o c o i l s .
With a n SCS a t t i t u d e m o d e s e l e c t e d and a n SCS CHANNEL s w i t c h to O F F
( P I T C H o r YAW o r A&C R O L L and B&D R O L L ) , r e l a y a c t i o n c l o s e s t h e
BMAG/AGCU loop and u p d a t e s t h e ARS while d r i f t i n g . However, if one
Bh4AG is p l a c e d i n backup r a t e and a channel s w i t c h is off, r e l a y a c t i o n
r a t e c a g e s t h e r e m a i n i n g BMAGs and opens t h e BMAG/AGCU loop, t h u s ,
p r e v e n t i n g t h e ARS f r o m being updated.
2.3. 3.2.4 SCS L o c a l V e r t i c a l .
SCS l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e is a n e x t e n s i o n of SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l . Its

p u r p o s e is t o m a i n t a i n S I C a t t i t u d e with r e s p e c t t o t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l . When
t h e L C L V E R T P o F F s w i t c h on MDC-8 is s e t t o L C L VERT, r e l a y K1 e n e r -
g i z e s and a n o r b i t r a t e s o u r c e with a p r e s e t l e v e l is applied t o t h e BMAGI
AGCU s e r v o loop. At p r e s e n t , t h e p r e s e t l e v e l e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h e o r b i t
r a t e s o u r c e i s m o s t a c c u r a t e f o r a 100-n m i c i r c u l a r o r b i t and w i l l m a i n t a i n
t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e s y s t e m at t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l with t o r q u e r a t e s of
246 d e g r e e s / h o u r , o r 4 . 1 d e g r e e s l m i n u t e . It w i l l m a i n t a i n a n a p p r o x i m a t e
a t t i t u d e when t h e AGCU i s aligned t o r e p r e s e n t S / C a t t i t u d e when t h e S I C
X Z p l a n e is p a r a l l e l t o t h e o r b i t a l p l a n e a t t h e t i m e L C L VERT is s e l e c t e d .
All t h r e e RCS c h a n n e l s m u s t b e enabled fof t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e .
Modifications of t h e l o c a l v e r t i c a l a t t i t u d e c a n b e m a d e using CSS. T h e
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is a l s o a c t i v e and a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g this m o d e of o p e r a t i o n
2. 3 . 3 . 3 Powered Flight (Earth Orbital).
P o w e r e d flight i n c l u d e s t h o s e m o d e s that p r o v i d e t h e c a p a b i l i t y f o r
velocity c h a n g e s using t h e SPS engine. Included i n t h e following d i s c u s s i o n
a r e t h e G&N d e l t a V, SCS d e l t a V, and t h e m a n u a l d e l t a V m o d e s .
2. 3. 3. 3. 1 C&N D e l t a V.
G & N d e l t a V mode is t h e n o r m a l m e t h o d . f o r velocity c h a n g e s . P r i o r

t o engine ignition, h o w e v e r , G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l m o d e m u s t b e e s t a b l i s h e d .
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-48

SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
S y s t e m r e l a y s apply t h e following (G&N/SCS switch on MDC-8 s e t t o G&N

and ATTITUDE/MONITOR/ENTRY s w i t c h set t o ATTITUDE ( f i g u r e 2. 3-5,
s h e e t 1) ):
0 R e l a y K 7 a n d K8-Attitude e r r o r f r o m CDUs t o FDAI

R e l a y K9-Attitude e r r o r f r o m CDUs t o SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
0 R e l a y K3-Total attitude f r o m IMU to FDAI ball
0 Body r a t e s t o FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
0 RCS latching r e l a y in MESC c l o s e d t o RCS s y s t e m
T h e FCSM-SCS - R E S E T / OVERRIDE a n d G&N-RESET / OVERRIDE

s w i t c h e s on MDC-2 m a y b e set t o SCS and G&N positions. T h e s e s w i t c h e s
p r o v i d e a n a u t o m a t i c m o n i t o r i n g of SPS engine c o m b u s t i o n p e r f o r m a n c e .
If rough combustion o c c u r s , t h e S P S ROUGH E C O warning light on MDC- 10
w i l l light and engine t h r u s t will t e r m i n a t e . A r e s t a r t c a n b e m a d e by
r e s e t t i n g t h e FCSM s w i t c h e s and then setting t h e m b a c k to SCS and G&N.
O r , t h e m o n i t o r c a n b e b y p a s s e d by s e t t i n g the FCSM s w i t c h e s t o
RESET/OVERRIDE.
Attitude i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e IMU is displayed on t h e FDAI ball.

Attitude e r r o r s f r o m t h e CDUs a r e a l s o applied t o t h e FDAI ( f 5 - d e g r e e
s c a l e ) a n d a r e u s e d by t h e SCS t o c o n t r o l a t t i t u d e i n r e s p o n s e t o AGC c o m -
m a n d s . Rotational rates a r e displayed by t h e FDAI rate i n d i c a t o r s with a
s c a l e r a n g e of 55 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d . T h e c o m p u t e r - c o n t r o l l e d velocity
change w i l l b e m o n i t o r e d on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y . T h e r e q u i r e d velocity
l e s s tailoff will b e set i n t o t h e delta V d i s p l a y by t h e AV S E T switch, using
velocity i n f o r m a t i o n obtained f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r MSFN. M i n i m u m
deadband is s e t on MDC-8, t h e g i m b a l m o t o r s w i t c h e s , and t h e i n j e c t
p r e - v a l v e s w i t c h e s on MDC-3 a r e a c t i v a t e d . T h e S P S g i m b a l trim a n g l e s
a r e d e t e r m i n e d , set into t h e A S / G P I by t h e g i m b a l position thumbwheels,
and gimbal position verified on t h e GPI. T h e NORMAL/OFF/DIRECT
switch on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y is set t o n o r m a l .
A p p r o x i m a t e l y 15 s e c o n d s p r i o r t o ignition, a f t e r the digital event

t i m e r (MDC-5 and 8 ) h a s b e e n set f o r countdown, t h e a s t r o n a u t will c o m -
m a n d a tX u l l a g e using t h e t r a n s l a t i o n control. At T = 0, t h e AGC will
c o m m a n d a signal through t h e t h r u s t on-off logic and enable t h e solenoid
d r i v e r s of the TVC s u b s y s t e m . T h e solenoid d r i v e r s will t h e n a c t i v a t e t h e
S P S engine ignition c o i l s and SPS t h r u s t i n g w i l l o c c u r . T h e l a m p portion of
t h e THRUST ON switch on t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y will light, verifying t h e
automatic computer command.
S y s t e m delay.(AUTO CONT INTER) logic will t e r m i n a t e the RCS

ullage a p p r o x i m a t e l y one second after SPS ignition. T h e c o m p u t e r will
c o m m a n d pitch and yaw attitude of the SPS g i m b a l s via the TVC to c o n t r o l
the t h r u s t v e c t o r . R o l l c o m m a n d s will be applied t o the r o l l RCS during
the maneuver.

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
When t h e d e l t a V r e m a i n i n g c o u n t e r i n d i c a t e s z e r o , t h r u s t i n g will
t e r m i n a t e and the THRUST ON light will g o out. T h e N O R M A L / O F F /
DIRECT ON switch will be s e t t o O F F a n d the SPS m o t o r s w i t c h e s , i n j e c t
p r e - v a l v e s , and t h e T V C e l e c t r o n i c s will b e de-activated. Approximately
one s e c o n d a f t e r t h r u s t t e r m i n a t e s , pitch and yaw c o n t r o l i s t r a n s f e r r e d
b a c k t o the SCS f o r the attitude c o n t r o l function.
If a malfunction o c c u r s during t h e m a n e u v e r , a s w i t c h o v e r t o SCS

d e l t a V will allow continuation of t h e velocity change. If t h e r e is no r e s p o n s e
f r o m t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a t ullage initiation, the DIRECT ULLAGE
pushbutton on the d e l t a V d i s p l a y m a y b e u s e d f o r the ullage m a n e u v e r p r i o r
to ignition of the S P S engine. A l s o , i f a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t - o n d o e s n o t o c c u r at
T = 0 , t h e THRUST ON pushbutton on the d e l t a V d i s p l a y will provide engine
ignition.
2. 3 . 3 . 3. 2 SCS Delta V.
SCS d e l t a V m o d e i s a p r i m a r y backup f o r the G&N d e l t a V. P r e -

l i m i n a r y t o engine ignition, SCS attitude c o n t r o l i s e s t a b l i s h e d b y setting
t h e G & N / S C S switch on MDC-8 to SCS. A f t e r SPS engine ignition, the S C S
u s e s S / M RCS r o l l jets to m a i n t a i n r o l l attitude and applies c o m m a n d s to
t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s to c o n t r o l the t h r u s t v e c t o r . R e l a y s in f i g u r e 2. 3 - 4
apply t h e following (RCS latching r e l a y in t h e SECS i s closed t o the S / M RCS
throughout the m a n e u v e r ) :
, R e l a y s K9 and K10-Attitude e r r o r s f r o m BMAGs t o FDAI

R e l a y K11B- Attitude e r r o r s f r o m BMAGs t o SCS e l e c t r o n i c s
R e l a y s K 4 and K 5 open-FDA1 b a l l s t a t i o n a r y
Body r a t e s t o FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s (RGA).
The c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y activation p r o c e s s t h a t w a s p e r f o r m e d f o r the

G & N d e l t a V will be p e r f o r m e d f o r SCS d e l t a V . T h e m a j o r d i f f e r e n c e s a r e
a s follows:
Control of attitude and the t h r u s t v e c t o r is through t h e SCS.
0 A t T = 0 , ignition is initiated m a n u a l l y b y p r e s s i n g the THRUST O N

pushbutton on the d e l t a V display.
T h r u s t i s t e r m i n a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y when the AV r e m a i n i n g counter

( d e l t a V pot. ) indicates z e r o .
As in the G & N d e l t a V mode, if t h e r e q u i r e d c o m m a n d r e s p o n s e s to

not o c c u r , the s a m e backup c o n t r o l s c a n be u s e d to p e r f o r m the d e l t a V .
. ..

Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-50 ,
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
In SCS d e l t a V mode, if engine ignition d o e s not o c c u r when t h e THRUST O N

switch i s p r e s s e d , t h e N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON s w i t c h c a n be s e t t o
DIRECT ON. T h i s a p p l i e s a c o m m a n d s i g n a l d i r e c t l y t o t h e SPS engine
ignition c o i l s and w i l l i n i t i a t e t h r u s t i n g . The N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON
switch m u s t be s e t t o O F F t o t e r m i n a t e engine t h r u s t .
2. 3 . 3 . 3 . 3 Manual D e l t a V (MTVC).
A m a n u a l d e l t a V will b e p e r f o r m e d only a s a backup t o a G&N o r SCS

d e l t a V. Manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l is initiated by a CW r o t a t i o n of t h e
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l into d e t e n t . At t h i s t i m e , r e l a y s K4 and K5 will c l o s e ,
providing r a t e caging of a l l t h r e e BMAGs; and r e l a y s K10 and K l l B w i l l
open r e m o v i n g r a t e g y r o outputs f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e
r a t e - c a g e d BMAGs through r e l a y and K12 w i l l switch BMAG b a c k u p - r a t e
s i g n a l s into t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s .
In t h e G&N and SCS d e l t a V m o d e s , T V C s e r v o e l e c t r o n i c s No. 1 and

SPS gimbal d r i v e m o t o r No. 1 was u s e d . When MTVC i s i n i t i a t e d , r e l a y s
K32, K33, and K34 a c t i v a t e . T h i s c l o s e s t h e s e r v o loop f o r c o m m a n d i n g
SPS gimbal d r i v e m o t o r No. 2 .
Gimbal t r i m c o m m a n d s a r e applied through r e l a y K31. When t h e

r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l is moved out of d e t e n t , pitch and yaw c o m m a n d s a r e
applied t o m o t o r No. 2 through r e l a y K31 and gimbal position feedback is
t h r o u g h r e l a y K32.
T h e s u m m a t i o n of backup r a t e and p r o p o r t i a n a l CSS c o m m a n d s into

t h e TVC p r o v i d e s a r a t e - d a m p e d m a n u a l c o n t r o l of t h e engine g i m b a l s .
T h e a s t r o n a u t m u s t keep t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l a t a given d i s p l a c e m e n t t o
k e e p t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r t h r o u g h t h e c . g. and t o fly t h e c o r r e c t t r a j e c t o r y .
If CW s w i t c h e s of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l a r e engaged while i n G & N

d e l t a V, G&N a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l , o r G & N e n t r y m o d e , a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a r e not
r e m o v e d f r o m t h e FDAI. T h i s allows t h e a s t r o n a u t t o monitor and, if
n e c e s s a r y , fly a G & N p r o g r a m m e d m a n e u v e r using CSS.
2. 3.3.4 Entry.
T h e e n t r y p r o f i l e c o n s i s t s of t h e v a r i o u s methods of c o n t r o l l i n g t h e
S / C f o r t h e e n t r y p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n . T h e e n t r y mode i s n o r m a l l y
s e l e c t e d a f t e r S / M - C / M s e p a r a t i o n . At s e p a r a t i o n , t h e m o t o r - d r i v e n RCS
t r a n s f e r s w i t c h e s a r e c l o s e d to t h e C / M RCS.
2. 3. 3.4. 1 G&N E n t r y ,
G&N manual m o d e is t h e p r i m a r y method of c o n t r o l f o r e n t r y into the

a t m o s p h e r e f o r the AS204A m i s s i o n . Automatic e n t r y m a y be u s e d in l i e u
of G & N manual mode.
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2 . 3 - 5 1

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
C & N Manual. This is n o r m a l l y a backup f o r the G & N e n t r y a u t o m a t i c

mode. T h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is r o t a t e d C W i n t o d e t e n t . T h i s r e m o v e s
i n e r t i a l CDU a t t i t u d e e r r o r s f r o m t h e SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . N o r m a l l y , t h e
a s t r o n a u t s w i l l c a l l up t h e e n t r y p r o g r a m via t h e DSKY s h o r t l y a f t e r
S/M- C/ M separation.
T h e e n t r y a n g l e , r e q u i r e d pullout a n g l e , and o t h e r r e q u i r e d e n t r y
d a t a i s p r e s e n t e d on t h e c o m p u t e r d i s p l a y s . T h e a s t r o n a u t c a n m a n u a l l y
p e r f o r m a c o n t r o l l e d g - l e v e l e n t r y by u s i n g CSS t o fly out t h e commanded
a t t i t u d e e r r o r s d i s p l a y e d on t h e FDAI. T h e BMAG/AGCU h a s b e e n c l o s e d
l o o p f o r backup r e f e r e n c e i n c a s e s w i t c h o v e r is n e c e s s a r y .
A f t e r . 05 g, a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s build up sufficiently t o s t a b i l i z e the

S / C i n t h e p i t c h and yaw axes. At t h i s t i m e , CSS will b e effective i n t h e
r o l l c h a n n e l only. The SCS w i l l r a t e - d a m p t h e pitch and yaw c h a n n e l s , and
t h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l h a v e s t e e r i n g c a p a b i l i t y by using r o l l CSS t o c o n t r o l t h e
lift vector.
A u t o m a t i c E n t r y . The FDAI r a t e d i s p l a y s c a l e r a n g e c h a n g e s to *25 d e g r e e s /

s e c o n d i n r o l l , and *5 d e g r e e s / s e c o n d in p i t c h and yaw. Deadband i s
m a x i m u m . T h e r a t e deadband is * 2 d e g r e e s / s e c .
P r i o r t o . 05 C switching, a t t i t u d e e r r o r f r o m t h e i n e r t i a l CDUs is
applied t o t h e FDAI e r r o r i n d i c a t o r through r e l a y s K7 and K8, and t o t h e
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s through r e l a y K9. T h e RGA a p p l i e s r a t e g y r o body r a t e s
t o t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . R e l a y K3 a p p l i e s total a t t i t u d e t o t h e
FDAI ball.
At . 0 5 g, t h e . 0 5 G E N T R Y / O F F s w i t c h on MDC-8 is s e t t o ,051 C
ENTRY. T h e SCS pitch and yaw c h a n n e l s p e r f o r m r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n only.
T h e r o l l c h a n n e l is still s u b j e c t t o c o m p u t e r - c o n t r o l l e d r o l l c o m m a n d s .
T h e AGC w i l l fly t h e S / C a c c o r d i n g t o a p r e - e s t a b l i s h e d e n t r y p r o g r a m .
2. 3. 3 . 4 . 2 SCS E n t r y .
T h e SCS e n t r y mode is a p r i m a r y backup to G & N e n t r y mode. When

s e l e c t e d , total a t t i t u d e i n f o r m a t i o n t o t h e FDAI i s supplied throughout t h e
e n t r y . P r i o r to . 0 5 g, t h e BMACs apply a t t i t u d e e r r o r s to t h e FDAI and
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s through r e l a y s K3 and K9. After . 0 5 g, r e l a y s K3 and K9
r e m o v e a t t i t u d e e r r o r s f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . R e l a y s K 4 and
K5 c l o s e , providing BMAG/AGCU c l o s e d loop. F o r t h e r e m a i n d e r of e n t r y ,
a t t i t u d e e r r o r s a r e not d i s p l a y e d . T h e r e i s no a t t i t u d e hold c a p a b i l i t y .
The r a t e gyros, however, provide r a t e signals for r a t e stabilization. The
SCS e l e c t r o n i c s i n c r e a s e r a t e s t o a 2 - d e g r e e / s e c o n d r a t e deadband. T h e
FDAI d i s p l a y s t o t a l attitude. T h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l i n i t i a t e t h e n e c e s s a r y
c o m m a n d s u s i n g CSS t o fly a c o n t r o l l e d g - l e v e l e n t r y . After a e r o d y n a m i c s
s t a b i l i t y i n p i t c h and yaw, s t e e r i n g c a p a b i l i t y will b e in t h e r o l l channel
only.

Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 3 - 5 2
SM2A -03-SCO 12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
If, a f t e r . 05 g, i t is n e c e s s a r y t o p l a c e a B U G i n backup r a t e , only

t h e BMAG s e l e c t e d by t h e r a t e g y r o s e l e c t switch w i l l have i t s inputs in t h e
SCS f o r r a t e s t a b i l i z a t i o n . When backup r a t e is s e l e c t e d , r e l a y s K9, K10,
K12, and K15 a c t i v a t e , providing backup r a t e t o t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c -
t r o n i c s . L o s s of FDAI b a l l r e f e r e n c e w i l l o c c u r . R e l a y K12 r e m o v e s r a t e
g y r o output f r o m t h e FDAI and SCS e l e c t r o n i c s . T h e a s t r o n a u t s w i l l c o n t r o l
t h e l i f t v e c t o r with t h e CSS r o l l c h a n n e l . If they w i s h t o d e c r e a s e t h e g
l e v e l , they w i l l r o l l t h e S / C to keep t h e lift v e c t o r up. If they w i s h to
i n c r e a s e t h e g level, they w i l l r o l l t h e S / C so t h a t t h e l i f t v e c t o r is down.
2.3.4 M A J O R COMPONENT/ SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION
T h e SCS c o n s i s t s of t h e following m a j o r components:
0 R a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y (RGA)
0 Attitude g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y (AGAA)
0 P i t c h e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (pitch ECA)
Roll e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y ( r o l l ECA)
0 Yaw e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (yaw ECA)
0 A u x i l i a r y e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y ( a u x ECA)
0 D i s p l a y and a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y e l e c t r o n i c
c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y (DISPLAY-AGAA ECA)
0 Rotation c o n t r o l
0 Translation control
0 F l i g h t d i r e c t o r a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r (FDAI)
0 Attitude s e t / g i m b a l p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r (AS/ GPI)
0 Velocity c h a n g e i n d i c a t o r ( A V d i s p l a y ) .
2. 3.4. 1 Rate Gyro Assembly.
T h e r a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s t h r e e i d e n t i c a l r a t e g y r o s , mounted
orthogonally along t h e s p a c e c r a f t body a x e s , and a s s o c i a t e d g y r o e l e c -
t r o n i c s . No p r o v i s i o n is m a d e f o r h e a t e r s o r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of t h e
g y r o s . E a c h g y r o is a s i n g l e - a x i s unit, with t h e input axis d e t e r m i n e d by
t h e g y r o mounting f i x t u r e . S e l f - t e s t c a p a b i l i t i e s a r e p r o v i d e d by torquing
c o i l s which e n a b l e t h e g y r o t o b e d i s p l a c e d a t a known r a t e and by s p i n
m o t o r r o t a t i o n d e t e c t i o n c i r c u i t s which allow m o n i t o r i n g of t h e g y r o s p i n
m o t o r s p e e d . All s e l f - t e s t c i r c u i t s a r e c o m p l e t e l y i s o l a t e d f r o m o p e r a -
tional c i r c u i t s to p r e v e n t a f a i l u r e in t h e f o r m e r f r o m affecting g y r o
~~

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
o p e r a t i o n . T h e g y r o outputs a r e u s e d by t h e SCS a s p r i m a r y d a m p i n g o r
s t a b i l i z a t i o n s i g n a l s a n d , i n addition, as n e g a t i v e f e e d b a c k t o null r o t a t i o n a l
c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s and p r o v i d e a p r o p o r t i o n a l m a n e u v e r r a t e capability.
T h e r a t e g y r o s a l s o p r o v i d e a n i n d i c a t i o n on t h e FDA1 of t h e r a t e - o f -
a t t i t u d e change i n p i t c h , r o l l , and yaw a x e s . An a t t i t u d e c h a n g e about a n y
of t h e a x e s r e s u l t s i n a n output s i g n a l which is r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e r a t e
of d i s p l a c ' e m e n t .
E a c h m i n i a t u r e r a t e g y r o a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a s p i n m o t o r , damping
s y s t e m , g i m b a l a s s e m b l y , q u a d r i l e v e r s p r i n g , and s e l f - c h e c k c i r c u i t r y .
T h e g y r o s p i n m o t o r is a 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e s y n c h r o n o u s h y s t e r e s i s m o t o r
p o w e r e d by 26 v o l t s a c . T h e m a x i m u m t i m e allowed f o r t h e g y r o to c o m e
up t o o p e r a t i n g s p e e d is 17 s e c o n d s . Damping is a c c o m p l i s h e d by p o s i t i v e
d i s p l a c e m e n t of t h e d a m p i n g fluid t h r o u g h t e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d o r i f i c e s .
T h e q u a d r i l e v e r s p r i n g p r o v i d e s t h e t o r s i o n a l r e s t r a i n t r e q u i r e d by t h e
g y r o , t o g e t h e r with r a d i a l s u p p o r t f o r t h e g i m b a l a s s e m b l y . Some
i m p o r t a n t r a t e g y r o c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as follows:
Full-scale range 30 "/ s ec

Input r a n g e (to limit s t o p ) 30 " I s e c
M a x i m u m r a t e without d a m a g e 600"/ s e c
2. 3.4. 2 Attitude G y r o A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y .
T h e a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y c o p t a i n s t h r e e body-
mounted a t t i t u d e g y r o s ( B U G S ) and a n a c c e l e r o m e t e r . E l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l
c i r c u i t s f o r t h e g y r o s and a c c e l e r o m e t e r a r e contained i n t h e d i s p l a y and
attitude gyro a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y electronic control assembly.
2 . 3.4.2. 1 Body-Mounted Attitude G y r o s .
T h e t h r e e BMAGs a r e i d e n t i c a l u n i t s , mounted orthogonally along t h e

s p a c e c r a f t body a x e s , to s e n s e a t t i t u d e d i s p l a c e m e n t along t h e p i t c h , r o l l ,
and yaw a x e s . E a c h g y r o i s a s i n g l e - a x i s unit, with t h e input axis d e t e r -
m i n e d by t h e p h y s i c a l mounting i n t h e S I C . A s p i n m o t o r d e t e c t i o n c i r c u i t
i s included i n e a c h g y r o t o allow m o n i t o r i n g of g y r o s p i n m o t o r s p e e d .
T h i s will b e t e l e m e t e r e d d a t a only.
T h e BMAGs p r o v i d e i n f o r m a t i o n denoting t h e a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t
of t h e s p a c e c r a f t f r o m a p r e s e t attitude. They a r e initially s e t to a s p e c i f i c
s p a c e - s t a b i l i z e d o r i e n t a t i o n ; t h e r e a f t e r , a n y d i s p l a c e m e n t f r o m t h i s initial
s e t t i n g r e s u l t s i n output s i g n a l s which a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h e amount of
a n g u l a r d i s p l a c e m e n t . T h e output s i g n a l s a r e used to p r o d u c e a t t i t u d e
e r r o r s i g n a l s f o r a n a t t i t u d e - h o l d m o d e o r f o r d i s p l a y on t h e flight d i r e c t o r
a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r . T h e outputs m a y a l s o b e applied t o t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o
c o u p l e r unit (AGCU) f o r a t t i t u d e c h a n g e s t o r a g e and f o r c o n v e r s i o n t o
i n e r t i a l m e a s u r e m e n t unit (IMU) a x e s . IMU a x e s d i f f e r f r o m t h e s p a c e c r a f t
body a x e s . T h e AGCU and BMAGs a r e used as a s u b s t i t u t e o r backup
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e unit f o r t h e IMU d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d s when t h e IMU is
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 1.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date P a g e 2.3-54

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
t u r n e d off o r h a s malfunctioned. T h e BMACs c a n a l s o b e u s e d to p r o d u c e

a t t i t u d e r a t e - o f - c h a n g e i n f o r m a t i o n , a s backup f o r t h e r a t e g y r o s .
T h e BMAGs a r e s i n g l e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m , m i n i a t u r e i n t e g r a t i n g
g y r o s contained i n e l e c t r i c a l l y heated individual p a c k a g e s . The h e a t e r w i l l
m a i n t a i n individual BMAG t e m p e r a t u r e a t 170rt2OF. Degraded g y r o o p e r a -
tion w i l l r e s u l t if t h i s t e m p e r a t u r e is not m a i n t a i n e d . The g y r o s p i n m o t o r s
a r e 3 - p h a s e 2 4 , 0 0 0 - r p m s y n c h r o n o u s d e v i c e s , powered by 1 3 . 6 v o l t s 400 c p s
f r o m a supply i n t h e a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r package e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l
a s s e m b l y . With C / M t e m p e r a t u r e a t 80°F and t h e mounting p l a t e t e m p e r a -
t u r e a t 5 5 O F , t h e m a x i m u m t i m e allowed f o r t h e BMAG t o r e a c h o p e r a t i n g
l i m i t s is 40 m i n u t e s . A few g y r o c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e l i s t e d a s follows.
Ac c e l e r a t i o n s e n s i t i v e d r i f t 4 deg/hr
Maximum self-torquing r a t e 25 d e g l s e c
Maximum attitude range 520 deg
AGCU coupled torquing l i m i t s 20' s e c r o l l , 5' s e c pitch and yaw
2. 3 . 4 . 2 . 2 Accelerometer.
T h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r is mounted along t h e s p a c e c r a f t X - a x i s t o s e n s e
velocity c h a n g e s along t h i s a x i s . It i s a pendulous-type a c c e l e r o m e t e r with
e l e c t r o n i c null and balance. T h e t e m p e r a t u r e is maintained a t 1 7 0 5 2 O F
under n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g conditions. A s i g n a l output is g e n e r a t e d by a
velocity change along t h e X - a x i s . T h i s velocity change c a u s e s t h e pendulous
m a s s to move, r e s u l t i n g i n a change of coupling between t h e p r i m a r y and
s e c o n d a r y windings of a s i g n a l g e n e r a t o r . T h i s r e s u l t s i n a n output signal
which is demodulated and amplified t o p r o v i d e a c c e l e r a t i o n i n f o r m a t i o n i n
t h e f o r m of d i g i t a l s i g n a l s to a c o u n t e r i n t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y ( p a r a g r a p h
2. 3 . 4 . 1 0 ) . T h e pendulous m a s s is r e t u r n e d t o null by t h e balancing a c t i o n
of t h e e l e c t r o n i c caging s i g n a l when t h e velocity change c e a s e s .
2. 3 . 4 . 3 P i t c h , Roll, and Yaw E l e c t r o n i c Control A s s e m b l i e s .
T h e pitch, yaw, and r o l l e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l a s s e m b l i e s ( E C A s ) a r e

n e a r l y i d e n t i c a l , with s l i g h t d i f f e r e n c e s d u e t o d i f f e r e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
e a c h a x i s . T h e E C A s p r o v i d e t h e c i r c u i t r y f o r input c o n t r o l s i g n a l p r o c e s s -
ing and SCS m o d e c o n t r o l and configuration. Input c o n t r o l s i g n a l s c o n s i s t
of a t t i t u d e e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e SCS BMAGs and f r o m t h e G & N s y s t e m ,
m i n i m u m i m p u l s e c o m m a n d s , r a t e g y r o a n g u l a r s i g n a l s , t r a n s l a t i o n and
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l c o m m a n d s , s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n engine gimbal position
c o m m a n d s , and SPS engine g i m b a l r a t e and position feedback s i g n a l s . Mode
c o n t r o l inputs a r e r e c e i v e d from s w i t c h e s on panel 8 of t h e m a i n d i s p l a y
c o n s o l e (MDC). T h e s e input s i g n a l s a r e applied to l o g i c - c o n t r o l l e d r e l a y s
which enable c i r c u i t c o n f i g u r a t i o n s c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e d e s i r e d mode.
ECA output s i g n a l s c o n s i s t of r e a c t i o n j e t f i r i n g c o m m a n d s and SPS gimbal
p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s . T h e r e a c t i o n j e t c o m m a n d s a r e g e n e r a t e d in t h e j e t
s e l e c t i o n logic p o r t i o n s of t h e ECAs. P r e i g n i t i o n SPS engine gimbal
p o s i t i o n c o m m a n d s a r e g e n e r a t e d m a n u a l l y a t t h e A S / G P I by thumbwheels
which p r o v i d e input s i g n a l s t o t h e gimbal c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s . P o s t - i g n i t i o n

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
g i m b a l c o n t r o l is provided by a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l ( T V C ) c i r c u i t r y
i n t h e pitch and yaw ECAs.
2. 3.4.4 A u x i l i a r y E l e c t r o n i c Control A s s e m b l y .
The auxiliary electronic control a s s e m b l y contains the attitude gyro

coupling unit and s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m t h r u s t on-off c o m m a n d c i r c u i t r y .
T h e AGCU p o r t i o n of t h e a u x i l i a r y ECA r e c e i v e s BMAG s i g n a l s f r o m t h e
DISPLAY-AGAA ECA and p r o c e s s e s t h e d a t a f o r d i s p l a y on t h e FDAI. It
a l s o t r a n s f o r m s a t t i t u d e s e t d i a l s i g n a l s t o body a x e s . The SPS engine
on-off c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y i n t h e AUX ECA r e c e i v e s engine on-off c o m m a n d s
f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r t h e SCS.' T h e s e c o m m a n d s a r e conditioned and
applied t o t h e SPS engine solenoid v a l v e s .
2. 3 . 4 . 5 DisDlav and Attitude Gvro A c c e l e r o m e t e r A s s e m b l y E l e c t r o n i c Control
T h e d i s p l a y and a t t i t u d e g y r o a c c e l e r o m e t e r a s s e m b l y e l e c t r o n i c
c o n t r o l a s s e m b l y p r o v i d e s t h e e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y r e q u i r e d t o c o n t r o l and
power t h e d i s p l a y s , BMAGs, and a c c e l e r o m e t e r . The DISPLAY ECA
p o r t i o n c o n s i s t s of t h e c i r c u i t r y n e c e s s a r y to r e c e i v e and condition t h e
following:
Attitude e r r o r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e G&N s y s t e m o r t h e B U G S t o the

FDAI a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n d i c a t o r s
Attitude r a t e - o f - c h a n g e s i g n a l s f r o m t h e r a t e g y r o s o r BMAGs t o
t h e FDAI a t t i t u d e r a t e i n d i c a t o r s
0 F e e d b a c k s i g n a l s f r o m t h e SPS engine g i m b a l s t o t h e gimbal position

indicators
A c c e l e r o m e t e r s i g n a l s f r o m t h e AGAA t o t h e d e l t a V d i s p l a y
integrator.
T h e AGAA ECA p o r t i o n c o n s i s t s of c i r c u i t r y n e c e s s a r y t o a c c o m p l i s h
t h e following:
e A c c e p t and condition B U G i n p u t s f o r t h e AGCU
e A c c e p t and condition AGCU torquing c o m m a n d s to t h e BMAGs
Control BMAG and a c c e l e r o m e t e r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s
0 Control and condition t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r r e b a l a n c e loop and inputs

to the integrator
Supply r e f e r e n c e voltages t o t h e B U G S and a c c e l e r o m e t e r
...
Condition t h e BMAG and a c c e l e r o m e t e r outputs t o t e l e m e t r y .

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2.3-56
SMZA -03-SCO12
- SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3 . 4 . 6 Rotation C o n t r o l s .
Two identical r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l s a r e provided to enable m a n u a l

c o m m a n d o f t h e s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e ( f i g u r e 2. 3-8). E a c h c o n t r o l i s a c o n t r o l
s t i c k containing b r e a k o u t s w i t c h e s and t r a n s d u c e r s ( f i g u r e 2. 3 - 9 ) which
apply c o n t r o l s i g n a l s to t h e r e a c t i o n j e t s e l e c t i o n logic c i r c u i t r y i n t h e
p i t c h , yaw, and r o l l ECAs. When t h e s t i c k i s moved, t h e b r e a k o u t
s w i t c h e s c l o s e t h e loop between t h e BMACs and AGCU, and c o n t r o l
s i g n a l s f r o m t h e pitch, yaw, and r o l l t r a n s d u c e r s a r e applied t o t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e c o n t r o l ECAs. P r o p o r t i o n a l r e s p o n s e t o t h e c o n t r o l s t i c k
m o v e m e n t is provided by r a t e g y r o f e e d b a c k to t h e ECA e l e c t r o n i c s
( f i g u r e 2. 3-10). T h e r e a c t i o n j e t s o l e n o i d s c a n a l s o be c o n t r o l l e d via t h e
d i r e c t a p p l i c a t i o n of c o n t r o l v o l t a g e s f r o m s w i t c h e s i n t h e c o n t r o l l e r .
The l a t t e r method, r e q u i r i n g u s e of t h e DIRECT MODE switch on MDC-8,
d o e s not p r o v i d e p r o p o r t i o n a l r e s p o n s e . With t h e d i r e c t mode enabled and
t h e s t i c k commanding a r o t a t i o n . a b o u t one a x i s , t h e r a t e damping c i r c u i t s
in t h e o t h e r a x e s a r e a c t i v e .
P r o v i s i o n is m a d e to mount t h e c o n t r o l s a t f o u r d i f f e r e n t l o c a t i o n s in
t h e CIM: t h e r i g h t a r m r e s t of t h e l e f t c r e w couch, both a r m r e s t s of t h e
r i g h t c r e w couch, and at t h e navigation s t a t i o n i n t h e l o w e r equipment b a y .
N o r m a l l y , one c o n t r o l is a t t a c h e d to t h e l e f t c r e w couch mount and the
o t h e r is used a t any of t h e o t h e r t h r e e l o c a t i o n s . Simultaneous o p e r a t i o n
of both c o n t r o l s is p o s s i b l e but not a d v i s e d ; however, e a c h c o n t r o l h a s a
locking d e v i c e to p r e v e n t i n a d v e r t e n t o p e r a t i o n .
2. 3 . 4 . 7 Translation Controls.
Two i d e n t i c a l t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s a r e provided to enable m a n u a l c o m -

mand o f ' s p a c e c r a f t t r a n s l a t i o n a l m a n e u v e r s . (See f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 8 . ) E a c h
c o n t r o l i s a T - h a n d l e type c o n t r o l s t i c k containing s w i t c h e s , which apply
c o n t r o l s i g n a l s to t h e r e a c t i o n j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c c i r c u i t r y i n t h e pitch, yaw,
and r o l l ECSs ( f i g u r e 2 . 3 - 1 1 ) . T h e r e a c t i o n j e t s a r e a c t i v a t e d in g r o u p s
of two o r f o u r , depending upon t h e d i r e c t i o n of d e s i r e d t r a n s l a t i o n . L e f t -
r i g h t and up-down t r a n s l a t i o n s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by f i r i n g two r e a c t i o n
c o n t r o l j e t s with t h e s a m e d i r e c t i o n of t h r u s t . F o r w a r d and r e v e r s e t r a n s -
l a t i o n s a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by f i r i n g t h e four f o r w a r d t h r u s t i n g o r f o u r r e a r -
w a r d t h r u s t i n g r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l j e t s . T h e t r a n s l a t i o n m a n e u v e r commanded
i s in d i r e c t r e s p o n s e to the d i r e c t i o n i n which t h e T - h a n d l e i s moved.
T h e p r i m a r y c o n t r o l h a s s w i t c h e s which initiate a s p a c e c r a f t a b o r t if
t h e T - h a n d l e is r o t a t e d c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . Both c o n t r o l s have s w i t c h e s
which enable manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l and d i s a b l e a u t o m a t i c a t t i t u d e
c o n t r o l i f t h e T - h a n d l e i s r o t a t e d c l o c k w i s e . Each c o n t r o l h a s a locking
d e v i c e to p r e v e n t i n a d v e r t e n t o p e r a t i o n of t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l .
Both c o n t r o l s a r e mounted i n t h e C / M on t h e l e f t a r m r e s t of t h e c r e w
couch. The p r i ; n a r y c o n t r o l is identified with yellow s t r i p e s and is the
only one provided with a b o r t switching c a p a b i l i t y .

SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA --
PUSH T O TALK
ABORT
INITIATE
+Z
MNC EN~BLE AND/OR
AUTO A T 1 C O N T R O L DISABLE
(18')
PITCH
CONTROL
R OTAT ION CONTROL SM-24-674A

F i g u r e 2. 3-8. Rotation and Translation Controls
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-58

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
--
SYSTEMS DATA
ROTATI ON CONTROLLER II
< 26 VAC 400 CPS FROM PITCH ECA OR YAW ECA
I
I H--lI;}
I
TRANSDUCER
I
- PITCH PROPORTIONAL RATE COMh4ANDS TO PITCH ECA
I
I
I
N-qI} TRANSDUCER
I
- ROLL PROPORTIONAL RATE COMMANDS TO ROLL ECA
PROPORTIONAL RATE COMMANDS TO YAW ECA

- YAW
I TRANSDUCER
I I DIRECT RCS
18 VDC FROM
I 1 I
I
D
,C MA1 N BUS A
OR DC M A I N BUS B
I
OFF (SEE NOTES)
DIRECT SWITCHES I
I
I PITCH
I
I DIRECT COMMANDS TO
RCS ENGINES DIRECT COILS
I I
I
I
I
I
I
:} YAW
I BREAKOUT SWITCHES I 28 VDC FROM

< DC M A I N BUS A OR
I I 1
I
I
DC MAIN BUS B
I II
BREAKOUT SIGNAL TO
PITCH, ROLL A N D YAW ECA
I 1-1
I
CASE GROUND
NOTES: 1 . DC main bus A supplies power to direct

switches in rotation control No. 1 .
2. DC main bus B supplies power to direct
switches in rotation control N o . 2.
SM-2A-71 I B
F i g u r e 2. 3-9. Rotation Control Schematic

Mission B a s i c Date 12 No!' 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-59
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
32
ROLL MOTIONS
DIRECT SWITCH
ACTUATION -4
FORCE-
INCH-POUNDS
BREAKOUT SWITCH
1
0
I
1
I
2 3
I
4
I 1
5 7
1
6 8 9
1 1
IO
I I I
I1
I
12
I
13
-
DISPLACEMENT DEGREES
-
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS VS FORCES
YAW MOTIONS MECHANICAL

LIMIT
(16 IN.-LBS, 13 DEGREES)
14
12
FORCE-
INCH-POUNDS
-
DISPLACEMENT DEGREES
-
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS VS FORCES
PITCH MOTIONS
FORCE -
INCH-POUNDS
DISPLACEMENT DEGREES -
-
ROTATION CONTROL STICK DISPLACEMENTS VS FORCES SM-?A-675
Figure 2. 3-10, Rotation Control Charts
M i s s ion Basic Date 1 2 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-60 -

SMZA -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
T R A N S L A T ION CONTROLLER 1 28 VDC FROM
.
I D C M A I N BUS A OR
I t ABORT INITIATE I < D C M A I N BUS B

SWITCHES (CCW)
I ABORT I N I T I A T I O N S I G N A L
I
TO MISSION SEQUENCER A
I
I ABORT I N I T I A T I O N S I G N A L
TO MISSION SEQUENCER B
MOTOR DRIVEN SWITCH

(LOCATED IN S/M, CLOSED
AFTER S/M SEPARATION FROM SlVB)
1
II Ah 28 VDC FROM
DC MAIN BUS A OR
I
c--" I
I
+x
-X
' DC MAIN B U S B
I
TRANSLATION C O M M A N D S
I - Y T O S/M RCS ENGINES
A N U_ A L_ N C EN
M.
I
-b
SWITCH jCW,
.
I
I
I
I
I
.
<
<
DC M A I N BUS A OR
DC M A I N BUS 8
T O PITCH, YAW 6 ROLL
ECA
28 V D C
PUSH TO TALK
I C O M M U N I U T I ONS
I SM-2A-7106
F i g u r e 2 . 3 - 11. T r a n s l a t i o n C o n t r o l S c h e m a t i c
2.3.4. a F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r .
T h e flight d i r e c t o r a t t i t u d e i n d i c a t o r , l o c a t e d on MDC-4, p r o v i d e s
attitude, a t t i t u d e e r r o r , and a t t i t u d e r a t e - o f - c h a n g e d i s p l a y i n f o r m a t i o n .
( S e e f i g u r e 2. 3-12. ) T h e FDAI i n d i c a t e s a t t i t u d e r a t e of change and a t t i t u d e
e r r o r on i n d i c a t o r s and s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e on a 3 d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m ,
i n e r t i a l l y r e f e r e n c e d ball and r o l l i n d i c a t o r . T h e r o l l r a t e d i s p l a y i s
l o c a t e d a c r o s s t h e top of t h e FDAI. T h e p i t c h r a t e d i s p l a y is l o c a t e d along
t h e r i g h t s i d e of t h e FDAI. T h e yaw r a t e d i s p l a y is l o c a t e d a c r o s s t h e
bottom of t h e FDAI. T h e a t t i t u d e e r r o r d i s p l a y s a r e p o i n t e r s which m o v e
a c r o s s t h e f a c e of t h e ball. T h e r a t e and e r r o r d i s p l a y s a r e f l y - t o d i s p l a y s .
T h e r o l l a t t i t u d e p o i n t e r is l o c a t e d a t t h e top and points down t o w a r d s t h e
c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h e p i t c h a t t i t u d e p o i n t e r i s l o c a t e d a t the r i g h t and
points l e f t t o w a r d t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. .The yaw p o i n t e r is l o c a t e d a t t h e
Mission B a s i c Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date page 2 . 3 - 6 1

SMZA -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
ROLL RATE
\
ROL
IN D NAVIGATION
/AXIS MARKER
--PITCH RATE
DISPUY
'PITCH ATTITUDE
ERROR DISPLAY
ATTITUDE BALL
\BODY AXIS
MARKER
YAW ATTITUDE
ERROR DISPLAY
/ ' YAW RATE
DISPLAY
Attitudo Enor lndicaton I 0. I 0. 1 -2.5.

Anaular UI O lndicaton I -.l./bc I -.2./Lc I + .3*/s.c
NOTE: O n this illurtmtion, tho attitude ball
d i q l a y i s read with n f e n n c o to the
navigation axis maker. SM-2A-726 C
F i g u r e 2. 3 - 12. F l i g h t D i r e c t o r Attitude I n d i c a t o r
b o t t o m and p o i n t s up t o w a r d t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h e FDAI is l o c a t e d in

t h e c e n t e r of t h e d i s p l a y . T h e b a l l f a c e is m a r k e d i n d e g r e e s of p i t c h and
yaw and is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e IMU a x e s . Two r e f e r e n c e m a r k e r s a r e l o c a t e d
on t h e f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y t o i n d i c a t e a t t i t u d e i n r e f e r e n c e t o e i t h e r s p a c e -
c r a f t body a x e s o r IMU (navigation) a x e s T h e body a x e s m a r k e r is on t h e
l o w e r f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y . The IMU o r navigation a x e s m a r k e r is l o c a t e d on
t h e u p p e r f a c e of t h e d i s p l a y . Roll a t t i t u d e is t h e IMU r e f e r e n c e and i s
i n d i c a t e d by t h e r o l l i n d i c a t o r (bug) which t r a v e l s a r o u n d t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e
of t h e ball. Roll a t t i t u d e z e r o r e f e r e n c e is l o c a t e d a t t h e t o p of t h e ball.
FDAI d i s p l a y o p e r a t i o n w i l l v a r y , depending upon mode. T h e r a t e

d i s p l a y is o p e r a t i v e a t all t i m e s . E a c h r a t e i n d i c a t o r h a s a c a l i b r a t e d d i s -
p l a y s c a l e , with t h e r a n g e of t h e s c a l e dependent upon t h e mode s e l e c t e d .
M a x i m u m f u l l - s c a l e d e f l e c t i o n w i l l b e as indicated i n t h e following t a b u l a t i o n .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 7. 3 - 6 2 .

SM2A -03-SCO12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
F u l 1- S c a 1<: De f 1e c t i o n
Mode Pitch I Roll I Yaw
~~~
Delta V modes *5"/sec *5"/sec *5"/sec

E n t r y m o d e s and m o n i t o r m o d e *5" / s e c *25" / s e c *5"/ s e c
A l l other modes *lo/sec *lo/sec *1 " I s e c
F u l l - s c a l e Deflection
Mode Pitch Roll Yaw

Entry modes *5" *25" *5"
Monitor m o d e *15" *25" k15"
All other modes *5O *5" *5"
T h e gimbaled a t t i t u d e ball is c o l o r e d half g r a y and half black, with

t h e l i n e of s e p a r a t i o n a t t h e 0 - d e g r e e to 1 8 0 - d e g r e e pitch a n g l e . T h i s
t w o - c o l o r s c h e m e p e r m i t s r a p i d r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e s p e c i f i c pitch
h e m i s p h e r e being d i s p l a y e d . T h e r e a r e two c o n c e n t r i c c i r c l e s l o c a t e d a t
9 0 - d e g r e e y a w l o - d e g r e e pitch and 2 7 0 - d e g r e e y a w l o - d e g r e e pitch. T h e
i n n e r c i r c l e s a r e solid r e d 3 0 - d e g r e e c i r c l e s which r e p r e s e n t t h e b a s e of
a c o n e with t h e a p e x at t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball. T h i s area d e n o t e s p o s s i b l e
IMU g i m b a l lock. The o u t e r c i r c l e s e n c l o s e a r e d 4 0 - d e g r e e c i r c l e which
a l s o r e p r e s e n t s t h e b a s e of a c o n e with t h e a p e x a t t h e c e n t e r of t h e ball.
T h i s a r e a d e n o t e s a t t i t u d e s which r e s u l t i n AGCU i n a c c u r a c y . The ball i s
r e a d a g a i n s t one of two r e f e r e n c e m a r k s , depending upon t h e mode of
o p e r a t i o n . The IMU a x e s r e f e r e n c e m a r k i s t h e upper m a r k e r (e) which
i n d i c a t e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e i n pitch and yaw a x e s with r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
IMU g i m b a l s o r stability a x e s . T h e body a x e s m a r k e r is t h e lower m a r k e r
(v) which i n d i c a t e s s p a c e c r a f t a t t i t u d e with r e f e r e n c e to t h e body a x e s .
T h e included a n g l e between t h e m a r k e r s is 32 d e g r e e s . T h e r o l l i n d i c a t o r
is r e f e r e n c e d to t h e z e r o m a r k on t h e p e r i p h e r y of t h e b a l l d i s p l a y f a c e i n
a l l o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . I n SCS m o d e s , t h e b a l l is d r i v e n only d u r i n g
m a n u a l m a n e u v e r s , d u r i n g FDAI a l i g n m e n t , and a f t e r 0. 05 g is s e n s e d
d u r i n g e n t r y . D u r i n g t h e s e f u n c t i o n s , t h e b a l l is d r i v e n by s i g n a l s
r e c e i v e d f r o m t h e AGCU. In G&N m o d e s , t h e ball d i s p l a y s IMU gimbal
a n g l e s . F i g u r e 2. 3-13 p r o v i d e s a t a b u l a r l i s t i n g of t h e v a r i o u s FDAI
display configurations.

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 3-63
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Mission B a s i c D a t e l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-64

SM2A -03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 3 . 4 . 9 Attitude Set / Gimbal P o s i t i o n Indi cat0 r .
The attitude s e t / g i m b a l position i n d i c a t o r (AS-GPI) p r o v i d e s two

s e p a r a t e functions. The attitude s e t portion e n a b l e s FDAI-AGCU align-
m e n t and p r o v i d e s a r e f e r e n c e f o r a c q u i r i n g new a t t i t u d e s . The g i m b a l
position display portion p r o v i d e s positioning c o n t r o l of the SPS engine
g i m b a l a n g l e s and d i s p l a y s g i m b a l position. The attitude s e t portion p r o -
vides a c o m p a r i s o n of the angle between the attitude d i s p l a y e d on the
ATTITUDE S E T i n d i c a t o r s and the position of the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft. It
a l s o p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l of the inputs to t h e FDAI attitude e r r o r p o i n t e r s and
aligns the FDAI to the attitude indicated o n the ATTITUDE S E T i n d i c a t o r s .
The attitude s e t function is c o n t r o l l e d by m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n of the t h u m b -
wheels. The d e s i r e d position is dialed by a thumbwheel, with the display
providing v i s u a l indication of the position s e l e c t e d by the thumbwheel. The
attitude display m a y be used to align the FDAI-AGCU o r to indicate a new
attitude f o r the s p a c e c r a f t . To a c c o m p l i s h FDAI-AGCU a l i g n m e n t , the
d e s i r e d position is s e t o n the attitude s e t display. The FDAI ALIGN push-
button i s then p r e s s e d . T h i s p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l which d r i v e s the AGCU
s t e p p e r m o t o r and c o n t r o l logic t o position the AGCU r e s o l v e r shaft. The
s t e p p e r m o t o r d r i v e s the s h a f t to the c o m m a n d e d position, r e s u l t i n g i n a n
output f r o m a n angle g e n e r a t o r to the FDAI ball, d r i v i n g the b a l l to the
commanded position. To m a n u a l l y m a n e u v e r the s p a c e c r a f t to a p r e -
d e t e r m i n e d attitude, the d i s p l a y i s s e t to the d e s i r e d attitude and the A T T
S E T s w i t c h i s placed to A T T SET. The output s i g n a l is applied'to the
attitude e r r o r display p o i n t e r s on the FDAI, providing a m a n u a l m a n e u v e r
indicatiQn to the s p a c e c r e w . The d i s p l a y configuration i s a fly-to type,
with the c r e w manually maneuvering the s p a c e c r a f t t o w a r d the p o i n t e r s .
( T h e p o i n t e r s will peg if the new attitude i s i n e x c e s s of 5 d e g r e e s f r o m
the o r i g i n a l attitude. )
The SPS engine g i m b a l position d i s p l a y allows positioning of the

g i m b a l s and p r o v i d e s indication of g i m b a l position. Two thumbwheels
enable the pitch and yaw engine g i m b a l s to be positioned p r i o r to SPS
engine firing. The g i m b a l s position the engine to a n attitude which e n s u r e s
that the SPS engine t h r u s t v e c t o r is through the s p a c e c r a f t c e n t e r of gravity.
Movement of the thumbwheels r e s u l t s i n the g e n e r a t i o n of c o n t r o l s i g n a l s
which engage the SPS g i m b a l ring t o r q u e m o t o r m a g n e t i c c l u t c h e s . Clutch
engagement connects the g i m b a l t o r q u e m o t o r and g e a r t r a i n to move the
g i m b a l ring. P o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r s send a s i g n a l to the g i m b a l position
d i s p l a y s to i n d i c a t e t h e angle of the gimbal. The yaw g i m b a l position s c a l e
is graduated i n i n c r e m e n t s of one-half d e g r e e f r o m - 5 d e g r e e s to t 1 3
d e g r e e s . C e n t e r is l o c a t e d at t h e t 4 - d e g r e e position due to a n i n h e r e n t
o f f s e t i n the yaw c e n t e r of g r a v i t y . The pitch g i m b a l position s c a l e i s
g r a d u a t e d i n i n c r e m e n t s of one-half d e g r e e f r o m -9 d e g r e e s to t9 d e g r e e s ,
with the c e n t e r position at 0 d e g r e e s .

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
L. 3.4. 10 Velocity Change I n d i c a t o r .
The d e l t a V d i s p l a y p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l and d i s p l a y of s p a c e c r a f t
velocity c h a n g e s . T h e d i s p l a y p o r t i o n of the panel c o n s i s t s of the AV
REMAIMNG i n d i c a t o r , which is a f i v e - d i g i t d i s p l a y . The digital d i s p l a y
is s e t by the v a r i a b l e s p e e d A V S E T switch. T h r e e p a n e l s w i t c h e s c o n t r o l
the SPS and RCS engine f i r i n g c o m m a n d s . The DIRECT ULLAGE s w i t c h
is a pushbutton, m o m e n t a r y - c o n t a c t s w i t c h which, when d e p r e s s e d
e n e r g i z e s t h e d i r e c t c o i l s of t h e tX r e a c t i o n j e t s o l e n o i d s . It s e r v e s as a
backup f o r t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l , which is u s e d u n d e r n o r m a l conditions
f o r tX t r a n s l a t i o n s f o r SPS f u e l s e t t l i n g ( u l l a g e ) . The THRUST ON s w i t c h
i s a n i l l u m i n a t e d pushbutton, m o m e n t a r y - c o n t a c t switch which is u s e d to
f i r e the SPS engine i n the SCS d e l t a V mode. The s w i t c h is enabled when
the SPS THRUST s w i t c h is i n the NORMAL position. The pitch and yaw
RCS c o n t r o l and f i r i n g c i r c u i t s a r e inhibited d u r i n g S P S engine f i r i n g .
A f t e r i g n i t i o n , the SPS engine continues to f i r e until t h e AV REMAINING
d i s p l a y c o u n t s down to z e r o . The THRUST ON switch i s a l s o u s e d to back
up t h e Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r f i r i n g c o m m a n d s in t h e G&N d e l t a V mode
i n the e v e n t of a n AGC f a i l u r e . The S P S THRUST s w i t c h p r o v i d e s o v e r a l l
c o n t r o l of SPS engine f i r i n g . The NORMAL p o s i t i o n e n a b l e s n o r m a l engine
f i r i n g s e q u e n c e s . The O F F position p r o v i d e s a p o s i t i v e off c o m m a n d as
backup i n c a s e of a malfunction. The DIRECT ON position p r o v i d e s a
p o s i t i v e f i r i n g c o m m a n d to the S P S engine.
The AV S E T s w i t c h s e t s up t h e AV REMAINING d i s p l a y and logic

c i r c u i t s p r i o r to d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s . P r e s s i n g the u p p e r s e c t i o n of the
AV s w i t c h sets up l o g i c c i r c u i t r y which c a u s e s a s l e w m o t o r to d r i v e the
AV REMAINIVG d i s p l a y i n the p o s i t i v e d i r e c t i o n ( i n c r e a s i n g velocity).
P r e s s i n g the l o w e r s e c t i o n of the s w i t c h d r i v e s the d i s p l a y i n the negative
d i r e c t i o n ( d e c r e a s i n g v e l o c i t y ) . The s w i t c h h a s two s e t s of c o n t a c t s i n
both t h e u p p e r and l o w e r p o s i t i o n s . P r e s s i n g t h e s w i t c h lightly engages
t h e f i r s t s e t of c o n t a c t s , which r e s u l t s i n a s i g n a l t h a t will d r i v e the
d i s p l a y a t a r a t e of two f e e t p e r s e c o n d . P r e s s i n g t h e s w i t c h h a r d e r
( p a s t a n e a s i l y f e l t h a r d / s o f t p o i n t ) e n g a g e s t h e second s e t of c o n t a c t s ,
which r e s u l t s i n t h e d i s p l a y b e i n g d r i v e n at a r a t e of 64 f e e t p e r s e c o n d .
As t h e d i s p l a y is d r i v e n to the d e s i r e d velocity, t h e i n t e g r a t o r and logic
c i r c u i t is s e t to a l o g i c a l value e q u a l to t h e d e s i r e d change. The t r a n s -
l a t i o n c o m m a n d s i g n a l e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y which a p p l i e s the output of the
A G M a c c e l e r o m e t e r to the i n t e g r a t o r and logic c i r c u i t , which c o m p a r e s
the d e s i r e d velocity i n c r e m e n t with the a c t u a l velocity change r e c e i v e d
f r o m the a c c e l e r o m e t e r . When t h e a c t u a l velocity change e q u a l s the value
s e t , the A V REMAINING c o u n t e r s e n d s a s i g n a l to a coincidence d e t e c t o r
logic c i r c u i t which, i n t u r n , t r a n s m i t s a s t o p f i r i n g c o m m a n d to t h e t h r u s t
c o n t r o l l o g i c . Although t h i s c a u s e s t h e SPS engine to s t o p firing, s o m e
t h r u s t i n g continues a s a r e s u l t of t h e tail-off i n h e r e n t t o t h e engine. T h e
A V REMAINING d i s p l a y continues to count p a s t z e r o ( i . e . , 99999,99998,
99997, e t c . ) until no f u r t h e r a c c e l e r a t i o n is f e l t . Tail-off e f f e c t s will be
c a l c u l a t e d p r i o r to f l i g h t ' a n d c o m p e n s a t e d f o r by t h e c r e w when the d i s p l a y
is being s e t up f o r d e l t a V m a n e u v e r s . ---

SMZA -03-SCO 12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 3 . 4 . 11 E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
-
See f i g u r e s 2. 3-14 and 2 . 3-15
2. 3. 5 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
. F i g u r e 2. 3-16 contains t h e latest a v a i l a b l e power consumption d a t a f o r

t h e Block I SCS. T h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s w e r e not included in ;he SCS
component breakdown b e c a u s e they d o not d i s s i p a t e a significant a m o u n t of
power within t h e m s e l v e s .
T h e X - a x i s a c c e l e r o m e t e r is a s e r v o - r e b a l a n c e d pendulous
a c c e l e r o m e t e r . Some of t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as
follow 5 .
Operating r a n g e 0.001 g to 2 g
Threshold I x 10-4 g ( m a x )
Null torque 1 x 10-4 g (max)
Signal g e n e r a t o r s e n s i t i v i t y 50 m i l l i v o l t s / m i l l i r a d
Signal g e n e r a t o r null 1 mr ( m a x )
T h e body-mounted attitude g y r o s a r e s i n g l e - d e g r e e - o f - f r e e d o m g y r o s .
Some of t h e g y r o d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e a s follows.
A c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s i t i v e drift 4 deglhslg
Random d r i f t 0.05 deg/hr
M a x i m u m torquing rate 25 d e g l s e c
Maxi m u m input a t t i t u d e *20 deg
Gyro threshold 0 . 02 d e g / h r
G y r o t r a n s f e r function 1 . 15 m i l l i v o l t s / m i l l i r a d
Signal g e n e r a t o r null 3. 5 m i l l i v o l t s
Excitation f r e q u e n c y 400f0.01% CPS
The r a t e gyros a r e single-axis miniature gyros. Some of the g y r o

d e s i g n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s a r e as follows.
Full-scale range 30'1 sec

Input r a n g e ( t o limit stop) 30 " I s e c
Maximum r a t e without d a m a g e 6 O O o / sec
Excitation f r e q u e n c y 400fO.01% c p s
Threshold 0 . 0 2 ' t sec
2. 3. 6 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
2. 3. 6. 1 S/ C Attitude Change.
It is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t vehicle a t t i t u d e change b e held t o m a x i m u m

r a t e s of l e s s t h a n 20 d e g r e e s p e r second r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s p e r second in
pitch and yaw t o p r e v e n t p o s s i b l e loss of a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e . B e c a u s e of
t h e AGCU digital logic, t h e stepping m o t o r c a n be stepped at a m a x i m u m
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.3-67

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A
PARTIAL SCS
POWER SW
- (AC91
ACl , ___,
A
PARTIAL CCZ
AC B U S N O . 1 (AC BUS NO. :

115 VAC 115 VAC)
PHASE
\-, GROUP I
A ACI (ACZI
NOTES: 1. D-C w e r i s applied to thew OFF PILOT'S ROTATIONAL

u n i h through partial SCS pore, CONTROLLER
switch, as ahown in uppr right
part of diagram. TRANSLATIONAL CONTROLLER
2. Contacts clom after S-IVB scpomtion

or high-altitude abart.
F i g u r e 2 . 3-14. SCS P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
REQUIRED SCS POWER SWITCHES
PARTIAL RATE ROTATION Tvc
SYSTEM C A P A B I L l T l E S Tvc 2
scs
POWER
GYRO
POWER POWER
POWER POWER
BACKUP RATE 0 0
CHANNEL ENABLE
DIRECT ROTATION CONTROL
PRO PORT10 N4 L ROTATION CONTROL 0 0
ATTITUDE IMPULSE 0
~~ -
G A N SYNC
TRANSLATION 0
A V SET 0
S f 5 ENGINE IGNITION om
I RATE INDICATORS VALID I I I *OI I I I

BALL 6 ROLL BUG DRIVEN’ 0
ATTITUDE ERROR INDICATORS VALID

00
NOTES: I . I f backup rate has been selected i n any axis. I f backup rate has been
selected i n a l l 3 axes, RATE GYRO POWER need not be on.
2. PARTIAL SCS POWER murt be on i f AV switch i s at NORMAL. However,

SPS engine can ba t u m d on when a l l power switch- are off, by placing
AV switch to DIRECT ON.
3. TVC 2 POWER switch must be on i f manual N C i s engaged.
4. SCS AV mode only. However, i n GBN AV mode, BMAG POWER must

be o n i f backup rate has beon selected i n any axis. I f backup rate has
been selected i n a11 three oxes, RATE GYRO POWER switch i s set to OFF.
5. SCS modes only; also G A N modes i f backup rate has been selected i n any axis
6. SCS mod- only, i f backup rate has not been selected.
7. RATE GYRO POWER w i t c h may b set to OFF for extended periods of

attitude hold,
8. FDA1 A L I G N and G B N modes only.
SM- 2A-90W
F i g u r e 2. 3-15. SCS P o w e r vs S y s t e m Capability

S M 2 A -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
SYSTEM STEAD\ $TAT€ POWER CONSUMPTION-WAITS 6 Q - l ) I

MONITOR GLNAlTlTUDE I SCSATTITUDE I GbNENTRY ~ 1
115 VAC400 CPS
SWITCH
PARTIAL SCS PWR ( I )

POWER FACTOR
125.2
0.94
1 24.1 117.6
0.89 0.91
I 16.7
FDA1
POWER FACTOR I ;::I I I
RGA POWER
POWER FACTOR 0.98 0.85 0.99
ROT. C O N 1 POWER
POWER FACTOR 0.92
TVCSW N0.I
POWER FACTOR
I16:4
0 96
1 1 I
8:7
0 86
8.7
0.86
16.3
I I I
TVC SW NO. 2
POWER FACTOR
BMAG POWER
POWER FACTOR
CONT PANEL INPUT ( I )
II 1
Ill:5
0 75
6.1
0.99
4:3
0 57
3.4
0.78
4.2
0.63
7.0 162.3
0.80
11 .a:
SYSTEM STEADY-STATE POWER CONSUMPTIOWWATTS

( 5 0 - 1 ) (CONTINUED)
- SWITCH\
POWER FACTOR
FDA1
MoDE
PARTIAL SCS P W R ( I ) 27.5

0.94 II
SCS ENTRY
I I
245 18.3 22.9
0.89
' 0.88
25.7
0.941
G L N AV
240
o h 1 o:wl
186 594
'
I
I
SCS AV LOCAL VERTICAL
28.3 23.3 19.0 61.3 26.1 2 2 6 17.6 12.4

0.931 0.881 0.911 1'0.941 0 : 8 8 ) 0.901 I
POWER FACTOR
RGA POWER
POWER FACTOR I I I 1 I I
5:2
0 98 0 8 5 11:s
3:4 099
5.2
0.98
3:4 I \ l : 8
0 85 0 99
I I 1 I 5:298
0 3.4
0.85 lA:;/
I I 5:2 3.4 111:8
0 98 0.85 0 99
1 I
ROT.CONT POWER
POWER FACTOR
TVC SW NO. I
POWER FACTOR
TVC sw No. 2
POWER FACTOR
BMAG POWER
POWER FACTOR
C O N 1 PANEL INPlJl ( I )
I I I I I I I 1 1 I I 1
NOTES:
1 . Power marrummenh made in w c h nwde. 4. Line losses and inverter efficiencies nat con-
'2. Power consunption assumed came in each mode. ridered.
Asterisk indicates mode in which mwsurament 5. A l l values indimted are in w o t h .
was made. 6. Figure &a nat include enegiring RCS enginn
3. h a r u r m e n t ~made with SPS engine o f f . (Two b r manwven.
solenaids and 2 relays.)
SM-24-754D
Figure 2 . 3-16. SCS Steady-State P o w e r Consumption Data

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
rate of 100 s t e p s p e r second i n r o l l and 25 s t e p s p e r second i n pitch and

yaw. T h i s is equivalent t o g y r o t o r q u i n g rates of 20 d e g r e e s p e r second in
r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s p e r second i n pitch a n d yaw. T h e r e f o r e , i f vehicle r a t e s
exceed t h e g y r o torquing r a t e s , t h e stepping m o t o r will l a g behind t h e
vehicle r a t e s . Under t h i s condition, t h e B U G - A G C U loop m a y not b e a b l e
t o m a i n t a i n t h e SCS attitude r e f e r e n c e .
2. 3 . 7 T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t i n g of all SCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is

m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . The last
c o l u m n contains the n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . T h e d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickup o r signal s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r i s included i n t h e d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (*) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n
which i s not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g P C M
low-bit rate o p e r a t i o n .
F i g u r e 2 . 3-4, s h e e t 2, identifies t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s f o r t h e SCS

yaw channel. Identical m e a s u r e m e n t s i n t h e following l i s t , r e l a t i v e t o t h e
r o l l and pitch c h a n n e l s , a r e t a k e n f r o m the same c i r c u i t junctions a s f o r
t h e yaw channel.
Measurement
Number Description S e n s o r Range C r e w Display
* CH 0024 V P i t c h rate FDAI

CH 0025 V P i t c h rate manual r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l Z e r o / t 5 VRMS FDAI
* CH 0034 V P i t c h pos f e e d b a c k i n - 6 l t 6 vdc None
* CH 0047 V P T V diff c l u t c h volts c o m b TBD None
CH 0050 V P i t c h r a t e e r r o r a m p out -6. 2 t o t 6 2 vdc FDAI
CH0067 V Pitch integratorlatt e r r o r summing TBD None
* CH 0074 V MTVC pitch r a t e TBD None
CH 0075 V P i t c h SCS att e r r o r Z e r o / t l O VRMS FDAI
;' CH 0087 X t P i t c h / t X solenoid d r i v e r out Offlon event None
:g CH 0088 X - P i t c h I t X solenoid d r i v e r out Offlon event None
CH 0089 X + P i t c h / - X solenoid d r i v e r out Off/on event None
* CH 0090 X - P i t c h / - X solenoid d r i v e r out Offlon event None
CH 0100 X G-N DV mode control Event None
CH 0101 X G-N DV a t t mode c o n t r o l Offlon event None
CH 0102 X G-N e n t r y mode c o n t r o l Offlon event None
CH 0103 X Monitor mode control Offlon event None
* CH 1024 V Yaw r a t e -30 t o t 3 0 Q / s e c FDAI
* CH 1025 V Yaw m a n u a l r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l Z e r o I t S VRMS FDAI
* CH 1034 H Y a w pos feedback i n -8.51i-a. 5 vdc None
* CH 1047 V YTV diff c l u t c h volts c o m b -85 t o 4-85 MADC None
CH 1050 V Yaw r a t e e r r o r a m p out - 6 . 2 t o t 6 . 2 vdc FDAI
CH 1067 V Y integratorlatt e r r o r summing - 2 . 5 to t2. 5 Vdc None
-
* CH 1074 V MTVC yaw r a t e TBD None

.
-
SM2A 03 -SCO 12
-.-
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~ ~~
Measurement
Number Description S e n s o r Range C r e w Display
~ ~ ~~
CH 1075 V V yaw SCS a t t e r r o r Z e r o / + 10 VRMS FDAI

* CH 1087 X t Y a w / + X solenoid d r i v e r out Off/on event None
* CH 1088 X - Y a w / t X solenoid d r i v e r out Off/on event None
* CH 1089 X t Y a w / - X solenoid d r i v e r out Offlon event None
* CH 1090 X - Y a w / - X solenoid d r i v e r out Off/on event None
CH 1100 X SCS DV m o d e c o n t r o l Event None
CH 1101 X SCS a t t m o d e c o n t r o l Event None
CH 1102 X SCS e n t r y m o d e c o n t r o l Event None
CH 1103 X SCS l o c a l v e r t i c a l m o d e c o n t r o l Event None
CH 1104 X MTVC m o d e c o n t r o l Event None
* CH 2015 V Combined AG SMRD 0 t o 5 vdc None
* CH 2024 V Roll rate TBD FDAI
* CH 2025 V Roll m a n r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l out Z e r o / t 5 VRMS FDAI
* CH 2026 V Combined RG SMRD - 0 t o t 5 vdc None
* CH 2030 T Combined a t t i t u d e g y r o t e m p 0 to t 5 vdc AGAP
TEMP
LIGHT
CH 2050 V Roll r a t e e r r o r a m p out -6. 2 to t6. 2 vdc FDAI
* CH 2070 V Roll a t t i t u d e e r r o r a m p out -25f-I-25 vdc None
CH 2075 V Roll SCS a t t e r r o r Z e r o / l O VRMS FDAI
* CH 2087 X + R o l l / t Z solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
* Ch 2088 X - R o l l / - Z solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
* Ch 2089 X t R o l l / - Z solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
* CH 2090 X - R o l l / - 2 s s l e n o i d d r i v e r out Event None
* CH 2091 X + R o l l / t Y solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
* CX 2092 X - R o l l / t Y , s o l e n o i d d r i v e r out Event None
* CH 2093 X t R o l l / - Y solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
* C H 2094 X - R o l l / - Y solenoid d r i v e r out Event None
CH 3185 X . 0 5 g Manual switch Event None
* CH 3186 V DV r e m a i n i n g pot out - 3 t o t 1 3 KFPS AV
Counter
CH 4100 H R e s o l v e r s i n out pitch a t t -12 to tl2 VRMS None
CH4101 H R e s o l v e r cos out pitch a t t - 12 to t 12 VRMS None
CH 4102 H R e s o l v e r s i n out yaw att -12 t o t12 VRMS None
CH 4103 H R e s o l v e r c o s out yaw att -12 t o +12 VRMS None
CH 4104 H R e s o l v e r s i n out r o l l a t t -12 t o t12 VRMS None
CH 4105 H R e s o l v e r c o s out r o l l att - 12 to t 12 VRMS None
* CH 4320 X SPS solenoid d r i v e r out 1 Event None
* CH4321 X SPS solenoid d r i v e r out 2 Event None
CG 0 0 0 1 V C o m p u t e r d i g i t a l d a t a 40 b i t s Event Delta V
Display

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
APOL1.0 OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 4
SERVICE PKOPULSION SYSTEM (SPS)
2.4. 1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
T h e s e r v i c e propulsion s u b s y s t e m p r o v i d e s the m a j o r i m p u l s e f o r a l l
m a j o r velocity changes ( A V ' s ) throughout a m i s s i o n , plus the S I M a b o r t
a f t e r the launch e s c a p e tower is jettisoned. T o p e r f o r m this function, the
s u s b y s t e m i n c o r p o r a t e s a helium p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s y s t e m , a p r o p e l l a n t f e e d
s y s t e m , a propellant gauging and utilization s y s t e m , and a r o c k e t engine.
T h e o x i d i z e r is nitrogen t e t r o x i d e , a n d the fuel is a blended h y d r a z i n e
( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 50% u n s y m m e t r i c a l dimethyl h y d r a z i n e a n d 50% anhydrous
hydrazine). T h e p r e s s u r i z i n g g a s i s helium. T h e s u b s y s t e m i n c o r p o r a t e s
d i s p l a y s and s e n s i n g d e v i c e s t o p e r m i t ground-based s t a t i o n s and the c r e w
to m o n i t o r i t s operation.
A functional flow d i a g r a m is contained in f i g u r e 2.4-1.
T h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d to the helium p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s
which i s o l a t e the helium during nonthrusting p e r i o d s , o r allows the helium
to p r e s s u r i z e the fuel a n d o x i d i z e r tanks d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e
helium p r e s s u r e i s r e d u c e d a t the p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s to a d e s i r e d working
p r e s s u r e . T h e r e g u l a t e d helium p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d through c h e c k v a l v e s
that p e r m i t helium flow in the d o w n s t r e a m d i r e c t i o n when the p r e s s u r i z i n g
valves a r e open, a n d p r e v e n t a r e v e r s e flow of p r o p e l l a n t s d u r i n g non-
t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r s t r a n s f e r h e a t f r o m the p r o p e l l a n t s
to the helium g a s to r e d u c e any p r e s s u r e e x c u r s i o n s that m a y r e s u l t f r o m a
t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l between the h e l i u m g a s a n d p r o p e l l a n t s i n the tanks.
T h e relief v a l v e s m a i n t a i n the s t r u c t u r a l i n t e g r i t y of the propellant tank
s y s t e m s if a n excessive p r e s s u r e r i s e occurs.
T h e total propellant supply is contained within f o u r similar tanks:

a n o x i d i z e r s t o r a g e tank, o x i d i z e r s u m p tank, fuel s t o r a g e tank, and fuel
s u m p tanks. T h e s t o r a g e and s u m p tanks f o r e a c h p r o p e l l a n t s y s t e m a r e
connected i n s e r i e s by a single t r a n s f e r line. T h e r e g u l a t e d helium e n t e r s
into the fuel a n d o x i d i z e r s t o r a g e tank, p r e s s u r i z i n g the s t o r a g e tank
p r o p e l l a n t s , and f o r c e s the propellant to a n outlet i n the s t o r a g e tank which
is d i r e c t e d through a t r a n s f e r line into the r e s p e c t i v e s u m p tank standpipe,
p r e s s u r i z i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s i n the s u m p tank. T h e p r o p e l l a n t in the s u m p
tank is d i r e c t e d to the exit end into a p r o p e l l a n t retention r e s e r v o i r ,
retaining sufficient p r o p e l l a n t s a t the tank o u t l e t s to p e r m i t engine r e s t a r t
capability i n a z e r o g condition. T h e p r o p e l l a n t s exit f r o m the r e s p e c t i v e
s u m p tanks into a s i n g l e line to the h e a t exchanger.
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e is i n s t a l l e d i n the o x i d i z e r l i n e , and
i s p o w e r e d only d u r i n g SPS t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s . T h e p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n
valve a i d s i n m a i n t a i n i n g the c e n t e r of mass i n a r e l a t i v e l y confined a r e a i n
the Y - Z plane, i n addition to s i m u l t a n e o u s p r o p e l l a n t depletion. T h e
o x i d i z e r supply and f u e l supply a r e connected f r o m the s u m p tank to t h e
engine i n t e r f a c e flange.
T h e p r o p e l l a n t s flow f r o m the p r o p e l l a n t s u m p tank feed through t h e i r

r e s p e c t i v e plumbing to the m a i n p r o p e l l a n t o r i f i c e s and f i l t e r s to the
b i p r o p e l l a n t valve. T h e b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s the m a i n
p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e s t h a t a r e p n e u m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d and a l l o w s the p r o p e l l a n t
v a l v e s to d i s t r i b u t e the p r o p e l l a n t s to the engine i n j e c t o r d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g
periods, o r isolates the propellants f r o m the injector during nonthrusting
periods.
T h e engine i n j e c t o r d i s t r i b u t e s t h e p r o p e l l a n t s through o r i f i c e s in the

f a c e of the i n j e c t o r w h e r e the f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r i m p i n g e upon e a c h o t h e r ,
a t o m i z e , and i g n i t e due to h y p e r g o l i c ignition.
T h e a b l a t i v e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a b s o r b s the h e a t g e n e r a t e d within
the c h a m b e r . T h e n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is a t t a c h e d to the a b l a t i v e c h a m b e r and
r a d i a t e s to s p a c e .
T h e engine a s s e m b l y is mounted to the s t r u c t u r e of t h e s e r v i c e module

and is g i m b a l e d to p e r m i t t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t through t h e c e n t e r of m a s s ,
p r i o r .to t h r u s t i n i t i a t i o n and t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l d u r i n g a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
A flight c o m b u s t i o n stability m o n i t o r s y s t e m is employed to m o n i t o r the
engine f o r i n s t a b i l i t y d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s .
P r o p e l l a n t quantity i s m e a s u r e d by two s e p a r a t e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s :
p r i m a r y and a u x i l i a r y . T h e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s a r e p o w e r e d only d u r i n g
t h r u s t - o n p e r i o d s due to the c a p a c i t a n c e and point s e n s o r m e a s u r i n g
techniques. T h e l i n e a r i t y would not p r o v i d e a c c u r a t e i n d i c a t i o n s d u r i n g t h e
z e r o g SPS nonthrusting periods.
T h e c o n t r o l of the s u b s y s t e m i s a u t o m a t i c with p r o v i s i o n s f o r m a n u a l
override.
2.4.2 MAJOR COMPONENT /SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
2.4.2.1 P r e s s u r i z a t i o n Subsystem.
T h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of two h e l i u m t a n k s , two
h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s , two d u a l p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l i e s , two
d u a l c h e c k valve a s s e m b l i e s , two p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s , and two h e a t
e x c h a n g e r s . T h e c r i t i c a l c o m p o n e n t s a r e redundant to i n c r e a s e reliability.
SERVICE PROPU&ICJN S Y S T ~ M
page 2.4-2 .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e
I
I
I
I
6 1
r=
i
i
8
I
I
I
I
;;
I
d
-
0
x
0
\
I I I
I " I
I
I
I
513
. .. .._ .
.. .i
'
:. . . .. '7
/
I
I
I
I
: I f
j I
.i
8
i I
'
! I --x
& <
c
f
1 1
" I
I
I
I
I 3
I
I
*
,. _ ', 4.
'
I
, ..
. '
.. .
.
7 '
.. 'e
, -a'.
. -.
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
1' I
I 4
I
I
I Y I
I
Ji
I
3 !E
F i g u r e 2.4-1. SPS F u n c t i o n a l F l o w D i a g r a m

l2 1966 Change Date P a g e 2.4-312.4-4
Mission Basic Date
SM2A-03-SCO 12
-.
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2. 1. l,*-
J
Helium T a n k s .
4
?
T h e two helium supply s p h e r i c a l p r e s s u r e v e s s e l s a r e i l o c a t e d i n the
c e n t e r s e c t i o n of the s e r v i c e module. f
2.4.2. 1.2 Helium P r e s s u r i z i n g V a l v e s .
T h e s e two continuous duty s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d v a l v e s ’ a r e n o r m a l l y

c l o s e d to the h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e . T h e valves a r e e n e r g i z e d open and
s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . When the helium s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 20 a r e in the
AUTO p o s i t i o n , the v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d and d e - e n e r g i z e d by the t h r u s t
O N - O F F signal. T h e v a l v e s m a y be m a n u a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by the c r e w ,
u t i l i z i n g the ON and O F F p o s i t i o n of the h e l i u m s w i t c h e s . E a c h valve i s
c o n t r o l l e d individually by a s e p a r a t e switch on p a n e l 20.
E a c h valve c o n t a i n s a position switch which c o n t r o l s a position

i n d i c a t o r above e a c h switch on p a n e l 20. When a valve i s c l o s e d , the p o s i -
tion switch i s open and the i n d i c a t o r is g r a y ( s a m e c o l o r a s the p a n e l ) .
When a valve is open, the p o s i t i o n switch i s c l o s e d and the i n d i c a t o r h a s
diagonal l i n e s , i n d i c a t i n g the valve i s open.
I n the event of a f a i l u r e i n the a u t o m a t i c m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , the c r e w

m a n u a l l y e n a b l e s the p r e s s u r i z i n g valve o r v a l v e s on p a n e l 20. In the e v e n t
of a p r o b l e m with one of the r e g u l a t i n g u n i t s , the c r e w m a n u a l l y i s o l a t e s the
r e q u i r e d p r e s s u r i z i n g valve.
2.4.2.1. 3 P r e s s u r e Pegulator Assemblies.
P r F s s u r e r e g u l a t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by two p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t i n g u n i t s
i n p a r a l l e l , d o w n s t r e a m of e a c h h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g valve. E a c h r e g u l a t o r
unit c o n t a i n s a p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y r e g u l a t o r in s e r i e s , and a p r e s s u r e
s u r g e d a m p e r i n s t a l l e d on the i n l e t to e a c h r e g u l a t i n g unit.
T h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r is n o r m a l l y the c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r , while the

s e c o n d a r y is n o r m a l l y open d u r i n g a d y n a m i c flow condition. T h e s e c o n d -
a r y r e g u l a t o r w i l l not b e c o m e a c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r until the p r i m a r y ,
due to a p r o b l e m , allows a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e than n o r m a l , and allows the
s e c o n d a r y r e g u l a t o r to function and b e c o m e the c o n t r o l l i n g r e g u l a t o r . A l l
r e g u l a t o r p r e s s u r e s a r e in r e f e r e n c e to a bellows a s s e m b l y t h a t i s vented
to a m b i e n t .
One of the r e g u l a t i n g units i n c o r p o r a t e d i n one of t h e p a r a l l e l p a t h s

i s c o n s i d e r e d the working r e g u l a t o r . T h e r e g u l a t i n g unit i n the r e m a i n i n g
p a r a l l e l path i s n o r m a l l y l o c k e d up when the s y s t e m i s dynamic. T h e
r e g u l a t o r that is n o r m a l l y locked up would not function until the n o r m a l
r e g u l a t o r allowed the r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m p r e s s u r e to d e c r e a s e , due to a
p r o b l e m , and allow t h e n o r m a l l y locked-up r e g u l a t o r to b e c o m e the
functioning r e g u l a t o r .
_.

2.4-5
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2. 1.4 Check Valve A s s e m b l i e s .
E a c h a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s f o u r independent c h e c k v a l v e s c o n n e c t e d i n a
s e r i e s - p a r a l l e l c o n f i g u r a t i o n which p r o v i d e s added redundancy. T h e c h e c k
v a l v e s will not open until t h e r e i s a 4 - p s i p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l between the
c h e c k valve a s s e m b l y i n l e t and o u t l e t l i n e s .
2.4.2.1.5 H e l i u m P r e s s u r e Relief Valves.
T h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s c o n s i s t of a r e l i e f v a l v e , a b u r s t d i a p h r a g m ,
and a f i l t e r .
I n this e v e n t , e x c e s s i v e h e l i u m a n d / o r p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r r u p t u r e s the
b u r s t d i a p h r a g m and the f i l t e r ( f i l t e r is to be a n o n f r a g m e n t a t i o n type) f i l t e r s
any f r a g m e n t a t i o n . T h e r e l i e f valve o p e n s and v e n t s the a p p l i c a b l e s y s t e m
to s p a c e , a n d w i l l c l o s d and r e s e a l a f t e r the e x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e h a s r e t u r n e d
to t h e o p e r a t i n g l e v e l . T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m p r o v i d e s a m o r e p o s i t i v e s e a l
of h e l i u m than a r e l i e f valve. T h e f i l t e r p r e v e n t s any f r a g m e n t s f r o m the
d i a p h r a g m f r o m e n t e r i n g the r e l i e f valve s e a t .
A p r e s s u r e b l e e d d e v i c e is i n c o r p o r a t e d between t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m
a n d r e l i e f valve. T h e b l e e d valve v e n t s the cavity between t h e b u r s t d i a -
p h r a g m and r e l i e f valve i n the event of any l e a k a g e f r o m the d i a p h r a g m .
T h e b l e e d d e v i c e is n o r m a l l y open and will c l o s e when t h e p r e s s u r e i n c r e a s e s
up to a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e .
2.4.2.1.6 Heat Exchangers,
E a c h unit is a l i n e - m o u n t e d , c o u n t e r f l o w h e a t e x c h a n g e r c o n s i s t i n g
of a p o r t i o n of t h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z a t i o n line, c o i l e d h e l i c a l l y within an
e n l a r g e d s e c t i o n of the p r o p e l l a n t supply line. T h i s a r r a n g e m e n t c a u s e s
t h e h e l i u m g a s , flowing through t h e c o i l e d line, to a p p r o a c h the t e m p e r a t u r e
of t h e p r o p e l l a n t .
2.4.2.2 ProDellant Subsvstem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of two f u e l t a n k s ( s t o r a g e and s u m p ) , two

o x i d i z e r t a n k s ( s t o r a g e and s u m p ) , p r o p e l l a n t feed l i n e s , and b i p r o p e l l a n t
v a l v e as s e m bly .
2.4.2.2.1 Propellant Tanks.
T h e total p r o p e l l a n t supply is contained within f o u r h e m i s p h e r i c a l -

domed c y l i n d r i c a l tanks within t h e s e r v i c e module. T h e s t o r a g e tanks a r e
p r e s s u r i z e d f r o m the h e l i u m supply, a n d a n outlet t r a n s f e r s the p r o p e l l a n t
a n d / o r h e l i u m g a s f r o m the s t o r a g e tanks through t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e t r a n s f e r
l i n e s to the s u m p tanks. A s t a n d p i p e , i n the s u m p t a n k s , a l l o w s the p r o -
p e l l a n t a n d / o r helium g a s f r o m t h e s t o r a g e tanks to p r e s s u r i z e the s u m p
t a n k s . T h u s , the p r o p e l l a n t s i n the s u m p tanks a r e d i r e c t e d i n the r e t e n t i o n
r e s e r v o i r s , to the outlet, and then to the engine.

2.4-6
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r e t e n t i o n r e s e r v o i r s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the e x i t end of the s u m p

tanks only. T h e u m b r e l l a p r o p e l l a n t r e t e n t i o n s c r e e n s r e t a i n a quantity
of p r o p e l l a n t i n the exit end of t h e s u m p t a n k s , in addition to r e t a i n i n g
p r o p e l l a n t within the r e t e n t i o n r e s e r v o i r can and i n the plumbing f r o m the
s u m p tank o u t l e t to the b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e of t h e S P S engine d u r i n g z e r o g
conditions. An ullage m a n e u v e r m u s t be p e r f o r m e d p r i o r to a t h r u s t - o n
s i g n a l to the SPS engine by the S / M RCS. T h e u l l a g e m a n e u v e r is p e r -
f o r m e d to e n s u r e t h a t no g a s e s a r e r e t a i n e d below o r aft of the r e t e n t i o n
s c r e e n s , i n addition to s e t t l i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s and e n s u r i n g that the
r e t e n t i o n s c r e e n s a r e not damaged.
2.4.2.2.2 Tank Propellant F e e d Lines.
T h e p r o p e l l a n t f e e d l i n e s have flexible bellows a s s e m b l i e s i n s t a l l e d

to p e r m i t a l i g n m e n t of the tank f e e d plumbing to the engine i n t e r f a c e
plumbing.
2.4.2.3 B i p r o p e l l a n t Valve A s s e m b l y .
T h e b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of two g a s e o u s n i t r o g e n
(GN2) p r e s s u r e v e s s e l s , two i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s , two GN2 r e g u l a t o r s , t w o
GN2 r e l i e f v a l v e s , f o u r solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s , f o u r a c t u a t o r s , and
eight p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s .
2.4.2.3.1 G a s e o u s N i t r o g e n (GN2) P r e s s u r e V e s s e l s .
Two GN2 tanks a r e mounted on the b i p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e a s s e m b l y that

supply p r e s s u r e to t h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s . One GN2 tank i s in the p r i m a r y
p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m A and the r e m a i n i n g GN2 tank i s i n the s e c o n d a r y
pneum'atic c o n t r o l s y s t e m B.
2.4.2.3.2 Inj e c t o r Pr e v a l v e s .
T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s a r e two-position s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d v a l v e s ,
one f o r e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m and i d e n t i f i e d as A and B. T h e
valve i s e n e r g i z e d open and s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e
i s opened upon c o m m a n d f r o m the c r e w , p a n e l 3, p r i o r to a n engine
t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d . T h e i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s e n e r g i z e d open allows GN2
supply tank p r e s s u r e to flow to a n o r i f i c e and on i n t o the r e g u l a t o r .
2. 4.2.3.3 GN2 P r e s s u r e R e g u l a t o r s .
A s i n g l e - s t a g e r e g u l a t o r is i n s t a l l e d i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l
s y s t e m between the i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e s and the s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s . T h e
r e g u l a t o r r e d u c e s the supply GN2 p r e s s u r e to a d e s i r e d working p r e s s u r e .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page '-4-7

SM2A-03-SC012
--.-
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2.3.4 GN2 Relief Valves.
A p r e s s u r e r e l i e f valve is i n s t a l l e d i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m ,
d o w n s t r e a m of the GN2 p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s , to l i m i t the p r e s s u r e applied
to t h e solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n t h e event a GN2 p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r m a l -
functioned open. T h e o r i f i c e , between the i n j e c t o r p r e v a l v e a n d r e g u l a t o r ,
is i n s t a l l e d to r e s t r i c t the flow a n d a l l o w the r e l i e f valve to r e l i e v e the
p r e s s u r e i n event the r e g u l a t o r fails to open, p r e v e n t i n g any d a m a g e to the
solenoid control valves a n d / o r actuators.
2.4.2.3.5 GN2 Solenoid C o n t r o l Valves.
F o u r s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d , t h r e e - w a y , two-position c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e
u t i l i z e d f o r a c t u a t o r c o n t r o l . Two solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e l o c a t e d
d o w n s t r e a m of the GN2 r e g u l a t o r s i n e a c h p n e u m a t i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e
two s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n the p r i m a r y s y s t e m a r e identified i n 1 and 2 ,
and t h e two i n the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m a r e identified as 3 a n d 4. T h e two
s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s i n the p r i m a r y s y s t e m c o n t r o l the a c t u a t o r and b a l l
v a l v e s 1 and 2 . T h e two s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s in the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m
c o n t r o l the a c t u a t o r and b a l l v a l v e s 3 a n d 4. T h e SPS t h r u s t ON-OFF c o m -
m a n d c o n t r o l s the e n e r g i z i n g o r d e - e n e r g i z i n g of a l l f o u r solenoid c o n t r o l
valves.
2.4.2.3.6 GN2 B a l l Valve A c t u a t o r s .
F o u r p i s t o n - t y p e , p n e u m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d a c t u a t o r s a r e u t i l i z e d to
c o n t r o l t h e e i g h t p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s . E a c h a c t u a t o r p i s t o n is m e c h a n -
i c a l l y c o n n e c t e d t o a p a i r of p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s ; one f u e l and one
o x i d i z e r . Wben the solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s a r e opened, p n e u m a t i c p r e s -
s u r e is a p p l i e d to the opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r s . T h e s p r i n g p r e s s u r e ,
on the c l o s i n g s i d e , i s o v e r c o m e a n d the a c t u a t o r piston m o v e s . Utilizing
a r a c k and pinion g e a r , l i n e a r m o t i o n of the a c t u a t o r connecting a r m i s
c o n v e r t e d i n t o r o t a r y motion, which opens t h e p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valves.
When the engine f i r i n g s i g n a l i s r e m o v e d f r o m the solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s ,
the s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s c l o s e r e m o v i n g p n e u m a t i c p r e s s u r e s o u r c e
f r o m t h e opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r s . T h e a c t u a t o r c l o s i n g s i d e s p r i n g
p r e s s u r e now f o r c e s the a c t u a t o r p i s t o n to m o v e i n the o p p o s i t e d i r e c t i o n ,
c a u s i n g the p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valves to c l o s e . T h e p i s t o n m o v e m e n t f o r c e s
the r e m a i n i n g GN2, on the opening s i d e of the a c t u a t o r , b a c k through t h e
solenoid c o n t r o l v a l v e s w h e r e they a r e vented o v e r b o a r d .
2.4.2.3.7 Bipropellant Valves.
T h e e i g h t p r o p e l l a n t b a l l v a l v e s a r e u s e d to d i s t r i b u t e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r to the engine i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y . F o u r linked p a i r s , e a c h p a i r
c o n s i s t i n g of one f u e l and one o x i d i z e r b a l l valve c o n t r o l l e d by a s i n g l e
a c t u a t o r , a r e a r r a n g e d in a s e r i e s - p a r a l l e l configuration. T h e p a r a l l e l
a r r a n g e m e n t p r o v i d e s redundancy to e n s u r e engine ignition, and the
s e r i e s a r r a n g e m e n t to' e n s u r e t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n . When the a c t u a t o r s
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2-4-8 ,

SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
a r e opened, e a c h p r o p e l l a n t b a l l valve is r o t a t e d , t h e r e b y aligning the b a l l

to a p o s i t i o n that allows p r o p e l l a n t s to flow to the engine i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l a r r a n g e m e n t is s u c h that the o x i d i z e r b a l l v a l v e s m a i n t a i n
a n 8 - d e g r e e l e a d o v e r the f u e l b a l l valves upon opening, which r e s u l t s i n
s m o o t h e r engine s t a r t i n g t r a n s i e n t s . E a c h p a i r of p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e s
i n c o r p o r a t e s a p o t e n t i o m e t e r d r i v e g e a r and housing. E a c h housing c o n t a i n s
two p o t e n t i o m e t e r s that a r e m e c h a n i c a l l y driven: one p r o v i d e s a n e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l c o n v e r t e d i n t o a v i s u a l indication of valve p o s i t i o n of p a n e l 2 0 , and
the r e m a i n i n g p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l to t e l e m e t r y .
2 . 4 . 2 . 3.8 Engine P r o p e l l a n t L i n e s .
I n t e g r a l p r o p e l l a n t l i n e s a r e utilized, on t h e engine, to r o u t e e a c h
p r o p e l l a n t f r o m the i n t e r f a c e points i n the g i m b a l p l a n e a r e a to the p r o -
p e l l a n t engine gimbaling, o r i f i c e s f o r a d j u s t m e n t of o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o ,
and s c r e e n s f o r keeping p a r t i c l e c o n t a m i n a n t s f r o m e n t e r i n g the engine.
2.4.2.4 Engine I n j e c t o r .
T h e i n j e c t o r is bolted to the a b l a t i v e t h r u s t c h a m b e r a t t a c h pad.

P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n to the i n j e c t o r o r i f i c e s , on the c o m b u s t i o n f a c e of
the i n j e c t o r , is a c c o m p l i s h e d through c o n c e n t r i c annuli m a c h i n e d in the
f a c e of the i n j e c t o r a s s e m b l y and c o v e r e d by c o n c e n t r i c c l o s e o u t r i n g s .
P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n to t h e annuli is a c c o m p l i s h e d through a l t e r n a t e
r a d i a l m a n i f o l d s welded to the b a c k s i d e of the i n j e c t o r body. T h e i n j e c -
t o r is r e g e n e r a t i v e l y cooled a n d baffled to p r o v i d e c o m b u s t i o n stability.
T h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r o r i f i c e s i m p i n g e upon e a c h o t h e r , a t o m i z e , and
i g n i t e due to h y p e r g o l i c r e a c t i o n .
2.4.2.5 Ablative Combustion C h a m b e r .
T h e a b l a t i v e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r m a t e r i a l extends f r o m the i n j e c t o r
a t t a c h pad to the n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n a t t a c h pad. T h e a b l a t i v e m a t e r i a l
c o n s i s t s of a l i n e r , a l a y e r of insulation, i n t e g r a l m e t a l a t t a c h f l a n g e s f o r
mounting the i n j e c t o r and nozzle e x t e n s i o n , and s t r u c t u r a l o u t e r r e i n f o r c e -
ment. T h e only r e s t r i c t i o n on a r e s t a r t is dependent upon the SPS WALL
T E M P HI caution and w a r n i n g light, on p a n e l 11, m o n i t o r i n g the o u t s i d e
w a l l t e m p e r a t u r e a t the t h r o a t .
2.4.2.6 Nozzle Extension.
T h e b e l l - c o n t o u r e d , n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is bolted to the a b l a t i v e t h r u s t
c h a m b e r exit a r e a . T h e n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n is r a d i a n t - c o o l e d and c o n t a i n s an
e x t e r n a l s t i f f e n e r to p r o v i d e additional s t r e n g t h .
2.4.2.7 F l i g h t Combustion Stability Monitor (FCSM).
The FCSM i a a n a c c e l e r o m e t e r p a c k a g e , mounted to the SPS engine

i n j e c t o r , to m o n i t o r the engine f o r v i b r a t i o n buildup c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of
c o m b u s t i o n instability.
._

Mission B a s i c Date Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.4-9
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e t h r e e a c c e l e r o m e t e r s p r o v i d e s i g n a l s i n t o a n FCSM box a s s e m b l y
which a m p l i f i e s i t and, when the v i b r a t i o n g - l e v e l e x c e e d s 180 g ' s peak to
p e a k f o r 70*20 m i l l i s e c o n d s , a l e v e l d e t e c t o r t r i g g e r s a power switch gating
p o w e r to t h e s u m m i n g logic. T h e stability m o n i t o r w i l l m o n i t o r only i n a
f r e q u e n c y r a n g e w h e r e i n s t a b i l i t y would o c c u r ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 600 to 5000
cycles p e r second).
T h e s u m m i n g l o g i c , i f t h e r e a r e two o r m o r e rough c o m b u s t i o n
s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d f r o m the n o r m a l l y c l o s e d c o n t a c t s , w i l l open r e m o v i n g
p o w e r f r o m the G&N and SCS d r i v e r logic; and w i l l c l o s e t h e n o r m a l l y open
c o n t a c t s p r o v i d i n g a ground to the S P S ROUGH ECO caution and w a r n i n g
light, on p a n e l 10, i n f o r m i n g the c r e w the S P S engine w a s s h u t down due to
combustion instability.
T h e FCSM t r i g g e r c i r c u i t s will p r o v i d e power to t h e voting logic

r e l a y s continuously o n c e u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n is s e n s e d ; and p o w e r r e m a i n s
a p p l i e d to t h e voting logic r e l a y s even though the engine is shut down,
u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n i s no l o n g e r s e n s e d , and the SPS ROUGH ECO r e m a i n s
illuminated.
When the engine i s s h u t down to u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n and to r e m o v e

power f r o m t h e voting logic r e l a y s , t h e c r e w would p l a c e a n y one of the
following s w i t c h e s to the p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d to r e s e t t h e FCSM voting logic:
a. AUTO-OVERRIDE s w i t c h e s to OVERRIDE. --<-
b. A V s w i t c h to O F F .
c. ATTITUDE-MONITOR-ENTRY s w i t c h to e i t h e r MONITOR o r
ENTRY.
d. FCSM SCS and G & N s w i t c h e s to RESET/OVERRIDE.
When the FCSM i s r e s e t , t h e S P S ROUGH ECO light on p a n e l 10 will

not be i l l u m i n a t e d .
T h e RESET/OVERRIDE s w i t c h e s , on p a n e l 2 , p r o v i d e a b y p a s s
c a p a b i l i t y of t h e FCSM s y s t e m . With the FCSM RESET/OVERRIDE
s w i t c h e s , on p a n e l 2 , i n the RESET/OVERRIDE position, p o w e r i s not
p r o v i d e d to the FCSM box and s u m m i n g logic a s s e m b l i e s r e n d e r i n g the
FCSM i n o p e r a t i v e as w e l l a s t h e S P S ROUGH E C O c a u t i o n a n d w a r n i n g
light o n p a n e l 10. If u n s t a b l e c o m b u s t i o n o c c u r s , the engine c o n t i n u e s to
thrust.
T h e FCSM box a s s e m b l y and s u m m i n g logic a s s e m b l y r e c e i v e s power

f r o m the SCS through the following s w i t c h e s :
a. Mode s e l e c t s w i t c h to G & N o r SCS m o d e , p a n e l 8.
b. ATTITUDE-MONITOR-ENTRY s w i t c h to ATTITUDE, p a n e l 8.
c. AV s w i t c h to AV p o s i t i o n , p a n e l 8.
d. FCSM G & N , RESET/OVERRIDE s w i t c h to G&N p o s i t i o n , p a n e l 2 .
e. FCSM SCS, R E S E T / O V E R N D E switch to SCS position, p a n e l 2 .

Mission B a s i c Date l2 lq66 Change Date Page 2.4-10
0
SM2A-03-SCOlZ
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4.2.8 SPS E l e c t r i c a l Heaters.

T w e n t y - s i x e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e employed on the p r o p e l l a n t
line b r a c k e t s , f u e l and o x i d i z e r h e a t e x c h a n g e r s , p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n
valve, b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y , and the i n j e c t o r tubes. T h e s e e l e c -
t i r c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e employed to c o n t r o l the t e m p e r a t u r e of the e n t i r e
a f t bulkhead and engine a r e a s , thus the p r o p e l l a n t s .
T h e s t r i p h e a t e r s a r e c o n t r o l l e d as a n o r m a l m a n u a l function of t h e
c r e w , on p a n e l 19 ( f i g u r e 2.4-2), utilizing t h e S P S HEATER switch. T h e
c r e w w i l l p l a c e the switch to position A o r B when the p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r -
a t u r e i n d i c a t o r , on p a n e l 20, r e a d s - 4 0 ° F ( l o w e r r e d line indication) which
is equivalent to a p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e of t40"F. The propellant t e m p e r -
a t u r e r e a d o u t i s d e r i v e d f r o m the engine f u e l - f e e d line m e a s u r e m e n t
( f i g u r e 2.4-1). T h e c r e w w i l l p l a c e the S P S HEATER switch to O F F when
the p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t o r , on p a n e l 20, r e a d s t 8 0 ' F ( u p p e r r e d
line indication) which is equivalent to a p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e of t 1 2 0 " 1 .
Propellant Temperature Comparison
P r o p e l l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e I n d i c a t o r R e a d i n g 'F
-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 t20 t40 t6O t80 tl00 t120 t140 t160 t180 t2OO
to t13.33 t26.67 t40 t53.34 t66.67 t80 t93.34 t106.67 tl2O t133.34 t146.67 t160 t173.34 t186.67 t2OO
When the SPS HEATER s w i t c h is p l a c e d to p o s i t i o n A, all 26 h e a t i n g

e l e m e n t s (A) w i l l r e c e i v e 28 vdc. When the SPS HEATER s w i t c h i s placed to
p o s i t i o n B, a l l 26 heating e l e m e n t s (B) w i l l r e c e i v e 2 8 vdc. T h e O F F p o s i -
tion of the SPS HEATER switch r e m o v e s a l l e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r f r o m the SPS
heating elements.
2.4.2.9 T h r u s t Mount A s s e m b l i e s .
T h e t h r u s t m o u n t a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a g i m b a l r i n g , engine-to-
v e h i c l e mounting p a d s , and g i m b a l r i n g - t o - c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a s s e m b l y
s u p p o r t s . T h e t h r u s t s t r u c t u r e is c a p a b l e of providing 1 8 . 5 d e g r e e s
i n c l i n a t i o n about the Z-axis and *7.5 d e g r e e s about t h e Y - a x i s .
2.4.2.9.1 G i m b a l Actuator.
T h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l of the s e r v i c e p r o p u l s i o n engine i s a c h i e v e d by
dual- , s e r v o - , electro-mechanical actuators. The gimbal actuators a r e
c a p a b l e of p r o v i d i n g c o n t r o l a r o u n d the Z - Z a x i s (yaw) of 7 ( t 1 / 2 , - 0 )
d e g r e e s i n e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n f r o m a t 4 - d e g r e e null offset, and a r o u n d the
Y - Y a x i s (pitch) of 6 ( + 1 / 2 , - 0 ) d e g r e e s i n e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n f r o m a z e r o -
d e g r e e null offset. T h e r e a s o n f o r the 4 - d e g r e e o f f s e t to t h e t Y a x i s is
due to the offset c e n t e r of m a s s i n the s p a c e c r a f t .
E a c h a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 2.4-3) c o n s i s t s of f o u r e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c
p a r t i c l e c l u t c h e s , two d - c m o t o r s , a b u l l g e a r , j a c k s c r e w and r a m , b a l l
nut, f o u r l i n e a r p o s i t i o n t r a n s d u c e r s , and two velocity g e n e r a t o r s . T h e
a c t u a t o r a s s e m b l y i s a s e a l e d unit and e n c l o s e t h o s e p o r t i o n s p r o t r u d i n g
f r o m the m a i n housing.
l2 1966 Change Date

.
page 2.4-11
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
----T
I I
I
k
42
V
P)
I 4
I w
I
I
I o I
I
I I
I
N
*1
I N
k
5
M
.rl
6(
It
VI
1
m
0
W
z
~ ~~

M i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2 . 4 - 1 2
SM2A -03-SCO12
- SYSTEMS DATA
F i g u r e 2.4-3. SPS E l e c t r o - M e c h a n i c a l G i m b a l A c t u a t o r
One m o t o r a n d a p a i r of c l u t c h e s ( e x t e n d a n d r e t r a c t ) a r e i d e n t i f i e d
a s s y s t e m No. 1, and t h e r e m a i n i n g m o t o r a n d p a i r of c l u t c h e s ( e x t e n d and
r e t r a c t ) a r e identified a s s y s t e m No. 2 within t h e s p e c i f i c a c t u a t o r .
An o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y is e m p l o y e d f o r e a c h p r i m a r y g i m b a l
m o t o r ( f i g u r e 2.4-4), and is c o n t r o l l e d individually by a switch on p a n e l 3 .
When t h e p r i m a r y GIMBAL MOTORS s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d to t h e START
p o s i t i o n , p o w e r is a p p l i e d to t h e m o t o r - d r i v e n switch within t h e over and
u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the p r i m a r i e s . T h e m o t o r s w i t c h then s u p p l i e s p o w e r
f r o m t h e m a i n b u s A to the g i m b a l m o t o r . When t h e s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d , i t
s p r i n g - l o a d s to t h e ON p o s i t i o n which a c t i v a t e s the o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t
s e n s i n g c i r c u i t r y of the p r i m a r y r e l a y which m o n i t o r s t h e c u r r e n t to the
gimbal motor.
T h e o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the p r i m a r i e s a r e u t i l i z e d to
m o n i t o r the c u r r e n t to t h e g i m b a l m o t o r due to t h e v a r i a b l e c u r r e n t flow
to t h e g i m b a l m o t o r t h a t is dependent upon t h e g i m b a l a n g l e change r e q u i r e d .

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Using No. 1 yaw s y s t e m as a n e x a m p l e , and identifying the u p p e r

m o t o r and c l u t c h e s in f i g u r e 2.4-3 a s s y s t e m No. 1 , the o p e r a t i o n of the
c u r r e n t m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m is as follows:
a. If t h e r e l a y s e n s e s a n o v e r o r u n d e r c u r r e n t to g i m b a l m o t o r No. 1,
the m o n i t o r c i r c u i t r y within t h e r e l a y will d r i v e the m o t o r - d r i v e n switch,
r e m o v i n g p o w e r f r o m g i m b a l m o t o r No. 1.
b. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y , a f a i l s e n s e s i g n a l is s e n t f r o m t h e r e l a y , the SCS,
which opens r e l a y K13 r e m o v i n g inputs f r o m the No. 1 c l u t c h e s a n d c l o s e s
r e l a y K14 applying inputs to the No. 2 c l u t c h e s within the s a m e a c t u a t o r ;
and the top c o n t a c t of K12 opens and t h e bottom c o n t a c t of K12 c l o s e s f o r
TVC m o n i t o r .
c. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y a s i g n a l is s e n t to i l l u m i n a t e a caution and w a r n i n g
light on p a n e l 11, to i n d i c a t e the p r i m a r y g i m b a l m o t o r h a s failed.
T h e p r i m a r y s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 3 a r e then p l a c e d i n t h e O F F position.
N o r m a l l y the OFF p o s i t i o n is u s e d to s h u t down the g i m b a l m o t o r s upon
the c o m p l e t i o n of a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
T h e No. 2 s y s t e m s employ a 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r t h a t is located

in the s e r v i c e m o d u l e n e a r the SPS power d i s t r i b u t i o n box.
Using No. 2 yaw s y s t e m as an e x a m p l e ( f i g u r e 2.4-4), the o p e r a t i o n

of t h e c u r r e n t m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m is a s follows:
a. When the s e c o n d a r y GIMBAL MOTORS s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d to the
START p o s i t i o n , p o w e r is applied to the m o t o r - d r i y e n s w i t c h within the
o v e r and u n d e r c u r r e n t r e l a y of the s e c o n d a r i e s . The m o t o r switch then
s u p p l i e s p o w e r f r o m the m a i n b u s B through t h e 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r ,
and t h r o u g h the m o t o r - d r i v e n s w i t c h to the s e c o n d a r y g i m b a l m o t o r .
b. When the s e c o n d a r y s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d , i t s p r i n g - l o a d s to the ON
p o s i t i o n w h i c h ' p e r f o r m s no functions on the s e c o n d a r i e s .
c. T h e 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r will m o n i t o r the c u r r e n t to the s e c o n d a r y
g i m b a l m o t o r ; and i f a c u r r e n t of 70 a m p s i s s e n s e d , the c i r c u i t b r e a k e r in
the s e r v i c e m o d u l e w i l l r e m o v e p o w e r f r o m the s e c o n d a r y g i m b a l m o t o r .
d. T h e r e is no f a i l s e n s e s i g n a l s e n t to the s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l
s y s t e m , a n d no i l l u m i n a t i o n of the c a u t i o n and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 f r o m
the s e c o n d a r y s y s t e m .
e. If the No. 2 s y s t e m h a s f a i l e d due to a n o v e r c u r r e n t , the c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r r e m o v e s power f r o m g i m b a l m o t o r No. 2 only, a n d t h a t s p e c i f i c
a c t u a t o r i s i n o p e r a t i v e i f the No. 1 s y s t e m h a s p r e v i o u s l y failed.
T h e s e c o n d a r y s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 3 a r e then p l a c e d to O F F position.
N o r m a l l y , t h e O F F p o s i t i o n is u s e d to s h u t down the g i m b a l m o t o r s upon the
c o m p l e t i o n of a t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d .
T h e c l u t c h e s a r e of a m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e type. T h e g i m b a l m o t o r d r i v e
g e a r m e s h e s with the g e a r on the c l u t c h housing. T h e g e a r s on e a c h
c l u t c h housing m e s h and as a r e s u l t , the clutch housings c o u n t e r r o t a t e .
T h e c u r r e n t input is applied to the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t mounted to the r o t a t i n g
c l u t c h housing f r o m the s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m o r i n the guidance and
navigation s y s t e m through the s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m . A q u i e s c e n t

I
INPUTS ENGINE
IGNITION
Tvc No. 1
POWER I I L1'v'l'Ln I
Tvc .
MONlTOR
TO SCS
INTEGRATOR
PANEL 6
lV GIMBAL
TRIM
THUMBWHEEL
1 ROTATION CONTROL
1 ANDRATECAGE
Tvc No. 2 CURRENT GENERATOR

POWER LIMITER
SWITCH
PANEL 24
K9 CONTROLLED BY SPS THRUSI ON4FF LOGIC

K10. K11. K12. K13 AND K14 YIOVvN PRIOR TO GIMBAL MOTOR STAR1
I F THE OVER AND UNDER CURRENT RELAY FOR YAW GIMBAL

MOTOR NO. 1 SENYS AN OVER OR UNDER CURRENT, THE
REMY SIGNAL OPENS K13 TO CLUTCHES, K13 TOP CONTACT
+!+El CLUTCH
OPENS LOWER CLOSES FOR TLM, K13 CLOSES TO CLUTCHES,

K1Z TOP CONTACT OPENS, LOWER CLOSES.
K10. K11. K13 and K14 ARE ALW CONTROLLED BY CLOCKWISE

ROTATION OF TRANSLATION CONTROL WITH DaTA V MODE SELECTED
CM IW
REFERRED TO AS MANUM THRUST VfCTOR CONTROL
I
Missi
. : ;-. . . .
.-. .
SYSTEMS DATA
OVER UNDER
sM I CAUTION AND
WARNING
PANEL 11
I,,----
------
--
I I SM-2A-1079
Figure 2.4-4. SPS Yaw Gimbal Actuator Motor and Clutch Control

Ba s ic_,Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 4 - 1 5 / 2 . 4 - 1 6
M i s s ion
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
c u r r e n t i s applied to the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t of the extend and r e t r a c t clutches

when the t h r u s t v e c t o r POWER s w i t c h e s , on panel 24, a r e on, which
p r e v e n t s the engine f r o m moving during the boost p h a s e of the m i s s i o n with
the g i m b a l m o t o r s O F F . A 246 foot-pound f o r c e would be r e q u i r e d on the
engine to o v e r c o m e the q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t (equivalent to 1.53 g) in the
clutches. T h e g i m b a l m o t o r s will be t u r n e d on, p r i o r to jettisoning the
launch e s c a p e t o w e r , to s u p p o r t the S P S a b o r t c r i t e r i a a f t e r the launch
e s c a p e t o w e r h a s been j e t t i s o n e d , a n d will be t u r n e d O F F a s soon a s p o s s i b l e
to r e d u c e the h e a t p r o b l e m that o c c u r s due to the g i m b a l m o t o r s d r i v i n g the
clutch housings. With q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t applied, i t c r e a t e s a f r i c t i o n f o r c e
in the clutch housing that c r e a t e s h e a t , which i f allowed t o rise t o a high
t e m p e r a t u r e the e l e c t r o - magnet would l o o s e i t s m a g n e t i s m capability; thus
r e n d e r i n g that s e t of clutches inoperative. T h i s p r o b l e m o c c u r s only d u r i n g
boost, not d u r i n g the n o r m a l S P S b u r n s .
P r i o r to any t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s the thumbwheels on panel 6 c a n be u s e d

to position the engine. T h e t h r u s t - o n s i g n a l m a y b e provided by the G & N
through the SCS, o r by SCS only. In e i t h e r m o d e the c u r r e n t input r e q u i r e d
( t o m a i n t a i n the engine t h r u s t v e c t o r through the c e n t e r of m a s s ) to the
c l u t c h e s will i n c r e a s e above the q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t which i n c r e a s e s the
c u r r e n t i n the e l e c t r o - m a g n e t s that a r e rotating with the clutch housings.
T h e d r y powder m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s have the ability to b e c o m e m a g n e t i z e d
v e r y r e a d i l y a s w e l l as becoming demagnetized as readily. T h e m a g n e t i c
p a r t i c l e s i n c r e a s e the f r i c t i o n f o r c e between the rotating housing a n d the
flywheel, c a u s i n g the flywheel to r o t a t e . T h e flywheel a r r a n g e m e n t i s
a t t a c h e d t o the clutch output s h a f t allowing the clutch s h a f t to d r i v e the bull
g e a r . T h e bull g e a r d r i v e s a b a l l nut which d r i v e s the a c t u a t o r j a c k - s h a f t
to a n extend or r e t r a c t position, depending upon which clutch housing
e l e c t r o y m a g n e t the c u r r e n t input is supplied to. T h e l a r g e r the excitation
c u r r e n t , the h i g h e r the clutch shaft r o t a t i o n r a t e .
M e s h e d with the b a l l nut pinion g e a r a r e two r a t e t r a n s d u c e r s of the

t a c h o m e t e r type. When the ball nut is rotated, the r a t e t r a n s d u c e r s u p p l i e s
a feedback into the s u m m i n g network of the t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l Logic to
c o n t r o l the d r i v i n g r a t e s of the j a c k s c r e w ( a c t i n g as a dynamic b r a k e to
p r e v e n t o v e r o r u n d e r c o r r e c t i n g ) , one t r a n s d u c e r f o r e a c h s y s t e m .
T h e j a c k s c r e w contains f o u r position t r a n s d u c e r s , all a r r a n g e d f o r

l i n e a r m o t i o n a n d a l l connected t o a s i n g l e yoke. One of the position t r a n s -
d u c e r s is u s e d to provide a feedback t o the s u m m i n g network of t r a n s d u c e r
feedback. The two feedbacks to the s u m m i n g network r e d u c e the output
c u r r e n t to the clutch, r e s u l t i n g i n a p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e change to the d e s i r e d
g i m b a l a n g l e position and r e t u r n s to a q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t .
One position t r a n s d u c e r p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l to the v i s u a l display on

panel 6. One of the position t r a n s d u c e r s p r o v i d e s a f e e d b a c k to the redundant
s u m m i n g network of the t h r u s t v e c t o r logic f o r the redundant clutches. T h e
r e m a i n i n g position t r a n s d u c e r is not p r e s e n t l y utilized.

2.4-17
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Changc Date Page
SMZA-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e s p a c e c r a f t d e s i r e d motion, thumbwheel positioning, engine n o z z l e

p o s i t i o n , t h r u s t v e c t o r p o s i t i o n , g i m b a l p o s i t i o n d i s p l a y i n d i c a t o r and a c t u -
a t o r r a m m o v e m e n t is identified i n f i g u r e 2. 4-5.
A snubbing d e v i c e p r o v i d e s a h a r d s t o p f o r a n additional I - d e g r e e
t r a v e l beyond the n o r m a l g i m b a l l i m i t s .
Manual t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l m a y be obtained by the c r e w p l a c i n g the

t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l c l o c k w i s e . T h i s w i l l open c o n t a c t s K10 and K13 and
c l o s e c o n t a c t s K11 and K14, allowing the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l to p r o v i d e the
c r e w with m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
2.4.2.10 P r o p e l l a n t Utilization and Gauging S u b s y s t e m (PUGS).
T h e s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of eight p r o p e l l a n t quantity s e n s o r s , a p r o -
p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e , a c o n t r o l unit, and a d i s p l a y unit ( f i g u r e s 2.4-6
and 2.4-7).
2.4.2. 10. 1 Quantity Sensing, Computing, and Indicating S y s t e m .
P r o p e l l a n t quantity i s m e a s u r e d by two s e p a r a t e s e n s i n g s y s t e m s :
p r i m a r y and a u x i l i a r y . T h e p r i m a r y quantity s e n s o r s a r e c y l i n d r i c a l
c a p a c i t a n c e p r o b e s , mounted a x i a l l y i n e a c h tank. I n t h e o x i d i z e r t a n k s ,
t h e p r o b e s c o n s i s t of a p a i r of c o n c e n t r i c e l e c t r o d e s with o x i d i z e r u s e d as
t h e d i e l e c t r i c . I n the f u e l t a n k s , a p y r e x g l a s s p r o b e , c o a t e d with s i l v e r
on t h e i n s i d e , is u s e d as one conductor of the c a p a c i t o r . F u e l on the out-
s i d e of t h e p r o b e i s the o t h e r c o n d u c t o r . T h e p y r e x g l a s s itself f o r m s t h e
d i e l e c t r i c . T h e a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m u t i l i z e s point s e n s o r s mounted a t i n t e r v a l s
a l o n g t h e p r i m a r y p r o b e s to p r o v i d e a s t e p function i m p e d a n c e change
when t h e liquid l e v e l p a s s e s t h e i r l o c a t i o n c e n t e r l i n e .
P r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t m e a s u r e m e n t i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by the p r o b e s
c a p a c i t a n c e being a l i n e a r function of p r o p e l l a n t height.
A u x i l i a r y p r o p e l l a n t m e a s u r e m e n t is a c c o m p l i s h e d by l o c a t i n g the
p r o p e l l a n t l e v e l with point s e n s o r s . E a c h point s e n s o r c o n s i s t s of c o n -
c e n t r i c m e t a l r i n g s , s e v e n in the s t o r a g e tanks and eight i n the s u m p t a n k s .
T h e r i n g s p r e s e n t a v a r i a b l e i m p e d a n c e , depending on w h e t h e r they a r e
c o v e r e d o r u n c o v e r e d by the p r o p e l l a n t s . When the p r o p e l l a n t s a r e between
point s e n s o r s , the p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g a r e i n t e g r a t e d by a r a t e flow
g e n e r a t o r which i n t e g r a t e s the s e r v o s a t a r a t e p r o p o r t i o n a l to the n o r m a l
flow r a t e of the f u e l and o x i d i z e r . A m o d e s e l e c t o r s e n s e s when the p r o -
p e l l a n t c r o s s e s a s e n s o r and c h a n g e s t h e a u x i l i a r y s e r v o s f r o m the flow
r a t e g e n e r a t o r m o d e to the position m o d e , t h e s y s t e m m o v e s to the location
s p e c i f i e d by t h e d i g i t a l - t o - a n a l o g c o n v e r t e r f o r 3 / 4 second to c o r r e c t f o r
any d i f f e r e n c e . T h e s y s t e m then r e t u r n s t o the flow r a t e g e n e r a t o r m o d e
until t h e next point s e n s o r is r e a c h e d . F i g u r e s 2. 4 - 8 and 2 . 4 - 9 i l l u s t r a t e
p o i n t s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s t h a t a r e c o v e r e d by p r o p e l l a n t s . T h e nonsequential
p a t t e r n d e t e c t o r functions to d e t e c t f a l s e o r faulty s e n s o r s i g n a l s . If a
s e n s o r h a s failed, the i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h a t s e n s o r i s blocked f r o m t h e
s y s t e m , p r e v e n t i n g d i s r u p t i o n of s y s t e m computation.
B a s i c Date
12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
.
2.4-18
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
-
VI
W
E:
- -
V
VI
V
m
0
-4
m
3
W W a
c
I c
I 0
8 G d:
- L"
m e,
u
2 3 .4
>
N >-
+ I
e,
i5
w
0
M
C
,d
.r(
I
d
n
E
+ , + , B
*I
N
e,
k
3
M
.r(
6(
+ , I +
W W
EE

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
When a THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d with the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h

i n the PRIMARY o r NORMAL position, the c r e w d i s p l a y digital r e a d o u t s ,
and u n b a l a n c e d i s p l a y w i l l not change f o r 4 . 5 i 1 . 0 s e c o n d s to allow f o r
p r o p e l l a n t settling. However, T L M w i l l r e c e i v e t h e s a m e s i g n a l a s upon
c o m p l e t i o n of t h e l a s t f i r i n g a f t e r a p p r o x i m a t e l y one s e c o n d of SPS THRUST-
ON.
When the THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d wi'th the SENSOR s e l e c t

s w i t c h i n AUXILIARY position, t h e c r e w d i s p l a y digital r e a d o u t s and TLM
will r e c e i v e a change in i n f o r m a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y which i s g e n e r a t e d f r o m
a flow r a t e i n t e g r a t o r t h a t s i m u l a t e s t h e n o m i n a l flow r a t e and t r a n s m i t s
this a s quantity i n f o r m a t i o n to the c r e w d i s p l a y s and TLM. T h e c r e w
d i g i t a l r e a d o u t s , unbalance d i s p l a y , and T L M will not be updated to the
p r o p e l l a n t f r o m a point s e n s o r f o r 4 . 5 i l . O s e c o n d s a f t e r THRUST-ON.
When the THRUST-ON s i g n a l is p r o v i d e d p l u s 4. 5 i l . O s e c o n d s , i f a point
s e n s o r is u n c o v e r e d the c r e w digital r e a d o u t s , unbalance d i s p l a y , a n d T L M
w i l l b e updated to the p r o p e l l a n t r e m a i n i n g a t t h a t point s e n s o r . The t i m e
d e l a y of 4 . 5 i 1 . 0 s e c o n d s is to t h e point s e n s o r s y s t e m and not to the
a u x i l i a r y f u e l and o x i d i z e r s e r v o s , and is to allow f o r p r o p e l l a n t settling.
Any d e v i a t i o n f r o m the n o m i n a l o x i d i z e r to f u e l r a t i o (2: 1 by m a s s ) is

d i s p l a y e d i n pounds by the UNBALANCE i n d i c a t o r . The u p p e r half of the
i n d i c a t o r i s m a r k e d INC, and t h e l o w e r half is m a r k e d DEC to identify the
r e q u i r e d c h a n g e i n o x i d i z e r flow r a t e to c o r r e c t any unbalance condition.
When the SENSOR s e l e c t switch is i n t h e NORMAL position, t h e

outputs of both s e n s o r s y s t e m s a r e continually c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r
network. If a d i s c r e p a n c y o c c u r s between total p r i m a r y and total a u x i l i a r y
f u e l of 300 poynds, o r a d i s c r e p a n c y between total p r i m a r y o x i d i z e r and
a u x i l i a r y o x i d i z e r of 300 pounds, the caution and warning i n d i c a t o r on
p a n e l 11 is i l l u m i n a t e d . T h e output of the o x i d i z e r s u m p tank s e r v o
a m p l i f i e r and t h e p r i m a r y p o t e n t i o m e t e r of the unbalance i n d i c a t o r a r e
c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r n e t w o r k , and i f 300 pounds o r 90 p e r c e n t of
the c r i t i c a l u n b a l a n c e i n d i c a t e d v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g i s r e a c h e d
( f i g u r e 2 . 4 - l o ) , t h e c a u t i o n and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 is illuminated.
With t h e SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n the PRIMARY position, the output

of t h e o x i d i z e r s u m p tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r and the output of the p r i m a r y
p o t e n t i o m e t e r i n the unbalance m e t e r a r e c o m p a r e d i n the c o m p a r a t o r
n e t w o r k and if 300 pounds o r 90 p e r c e n t of t h e c r i t i c a l unbalance i n d i c a t e d
v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g is r e a c h e d , the caution and warning light on p a n e l 1 1
is illuminated.
With the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n the AUXILIARY position, the output

of the a u x i l i a r y o x i d i z e r s e r v o a m p l i f i e r and the output of the a x u i l i a r y
p o t e n t i o m e t e r a r e c o m p a r e d in the c o m p a r a t o r network, and i f 300 pounds
o r 90 p e r c e n t of the c r i t i c a l unbalance i n d i c a t e d v e r s u s t i m e r e m a i n i n g i s
r e a c h e d ( f i g u r e 2.4- l o ) , the caution and w a r n i n g light on p a n e l 11 is
illuminated.
SERVICE'IPROPU-L$ION SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c D a t e y 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.4-20

S P S Q U A N T I T Y SENSING, COMPUTING
P R I W A Q Y WC PJMP
PRM Nc 2 TANK
.io nu
1416% 0
CAPACIlANCt
PROllt F U U No. I
I
SYSTEMS DATA
1~ AND INDICATING SYSTEM
I
I I
I
I
I
I i 1 I I I
q
I
I WX
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
111 I
I
I
I
I
I
@----- I
I
I
I
I
I
I 1 I
Figure 2 . 4 - 6 . SPS Quantity Sensing, Computing and Indicating S y s t e m

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
M
rd
L4
a
I F:
I
1 - N' 4
rd
0
k
Ez Y
d
0
u
d
0
Y
.rl
d
N
.,-I
4
.rl
&I
Y
c
rd
4
2
Q
a
0
k
P4.
N
a,
k
3
M
..+
6(
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS D A T A
AUXILIARY FUEL POINT SENSORS
USEABLE
NE1
POUNDS
INDICATED FUEL POUNDS
SM-?A-1110
F i g u r e 2.4-8. Auxiliary Fuel Point S e n s o r s

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
AUXILIARY OXIDIZER POINT SENSORS
&ABLE
OXIDIZER
POUNDS
. . ~ . .--. .
.... - ..
200 600 IO00 1400 le00 2200 2600 3OOO 3400 3800 4x)O 4600 5ooo 5400 5800 6200
INDICATED OXIDIZER POUNDS
bM-2A-IIOP
F i g u r e 2.4-9. Auxiliary Oxidizer P o i n t S e n s o r s
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2.4-25

SM2A-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
COMPARATOR U N I T PROVIDES OUTPUT

T O SPS PU SNSR FAIL STATUS I N D I C A T O R
(MDC-11) FOR UNBALANCE C O N D I T I O N S
IN THIS R E G I O N .
100% 80% 60% I

I
40% 20% i 0%
I
I 17%
STORAGE TANK 1 SUMP TANK
I
I
a
'
OXIDIZER R E M A I N I N G -
PERCENTAGE O F TOTAL
CAPACITY
SM-244-899
F i g u r e 2 . 4 - 10. P r o p e l l a n t Unbalance Warning S y s t e m Output C h a r t
Once t h e w a r n i n g light is i l l u m i n a t e d , the c r e w c a n d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r

t h e r e is a m a l f u n c t i o n within t h e quantity and indicating s y s t e m s o r i f t h e r e
is a t r u e u n b a l a n c e condition e x i s t i n g by u s e of the s e l f - t e s t p o r t i o n of the
s y s t e m . By o b s e r v i n g the r e s p o n s e of e a c h s y s t e m i n conjunction with the
T E S T s w i t c h on p a n e l 20, the c r e w c a n r e c o g n i z e the malfunction o r
d e t e r m i n e i f t h e r e is a t r u e unbalance existing.
2 . 4 . 2 . 10.2 Quantity Computing and Indicating S y s t e m T e s t .
A t e s t of the s e n s i n g s y s t e m s excluding the point s e n s o r s and p r o b e s

c a n be i m p l e m e n t e d d u r i n g THRUST-ON o r -OFF p e r i o d s .
With t h e SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h i n P R I M A R Y and the T E S T switch i n

the TEST U P p o s i t i o n , the t e s t s t i m u l i is a p p l i e d to the p r i m a r y s y s t e m
tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s a f t e r a 4 . 5 k l . O s e c o n d delay. A t this t i m e , the t e s t
s t i m u l i w i l l d r i v e the f u e l and o x i d i z e r d i s p l a y s to an i n c r e a s e r e a d i n g a t

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d i f f e r e n t r a t e s ( o x i d i z e r a t a r a t e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 digits p e r s e c o n d and
f u e l a t a r a t e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 . 5 digits p e r s e c o n d ) , r e s u l t i n g i n a n
unbalance and i n d i c a t e d on t h e unbalance d i s p l a y as a n INC ( c l o c k w i s e
rotation). T L M would r e c e i v e a n i n c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity f r o m the
p r i m a r y system simultaneously.
P l a c i n g t h e TEST switch i n t h e TEST DOWN position, and a f t e r a

4. 5*1.0-second d e l a y , will p r o v i d e t e s t s t i m u l i to the tank s e r v o a m p l i f i e r s
which w i l l d r i v e t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r d i s p l a y s t o a d e c r e a s e r e a d i n g ,
r e t u r n i n g the c r e w d i s p l a y s c l o s e to t h e r e a d i n g d i s p l a y e d p r i o r to
T E S T U P , s i m u l t a n e o u s l y T L M would r e c e i v e a d e c r e a s e in p r o p e l l a n t
quantity. If the TEST s w i t c h w a s a g a i n p l a c e d to T E S T DOWN, a f t e r a
4.5rtl. 0 - s e c o n d d e l a y , the f u e l and o x i d i z e r c r e w d i s p l a y r e a d o u t s would
d r i v e to a d e c r e a s e r e a d i n g a t d i f f e r e n t r a t e s r e s u l t i n g i n a n unbalance
and i n d i c a t e d on the unbalance d i s p l a y a s a DEC ( c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n ) .
T L M would r e c e i v e a d e c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . To
r e t u r n to the r e a d i n g d i s p l a y e d p r i o r to t h e second T E S T DOWN, p l a c e the
T E S T switch to TEST U P and a f t e r a 4. -1.0-second delay, the c r e w dis-
p l a y s would r e t u r n c l o s e to the o r i g i n a l d i s p l a y e d r e a d i n g s , s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
T L M r e c e i v e s an i n c r e a s e i n p r o p e l l a n t quantity.
T o t e s t the a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m , p l a c e the SENSOR s e l e c t s w i t c h to

AUXILIARY and u t i l i z e the T E S T switch up and down p o s i t i o n s . T h e r e is no
t i m e delay involved with the a u x i l i a r y s y s t e m .
T h e AUTO p o s i t i o n r e m o v e s the e l e c t r i c a l t e s t s t i m u l i inputs.
2.4.2.10.3 P r o p e l l g n t Utilization Valve.
If an unbalance condition e x i s t s , the c r e w will u s e the p r o p e l l a n t

u t i l i z a t i o n valve to r e t u r n the p r o p e l l a n t s to a b a l a n c e d condition. T h e
p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e housing c o n t a i n s two sliding g a t e v a l v e s within
the housing. One of the sliding g a t e v a l v e s i s t h e p r i m a r y and the r e m a i n -
ing is the s e c o n d a r y ( f i g u r e 2.4-7).
Stops a r e p r o v i d e d within t h e v a l v e housing f o r the full i n c r e a s e o r

d e c r e a s e p o s i t i o n s of the p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y sliding g a t e valves.
T h e s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n valve h a s twice the t r a v e l of the

p r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n valve to c o m p e n s a t e f o r p r i m a r y p r o p e l l a n t
u t i l i z a t i o n valve f a i l u r e in any position. T h e s e c o n d a r y valve i s s e l e c t e d
by the VALVE switch and i s c o n t r o l l e d by t h e OXIDIZER F L O W s w i t c h i n
the s a m e m a n n e r a s the p r i m a r y .
T h e p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n v a l v e c o n t r o l s a r e on p a n e l 20. T h e VALVE
switch s e l e c t s the p r i m a r y or s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i a a t i o n valve.
N o r m a l position of the VALVE s w i t c h is PRIMARY. T h e OXIDIZER FLOW
s w i t c h is u t i l i z e d to p o s i t i o n the p r i m a r y o r s e c o n d a r y p r o p e l l a n t u t i l i z a t i o n

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
s l i d i n g g a t e valve. When the OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is i n NORMAL, the

s l i d i n g g a t e v a l v e i s i n the n o m i n a l flow p o s i t i o n and t h e u p p e r and l o w e r
OXID flow p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r is g r a y . When t h e OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is
p l a c e d t o t h e INCREASE position, the s l i d i n g g a t e valve is i n the i n c r e a s e
flow p o s i t i o n and t h e u p p e r OXID flow p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r is s t r i p e d . When
t h e OXIDIZER FLOW s w i t c h is p l a c e d to DECREASE position, t h e sliding
g a t e valve is i n t h e d e c r e a s e flow p o s i t i o n , but d o e s not block t h e o x i d i z e r
flow c o m p l e t e l y and t h e l o w e r OXID flow i n d i c a t o r is s t r i p e d .
2.4.2. 10.4 Engine THRUST O N - O F F Control.
F i g u r e 2 . 4 - 1 i l l u s t r a t e s t h e THRUST O N - O F F logic i n the .guidance

and navigation d e l t a V mode, t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m d e l t a V mode
and t h e m a n u a l d i r e c t mode.
The guidance and navigation is the p r i m a r y d e l t a V m o d e which p r o -

v i d e s t h e m o s t a c c u r a t e t r a j e c t o r y c o r r e c t i o n s . The G&N AV mode of
o p e r a t i o n will r e q u i r e G & N g a t e 2 to be c o m p l e t e l y enabled. Its r e q u i r e d
i n p u t s will be a n u l l a g e m a n e u v e r input which could be supplied by the SPS
a b o r t l o g i c or t h e d i r e c t u l l a g e pushbutton o r by t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l 1 or 2
p l a c e d to t h e tX, which would s a t i s f y the OR g a t e 3 function and t h e holding
input a f t e r t h e G&N AND g a t e 2 is enabled which i s p r o c e s s e d t h r o u g h NAND
g a t e s 1 and 2, with the G & N AV m o d e s e l e c t e d f r o m the SCS c o n t r o l p a n e l
and t h e p u l s e t r a i n c o n v e r t e r output of l o g i c one c o m m a n d e d f r o m t h e G&N --
c o m p u t e r by t h e c r e w . T h e s e i n p u t s will e n a b l e AND g a t e 2 and provide the
l o g i c o n e input to i n v e r t e r 3 which d i s a b l e s AND g a t e 6. I n v e r t e r 4 will
p r o v i d e a l o g i c one s i g n a l to the solenoid d r i v e r s t h a t p r o v i d e t h e ground
f o r t h e two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s . The two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s provide p o w e r
to the following:
a. T h e fo& s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l v a l v e s , which allow g a s e o u s n i t r o g e n
p r e s s u r e to b e d i r e c t e d to f o u r a c t u a t o r s t h a t p o s i t i o n e i g h t of t h e ball
v a l v e s i n t h e i n j e c t o r valve a s s e m b l y of t h e engine. This i s due to INJEC-
TOR P R E VALVE A and B being enabled.
b. The quantity s e n s i n g and i n d i c a t i n g s y s t e m and the p r o p e l l a n t
.
u t i l i z a t i o n valve
c. T h e s y s t e m s A and B h e l i u m p r e s s u r i z i n g v a l v e s .
d. When the output of the p u l s e c o n v e r t e r i s a logic z e r o , G & N AND
g a t e 2 i s d i s a b l e d , which t e r m i n a t e s a G&N AV m a n e u v e r and r e m o v e s
g r o u n d f r o m t h e two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s , (Manual backup of t h e THRUST
CONTROL s w i t c h to O F F . )
The backup d e l t a V m o d e , is t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m d e l t a V
mode which h a s l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s t h a t r e q u i r e individual con-
s i d e r a t i o n . The SCS AV m o d e of o p e r a t i o n will r e q u i r e enabling SCS AND
g a t e 1 to i n i t i a t e t h r u s t i n g of t h e engine. SCS AND g a t e 1 h a s t h r e e enabling
i n p u t s : t h e input f r o m OR g a t e 1 i n d i c a t i n g a AV m o d e is s e l e c t e d ; the
output f r o m the DECA i n d i c a t i n g a value g r e a t e r than z e r o on t h e AV
REMAINING d i s p l a y ; and t h e i n p u t f r o m t h e THRUST ON pushbutton light
i n d i c a t o r a f t e r i t is p r o c e s s e d t h r o u g h NAND g a t e s 3 and 4. The one logic
output f r o m SCS AND g a t e 1 is i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 2 to a z e r o logic
which d i s a b l e s AND g a t e 6 and i s i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 4 to a logic one,

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
and e n a b l e s t h e solenoid d r i v e r s t h a t provide ground to the two s e t s of

SPS r e l a y s . The two s e t s of SPS r e l a y s provide power to the s a m e functions
a s i n t h e G&N AV mode.
a. When t h e output of t h e DECA AV REMAINING c o u n t e r r e a c h e s z e r o
velocity, SCS AND g a t e 1 is d i s a b l e d . The logic output f r o m AND g a t e 1
goes to z e r o and INVERTER 2 g o e s to a one logic output which e n a b l e s AND
g a t e 6 to a o n e logic output and the s i g n a l is i n v e r t e d by INVERTER 4 to a
z e r o l o g i c output, and the solenoid d r i v e r s r e m o v e ground f r o m the two s e t s
r
of SPS r e l a y s t e r m i n a t i n g t h r u s t . (Manual backup of the THRUST CONTROL
s w i t c h to OFF. )
The DIRECT o p e r a t i n g m o d e b y p a s s e s all e l e c t r o n i c s . The DIRECT

ON p o s i t i o n of the THRUST CONTROL s w i t c h p r o v i d e s power to the two
s e t s of SPS r e l a y s , the s a m e as i n the G&N AV mode of SCS AV mode.
T h r u s t would be, t e r m i n a t e d by placing t h e THRUST CONTROL s w i t c h

i n t h e O F F position.
The SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l l o g i c p r o v i d e s i l l u m i n a t i o n of the t a l k - b a c k

light i n t h e THRUST ON switch. To i l l u m i n a t e t h e light i n a G & N AV m o d e ,
AND g a t e 4 m u s t be enabled. I t h a s two inputs which a r e G&N AV mode
s e l e c t e d and t h e p r e s e n c e of a l o g i c one output f r o m the pulse t r a i n c o n -
v e r t e r . With AND g a t e 4 e n a b l e d , OR g a t e 2 will t r i g g e r the l a m p d r i v e r
and i l l u m i n a t e t h e THRUST ON light. To i l l u m i n a t e the light i n the SCS AV
m o d e , AND g a t e 3 m u s t be e n a b l e d , i t will a l s o s a t i s f y OR g a t e 2 and
t r i g g e r the l a m p d r i v e r . The SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l logic is i n t e r l o c k e d s o t h a t
. AND g a t e s 3 and 4 will n e v e r be enabled s i m u l t a n e o u s l y b e c a u s e of the
THRUST ON s w i t c h inhibited to t h e p u l s e t r a i n c o n v e r t e r . T h e r e f o r e , the
THRUST ON light will be i l l u m i n a t e d a t all t i m e s when the t h r u s t i s on f o r
n o r m a l 'operation. If the d i r e c t f u n c t i o n is u s e d to initiate t h r u s t i n g , i t will
b y p a s s all e l e c t r o n i c s and not i l l u m i n a t e t h e THRUST ON light.
The output f r o m the SPS t h r u s t c o n t r o l l o g i c p e r f o r m s a function

o t h e r t h a n e n e r g i z e the fuel and o x i d i z e r solenoid v a l v e s . It p r o v i d e s the
l o g i c s w i t c h e s r e q u i r e d to r e c o n f i g u r e t h e SCS r e l a y s f o r p r o p e r t h r u s t
v e c t o r c o n t r o l . The t h r u s t c o n t r o l s w i t c h p r o v i d e s both i n p u t s to OR g a t e 4
i f both d c b u s e s a r e o p e r a t i o n a l . E i t h e r d c bus will enable OR g a t e 5 to
provide the u p p e r input to INHLBIT AND g a t e 1. AND g a t e 5 p r o v i d e s the
c o n t r o l l i n g input to t h e INHIBIT AND g a t e 1. When the solenoid d r i v e r s a r e
not e n e r g i z e d and t h e t h r u s t c o n t r o l s w i t c h is i n NORMAL, both inputs to
AND g a t e 5 a r e t r u e . The t r u e input w i l l m a i n t a i n a logic f a l s e output f r o m
t h e INHIBIT AND g a t e 1 b e c a u s e of the i n v e r s i o n on the input of the gate.
When e i t h e r SPS r e l a y s e t is a c t i v a t e d by a solenoid d r i v e r o r by the ground
c o n t a c t s of t h e DIRECT ON s w i t c h , AND g a t e 5 w i l l be d i s a b l e d by the
ground o r f a l s e input. The input will be i n v e r t e d by the INHIBIT AND g a t e 1
input to enable a n output to the t i m e delay. The t i m e delay i s r e q u i r e d to 1
I
p e r m i t t h r u s t buildup f r o m t h e SPS engine b e f o r e the ullage m a n e u v e r is
t e r m i n a t e d ; h o w e v e r , the pitch and yaw a t t i t u d e e r r o r i n p u t s a r e i n s e r t e d
into the TVC e l e c t r o n i c s i m m e d i a t e l y . T h i s a c t i o n a s s u r e s positive g f o r c e s

B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2-4-29
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
throughout t h r u s t i n i t i a t i o n of the S P S engine and g i m b a l i n g c o n t r o l of the

S P S engine f o r t h e e n t i r e t h r u s t buildup. The t i m e d e l a y is a l s o a c t i v e
a f t e r INHIBIT AND g a t e 1 i s d i s a b l e d by enabling AND g a t e 5. AND g a t e 5
is enabled when both s e t s of SPS r e l a y s a r e d e - e n e r g i z e d . The t i m e d e l a y
is a c t i v e f o r both outputs when t h e s i g n a l is r e m o v e d to p e r m i t continued
SPS engine g i m b a l c o n t r o l , while t h e r e s i d u a l t h r u s t i s p r e s e n t and i n h i b i t s
RCS o p e r a t i o n i n pitch and yaw until r e s i d u a l t h r u s t is r e d u c e d . T h i s
r e d u c e s t h e tumbling induced a t t h r u s t t e r m i n a t i o n . The t i m e d e l a y is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e second f o r a p p l i c a t i o n and r e m o v a l of the engine ignition
signal.
2. 4. 3. 1 Design Data.
The following l i s t c o n t a i n s s p e c i f i c d a t a f o r t h e components i n the

SPS
HELIUM TANKS ( 2 ) 4000*50 p s i a f i l l p r e s s u r e , 4400 m a x i m u m

o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e 70 "*lo "F, c a p a c i t y
1 9 . 4 c u b i c f e e t , i n s i d e d i a m e t e r 40 in. and
a wall t h i c k n e s s of 0 . 4 6 in.
REGULATOR UNITS ( 2 ) Working r e g u l a t o r - P r i m a r y 186*4 p s i g ,

s e c o n d a r y 191*4 p s i g , p r i m a r y lockup 200
psig, s e c o n d a r y lockup 205 psig. N o r m a l l y
locked by working r e g u l a t o r ; p r i m a r y
181*4 psig, s e c o n d a r y 191*4 p s i g , p r i m a r y
lockup 195 p s i g , s e c o n d a r y lockup 205 psig,
PRESSURE TRANS- F u e l and o x i d i z e r u n d e r p r e s s u r e s e t t i n g

DUCERS ( 2 ) ( S P S PRESS light, panel 11) 160 p s i a .
ULLAGE PRESSURE F u e l and o x i d i z e r o v e r p r e s s u r e s e t t i n g
(REGULATED HELIUM) (SPS P R E S S light, panel 11) 200 p s i a .
P R O P E L L A N T UTILIZATION I n c r e a s e p o s i t i o n - 46.65 l b s / s e c o n d
VALVE CONTROL (2) N o r m a l p o s i t i o n - 45. 2 7 l b s / s e c o n d a t

70 O F and 168*4 psig
D e c r e a s e position - 43.87 lbs/second
R e s p o n s e t i m e - N o r m a l to i n c r e a s e o r
v i c e - v e r s a , o r n o r m a l to d e c r e a s e o r
v i c e - v e r s a i s 3 to 4 s e c o n d s
QUANTITY SENSING *O. 35% of full t a n k p l u s *O. 35% o f p r o p e l l a n t

SYSTEM ACCURACY r e m a i n i n g p r i m a r y s y s t e m *O. 3570 of full
tank p l u s rt0. 35% of p r o p e l l a n t r e m a i n i n g
p l u s 2. 370 of s t o r a g e tank quantity r e m a i n i n g ,
--
auxiliary system.

Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date page 2.4-30
SMZA -03-SG012
SYSTEMS DATA
HELIUM R E L I E F VALVE ( 2 ) D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e s at 220*7 p s i g

Filter - 10 m i c r o n s n o r m a l , 25 m i c r o n s
absolute
Relief valve r e l i e v e s at 232*8 psig
Relief valve reseats at 212 p s i g m i n i m u m
F l o w c a p a c i t y 3 l b s / s e c o n d m i n i m u m at 60 F
and 250 psig
Bleed device c l o s e s a t a m b i e n t to 100 p s i

and is manually r e s e t open
OXIDIZER STORAGE AND Total tank capacity 3 0 , 6 0 0 l b s , u s a b l e

S U M P TANK , 2 7 , 333 l b s . E a c h tank h a s a volume of 175
cubic ft.
Fill p r e s s u r e 110 psia. Ullage after filling

2 . 4 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 8. 0 cubic ft i n
s u m p tank. Ullage a f t e r p r e s s u r i z e d to 175
p s i a , 6 . 8 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 5. 0 cubic
f t i n s u m p tank. I n s i d e d i a m e t e r 51 in.,
length 165.4 i n . , and will elongate t o 0. 125
in. when p r e s s u r i z e d to 240 p s i and 1 2 0 ° F
f o r 336 h o u r s . Wall t h i c k n e s s 0. 060 in. i n
continuous a r e a s , 0. 069 in. weld buildup
a r e a s and 0.031 in. o n d o m e s . Fill t o l e r a n c e
of 1 / 4 of 1% of full tank plus 1/470 of p r o -
pellant remaining.
FUEL STORAGE AND Total tank capacity 15, 300 l b s , u s a b l e

S U M P TANK 13, 677 l b s . E a c h tank h a s a volume of
139. 7 cubic ft.
Fill p r e s s u r e 9 0 p s i a . Ullage a f t e r filling

1 . 8 cubic f t i n s t o r a g e and 5 . 8 cubic f t i n
s u m p tank. Ullage after p r e s s u r i z e d to
175 p s i a , 6 cubic ft i n s t o r a g e and 3. 0 cubic
f t i n s u m p tank. Inside d i a m e t e r 45 in. ,
length 166. 8 i n . , and will elongate to 0. 125
in. when p r e s s u r i z e d to 240 p s i and 1 2 0 ° F
f o r 336 h o u r s . Wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 5 3 in. i n
continuous a r e a s , 0. 061 in. i n weld buildup
a r e a s , and 0 . 0 3 1 in. on d o m e s . Fill
t o l e r a n c e of 1 / 4 of 1% full tank plus 1/470
of p r o p e l l a n t remaining.

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
NOMINAL P R O P E L L A N T 175k4 p s i a
TANK WORKING PRESSURE
I N T E R F A C E FLANGE 500 m i c r o n s absolute

FILTER
GASEOUS NITROGEN Storage v e s s e l p r e s s u r e 2500*50 p s i at 6 8 " F ,

P R O P E L L A N T VALVE 2900 p s i a t 1 3 0 ° F . Support 36 valve
CONTROL SYSTEMS ( 2 ) actuations.
Regulator, s i n g l e s t a g e , 130*7 p s i a t all

flow u p t o 0 . 0 3 5 l b s / s e c o n d .
145 p s i m a x i m u m lockup p r e s s u r e .
Relief valve - r e l i e v e s a t 350*10 p s i ,

r e s e a t s a t not l e s s than
250 p s i
B a l l v a l v e s 1 and 4 d r y opening t r a v e l time

of 0. 6 (to. 2, - 0 . 0 5 ) second
B a l l v a l v e s 2 and 3 d r y opening t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 325*0. 1 second.
B a l l v a l v e s 1 and 4 d r y closing t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 375*0.05 second
B a l l v a l v e s 2 and 3 d r y c l o s i n g t r a v e l t i m e
of 0. 575*0. 1 second
ENGINE 500-second service lift on S / C 014
Capable of 36 r e s t a r t s
Expansion r a t i o , 6 to 1 a t ablative c h a m b e r
exit a r e a , 62. 5 to 1 a t nozzle extension exit
area.
Cooling c h a m b e r , ablation and film

extension, radiation
I n j e c t o r type, baffled r e g e n e r a t i v e l y , cooled,

unlike i m p i n g e m e n t
O x i d i z e r l e a d , 8 deg.
Length, 152.82 i n c h e s
--
M i s s ion B a s i c Date
l2 1966 Change Date Page
.
2-4-32
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n e x i t d i a m e t e r , 94. 4 i n c h e s
Weight, a p p r o x i m a t e l y 650 l b s
Ablative c h a m b e r t h r o a t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r
i l l u m i n a t e s SPS WALL T E M P HI c a u t i o n and
w a r n i n g l i g h t o n panel 11 a t 380 "F, one
s e n s o r per h a r n e s s .
S P S Pc t r a n s d u c e r , Pc d i s p l a y e d on panel 3
t h r o u g h L / V AOA, SPS Pc s w i t c h to L / V
AOA, SPS P c i n d i c a t o r , g r e e n r a n g e o n
i n d i c a t o r i s 65 to 12570, n o r m a l Pc 8 5 to
125 p s i a .
GIMBAL LIMITS About Z - Z axis *7 ( + 1 / 2 , - 0 ) d e g with

additional 1 d e g f o r snubbing yaw
About Y - Y axis *6 ( t 1 / 2 , - 0 ) deg with

additional 1 deg f o r snubbing pitch
GIMBAL MOTOR UNDER U n d e r c u r r e n t ( p r i m a r y only) below 6 a m p e r e s

AND OVERCURRENT d e t e c t e d f o r a d u r a t i o n of 250*50 m i l l i s e c o n d s
RELAYS o r m o r e s h a l l i n t e r r u p t t h e flow to t h e l o a d
i n l e s s t h a n 100 m i l l i s e c o n d s .
O v e r c u r r e n t dependent upon t e m p e r a t u r e
d u r i n g s t a r t t r a n s i e n t a n d s t e a d y s t a t e of
gimbal motor on p r i m a r y . Secondary con-
t r o l l e d by 7 0 - a m p c i r c u i t b r e a k e r .
ACTUATORCLUTCHES Quiescent c u r r e n t of 60 (t10, - 5 ) m i l l i a m p s

( M o t o r s off, a 246 f t - l b f o r c e r e q u i r e d to
move engine equivalent to 1 . 53 g. )
ACTUATOR PRESSURIZED 3.5*1.0 p s i d r y a i r a t -160 " F a t vendor

S / C 012 and 014 SERVO 0. 23 r a d i a n s p e r s e c o n d (13. 0 9 ' p e r s e c o n d )
ACTUATOR D E F L E C T I O N
RATE
FLIGHT COMBUSTION 180 g ' s p e a k to p e a k f o r 70*20 m i l l i s e c o n d s
ST ABILI TY MONITOR 600 to 5000 c y c l e s p e r second

SYSTEM
2 . 4 . 3. 2 P e r f o r m a n c e Data.
R e f e r to m i s s i o n m o d u l a r d a t a book, SID 66-1177.
2.4. 3 . 3 P o w e r Consumption Data.
Mission

.
page 2.4-33
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Subsystem and
Component Control
No. of
UNtS
-Watt!
AC
e r Unit
DC
-
Tota Natts
AC DC
Service propulsion VALVE s w and OXIDIZER

Propellant utilization FLOW s w (Ref. gauging
valve SYS)
16.8
Propellant utilization G a u g i n g C B ( 4 ) SPS
gauging s y s t e m GAUGING AC s w SENSOR
SW
Injector prevalves He v a l v e C B ( 2 ) I N J E C T O F 2 21.0 42. 0

PREVALVE s w ( 2 )
He solenoid valves He P R E S S U R I Z I N G s w ( 2 ) 2 28.0 56. 0

SPS relay
Feedline heaters SPS H E A T E R s w 26 :See fig. 33.0

a r e 2-4-.
P i l o t valves (SCS) ECA drivers (2) 4 in. 5 42.0
Gimbal actuator Gimbal C B ( 6 ) Channel I

motors GIMBAL MOTOR Idle
sw (4) pitch
Yaw
Boost
450*
45Oh
I 900
pitch
yaw
T h r u s t Oh
511.k
511*
I 1022
pitch
Yaw
Maxlmum
7754
175%
I I550
pitch
Yaw
C h a n n e l I1
1 8 00*<
1ano.r I 3600
Idle
pitch
Yaw
Boost
335.**
3 3 5r:, h
I 670
pitch
yaw
Thrust O N
3 3 5 ,*,k
335** I 67 0
pitch
Yaw
Maxlmum
335**
3 3 5 ::
1:s
I 670
*With q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t
pitch
Yaw
335*a
3 35:"k
I- -- 570
**Without q u i e s c e n t c u r r e n t
.4bove s t a t e m e n t s a s s u m e c h a n n e l I is t h e o p e r a t i n g c h a n n e l a n d c h a n n e l I1 i s s t a n d b v . C h a n n e l I
o p e r a t i n g v a l u e s a p p l i c a b l e t o c h a n n e l II when c h a n n e l I1 i s c o m m a n d e d . 2 h - v d c s u p p l v v a l u e s .
c u r r e n t d r a w v a l u e s n o t a d i r e c t f u n c t i o n of a n a p p l i e d v o l t a g e .
Mission Basic Date lZ 1966 Change Date Page 2.4-34

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.4. 3 . 4 SPS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
See f i g u r e 2 . 4 - 1 1 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b u t i o n .
2.4.4 OPERATION LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
The o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s a n d r e s t r i c t i o n s of t h e S P S a r e as
follows:
a . P r o p e l l a n t quantity gauging s u b s y s t e m is o p e r a t i o n a l oniy d u r i n g
engine f i r i n g . A 4. 5 - s e c o n d f i r i n g p e r i o d is r e q u i r e d b e f o r e p r o p e l l a n t
quantity i n f o r m a t i o n is updated, when SENSOR s w i t c h i s i n t h e NORM o r
PRI position. Delay is b u i l t - i n t o a l l o w p r o p e l l a n t s to s e t t l e and s t a b i l i z e
b e f o r e updating t h e d i s p l a y s .
b. A o n e - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y between a c t u a t i o n of GIMBAL MOTOR
s w i t c h e s (MDC-3) i s r e q u i r e d , a s s i m u l t a n e o u s a c t u a t i o n m a y r e s u l t i n a n
e x c e s s i v e power d r a i n .
c . Engine d e s i g n m i n i m u m i m p u l s e c o n t r o l limit i s 0. 4 s e c o n d ;
however, mission m i n i m u m impulse m a y be longer.
d. Due to a d v e r s i v e t e m p e r a t u r e e f f e c t s , engine g i m b a l d r i v e m o t o r s
should not be continuously e n e r g i z e d f o r p e r i o d s i n e x c e s s of 12 m i n u t e s .
e . Single bank m o d e of o p e r a t i o n by the b i p r o p e l l a n t valve a s s e m b l y
will r e s u l t i n a 3 p e r c e n t r e d u c t i o n i n t h r u s t .
2.4. 5 T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
The following s u b s e q u e n t l i s t is of all SPS t e l e m e t r y d a t a m o n i t o r e d

by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date page 2.4-35

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A C BUS 2
*p E# C#
IDENTICAL
IO FiTCH
GIMBAL
ACTUATOR
CI RCUl TS
SM-2A-713 D
Figure 2 . 4 - 1 1 . 3PS Electrical Power Distribution Diagram
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2.4-36

SM2A-03-SCO 12
S Y S T E M S DATA
V 3
- . n u .
d d d
$
N
2
N
2
N
m m m
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -
a
0 E F
5 zm
N
z -z+
0 m m
30 N N N
0
9
0 3 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
i
0
& & &
0 0
N N
e 3
W W
c c
M
a)
c
-
0
N
w
c
0
N
3
I
0 0 0
N N N
- 4 -
a
C
0
C
2
C
m rJ
dd d d d .3
GRCL
SERVICE P R O P U L S I O N S Y S T E M
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2.4-37

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS D A T A
-
X
0 0 -
N N -
S E R V I C E PROPULSION SYSTEM
Mission Basic Date '' 1966

Change Date Page 2.4-38
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 5
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (RCS)
2. 5 . 1 INTRODUCTION.
T h e Apollo c o m m a n d s e r v i c e module c o n s i s t s of two s e p a r a t e

r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m s , c o m p l e t e l y independent, d e s i g n a t e d S / M RCS
a n d C / M RCS. T h e S / M RCS i s u t i l i z e d t o c o n t r o l S I C r o t a t i o n in a l l
t h r e e a x e s , i n a d d i t i o n t o a n y m i n o r t r a n s l a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s including
S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n , S P S ullage, a n d C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n m a n e u v e r s . T h e
C / M RCS i s u t i l i z e d t o c o n t r o l C / M r o t a t i o n i n a l l t h r e e a x e s a f t e r
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n a n d d u r i n g e n t r y m a n e u v e r s . T h e C / M RCS d o e s not
have t r a n s l a t ion c a p a b i l i t i e s .
Both t h e S / M a n d C / M RCS a r e c o n t r o l l e d e i t h e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r
m a n u a l l y f r o m t h e c o m m a n d module. P h y s i c a l l o c a t i o n of t h e RCS e n g i n e s
is shown i n f i g u r e 2. 5-1. Engine f i r i n g s e q u e n c e f o r s p e c i f i c m a n e u v e r s
a n d individual engine c i r c u i t b r e a k e r power c o n t r o l a r e shown in f i g u r e
2. 5 - 2 .
2. 5. 2 S / M RCSa FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e S / M RCS c o n s i s t s of f o u r individual, functionally i d e n t i c a l

p a c k a g e s , l o c a t e d 90 d e g r e e s a p a r t a r o u n d t h e f o r w a r d p o r t i o n ( + X - a x i s )
of t h e S / M p e r i p h e r y a n d offset f r o m t h e S I C Y - a n d Z - a x e s by 7 d e g r e e s
15 m i n u t e s . E a c h p a c k a g e c o n f i g u r a t i o n , c a l l e d a quad, is s u c h t h a t t h e
r e a c t i o n e n g i n e s a r e mounted on t h e o u t e r s u r f a c e of t h e p a n e l a n d t h e
remaining components a r e inside. Propellant distribution lines a r e routed
t h r o u g h t h e p a n e l s k i n t o f a c i l i t a t e p r o p e l l a n t t r a n s f e r t o t h e r e a c t i o n engine
c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r s . T h e engine c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r s a r e c a n t e d
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 d e g r e e s away f r o m t h e p a n e l s t r u c t u r e t o r e d u c e t h e
e f f e c t s of e x h a u s t g a s on t h e s e r v i c e module skin. T h e two r o l l e n g i n e s on
e a c h quad a r e o f f s e t - m o u n t e d t o a c c o m m o d a t e plumbing i n t h e engine
mounting s t r u c t u r e .
E a c h RCS p a c k a g e i n c o r p o r a t e s a p r e s s u r e - f e d . p o s i t i v e - e x p u l s i o n ,
pulse -modulated, bipropellant s y s t e m t o produce the reaction t h r u s t
r e q u i r e d t o p e r f o r m t h e v a r i o u s S / M RCS c o n t r o l functions. Acceptable
p a c k a g e o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e is m a i n t a i n e d b y i n t e r n a l l y mounted.
t h e r m o s t a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d e l e c t r i c h e a t e r s . T h e S / M RCS p r o p e l l a n t s
c o n s i s t of n i t r o g e n t e t r o x i d e ( N z O ~ ) u, s e d a s t h e o x i d i z e r ; mono-
m e t h y l h y d r a z i n e (MMH) used as t h e fuel. P r e s s u r i z e d h e l i u m gas is t h e
p r o p e l l a n t t r a n s f e r r i n g agent.
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM

SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
m
to
N
I
L L =
, + t + u u
N
VI
: Ii I: ;I m
Z
z

Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2- 5 - 3
SMZA -03-SGO12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e r e a c t i o n e n g i n e s m a y be p u l s e - f i r e d , producing s h o r t - t h r u s t
i m p u l s e s o r continuously f i r e d , producing a s t e a d y - s t a t e t h r u s t level, The
s h o r t - p u l s e f i r i n g p e r m i t s a t t i t u d e -hold m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n and e x t r e m e l y
a c c u r a t e a t t i t u d e a l i g n m e n t m a n e u v e r s d u r i n g navigational sightings.
CSM a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l is n o r m a l l y m a i n t a i n e d by utilizing t h e a p p l i c a b l e
p i t c h , yaw, a n d r o l l e n g i n e s on all f o u r quads. H o w e v e r , in t h e event of a
m a l f u n c t i o n , c o m p l e t e a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l c a n b e m a i n t a i n e d with only two
a d j a c e n t q u a d s o p e r a t i n g . T h i s two-quad c a p a b i l i t y d o e s not include t h e
e x e c u t i o n of t r a n s l a t i o n and u l l a g e m a n e u v e r s .
A functional flow d i a g r a m of one S / M RCS quad is shown i n

f i g u r e 2 . 5 - 3 . The h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s u p p l i e s p r e s s u r e to two s o l e n o i d -
o p e r a t e d h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s t h a t a r e n o r m a l l y open throughout t h e
m i s s i o n . T h i s a l l o w s h e l i u m p r e s s u r e t o t h e p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s down-
s t r e a m of e a c h h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n valve reducing t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m
t o a d e s i r e d working p r e s s u r e .
R e g u l a t e d h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is d i r e c t e d t h r o u g h a s e r i e s p a r a l l e l
c o m b i n a t i o n of f o u r independent c h e c k v a l v e s . T h e c h e c k v a l v e s p e r m i t
h e l i u m p r e s s u r e t o t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r t a n k s and p r e v e n t r e v e r s e flow of
p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r s or liquid. A p r e s s u r e - r e l i e f v a l v e is i n s t a l l e d i n t h e
p r e s s u r e l i n e s between t h e c h e c k v a l v e s a n d p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s t o p r o t e c t t h e
propellant tanks f r o m any excessive p r e s s u r e increase.
-.e-
H e l i u m e n t e r i n g t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s c r e a t e s a p r e s s u r e buildup
around the propellant positive expulsion bladders forcing the propellants to
b e e x p e l l e d i n t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n lines. P r o p e l l a n t s t h e n flow
t h r o u g h t h e n o r m a l l y open p r o p e l l a n t i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s .
O x i d i z e r a n d f u e l is d i s t r i b u t e d t o t h e eight f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r
v a l v e s by a p a r a l l e l f e e d s y s t e m . T h e f u e l valve on e a c h engine opens
2 m i l l i s e c o n d s p r i o r to t h e o x i d i z e r v a l v e to obtain p r o p e r engine o p e r a t i o n .
E a c h valve a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s o r i f i c e s which m e t e r t h e p r o p e l l a n t flow t o
obtain a' n o m i n a l 2: 1 o x i d i z e r j f u e l r a t i o by weight. T h e o x i d i z e r a n d fuel
i m p i n g e , a t o m i z e , and ignition due t o t h e h y p e r g o l i c p r o p e l l a n t s . T h e .v '
i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e c o n t r o l l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by t h e G & N s y s t e m o r t h e SCS.
Manual o v e r r i d e d i r e c t c o n t r o l is p r o v i d e d f o r r o t a t i o n a l m a n e u v e r s a n d
d i r e c t u l l a g e only. T h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h i s
-;r
s y s t e m configuration maintains propellants under constant p r e s s u r e a t the
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s providing r a p i d c o n s i s t e n t r e s p o n s e r a t e s t o t h r u s t
on-off c o m m a n d s .
2. 5 . 3 S / M RCS MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
T h e S / M RCS is c o m p o s e d of f o u r s e p a r a t e , individual p a c k a g e s ;
e a c h package containing t h e following five m a j o r s u b s y s t e m s :
Pressurization
0 Propellant
0 Rocket engine .-.,-

MASTER EVENT SEQUENCE CONTROLLER
r---------- -----------
----------
MASTER EVENT SEQUENCE CONTROLLER
PANEL 16
-.
PITCH CHANNEL
SWITCH PANEL 8
T l O N CONTROLS
AUTO O X
DUMP SLATION CONTROLS
CIRCUITS
~
---
WPUT FROM
JRlNG DESCENT
ANY ABORT
SIGNAL FROM
?AD UP TO
LE5 TOWER
RTTISON OR
2-1/2 SEC
INPUT FROM
CM SM
C19A1 I' i C19A4
I SM RCS
DIRECT
r m1- DEUY
SM RCS
SEPARATION
WITCHES
?ANEL 1s
RCS
CONTROC
BOX
-----1t
I
I
I
I.
RCS
TRANSFER
PANEL
I
1 6 ~
SI
1
K 2 Z16Kl
E-Y JET 16
D*Y JET ' 5 U
. I I
I
- DIRECT
COILS
A-P JET 1 2
51
1 I
IS
x1 I I -
tLtCl K I U L I CM >M
<
TO SM Jm CONTROLLER
Sl9AB SYS B ELECTRICAL
Y1
I
I
PILOTS
ROT
I
.PILOTS
CON1
'CoNT I
' TRANSFER
.- ' CMSM
L .OToRJ TRANSFER
CMPROP MN a
IA-P JET '2

c+P JET '1
(E LEG)
TROLS
ONTROLS
RCS PROP ISOL
(MOC-25) A
HELIUM 1
MN B ON
+20vDc- AO
*
d ~
IOA
CM RCS
I II
COILS
AUTO
SM RCS
SM N E G
BUS
-q?Jcl COILS D-SRsoo4T-lM96

C-SR5003T- 1 oA93
‘
B-SRSOOZT-IM91
SM RCS He TANK
DIRECT PRESS Q W D A To: RCS INDICATORS
COILS &&&TLM switch S/M A (MDC-12)
j-q&a
C M RCS
DIRECT
XL 8 CM SM
-ES A W R T <
CM
NEG
A
HELIUM INDICATOR
J BUS
PROPELIANT
ON
4, 4-
OFF
L:
PROPELLANT INDICATOR
-- --.*. -T 3
VALE
'n EM NEG
BUS
I
I
q
I
I
i
(OPEN)
I
I
I
OXlD FILL I
I
A N D DRAIN Y
U
t!
I
-
Y
=
-z
5
z
Y
I
I
I E-SR57WP-I.
c-sR5822P-1:
PsR5823P-I:
;.. .,J
y
U4J
VALVE I
I
I OXlD M4NF
I
I
PKG TEMP
B B
SM NEG
CM NEG
- DUS
1
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER
--
- ----
?Ir: 5 Mission
t
k
8
i
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
w
m MN BUS B 28 VDC
w
MN BUS A v ~ c
PSRSO68T- IOAI00
c-sRKMn-1OA98
B-SR5066T- lOA62
Fmm: Rotational
STRIP HEATER
S/M RCS HOVSIN
INJECTOR IN
ASSEMBLY
4Ea
JCER El
LIRE
IER
Figure 2 . 5 - 3 . S / M RCS Functional Flow Diagram (QuaL ,

page 2 . 5 - 5 1 2 . 5 - 6
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 19b6 Change Date
SM2A - 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0 P r o p e l l a n t quantity gauging
0 Temperature control system
2 . 5.3. 1 P r e s s u r i z a t i o n Subsvstem.
T h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n and p r o p e l l a n t f e e d s t o r e s , r e g u l a t e s , a n d
d i s t r i b u t e s h e l i u m t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , and s t o r e s and d i s t r i b u t e s
p r o p e l l a n t t o t h e engine a s s e m b l i e s ( f i g u r e 2. 5-3). It c o n s i s t s of s t o r a g e
t a n k s , i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s , p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s , and t h e l i n e s a n d v a l v e s
n e c e s s a r y f o r filling, d r a i n i n g a n d d i s t r i b u t i n g t h e fluids.
2. 5. 3 . 1. 1 H e l i u m Supply Tank.
T h e t o t a l h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m supply is contained within a s i n g l e

s p h e r i c a l s t o r a g e tank. Initial fill p r e s s u r e is 4150*50 p s i g a t 7 0 ° F . T h e
l i m i t working p r e s s u r e is 5000 p s i g t o a c c o m m o d a t e p r e s s u r e t r a n s i e n t s
d u r i n g filling. P r o o f p r e s s u r e is 6667 p s i g and t h e b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s
7500 p s i g .
2. 5. 3. 1 . 2 H e l i u m Isolation Valve.
T h e h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s a r e a t w o - s o l e n o i d v a l v e s and a r e
m e c h a n i c a l l y l a t c h e d open a n d s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n
v a l v e s a r e individually c o n t r o l l e d by t h e i r own h e l i u m s w i t c h on p a n e l 15.
T h e v a l v e s a r e n o r m a l l y open i n r e s p e c t t o s y s t e m p r e s s u r e s u b s t a n t i a t i n g
t h e m e c h a n i c a l latching f g a t u r e f o r power c o n s e r v a t i o n p u r p o s e s d u r i n g t h e
m i s s i o n , i n addition t o p r e v e n t i n g o v e r h e a t i n g of t h e v a l v e c o i l s .
A p o s i t i o n switch contained within e a c h v a l v e c o n t r o l s a p o s i t i o n

i n d i c a t o r below e a c h s w i t c h on p a n e l 15. When t h e valve is open, t h e
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h is open; a n d the i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r
as t h e p a n e l ) indicating t h e v a l v e is i n i t s n o r m a l position. When t h e v a l v e
i s c l o s e d , t h e position switch is c l o s e d ; and t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is
d i a g o n a l l i n e s indicating t h e valve is i n i t s a b n o r m a l position. T h e valve
is c l o s e d i n t h e event of a p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r unit p r o b l e m a n d d u r i n g
ground s e r v i c i n g .
2 . 5. 3 . 1. 3 P r e s s u r e Regulator Assemblies.
H e l i u m p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t i o n i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by two r e g u l a t o r
a s s e m b l i e s connected in p a r a l l e l , with one a s s e m b l y l o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m
of e a c h h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n valve. E a c h a s s e m b l y i n c o r p o r a t e s two ( p r i m a r y
and s e c o n d a r y ) s e p a r a t e r e g u l a t o r s connected i n s e r i e s . T h e s e c o n d a r y
r e g u l a t o r r e m a i n s open a s long as t h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r functions
p r o p e r l y . In t h e event of t h e p r i m a r y r e g u l a t o r failing open, the s e c o n d a r y
r e g u l a t o r will m a i n t a i n slightly h i g h e r , but a c c e p t a b l e p r e s s u r e s .
2. 5 . 3 . 1.4 Check Valve A s s e m b l i e s .
Two check valve a s s e m b l i e s , one a s s e m b l y l o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m of

e a c h r e m l a t o r a s s e m b l v , p e r m i t h e l i u m flow in t h e d o w n s t r e a m d i r e c t i o n
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2-5-7
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
only. T h i s p r e v e n t s p r o p e l l a n t a n d / o r p r o p e l l a n t v a p o r backflow into t h e

p r e s s u r i z a t i o n s y s t e m if s e e p a g e o r f a i l u r e o c c u r s i n t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k
bladders .
2. 5 . 3 . 1. 5 P r e s s u r e Relief Valves
The helium relief valve contains a b u r s t diaphragm, f i l t e r , a bleed

d e v i c e , a n d t h e r e l i e f valve. T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m is i n s t a l l e d t o p r o v i d e
a m o r e p o s i t i v e s e a l a g a i n s t h e l i u m t h a n t h a t of t h e a c t u a l r e l i e f v a l v e .
T h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e s at a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e . T h e b u r s t
d i a p h r a m is of t h e n o n f r a g m e n t a t i o n t y p e , but i n t h e event of a n y f r a g m e n -
t a t i o n , t h e f i l t e r f i l t e r s out any f r a g m e n t a t i o n and p f e v e n t s a n y p a r t i c l e s
f r o m flowing onto t h e r e l i e f valve s e a t . T h e r e l i e f valve will r e l i e v e a t a
p r e s s u r e s l i g h t l y h i g h e r t h a n t h a t of t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e
a n d r e l i e v e t h e e x c e s s i v e p r e s s u r e o v e r b o a r d , p r o t e c t i n g t h e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r t a n k . T h e r e l i e f valve will r e s e a t at a p r e d e t e r m i n e d p r e s s u r e .
A p r e s s u r e b l e e d d e v i c e is i n c o r p o r a t e d between t h e b u r s t d i a p h r a g m
a n d r e l i e f valve. T h e bleed valve v e n t s t h e c a v i t y b e t w e e n t h e b u r s t d i a -
p h r a g m a n d r e l i e f valve i n t h e event of a n y l e a k a g e f r o m t h e d i a p h r a g m ,
o r v e n t s t h e c a v i t y upon c o m p l e t i o n of p e r f o r m i n g a checkout of t h e r e l i e f
v a l v e f r o m t h e t e s t p o r t on t h e r e l i e f valve. T h e b l e e d d e v i c e is n o r m a l l y
open a n d w i l l c l o s e when t h e p r e s s u r e i n c r e a s e s up t o a p r e d e t e r m i n e d
p r e s s u r e . T h e b l e e d d e v i c e a u t o m a t i c a l l y opens when t h e p r e s s u r e
d e c r e a s e s t o t h e b l e e d valve opening p r e s s u r e .
2. 5. 3. 1. 6 D i s t r i b u t i o n Plumbing.
B r a z e d joint tubing is u s e d t o d i s t r i b u t e r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m i n e a c h
RCS quad f r o m t h e h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s t o t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s .
2. 5 . 3 . 2 Propellant Subsystem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of one o x i d i z e r t a n k , one f u e l t a n k , one

o x i d i z e r a n d fuel i s o l a t i o n v a l v e , a n d a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2. 5 . 3 . 2 . 1 O x i d i z e r Tank.
T h e o x i d i z e r supply is contained i n a s i n g l e t i t a n i u m a l l o y h e m i -
s p h e r i c a l l y d o m e d c y c l i n d r i c a l tank. T h e t a n k is c r a d l e - m o u n t e d t o t h e
R C S panel. T h e t a n k c o n t a i n s a d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y a n d a teflon b l a d -
d e r f o r p o s i t i v e e x p u l s i o n of t h e o x i d i z e r . T h e b l a d d e r is a t t a c h e d t o the
d i f f u s e r tube at e a c h end of t h e tank. T h e d i f f u s e r tube a c t s as t h e p r o -
p e llant out let.
When t h e tank is p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e h e l i u m g a s s u r r o u n d s t h e e n t i r e
b l a d d e r , e x e r t i n g a f o r c e which c a u s e s t h e b l a d d e r t o c o l l a p s e about t h e
p r o p e l l a n t f o r c i n g t h e o x i d i z e r into t h e d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y a n d out of
t h e t a n k outlet i n t o t h e manifold, p r o v i d i n g expulsion d u r i n g z e r o g ' s .
T a n k h a s a working p r e s s u r e of 248 p s i g ; proof p r e s s u r e of 331 psig.

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5 . 3 . 2 . 2 F u e l Tank.
T h e f u e l supply is contained i n a s i n g l e t a n k t h a t is s i m i l a r in
m a t e r i a l , c o n s t r u c t i o n , and o p e r a t i o n t o t h a t of t h e o x i d i z e r tank.
2. 5. 3. 2 . 3 P r o p e l l a n t Isolation Shutoff Valve.
T h e i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s i n t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r l i n e s a r e both c o n t r o l l e d
by a s i n g l e s w i t c h on p a n e l 15. T h e v a l v e s a r e two-solenoid v a l v e s a n d a r e
m a g n e t i c a l l y l a t c h opened a n d s p r i n g -loaded c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e
n o r m a l l y open i n r e s p e c t t o fluid flow. T h i s , a g a i n , e s t a b l i s h e s a power
conservation.
E a c h valve c o n t a i n s a p o s i t i o n s w i t c h which is in p a r a l l e l t o one

p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r below t h e switch on p a n e l 15 t h a t c o n t r o l s both v a l v e s .
When t h e p o s i t i o n s w i t c h i n e a c h valve is open, t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15
is g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r as t h e p a n e l ) indicating t o t h e c r e w t h a t t h e v a l v e s a r e
i n t h e n o r m a l position. When t h e p o s i t i o n switch i n e a c h valve o r one valve
is c l o s e d , t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 is diagonal l i n e s indicating t o t h e c r e w
t h a t t h e valve o r v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d in t h e event of
a f a i l u r e d o w n s t r e a m of t h e v a l v e s , line r u p t u r e , runaway t h r u s t e r , e t c .
2 . 5. 3. 2 . 4 D i s t r i b u t i o n Plumbing.
P r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing within e a c h quad is functionally

i d e n t i c a l . E a c h quad c o n t a i n s s e p a r a t e s i m i l a r o x i d i z e r and fuel plumbing
n e t w o r k s . P r o p e l l a n t s within t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e n e t w o r k s a r e d i r e c t e d f r o m
t h e supply t a n k s , through manifolds f o r d i s t r i b u t i o n t o t h e f o u r e n g i n e s in
the cluster.
2. 5. 3 . 2 . 5 Propellant, In-Line F i l t e r s .
I n - l i n e f i l t e r s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e f u e l a n d o x i d i z e r m a n i f o l d s down-
s t r e a m of t h e p r o p e l l a n t shutoff v a l v e s and p r i o r t o t h e engine manifold
contained within t h e engine housing. T h e i n - l i n e f i l t e r s a r e i n s t a l l e d t o
p r e v e n t a n y p a r t i c l e s f r o m flowing i n t o t h e engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s and
engine i n j e c t o r .
2 . 5. 3 . 3 Engine A s s e m b l i e s .
T h e s e r v i c e module r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m e n g i n e s a r e r a d i a t i o n -
c o o l e d , p r e s s u r e -fed, b i p r o p e l l a n t t h r u s t g e n e r a t o r s which c a n be
o p e r a t e d i n e i t h e r t h e p u l s e modulated o r t h e s t e a d y s t a t e mode. ( T h e s e
m o d e s a r e defined as a f i r i n g of l e s s t h a n o n e - s e c o n d d u r a t i o n , and o n e -
second duration o r m o r e , respectively. )
E a c h engine c o n s i s t s of a f u e l and o x i d i z e r c o n t r o l v a l v e , which

c o n t r o l s t h e flow of p r o p e l l a n t s by r e s p o n d i n g t o e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
( a u t o m a t i c or m a n u a l ) g e n e r a t e d by t h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m
a n d / o r s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m o r by the c r e w ; and an i n j e c t o r
__

SM2A-03-SCO 12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
head a s s e m b l y , which d i r e c t s t h e flow of e a c h p r o p e l l a n t f r o m t h e p r o p e l -

l a n t c o n t r o l v a l v e s t o the c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r w h e r e the p r o p e l l a n t s
a t o m i z e and ignite (hypergolic) t o p r o d u c e t h r u s t .
2.5.3.3. 1 P r o p e l l a n t Solenoid I n j e c t o r Control Valves ( F u e l and O x i d i z e r ) .
T h e p r o p e l l a n t solenoid i n j e c t o r v a l v e s u t i l i z e two coaxially wound

c o i l s : o n e f o r automatic and o n e for d i r e c t m a n u a l operation. T h e auto-
m a t i c c o i l is u s e d when t h e t h r u s t c o m m a n d o r i g i n a t e s from t h e j e t
s e l e c t i o n logic, which i s the e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y that s e l e c t s the r e q u i r e d
a u t o m a t i c c o i l s t o be e n e r g i z e d f o r a given m a n e u v e r . The m a n u a l c o i l s
a r e used when the t h r u s t c o m m a n d o r i g i n a t e s a t the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l
( d i r e c t m o d e ) , d i r e c t ullage pushbutton, SPS a b o r t , o r t h e C / M S / M S E P
switch ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 3 ) .
T h e solenoid v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d and e n e r g i z e d open.

The r e a c t i o n t i m e of t h e v a l v e s a r e i l l u s t r a t e d in f i g u r e s 2 . 5 - 4 and 2.5-5.
Figure 2. 5-4 i l l u s t r a t e s a t h r u s t i n g d u r a t i o n of 15 s e c o n d s ( s t e a d y
s t a t e ) . T h e e l e c t r i c a l on s i g n a l i s r e c e i v e d within e i t h e r the a u t o m a t i c
( n o r m a l ) o r m a n u a l (backup) c o i l s of the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s . The
solenoid i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d open allowing fuel and o x i d i z e r to
- -
TH RUST
LBS
L STEADY STATE I
I
I
I
50 -
I I
iniL
-c 1START TRANSIENT T IME-S EC ONDS ELECT^,,,, DlPAl
"ELECTRICAL ON OFF
f'*,
P-2009B&@$j
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 4 . S / M RCS Steady-State Operation ( T y p i c a l 15 Seconds)
~~ ~~ ~
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 5 - 10

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
THRUST LBS. FUEL

VALVE
FULLY
CLOSED, fh
I I 1
50 60 70
TIME-M I L L I S E C O N D S
"oN" 'IGNAL
TO DATU
V A L V E IGNITION i i o ~ ~SIGNAL
ii VALVE
.
CLOSED
Figure 2 . 5-5. S / M RCS Engine Minimum T o t a l I m p u l s e T yp ic al)
flow through - the i n j e c t o r into the combustion c h a m b e r . The p r o p e l l a n t s ,

being h y p e r g o l i c , ignite, providing the s t a r t t r a n s i e n t . The engine, a s a
r e s u l t of p r o p e l l a n t ignition, p r o d u c e s c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity,
and t h r u s t . A t 15 s e c o n d s a f t e r t h e r e c e i p t of the t h r u s t - o n signal, the
automatic o r m a n u a l c o i l s a r e d e - e n e r g i z e d and the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d . However, due to the closing t i m e and r e s i d u a l
p r o p e l l a n t flow d o w n s t r e a m of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s into t h e combustion
c h a m b e r , t h r u s t output continues until the p r o p e l l a n t s have burned c o m -
pletely allowing t h e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity, and t h r u s t to d e c a y
to 0 pounds, e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e cutoff t r a n s i e n t .
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 5 i l l u s t r a t e s the m i n i m u m e l e c t r i c a l signal that can be

provided to the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s f r o m the stabilization
c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. The following d e s c r i b e s the
sequence of o p e r a t i o n and r e a s o n s why.

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~ ~~~
a. A t i m e of 18*4 m i l l i s e c o n d s (14 m i l l i s e c o n d s m i n i m u m ) will

e l a p s e b e f o r e t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m (SCS) c a n e l e c t r i c a l l y
p r o v i d e a command-off s i g n a l t o the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
on the engine.
b. When t h e automatic c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s r e c e i v e the e l e c t r i c a l
on s i g n a l f r o m the SCS, the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e n e r g i z e d to the open
position.
c. T h e f u e l i n j e c t o r a u t o m a t i c coil e n e r g i z e s t o the fully open position
in 4. 5*1. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s , and the o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r a u t o m a t i c coil e n e r g i z e s
to t h e fully open position in 6.0*1. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s establishing a n approxi-
mate 2 m i l l i s e c o n d fuel lead. T h i s is accomplished by v a r y i n g the r e s i s t -
a n c e of t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s in the f u e l and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve.
d. The p r o p e l l a n t s flow f r o m t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s as soon as t h e y both
s t a r t t o open t o the p r e m i x i g n i t e r . However, the f u e l will l e a d the
o x i d i z e r by two m i l l i s e c o n d s .
e. The p r o p e l l a n t s start to flow, as soon as t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s start
to open, into t h e p r e m i x i g n i t e r and into t h e combustion c h a m b e r which
c r e a t e s s o m e p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity and t h r u s t , and even though it i s
v e r y s m a l l , t h e engine i s o p e r a t i n g in a s p a c e environment.
f . T h e p r e s s u r e , g a s velocity, and t h r u s t continues t o i n c r e a s e
slightly until the v a l v e s r e a c h t h e fully open position.
g. At a p p r o x i m a t e l y 12- 1 / 2 m i l l i s e c o n d s , the p r o p e l l a n t s ignite
( h y p e r g o l i c ) , producing a s p i k e of t h r u s t u p w a r d s into t h e a r e a of 70 to
80 pounds. At 14 m i l l i s e c o n d s m i n i m u m , the S C S r e m o v e s t h e e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l f r o m the a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e i n j e c t o r valves.
h. T h e t h r u s t of the engine continues v e r y e r r a t i c a l l y , while the
v a l v e s b e c o m e d e - e n e r g i z e d and s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d .
i. At a p p r o x i m a t e l y 21 m i l l i s e c o n d s ( c l o s i n g t i m e of 7. 5 m i l l i s e c o n d s )
on t h e fuel valve and 2 3 m i l l i s e c o n d s ( c l o s i n g t i m e of 8 . 0 m i l l i s e c o n d s ) on
the o x i d i z e r v a l v e , the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e fully c l o s e d .
j . The r e s i d u a l p r o p e l l a n t s d o w n s t r e a m of t h e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s continue
to flow into the combustion c h a m b e r , d e c r e a s i n g until c o m p l e t e t h r u s t
d e c a y of 0 pounds o c c u r s a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 65 m i l l i s e c o n d s .
k. In o r d e r to d e t e r m i n e the t o t a l i m p u l s e f o r t h i s t i m e s p a n of
o p e r a t i o n ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 5 ) , everything u n d e r the e n t i r e t h r u 5 t c u r v e m u s t
be integrated.
T h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s a r e e l e c t r i c a l l y connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m the
SCS. The m a n u a l c o i l s in t h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e a
m a n u a l d i r e c t backup to the SCS m o d e of operation. The m a n u a l c o i l s of
the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e e l e c t r i c a l l y connected in s e r i e s . T h e r e a s o n s f o r
the s e r i e s connection of t h e m a n u a l c o i l s a r e as follows:
a. P r e v e n t a m i s m a t c h between t h e opening and closing of the v a l v e s
due to any h e a t s o a k - b a c k into the m a n u a l c o i l s , which would change t h e
r e s i s t a n c e of t h e m a n u a l c o i l s and r e s u l t in a m i s m a t c h if the c o i l s w e r e
connected in p a r a l l e l . T h e d i r e c t m a n u a l opening t i m e f o r f u e l is
1 3 millisecond-s and- o x i d i z e r is 23 m i l l i s e c o n d s . The closing t i m e f o r
f u e l and o x i d i z e r i s 55*Z5 m i l l i s e c o n d s .

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
b. The s e r i e s connection f r o m the fuel m a n u a l coil (positive to

negative) t o the o x i d i z e r m a n u a l coil (negative t o p o s i t i v e ) , then to
ground, i s t o i n c r e a s e the a r c s u p p r e s s i o n , reducing the a r c at rotation
c o n t r o l in t h e d i r e c t RCS m o d e of operation.
2. 5 . 3 . 3 . 2 Injector.
The i n j e c t o r contains a p r e m i x i g n i t e r . The p r e m i x i g n i t e r c h a m b e r

contains a f u e l and a n o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e t h a t impinge upon e a c h o t h e r (unlike
impingement) within the p r e m i x i g n i t e r c h a m b e r . The p r e m i x i g n i t e r
c h a m b e r , along with t h e 2 - m i l l i s e c o n d fuel l e a d , p r o v i d e s a s m o o t h e r
s t a r t t r a n s i e n t p r i m a r i l y in the p u l s e m o d e of operation and e s p e c i a l l y
in the a r e a of m i n i m u m i m p u l s e .
The m a i n c h a m b e r portion of the i n j e c t o r will allow eight fuel

s t r e a m s to impinge upon eight o x i d i z e r s t r e a m s (unlike impingement) f o r
m a i n c h a m b e r ignition. T h e r e a r e a l s o eight fuel h o l e s around the o u t e r
p e r i p h e r y of the i n j e c t o r , which p r o v i d e s f i l m cooling to the combustion
chamber .
2. 5.3.3.3 Combustion C h a m b e r .
The combustion c h a m b e r i s c o n s t r u c t e d of unalloyed molybdenum,

which i s coated with a thin l a y e r of molybdenum d i s i l i c i d e t o p r e v e n t
oxidation of the b a s e m e t a l . Cooling of t h e c h a m b e r i s by radiation and
f i l m cooling.
Nozzle Extension. The n o z z l e extension i s attached to the engine by

a Waspolloy nut. The nozzle extension i s machined f r o m a cobalt b a s e
alloy. T h e stiffener r i n g s a r e m a c h i n e d .
2. 5. 3. 3 . 4 RCS E l e c t r i c a l H e a t e r s .
Each of the RCS engine housings contain a n e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r

( f i g u r e 2. 5-3). The e l e c t r i c a l s t r i p h e a t e r s provide p r o p e l l a n t t e m p e r a -
t u r e c o n t r o l by conductance t o t h e engine housing and engine i n j e c t o r
v a l v e s ; thus the p r o p e l l a n t s . E a c h h e a t e r h a s two t h e r m o switches that
m a i n t a i n t h e t e m p e r a t u r e a t a given r a n g e .
2. 5.3.4 P r e s s u r e Versus Temperature Measuring System.
The h e l i u m tank supply t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e m e n t and h e l i u m tank

supply p r e s s u r e m e a s u r e m e n t ( f i g u r e 2 . 5 - 3 ) f o r e a c h quad a r e utilized
by the c r e w and T L M to d e t e r m i n e t h e quantity of p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g
in the r e s p e c t i v e quad.
The n o m o g r a m ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 6 ) d e p i c t s how to d e t e r m i n e the propellant

quantity remaining in p e r c e n t a g e . T h e h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e i s d e t e r -
mined in p s i a on panel 12 by the c r e w , a l s o t h e h e l i u m supply t e m p e r a t u r e
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.5-13

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
3500
3000
2500
3
-
2
w
I
m
1500
0% 2046 40% 60% m 100%

0 LB 40 LB 80LB 120 LB 160 LB 200 LB
PROPELLANT REMAINING PERCENT OR POUNDS
P-2057A
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 6 . S / M R C S Nomogram Typical Propellant Remaining

.
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
r e a d s in p s i a . T h e h e l i u m supply t e m p e r a t u r e readout of 0 p s i a i s
equivalent to 0 ° F and 400 p s i a i s equivalent to 1 5 0 ° F .
As an e x a m p l e , if t h e c r e w readout on panel 12 f o r a given quad

r e a d s 3400 p s i a h e l i u m supply p r e s s u r e and 265 p s i a h e l i u m supply
t e m p e r a t u r e (which i s equivalent t o 100 O F ) , the quantity of p r o p e l l a n t s
r e m a i n i n g is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 60 p e r c e n t o r 120 pounds. The c r e w would
utilize t h e RCS indicator s e l e c t switch on panel 12 to s e l e c t the quad
d e s i r e d in o r d e r to obtain the h e l i u m tank supply p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a -
t u r e , and d e t e r m i n e the p r o p e l l a n t quantity r e m a i n i n g in p e r c e n t .
2. 5. 3 . 5 Engine T h r u s t i n e Logic.
In the S / M RCS, the c o m m a n d s f r o m the stabilization and c o n t r o l

s y s t e m cannot be supplied to the SCS channel s w i t c h e s until the c o n t a c t s
of the RCS latching r e l a y a r e c l o s e d . Closing of t h e s e c o n t a c t s f o r S / M
R C S c o n t r o l m a y b e initiated by the following s i g n a l s ( f i g u r e 2. 5-3):
a. With t h e launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n e d and t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
r o t a t e d counterclockwise, an S / M a b o r t o r a n o r m a l S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n
i s initiated and the following sequence of e v e n t s o c c u r s .
1. I n f o r m t h e G & N s y s t e m of an a b o r t initiation.
2. Initiate applicable b o o s t e r shutdown.
3. Inhibit the pitch and yaw automatic j e t s of the SCS.
4. I n i t i a t e s an ullage m a n e u v e r signal to t h e r e q u i r e d m a n u a l
c o i l s of the S / M RCS engines ( a s long a s the translati-on c o n t r o l i s in
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , ullage i s t e r m i n a t e d when the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
is returned to the neutral detent).
5. Adapter s e p a r a t i o n o c c u r s a t 1 . 7 seconds a f t e r the a b o r t w a s
initiated.
6. E n e r g i z e s t h e RCS latching r e l a y 2-112 s e c o n d s a f t e r the
a b o r t w a s initiated allowing the SCS to provide e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
to the a u t o m a t i c c o i i s of t h e S / M RCS engines. In the event the logic
f a i l s to e n e r g i z e the RCS latching r e l a y , the RCS CMD switch on
panel 16 i s placed t o t h e O N position, providing a m a n u a l backup t o
the a u t o m a t i c function. In addition, if the ADAPTER SEPARATION
pushbutton on panel 5 is p r e s s e d and held f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 to
2 s e c o n d s , the RCS latching r e l a y i s e n e r g i z e d .
b. In a backup to t h e n o r m a l S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n s e q u e n c e , the R C S CMD
switch i s m o m e n t a r i l y placed t o t h e ON position, e n e r g i z i n g the RCS
latching r e l a y ; the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l is positioned f o r w a r d , providing a
t r a n s l a t i o n through t h e SCS t o the r e q u i r e d automatic c o i l s of the S / M RCS
engine f o r a tX t r a n s l a t i o n ; and the ADAPTER SEPARATION pushbutton
on panel 5 i s held f o r 2 s e c o n d s to initiate a d a p t e r s e p a r a t i o n . (ADAPTER
SEPARATION pushbutton p r e s s e d and held f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 to 2 seconds
will a l s o e n e r g i z e t h e RCS latching r e l a y . )
In the event the t r a n s l a t i o n contzols a r e unable to provide a n ullage

m a n e u v e r , t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton on panel 7 , when d e p r e s s e d

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
and h e l d , p r o v i d e s t h e d i r e c t ullage s i g n a l t o t h e m a n u a l c o i l s of the RCS

e n g i n e s , to be e n e r g i z e d to provide a +X t r a n s l a t i o n . T h i s p r o v i d e s a
m a n u a l d i r e c t backup to t h e two t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s f o r the ullage
m a n e u v e r t o b e p e r f o r m e d b y the S / M RCS. T h e ullage m a n e u v e r i s
t e r m i n a t e d upon r e l e a s e of t h e DIRECT ULLAGE pushbutton.
In the event the SCS a n d / o r j e t s e l e c t i o n logic i s unable t o provide

c o m m a n d s to t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of the S / M RCS engines, placing the
DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o the ON position p r o v i d e s power to the
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l s only. When t h e rotation c o n t r o l i s positioned fully t o i t s
s t o p s in a n y d i r e c t i o n , the r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l will e n e r g i z e the r e q u i r e d
m a n u a l c o i l s f o r the d e s i r e d m a n e u v e r .
If the SCS a n d / o r t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic i s unable to provide

c o m m a n d s t o t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e S / M RCS engines, it is noted that
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l af the s p a c e c r a f t is disabled.
2.5.4 S / M RCS PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2.5.4.1 Design Data.
The following l i s t i s t h e d e s i g n d a t a of t h e S / M RCS components.
HELIUM TANKS (4) 4150*50 p s i g at 70*5"F d u r i n g s e r v i c i n g ; --

a f t e r s e r v i c i n g sitting on launch pad
70*10"F. Capacity 0. 57 Ib, inside
d i a m e t e r 8. 84 i n . , wall t h i c k n e s s
0. 105 in., and i n t e r n a l volume 0.205 c u f t .
REGULATOR UNITS ( 8 ) P r i m a r y - 181*4 psig with a n o r m a l

lockup of 183*5 psig. F r o m lockup
p r e s s u r e , not d r o p below 177 psig or
r i s e above 185 p s i g and s t a b i l i z e t o
181*2 psig within 2 s e c .
S e c o n d a r y - Lockup of 187*5 psig. F r o m

lockup p r e s s u r e , not d r o p below 177 psig
o r r i s e above 194 psig and s t a b i l i z e a t
185*3 psig within 2 s e c .
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS Illuminate CAUTION and WARNING light

( 4 ) COMMON MANIFOLD on panel 10 ( S / M RCS A, B, C , o r D).
U n d e r p r e s s u r e 155 p s i a .
O v e r p r e s s u r e 215 p s i a .
HELIUM R E L I E F D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e a t 228*8 psig.

VALVES (8)
F i l t e r - 10 m i c r o n nominal, 2 5 m i c r o n
absolute.

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Relief v a l v e r e l i e v e s a t 236. 5*11. 5 psig.
Relief v a l v e r e s e a t s a t not l e s s than

220 p s i g in the c a v i t y and a h e l i u m flow
of l e s s than 20 s t a n d a r d cubic c e n t i m e t e r s
p e r h o u r a c r o s s t h e b l e e d d e v i c e and r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l y combined. The b l e e d
d e v i c e s h a l l r e o p e n when d e c r e a s i n g p r e s -
sure has r e a c h e d no l e s s t h a n 20 psig.
F U E L TANK ( 4 ) Combined p r o p e l l a n t and u l l a g e volume o f

6 9 . 0 l b s , initially a t 6 0 ° F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
r e s u l t i n g in a t a n k p r e s s u r e of no m o r e
t h a n 215 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 ° F . Out-
s i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12. 62 in. ,
l e n g t h 2 3 . 7 1 7 (to.060, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) in. Wall
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 1 7 in. to 0 . 0 2 2 in.
H e l i u m inlet p o r t 1 / 4 i n . , f i l l and d r a i n
p o r t 112 in.
OXIDIZER TANK (4) Combined p r o p e l l a n t and u l l a g e v o l u m e of

1 3 7 . 0 l b s , initially a t 6 5 ° F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
t h a n 215 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 ° F . Out-
s i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12. 62 i n . ,
length 2 8 . 5 5 (to. 060, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) in.
Wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 017 in. t o 0 . 0 2 2 in.
INLINE F I L T E R S 5-micron nominal; 15-micron absolute -

ENGINES ( 1 6 ) 1 0 0 0 - s e c s e r v i c e l i f e , c a p a b l e of
1 0 , 000 o p e r a t i o n a l c y c l e s .
T h r u s t 100 l b s *5 p e r c e n t .
E x p a n s i o n r a t i o 40:l a t n o z z l e exit.
Cooling F i l m and r a d i a t i o n
Inj e c to r type .
P r e m i x i g n i t e r o n e on one unlike i m p i n g e -
m e n t . Eight f u e l annulus f o r f i l m cooling
of p r e m i x i g n i t e r , m a i n c h a m b e r e i g h t
on e i g h t unlike i m p i n g e m e n t , eight f u e l f o r
f i l m cooling of c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r wall.

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~~ ~~
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n L-605 m a t e r i a l
N o z z l e e x i t d i a m e t e r 5. 6 in.
Fuel lead.
Automatic coils - Connected in p a r a l l e l .
Manual c o i l s - Connected in s e r i e s .
Weight - 4.99 lbs.

Length - 1 3 . 3 7 5 in.
PACKAGE T E M P E R A T U R E I l l u m i n a t e CAUTION and WARNING light

TRANSDUCER ( 4 ) on p a n e l 10 ( S / M RCS A, B, C, o r D)
Under t e m p e r a t u r e 6 3 ° F .
Over temperature 175°F.
One in E a c h Quad One in E a c h Quad
H E A T E R S THERMO-SWITCH C l o s e at 77 ( + l o , C l o s e at 1 1 5 ° F
-7)"F __--
Open at 104*14"F Open at 1 3 4 ° F
36*3.6 w a t t s p e r '36*3.6 w a t t s p e r
heater heater
2. 5 . 4 . 2 P e r f o r m a n c e Data.
R e f e r t o M i s s i o n Modular D a t a Book, SID 66-1177.
2.5.4.3 P o w e r Consumption D a t a S / M RCS and C / M RCS.

~~~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~
W a t t s p e r Unit Total W a t t s
subsystem No. of
and Component Control Units AC DC AC DC
Reaction, c o n t r o l
Service module RCS
Engine h e a t e r s RCS HEATER C B ( 4 ) 8 288.0
RCS e n g i n e c o i l s SCS JET SELECTION 32 118.0

LOGIC o r DIRECT
34.0
-
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e page 2.5-18
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Watts p e r Unit Total Watts

Subsystem No. of 1
and Component Control Units AC DC AC DC
He i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s He VALVE C B ( 2 ) 8 54.0
He s w (8)
Propellant isolation PROP. ISOL. C B ( 2 ) 8 49.0

valves PROP.ISOL. sw (4)
C o m m a n d m o d u l e RCS
Isolation valves (Ref. S / M / R C S 4 49.0

ISOL. C B )
PROP. ISOL. sw ( 2 )
RCS engine c o i l s SCS J E T SELECTION 24

LOGIC OR DIRECT 105. 0
52. 5
:::Intermittent o p e r a t i n g c o m p o n e n t s .
2. 5 . 4 . 4 S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n .
See figure 2 . 5-7 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power distribution.
2. 5 . 5 S / M RCS OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
O p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s on t h e t e s t i n g of s y s t e m
v a l v e s in a d r y u n s e r v i c e d p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m a r e a s follows:
a. H e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s and p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s m i n i m u m
e n e r g i z a t i o n t i m e of 0 . 2 s e c o n d and not t o e x c e e d 5 s e c o n d s .
b. Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e a u t o m a t i c c o i l e n e r g i z a t i o n not t o e x c e e d
2 m i n u t e s on t i m e d u r i n g a n y 1 5 - m i n u t e p e r i o d with voltage not
exceeding 3 2 v d c .
c . Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e d i r e c t c o i l e n e r g i z a t i o n on t i m e not e x c e e d
3 5 m i n u t e s d u r i n g a n y 6 0 - m i n u t e p e r i o d and voltage not exceed 16 vdc t o
e i t h e r coil s e p a r a t e l y o r 3 2 v d c to two c o i l s in s e r i e s .
2 . 5. 6 S / M RCS T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
The s u b s e q u e n t l i s t is of all S / M RCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t is

m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2-5-19

SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
S/M RCS
QCYD
A
S/M RCS
WAD
C
F i g u r e 2. 5 - 7 . S / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n D i a g r a m
R E A C T I O N C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date l2 l 9 6 6 Change Date page 2.5-20

p
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
N
2
VI
m
9
X
<
N
I) w
Y 2 x
1
m m m
? ? ? k . "-a:!
g ; ; g g I!
2 2
a m2 4
a
m (
z
al
m
a
i m
m m
a m am a
m
2
? F
2 : , " : ? ? 5 2 9
0 0
% s
0
s
0
z : z , " x , "
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
m
0
0
m
0
3
+
-
t
-
+
-
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 C ) O + + + + + + + + + + + + +
-z -
a
0
!i:
0 0
a
0.
N
a
r-
9 a,
m
m
0 0
Ln 0
Ln m
0 r-
Ln c
Ln W
in
X a a 1: K K n;
Lo m 'm v) Lo v) v)
n
I
W
i
2
m
V n
m
al ti
e,
L.
Ii 1
(li
(li
I
Y)
x h
0 Y
L
D.
D. a R
i u
v)
Y c
cl
c
4
6
€- U
0 a
ci
a. J
E
2
J
i
I
I
3
-;
L;,
I: G, j.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 1966 Change Date Page 2.5-21

-
I-
-
SM2A 0 3 -SC0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
H e l i u m e n t e r i n g the p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s c r e a t e s a p r e s s u r e buildup
a r o u n d the p r o p e l l a n t positive expulsion b l a d d e r s , f o r c i n g the p r o p e l l a n t s
t o b e expelled into the p r o p e l l a n t d i s t r i b u t i o n l i n e s . P r o p e l l a n t s then flow
t o v a l v e isolation b u r s t d i a p h r a g m s , which r u p t u r e , and through the p r o p e l -
l a n t isolation v a l v e s . E a c h s u b s y s t e m supplies fuel and o x i d i z e r to s i x
engines.
O x i d i z e r and fuel i s d i s t r i b u t e d to t h e 1 2 fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r

v a l v e s by a p a r a l l e l feed s y s t e m . The fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s on
e a c h engine contain o r i f i c e s which meter the propellant flow t o obtain a
n o m i n a l 2 : l o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o by weight. The o x i d i z e r and f u e l impinge,
a t o m i z e , and ignite due t o t h e h y p e r g o l i c p r o p e l l a n t s . The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s
a r e c o n t r o l l e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y b y the G&N s y s t e m o r the SCS. Manual
o v e r r i d e d i r e c t c o n t r o l i s provided f o r rotational m a n e u v e r s and d i r e c t
ullage only. The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d closed.
E x t r e m e l y cold t e m p e r a t u r e of the C / M e x t e r i o r i s anticipated p r i o r

t o e n t r y o p e r a t i o n s ; t h e r e f o r e , C / M RCS engine p r e h e a t i n g m a y b e
n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e initiating p r e s s u r i z a t i o n due t o p o s s i b l e f r e e z i n g of the
o x i d i z e r (t11. 8 ° F ) upon c o n t a c t with the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s . T h i s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d b y t h e c r e w m o n i t o r i n g the engine t e m p e r a t u r e s and e n e r -
gizing the i n j e c t o r valve s o l e n o i d s until a c c e p t a b l e engine t e m p e r a t u r e s
a r e obtained. The C / M RCS HTRS switch on panel 200 will apply power
to t h e i n j e c t o r valve solenoids f o r engine preheating.
Since the p r e s e n c e of hypergolic p r o p e l l a n t s can be h a z a r d o u s upon

C / M i m p a c t , t h e r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s a r e burned off and t h e RCS purged
with h e l i u m p r i o r t o C / M landing.
In the event of an a b o r t f r o m t h e pad up to T t 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r

liftoff, p r o v i s i o n s h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d ’t o automatically dump the
o x i d i z e r supply o v e r b o a r d , followed b y a h e l i u m p u r g e of the o x i d i z e r
t a n k s and dumping of the r e m a i n i n g h e l i u m supply. The f u e l i s retained
on b o a r d due t o insufficient t i m e f o r dumping and the C / M i m p a c t s with
f u e l t a n k s full, but d e p r e s s u r i z e d .
2.5, a C / M RCS MAJOR COMPONENTS/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
T h e C / M RCS is composed of two s e p a r a t e , n o r m a l l y independent

s y s t e m s , designated s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B. The s y s t e m s a r e identical
t o o p e r a t i o n , e a c h containing the following f o u r m a j o r s u b s y s t e m s :
0 Pressurization
0 Propellant
0 Rocket engine
0 Temperature control system

L .” .--. . . Page 2.5-24
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date’,?
h IxK*llow
v u n WUII
* '> IQ Wit6 CI
A * w B PANEL I1
4
f
SYSTfm A
io v u ia
lNGlNl
M L .No
OKIWZll
snnur.,
51117
(g
11". I
1
i
i
i
i
f
i
i
i
i
!
Missior
. .. . I -
S M 2 A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d. um
h
HW
UCIND
Y*- Y W G
Figure 2.5-8. C / M RCS Functional Flow D i a g r a m
REACTION C O N T R O L SYSTEM
Mission I B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date P a g e 2. 5-2512.5-26

ULLLuU=c" -
--c *-.,
4
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 5.8. 1 Pressurization Subsystem.
T h i s s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a h e l i u m supply tank, two d u a l - p r e s s u r e

r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l i e s , two c h e c k valve a s s e m b l i e s , two p r e s s u r e - r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l i e s , and a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2 . 5 . 8 . 1. 1 Helium Supply Tank.
The total h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m i s contained within a single s p h e r i c a l

s t o r a g e tank. Initial f i l l p r e s s u r e i s 4150*50 psig. The l i m i t working
p r e s s u r e i s 5000 psig t o a c c o m m o d a t e p r e s s u r e t r a n s i e n t s during filling.
The proof p r e s s u r e i s 6667 psig and b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 7500 psig.
2 . 5. 8. 1. 2 Helium Isolation (Squib-Operated) Valve.
The two s q u i b - o p e r a t e d h e l i u m isolation v a l v e s a r e installed in the

plumbing f r o m e a c h h e l i u m t a n k t o confine the h e l i u m to a s s m a l l a n a r e a as
p o s s i b l e to r e d u c e h e l i u m l e a k a g e during the period the system i s not in
u s e . Two squib v a l v e s a r e employed in e a c h s y s t e m t o a s s u r e p r e s s u r i z a
tion. T h e v a l v e s a r e opened b y c l o s u r e of the C M PRESS switch on
panel 1 6 , the C / M - S / M S E P s w i t c h e s on panel 15, o r upon the r e c e i p t
of a n a b o r t signal f r o m the pad up to launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n .
2 . 5. 8. 1. 3 H e l i u m P r e s s u r e Regulator A s s e m b l y .
The p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s used in the C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B

a r e s i m i l a r in type, o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in the S / M RCS.
The differences a r e that the r e g u l a t o r s in the C / M RCS a r e s e t a t a h i g h e r
p r e s s u r e than t h o s e of the S / M RCS.
2.5.8.1.4 Helium Check Valve A s s e m b l y .
The check v a l v e a s s e m b l i e s used in C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B

a r e s i m i l a r in t y p e , o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in the S / M RCS.
2 . 5. 8. 1 . 5 Helium Relief Valve.
T h e h e l i u m relief v a l v e s used in the C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B

a r e s i m i l a r in type, o p e r a t i o n , and function t o t h o s e used in t h e S / M RCS.
The d i f f e r e n c e s a r e that the r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e of the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m in
the C / M RCS is h i g h e r than t h a t of the S / M RCS, and the relief valve
r e l i e v e s a t a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e in the C / M RCS than that of the S / M RCS.
2 . 5 . 8 . 1. 6 Distribution Plumbing.
B r a z e d joint tubing is used to d i s t r i b u t e regulated h e l i u m in each

s u b s y s t e m f r o m the h e l i u m s t o r a g e v e s s e l s t o the propellant tanks.

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 2 Propellant Subsystem.
E a c h s u b s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of one o x i d i z e r t a n k , o n e fuel tank, one

o x i d i z e r and f u e l isolation valve, and a s s o c i a t e d d i s t r i b u t i o n plumbing.
2. 5. 8. 2. 1 O x i d i z e r Tank.
The o x i d i z e r supply i s contained in a s i n g l e , t i t a n i u m alloy,

h e m i s p h e r i c a l - d o m e d , c y l i n d r i c a l tank to e a c h s y s t e m . E a c h tank contain:
a d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y and a teflon b l a d d e r f o r positive expulsion of the
o x i d i z e r s i m i l a r to t h a t of the S / M R C S t a n k a s s e m b l i e s . The d i f f e r e n c e
i s the C / M RCS tank a s s e m b l i e s a r e s m a l l e r in s i z e . The b l a d d e r is
attached to t h e d i f f u s e r tube a t e a c h end of the tank. The d i f f u s e r tube
a c t s a s the p r o p e l l a n t outlet.
When the tank i s p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e h e l i u m g a s s u r r o u n d s the e n t i r e

b l a d d e r , e x e r t i n g a f o r c e which c a u s e s the b l a d d e r to c o l l a p s e about the
p r o p e l l a n t , thus f o r c i n g the o x i d i z e r into t h e d i f f u s e r tube a s s e m b l y and
out of the tank outlet into the manifold. Working p r e s s u r e i s 360 psig;
proof p r e s s u r e is 480 psig; and the b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 540 psig.
F u e l Tank. The fuel supply i s contained in a s i n g l e , t i t a n i u m alloy,

h e m i s p h e r i c a l - d o m e d , c y l i n d r i c a l tank f o r e a c h s y s t e m that is s i m i l a r in
m a t e r i a l , c o n s t r u c t i o n , and o p e r a t i o n to that of the o x i d i z e r tank.
2. 5.8. 2. 2 D i a p h r a g m B u r s t Isolation Valve.
The b u r s t d i a p h r a g m s , d o w n s t r e a m f r o m e a c h tank a r e installed t o

confine the p r o p e l l a n t s into a s s m a l l a n a r e a a s p o s s i b l e throughout the
m i s s i o n . Thi's is to p r e v e n t l o s s of p r o p e l l a n t s in the event of l i n e r u p t u r e
d o w n s t r e a m of the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m o r i n j e c t o r v a l v e leakage.
When the h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s a r e initiated open, regulated

h e l i u m p r e s s u r e p r e s s u r i z e s t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , c r e a t i n g the positive
expulsion of p r o p e l l a n t s into t h e r e s p e c t i v e m a n i f o l d s t o the b u r s t
d i a p h r a g m s , which r u p t u r e , allowing t h e p r o p e l l a n t s t o flow through the
p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s , to the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s on e a c h engine. The
d i a p h r a g m i s of the nonfragmentation type; but, in the event of any f r a g -
m e n t a t i o n , a f i l t e r is i n c o r p o r a t e d to p r e v e n t any f r a g m e n t s f r o m entering
the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s .
2. 5. 8. 2. 3 P r o p e l l a n t Isolation Shutoff Valves.
When the b u r s t d i a p h r a g m isolation v a l v e s a r e r u p t u r e d , the

p r o p e l l a n t s flow to the p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e s .
The isolation v a l v e s in t h e f u e l and o x i d i z e r l i n e s a r e both controlled

by a s i n g l e switch on panel 15. The v a l v e s a r e two-solenoid v a l v e s and a r e
~~~~ ~~

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
m a g n e t i c a l l y l a t c h e d open and s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d . T h e v a l v e s a r e
n o r m a l l y open in r e s p e c t t o fluid flow. T h e C / M p r o p e l l a n t s w i t c h e s A and
B on panel 15 w i l l b e p l a c e d to O N a f t e r T + 61 s e c o n d s and w i l l r e m a i n in
t h a t position until o r b i t i n s e r t i o n to e n s u r e t h a t t h e p r o p e l l a n t i s o l a t i o n
v a l v e s r e m a i n open when s y s t e m s A and B a r e p r e s s u r i z e d upon a b o r t
initiation. T h e s w i t c h e s w i l l a l s o b e p l a c e d to ON p r i o r t o C / M - S / M
s e p a r a t i o n and r e m a i n in t h a t p o s i t i o n until c o m p l e t i o n of p r o p e l l a n t
j e t t i s o n to a g a i n e n s u r e t h a t t h e v a l v e s r e m a i n in t h e open position. The
s w i t c h e s a r e p l a c e d t o c e n t e r - n e u t r a l position a f t e r t o w e r j e t t i s o n until
p r i o r to C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , r e m o v i n g e l e c t r i c a l power f r o m t h e v a l v e s .
E a c h v a l v e c o n t a i n s a position s w i t c h which i s in p a r a l l e l t o one

position i n d i c a t o r below t h e s w i t c h on p a n e l 15 t h a t c o n t r o l s both v a l v e s .
When t h e position s w i t c h in e a c h v a l v e is open, t h e i n d i c a t o r o n p a n e l 15
i s g r e y ( s a m e c o l o r a s t h e p a n e l ) , indicating to t h e c r e w t h e v a l v e s a r e in
t h e n o r m a l position. When t h e position s w i t c h in e a c h v a l v e o r one v a l v e i s
c l o s e d , t h e i n d i c a t o r on p a n e l 15 i s diagonal l i n e s , indicating t o t h e c r e w
t h e v a l v e o r v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d . The v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d in t h e e v e n t of a
f a i l u r e d o w n s t r e a m of t h e v a l v e s , l i n e r u p t u r e , o r runaway t h r u s t e r , e t c .
T h e v a l v e will o p e r a t e a t 0 t o 360 p s i g at both t h e i n l e t and o u t l e t p o r t s .
T h e proof p r e s s u r e i s 540 p s i g and t h e b u r s t p r e s s u r e i s 720 psig.

T h e solenoid i s a 28-vdc t y p e with a p u l l - i n v o l t a g e of not m o r e t h a n 15 v o l t s
d c , and t h e c u r r e n t not t o e x c e e d 2 a m p e r e s at 30 v o l t s d c . T h e v a l v e
a s s e m b l y r e s p o n s e i s 200 m i l l i s e c o n d s m a x i m u m f o r o n e - c y c l e o p e r a t i o n
(open-to-closed o r closed-to-open).
2. 5. 8. 2. 4 Distribution Plumbing.
B;azed j o i n t tubing i s u s e d t o d i s t r i b u t e p r e s s u r i z e d h e l i u m g a s to
t h e p r o p e l l a n t p o s i t i v e expulsion t a n k s in s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B. T h e
d i s t r i b u t i o n l i n e s contain I 1 e x p l o s i v e - o p e r a t e d ( s q u i b ) v a l v e s which p e r m i t
changing t h e h e l i u m d i s t r i b u t i o n configuration to a c c o m p l i s h v a r i o u s
f u n c t i o n s within t h e C / M RCS. E a c h s q u i b v a l v e i s a c t u a t e d b y a n e x p l o s i v e
c h a r g e detonated b y a n e l e c t r i c a l h o t w i r e i g n i t e r . A f t e r igyition of t h e
e x p l o s i v e d e v i c e , t h e v a l v e r e m a i n s open p e r m a n e n t l y . Two s q u i b v a l v e s
a r e utilized in e a c h s y s t e m t o i s o l a t e t h e h i g h - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m g a s supply
to t h e s t o r a g e t a n k s until RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n i s commanded. Two squib
v a l v e s a r e u t i l i z e d t o i n t e r c o n n e c t s y s t e m A and s y s t e m B r e g u l a t e d
h e l i u m supply, which e n s u r e s p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of both s y s t e m s d u r i n g
d u m p - b u r n and h e l i u m p u r g e o p e r a t i o n s . Two s q u i b v a l v e s in e a c h s y s t e m
p e r m i t h e l i u m g a s to b y p a s s t h e p r o p e l l a n t t a n k s , allowing h e l i u m purging
of t h e p r o p e l l a n t s u b s y s t e m . One s q u i b v a l v e i s i n s t a l l e d in s y s t e m B
r e g u l a t e d h e l i u m l i n e t o p e r m i t h e l i u m d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n in the e v e n t of a
l o w - a l t i t u d e a b o r t (pad t o T t 61 second a b o r t ) .
-_
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2. 5 - 2 9

SM2A-03-SCO 12
_..-
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8 . 3 Engine A s s e m b l y .
T h e c o m m a n d module r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m engines a r e
ablation cooled, b i p r o p e l l a n t t h r u s t g e n e r a t o r s which can be o p e r a t e d in
e i t h e r the p u l s e - m o d e o r the s t e a d y - s t a t e mode.
E a c h engine c o n s i s t s of a f u e l and o x i d i z e r c o n t r o l v a l v e , which

c o n t r o l s the flow of p r o p e l l a n t s by responding to e l e c t r i c a l c o m m a n d s
( a u t o m a t i c ) g e n e r a t e d b y t h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m a n d / o r
s t a b i l i z a t i o n c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m o r by t h e c r e w ( m a n u a l l y ) and a n i n j e c t o r
head a s s e m b l y which d i r e c t s t h e flow of e a c h p r o p e l l a n t f r o m t h e p r o p e l l a n t
c o n t r o l v a l v e s t o t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r and t h e combustion c h a m b e r in
which the p r o p e l l a n t s a r e burned to produce t h r u s t . E s t i m a t e d engine t h r u s t
r i s e and d e c a y i s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 5-9.
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
OFFSIGNAL
2 4 6 8 IO 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
100
90
80 _--
70
0-m
v)
2
E54
ae
40
30
20
10
2 4 6 8 IO 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TIME - MILLISECONDS
I-
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
ON-SIGNAL
SM-2A-MA
F i g u r e 2 . 5-9. C / M R C S Engine T h r u s t R i s e and Decay T i m e ( T y p i c a l )

I
~~ ~_______________

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~
2. 5 . 8 . 3. 1 P r o p e l l a n t Solenoid I n j e c t o r C o n t r o l V a l v e s ( F u e l and O x i d i z e r ) .
The i n j e c t o r v a l v e s u t i l i z e two c o a x i a l l y wound c o i l s : one f o r

a u t o m a t i c and one f o r d i r e c t m a n u a l c o n t r o l . The a u t o m a t i c c o i l i s used
when the t h r u s t command o r i g i n a t e s f r o m t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. The
m a n u a l c o i l s a r e u s e d when t h e t h r u s t command o r i g i n a t e s a t t h e r o t a t i o n
control (direct mode).
The solenoid v a l v e s a r e s p r i n g - l o a d e d c l o s e d and e n e r g i z e d open.

T h e r e a c t i o n t i m e of t h e v a l v e s , p u l s e m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , r e a s o n f o r
p u l s e m o d e , and t h r u s t c u r v e g e n e r a t e d by t h e engine i s s i m i l a r t o the
S / M RCS e n g i n e s .
The a u t o m a t i c c o i l s in t h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s a r e

connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m t h e SCS. The manual c o i l s in t h e f u e l and
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e a m a n u a l d i r e c t b a c k u p to t h e a u t o m a t i c
s y s t e m . The m a n u a l c o i l s a r e connected in p a r a l l e l f r o m t h e r o t a t i o n
controls.
Engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e opening t i m e of 5*2 m i l l i s e c o n d s and c l o s i n g

of 6*2 m i l l i s e c o n d s f o r t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s and opening t i m e of 7 m i l l i -
s e c o n d s and c l o s i n g of 16 to 18 m i l l i s e c o n d s f o r t h e d i r e c t m a n u a l c o i l s .
T h e a c t u a t i o n t i m e s h a l l not v a r y b y m o r e than t 5 0 o r -25 p e r c e n t o p e r a -
ting t i m e b e t w e e n t40 to t200' F.
2. 5 . 8. 3. 2 Injector.
The i n j e c t o r , c o n t a i n s a fuel and o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e t h a t impinge

( u n l i k e i m p i n g e m e n t ) upon a s p l a s h p l a t e within t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r .
T h e r e f o r e , t h e i n j e c t o r p a t t e r n i s r e f e r r e d t o a s a n unlike i m p i n g e m e n t
s p l a s h - p l a t e i n j e c t o r . T h e r e a r e 16 f u e l and 1 6 o x i d i z e r p a s s a g e s in
the injector face.
2. 5. 8 . 3. 3 Thrust Chamber Assembly.
The t h r u s t c h a m b e r a s s e m b l y i s f a b r i c a t e d in f o u r s e g m e n t s : t h e
c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r a b l a t i v e s l e e v e , the t h r o a t i n s e r t , t h e a b l a t i v e
m a t e r i a l , and t h e a s b e s t o s and t h e f i b e r g l a s s w r a p . The engine i s
a b l a t i v e cooled.
2. 5 . 8 . 3 . 4 Nozzle E x t e n s i o n .
The C / M R C S e n g i n e s a r e mounted within t h e s t r u c t u r e of the C / M .

The n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t r a n s m i t t h e g a s e s f r o m t h e engine
out t h r o u g h t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e C / M . The n o z z l e e x t e n s i o n s a r e f a b r i c a -
ted of ablative material.

I
Mi s s ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2.5-31
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 3. 5 Engine Solenoid I n j e c t o r Valve T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S y s t e m .
A t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m of t h e C / M RCS engine v a l v e s i s
employed by e n e r g i z i n g t h e m a n u a l d i r e c t c o i l s on e a c h engine.
T e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s a r e mounted on t h e engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e
o x i d i z e r s o l e n o i d s . A t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r i s i n s t a l l e d on t h e s u b -
s y s t e m . A c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e r o l l o x i d i z e r v a l v e , n e g a t i v e yaw o x i d i z e r
v a l v e , n e g a t i v e pitch o x i d i z e r v a l v e and on s u b s y s t e m B p o s i t i v e yaw
o x i d i z e r v a l v e , n e g a t i v e pitch o x i d i z e r v a l v e , and c l o c k w i s e r o l l o x i d i z e r
v a l v e . T h e s e engine i n j e c t o r solenoid o x i d i z e r v a l v e s w e r e s e l e c t e d a s
the coldest engines.
The t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s have a range f r o m - 5 0 ° F to t 2 5 0 " F .

. T h e t e m p e r a t u r e t r a n s d u c e r s f r o m t h e t h r e e s u b s y s t e m A and B engine
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e s p r o v i d e inputs t h e t h e TEST S E L E C T s w i t c h on
p a n e l 200, which i s l o c a t e d in t h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t b a y of t h e c o m m a n d
m o d u l e . With t h e FUNCTION S E L E C T s w i t c h on panel 200 p l a c e d t o
position B and t h e T E S T S E L E C T r o t a r y s w i t c h on p a n e l 200 placed t o
p o s i t i o n s 1 , 2, 3 , 4 , 11, and 1 2 , r e s p e c t i v e l y , t h e s p e c i f i c engine o x i d i z e r
v a l v e t e m p e r a t u r e is m o n i t o r e d a s a d - c v o l t a g e on t h e 0 - t o 5-vdc
v o l t m e t e r . Z e r o vdc i s e q u i v a l e n t to - 5 0 ° F and 5 vdc is equivalent to
$250" F.
..*--
A C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s l o c a t e d o n p a n e l 200. T h e C / M
RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s p l a c e d t o t h e ON position when any o n e of t h e
i n s t r u m e n t e d e a g i n e s a r e below + 6 4 " F , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1. 80 vdc. T h i s
m u s t b e a c c o m p l i s h e d within 26 m i n u t e s p r i o r t o C f M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n ,
providing t h e ,C/M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON. The f u e l and
o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r v a l v e m a n u a l c o i l s of a l l C / M RCS e n g i n e s a r e e n e r g i z e d
o p e n ( p r i o r t o p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B ) . A
1 3 - m i n u t e h e a t u p t i m e m a x i m u m o r 1 0 0 " F , which i s m o n i t o r e d on the d - c
v o l t m e t e r on p a n e l 200 a s 2 . 5 0 v d c , a s s u r e s e n g i n e i n j e c t o r v a l v e
t e m p e r a t u r e is a t t 2 0 " F m i n i m u m . If + 1 0 0 " F , 2. 50 vdc on t h e d - c volt-
m e t e r i s r e a c h e d f r o m t h e c o l d e s t i n s t r u m e n t e d engine b e f o r e 1 3 m i n u t e s ,
t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s p l a c e d t o O F F , which d e - e n e r g i z e s t h e
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s and the i n j e c t o r v a l v e s s p r i n g - l o a d c l o s e d . If a
t i m e of 1 3 m i n u t e s i s r e a c h e d b e f o r e t 1 0 O 0 F , 2.50 vdc o n t h e d - c volt-
m e t e r , t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h i s placed t o O F F . T h i s will p r e v e n t
the o x i d i z e r f r o m f r e e z i n g at the e n g i n e i n j e c t o r v a l v e s upon p r e s s u r i z a t i o n
of s u b s y s t e m s A and B.
T h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h m u s t b e placed t o O F F p r i o r t o C / M

RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n . T h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e C / M RCS HEATER s w i t c h in
conjunction with t h e d - c v o l t m e t e r a n d / o r h e a t i n g t i m e e n s u r e s all o t h e r
engine v a l v e s r e a c h t h e a c c e p t a b l e t e m p e r a t u r e l e v e l s . T h e t 1 0 0 " F ,
2. 50 vdc, o r t h i r t e e n - m i n u t e t i m e l i m i t a s s u r e s t h a t t h e w a r m e s t engine
valve will be l e s s than t 2 0 0 " F .

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5. 8. 3 . 6 Engine T h r u s t O N - O F F L o g i c .
All t h r u s t c o m m a n d s f o r C / M attitude p a s s t h r o u g h t h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n
and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m and t h e j e t s e l e c t i o n logic. T h e s e c o m m a n d s m a y
o r i g i n a t e at t h e following:
a. T h e rotation c o n t r o l s
b. T h e s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m
c . T h e guidance and navigation s u b s y s t e m .
In t h e e v e n t t h e SCS a n d / o r j e t s e l e c t i o n logic is unable to p r o v i d e

c o m m a n d s t o t h e a u t o m a t i c c o i l s of t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s , placing t h e
DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o the ON position p r o v i d e s power t o t h e
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l . When t h e rotation c o n t r o l i s positioned fully t o i t s s t o p s
in a n y d i r e c t i o n , t h e rotation c o n t r o l e n e r g i z e s t h e r e q u i r e d m a n u a l c o i l s
f o r the desired maneuver.
When t h e C M SM S E P s w i t c h e s on p a n e l 15 a r e placed t o C M SM
S E P position, t h e s w i t c h e s a u t o m a t i c a l l y e n e r g i z e r e l a y s in t h e RCS
t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4) and in t h e RCS c o n t r o l b o x e s (C19A1)
( f i g u r e 2 . 5-10) (providing t h e C M P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h on p a n e l 8 i s
O N ) t h a t t r a n s f e r s t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M RCS
engine t h t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s a u t o m a t i c a l l y . ( T h e s e s a m e functions
o c c u r on a n y L E S ABORT.)
T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4) and in t h e

RCS c o n t r o l b o x e s ( C 1 9 A l ) a r e r e d u n d a n t t o e a c h o t h e r in t h a t t h e y e n s u r e
the SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs a r e t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m t h e S / M RCS
e n g i n e s to t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s . T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS c o n t r o l
b o x e s (C19A1) a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l v a c t i v a t e d b y t h e CM SM S E P s w i t c h e s
( p r o v i d i n g t h e CM P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON); in addition, t h e y
may a l s o b e a c t i v a t e d by t h e m a n u a l b a c k u p of the RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h
on p a n e l 16. T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r p a n e l s (C19A4)
a r e a c t i v a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y only by the C M SM S E P s w i t c h e s ( p r o v i d i n g
t h e C M P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON).
A s a n e x a m p l e , if t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r in C19A1 failed to t r a n s f e r

a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t CM SM S E P , t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r in C19A4 would s t i l l
a u t o m a t i c a l l y t r a n s f e r t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M
RCS e n g i n e s t o t h e C / M RCS e n g i n e s ( p r o v i d i n g t h e CM P R O P J E T T
LOGIC s w i t c h is ON). In addition, t h e RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h on panel 16
p r o v i d e s a m a n u a l b a c k u p to t h e C19A1 RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r s only.
Another e x a m p l e , t h e C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s could be checked out

p r i o r t o CM S M SkP b y placing t h e RCS TRANSFER s w i t c h on panel 16 t o
CM position, and only t h e RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r s (C19A1) in t h e RCS c o n t r o l
b o x e s would t r a n s f e r t h e SCS and d i r e c t m a n u a l inputs f r o m t h e S / M RCS
e n g i n e s t o the C / M RCS e n g i n e s . T h e t r a n s f e r m o t o r s in t h e RCS t r a n s f e r
p a n e l s (C19A4) would not t r a n s f e r until C / M S / M S E P ( p r o v i d i n g the C / M
P R O P J E T T LOGIC s w i t c h i s ON) and then s t a r t the SM j e t t i s o n
controllers.
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date Page 2.5-33

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 5.8.4 ProDellant J e t t i s o n .
T h e r e a r e two s e q u e n c e s of p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n . One s e q u e n c e i s
employed in the event of a n a b o r t while the vehicle i s on the launch pad and
through t h e f i r s t 61 s e c o n d s of flight. T h e second s e q u e n c e i s employed
f o r a l l o t h e r conditions, whether i t b e a n o r m a l o r an a b o r t m o d e of
o p e r a t i o n . T h e s e q u e n c e of e v e n t s b e f o r e and during a n o r m a l r e - e n t r y
i s a s follows:
a . T h e c r e w will p l a c e the C / M S / M SEPARATION s w i t c h e s to the
C / M S / M SEPARATION position on panel 15 o r p l a c e t h e C / M RCS
PRESS switch on panel 16 to the ON position, p r i o r to initiating C / M S / M
s e p a r a t i o n . The C / M R C S PRESS switch or the C / M S / M SEP s w i t c h e s
i n i t i a t e s the h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s in C / M R C S s u b s y s t e m s A and B,
t h u s p r e s s u r i z i n g both s u b s y s t e m s ( f i g u r e s 2. 5 - 8 and 2. 5-10). The C / M
RCS PRESS switch p r o v i d e s a backup to the C / M S / M S E P switches and
t h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 8 m u s t be ON, p r i o r to initiating
C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n to p r o v i d e an automatic RCS t r a n s f e r .
b. T h e C / M continues t o d e s c e n d a f t e r r e - e n t r y into t h e e a r t h
a t m o s p h e r e . A t 24,000 f e e t , b a r o m e t r i c switch is activated which
u n l a t c h e s the RCS latching r e l a y , inhibiting any c o m m a n d s f r o m the SCS
t o the j e t s e l e c t i o n logic ( f i g u r e 2. 5 - 3 ) ( m a n u a l backup of RCS CMD switch
panel 1 6 ) .
c. At m a i n p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , the RCS propellant j e t t i s o n DUMP
switch on p a n e l 8 i s placed t o the DUMP position a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l
function b y the c r e w , initiating the following functions, simultaneously.
T h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 18 m u s t b e ON p r i o r t o placing DUMP
switch to DUMP position.
1. I n i t i a t e s the two h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t squib v a l v e s
2. I n j t i a t e s t h e fuel i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve
3 . I n i t i a t e s t h e o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve
4. T h e fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve m a n u a l c o i l s a r e e n e r g i z e d
on a l l of t h e C / M RCS engines, excluding the t pitch engines. The
t pitch e n g i n e s a r e not e n e r g i z e d due to t h e i r location being adjacent
t o the steam vent. The p r o p e l l a n t s a r e jettisoned b y burning the
p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g in 10 of the 12 engines. The length of t i m e t o
b u r n t h e r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s will v a r y , depending upon the amount
of p r o p e l l a n t s r e m a i n i n g in the fuel and o x i d i z e r t a n k s a t 24,000 feet.
If an e n t i r e p r o p e l l a n t load r e m a i n e d , a s a n e x a m p l e , a nominal b u r n
t i m e would b e 88 s e c o n d s through 10 of the 1 2 engines. In t h e w o r s t
c a s e of only 5 of the 1 2 e n g i n e s ( m a n u a l c o i l s e n e r g i z e d ) , a nominal
b u r n t i m e would be 1 5 5 s e c o n d s .
d. Upon completion of propellant b u r n , the C / M propellant j e t t i s o n
PURGE s w i t c h on panel 8 i s placed to the PURGE position a s a n o r m a l
m a n u a l function by the c r e w . When the PURGE switch i s on, the switch
i n i t i a t e s the f o u r h e l i u m b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulated
h e l i u m p r e s s u r e to b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, thus
purging t h e m a n i f o l d s through 10 of the 12 engines. Purging r e q u i r e s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 5 s e c o n d s o r until h e l i u m depletion.
-
Mission
I
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 c h a n g e Date Page 2.5-34
PANEL 22 MESC
) A R M BAT A CB
P
(1
PANEL 24 LE S
-
PANEL 16 LES
"CIM Sll
MESC PYRO ABORT CIM RCS ABORT SEP, A
OR CIM-SIM )PRESS
S EP ,/>WITCH
.
DROP OUT A F E R ~
SWITCt
PANEL
41
1.8 SECOND --
7r I
NEG
BUS
PY RO ENTRY
r
I.
I '
L
NEG BUS
RCS FUEL 1
1 PYRO A 1 DUMP A
1
> SEQ A LOWER
EQUIPMENTBAY 7
)' LOWER
EQUIPMENT
[ - G A T I
I I I K6
+TO
I
MESC CONTROLLER
EXCLUDING
I' 1; 1
K 5 .~ PROP IS
T 'T K4T M N A C I
OX I D IZE R OX ID IZER FUEL CLOSE
DUMP BYPASS BY PASS PROP.
SQUIB CONNECT SQU IB SQUIB SQUIB
SYS A SQU IB SYS A SYS A SYS A
i
I I
4
-----.
'ANEL 22 MESC
C I M S I M TRANSFER
RM BAT A CB
VEL 24
.C PYRO
TC H
hl
CIM
r -- --
Y 1
I BUS
RCS FUEL
DUMP A
ICI-
NEG BUS
1
MESC LOGIC BUS A PANEL 25
MESC LOGIC
ARM A
3 - 1
PANEL i
MESC L(
I I
t-i
LOWER
I Z8Klk / - /
EQU I PMENT NOTE
BAY DROP OUT A
-.
T
I r K L I
s1C19A4
TO SM JETTISON
CONTROLLER MANUAL
START COILS
EXCLUDING
--
S 19A7
K5 1
A
PANEL 25
PROP ISOL
Q Y & C 4wMESC PYRO BUS A REFERENCE MESC PYRO
Z7K1
M N A CB
BYPASS PROP.
SQU IB SQUIB SQU IB
SYS A SYS A
SQUIB SQUIB
PANEL 25 PANEL 16 TO
CIM SIM TRANSFER RCS TRANSFER
A CB SWITCH
A
t
PY R(
4
- FROM SYS A LEG Os
SM RCS TRANSFERSW + TC
ME!
A A
MESC PYRO BUS A REFERENCE MESC PYRO B A T A BUS

MN A
28 VDC
A Z7K1 A Z7K1
-L-
FK12 :
FZ7K2 TZ7K2
HELIUM
INTER
CONNE(
SQU I B
. '.. '. J.
BAT BUS B
MN E
b PANEL 22 MESC
BAT B C B
P )ARM
I1 C/M SIM
PANEL 24 LES PANEL 16 LES
MESC PYRO ABORT CIM RCS SEP, B
SWITCH
-
S WITCH
NEG
BUS
r -6
PY RO ENTRY
BAT B BUS E ' I G
c"
L
NEG BUS
RCS FUEL
PYRO B DUMP B
)I SEQ B LOWER ) LOWER
1 EQUIPMENT B A Y 7 EQUIPMENT
BA!
+SX19A4 f K7
I
ro SM JETTISON MANUAL
CONTROLLER
START COILS
1
EXCLUDING
S 19A8
a
'K12
U 6K'
K7 7
K7
$ IK6 IK12 I K 8 K
1
5
PANEL 25
~ PROP ISOL
T
SQU IB SQUIB
SYS B
HELIUM
CONNECT
SQU IB
OX ID IZER U CONNECT
SQUIB
OX ID I Z ER
BYPASS
SQUl B
BYPASS
SQUIB
M i s s ion I
.- -- - ---- '
. ' i
..
- -
SM2A 0 3 SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
f
M N B 28VDC r ------------
216 216 RCS CONTROI
7
I
K1 TO SPS ABORT BOX C19A2
PANEL 25
.I----
DIRECT ULLAGE I
PANEL 16 TO
CIM SIM TRANSFER RCS TRANSFER
SWITCH s / M l , t
/ kLES
IM S/M PANEL 8 I
ABORT SEP, B CIM PROP J E l l C I M HELIUM
SWITCH ' LOGIC SWITCH DUMP SWITCH
PANEL 15 -
OUT AFTER
--
'II
i' CIM (PANEL 8 )
7
I II SI
RC S
SECOND
I
r ----- 1
PROP JETT PANEL 8 TRANS FER
E
A
CIM MOTOR
I
-
II
SWITCH PROP
JETT ILiFT K1
-
K12 Kl3 I
PURGE OFF 61 SECOND 18 SECOND 18 SECOND I
--
SWITCH ,,ISIGNAL TIMER
i B
TIMER
ti
TIMER
J ''
I
1 1
I
- - -
-
- I
-
--- --------I
4,
' 111
I
PANEL 25 PANEL 22
'I
----.I
C19A4
I
I MESC LOGIC MESC LOGIC BAT B
TO
'r
L + *O
Z8K1 PITCH
t1 ! Z8K2T NOTE
DROP OUT AUTO
Bus
CONTROL
MOTOR
! I I n r i t L 8 SECOND
IrrrR -
OX DUMP
i r & K l
914
I
IL--------- I '
'-
Y1
---------- SFROM
M RCS B LEG OF
SYSTRANSRRSW
I
O E sING
TLATCH cMD&h
A A
RELAY 219 A 1
MESC PYRO BUS B REFERENCE MESC PYRO BAT B 3US
SYS B SQU IB SQUIB

SM-2A-9016
Figure 2. 5 - 10. C/M RCS Squib Valve P o w e r Control D i a g r a m
~ ~ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~
Mission Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date page 2 . 5 - 3 5 1 2 . 5 - 3 6
4"- 5
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
'--
SYSTEMS DATA
e. In t h e event of the C / M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC s y i t c h a n d / o r

DUMP switch f a i l u r e , the r e m a i n i n g p r o p e l l a n t s m a y b e burned by placing
the DIRECT RCS switch on panel 8 t o ON and positioning the two rotation
c o n t r o l l e r s t o CCW, CW, - Y , t Y and - P (excluding t P ) position, e n e r -
gizing t h e m a n u a l fuel and o x i d i z e r i n j e c t o r valve solenoid c o i l s of
10 of the 12 C / M RCS e n g i n e s b u r n e d . At the completion of propellant
b u r n , the C / M RCS HELIUM DUMP switch on panel 26 would b e placed
ON initiating the f o u r b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulation h e l i u m
p r e s s u r e t o b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, and purging the
manifolds through 10 of t h e 12 engines providing the two r o t a t i o n con-
t r o l l e r s a r e positioned to CCW, CW, -Y, t Y and - P (excluding t P ) .
f . In t h e event t h e C / M p r o p e l l a n t j e t t i s o n LOGIC switch and DUMP
switch on panel 8 function c o r r e c t l y and t h e PURGE switch f a i l s , the C / M
HELIUM DUMP switch on panel 26 would be placed to ON; t h u s initiating
the f o u r h e l i u m b y p a s s squib v a l v e s , allowing the regulated h e l i u m ' p r e s -
s u r e t o b y p a s s around e a c h fuel and o x i d i z e r tank, and purging the
m a n i f o l d s through 10 of t h e 12 engines.
g. P r i o r to w a t e r i m p a c t the LOGIC switch on panel 8 m a y b e placed
t o t h e O F F position, which would d e - e n e r g i z e the m a n u a l c o i l s of t h e
engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s allowing the engine i n j e c t o r v a l v e s t o s p r i n g - l o a d
c l o s e d , preventing s e a w a t e r f r o m e n t e r i n g the manifolds through the
engine. The DUMP switch placed to the O F F position will a c c o m p l i s h
the s a m e function.
The sequence of e v e n t s involving a n a b o r t f r o m the pad up to

61 s e c o n d s i s as follows:
a. The OXIDIZER DUMP switch on panel 16 i s placed in the AUTO
OX DUMP position, and t h e RCS LOGIC switch on panel 8 i s placed in the
O N position a t s o m e t i m e in the countdown p r i o r to T=O.
b. ' The following e v e n t s o c c u r simultaneously upon t h e r e c e i p t of t h e
a b o r t signal. The command may b e g e n e r a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y b y the
s e q u e n c e e v e n t s c o n t r o l l e r s u b s y s t e m o r b y m a n u a l l y rotating the
translation control counterclockwise.
1. When the a b o r t s i g n a l i s r e c e i v e d , the two s q u i b - o p e r a t e d
h e l i u m isolation v a l v e s in e a c h s y s t e m a r e initiated open, p r e s s u r i z i n g
s u b s y s t e m s A and B. Manual backup of the C / M PRESS switch,
panel 16.
2. T h e s q u i b - o p e r a t e d h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t valve f o r t h e o x i d i z e r
t a n k s i s initiated open. If only one of t h e two squib h e l i u m isolation
v a l v e s w a s initiated open, both systems a r e p r e s s u r i z e d a s a r e s u l t
of the h e l i u m interconnect squib v a l v e interconnect.
3 . T h e s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d fuel and o x i d i z e r isolation shutoff
v a l v e s a r e closed t o p r e v e n t f u e l and o x i d i z e r f r o m flowing t o the
thrust chamber assemblies.
4. T h e s q u i b - o p e r a t e d o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t valve i s initiated
open. If only one of the two o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d d u m p squib v a l v e s
w a s initiated open, the o x i d i z e r m a n i f o l d s of e a c h s y s t e m a r e c o m m o n
a s a r e s u l t of the o x i d i z e r i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve.

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
5. The squib-operated o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d dump v a l v e s r o u t e t h e

o x i d i z e r t o a blow-out plug in the aft h e a t shield of the C / M which
s h e a r s a pin due to the p r e s s u r e buildup and blows the plug out,
dumping the o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d . The e n t i r e o x i d i z e r supply i s dumped
in a p p r o x i m a t e l y 13 t o 15 s e c o n d s .
6. T h e RCS latching r e l a y will not e n e r g i z e in the event of a n a b o r t
f r o m 0 to t 6 1 s e c o n d s due to the. position of the AUTO OX DUMP switch
( f i g u r e s 2. 5-3 and 2. 5-10). T h u s , no c o m m a n d s a r e allowed into t h e
j e t s e l e c t i o n logic f r o m the SCS.
7. The C J M - S I M RCS t r a n s f e r m o t o r - d r i v e n s w i t c h e s a r e auto-
m a t i c a l l y d r i v e n upon the r e c e i p t of the a b o r t s i p a l , allowing e l e c t r i c a l
s i g n a l s to b e supplied t o the C / M R C S engine i n j e c t o r valves. Manual
backup of RCS t r a n s f e r switch, panel 16.
c. Eighteen s e c o n d s a f t e r the a b o r t s i g n a l i s initiated, the following
e v e n t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y o c c u r simultaneously:
1. T h e h e l i u m i n t e r c o n n e c t squib valve between the f u e l t a n k s i s
initiated open.
2 . The h e l i u m o v e r b o a r d d u m p squib v a l v e is initiated open,
dumping the h e l i u m p r e s s u r e o v e r b o a r d into the aft equipment
c o m p a r t m e n t , r e l e a s i n g t h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e f r o m both f u e l tanks.
3. T h e b y p a s s squib v a l v e t o the s u b s y s t e m s A and B o x i d i z e r tank
i s initiated open, purging both o x i d i z e r s y s t e m s out through t h e o v e r -
b o a r d d u m p in t h e aft h e a t s h i e l d .
4. F u e l r e m a i n s onboard a t i m p a c t with no p r e s s u r e on the fuel
tanks.
. T h e s e q u e n c e of e v e n t s of a n a b o r t , initiated a f t e r 61 s e c o n d s up t o
launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n , a r e as follows:
a. At 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off, t h e c r e w a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l function
will p l a c e the*AUTO OX DUMP switch on panel 16 to the AUTO RCS CMD
posit ion.
b. T h e RCS LOGIC switch w a s placed t o t h e ON position p r i o r to TtO.
1. Initiate both h e l i u m isolation squib v a l v e s in C / M RCS,
s u b s y s t e m s A and B. Manual backup of C / M RCS PRESS switch on
panel 16; thus, p r e s s u r i z i n g C / M RCS s u b s y s t e m s A and B.
2. D r i v e s t h e C / M S / M R C S t r a n s f e r m o t o r s to the C / M RCS
position. Manual backup of RCS TRANSFER switch on panel 16 f o r
C19A1 R C S t r a n s f e r m o t o r s only.
3. RCS latching r e l a y e n e r g i z e d o n e second a f t e r r e c e i p t of the
a b o r t signal.
d . At m a i n p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , a s a n o r m a l m a n u a l function, the
.RCS p r o p e l l a n t and j e t t i s o n D U M P switch on panel 8 i s placed to the
D U M P position initiating functions the same a s a n o r m a l e n t r y .
Mission B a s i c Date 12 No v 1966 Change Date Page 2.5-38

SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.5.9 C / M RCS PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
2. 5 . 9 . 1 Design Data.
The following l i s t c o n t a i n s d a t a of t h e C M / R C S components:
HELIUM TANKS ( 2 ) 4150*50 p s i g at 7 0 " * 5 " F d u r i n g s e r v i c i n g ,

s e t t i n g on l a u n c h pad 70"*10°F. C a p a c i t y
0 . 57 l b s , i n s i d e d i a m e t e r 8. 84 i n . , w a l l
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 105 in. and i n t e r n a l v o l u m e
of 365*5 cubic in. a t 4150*50 psig.
HELIUM ISOLATION SQUIB Remove 98 p e r c e n t of all p a r t i c l e s whose

VALVE F I L T E R two s m a l l e s t d i m e n s i o n s a r e g r e a t e r t h a n
40 m i c r o n s .
Remove 100 p e r c e n t of a l l p a r t i c l e s whose

two s m a l l e s t d i m e n s i o n s a r e g r e a t e r than
74 m i c r o n s .
REGULATOR UNITS ( 4 ) P r i m a r y - Initial of 291*6 p s i g and s t a b i l i z e

within 2 s e c o n d s t o 291*4 psig. Lockup
p r e s s u r e m i n i m u m of 284 p s i g and n o t
e x c e e d 302 psig.
S e c o n d a r y - Lockup 287 t o 308 p s i g and

s t a b i l i z e a t 294. 5*7. 5 p s i g within
2 seconds.
HELIUM RELIEF VALVES D i a p h r a g m r u p t u r e a t 340*8 p s i

( 4)
F i l t e r - 10 m i c r o n s n o m i n a l , 25 m i c r o n s
absolute
Relief v a l v e s r e l i e v e s at 346*14 p s i g
Relief v a l v e r e s e a t s at no l e s s t h a n
327 p s i g
Flow c a p a c i t y 0 . 3 l b / m i n at 6 0 ° F and
346*14 p s i g
Bleed d e v i c e c l o s e s when i n c r e a s i n g
p r e s s u r e h a s r e a c h e d no m o r e t h a n
179 p s i g in t h e c a v i t y and a h e l i u m flow
of l e s s than 20 s t a n d a r d c u b i c c e n t i m e t e r s
p e r h o u r a c r o s s t h e bleed and r e l i e f v a l v e
a s s e m b l i e s combined. T h e bleed d e v i c e
s h a l l r e o p e n when d e c r e a s i n g p r e s s u r e h a s
r e a c h e d no l e s s t h a n 20 psig.
Mia s i o n Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.5-39

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS I l l u m i n a t e s caution and w a r n i n g light on

F U E L AND OXIDIZER p a n e l 10 ( C / M RCS A o r B)
A f t e r h e l i u m isolation, u n d e r p r e s s u r e
265 p s i a
Squib v a l v e a c t u a t i o n , o v e r p r e s s u r e
325 p s i a
FUEL TANKS ( 2 ) Combined p r o p e l l a n t and ullage volume

of 45. 2 l b s , initially a t 6 5 ° F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
r e s u l t i n g in a tank p r e s s u r e of no m o r e
than 205 p s i a when heated t o 1 0 5 ° F .
Length 17.329 (to.040, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) i n . ,
o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r m a x i m u m 12.62 i n . , wall
t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 2 2 in. to 0 . 0 2 7 in.
OXIDIZER TANK ( 2 ) Combined p r o p e l l a n t and ullage volume of

8 9 . 2 pounds initially at 6 5 ° F a t 30*2 p s i g ,
than 2 0 5 p s i a when h e a t e d to 8 5 ° F .
L e n g t h 1 9 . 9 0 7 (to.040, - 0 . 0 0 0 ) i n . ,
m a x i m u m o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r 12. 62 i n . ,
wall t h i c k n e s s 0 . 0 2 2 t o 0 . 0 2 7 in. _-
VALVE ISOLATION BURST R u p t u r e at 241*14 p s i g , within 2 s e c o n d s

DIAPHRAGM ( 4 ) a f t e r r u p t u r e p r e s s u r e i s r e a c h e d a t any
t e m p e r a t u r e b e t w e e n 40" t o 1 0 5 ° F .
F i l t e r 75 m i c r o n s n o m i n a l , 100 m i c r o n s
a b solute.
ENGINE 200-second s e r v i c e life, 3000 o p e r a t i o n a l

cycles
Nominal t h r u s t , 9 3 pounds
Expansion r a t i o , 9 t o 1
Cooling, ablation
I n j e c t o r type, 16 on 16 s p l a s h p l a t e
Combustion c h a m b e r r e f r a s i l a b l a t i v e
s l e e v e and g r a p h i t e b a s e t h r o a t i n s e r t .

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
Automatic and m a n u a l c o i l s - connected

in p a r a l l e l
Weight, 8 . 3 l b s
Length, 11. 65 in. m a x i m u m
Nozzle exit d i a m e t e r , 2. 13 i n c h e s
Nozzle e x t e n s i o n s , ablative r e f r a s i l
OXIDIZER DUMP BLOWOUT P i n s h e a r s a t 100 psig

PLUG
2.5.9.2 P e r f o r m a n c e Data.
R e f e r t o Mission Modular Data Book, SID 66-1177.
2. 5 . 9 . 3 P o w e r Consumption Data.
R e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 2. 5.4.3.
2. 5.10 C / M RCS OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
A p r o p e l l a n t isolation v a l v e switch m u s t b e placed t o ON m o m e n -

t a r i l y p r i o r to lift-off and r e t u r n e d to n e u t r a l . At T t 6 1 s e c o n d s a f t e r
lift-off the s w i t c h e s m u s t b e placed to O N until o r b i t i n s e r t i o n to e n s u r e
t h a t the Valves will r e m a i n open if an LES a b o r t is initiated; then at
o r b i t i n s e r t i o n , the s w i t c h e s m a y b e placed t o n e u t r a l . The s w i t c h e s
m u s t b e placed to O N p r i o r to C / M RCS p r e s s u r i z a t i o n to e n s u r e v a l v e s
r e m a i n open throughout e n t r y .
2. 5 . 1 0 . 1 C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
S e e f i g u r e 2. 5-11 f o r e l e c t r i c a l power d i s t r i b u t i o n .
2 . 5 . 11 C / M RCS T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS.
The following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of the C / M RCS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that

is m o n i t o r e d b y the flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .
Mission B a e i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2.5-41

SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
CONTROL
RCS CONTROL BOX
HELIUM PURGE
CONTROL 1
NOTES: 1 , P w l l o n t iwlatim v0Iv.1 or.
mopnotically 1otch.d opm and
He DUMP
spring-lmdd c l o d .
hW
I 2. Tho pmpllanr irolarion
VOIWw . n r i d i s a t o r i s
.n.gir.d if .ith.r hul or
oxidizer rrrlv. i s i n the
Cl& porition.
sM-u-714c
F i g u r e 2. 5-1 1. C / M RCS E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution D i a g r a m
M i s s ion Basic Date

12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page

.
2.5-42
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS D A T A
-
"
I
C
a
L
9
"
m
h
*
r "
; 2
a
m o o \ r - m o
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
N N N N N -
a c l a a a a
2
" N
2 2 2
N 2
" 2
u u u u u u
~ ~
o o
~
o
-
~
r
o
.
o
O
b d *
o
O
o
b -
o
O
r
o
-
O
r
o
* +
m
O
m
O
N
+
in
O
N O
N
in In
N
N
Ln
N
+
0
in
Y
0
in
N -
0
0
+ + + + + + + + + + + + 0 o o o o o + + +
o
+
o
+
o
+
o
+
o
+
o
+
o
+
o
+ +
o
+
o o
+
o
+ I
m m v) m in Ln p 0
+
0
+
R b a b
O
0
O
0 0
O
0
O
0
O
0
O
0
-
0
~
a
N
9
N
Q
N
Q
N
N
O 0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
0
N
2
Ln
N"
in
2"-
v u u v v ' u u u u u u u u u v u u v v '3 0
Mission Basic Date l2 I966 Change Date page 2.5-43

SMZA-03-SCO 12
S Y S T E M S DATA
N N N N N N N N N N N N
w w w w ~rl w w w w w w w
n
5
u .
Mission B a s i c Date IZ 1966 Change Date page 2.5-44

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 6
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM (EPS)
2.6. 1 IN T ROD UC T IO N.
The e l e c t r i c a l power s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 ) s u p p l i e s all e l e c t r i c a l

power r e q u i r e d b y the s p a c e c r a f t t o c o m p l e t e i t s scheduled m i s s i o n .
D-C e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided by t h r e e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s , two
S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r b a t t e r i e s located in the s e r v i c e module, and
five b a t t e r i e s ( 2 p y r o and 3 e n t r y ) located in t h e c o m m a n d module. A-C
e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided b y o n e , o r two, of t h e t h r e e i n v e r t e r s located
in the lower equipment bay of the c o m m a n d module. C o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s
f o r the EPS a r e positioned in t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e n e a r t h e a s t r o n a u t
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r controlling and m o n i t o r i n g the s y s t e m . The E P S can b e
divided into f o u r s u b s y s t e m s a s follows:
0 E n e r g y s t o r a g e : c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e ; pyrotechnic, e n t r y , and S / M
jettison controller batteries
a P o w e r generation: fuel c e l l power p l a n t s
e P o w e r conversion: solid s t a t e i n v e r t e r s , b a t t e r y c h a r g e r
e P o w e r distribution: d - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n , a - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n ,

s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s , c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s .
2.6. 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
2. 6. 2. 1 E n e r g y Stowage.
T h e p r i m a r y s o u r c e of e n e r g y f o r t h e EPS i s provided by the c r y o -

genic s t o r a g e s y s t e m . T h e r e a r e two hydrogen ( f u e l ) and two oxygen
( o x i d i z e r ) c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e tanks. E a c h tank h a s its a s s o c i a t e d c o n t r o l s ,
h e a t e r s , and f a n s designed t o g i v e , in a n a u t o m a t i c m o d e , a s i n g l e - p h a s e
r e a c t a n t to i t s load throughout the t a n k - d e n s i t y range, when o p e r a t i n g a t
normal pressures.
A s e c o n d a r y s o u r c e of e n e r g y s t o r a g e i s provided b y b a t t e r i e s .
T h e b a t t e r i e s supply s e q u e n c e r logic and p y r o power at all t i m e s , sup-
p l e m e n t a l d - c power f o r high-peak l o a d s , and all e l e c t r i c a l power r e q u i r e d
d u r i n g the e n t r y and postlanding p h a s e s after CSM s e p a r a t i o n .
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.6.2.2 P o w e r Gene ration.
T h r e e Bacon-type fuel c e l l power p l a n t s in the s e r v i c e module g e n e r -

a t e the d - c power r e q u i r e d f o r s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . The f u e l c e l l power
p l a n t s a r e activated p r i o r to launch and o p e r a t e continuously throughout
the m i s s i o n until CSM s e p a r a t i o n . N o r m a l l y , f u e l c e l l power plant 1 i s
connected t o m a i n d - c b u s A, power plant 3 to m a i n d-c b u s B, and power
plant 2 t o both m a i n d - c b u s e s A and B. However, t h e capability i s
provided to a l s o connect fuel c e l l power plant 1 t o m a i n d - c b u s B and fuel
c e l l power plant 3 to m a i n d - c b u s A.
E a c h fuel cell i s r a t e d t o p r o d u c e 29*2 v o l t s dc between 563 and

1420 w a t t s of power. Two fuel cell power p l a n t s a r e capable of providing
the n o r m a l power r e q u i r e m e n t s of all s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s . If two fuel c e l l
power p l a n t s malfunction, s o m e of t h e e l e c t r i c a l components m u s t b e shut
down t o c o n s e r v e power, and t h e r e m a i n i n g power plant with b a t t e r y
backup w i l l supply sufficient power to c a r r y the load and i n s u r e s u c c e s s f u l
m i s s i o n t e r m i n a t i o n . One fuel c e l l with c o m p l e t e b a t t e r y backup c a n p r o -
vide m a x i m u m p o w e r r e q u i r e d b y m i s s i o n b u r n s , if the c r y o g e n i c s a r e
a v a i l a b l e and fuel c e l l t e m p e r a t u r e i s above 4 2 5 ° F .
2.6.2.3 Power Conversion.
P r i m a r y d - c power is converted into a - c power by s o l i d - s t a t e

i n v e r t e r s . T h e i n v e r t e r s p r o v i d e 115-volt 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e a - c power up
to 1250 v o l t - a m p e r e s each. The a - c power i s connected t o t h e two a - c
b u s e s which supply power t o a - c l o a d s . During n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n , one
i n v e r t e r will power both a - c b u s e s while t h e two r e m a i h i n g i n v e r t e r s a c t
as redundant s o u r c e s . F o r peak l o a d s , each a - c b u s will b e powered b y a
s e p a r a t e i n v e r t e r . In c a s e of a n a - c o r d - c b u s f a i l u r e , t h e i n v e r t e r s and
r e m a i n i n g b u s e s c a n b e isolated. I n v e r t e r switching c i r c u i t s p r e v e n t con-
necting two i n v e r t e r s on one b u s , but s i m u l t a n e o u s o p e r a t i o n of two
i n v e r t e r s i s p o s s i b l e if e a c h i s connected t o a s e p a r a t e bus. A p h a s e
synchronizing unit p r o v i d e s i n - p h a s e power when a s e p a r a t e i n v e r t e r i s
powering e a c h b u s .
The b a t t e r y c h a r g e r is a s e c o n d a r y power c o n v e r s i o n unit, which i s

u s e d t o k e e p e n t r y b a t t e r i e s c h a r g e d . The c h a r g e r is a s o l i d - s t a t e device
converting a - c power f r o m the i n v e r t e r s and using d - c power f r o m the fuel
cells to p r o v i d e c h a r g i n g voltage.
2.6.2.4 P o w e r Distribution.
D i s t r i b u t i o n of p r i m a r y d - c power i s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y two redundant

d - c b u s e s in t h e c o m m a n d module. Additional b u s e s c o n s i s t of t w o
separate nonessential buses for servicing nonessential loads, a battery
r e l a y b u s f o r power d i s t r i b u t i o n switching, two b a t t e r y b u s e s , and a flight
and postlanding bus to s e r v i c e c e r t a i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and the postlanding
c i r c u i t s . A-C power is d i s t r i b u t e d b y two redundant a-c b u s e s .
E L E C T R I ~ ~ LP ~ E SYSTEM
R
ENERGY STORAGE I POWER GENERATION
ENTRY
BATTERY A
I
I
1
ENTRY I
BATTERY C
ENTRY
I
BATTERY B
II
I
OVERLOAf
FUEL CELL SENSE ANI
I
2
POWERPLANT
No. 1
+ REVERSE
CURREM
I - b
REUY
OVERLOA
"2 FUEL CELL
SENSE A N
CRYOGENIC
I --t POWERPUM + REVERSE
CURREM
SUBSYSTEM
REUY
2
OVERLOAC
FUELCELL SENSE AN[
? I ' POWRPUM + REVERSE
CURRENT
3 To: ECS
I
S/M JElTlSON
CONTROLLER
I
BATTERY A
S/M JETTISON
CONTROLLER
BATTERY B
F j T T Y A ! I
BATTERY A
BATTERY B
ENTRY
MTTERY 1
POWER GENERATION I POWER CONVERSION I POWER DISTI
I I
I I #
BUS A
I I PYRO
I I
I
.. . . .
b p P II Y R I o BUS A,
-
Miss:
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
POWER DISTRIBUTION
NOTES:
1. &tor switch mntoch

close when main bm tie
switch- o n set (0 bot
A 6 C and bot D6C
2. Dottety bur mntock
rnnain closed on
manned S/C.
3. F/C 1 a n b. m n n e c t d
)o SM &n D 6 F/C 3to
SM &n A.
4. DC &n mntml circuit
brooken ore illuttmtd
in Figure 2 . 6 1 1 .
Figure 2 . 6 - 1 . Electrical Power S y s t e m Block D i a g r a m
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 6 - 3 12 . 6 - 4
Mission
POL" I"
-e-
3
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.6.3 MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
2.6.3.1 C r yo g e n ic Sto r a g e.
The cryogenic s t o r a g e s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 2 ) s u p p l i e s oxygen and

hydrogen r e a c t a n t s t o the s p a c e c r a f t . Hydrogen i s supplied to the EPS
and oxygen i s supplied t o both E P S and ECS. The design functions of the
two s t o r a g e s y s t e m s a r e identical. T h e physical d a t a f o r the c r y o g e n i c
s t o r a g e s y s t e m i s given in t h e following l i s t .
Design Min Approx

Flow Rate Storage Allowable Tank Qtys
Tank Wt of Usable at Min Press. Operating a t Min H e a t e r
Number Cryogenic s dq/dm (Psi$) Pressure & F a n Cycling
L O 12 320 lb 0.676 lb/hr 900*35 150 psia 131 t o 82 l b s

XTA 0006 320 l b 0.713 lb/hr 900*35 150 psia 131 to 82 l b s
LH 23 28 l b 0.070 lb/hr 245 ( t 1 5 , - 2 0 ) 100 psia 14. 5 to 7. 3 l b s
LH 25 28 l b 0.066 lb/hr 245 ( t 1 5 , -20) 100 psia 14. 5 t o 7.3 l b s
The a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l m o d e i s designed t o give a s i n g l e - p h a s e

r e a c t a n t flow into t h e F / C and ECS f e e d l i n e s at d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s . T h i s
c o n t r o l i s achieved in effect b y controlling the h e a t t r a n s f e r within the
s y s t e m . T h e h e a t r e q u i r e d t o m a i n t a i n c o n s t a n t p r e s s u r e v a r i e s with
density. F i l l d e n s i t y f o r oxygen is a l i t t l e above 70 l b s / f t 3 . As depletion
p r o c e e d s f r o m 70 l b s / f t 3 , o r 100 p e r c e n t quantity, t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y
28 l b s / f t 3 , o r 40 p e r c e n t quantity, the cycling of t h e f a n s and h e a t e r s f o r
r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n will extend until they c y c l e l e a s t a t quantities between
131 and 82 l b s . In the hydrogen s y s t e m , l e a s t amount of h e a t e r and fan
c y c l i n g will o c c u r a t q u a n t i t i e s between a p p r o x i m a t e l y 14. 5 and 7.3 l b s .
With the s y s t e m in a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n , tank q u a n t i t i e s should r e m a i n
within 15 pounds of e a c h o t h e r f o r oxygen and within one pound d i f f e r e n c e
f o r hydrogen. T h e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s activating the h e a t e r s and f a n s a r e
in s e r i e s . The oxygen s w i t c h e s a c t i v a t e when p r e s s u r e d r o p s t o 865 p s i a
in both tanks. They d e a c t i v a t e when p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s 935 p s i a in one of
the tanks. Keeping the d e s i g n p r e s s u r e p e r m i t s depletion t o follow
p r e d i c t a b l e tank d e n s i t i e s and r e s p e c t i v e h e a t r e q u i r e m e n t s .
When t h e s y s t e m s r e a c h t h e point w h e r e the h e a t e r and fan cycling

i s at a m i n i m u m , t h e h e a t l e a k of t h e tank b e c o m e s sufficient t o m a i n t a i n
d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s , provided flow i s within m i n d q / d m v a l u e s a s shown in
the p r e c e d i n g l i s t . T h i s realm of o p e r a t i o n is r e f e r r e d to as being in the
m i n i m u m d q / d m region. T h e m i n i m u m d q / d m point f o r oxygen i s
23. 5 l b s / f t 3 at t h e n o m i n a l o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e of 900 p s i a . T h e value f o r
hydrogen is 1.87 l b s l f t 3 a t 250 p s i a . The h e a t r e q u i r e d f o r d e n s i t i e s l e s s
than the above r i s e s a b r u p t l y f o r both oxygen and hydrogen. T h e i n t r i n s i c
flow output of t h e s y s t e m s is a maximum at t h e point w h e r e m i n i m u m h e a t
is r e q u i r e d to m a i n t a i n p r e s s u r e . T h e t i m e - r a t e of a r r i v i n g a t the
m i n i m u m d q / d m point i s dependent on load d e m a n d s , tank p r e s s u r e , and
--

b
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
r e a c t a n t t e m p e r a t u r e . With d e s i g n p r e s s u r e s in the t a n k s , s i n g l e - p h a s e
r e a c t a n t i s a v a i l a b l e independent of d o w n s t r e a m s y s t e m t r a n s f e r .
The m a n u a l m o d e of o p e r a t i o n s i m p l y b y p a s s e s t h e p r e s s u r e switches.
It c a n b e used in c a s e of c o n t r o l f a i l u r e o r when o p e r a t i n g with quantity
unbalanced depletion. To avoid e x c e s s i v e t e m p e r a t u r e s , a t h e r m a l s e n s i -
tive int.erlock device i s in s e r i e s with e a c h h e a t e r e l e m e n t in the 02 and
H2 t a n k s . T h e s e open t h e h e a t e r c i r c u i t s when i n t e r n a l t e m p e r a t u r e s
r e a c h 8 0 ° F and c l o s e when t e m p e r a t u r e s d e c r e a s e t o 7 0 ° F . Tank
p r e s s u r e s and q u a n t i t i e s a r e m o n i t o r e d on meters located on MDC-13.
O2 t a n k relief v a l v e s initially v e n t at 983 p s i g and r e s e a t a t 970 psig.
H2 r e l i e f v a l v e s vent a t 273 p s i g and r e s e a t a t 268 p s i g . The C & W s y s t e m
will a l a r m when oxygen p r e s s u r e in e i t h e r tank e x c e e d s 950 p s i a , o r g o e s
below 800 p s i a . T h e hydrogen system a l a r m s the C&W s y s t e m when
p r e s s u r e in e i t h e r tank e x c e e d s 270 p s i a , o r g o e s below 220 p s i a .
Individual tank p r e s s u r e s , q u a n t i t i e s , and r e a c t a n t t e m p e r a t u r e s

a r e t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN.
2. 6 . 3 . 2 Batteries.
A t o t a l of s e v e n s i l v e r oxide-zinc s t o r a g e b a t t e r i e s a r e i n c o r p o r a t e d
in the EPS. F i v e of t h e s e b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d in the C / M l o w e r equipment
bay, the o t h e r two i n s e c t o r I V of the S / M .
T h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s ( A , B. and C ) p r o v i d e t h e p r i m a r y s o u r c e of
power after CSM s e p a r a t i o n and d u r i n g postlanding o p e r a t i o n s . P r i o r to
CSM s e p a r a t i o n , t h e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s p r o v i d e a s e c o n d a r y s o u r c e of power
while the fue1,cells provide the p r i m a r y s o u r c e . The e n t r y b a t t e r i e s a r e
f o r the following p u r p o s e s :
P r o v i d e C / M power after CSM s e p a r a t i o n
Supplement f u e l c e l l power d u r i n g peak load p e r i o d s ( S P S g i m b a l

motor operation)
P r o v i d e power d u r i n g e m e r g e n c y o p e r a t i o n s ( f a i l u r e of two fuel

cells)
P r o v i d e power f o r E P S c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y ( r e l a y s , i n d i c a t o r s , e t c . )
P r o v i d e s e q u e n t i a l logic p o w e r
P r o v i d e power f o r r e c o v e r y a i d s during postlanding p h a s e
B a t t e r i e s A and B c a n power p y r o c i r c u i t s upon selection.
The e n t r y b a t t e r i e s c a n b e r e c h a r g e d in flight.
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966” ‘Changb Date Page 2.6-6

,OXYCEL; FILL VENT +-
-
t-- +2av~c
02
/ 02
cOXYGE'i FILL VALVE d
02
I 02 PRESS
IND IMOC-131
SURGE T3'
TANK
i;
PRESSURE
TANK WANllTY TANK PREWF

I 02 2
PUANTlTYf+
PSlA
TANK NO. 2 AC BUS
DENSITY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER PROBE CONDITIONER
L
OXYGEN FILL VALVE __*

I
d
02
\ OXYGEN FILL VENT *-- 02
n..
/
-1 I
OXYGEN PURGE VALVE (GSE) 4
02
02 02
4
02
02 PREG (MDC-101
4
02
I
T&lP
02 PRESS
IND (MDC-131
WRGE
TANK
T3: SURGETANK
PRESSURE
'
02
3
...,
I
.....
....
I
i1
1 %
TEMP SIGNAL TRANSDUCER
-
SENSOR CONDITIONER
AC Bus
(ECS) '
b WARNING L O2 I L
3 BE TANK
NO. 1
,PROBE
- -0
SYSTEM
L,
PRES SUR^
SWITCH
02 NO. 1
-
RELIEF II
VALVE
HEATERS
4---
4 'I
HEATERS
l-
02-
4%
PRESSURE
RELIEF
1I
TANK NO. 2
PRESSURE
SWITCH
1
OXYGEN AC BUS
NO. 2
JSE
XNBR
PROBE
TEMP SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
-- OFF
I
i
' 02 TO: ECS
02 02
r
Figure 2 . 6
Mission Basic Date

. :., ). ,
.-i,
SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
I-CRYOCENIC TANK
FAh; MOTORS A-C BUS
ACl (MDC -221 NO. 1
RYOCENIC TANK
FAN MOTORS A C BUS
IC2 (MDC-221
ON
TO
HzFANS - 2 SWITCH
IMDC - U) 4
SM-2A-1118
Figure 2 . 6 - 2 . Cryogenic Storage S y s t e m ( S h e e t 1 of 2)
ELECTRICAL P O W E R SYSTEM
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 6 - 7 1 2 . 6 - 8
i .
~ HYDROGEN FILL VENT *--
1
[ ;DROGEN FILL VALVE 4
HZ
DENSITY 7
SIGNAL
SI
CONDITIONER
AC BUS
-?
O U A M I N H2
TANK NO. 1
OR8 L B
- HYDROGEN R UIEF I t 4-
Hz
I
TANK QUANTIM
DENSllY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
\ HYDROGEN FILL VENT
HYDROGEN PURGE VALVE IGP)

4
Ht Hz Hz
FROM CB
-
2 CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS ACZ IMDC -F
1 - CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS ACI IMDC - 22)
1
fl 1
I H2 PRESS IMDC-IO1
r---
RED
H : .:p
.....
-
- HZ
1 DCMAIN
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS H2-1
-- MNA IMDC-m
A
5A
"2 Ht
-
PRESSURE
-lH21 CRYOGENIC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS ttz-2
D C MAIN
MNB IMDC-22)
BUS B
M
CONDITIONER
iRS AC2 (MIX -

45 ACl (MIX m-
Mission 1
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
H2 TANK NO. 2
MOTOR SWITCH
Hy TANK NO. 1 MOTOR SWITCH CONTACTS 0 CONTACTS ,
TANK NO. 1
SWITCH
I
I CONTACTS
u u
IA AUTO
I" u LC
OFF -l--
D C MAIN I
4
0
HZ FANS -
CRYOGENlC SYSTEM
TANK HEATERS Hz-2
Hy HEATERS -2
- WDC-I31
AUTO
OFF -t--
*A
IC MAIN (MDC-131
MNB (MOC-ZZl
BUS B AUTO
. Off
ON
NOTE: 1. PRESSURE AND MOTOR SWITCH5 ARE

SHOWN IN LOW PRESSURE POSITION
2. TO OPERAK FANS AUTOMATICALLY. (FANS SWITCH
TO AUTO1 HEATERSSWITCH(E9 M U 9 A 1 9 BE
POSITIONED TO AUTO
SM-ZA-635E
Figure 2.6-2. Cryogenic Storage System (Sheet 2 of 2)

M i s s ion Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 6 - 9 1 2 . 6 - 1 0
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
Each e n t r y b a t t e r y i s mounted within a vented p l a s t i c c a s e . The

b a t t e r y c e l l s a r e individually e n c a s e d in p l a s t i c c o n t a i n e r s which contain
r e l i e f v a l v e s that open a t 40*10 p s i g , venting p r e s s u r e and hydrogen g a s
into the b a t t e r y c a s e . E a c h b a t t e r y c a s e i s vented o v e r b o a r d through a
manifold leading t o a m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d valve (BATTERY VENT VALVE),
which i s connected t o t h e ECS d u m p line. With t h e valve at i t s n o r m a l
position of VENT, t h e b a t t e r y c a s e s a r e vented o v e r b o a r d through the ECS
u r i n e l w a t e r d u m p line. In a f a i l u r e m o d e , t h i s would p r e v e n t hydrogen
g a s f r o m e n t e r i n g the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . With the b a t t e r y vent valve
c l o s e d , which would b e the position a f t e r f r a c t u r e of a b a t t e r y c a s e , the
p o s s i b i l i t y e x i s t s f o r p r e s s u r e buildup in the b a t t e r y manifold due t o
outgassing of the b a t t e r i e s . The vent valve will b e opened a t p r e s s u r e s
slightly below CM p r e s s u r e and allow the built-up p r e s s u r e t o vent
o v e r b o a r d . B a t t e r y manifold p r e s s u r e c a n be m o n i t o r e d using the a u x i l i a r y
DC VOLTS m e t e r , located on panel 200 in the RHFEB, and is t e l e m e t e r e d .
The two pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s supply power to initiate o r d n a n c e

d e v i c e s in the S I C . The pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s a r e isolated f r o m the r e s t
of the E P S to p r e v e n t t h e high power s u r g e s in t h e pyrotechnic s y s t e m f r o m
affecting t h e E P S and t o e n s u r e s o u r c e power when r e q u i r e d . T h e s e
b a t t e r i e s s h a l l not b e r e c h a r g e d in flight. E n t r y b a t t e r y A o r B can b e
used as a redundant s o u r c e of power f o r initiating p y r o c i r c u i t s in the
r e s p e c t i v e A o r B p y r o system, if e i t h e r p y r o b a t t e r y f a i l s .
The two S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r batteries, located in the S / M , supply

power t o two j e t t i s o n s e q u e n c e r s to s u s t a i n the S / M R C S r e t r o f i r e , a s well
a s f i r i n g the S / M positive r o l l RCS engines two s e c o n d s a f t e r CSM
s e p a r a t i o n . T h e s e b a t t e r i e s a r e isolated f r o m t h e r e s t of t h e E P S and
cannot be r e c h a r g e d o r m o n i t o r e d in flight.
P e r f o r m a n c e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of e a c h S I C b a t t e r y a r e a s follows:
~
No. of Open
C apac it y Cells Circuit Ambient
Per Per Voltage Nominal ' M i n i m u m Battery
Battery Battery Battery (Max. 1 Voltage i Voltage Temperature
E n t r y A , B, and 40-amp-hrs 20 3 7 . 8 vdc 2 9 . 0 vdc 27.0 vdc 5 0 " to 1 1 0 ° F

(3) (25 ampere (37. 2 vdc (35 amps (35 a m p s
rate) in flight) load) l o ad)
P y r o A and B ( 2 ) 75 a m p s 20 3 7 . 8 vdc 2 3 . 0 vdc 2 0 . 0 vdc 6 0 " to 1 1 0 ° F

f o r 36 (37. 2 vdc (75 amps (75 a m p s
seconds in flight) load) ' load)
(35.0 vdc
open
circuit)

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
I I
No. of Open
Capacity Cells Circuit Ambient
Per Per Voltage Nominal M i n i m u m Battery
Battery Battery Battery (Ma.1 Voltage Voltage Temperature
Sf M jettison 75 a m p s 20 37.8 vdc 2 3 . 0 vdc 2 0 . 0 vdc 60" to 1 1 0 ° F

c o n t r o l l e r A and B f o r 36 (not ( 7 5 a m p s (75 a m p s
(2) seconds measur- load) load)
a b l e in
S I C o r by
t e l e m e t r y)
NOTE ' P y r o b a t t e r y load voltage i s not m e a s u r a b l e due to the

e x t r e m e l y s h o r t t i m e they power pyro loads.
2. 6 . 3 . 3 F u e l C e l l Power Plants.
E a c h f u e l c e l l p o w e r plant c o n s i s t s of 31 s i n g l e c e l l s , connected in
s e r i e s , and a n a c c e s s o r y section. E a c h s i n g l e c e l l g e n e r a t e s a p p r o x i -
m a t e l y 1 volt. T h e a c c e s s o r y s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of a n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r i z a t i o n
s y s t e m , an oxygen f e e d , a h y d r o g e n f e e d , a p r i m a r y ( h y d r o g e n ) loop, and
a s e c o n d a r y (glycol) loop ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 3 ) . T h e p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y loops
c o n t r o l t h e t e m p e r a t u r e within t h e f u e l c e l l power plant. T h e p r i m a r y loop
a l s o e x t r a c t s potable w a t e r f r o m t h e p o w e r plant f o r u s e b y the c r e w . T h e
s e c o n d a r y loop r a d i a t e s h e a t f r o m t h e p o w e r plant into s p a c e t h r o u g h
r a d i a t o r s l o c a t e d on the e x t e r i o r of t h e S / M .
The nitrogen s y s t e m e s t a b l i s h e s a r e f e r e n c e p r e s s u r e in t h e fuel cell.

T h e r e i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 4 4 l b s of N2 contained in the n i t r o g e n tank u n d e r
a p r e s s u r e of 1500 p s i a . T h e n i t r o g e n r e g u l a t o r r e d u c e s t h i s p r e s s u r e to
5 2 p s i a , which is u s e d to p r e s s u r i z e t h e glycol a c c u m u l a t o r , the e l e c t r o l y t e
(KOH) in t h e c e l l s , and a s a r e f e r e n c e p r e s s u r e f o r t h e oxygen and
hydrogen r e g u l a t o r s .
Oxygen, s t o r e d in a c r y o g e n i c s t a t e a t a p r e s s u r e of 9 0 0 * 3 5 p s i a , i s
supplied to t h e fuel c e l l p o w e r p l a n t s . Due t o the low-flow r a t e , t h e
oxygen a b s o r b s h e a t while flowing through t h e l i n e s , a b s o r b s additional
h e a t in t h e p r e h e a t e r , flows to the oxygen r e g u l a t o r , and r e a c h e s t h e fuel
c e l l p o w e r p l a n t s in a g a s e o u s f o r m a t t e m p e r a t u r e s above t 1 0 0 " F . T h e
r e g u l a t o r i s d e s i g n e d to m a i n t a i n a p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l of 10. 5 p s i a above
t h e n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r e , supplying the oxygen to the f u e l c e l l a t a n o m i n a l
62. 5 p s i a . T h e oxygen in t h e s y s t e m i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 99.99 p e r c e n t
p u r e . O v e r a p e r i o d of t i m e , t h e i m p u r i t i e s a c c u m u l a t e in t h e r e a c t a n t
c o m p a r t m e n t and d e c r e a s e fuel c e l l efficiency. T h i s i s noted by a d r o p in
f u e l c e l l p e r f o r m a n c e . To e l i m i n a t e t h e i m p u r i t i e s , t h e fuel c e l l i s
p u r g e d . N o r m a l l y a fuel c e l l will b e purged e v e r y 2 4 h o u r s ; h o w e v e r ,
the a c t u a l p u r g e c y c l e will b e d e t e r m i n e d b y the p r e d i c t e d m i s s i o n power
p r o f i l e and t h e p u r i t y of t h e r e a c t a n t a s i t i s c a l c u l a t e d to b e a f t e r
--.-
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.6.12

TO DC
BUSES
1
To. AC BUS 1 (38)
REG OUT PRESS HI
AODULE TEMP __ c
C O N D EXH
7
I5 7
-
E
lo<
-? -
FUEL CELL SC 2081T
b
f
- sc 2wpr
sc 20701
SC 20711
INDICATORS @- sc 208n \ AUX
XI0
-------------
F U E L CELL
SC 2083T
I POWER PLANT
I
I WATER
I
I
I HYDROGEN
I
I REGULATOR
I
I
I
REGENERATOR
[MDC- 15)
PURGE
To: F”: To: ECS LINE ha: Hydrogon
GLYCOL RADIATOR POTABU
HEATERS Stomgo Tonb
sc pen WATER
SC 2088T HYDROGEN
SC 2089T OVERBOARD
F/C RAD 1 VENT -_
-0-
TEMP LOW
Mission -
.r
1
,.p*
..... .
'
. I ...
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
S2W) ,
TO DC M A I N
BLSES A 6 8
F M L CELL 2
PURGE (MDC-?I) eA>
H PURGE LINE
H?R (MDC-15)
TO HYDROGEN -0"
QUI PRESS HI 3 . 8
PURGE(MDC-22) - To DC MAIN BUSES A 6 B
- sc iQ69P
SC 2070P
SC 2071P
H2 PURGE 0 2 PURGE
sc 20841
sc 20851
sc 2 x 6 1
MODULE TEMP
7SKIN
I
_ - - _ _ _ - , _ - - -
FUEL CELL LOAD
OFF
- - - - - - - - - 1A r - 5s
- so
sc 2067P
REG OUT
PRESS H I
oz
NITROGEN OVERBOARD VENT
sc p 6 o P
I I
II c-
-
ILJ
OXYGEN
'PEHwTER
I
I AM-'
A* B%
REG OUT PRESS HI
NITROGEN TANK I SC 2142R @E

; DE
: ks
I
t SC 2143R
2
FLOW
LU/*
----
SHUTOFF VALVE
- - - d
% FLOW SENSOR
1 sc2[
I.* y
1.2
-
-
@ - F G L CELL :*'
INDICATORS -a-
~
OVEllBOARD VENT
1. All switches a d indicutbn O N lorated on MDC-18 1

unless othervise i n d i w t d .
2. FUEL CELL INDICATORS w i t c h must be placed )o

0 w p . n Swmg. s a k t d fuel cell b r rmdouh.
To& In S/M I
n S/M
3. F/C 1, 2, d 3 m w s u r m a t No.'s shown in s t q u a -
p$@l/i'l,
tial order.
4. Am - indicuta meowrmmt inpuk b aux d c vdh

meter on pond Po in RHFEB
scrim
SC P 2 4 X
5. For TM 6 AUX pommeten refer b par. 2.6.5 I
x PZSX SM-2A-636F
Figure 2.6-3. F u e l C e l l P o w e r P l a n t Flow D i a g r a m
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
- SYSTEMS DATA
completion of S / C c r y o g e n i c tank fill. T i m e r e q u i r e d f o r oxygen p u r g e

i s 2 m i n u t e s f o r e a c h power plant. Activating the 0 2 p u r g e ;alve allows
a n additional flow of up to 0 . 6 l b p e r h r . An e m e r g e n c y p u r g e c a n be
p e r f o r m e d if s t e a d y s t a t e c u r r e n t output of a power plant d e c r e a s e s by
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 a m p s . P o w e r plant p a r a m e t e r s ( p r i m a r i l y voltage,
c u r r e n t , and skin t e m p e r a t u r e ) m u s t b e c o n s i d e r e d t o d e t e r m i n e if a n
e m e r g e n c y p u r g e is r e q u i r e d .
Hydrogen, s t o r e d in a c r y o g e n i c s t a t e at a p r e s s u r e of 245 ( t 1 5 , - 2 0 )
p s i a and regulated down t o a p r e s s u r e of 60. 5 p s i a , flows into the hydrogen
r e g e n e r a t o r loop, p a s s i n g through a n in-line h e a t e r and into the fuel c e l l .
The i n - l i n e h e a t e r i s an automatic device which a i d s the fuel c e l l power
plant in sustaining o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e at low-power o p e r a t i n g l e v e l s .
The hydrogen, o r p r i m a r y r e g e n e r a t o r loop, i s used f o r fuel c e l l t h e r m a l
c o n t r o l and p e r m i t s w a t e r r e m o v a l f r o m the fuel c e l l . The h e a t g e n e r a t e d
by the r e a c t i o n i s t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s a t u r a t e d H2 fluid. The hot, s a t u r a t e d
hydrogen i s d r a w n into the hydrogen exhaust l i n e by the H2 pump. A s e n s o r
in t h i s line p r o v i d e s an input to an e l e c t r o n i c switch which c o n t r o l s
activation of the H2 in-line h e a t e r . Activation of t h i s h e a t e r is a c c o m -
plished a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t a hydrogen exhaust t e m p e r a t u r e of 385*5" F,
supplying additional h e a t t o hydrogen g a s flowing to t h e f u e l c e l l power
plant. The in-line h e a t e r i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y deactivated a t a t e m p e r a t u r e
of 390*5"F. After p a s s i n g the i n - l i n e h e a t e r s e n s o r , t h e s a t u r a t e d
hydrogen f l o w s to a s e n s o r - c o n t r o l l e d b y p a s s valve. T h i s v a l v e c o n t r o l s
the amount of exhaust g a s flowing through the H2 r e g e n e r a t o r . The s e n s o r
c l o s e s the b y p a s s valve at 4 2 5 " F , allowing all e x h a u s t g a s t o flow through
t h e r e g e p e r a t o r . T h i s h e a t s the r e t u r n i n g hydrogen and s u s t a i n s o p e r a -
ting t e m p e r a t u r e of the f u e l cell. With the b y p a s s valve in a full r e g e n e r a -
t i v e pos,ition ( t e m p e r a t u r e s 425" o r l o w e r ) , if fuel c e l l power plant
t e m p e r a t u r e continues to d e c r e a s e , t h e i n - l i n e h e a t e r will b e activated
t o supply additional h e a t . If power plant t e m p e r a t u r e i s above 4 2 5 " F , the
s e n s o r c a u s e s t h e b y p a s s valve to open p r o p o r t i o n a t e l y ( f u l l y open a t
4 9 5 ° F ) allowing e x h a u s t g a s t o flow d i r e c t l y t o t h e c o n d e n s e r . A t r a n s f e r
of h e a t f r o m the hydrogen and s t e a m t o t h e glycol t a k e s p l a c e in the
c o n d e n s e r . The t e m p e r a t u r e of the hydrogen and s t e a m i s lowered to
between 155" and 1 7 5 " F , t h u s liquifying s o m e of t h e w a t e r v a p o r . A s e n s o r
in the c o n d e n s e r exhaust, c o n t r o l s a glycol r e g e n e r a t o r b y p a s s v a l v e in
t h e glycol r a d i a t o r r e t u r n l i n e which r e g u l a t e s t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of the
glycol. T h i s , in t u r n , h e l p s c o n t r o l f u e l c e l l t e m p e r a t u r e and m a i n t a i n s
t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e c o n d e n s e r exhaust within the d e s i r e d r a n g e of
155" to 1 7 5 ° F . The liquid w a t e r and hydrogen then flows through a
c e n t r i f u g a l w a t e r s e p a r a t o r p u m p which e x t r a c t s the w a t e r and d e l i v e r s
it t o the ECS potable w a t e r s t o r a g e t a n k in t h e C / M . T h e amount of w a t e i
produced by e a c h fuel c e l l is in d i r e c t r e l a t i o n t o the r e a c t a n t s c o n s u m e d
which is r e l a t e d t o power output. (See f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 4 . )
E L E C T R I C A L P O W E R SYSTEM
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
3.0
2.5
2.0
I .5
1 .O
0.5
0
0 0.5 1 .o I .5 2.0 2.5 3.0
GROSS POWER P E R FUEL CELL POWERPLANT - KILOWATTS SM-ZA-&ffl
F i g u r e 2. 6-4. W a t e r P r o d u c t i o n Rate vs P b w e r Output
T h e h y d r o g e n pump c i r c u l a t e s the r e m a i n i n g slightly m o i s t fluid

t h r o u g h t h e , r e g e n e r a t o r and b a c k to the f u e l cell. In o r d e r t o m a i n t a i n
t h e d e s i r e d r a t i o of w a t e r to KOH in t h e f u e l c e l l , the c o n d e n s e r exhaust
t e m p e r a t u r e i s r e g u l a t e d a t a l e v e l SO that s o m e m o i s t u r e i s l e f t in t h e
r e t u r n i n g h y d r o g e n as it flows b a c k into t h e cell. The hydrogen in the
c r y o g e n i c s y s t e m is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 9 9 . 9 4 p e r c e n t p u r e . H2 p u r g e valve
activation a l l o w s a n additional flow of up to 0. 75 l b s p e r h o u r , and will
n o r m a l l y b e p e r f o r m e d f o r a p e r i o d of 80 s e c o n d s p e r p o w e r plant e v e r y
24 h o u r s . The a c t u a l H2 p u r g e c y c l e will a l s o depend on t h e p r e d i c t e d
p o w e r p r o f i l e and r e a c t a n t p u r i t y a s c a l c u l a t e d a f t e r c r y o g e n i c tank fill.
T h e p e r f o r m a n c e d e g r a d a t i o n p a r t i c i p a t i o n by the H2 e l e c t r o d e i s negli-
gible and cannot b e s e e n with o n - b o a r d i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n (with n o r m a l
d e g r a d a t i o n ) . If d e g r a d a t i o n i s s u s p e c t e d t o r e m a i n a f t e r a n e m e r g e n c y
0 2 p u r g e , a n H2 p u r g e m a y be w a r r a n t e d . T h e r e i s s o m e indication that
p e r i o d i c H2 purging m a y b e e l i m i n a t e d a l t o g e t h e r , t h e r e b y only p e r f o r m i n g
the d e g r a d a t i o n p u r g e w h e n e v e r it m a y b e r e q u i r e d . T h i r t y m i n u t e s p r i o r
to H2 purging, t h e H2 PURGE L I N E HTR switch (MDC-15) i s placed in the
up position t o e n e r g i z e the H2 fuel c e l l vent line h e a t e r and p r e c l u d e any
f r e e z i n g of the m o i s t exhaust g a s in t h e vent l i n e .
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM .
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2-61-16
SMZA-03-SCO 12
L-
SYSTEMS DATA
The s e c o n d a r y loop c o n t a i n s a 6 2 . 5 to 3 7 . 5 m i x t u r e of ethylene

glycol and w a t e r , r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h i s loop s e r v e s to p r e h e a t t h e r e a c t a i l t s
and to t r a n s p o r t w a s t e h e a t to the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s . An a c c u m u l a t o r ,
p r e s s u r i z e d b y t h e n i t r o g e n , p r e s s u r i z e s t h e glycol loop and a l s o a c t s a s
a b u f f e r f o r t h e e x p a n s i o n and c o n t r a c t i o n of t h e coolant a s it v a r i e s in
t e m p e r a t u r e . Glycol flow t h r o u g h t h e r e g e n e r a t o r is c o n t r o l l e d b y a
b y p a s s v a l v e which o p e r a t e s in conjunction with t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t
s e n s o r . When t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t i s a t 1 5 5 " F , t h e glycol i s r o u t e d
through t h e r e g e n e r a t o r t o i n c r e a s e glycol t e m p e r a t u r e and e f f e c t m i n i -
m u m h e a t t r a n s f e r in t h e c o n d e n s e r . T h e glycol b y p a s s v a l v e is c o m p l e t e l y
open a t a c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e of 1 7 5 " F , routing t h e glycol
t h r o u g h t h e pump to t h e c o n d e n s e r and on t o t h e oxygen and h y d r o g e n p r e -
h e a t e r s . S i n c e t h e glycol t e m p e r a t u r e i s l o w e r , a m a x i m u m t r a n s f e r of
h e a t in t h e c o n d e n s e r l o w e r s t h e c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e
c o n d e n s e r e x h a u s t t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r r e g u l a t e s coolant t e m p e r a t u r e
which a f f e c t s t h e amount of w a t e r r e m o v e d f r o m t h e power plant. The
1 5 5 " to 1 7 5 ° F o p e r a t i n g r a n g e will b e s t m a i n t a i n the d e s i r e d r a t i o of
w a t e r to KOH in the fuel c e l l .
A 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e a - c g e a r pump m a i n t a i n s glycol flow at t h e r a t e

of 35 t o 80 l b s p e r h o u r , r a i s i n g t h e p r e s s u r e 6 p s i . After t h e oxygen and
h y d r o g e n p r e h e a t e r s , t h e glycol is r o u t e d t h r o u g h the glycol r e g e n e r a t o r
and t o t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s , w h e r e h e a t i s r a d i a t e d into t h e s p a c e
e n v i r o n m en t .
E a c h f u e l c e l l c o n t a i n s e l e c t r o l y t e (KOH) which c o n s i s t s b y weight

of 83 p e r c e n t p o t a s s i u m h y d r o x i d e and 17 p e r c e n t w a t e r on initial f i l l ,
and h a s a c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e of 3 0 0 ° F ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 5 ) . T h e e l e c t r o l y t e
r e m a i n s a solid t o a n a p p r o x i m a t e t e m p e r a t u r e of 2 2 0 ° F ; with a t e m p e r a -
t u r e in'crease t o 300"F, t h e e l e c t r o l y t e b e c o m e s a liquid and t h e fuel c e l l
e l e c t r o c h e m i c a l r e a c t i o n b e c o m e s effective. B r i n g i n g t h e fuel c e l l to
c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e is a c c o m p l i s h e d u s i n g GSE, and cannot b e p e r f o r m e d
f r o m S / C power s o u r c e s . P l a c i n g a load on t h e power plant will m a i n t a i n
it above t h i s c r i t i c a l t e m p e r a t u r e .
2. 6 . 3 . 4 Inve r t e r s .
E a c h i n v e r t e r ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 6 ) i s composed of a c l o c k o s c i l l a t o r , an
e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n , a d - c l i n e f i l t e r , two s i l i c o n -
controlled rectifiers, a magnetic amplifier, a buck-boost amplifier, a
d e m o d u l a t o r , two d - c f i l t e r s , an e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n ,
a h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n t r a n s f o r m e r , an a - c output f i l t e r , c u r r e n t
s e n s i n g t r a n s f o r m e r s , a Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e , a low-voltage
c o n t r o l , and a n o v e r c u r r e n t t r i p c i r c u i t . The i n v e r t e r n o r m a l l y u s e s a
6 . 4 - k c s q u a r e wave s y n c h r o n i z i n g s i g n a l f r o m t h e c e n t r a l t i m i n g equip-
m e n t ( C T E ) which m a i n t a i n s i n v e r t e r output a t 400*2 c p s . If t h i s e x t e r n a l
s i g n a l i s c o m p l e t e l y l o s t , t h e o s c i l l a t o r within t h e i n v e r t e r will p r o v i d e
p u l s e s t h a t will m a i n t a i n i n v e r t e r output within *7 c p s . The i n t e r n a l

SM2A-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
ELECTROLYTE TEMP (F.)
-
-
-
-
--
4m-
-
350
-
-
-
c
-- LIQUID
‘300
-
-
I
-
-
m-
-
- KOH! 2H20 (KOH. H 2 0 + KOH. ZH20) I

0-1 I I I l l I I I I I I I I l l I I I I
I I 1 Ill I I I 1
u 60 65 m 75 80 A 85 9
PERCENT OF KOH (BY WEIGHT) IN ELECTROLYTE
NOTES: 1 . Parcent (83) of KOH in doctrdyt. at initial fill.
2 . Critisol tmnpmtum (3W.F) of .I.ctrdyt. at which
elctrochmicrrl rmctiol h i m , on initial start-up
of fuel 5.11.
SM-U-883A
Figure 2.6-5. KOH H 2 0 P h a s e D i a g r a m
o s c i l l a t o r i s n o r m a l l y s y n c h r o n i z e d b y t h e e x t e r n a l p u l s e which is
provided t h r o u g h t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z i n g unit. T h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r
will p r o v i d e t h e s e p u l s e s t o t h e i n v e r t e r a f t e r a m a x i m u m of two s e c o n d s .
T h e following p a r a g r a p h s d e s c r i b e t h e function of t h e v a r i o u s s t a g e s of t h e
inverter.
T h e 6 . 4 - k c n e g a t i v e s q u a r e wave p r o v i d e d by t h e c e n t r a l t i m i n g
e q u i p m e n t i s applied t h r o u g h t h e p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r and t h e o s c i l l a t o r
to t h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n . The o s c i l l a t o r h a s two
d i v i d e r c i r c u i t s which p r o v i d e a 1600-pps s i g n a l t o t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r
and two s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s .
T h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n u s e s t h e 6.4-kc s q u a r e
wave s i g n a l t o p r o d u c e a s e r i e s of eight 4 0 0 - c y c l e s q u a r e w a v e s , e a c h
m u t u a l l y d i s p l a c e d one p u l s e t i m e f r o m t h e p r e c e d i n g and following wave.
Once p u l s e t i m e i s 156 m i c r o s e c o n d s and r e p r e s e n t s 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l
d e g r e e s . T h i s s e r i e s of s q u a r e w a v e s i s applied to t h e e i g h t - s t a g e power
i n v e r s i o n s e c t ion.
T h e e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n , using a c o n t r o l l e d voltage

f r o m t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , a m p l i f i e s t h e s e r i e s of 4 0 0 - c y c l e s q u a r e
w a v e s p r o d u c e d b y t h e e i g h t - s t a g e d i g i t a l countdown s e c t i o n . The a m p l i -
fied s q u a r e w a v e s , s t i l l m u t u a l l y d i s p l a c e d 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l d e g r e e s , a r e
a p p l i e d t o the h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n t r a n s f o r m e r , which i s d e s c r i b e d in
a subsequent paragraph.
Mis sion . B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.6-18
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
25-30 VOLTS
D-C INPUT
--- - ---- -----
'
I
D-C
LINE
FILTER
BUCK-
BOOST
AMPLIFIER
-
FILTER
1
1
I
I HARMONIC
NEUTRAL
TRANSFORMER
* ,I
I VOLTAGE
I
I
I
CONTROLLED 4
RECTIFIERS
A
(W
r
I '
ai
VOLTAGE
FILTER
I
I
I ' 1 CURRENT E 'BUS I
11 5 v
400 CPS
30
I I CU RRENT
REGULATION
-------I
BUS 2
To: Signal conditioner,

compmtor, o l d
SENSOR
I
COUNTDOWN
'
INV 1 TEMP HI
C6W light
(MDC-11)
I
CCO175T I WAVE
DEVELOPMENT
I
--,J
I-,
INVERTER I
MO
O I
r-I-------
6.4 KC
SQUARE WAVE VOLTAGE
CONTROL OL2
( K 20)
PROTECTION
5 EC TI ON
INV 3 68 ItW 3
NOTE: Unless otherwise spcified:
1. Inverter 1 i s h o w n .
2. A denotes input volhge.
INV I INV 2 I N 3
CTE
SM-2A-639B
F i g u r e 2 . 6-6. Inverter Block Diagram

SM2A -03-SCO 12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
D-C p o w e r to t h e i n v e r t e r is supplied f r o m the m a i n d - c b u s e s

through the d - c l i n e f i l t e r . T h i s f i l t e r r e d u c e s the high f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e
in the input, and t h e 25 to 30 vdc is applied to the s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e r r e c t i -
f i e r s and b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r .
The s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s , using the f i l t e r e d d - c power and

t h e 1600-pps s i g n a l f r o m t h e c l o c k o s c i l l a t o r , p r o d u c e a d - c s q u a r e wave
with a n o n - t i m e of g r e a t e r than 90 d e g r e e s f r o m e a c h r e c t i f i e r . T h i s i s
f i l t e r e d and supplied to t h e buck-boost a m p l i f i e r w h e r e it i s coupled with
t h e amplified 1600-pps output of t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r to develop a
f i l t e r e d 35 v o l t s dc which i s used f o r a m p l i f i c a t i o n in t h e power i n v e r s i o n
stages.
T h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , using t h e 1600-pps signal f r o m the m a g -

n e t i c a m p l i f i e r , the f i l t e r e d d - c power f r o m t h e m a i n duc b u s e s , and an
e r r o r s i g n a l f e e d b a c k f r o m t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e , p r o v i d e s a
v a r i a b l e b i a s voltage to the e i g h t - s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n . The
a m p l i t u d e of t h i s voltage i s c o n t r o l l e d b y the a m p l i t u d e and p h a s e of t h e
f e e d b a c k s i g n a l f r o m t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e . T h i s b i a s signal
i s v a r i e d b y t h e e r r o r s i g n a l to r e g u l a t e i n v e r t e r voltage and c u r r e n t
output.
T h e d e m o d u l a t o r c o m p e n s a t e s f o r any l o w - f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e in t h e d - c
input to the i n v e r t e r . The h i g h - f r e q u e n c y r i p p l e is attenuated by t h e
f i l t e r s . T h e d e m o d u l a t o r s e n s e s t h e 35-volt d - c output of the buck-boost
a m p l i f i e r and t h e c u r r e n t input to t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r . It c o m -
p e n s a t e s f o r r i p p l e in t h e 10- to 1000-cps r a n g e . An input voltage d r o p
o r i n c r e a s e w i l l be r e f l e c t e d in a d r o p o r i n c r e a s e in t h e 35-volt d - c
output of the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r a s w e l l a s a d r o p o r i n c r e a s e in c u r r e n t
input to t h e 6 u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , A s e n s e d d e c r e a s e in t h e buck-boost
a m p l i f i e r v o l t a g e output would b e c o m p e n s a t e d f o r a d e m o d u l a t o r output,
t r a n s f o r m e r coupled, to t h e s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s , causing t h e m to
conduct f o r a l o n g e r t i m e , t h u s i n c r e a s i n g t h e i r f i l t e r e d output. A s e n s e d
i n c r e a s e in b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r voltage output, c a u s e d by a n i n c r e a s e in
t h e d - c input t o t h e i n v e r t e r , would c a u s e the d e m o d u l a t o r to p r o d u c e a
s i g n a l c a u s i n g t h e s i l i c o n - c o n t r o l l e d r e c t i f i e r s to conduct f o r s h o r t e r
p e r i o d s , producing a l o w e r f i l t e r e d output to the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r .
In t h i s f a s h i o n , t h e 3 5 - v o l t d - c input t o t h e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n i s
m a i n t a i n e d at a r e l a t i v e l y c o n s t a n t level.
T h e low-voltage c o n t r o l s a m p l e s the input voltage to t h e i n v e r t e r and

c a n t e r m i n a t e i n v e r t e r o p e r a t i o n . S i n c e the buck-boost a m p l i f i e r p r o v i d e s
a b o o s t action d u r i n g a d e c r e a s e in input voltage to t h e i n v e r t e r , in an
a t t e m p t t o m a i n t a i n a c o n s t a n t 35 v o l t s dc t o the power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n ,
t h e high b o o s t r e q u i r e d d u r i n g a l o w - v o l t a g e input would tend to o v e r h e a t
the b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r . A s a p r e c a u t i o n a r y m e a s u r e , the low-voltage
c o n t r o l will t e r m i n a t e i n v e r t e r o p e r a t i o n by disconnecting o p e r a t i n g
voltage t o t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r a n d a p o w e r i n v e r s i o n s t a g e when input
voltage d e c r e a s e s to between 16 and 19 v o l t s dc.
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.6-20

SM2A-03-SCO 12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n s e c t i o n , using t h e 4 0 0 - c y c l e , s q u a r e -
wave output of t h e eight- s t a g e power i n v e r s i o n s e c t i o n , t r a n s f o r m s it into
a 3 - p h a s e 4 0 0 - c y c l e 115-volt s i n e wave signal. T h e m a n n e r in which t h e s e
t r a n s f o r m e r s a r e wound p r o d u c e s flux c a n c e l l a t i o n which e l i m i n a t e s a l l
h a r m o n i c s up t o and including t h e fifteenth of t h e f u n d a m e n t a l f r e q u e n c y .
T h e 22. 5 e l e c t r i c a l d e g r e e d i s p l a c e m e n t of t h e s q u a r e wave p r o v i d e s a
m e a n s of e l e c t r i c a l l y r o t a t i n g t h e s q u a r e wave excited p r i m a r y windings
a r o u n d t h e 3 - p h a s e , w y e - c o n n e c t e d , s e c o n d a r y windings, t h u s p r o d u c i n g
t h e 3 - p h a s e 4 0 0 - c y c l e s i n e wave output. T h i s 115-volt s i g n a l i s t h e n
applied t o t h e a - c output filter.
T h e a - c output f i l t e r e l i m i n a t e s t h e r e m a i n i n g h i g h e r h a r m o n i c s .
Since t h e l o w e r h a r m o n i c s w e r e e l i m i n a t e d b y the h a r m o n i c n e u t r a l i z a t i o n
s e c t i o n , the s i z e and weight of t h i s output f i l t e r w a s r e d u c e d . C i r c u i t r y
in t h i s f i l t e r a l s o p r o d u c e s a r e c t i f i e d s i g n a l which i s applied to t h e Z e n e r
diode referenc: b r i d g e . The a m p l i t u d e of t h i s s i g n a l i s a function of t h e
a m p l i t u d e of a - c output voltage. A f t e r f i l t e r i n g , t h e 3 - p h a s e 115-volt
a - c 4 0 0 - c y c l e s i n e wave i s applied t o t h e a - c b u s e s t h r o u g h c u r r e n t -
s e n s ing t r a n s f o r m e r s .
The current-sensing t r a n s f o r m e r section produces a rectified

s i g n a l , t h e a m p l i t u d e of which i s in d i r e c t function of i n v e r t e r output
c u r r e n t m a g n i t u d e . T h i s d - c s i g n a l i s applied to t h e Z e n e r diode r e f e r -
~~
e n c e b r i d g e t o r e g u l a t e i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output. It i s a l s o applied t o an
overcurrent t r i p circuit.
The Z e n e r diode r e f e r e n c e b r i d g e r e c e i v e s a r e c t i f i e d d - c s i g n a l ,
r e p r e s e n t i n g voltage output, f r o m t h e c i r c u i t r y in t h e a - c output f i l t e r .
A v a r i a n c e in voltage output u n b a l a n c e s t h e b r i d g e providing a n e r r o r
s i g n a l df p r o p e r p o l a r i t y and m a g n i t u d e t o t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r v i a
t h e m a g n e t i c a m p l i f i e r . When i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output r e a c h e s 200 t o 250
p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h e r e c t i f i e d s i g n a l applied to t h e b r i d g e f r o m t h e
c u r r e n t s e n s i n g t r a n s f o r m e r s i s of sufficient m a g n i t u d e to p r o v i d e a n
e r r o r s i g n a l and c a u s e t h e b u c k - b o o s t a m p l i f i e r to o p e r a t e in t h e s a m e
m a n n e r as d u r i n g a n o v e r v o l t a g e condition. T h e b i a s output of t h e buck-
b o o s t a m p l i f i e r , being c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e e r r o r s i g n a l , will b e v a r i e d to
c o r r e c t f o r any v a r i a t i o n in i n v e r t e r v o l t a g e o r c u r r e n t output. When
i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output r e a c h e s 250 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , the o v e r -
c u r r e n t t r i p circuit i s activated.
The o v e r c u r r e n t t r i p circuit monitors a rectified d-c signal r e p r e -

s e n t i n g c u r r e n t output. When t o t a l i n v e r t e r c u r r e n t output e x c e e d s
250 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h i s c i r c u i t will effect an i n v e r t e r d i s -
connect in 15*5 s e c o n d s . Lf c u r r e n t output of any s i n g l e p h a s e e x c e e d s
300 p e r c e n t of r a t e d c u r r e n t , t h i s c i r c u i t will effect an i n v e r t e r d i s c o n n e c t
in 5*1 second.

.
page 2 . 6 - 2 1
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
A p h a s e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit ( P S U ) , l o c a t e d in the RHEB ( p a n e l 208),

e s t a b l i s h e s i n v e r t e r o u t p u t s S O t h e y a r e in p h a s e when using a s e p a r a t e
i n v e r t e r on e a c h of t h e two a - c b u s e s . T h e two i n v e r t e r c o n f i g u r a t i o n i s
p r e v e l a n t d u r i n g d e l t a V ' s a s a s a f e t y p r e c a u t i o n in c a s e of a s i n g l e f a i l u r e
in t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
T h e u s e of two i n v e r t e r s d u r i n g d e l t a V ' s r e t a i n s r e d u n d a n c y in the

s t a b i l i z a t i o n and c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , s i n c e power t h r o u g h a - c b u s 1 i s used
f o r a u t o m a t i c t h r u s t v e c t o r c o n t r o l and power t h r o u g h a - c b u s 2 i s used f o r
m a n u a l thrust v e c t o r c o n t r o l .
Central timing equipment (CTE) t r i g g e r pulses, used f o r inverter

o p e r a t i o n , a r e supplied t o t h e i n v e r t e r s t h r o u g h t h e PSU. T h e PSU
s a m p l e s @ Bf r o m e a c h i n v e r t e r output, and when an i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p
. i s established, supplies the 6400-cps C T E trigger pulse to the i n v e r t e r s
being u s e d . T h e OB input a l s o s u p p l i e s power f o r PSU c i r c u i t r y .
The i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p i s a c q u i r e d by initially providing o u t - o f -

p h a s e t r i g g e r p u l s e s (6080 t o 6400 c p s ) until t h e two i n v e r t e r s a r e
s y n c h r o n i z e d , at which t i m e the C T E s i g n a l i s coupled to t h e i n v e r t e r s .
P h a s e l o c k , with a m a x i m u m d i s p l a c e m e n t of *10 d e g r e e s , i s a c q u i r e d in
a m a x i m u m of two s e c o n d s .
T h e s y n c h r o n i z e r p r o v i d e s t h i s function f o r any c o m b i n a t i o n of p a i r s
of the t h r e e a v a i l a b l e i n v e r t e r s . A t w o - p o s i t i o n toggle s w i t c h on t h e PSU,
when positioned t o O F F , allows f o r d i r e c t input of C T E s i g n a l s t o t h e
i n v e r t e r s in t h e e v e n t of f a i l u r e of t h e s y n c h r o n i z e r unit. However, in
t h i s s i t u a t i o n , 'the i n - p h a s e r e l a t i o n s h i p would not b e r e a l i z e d .
A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r with a r a n g e of t32" to t 2 4 8 " F i s i n s t a l l e d

in e a c h i n v e r t e r t o p r o v i d e MSFN the c a p a b i l i t y of m o n i t o r i n g i n v e r t e r
t e m p e r a t u r e . It a l s o p r o v i d e s a n input t o t h e C&WS which will i l l u m i n e
a light at an i n v e r t e r o v e r t e m p e r a t u r e of 2 2 6 ° F .
2 . 6 . 3. 5 Batterv Charger.
A constant voltage, solid-state battery c h a r g e r (figure 2.6-7),

l o c a t e d in t h e C / M l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay, i s i n c o r p o r a t e d into t h e E P S .
T h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r s e l e c t o r s w i t c h (MDC-18) c o n t r o l s power input to
t h e C h a r g e r , a s w e l l a s connecting t h e c h a r g e r output t o t h e s e l e c t e d
b a t t e r y ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 ) . When t h e BATTERY CHARGER s e l e c t o r s w i t c h
i s p o s i t i o n e d t o e n t r y b a t t e r y A, B, o r C , a r e l a y (K4) i s a c t i v a t e d ,
c o m p l e t i n g c i r c u i t s f r o m a - c and d - c power s o u r c e s t o t h e b a t t e r y
c h a r g e r . A l s o , t h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r output is c o n n e c t e d to t h e s e l e c t e d
b a t t e r y to b e c h a r g e d t h r o u g h t h e MAIN BUS TIE s w i t c h e s ( M D C - 2 2 ) .
P o s i t i o n i n g t h e MAIN BUS T I E s w i t c h ( A & C o r B & C ) to O F F , f o r t h e
selected b a t t e r i e s , will disconnect main bus loads f r o m the b a t t e r i e s
and a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e c i r c u i t f r o m t h e c h a r g e r to t h e b a t t e r y . Only o n e
b a t t e r y c a n b e c h a r g e d at a time.

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
11
I C
VcXlACf
CONlRcX
Figure 2.6-7. B a t t e r y C h a r g e r Block D i a g r a m
T h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r u s e s 25 t o 30 v o l t s d c f r o m t h e m a i n d - c b u s e s
and 115 v o l t s 4OO-cps, 3 - p h a s e a c f r o m e i t h e r of t h e a - c b u s e s . All t h r e e
p h a s e s of ac a r e u s e d t o b o o s t t h e 25 to 30-volt d - c input t o p r o d u c e
40 v o l t s d c f o r c h a r g i n g . In addition, p h a s e A of t h e a c i s u s e d to supply
p o w e r f o r t h e r e s t of t h e c h a r g e r c i r c u i t r y . The logic n e t w o r k in t h e
c h a r g e r , which c o n s i s t s of a t w o - s t a g e d i f f e r e n t i a l a m p l i f i e r ( c o m p a r a t o r ) ,
a t w o - s t a g e S c h m i t t t r i g g e r , a c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r , and a v o l t a g e
a m p l i f i e r will s e t ' u p t h e initial condition f o r o p e r a t i o n . T h e f i r s t s t a g e
of t h e c o m p a r a t o r i s in t h e on m o d e , with t h e second s t a g e in t h e off m o d e ,
placing t h e S c h m i t t t r i g g e r f i r s t s t a g e in t h e on m o d e with the s e c o n d
s t a g e off. T h i s condition p r o v i d e s m a x i m u m b a s e d r i v e t o t h e c u r r e n t
a m p l i f i e r which t u r n s t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r t o t h e on m o d e . With t h e
switching t r a n s i s t o r on, c u r r e n t flows f r o m t h e t r a n s f o r m e r r e c t i f i e r
t h r o u g h t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r , c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r , and s w i t c h
-

SM2A -0 3 -SCO 12
s i
SYSTEMS DATA
choke t o the b a t t e r y being c h a r g e d . A s c u r r e n t flow i n c r e a s e s , the voltage

d r o p a c r o s s t h e s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r i n c r e a s e s . The voltage a c r o s s the
s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r builds to a l e v e l which t u r n s the f i r s t s t a g e of the c o m -
p a r a t o r to t h e off m o d e and the second s t a g e t o the on mode. T h i s condi-
tion t u r n s off the voltage a m p l i f i e r which r e v e r s e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of the
Schmitt t r i g g e r t o f i r s t s t a g e off and second s t a g e on. T h i s p l a c e s the
c u r r e n t a m p l i f i e r off, which t u r n s off the switching t r a n s i s t o r . T h e
switching t r a n s i s t o r in t h e off m o d e will s t o p c u r r e n t flow f r o m the power
s o u r c e , c a u s i n g t h e f i e l d in the choke to continue collapsing and d i s c h a r g i n g
into the b a t t e r y through t h e switching diode and t h e c u r r e n t s e n s i n g r e s i s -
t o r . As t h e E M F in t h e choke d e c r e a s e s , t h e c u r r e n t through t h e s e n s i n g
r e s i s t o r d e c r e a s e s , reducing the voltage d r o p a c r o s s the r e s i s t o r . At
s o m e point, the d e c r e a s e in voltage d r o p a c r o s s the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r ,
r e v e r s e s t h e o p e r a t i o n of the c o m p a r a t o r c i r c u i t , setting up the initial
condition and completing one c y c l e of o p e r a t i o n . The output load c u r r e n t ,
due t o t h e action of the choke, r e m a i n s r e l a t i v e l y c o n s t a n t except f o r the
s m a l l v a r i a t i o n through the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r . T h i s v a r i a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d
to switch t h e switching t r a n s i s t o r and Schmitt t r i g g e r through the action
of t h e c o m p a r a t o r .
B a t t e r y c h a r g e r output is r e g u l a t e d b y the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r until the

b a t t e r y voltage r e a c h e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 36 volts. At t h i s t i m e , the voltage
c o n t r o l n e t w o r k i s activated and, in conjunction with the s e n s i n g r e s i s t o r ,
p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l f o r cycling the b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . As the b a t t e r y voltage
i n c r e a s e s , the i n t e r n a l impedance of t h e b a t t e r y i n c r e a s e s , d e c r e a s i n g
c u r r e n t flow f r o m t h e c h a r g e r . At 39 volts, the b a t t e r y i s f u l l y c h a r g e d
and c u r r e n t flow b e c o m e s negligible. ( S e e f i g u r e 2.6-8. ) B a t t e r y c h a r g e r
d i s c o n n e c t will b e effected a t a c u r r e n t output gf a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 6 a m p s .
BATTERY
VOLTAGE
BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT (AMPERES) SM-2A-880
Figure 2.6-8. B a t t e r y Charging Rate C h a r t

~
page 2 . 6 - 2 4
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date
SM2A -03-SCO 12
'SYSTEMS DATA
B a t t e r y input will b e m o n i t o r e d by MSFN t h r o u g h t h e n o r m a l b a t t e r y

t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r em ent s .
2.6.3.6 P o w e r Distribution.
D-C and a - c power d i s t r i b u t i o n to c o m p o n e n t s of t h e E P S i s p r o -

vided b y two r e d u n d a n t b u s e s in e a c h s y s t e m . A single-point ground on
t h e s p a c e c r a f t s t r u c t u r e i s used to e l i m i n a t e ground loop e f f e c t s . Sensing
and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s a r e provided f o r m o n i t o r i n g and p r o t e c t i o n of e a c h b u s
system.
D i s t r i b u t i o n of d - c power ( f i g u r e 2. 6 - 9 ) is a c c o m p l i s h e d with a two-

w i r e s y s t e m and a s e r i e s of i n t e r c o n n e c t e d b u s e s , individual s w i t c h e s ,
c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , and i s o l a t i o n d i o d e s . T h e b u s e s c o n s i s t of the following:
Two redundaxit m a i n d - c b u s e s ( A and B) powered by t h e t h r e e fuel

c e l l s a n d / o r e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A , B, and C .
Two b a t t e r y b u s e s ( A and B) e a c h powered b y i t s r e s p e c t i v e e n t r y

b a t t e r y A and B.
F l i g h t and postlanding b u s , powered t h r o u g h the m a i n d - c b u s e s ,

a n d / o r the t h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s , A , B , and C .
Two n o n e s s e n t i a l b u s e s , powered t h r o u g h e i t h e r d - c m a i n b u s A o r B
B a t t e r y r e l a y bus, powered b y e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B through

individual b a t t e r y b u s e s.
P y r o b u s e s , which a r e i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e m a i n e l e c t r i c a l power
s y s t e m when powered b y t h e p y r o b a t t e r i e s . A c a p a b i l i t y is p r o -
vided to connect e n t r y b a t t e r y A o r B t o t h e r e s p e c t i v e A o r B p y r o
s y s t e m in c a s e of l o s s of a p y r o b a t t e r y .
S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s , powered by S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r
b a t t e r i e s , which a r e c o m p l e t e l y i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e m a i n e l e c t r i c a l
power s y s t e m .
P o w e r f r o m t h e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i s connected to t h e m a i n d - c
b u s e s t h r o u g h s i x m o t o r s w i t c h e s ( p a r t of o v e r l o a d / r e v e r s e c u r r e n t c i r -
c u i t s in t h e S / M which a r e c o n t r o l l e d b y s w i t c h e s in t h e C / M l o c a t e d on
MDC-18. F u e l c e l l power c a n b e connected to e i t h e r o r both of t h e m a i n
d - c b u s e s . Six e v e n t i n d i c a t o r s show when fuel c e l l output i s connected.
When an o v e r l o a d condition o c c u r s , t h e o v e r l o a d - r e v e r s e c u r r e n t s e n s i n g
c i r c u i t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y d i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s f r o m the
o v e r l o a d e d b u s and p r o v i d e v i s u a l d i s p l a y s f o r i s o l a t i o n of t h e t r o u b l e .
A r e v e r s e c u r r e n t condition w i l l d i s c o n n e c t the malfunctioning power plant
from t h e d - c s y s t e m . D-C u n d e r v o l t a g e s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 0 )
a r e a l s o provided t o i n d i c a t e b u s low v o l t a g e conditions. If voltage d r o p s
SMZA-03-SCOI2
SYSTEMS DATA
below 2 6 . 25 v o l t s d c , a n applicable d - c undervoltage light on the caution

and warning panel (MDC-11) will illuminate. Since e a c h b u s i s capable of
handling a l l EPS l o a d s , a n undervoltage condition should not o c c u r except
in a n isolated i n s t a n c e , if too m a n y e l e c t r i c a l units a r e placed on the b u s
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y o r if a malfunction e x i s t s in the EPS. A v o l t m e t e r , on
MDC-18, i s provided t o m o n i t o r b u s voltage. An a m m e t e r i s provided on
MDC-18 t o m o n i t o r c u r r e n t output of f u e l cells 1 , 2 , 3 , b a t t e r i e s A , B,
C , and t h e b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . During e x t r e m e power l o a d s o r e m e r g e n c i e s ,
p o w e r to the m a i n d - c b u s e s c a n b e supplied f r o m e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B
b y way of b a t t e r y b u s e s and d i r e c t l y f r o m b a t t e r y C ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 ) . E a c h
b a t t e r y b u s i s s e p a r a t e d physically into two p a r t s ( e . g . , b a t t e r y b u s A i s
A-1 and A - 2 ) , but r e m a i n connected e l e c t r i c a l l y by m o t o r switch c o n t a c t s
which a r e not opened on m a n n e d S / C . A switch to two n o n e s s e n t i a l b u s e s
p e r m i t s isolating n o n e s s e n t i a l equipment d u r i n g a s h o r t a g e of power ( t w o
f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s out). The postlanding b u s supplies power t o s o m e of
t h e t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s equipment, float bag No. 1 and No. 3 controls, and
t h e ECS postlanding vent control. In flight and up to CSM s e p a r a t i o n , the
postlanding b u s r e c e i v e s power f r o m the fuel c e l l s a n d / o r e n t r y b a t t e r i e s
through t h e m a i n d-c b u s e s . After CSM s e p a r a t i o n , the e n t r y b a t t e r i e s
supply power to the postlanding b u s through the m a i n d-c b u s e s o r d i r e c t l y
through individual c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s . Motor switch c o n t a c t s which c l o s e
when the MAIN B U S T I E s w i t c h e s a r e positioned O N , c o m p l e t e the c i r c u i t
between t h e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s and the m a i n d - c b u s e s and open the connection
f r o m the b a t t e r y c h a r g e r . The b a t t e r y r e l a y b u s p r o v i d e s d - c power to t h e
d - c and a - c s e n s i n g units, and the fuel c e l l and i n v e r t e r c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s .
T h e pyrotechnic b a t t e r i e s supply power to initiate o r d n a n c e d e v i c e s f o r
s e p a r a t i o n of the LES, f o r w a r d h e a t s h i e l d , S / M f r o m C / M , and f o r
deployment of the d r o g u e and m a i n p a r a c h u t e s d u r i n g a pad a b o r t , high-
a l t i t u d e abor,t, o r n o r m a l m i s s i o n p r o g r e s s i o n . The S / M j e t t i s o n con-
t r o l l e r b a t t e r i e s , supply power through t h e S / M j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s f o r
t h e CSM s e p a r a t i o n m a n e u v e r . To o p e r a t e r e c o v e r y c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and
o t h e r a i d s a f t e r landing, power i s provided by the e n t r y b a t t e r i e s through
t h r e e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s ( f i g u r e 2.6-11) which a r e n o r m a l l y open until j u s t
p r i o r to CSM s e p a r a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n of a - c power ( f i g u r e 2. 6-12) is a c c o m p l i s h e d with a f o u r -

w i r e s y s t e m v i a two redundant b u s e s , a - c b u s N o . 1 and a - c b u s N o . 2.
T h e a - c n e u t r a l bus is connected t o the single-point ground. A-C power i s
provided by the s o l i d - s t a t e 11 5/200-volt 4 0 0 - c p s 3 - p h a s e i n v e r t e r s . D - C
power is routed t o t h e i n v e r t e r s through the m a i n d - c b u s e s . I n v e r t e r
No. 1 c a n be powered t h r o u g h d - c m a i n bus A , i n v e r t e r N o . 2 through
d - c m a i n b u s B , and i n v e r t e r No. 3 through e i t h e r d - c m a i n bus A o r B by
switch selection. Each of t h e s e c i r c u i t s h a s a s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r
and a power c o n t r o l m o t o r switch. Switches f o r applying power to t h e
m o t o r s w i t c h e s a r e located on MDC-18. All t h r e e i n v e r t e r s a r e identical
and a r e provided with o v e r t e m p e r a t u r e c i r c u i t r y . A light indicator, in
the c a u t i o n / w a r n i n g g r o u p on MDC-11, i l l u m i n a t e s to indicate a n o v e r -
t e m p e r a t u r e situation. I n v e r t e r o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e i s t e l e m e t e r e d
ELECTRICAL .POWER SYSTEM

-
?VI0l N l f t l U F T f ~SW AND S/M M Un I MlTttY B V I 4 * 1
-
,+
M n f N 0115 A - 1 MTTERY IUS I - I MTIEN IUS B - 1
-
ENTIV I 4 l l E W C fMRY MTIERV C €NTW B4lTttV C
FUGU1 6 WSlLANDIF4G B V I FUCHT 6 FOSIUNDING BUS CM DC W I N B U S *
NQNESSLNTI4L #VI IW NONfSStN71AL IVI SW CH M WIN B V S B
fLo*l M G N O t COMIOL
f t C 4 l M C NC JCONTIOL
POSIUNOING ECS ILmflCONTIOL
D-C X U I N G UM1 h
K lNDlC4lOtS Su 'Wlh Ob5 A ) ,IN IUS Bi U? VOICE-U? DATA DISC
e I-KMC ANTENNA SWI~CH

f7
M T T E R Y CkUtG€t VHF ANTfNNb SWllo(
IWElfEt Nc I , +VHF-f*I 1UNS~lllEt
iwtiifi NO 3 2 + S-MND RVt +PL M ICUV

0
-+
:
ESSEMIAL I M T t W N T A I I O N # W-OATA U NK
4A HZ MGE - FUL CELL NO I '* UNflED 5-MND We I t l * V S

0,A H) MGI - FUEL CELL N O I 5 i-.L S I G M L C 0 M ) l I l D M I
0, h WI M G € - F U L CELL NO 3 9 - N M U
C t Y O t E N l U 01 TANK I H U T E I SVS -
Z + C - M W XPONDEI UUV
CtYOGEMCI HZ I A N K I H U l f l SY s ,* DAT4 S l O U G t M U l M M
CAW b W 4 I N D L I ~ O I O NUMT I --t W M O D U U n O N PlOCUSOI
1 - t A m 0 CtNTEt -WV
4 WJCAMK- I U V I C O H D I
--3 SCS DIUCT U U G f
2
U
-
4S0tLOCL-CMNMlALC
5 0 I O U - M W E L I A D
SCSVAW
--c) WF-AM I U M M l T I i ~UCUWI
Hf I U M C U M I
-t A m 0 CIMLI-COHDI
AWIO UNTEI KEY U U V

I
--t WC AMR - CoMDt L l N G t

Wf E C o v f W IUccW
A m 0 ClNILt - E W
Y C U L - E" L wv
- E M I Y MTT(IV 4
I
1- CM M WIN M A
MAIN IUS TIE (ALC) SWllCH
M l T € t Y CHMGLt SEUCIOI SWltcH
cowL(sI0t w. I WtlGHlING In
FLOAT M G No. I COWL (YoA)

EU LOCK (SEO A)
-
wsnt MM $to tom
LOGLC MIA
-
% INDKAIW SW (U1A)
PCMW CIMML CONROL-PITCH
M W E t V tEUV IUS
YOLDOUZ ERAME / -7
Mis s ion
.. ...
S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
ENltY BAWERY I DC O U l N I - WE1 CELL NO I
CM DC M I N IUS 8 DC
"0 - Cf LL NO
FU€L 1
FllGHl A N D lOSll4NDlNG BUS M 0"T - F U L CfLL No 3

talk BUS TIE lBMl SWITCH
OAlltRl CWIRGft YLEClMI SWITCH CM DC WW. n

aA
cowussoa NO I WRIGIi l I N G S Sn G l M u L H o I o ( I P R l M t Y )IICHI
IPS G I W Wlot ORIMAtY Y4wi
ELI LOGIC isto ni

MLSC AtM d IDS A m 1 f N A ~ L 1ISEO 11
MASTER LVLM SLQ CONI- CCOIllV

LOCK -
Ml I DC VOLlAGt
mrirw nus I
M I X LOGIC fSfQ 11
0-45 VDC
DC IWIUIORS SW ( U T I)
LE) ioGic wa I) F IO
EDS-IVS NO 3
SECONO4MG l W L COMROL ~ Y4W
YCONDAtY GIUML C O M t O L - PIICH

M m t Y U U Y IUS
COMtOLLft S/M JEnlSON CONltOLLft A
untn A
CEACTAM SMmW VALVES - FlXL Ut1 No. 1

a U C I A M IHUICfF VALVES - F M L C I U NO. 3
DC U W f N O L f A G f SIMING UNT - MN W A
DC uNDttVOL1AGL S E W NG U H l -WWI DC W N 1s A 011

I N V t t l E t NO. I COMtOL (oc L A C IUS 1)
INVltTLt NO. 3 CONTI(X (rC ud 1)
IPNtETft NO, 1 COMICX (oc L AC US I ) S A C l N MU?.MY NO. I
I N W t l € t NO. I C O N l I a u c 1)
I w f t R t NO. 3 COMtOL (oc L AC UJS I)
I N M t l E t NO. 2 c w i t a u c IU a
AC MI-VNDENOLTAGE L OVIUOAD S M I N C U M I IW I) SPECIAL EOUI?. M V NO. 3
AC Wit-UNOENOIIAGI L QVEULOU) SEMlNG UNll (IWI1
SKOALIMP. uicn
E
VM
*
t
-XllISON
CONROLLEI
MllEN I
0" # %. Co7I.c"
S/M l T l l S O N C O M t O L U t I
,-in C l d
S*C%*JYG
F i g u r e 2.6-9. D-C P o w e r D i s t r i b u ti on
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 6 - 2 7 1 2 . 6 - 2 8
CUL" . .
a,
SMZA -03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
ylo *n3a M3U4

.- Y
x
A
3,
n
0
n
2
U
i
I
6
t
I
lI - sag
4r Yi
c
c
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2.6-29

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
t o t h e MSFN. I n v e r t e r output i s routed through a s e r i e s of c o n t r o l m o t o r

s w i t c h e s t o t h e a - c b u s e s . Six s w i t c h e s on MDC-18 c o n t r o l m o t o r
s w i t c h e s which o p e r a t e c o n t a c t s to connect o r d i s c o n n e c t t h e i n v e r t e r s
f r o m the a - c b u s e s . The m o t o r s w i t c h e s a r e designed to p r e v e n t con-
necting two i n v e r t e r s t o t h e s a m e a - c b u s a t t h e same t i m e . AC l o a d s
a r e p o w e r e d through t h e redundant a - c b u s e s . In s o m e i n s t a n c e s , one
p h a s e i s u s e d f o r o p e r a t i o n of equipment; in o t h e r s two, and in o t h e r s a l l
t h r e e . O v e r - u n d e r v o l t a g e and o v e r l o a d s e n s i n g c i r c u i t s ( f i g u r e 2 . 6 - 1 1 )
a r e provided f o r e a c h bus. A-C b u s voltage fail and o v e r l o a d l i g h t s i n . t h e
c a u t i o n / w a r n i n g g r o u p on MDC-11 p r o v i d e a v i s u a l indication of t h e s e
malfunctions. Monitoring of voltage and f r e q u e n c y of e a c h phase on e a c h
b u s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y s e l e c t i o n with the AC INDICATORS switch.
Readings a r e displayed on s e p a r a t e AC VOLTS and FREQUENCY m e t e r s
located on MDC-18. E a c h p h a s e voltage and $ A f r e q u e n c y i s t e l e m e t e r e d
t o MSFN s t a t i o n s .
2.6.4.1 AC and DC Data.
AC and DC p e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the E P S i s a s follows
AC
Phases 3
Displacement lZO* 2 d e g r e e s
Steady- s t a t e voltage 115*2 v a c ( a v e r a g e of 3 p h a s e s )
T r a n s i e n t volt age 115 ( $ 3 5 , -65) v a c
Recovery To 115*10v within 15 ms, s t e a d y

s t a t e within 50 m s
Un b a1a n c e 2 v a c ( w o r s t phase f r o m a v e r a g e )
Frequency limits
N o r m a l ( s y n c h r o n i z e d to 400*2 c q s
c e n t r a l timing equipment)
E m e r g e n c y ( l o s s of c e n t r a l 400*7 c p s
t i m i n g equipment)
Wave c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ( s i n e wave)
Maximum distortion 5 percent
Highest h a r m o n i c 4 percent
C r e s t factor 1.414*10 p e r c e n t
Rating 1250 v a
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date . page 2.6-30
WTTERV CHARGER-
MNA
Figure 2 . 6 - !
Mission Basic
.-.
SMZA -03 - SCO I 2
SYSTEMS DATA
i
M T T E R Y CWUGER-
MNB
Figure 2.6-11. Battery Charger and CM D - C Bus Control Circuits
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date P a g e 2 . 6 - 3 1f 2 . 6 - 3 2

SM2A-03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
INVERTER NO. 1 e INVERTERNO. 1
ONLY ONE INVERTER

ANY ONE TIME ANY ONE TIME
INVERTER NO. 3 INVERTER NO. 3
AC S M R
SIG-AC 2
A@
AC SENSE UNIT AC SENSE UNIT
INDICATORSSW INDICATORS SW
PUMP MOTORS -FUEL CELL 1 -

PUMP MOTORS FUEL CELL 1
pH SENSOR @A)
-
PUMP MOTORS FUEL CELL 2 -
PUMP MOTORS FUEL CELL 2
pH SENSOR (@A)
-
PUMP MOTORS FUEL CELL 3 PUMP MOTORS - FUEL CELL 3
pH SENSOR (6) pH SENSOR UA)
CRYOGENIC FLEL QTY AMPL I ( I C ) CRYOGENIC FUEL QTY WPL 2 (ZC)
- CRYOGENK FAN MOTORS SYS I
BATTERY CHARGER
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
- CRYOGENIC FAN MOTORS SYS 2
MTTERY CHARGER
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
-
ECS GLYCOL PUMP ECS GLYCOL PUMP
ECS SUIT COMPRESSOR ECS SUIT COMPRESSOR
---) ECS CABIN RECIRC, TEMP CONTROL ECS CABIN RECIRC CON1 AND
AND WASTE MGT BLOWER TEMP CO NT
-- ECS SPACE RAD ISOLATION AND VENT

VALVE (#A AND B)
STAO.AND CON1 SYS - GROW I

ECS SPACE RAD ISOLATION AND
VENT VALVE (PA AND C)
-
STAB. AND CON1 SYS GROW 1
- STAB.AND CON1 SYS
SPS GAUGING (BC)

- GROW 2
LIGHTING L GLN SIG COND (bs)

SPS GAUGING (BC)
-
STAB. AND CON1 SYS GROW 2
LIGHTING 6 GLN SIG COND (fin)

NOTE: UIlerr o t h a r r i ~
noted, .I1
lmdi use
mer.
0-c
2$
-.) GAS ANALYZER (#A)
F i g u r e 2.6-12. A-C P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
DC
Steady- s t a t e voltage l i m i t s
Normal 29*2.0 vdc
During postlanding and

p r e f l i g h t checkout p e r i o d s 27 to 30 vdc
Ripple voltage 1v P-P
2.6. 4. 2 Power Requirements.
P o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e E P S a r e a s follows:
Unit Input Total Input

Power Power
(Watts) (Watts)
Unit
Unit Control 2uantity AC DC AC DC
F U E L CELLS
Hydrogen pump F U E L CELL PUMP-1, -2, 100.0 300.0

and - 3 s w (MDC-22)
Glycol p u m p FUEL C E L L PUMP-1, -2, 20.0 60.0

and - 3 s w (MDC-22)
pH i n d i c a t o r F U E L FELL PUMP-1, -2, 2.0 6.0

and - 3 s w (MDC-22) and
F U E L C E L L INDICATORS
sw (MDC-18)
Power factor 2.5 7.5

correction for
above i t e m s
Total
including pf
correction 373.5
Pressure F U E L C E L L INDICATORS 2.0 18.0

transduce r s sw (MDC-18)
H2 f l o w m e t e r F U E L C E L L INDICATORS 1.0 3.0

circuits sw (MDC-18)
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2-6-34

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Unit Input T o t a l Input

Power Pow e r
(Watts) (Watts)
Unit
Unit Control Quantity AC DC AC DC
O2 f l o w m e t e r F U E L C E L L INDICATOR! 3 1.0 3.0

circuits sw (MDC-18)
H2 p u r g e H2 PURGE LINE 2 2.0 4.0

line h e a t e r HEATER (MDC- 15)
P u r g e solenoid FUEL CELL-1, -2, -3, 6 17. 5 105.0

and H2 PURGE/O2
PURGE sw (MDC-18)
F u e l c e l l inline None 3 160.0 480.0

heater (Automatic on a t
t 3 8 5*5 F)
( A u t o m a t i c off at
t 390*5 F)
CRYOGENICS
H2 t a n k h e a t e r H2 HEATERS-1 and - 2 2 20.0 40.0

sw (MDC-13)
0 2 tank h e a t e r O2 HEATERS-1 and - 2 2 155.0 310.0

SW'(MDC- 13)
H2 t a n k fan H2 FANS-1 and - 2 s w 4 5.0 to. 0

:MDC-13)
0 2 tank fan 3 2 FANS -1 and - 2 s w 4 14. 5 58.0

: MDC - 13)
Pressure ESSENTIAL-3 ( 1 5 3 ) 4 1.5 6.0
t r an s duc e r SIB
Signal ZRYOGENIC SYSTEM- 4 4.0 .6. 0

conditioner 2 T Y A M P L - 1 and - 2 -
j C C / B (MDC-22)
BATTERY BATTERY CHARGER 1 i5. 0 84.0

CHARGER s e l e c t o r sw (MDC-18) nax max
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e page 2.6-35
S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Unit Input T o t a l Input

Power Power
(Watts) (Watts)
Unit
Unit Control Quantity AC DC AC DC
SENSING UNITS
D-C u n d e r - MAIN BUS A and B- 0.5

voltage s e n s i n g R E S E T I O F F sw (MDC-18)
unit ( 2 c i r c u i t s )
A-C u n d e r and AC BUS 1 and 2 - R E S E T / 1.0

o v e r v o l t a g e and O F F sw (MDC-18)
overload I
s e n s i n g unit
(2 circuits)
PHASE INV PHASE LOCK 7.5 7.5

SYNCHRONIZER ( p a n e l 208)
UNIT
INVERTERS AC INVERTER-1, - 2 ,
( S e e note) and - 3 s w (MDC-18)
NOTE With a 28-volt d - c input, e a c h i n v e r t e r will

operate'at a i r efficiency of 76 p e r c e n t m i n i m u m with
a 1250 v o l t - a m p e r e load, 0 . 9 power f a c t o r , and
74 p e r c e n t m i n i m u m with a 625 v o l t - a m p e r e l o a d ,
0 . 9 power f a c t o r .
2.6. 5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS,
2.6. 5 . 1 F u e l C e l l P o w e r Plants.
F u e l c e l l power p l a n t s a r e designed to function under a t m o s p h e r i c

and high v a c u u m conditions. E a c h m u s t b e a b l e to m a i n t a i n i t s e l f at
s u s t a i n i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s and m i n i m u m e l e c t r i c a l l o a d s a t both e n v i r o n m e n t
e x t r e m e s . To function p r o p e r l y , fuel c e l l s m u s t o p e r a t e under the
following l i m i t a t i o n s and r e s t r i c t i o n s :
e E x t e r n a l nonoperating t e m p e r a t u r e -20" to t 1 4 0 " F
e Operating t e m p e r a t u r e i n s i d e S / M t30" to t 1 3 0 " F
e E x t e r n a l nonoperating p r e s s u r e Atmospheric
0 N o r m a l voltage 27 to 31 vdc
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2-6-36

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0 M i n i m u m o p e r a t i n g voltage
Emergency operation 20. 5 vdc a t 2295 w a t t s
( g r o s s power l e v e l )
Normal operation 27 v d c
0 M a x i m u m o p e r a t i n g voltage 31 vdc
0 F u e l c e l l d i s c o n n e c t ( o v e r l o a d and 75 a m p e r e s f o r o v e r
r e ver se c u r r e n t r el a y ) 1 5 m i n u t e s , 112 a m p e r e s
f o r 25 to 300 s e c o n d s
Maximum r e v e r s e c u r r e n t 1 second m i n i m u m
0 Minimum sustaining power/fuel cell 563 w a t t s

power p l a n t (with i n - l i n e h e a t e r off)
In-line h e a t e r 160 w a t t s
0 H2 p u r g e l i n e h e a t e r 4 watts
0 M a x i m u m g r o s s power u n d e r 2295 w a t t s
e m e r g e n c y conditions
0 Nitrogen p r e s s u r e 52 to 70 p s i a
0 Reactant p r e s s u r e
qxygen 62 to 75 p s i a
Hydrogen 60. 5 to 75 p s i a
0 R e a c t a n t c o n s u m p t i o n / f u e l cell
p o w e r plant
Power Level 563W I 2295W
Hydrogen 0.0476 0.262 l b / h r

Oxygen 0.378 2.08 l b / h r
0 Electrolyte w a t e r concentration
0 Minimum stack t e m p e r a t u r e f o r
self- sustaining operation
0 Approximate external environment -260" to t 4 0 0 " F

t e m p e r a t u r e range outside S / C
( f o r radiation)
0 F u e l c e l l p o w e r plant o p e r a t i n g s k i n t 3 8 5 " to t 5 0 0 " F

t e m p e rat u r e
0 Condenser exhaust operating $155" to t 1 7 5 " F

temperature
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date page 2 . 6 - 3 7
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0 Purging frequency Nominally e v e r y 24 h r s .

(dependent on r e a c t a n t p u r i t y
a f t e r tank fill)
0 2 s w i t c h ON t i m e 2 minutes
H 2 switch ON t i m e 80 s e c o n d s
0 Additional flow r a t e while purging

02 Up to 0.6 l b / h r
H2 Up t o 0 . 7 5 l b / h r
2. 6. 5. 2 C r v o nenic Sto r a n e Sub s vs tem.
T h e c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e s u b s y s t e m m u s t b e a b l e to meet the following

r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of the f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s and t h e
ECS:
0 M i n i m u m u s a b l e quantity
Oxygen 320 lb e a c h tank
H yd rog en 2 8 l b e a c h tank
0 T e m p e r a t u r e at time of f i l l
Oxygen - 2 9 7 ° F (approx)
Hydrogen -423 OF ( a p p r o x )
0 Operating p r e s s u r e range
Oxygen 865 to 935 p s i a
H yd r o g e n 225 to 260 p s i a
0 Temperature probe range

Oxygen -325" to t 8 0 " F
H yd r o g en -425" t o -200°F
0 M a x i m u m allowable d i f f e r e n c e
in quantity balanc e between t a n k s
Oxygen t a n k s No. 1 and 2 15 l b
Hydrogen tanks No. 1 and 2 1 lb
0 P r e s s u r e relief v a l v e o p e r a t i o n
Crack pressure
Oxygen 998 p s i a
H yd r og e n 288 p s i a
Reseat pressure
Oxygen 980 p s i a
H yd r o g e n 283 p s i a
F u l l flow, m a x i m u m relief
Oxygen 1025 psia
Hydrogen 300 p s i a
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e following is a c o m p l e t e list of all EPS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is

m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t
c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S / C c r e w display. T h e d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r is included in t h e d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by t h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s information
which is n o t a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g
P C M low b i t r a t e operation.
Measure- Normal
ment Sensor Operating
CC 0175 T T e m p static i n v e r t e r 1 t 3 2 / t 248 F t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F INV 1 T E M P HI C&W

light
CC 0176 T T e m p static inverter 2 t 32/ t248a F t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F
CC 0177 T Temp static inverter 3 t32/ t248O F t 4 0 " to t 1 4 0 " F
;::CC 0178 T Temp battery A case t 5 0 " t o 1 1 0 ° F None

( 2 0 0 ° F entry)
4CC 0179 T Temp battery B case t 5 0 " to 1 1 0 ° F None
(200°F entry)
*CC 0188 P P r e s s bat compartment 2 e r o / t 18 Zero Auxiliary DC VOLTS
(Manif) psia meter
cc 0200 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1 Zero/t150 113 to 117 v a c A C VOLTS m e t e r
phase A vac
:::cc 0201 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1 Z e r o / t 150 113 t o 117 v a c A C VOLTS m e t e r
phase B vac
:::cc 0202 v AC voltage m a i n b u s 1 Zero/t150 113 to 117 v a c AC VOLTS m e t e r
phase C vac
CC 0203 V AC voltage m a i n b u s 2 Zero/tl50 113 to 117 v a c AC VOLTS m e t e r
phase A vac
:kCC 0204 V A C voltage m a i n b u s 2 Zero/tl50 113 to 117 vac AC VOLTS m e t e r
phase B vac
+CC 0205 V AC voltage m a i n b u s 2 Zero/tl50 113 to 117 v a c AC VOLTS m e t e r
phase C vac
CC 020.6 V DC voltage m a i n b u s A Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc 27 to 31 vdc DC VOLTS m e t e r
CC 0207 V DC voltage m a i n b u s B Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc 27 to 31 vdc DC VOLTS m e t e r
:::cc0210 v DC voltage b a t t e r y Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc 3 5 to 37 vdc DC VOLTS m e t e r
bus A open c i r c u i t
*cc 0211 v DC voltage b a t t e r y Z e r o / t 4 5 vdc 27 to 29 vdc DC VOLTS m e t e r
bus B on load
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date we_ 2.6-39

SM2A -03-SCO 12
r
SYSTEMS DATA
Measure- Normal
*cc 0212 v DC voltage p o s t landing Z e r o / + 4 5 vdc 35 to 3 7 . 2 vdc DC VOLTS m e t e r

battery open c i r c u i t
27 to 29 vdc
on load
*CC 0213 F ~ Frequency ac bus 1 +3a0/+420 393 t o 407 FREQUENCY m e t e r
phase A CPS CPS
*CC 0214 V DC voltage b a t c h a r g e r Z e r o / + 4 5 vdc 37 to 39 vdc DC VOLTS meter
*CC 0217 F ~ F:z:uency a c bus 2 +380/+420 393 t o 407 FREQUENCY m e t e r

phase A CP S CPS
*cc 0222 c DC c u r r e n t b a t t e r y A - 3 / t 1 0 0 a m p - 3 to 30 DC AMPS m e t e r
*CC 0223 C DC c u r r e n t b a t t e r y B -3/+100 a m p -3 to 30 a m p s DC AMPS m e t e r
*CC 0224 C DC c u r r e n t p o s t landing - 3 / t 1 0 0 a m p - 3 to 30 a m p s DC AMPS m e t e r
battery
CC 0232 V DC voltage b a t t e r y Z e r o / f 4 5 vdc 25 to 36.5 None
relay bus vdc
*SC 2060 P N2 p r e s s u r e F / C 1 Zero/ t 7 5 50 to 5 4 p s i a F / C 1 C&W light,
regulated psia REG OUT PRESS
HI-Nz event indi-
c a t o r , and auxil-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter.
*SC 2061 P N2 p r e s s u r e F / C 2 Z ero/+75 50 to 5 4 p s i a F / C 2 C&W light,
r e g ul a t ed psia REG OUT PRESS
H I - N z event indi-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
*SC 2062 P N2 p r e s s u r e F / C 3 2ero/ t 75 50 to 54 p s i a F / C 3 C&W light,
r e g ul a t e d psia REG OUT PRESS
HI-Nz event indi-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
*SC 2066 P 0 2 pressure F/C 1 Zeroit75 59 to 65 p s i a F / C 1 C&W light,
r e g ul a t ed psia R E G OUT PRESS
H I - 0 2 event indi-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
*SC 2067 P 0 2 pressure F / C 2 Zero/+75 59 to 65 p s i a F / C 2 C&W light,
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
Mission B a e i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date page 2.6-40

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measure- Normal
Number Description Range Rang e C r e w Display
::SC 2068 P 0 2 pressure F / C 3 Zero/t75 59 to 65 p s i a F / C 3 C&W light,

i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
*sc 2069 P H2 p r e s s u r e F / C 1 Zero/t75 5 7 . 5 to 63. 5 F / C 1 C&W light,
regulated psia psia REG OUT PRESS
HI-HZ event indi-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
*SC 2070 P H2 p r e s s u r e F / C 2 Z e r o / t 75 57. 5 to 63. 5 F / C 2 C&W light,
HI-H, event indi-
*:SC 2071 P H2 p r e s s u r e F / C 3 Zero/t75 57.5 to 63. 5

HI-Hz event indi-
i a r y DC VOLTS
meter
SC 2081 T T e m p F / C 1 cond $1 5O/t25O0 F t 1 5 7 " to F / C 1 C&W light,
exhaust t172"F and MODULE
T E M P COND-EXH
indicator
SC 2082 T T e m p F / C 2 cond $1 5O/t25O0F t157" to F / C 2 C&W light,
T E M P COND-EXH
indicator
SC 2083 T T e m p F / C 3 cond t l 5 0 / $250 F O t157" to F / C 3 C&W light,
T E M P COND- EXH
indicator
SC 2084 T T e m p F / C 1 skin + 8 0 / t 5 5 0 'F t385" to F / C 1 C & W light
+460 ' F and MODULE
T E M P - SKIN
indicator
SC 2085 T T e m p F / C 2 skin t80/ t550 F O t385" to F / C 2 C&W light
+460 a F and MODULE
TEMP-SKIN
indicator
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measure- Normal
ment Sensor Ope r a t i n g
SC 2086 T T e m p F / C 3 skin t80/t55O0F t 3 8 5 " to F / C 3 C&W light

t 4 6 0 'F and MODULE
T E M P - SKIN
indicator
SC 2087 T Temp F / C 1 radiator - 50 / t 3 0 0 F -30" to t 3 0 0 " F F / C 1 C&W light,
outlet F / C RAD T E M P
LOW event indica-
t o r and a u x i l i a r y
DC VOLTS m e t e r
SC 2088 T Temp F / C 2 radiator - 5O/t30O0F -30" to +300"F F / C 2 C&W light,
LOW event indica-
DC VOLTS m e t e r
SC 2089 T Temp F / C 3 radiator -50/+300" F -30" to + 3 0 0 " F F / C 3 C&W light,
LOW event indica-
DC VOLTS m e t e r
SC 2113 C DC c u r r e n t F / C 1 Zero/tlOO 18 t o 22 a m p s DC AMPS m e t e r -+-
output amps
SC 2114 C DC c u r r e n t F / C 2 Zero/t100 18 to 22 a m p s DC AMPS m e t e r
output amps
SC 2115 C DC c u r r e n t F / C 3 Z e r o / t 100 18 to 2 2 a m p s DC AMPS m e t e r
output amps
sc 2120 x F u e l cell 1 6 u s A Off / on Connect e d F / C BUS DISCON-
di s connect event NECT C&W light
and F U E L CELL-1-
MAIN BUS A
switch event
indicator
sc 2121 x Fuel cell 2 bus A Off / o n Connected F / C BUS DISCON-
disconnect event NECT C&W light
and FUEL CELL-2-
MAIN BUS A
s w i t c h event
indicator
sc 2122 x Fuel cell 3 bus A Off/on Disconnected F / C BUS DISCON-
and F U E L CELL-3-
MAIN BUS A
switch event
indicator
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Measure- Normal
Number De s c r i p t i o n Range Range C r e w Display
SC 2125 X Fuel cell 1 bus B Off / on Disconnected F / C BUS DISCON-

and F U E L CELL-1-
MAIN BUS B
switch event
ind i c ato r
SC 2126 X Fuel cell 2 bus B OffJon Connected F / C BUS DISCON-
d i s c onne c t event NECT C&W light
and F U E L CELL-2-
MAIN BUS B
switch event
indicator
SC 2127 X Fuel c e l l 3 b u s B Off/on Connected F / C BUS DISCON-
and F U E L CELL-3-
MAIN BUS B
switch event
indicator
4SC 2139 R Flow r a t e H2 F / C 1 Zero/+O. 2 0 . 0 4 6 to 0.056 F / C 1 C&W light
lb/hr lbs/hr and FLOW-H2
indicator
ikSC 2140 R Flow r a t e H2 F / C 2 Zero/+O. 2 0.046 to 0 . 0 5 6 F / C 2 C&W light
lb/hr lbs/hr and FLOW-H2
indicator
*SC 2141 R Flow r a t e H2 F / C 3 Zero/+O. 2 0.046 t o 0.056 F / C 3 C&W light
lb/hr lbs/hr and FLOW-HZ
indicator
*SC 2142 R Flow r a t e 0 2 F J C 1 Zero/+I. 6 0.370 to 0.450 F / C 1 C&W light
lb/hr lbs/hr and F L O W - 0 2
indicator
. ::SC 2143 R Flow r a t e 0 2 F / C 2 Zero/+l, 6 0. 370 to 0.450 F / C 2 C&W light
lb/hr lbs/hr and F L O W - 0 2
ind i c a to r
:tSC 2144 R Flow r a t e 0 2 F / C 3 Zeroli-l.6 0. 370 t o 0. 450 F / C 3 C&W light
lb/hr Ibs/hr and F L O W - 0 2
indicator
:::SC 21 60 X DH f a c t o r w a t e r condi- N o r m a l / high Normal F / C 1 C&W light
tion F / C 1 event and pH HI e v e n t
indicator
::SC 2161 X ?H f a c t o r w a t e r condi- N o r m a1/ high Normal F / C 2 C&W light
tion F / C 2 event and pH HI event
ind i c ato r
::SC 2162 X pH f a c t o r w a t e r condi- N o r m a l / h igh Normal F / C 3 C&W light
tion F / C 3 event and pH HI event
indicator
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date pag> 2.6-43

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~~~
Measure- Normal
~~ ~
SC 2323 X F u e l c e l l 1 s h u t off m o n C l o s e / o p e n Open FUEL CELL

event REACTANTS e v e n t
indicator
SC 2324 X F u e l c e l l 2 s h u t off m o n Clo s e / o pen Open FUEL CELL
event REACTANTS e v e n t
indicator
SC 2325 X F u e l c e l l 3 s h u t off m o n C l o s e / o p e n Open FUEL CELL
event REACTANTS event
indicator
SF 0030 Q Quantity H2 t a n k 1 Zero/+28 lb t 2 8 l b s to TANK QUANTITY-
zero H2- 1 i n d i c a t o r
SF0031 Q Quantity H2 t a n k 2 Zeroli-28 lb +28 l b s t o TANK QUANTITY-
zero H2-2 i n d i c a t o r
SF 0032 Q Q u a n t i t y 0 2 tank 1 Z e r o I t 3 20 t 3 2 0 lbs to TANK QUANTITY-
lb zero 0 2 - 1 indicator
SF 0033 Q Quantity O2 tank 2 z e r o / +3 20 t 3 2 0 lbs t o TANK QUANTITY-
lb zero 0 2 - 2 indicator
SF0037 P P r e s s 0 2 tank 1 +50/+1050 8 6 5 to 935 0 2 PRESS C&W
psia psia light and TANK
PRESSURE-02- 1
indicator
SF 0038 P P r e s s 0 2 tank 2 t50/+1050 8 6 5 t o 935 0 2 PRESS C&W
PRESSURE-02 -2
indicator
SF 0039 P Press H2 tank' 1 Zer0/+35O 225 t o 260 H2 PRESS C&W
psia psia l i g h t and TANK
PRESSURE-HZ-1
indicator
S F 0040 P P r e s s H2 t a n k 2 i! ero/+35O 225 t o 260 H2 PRESS C&W
PRESSURE- H2 - 2
indicator
SF 0041 T T e m p O2 t a n k 1 -325 /+80 F -284" t o None
-140°F
SF 0042 T T e m p O2 t a n k 2 -3 251 t 8 0 a F -284" t o None
-140°F
SF 0043 T T e m p H2 t a n k 1 -425 / - 200 F O -417" to None
-340°F
SF 0044 T T e m p H2 tank 2 -4251 - 2 0 0 ° F -417" to None
-340°F
2.6-44
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page
SM2A-03-SC012
-_
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e a u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS m e t e r , FUNCTION S E L E C T and T E S T

S E L E C T s w i t c h e s , located o n panel 200 in t h e C / M R H F E B , p r o v i d e a
m e a n s of m o n i t o r i n g v a r i o u s t e l e m e t e r e d m e a s u r e m e n t s within t h e S / C
and v e r i f y i n g c e r t a i n p a r a m e t e r s d i s p l a y e d only b y e v e n t i n d i c a t o r s .
T h e following l i s t p r e s e n t s t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s t e s t c a n b e m o n i t o r e d using
t h e a u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS m e t e r , t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e switch p o s i t i o n s , and the
r a n g e of e a c h s e n s o r . N o r m a l o p e r a t i n g p a r a m e t e r s of m e a s u r a b l e i t e m s
a r e c o v e r e d in t h e t e l e m e t r y l i s t i n g .
A u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS M e t e r
Switch P o s i t i o n s
I
Indication ( T e l e m e t r y Identity) Function Test
and Code No.) Select Select S e n s o r Range
N2 p r e s s u r e , p s i a A 0 to 75 p s i a
F / C 1 SC 2060 P 1
F / C 2 SC 2061 P 2
F / C 3 SC 2062 P
0 2 pressure, psia 0 t o 75 p s i a
F / C 1 SC 2066 P
F / C 2 SC 2067 P
F / C 3 SC 2068 P
H2 p r e s s u r e , p s i a 0 to 75 psia
F / C 1 SC 2069 P
F / C 2 SC 2070 P
F / C 3 SC 2071 P .
E P S radiator outlet temp -50" to t 3 0 0 " F
F / C 1 SC 2087 T
F / C 2 S C 2088 T
F / C 3 SC 2089 T
C/M-RCS oxidizer valve t e m p -50" to t 2 5 0 " F

- P engine, s y s A CR 2205 T
tY engine, s y s B CR 2203 T
- P e n g i n e , s y s B CR 2204 T
CW engine, s y s B CR 2206 T
CCW e n g i n e , s y s A CR 2201 T
- Y engine, s y s A CR 2202 T
P I P A t e m p CC, 2300 T
r 5
I $125" to t 1 3 5 " F
IRIG t e m p CG 2301 T

SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
I I
Switch P o s i t i o n s
A u x i l i a r y DC VOLTS M e t e r
Indication ( T e l e m e t r y Identity) Function Test
and Code N o . ) Select Select S e n s o r Range
IMU c u r r e n t 0 to 5 a m p s
H e a t e r C G 2302 C 7
B l o w e r CG 2303 C 8
I
I I I
B a t t e r y manifold
P r e s s u r e , p s i a CC 0188 P 0 to 18 p s i a
1 9
E C S r a d i a t o r inlet
T e m p S F 0665 T
I lo
I t 6 0 " to t 1 5 0 " F
T h e c o n v e r s i o n of t h e p r e v i o u s l y l i s t e d t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s
t o t h e a u x i l i a r y DC V O L T S m e t e r indication is p r e s e n t e d as follows:
AU-
iliary
DC
VOLTS
Meter
Display
N2,02,
H2
P r e ssure
(PSIA)
E PS
Radiator
Outlet
Temp
CIM-
RCS
3xidizer
Valve
Temp
I PIPA
Temp
IRIG
Temp
IMU
Heater
and Battery
B l o w e r Man if old
Current Pressure
(PSIA)
ECS
Rad ia t o r
Inlet
Temp
(OF) ( O F ) (OF) (OF) (Amps) ( O F )
0.0 0 - 50 - 50 t125.0 t128. 5 0.0 0.00 t60.0

0.2 3 -36 -38 t125.4 t128.9 0.2 . 0.72 t63.6
0.4 6 -22. - 26 t125.8 t129.3 0.4 1.44 t67. 2
0.6 9 -8 -14 t126.2 t129.7 0.6 2.16 t70.8
0.8 12 t6 -2 t126.6 t130.1 0.8 2.88 t74.4
1.0 15 t20 t10 t127.0 +130. 5 1.0 3.60 $78.0
1.2 18 t34 t22 t127.4 t130.9 1.2 4. 32 t81.6

1.4 21 t48 t34 t127.8 t131.3 1.4 5. 0 4 t85.2
1.6 24 t62 t46 t128.2 t131.7 1.6 5. 76 t88.8
1. 8 27 t76 t58 t128.6 t132. 1 1.8 6.48 t92.4
2.0 30 +90 t 70 t129.0 t132. 5 2.0 7.20 t96.0
2.2 33 t104 t82 t129.4 t132.9 2.2 7.92 t99.6

2.4 36 t118 t94 t129.8 $133.3 2.4 8.64 t103.2
2.6 39 +132 tl06 t130.2 $133.7 2.6 9.36 tio6.8
2.8 42 +146 t118 t130.6 t134. 1 2.8 10.08 t110.4
3.0 45 t160 t130 t131.0 t134. 5 3.0 10.80 $114.0
3.2 48 t174 t142 $131.4 t134.9 3.2 11.52 t117.6

3.4 51 +188 t154 t131.8 t135.3 3.4 12.24 $121.2
3. 6 54 t202 t166 t132.2 t135. 7 3.6 12.96 t124.8
3. 8 57 t216 t178 t132.6 t136.1 3.8 13.68 t128.4
4.0 60 t 230 t190 t133.0 t136.5 4.0 14.40 t132.0

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
AU-
iliary
DC NZ, 0 2 ,
EPS
C/M-
RCS
Radiator Oxidizer
IMU
Heater
and Battery
I ECS
Radiator
VOLTS HZ Outlet Valve PI P A IRIG Blower Manifold Inlet
Meter P r e s s u re Temp Temp Temp Temp Current Pressure Temp
Display (PSIA) (OF) (OF) ( O F ) (OF) (Amps) (PSIA) ( O F )
4.2 63 t244 t202 t133.4 t136.9 4.2 15.12 t135.6

4.4 66 t258 t214 t133.8 t137.3 4.4 15.84 t139.2
4.6 69 t272 t226 t134.2 t137.7 4.6 16.56 t142.8
4. 8 72 t286 t238 t134.6 t138.1 4.8 17.28 t146.4
5.0 75 t300 t250 t135.0 t138. 5 5.0 18.00 t150.0
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e page 2 . 6 - 4 7 1 2 . 6 - 4 8

t
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 7
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS)
2.7.1 INTRODUCTION.
The environmental control system (ECS) is designed to provide a

c o n t r o l l e d e n v i r o n m e n t f o r t h r e e c r e w m e n within t h e Apollo C / M f o r
m i s s i o n s up to 14 d a y s . The s y s t e m a l s o s u p p l i e s s e v e r a l of the m e t a b o l i c
r e q u i r e m e n t s , a s well a s functioning i n t h e r e m o v a l of b y - p r o d u c t s r e s u l t -
ing f r o m t h e n o r m a l m e t a b o l i c p r o c e s s . The c o n t r o l l e d e n v i r o n m e n t
c o n s i s t s of a p r e s s u r e suit c i r c u i t f o r u s e during n o r m a l o r e m e r g e n c y
conditions, and a s h i r t s l e e v e a t m o s p h e r e within the C / M c a b i n , f o r u s e
when n o r m a l conditions p r e v a i l . Oxygen and t h e r m a l l y c o n t r o l l e d w a t e r
a r e supplied f o r c r e w c o n s u m p t i o n ; w h e r e a s , c a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s ,
w a t e r - p r o d u c t i o n , and h e a t output a r e r e m o v e d . In addition, the ECS
d i s p e r s e s equipment h e a t l o a d s and p r o v i d e s f o r venting the w a s t e s t o r a g e
c o m p a r t m e n t . C o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s a r e l o c a t e d in s e v e r a l a r e a s within
t h e C / M c a b i n ; t h e s e , in conjunction with a u t o m a t i c a l l y functioning c o m p o -
n e n t s , and s e n s i n g and p r o t e c t i v e d e v i c e s , a i d the c r e w in t h e o p e r a t i o n of
the s y s t e m . T h e five s u b s y s t e m s composing the ECS a r e t h e oxygen supply,
pressurezvsuit c i r c u i t , c a b i n p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l , w a t e r -
glycol coolant, and w a t e r supply.
The oxygen supply s u b s y s t e m c o n t r o l s t h e inflow of oxygen f o r the

e n t i r e -4pollo m i s s i o n . T h i s function i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by p r e s s u r e r e g u -
l a t o r , demand r e g u l a t o r s , s t o r a g e t a n k s , check v a l v e s , and m a n u a l shutoff
v a l v e s . T h e p r e s s u r e suit s u b s y s t e m a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l s t h e flow,
p r e s s u r e , t e m p e r a t u r e , and c o m p o s i t i o n of t h e p r e s s u r e s u i t g a s . In c o n -
j u n c t i o n with t h e C / M p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m , it a l s o
c o n t r o l s t h e e n v i r o n m e n t conditions in the cabin when one, o r a l l of t h e
c r e w a r e out of t h e i r p r e s s u r e s u i t s . T h e s e functions a r e p r o v i d e d by
w a t e r s e p a r a t o r s , t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s , a suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , a d e b r i s
t r a p , g a s c o m p r e s s o r , CO2-odor a b s o r b e r s , and a w a t e r g l y c o l - t o - g a s
heat exchanger.
The c a b i n p r e s s u r e a n d t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m a u t o m a t i c a l l y
m a i n t a i n s t h e p r e s s u r e and t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e cabin within s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s .
T h i s function i s a c c o m p l i s h e d in conjunction with t h e p r e s s u r e suit s u b s y s -
t e m by m e a n s of r e g u l a t e d oxygen inflow, r e c i r c u l a t i o n b l o w e r s , a h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , a t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l and s e n s o r s , v e n t v a l v e s , and o t h e r
v a l v e s and c o n t r o l s r e q u i r e d . T h e w a t e r - g l y c o l s u b s y s t e m is a n i n t e r -
m e d i a t e h e a t t r a n s f e r l o o p which p e r m i t s e x c e s s h e a t to be t r a n s f e r r e d
f r o m t h e C / M i n t e r i o r to t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s w h e r e i t is r e j e c t e d to the
c o s m i c sink. This function is a c c o m p l i s h e d by p u m p s , heat e x c h a n g e r s ,
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date P a g e 2 . 7-

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
c o l d p l a t e n e t w o r k s , v a l v e s , and c o n t r o l s . The w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m

c o l l e c t s , s t o r e s , and p r o v i d e s w a t e r f o r s u p p l e m e n t a l h e a t t r a n s f e r o p e r a -
tion, and c o l l e c t s and s t o r e s potable w a t e r f o r consumption by t h e c r e w .
T h e s e functions a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by utilizing w a t e r t a n k s , p r e s s u r e
controls, cyclic accumulators, and valves.
. O t h e r t h a n t h e c i r c u i t r y r e q u i r e d f o r c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s or e l e c t r i -
c a l p o w e r , t h r e e points of i n t e r f a c e e x i s t between t h e ECS and o t h e r S I C
s y s t e m s . All oxygen supplied to t h e ECS flows f r o m the c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e
t a n k s , which a r e c o n s i d e r e d a p a r t of t h e EPS. The fuel c e l l s , a l s o a p a r t
of t h e EPS, f u r n i s h t h e o n b o a r d supply of potable w a t e r that i-s s t o r e d by the
ECS. T h e t h i r d i n t e r f a c e point is with t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m ,
which c o n n e c t s into t h e ECS o v e r b o a r d dump line.
2 . 7. 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e ECS r e q u i r e s a m i n i m u m a m o u n t of c r e w t i m e be spent for

n o r m a l s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . In addition t o p e r i o d i c a l l y m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m
i n d i c a t o r s , t h e c r e w i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t of s e v e r a l
n o r m a l t a s k s on a n i n f r e q u e n t b a s i s . F o r conditions o t h e r t h a n n o r m a l ,
t h e d u t i e s of the c r e w will i n c r e a s e . E l e c t r i c a l and m a n u a l o v e r r i d e a n d
backup c a p a b i l i t i e s e x i s t throughout the ECS t o m a i n t a i n the r e q u i r e d
r e l i a b i l i t y l e v e l of the s y s t e m .
T h e oxygen supplied t o t h e ECS f r o m t h e s t o r a g e t a n k s i n t h e S/M

is u s e d to c a r r y o u t a v a r i e t y of s y s t e m functions. Upon r e a c h i n g t h e ECS,
oxygen is a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e g u l a t e d and m a n u a l l y r o u t e d to v a r i o u s s u h -
s y s t e m c o m p o n e n t s by a s y s t e m of v a l v e s and l i n e s . Also i n c o r p o r a t e d a r e
a u t o m a t i c a l l y functioning c o m p o n e n t s t o m a i n t a i n suit a n d l o r cabin p r e s s u r e
i n t h e event of c a b i n d e c o m p r e s s i o n of equipment malfunction.
T h e a t m o s p h e r e of t h e p r e s s u r i z e d cabin, a s well a s t h a t of the

p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l i e s (PGA), is r o u t e d t h r o u g h t h e suit c i r c u i t f o r
c o n t a m i n a n t r e m o v a l and h u m i d i t y c o n t r o l . T h e flow, p r e s s u r e , and
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l within t h e s u i t c i r c u i t , a r e m a i n t a i n e d by o t h e r c o m p o -
n e n t s of t h e s u b s y s t e m . T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by u s i n g
t r a n s d u c e r s , s e n s o r s , and c o n t r o l u n i t s to r e g u l a t e t h e s e functions.
M e c h a n i c a l - t y p e oxygen p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n cabin
p r e s s u r e within p r e s c r i b e d l i m i t s . The t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e cabin is c o n -
t r o l l e d by a n a u t o m a t i c unit t h a t reg1 l a t e s t h e output of t h e c a b i n heat
. e x c h a n g e r with the a i d of s e n s o r s a n d a n t i c i p a t o r s .
C a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s a r e r e m o v e d f r o m t h e suit c i r c u i t and

c a b i n g a s e s by routing t h e g a s flow t h r o u g h two f i l t e r s i n t h e C 0 2 - o d o r
a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s . E a c h f i l t e r c o n t a i n s sufficient lithium hydroxide
( C 0 2 r e m o v a l ) and a c t i v a t e d c h a r c o a l ( o d o r r e m o v a l ) f o r a 12-hour duty
p e r i o d f o r a c r e w of t h r e e . T h e s u i t c i r c u i t and cabin a t m o s p h e r e s a r e
a l s o s a m p l e d by a g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h t h a t will i d e n t i f y up t o 28 g a s c o m p o -
n e n t s t h a t m a y be p r e s e n t .
.-
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2. 7 - 2

SMZA-03-SC012
-
SYSTEMS DATA
H e a t , g e n e r a t e d by t h e c r e w a n d t h e m a n y i t e m s of e l e c t r i c a l equip-
m e n t l o c a t e d in the cabin, is a b s o r b e d by r e c i r c u l a t i n g w a t e r - g l y c o l . T h e
h e a t is t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l a s it flows t h r o u g h t h e s u i t h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , t h e cabin h e a t e x c h a n g e r , a n d t h e cold p l a t e n e t w o r k f o r t h e
e l e c t r i c a l equipment. T h e w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l is t h e n r o u t e d t h r o u g h s p a c e
r a d i a t o r s in t h e S / M , w h e r e t h e h e a t is r a d i a t e d t o s p a c e . Supplementing
t h e r a d i a t o r s a n d / o r a s a b a c k u p m o d e , w a t e r e v a p o r a t o r s a r e employed
f o r any a d d i t i o n a l t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of s u i t g a s e s o r insufficiently cooled
w a t e r -glycol.
P o t a b l e a n d w a s t e w a t e r a r e g e n e r a t e d o n - b o a r d t h e S I C . The potable
w a t e r i s a b y - p r o d u c t of t h e E P S fuel c e l l s a n d flows t o t h e ECS w h e r e i t is
s t o r e d . Cold potable w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e t o t h e c r e w f o r d r i n k i n g , and hot o r
cold potable w a t e r is a v a i l a b l e f o r food r e c o n s t i t u t i o n . W a s t e w a t e r is
d e r i v e d f r o m t h e m o i s t u r e t h a t c o n d e n s e s in t h e w a t e r s e p a r a t o r of t h e s u i t
e x c h a n g e r . It i s c o l l e c t e d and s t o r e d by t h e ECS a n d u s e d f o r e v a p o r a t i v e
cooling i n tlie s u i t h e a t e x c h a n g e r e v a p o r a t o r a n d t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l
evaporator.
P e r t i n e n t d e s i g n d a t a in r e g a r d t o c o m p o n e n t s , t h e i r function within
e a c h s u b s y s t e m , and how t h e y i n t e r f a c e i s contained u n d e r m a j o r c o m p o -
n e n t / s u b s y s t e m d e s c r i p t i o n . T h e d e s c r i p t i o n follows t h e l o g i c a l flow,
component by c o m p o n e n t , t h r o u g h e a c h s u b s y s t e m of t h e ECS.
2 . 7. 3. 1 Oxygen Supply S u b s y s t e m .
T ~ cor y o g e n i c oxygen s t o r a g e t a n k s ( p a r t of t h e e l e c t r i c a l power

s y s t e m ) supply 900*35 p s i a oxygen flow t o t h e ECS. E a c h t a n k c o n t a i n s
320 pounds of oxygen, a n d of t h e t o t a l supply, a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e - t h i r d i s
c o n s u m e d by t h e ECS. Oxygen flows u n r e s t r i c t e d i n p a r a l l e l l i n e s f r o m t h e
S / M supply t a n k s into t h e C / M . In t h e C / M , oxygen flows i n e a c h supply
line through a filter, a capillary r e s t r i c t o r , and a check valve upstream to
t h e i r connection t o a c o m m o n d i s t r i b u t i o n line. T o a s s u r e u n i f o r m flow,
the capillary r e s t r i c t o r s a r e coiled around a warm water-glycol line to
i n c r e a s e t h e oxygen t e m p e r a t u r e . E a c h r e s t r i c t o r a l l o w s a m a x i m u m flow
of 4 . 5 pounds p e r h o u r into t h e ECS t o l i m i t t h e d e m a n d s p l a c e d on t h e
c r y o g e n i c oxygen s t o r a g e t a n k s a n d enable t h e tank h e a t e r s t o m a i n t a i n the
p r e s c r i b e d tank p r e s s u r e s . T h e m i n i m u m flow r a t e will not d e c r e a s e
below 3. 4 pounds p e r h o u r a s t h e oxygen d e n s i t y d e c r e a s e s due t o u s a g e .
I l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e ECS i n t e g r a t e d s c h e m a t i c ( f i g u r e 2. 7-13) t h e m a n u a l S / M
supply shutoff valve, l o c a t e d on t h e LHEB panel 307, i s n o r m a l l y in t h e ON
position a n d p l a c e d t o O F F p r i o r t o SCM s e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e e n t r y p h a s e of
t h e m i s s i o n . Downstream of the S / M shutoff v a l v e 90W35 p s i a oxygen i s
d i s t r i b u t e d t o a s u r g e tank, a n e n t r y 0 2 t a n k , a PLSS f i l l v a l v e , a n d t h e
m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y . Oxygen flows t o t h e s u r g e tank t h r o u g h
a m a n u a l s u r g e tank i s o l a t i o n v a l v e , l o c a t e d on t h e LHEB panel 307. T h e
s u r g e tank p r o v i d e s a r e s e r v o i r of O2 f o r t h e e n t r y m i s s i o n m o d e s , and
d u r i n g flow r e q u i r e m e n t s a b o v e t h e 0 . 9 pound p e r hour m a x i m u m
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date P a g e 2. 7 - 3

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
allowable by the c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r s . Approximately 3. 7 pounds of

oxygen is a v a i l a b l e a t nominal inlet p r e s s u r e of 900*35 p s i a . A s u r g e tank
p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r output is displayed by the TANK PRESS 0 2 1 i n d i c a t o r ,
l o c a t e d o n MDC panel 13. T h e i n d i c a t o r input m u s t be s e l e c t e d by t h e
switch position, SURGE TANK, l o c a t e d below t h e indicator. T o r e d u c e the
d e m a n d l o a d s on t h e c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e s y s t e m , high flow r a t e s f r o m the
s u r g e tank will m a i n t a i n cabin p r e s s u r e f r o m 5 t o 3. 5 p s i a f o r 5 m i n u t e s ,
with a 0. 5 - i n c h - d i a m e t e r p u n c t u r e i n t h e cabin. The flow r a t e into the
c a b i n i s a function of r e g u l a t o r v a l v e s d o w n s t r e a m of the s u r g e tank. T h e
5-minute p e r i o d a l l o w s unsuited c r e w m e m b e r s t o don PGAs. When i s o l a t e d
by t h e s u r g e tank m a n u a l shutoff valve, t h e tank is p r o t e c t e d b y a p r e s s u r e
r e l i e f and m a n u a l shutoff valve a s s e m b l y . The r e l i e f portion i s s e t between
1 0 2 0 a n d 1 0 7 0 p s i g . Should t h e r e l i e f v a l v e fail or not r e s e a t p r o p e r l y , the
m a n u a l shutoff valve will i s o l a t e the relief v a l v e function f r o m the s y s t e m .
Downstream 0 2 supply is a l s o s t o r e d in a one-pound e n t r y 0 2 tank,

t h r o u g h a m a n u a l t h r e e - w a y s e l e c t o r valve, a c h e c k valve, and a check
v a l v e b y p a s s . When the m a n u a l s e l e c t o r valve is i n t h e F I L L position, the
e n t r y 0 2 supply tank r e c e i v e s high p r e s s u r e 0 2 through the check valve
b y p a s s . When the tank i s c h a r g e d , the s e l e c t o r valve m a y be positioned t o
O F F t o i s o l a t e the tank supply, o r t o O N whereby the 0 2 tank supply m a y
a u g m e n t the s u r g e tank function. T h e check valve p r e v e n t s a r e v e r s e flow
i n c a s e of e n t r y 0 2 tank damage. An i s o l a t i o n check v a l v e between the two
t a n k s p r e v e n t s r e v e r s e flow a n d a m a n u a l valve p e r m i t s c h a r g i n g PLSS
oxygen t a n k s f r o m t h e ECS.
T h e 9 0 W 3 5 - p s i g oxygen supply, f r o m t h e c r y o g e n i c t a n k s , i s r e g u l a t e d
t o 100*10 p s i g by the m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y i l l u s t r a t e d i n
figure 2. 7-1, T h e m a i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a m a n u a l
s e l e c t o r v a l v e , two r e g u l a t o r s , and two r e l i e f and check v a l v e s . NORMAL
position of t h e m a n u a l s e l e c t o r v a l v e p a r a l l e l s the r e g u l a t o r s . P o s i t i o n
No. 1 o r No. 2 s e l e c t s i t s r e g u l a t o r r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h e O F F position
i s o l a t e s a l l 0 2 supply f o r t h e c r e w a n d cabin. Should a r e g u l a t o r fail open,
t h e r e l i e f v a l v e for t h a t r e g u l a t o r will l i m i t the p r e s s u r e to 140 psig down-
s t r e a m a n d v e n t a m a x i m u m flow of 0. 75 pounds p e r minute into the cabin.
T h i s fault should be c o r r e c t e d by s e l e c t i n g t h e a l t e r n a t e r e g u l a t o r only.
An oxygen flow t r a n s d u c e r , d o w n s t r e a m of the m a i n r e g u l a t o r ,

p r o v i d e s a s i g n a l t o the flow i n d i c a t o r , located on the m a i n display console
panel 13, and t h e 0 2 FLOW HI light. Although s h o r t p e r i o d s of flow in
e x c e s s of 0 . 4 5 pounds p e r hour a r e c o n s i d e r e d n o r m a l , a continuous flow
r a t e between 0.45 and 1. 0 pound p e r h o u r should not be t o l e r a t e d . Flow
r a t e s above 1. 0 pounds p e r hour a n d f o r a period of 15 s e c o n d s a n d above
a c t i v a t e the r e d 0 2 FLOW HI w a r n i n g light located on the caution and
w a r n i n g (C%W) panel 11. T h e 15-second t i m e d e l a y p r e v e n t s the O2 FLOW
HI light f r o m lighting d u r i n g O2 flow r e q u i r e m e n t s of the c y c l i c a c c u m u -
l a t o r s t h a t r e m o v e w a t e r from t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , and during t r a n s i e n t
conditions. Continued flow r a t e s in t h i s r a n g e a r e indicative o f cabin
l e a k a g e , 0 2 supplied s u b s y s t e m leakage, o r s u b s y s t e m m i s m a n a g e m e n t .
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2-7-4

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
.-
SYSTEMS DATA
SELECTOR VALVE
\
PRESSURE REGUL.ATOR
F i g u r e 2. 7- 1. Main Oxygen P r e s s u r e R'egulator
Connected t o t h e lOO*lO-psig regulated p r e s s u r e line i s a fluid tank

p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a n d relief v a l v e a s s e m b l y , l o c a t e d on t h e OXYGEN
CONTROL P A N E L No. 314. It c o n s i s t s of redundant p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s
a n d relief v a l v e s which provide oxygen a t r e g u l a t e d p r e s s u r e t o t h e expul-
s i o n b l a d d e r s i n s t a l l e d i n t h e potable w a t e r tank, w a s t e w a t e r tank, and the
w a t e r - g l y c o l ( W / G ) r e s e r v o i r . Two f o u r - p o s i t i o n s e l e c t o r v a l v e s a r e
employed a t the i n l e t a n d outlet, and enable i s o l a t i o n of malfunctioning
e l e m e n t s o r c o m p l e t e shutoff a s d e s i r e d . T h e p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r i s a
n o r m a l l y opened, diaphragm - o p e r a t e d poppet m e t e r i n g valve which
functions to r e d u c e lOO*lO-psig supply p r e s s u r e t o 20*2-psig 0 2 p r e s s u r e
t o the fluid t a n k s , i n r e l a t i o n t o cabin p r e s s u r e . The r e l i e f valve i n c o r -
p o r a t e d in t h e a s s e m b l y outlet c h a m b e r functions t o r e l i e v e 0 2 p r e s s u r e in
e x c e s s of 25*2 psig into the cabin.
Should a r e g u l a t o r diaphragm r u p t u r e , and i s i s o l a t e d by the inlet

m a n u a l s e l e c t o r v a l v e , the m a n u a l outlet s e l e c t o r v a l v e m u s t a l s o be
positioned t o i s o l a t e the r e l i e f portion of the failed r e g u l a t o r . T h i s
p r e v e n t s a feedback f r o m t h e a l t e r n a t e r e g u l a t o r flowing oxygen through
t h e r u p t u r e d diaphragm of the failed r e g u l a t o r into the cabin.
Should the s e l e c t o r i n l e t valve of t h e a s s e m b l y be placed to position 1,

the s e l e c t o r outlet valve m u s t a l s o be placed t o position 1 ( o r NORMAL).
If i n s t e a d , t h e s e l e c t o r outlet valve w e r e placed to position 2 , the valve
p o r t t o p r e s s u r i z e the t a n k s would be c l o s e d , a n d the p o r t t o the r e l i e f
~ ~~~~ ~~
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 7 - 5

SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
v a l v e would r e m a i n open. T h i s p e r m i t s t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f function a f t h e

v a l v e t o r e m a i n o p e r a t i v e but p r o h i b i t s s u b s e q u e n t tank p r e s s u r i z a t i o n .
C o n v e r s e l y , when t h e s e l e c t o r o u t l e t v a l v e is s e t t o position 2 , t h e s e l e c t o r
i n l e t v a l v e m u s t a l s o be s e t to position 2 ( o r NORMAL). T h e O F F position
of t h e i n l e t and outlet s e l e c t o r v a l v e s is n o r m a l l y f o r ground checkout;
however, i f both p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s malfunction d u r i n g flight, t h e s e l e c t o r
inlet v a l v e m u s t be s e t t o t h e O F F position. T h i s e l i m i n a t e s t h e tank
p r e s s u r i z a t i o n function, but d o e s not a f f e c t t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f function. In
r e s p o n s e to the p o s s i b i l i t y of both r e l i e f v a l v e s malfunctioning, t h e s e l e c t o r
outlet valve m u s t be s e t to t h e O F F position. T h i s a c t i o n will e l i m i n a t e
both t h e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n and p r e s s u r e r e l i e f functions.
T h e lOO+lO-psig oxygen supply is c o n t r o l l e d by the e m e r g e n c y cabin

p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r , l o c a t e d on p a n e l 314, to provide i n c r e a s e d oxygen flow
t o t h e c a b i n , and p r e v e n t r a p i d d e c o m p r e s s i o n . T h e e m e r g e n c y cabin
p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r c o n s i s t s of d u a l a n e r o i d - o p e r a t e d , n o r m a l l y c l o s e d
v a l v e s to p r e v e n t o v e r p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of t h e a n e r o i d s , and a m a n u a l f o u r -
p o s i t i o n s e l e c t o r v a l v e with p o s i t i o n s d e s i g n a t e d No. 1 , No. 2 , NORMAL,
and O F F . A P R E S S - T O - T E S T button, which c l o s e s t h e cabin p r e s s u r e
s e n s e p o r t a l l o w s a fix bleed of 1 0 0 c c p e r m i n t o p r e s s u r i z e a n a n e r o i d
c h a m b e r and d r i v e t h e v a l v e open. N o r m a l l y t h e lOO*lO-psig oxygen
supply to t h e c a b i n is c o n t r o l l e d by t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y .
It c o n s i s t s of d u a l , a n e r o i d - a b s o l u t e type n o r m a l l y c l o s e d v a l v e s , and e a c h
will d e l i v e r a m i n i m u m of 0 . 2 pound p e r hour oxygen flow a t a cabin p r e s -
s u r e of 5. MO. 2 p s i a . F a i l u r e m o d e of t h e v a l v e i s n o r m a l l y c l o s e d . -4
m a n u a l c o n t r o l valve m a y be opened and allow a m i n i m u m 6 pounds p e r
h o u r flow of 0 2 d i r e c t l y into t h e c a b i n f o r r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n f r o m 0. 0 to 5. 0
p s i a within one h o u r . T h e cabin p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and t h e e m e r g e n c y
c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a r e a s s o c i a t e d with t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e and
t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m ( p a r a g r a p h 2 . 7. 3. 3). Oxygen d i s t r i b u t i o n
a t 100510 p s i g i s routed to a m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d m e t e r i n g v a l v e , for d i r e c t
flow into t h e suit inlet duct. In t h e full open position, oxygen will flow f r o m
0 . 6 to 0. 7 pound p e r m i n u t e .
D o w n s t r e a m t h e dual suit d e m a n d p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f v a l v e ,

l o c a t e d on LHEB panel 310, c o m p a r e s suit c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e to
c a b i n a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . When t h e c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e is 2. 5 to 3. 5
i n c h e s of w a t e r p r e s s u r e below c a b i n p r e s s u r e , the demand r e g u l a t o r
c o n t r o l s O2 flow into t h e suit c i r c u i t a t flow r a t e s up to 0. 007 pound p e r
m i n u t e . When the c o m p r e s s o r inlet p r e s s u r e i s above 2 to 9 i n c h e s of
w a t e r p r e s s u r e above c a b i n p r e s s u r e , t h e r e l i e f valve v e n t s t h e suit
c i r c u i t g a s e s t o t h e c a b i n a t a m a x i m u m flow r a t e of 0 . 6 6 pound p e r minute.
N o r m a l l y t h e c o m p r e s s o r inlet manifold is r e g u l a t e d to a n a v e r a g e of 6. 10
i n c h e s of w a t e r above c a b i n a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . When cabin a m b i e n t p r e s -
s u r e is l e s s than 4 p s i a , a 100 c c m bleed within the demand r e g u l a t o r i s
u s e d to m a i n t a i n t h e suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e a t 3. 7 5 * 0 . 2 5 p s i a . With c a b i n
a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e below 3. 5 p s i a and a 0. 66 pound p e r m i n u t e suit l e a k a g e ,
t h e demand r e g u l a t o r should s u s t a i n suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e a t 3. 7550. 25 p s i a .
-4 f o u r - p o s i t i o n manual s e l e c t o r v a l v e with c o n t r o l p o s i t i o n s d e s i g n a t e d a s
No. 1, No. 2 , both, and O F F p r o v i d e s i s o l a t i o n of a fault. T h e demand p r e s -
s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f v a l v e a r e d e s c r i b e d in p a r a g r a p h 2. 7. 3. 3.
.
2. 7 - 6
Mission
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Oxygen r e g u l a t e d a t lOO*lO-psig p r e s s u r e is u s e d a s a motive f o r c e in

t h e r e m o v a l of w a s t e w a t e r f r o m the suit c i r c u i t and then expelled into the
suit heat exchanger.
2 . 7. 3 . 2 P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t S u b s y s t e m .
The p r e s s u r e s u i t s u b s y s t e m is a loop o r c i r c u i t designed t o supply a

conditioned a t m o s p h e r e f o r a c r e w o f t h r e e , w h e t h e r they be in o r out of
t h e i r PGAs. T h e c i r c u i t p r o v i d e s f o r ventilation and cooling f o r t h e c r e w ,
t h e r e m o v a l of c a r b o n dioxide a n d o d o r s , and the c o n t r o l o f r e l a t i v e humidity.
Suit c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e is m a i n t a i n e d by controlling t h e a m o u n t of oxygen
entering the subsystem.
A s u p p l y - r e t u r n hose a s s e m b l y i s connected between e a c h c r e w m a n ' s

PGA and a s u i t h o s e c o n n e c t o r a s s e m b l y . T h i s a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a c o m -
bined supply- r e t u r n connection. A t h r e e - p o s i t i o n s u i t flow c o n t r o l valve,
which d i v e r t s oxygen into t h e c a b i n when a c r e w m e m b e r i s u n s u i t e d , and a
c h e c k v a l v e p r e v e n t s r e t u r n flow f r o m the cabin. N o r m a l o p e r a t i o n i s to
d i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e a t the suit. T h e r e is a l s o a v e n t u r i - t y p e flow l i m i t e r ,
l o c a t e d u p s t r e a m in e a c h supply l i n e , to l i m i t flow to a n y one s u i t t o a m a x i -
m u m of 0. 7 pound p e r minute. During the t i m e a c r e w m e m b e r is i n the
s h i r t s l e e v e m o d e , the flow c o n t r o l v a l v e i s positioned t o p e r m i t s u i t c i r c u i t
flow into t h e C / M cabin, t h r o u g h the s u i t h o s e , which is r e m o v e d a t t h e PGA
connection. The r e t u r n s e c t i o n of t h e s u i t h o s e is capped .. to p r e v e n t c a b i n
g a s flowing into the s u i t c i r c u i t when c r e w m e n r e m o v e t h e i r s u i t s .
Cabin g a s e s a r e r e t u r n e d t o t h e s u i t c i r c u i t f o r r e m o v a l of c a r b o n
dioxide, o d o r s , h e a t , a n d m o i s t u r e . T h e s e g a s e s e n t e r a t the s u i t c i r c u i t
r e t u r n a i r v a l v e a s s e m b l y , which c o n s i s t s of two c h e c k v a l v e s in s e r i e s ,
and a m a p u a l shutoff v a l v e f o r isolating t h e s u i t c i r c u i t i f t h e cabin b e c o m e s
c o n t a m i n a t e d . T h e combined c a b i n a n d s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e f i r s t flows
through t h e d e b r i s t r a p , w h e r e s m a l l p a r t i c l e s of s o l i d m a t t e r a r e r e m o v e d .
T h e t r a p contains a b y p a s s valve in the event t h e f i l t e r s c r e e n b e c o m e s
clogged.
Two s u i t c o m p r e s s o r s , connected i n p a r a l l e l , m a i n t a i n c i r c u l a t i o n
within the s u i t c i r c u i t . N o r m a l l y only one c o m p r e s s o r i s o p e r a t e d a t a
t i m e ; h o w e v e r , both m a y be o p e r a t e d f o r a s m a l l advantage in s e n s i b l e heat
r e m o v a l with a l a r g e i n c r e a s e in power consumption i n a l l c a s e s except
p r e l a u n c h , o r when t h e t h r e e c r e w m e m b e r s a r e unsuited in a 5-psia
p r e s s u r i z e d cabin. A d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r between t h e i n l e t
and outlet m a n i f o l d s of t h e c o m p r e s s o r s u p p l i e s s i g n a l s f o r indication on
the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e (panel 13). C o m p r e s s o r output i s dependent on t h e
mode of o p e r a t i o n . In n o r m a l s p a c e o p e r a t i o n , the o p e r a t i n g c o m p r e s s o r
d e l i v e r s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 35 cubic f e e t p e r m i n u t e of s u i t g a s a t a p r e s s u r e
r i s e of 10 i n c h e s of w a t e r within the condition of 4 . 9 3 p s i a and 8 8 ° F . When
t h e cabin is u n p r e s s u r i z e d , t h e o p e r a t i n g c o m p r e s s o r d e l i v e r s a p p r o x i -
m a t e l y 34. 5 cubic feet p e r minute s u i t g a s a t a p r e s s u r e r i s e of 6 . 9 i n c h e s
of w a t e r when inlet conditions a r e 3. 51 p s i a a t 8 5 ° F .
.-

.
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2* 7-7
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e suit d e m a n d p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 2 ) c o n t r o l s suit
c i r c u i t p r e s s u r e i n n o r m a l a n d e m e r g e n c y m o d e s . It s u p p l i e s oxygen to t h e
s u i t s w h e n e v e r t h e suit c i r c u i t i s i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e cabin, and d u r i n g
d e p r e s s u r i z e d o p e r a t i o n s . It a l s o r e l i e v e s e x c e s s g a s to p r e v e n t o v e r -
pressurizing the suits.
T h e r e g u l a t o r c o n s i s t s e s s e n t i a l l y of two redundant d e m a n d r e g u l a -
t o r s , and a r e l i e f v a l v e . A s e l e c t o r v a l v e i s provided for s e l e c t i n g e i t h e r
o r both r e g u l a t o r s , N o r m a l l y both a r e in o p e r a t i o n .
E a c h r e g u l a t o r s e c t i o n c o n s i s t s of a n a n e r o i d c o n t r o l , and a d i f f e r e n -
t i a l d i a p h r a g m housed in a r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r . The d i a p h r a g m is connected
by a r o d to t h e demand valve. T h e demand valve will be opened whenever a
p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l is s e n s e d a c r o s s t h e d i a p h r a g m . In o p e r a t i o n t h e r e i s
a c o n s t a n t b l e e d flow of oxygen f r o m t h e supply into t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r ,
ANEROID
TEST
,SUIT RELIEF
VALVE REFERENCE
CHAMBERS
'SUIT
RELl EF
VALVE
I-DEMAND REGULATOR
-.
I) S U I T RELIEF
F L O W S ---e
~ CONTROLLED BLEED
""'** REFERENCE CHAMBER RELIEF
ORIFICE
ClRCUlTl
F i g u r e 2 . 7-2. Oxygen Demand P r e s s u r e R e g u l a t o r and Relief Valve

M i s s ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2 s 7 - 8
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a r o u n d t h e a n e r o i d , and out t h r o u g h t h e c o n t r o l p o r t into the cabin. A s long

a s the cabin p r e s s u r e i s g r e a t e r t h a n 3 . 7 5 p s i a , t h e flow of oxygen t h r o u g h
t h e c o n t r o l p o r t i s v i r t u a l l y u n r e s t r i c t e d , so t h a t t h e p r e s s u r e within t h e
r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r is e s s e n t i a l l y t h a t of t h e cabin. T h i s p r e s s u r e a c t s on
t h e u p p e r s i d e of the d i a p h r a g m , while suit p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d to the u n d e r -
s i d e . The d i a p h r a g m c a n be m a d e to open t h e demand valve by e i t h e r
i n c r e a s i n g t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e , o r by d e c r e a s i n g the s e n s e d
suit p r e s s u r e.
T h e i n c r e a s e d p r e s s u r e mode o c c u r s during d e p r e s s u r i z e d o p e r a t i o n s .
A s t h e cabin p r e s s u r e d e c r e a s e s t h e a n e r o i d expands. At 3. 75 p s i a the
a n e r o i d w i l l have expanded. sufficiently to r e s t r i c t t h e outflow of oxygen
t h r o u g h t h e c o n t r o l p o r t , t h u s i n c r e a s i n g the r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e .
D e c r e a s e d suit p r e s s u r e mode o c c u r s whenever the suit c i r c u i t i s

i s o l a t e d f r o m t h e cabin, and c a b i n p r e s s u r e i s above 5 p s i a . In the p r o c e s s
of r e s p i r a t i o n t h e c r e w will e x h a l e c a r b o n dioxide and w a t e r v a p o r . In
c i r c u l a t i n g t h e s u i t g a s e s through t h e C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r a n d t h e suit h e a t
e x c h a n g e r , t h e CO2 and w a t e r a r e r e m o v e d . T h e r e m o v a l r e d u c e s the
p r e s s u r e in t h e suit c i r c u i t , which is s e n s e d by t h e r e g u l a t o r on the u n d e r -
s i d e of t h e d i a p h r a g m . When the p r e s s u r e d r o p s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 i n c h e s
H 2 0 below c a b i n p r e s s u r e , t h e d i a p h r a g m will open t h e demand v a l v e .
The r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y c o n t a i n s a poppet-type r e l i e f valve which is

i n t e g r a l with t h e suit p r e s s u r e s e n s e p o r t . During o p e r a t i o n s when the
c a b i n p r e s s u r e is above 3. 75 p s i a , the r e l i e f v a l v e is loaded by a coil
s p r i n g which a l l o w s e x c e s s suit g a s to be vented w h e n e v e r s u i t p r e s s u r e
r i s e s 2 to 9 i n c h e s H 2 0 above c a b i n p r e s s u r e . When the c a b i n p r e s s u r e
d e c r e a s e s t o 3. 75 p s i a , t h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r p r e s s u r e is i n c r e a s e d by
the t h r o t t l i n g effect of t h e expanding a n e r o i d . T h e r e f e r e n c e c h a m b e r
p r e s s u r e i s a p p l i e d through d u c t s to two r e l i e f - v a l v e loading c h a m b e r s
which a r e a r r a n g e d i n t a n d e m above t h e r e l i e f v a l v e poppet. The p r e s s u r e
in t h e loading c h a m b e r s a c t s on t a n d e m d i a p h r a g m s which a r e f o r c e d
a g a i n s t t h e r e l i e f valve poppet. The r e l i e f p o r t i o n of the v a l v e is t h u s
i n c r e a s e d t o 3. 75 p s i a p l u s 2 t o 9 i n c h e s HZO.
Two p a r a l l e l C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s , d o w n s t r e a m of the suit

c o m p r e s s o r s , function i n t h e r e m o v a l of c a r b o n dioxide and o d o r s . A
r e m o v a b l e f i l t e r within e a c h c a n i s t e r c o n t a i n s sufficient lithium hydroxide
( f o r CO2 r e m o v a l ) and a c t i v a t e d c h a r c o a l ( f o r o d o r r e m o v a l ) to l a s t 1. 5
m a n - d a y s of o p e r a t i o n . T h i s o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t r e q u i r e s e a c h f i l t e r be
changed, on a n a l t e r n a t i n g b a s i s , e v e r y 12 h o u r s . An i n t e r n a l b y p a s s i s
i n c o r p o r a t e d within e a c h f i l t e r to f u r n i s h t h e r e q u i r e d flow during the ECS
e m e r g e n c y m o d e ( c a b i n depres3surize.d); but w i l l a l s o i n c r e a s e the flow
u n d e r n o r m a l conditions. Although 50 p e r c e n t of t h e flow is p e r m i t t e d to
b y p a s s t h e lithium hydroxide, t h e t o t a l flow m u s t p a s s through the c h a r c o a l
filter.

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e CO2-odor a b s o r b e r f i l t e r change s e q u e n c e involves n u m e r i c a l l y

identified f i l t e r s and a l p h a b e t i c a l l y identified f i l t e r stowage c o n t a i n e r s .
Although t h e f i l t e r s a r e r e p l a c e d in n u m e r i c a l s e q u e n c e , the stowage c o n -
t a i n e r s a r e not opened i n a l p h a b e t i c a l s e q u e n c e r e l a t i v e t o f i l t e r r e p l a c e -
m e n t . O d d - n u m b e r e d f i l t e r s will a l w a y s b e i n s t a l l e d in s u i t c i r c u i t
c a n i s t e r A ( u p p e r ) and e v e n - n u m b e r e d f i l t e r s i n s t a l l e d in c a n i s t e r B ( l o w e r ) .
A f t e r t h e p r o p e r f i l t e r s t o w a g e c o n t a i n e r is l o c a t e d by t h e c r e w m a n , t h e
c o r r e c t f i l t e r is obtained a n d t h e f i l t e r change a c c o m p l i s h e d . T h e u s e d
f i l t e r is t h e n stowed i n t h e c o n t a i n e r f r o m which t h e u n u s e d r e p l a c e m e n t
c a m e . W h e r e two f i l t e r s a r e stowed one above t h e o t h e r , t h e u s e d f i l t e r
will a l w a y s be p l a c e d below t h e r e m a i n i n g u n u s e d f i l t e r . T h i s p r o v i d e s a
m o r e r e a d i l y a c c e s s i b l e u n u s e d f i l t e r a t t h e next 1 2 - h o u r r e p l a c e m e n t
p e r i o d . F i l t e r r e p l a c e m e n t d a t a , s u c h a s f i l t e r n u m b e r and m i s s i o n t i m e ,
i s r e c o r d e d by t h e c r e w in t h e flight log.
A d i v e r t e r v a l v e l o c a t e d a t t h e c a n i s t e r s inlet i s n o r m a l l y positioned
t o d i r e c t g a s flow t h r o u g h both f i l t e r s . In conjunction with check v a l v e s ,
l o c a t e d a t e a c h c a n i s t e r outlet, r e p o s i t i o n i n g t h e d i v e r t e r valve i s o l a t e s a n
expended f i l t e r . A m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d vent v a l v e f o r e a c h c a n i s t e r a l l o w s
e q u a l i z a t i o n to cabin p r e s s u r e p r i o r to t h e r e m o v a l of a f i l t e r .
Suit c i r c u i t g a s e s , upon leaving t h e COZ-odor a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r

a s s e m b l y , a r e a t a h i g h e r t e m p e r a t u r e a n d h u m i d i t y l e v e l than at a n y o t h e r
point in t h e s u i t c i r c u i t . H e a t h a s b e e n g e n e r a t e d in flowing through t h e
c o m p r e s s o r s a n d t h e c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y . Also, t h e a l r e a d y humid g a s e s
have picked up a d d i t i o n a l m o i s t u r e due to c h e m i c a l r e a c t i o n between the
c a r b o n dioxide and lithium hydroxide. T h e s u i t heat e x c h a n g e r r e m o v e s
t h i s h e a t and humidity f r o m t h e suit g a s e s .
N o r m a l l y t h e h e a t t r a n s f e r fluid, w a t e r - g l y c o l , flowing through t h e

suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r r e m o v e s t h e s u i t c i r c u i t h e a t l o a d s t o s p a c e t h r o u g h
space radiators. A water-glycol evaporator supplements heat t r a n s f e r
when t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a r e inadequate. A s u i t e v a p o r a t o r ( p a r t of t h e
s u i t heat e x c h a n g e r ) is p r o v i d e d and used only i n t h e event of a n e m e r g e n c y .
Under a l l o t h e r conditions t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r c o n t r o l s a r e t o r e m a i n in t h e
O F F position. T h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h (SUIT EVAP, AUTO - M.4N, l o c a t e d on
panel 13) c o n t r o l s e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r t o t h e s y s t e m . T h i s o p e r a t i o n a l change
will not i m p o s e added c o n s t r a i n t s on t h e m i s s i o n ; h o w e v e r , i f t h e w a t e r -
glycol e v a p o r a t o r should fail when i t i s r e q u i r e d f o r cooling of e l e c t r o n i c s ,
e t c . , t h i s would be s u f f i c i e n t c a u s e t o t e r m i n a t e t h e m i s s i o n .
Should t h e a b i l i t y of t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r s y s t e m d e m o n s t r a t e p r o p e r
o p e r a t i o n , t h e c o n t r o l s w i t c h would be p l a c e d t o the AUTO position. When
w a t e r - g l y c o l inlet t e m p e r a t u r e s to t h e s u i t h e a t e x c h a n g e r e x c e e d 5 2 ° F o r
t h e outlet t e m p e r a t u r e s of t h e suit c i r c u i t g a s e s f r o m the h e a t e x c h a n g e r
e x c e e d 6 0 " F , t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r i s b y p a s s e d by t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l flow
t h r o u g h a d i v e r t e r valve. When t h e a u t o m a t i c - c o n t r o l l e d d i v e r t e r valve i s
i n t h e full b y p a s s p o s i t i o n , an i n t e g r a l s w i t c h in t h e d i v e r t e r v a l v e a s s e m b l y
i s a c t i v a t e d . T h e d i v e r t e r valve s w i t c h a c t i v a t e s the suit e v a p o r a t o r s t e a m
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l unit. T h e c o r r e c t s t e a m duct p r e s s u r e is a u t o m a t i c a l l y
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2. 7-10

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
e s t a b l i s h e d f o r a given t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r by t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l
unit, p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r , and t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve. Initial
opening of t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve c a u s e s a s w i t c h in that valve
a s s e m b l y to a c t i v a t e the w e t n e s s c o n t r o l unit. W a t e r inlet t h r o u g h a
solenoid valve to t h e suit e v a p o r a t o r is a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by s e n s i n g
the suit e v a p o r a t o r w e t n e s s and t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e suit g a s e s a t the
h e a t e x c h a n g e r outlet. When suit g a s t e m p e r a t u r e s r e t u r n t o n o r m a l , t h e
e v a p o r a t o r mode i s s e q u e n c i a l l y d e a c t i v a t e d and w a t e r - g l y c o l flow is
r e - e s t a b l i s h e d . By o v e r r i d i n g t h e s u i t g a s e s t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a t t h e
outlet of the h e a t e x c h a n g e r t h e s y s t e m m a y a l s o be a c t i v a t e d , providing
t h e SUIT EVAP c o n t r o l switch is in the AUTO position. S i m u l a t e d high heat
load i s i n i t i a t e d by t h e SUIT HT EXCH switch ( L H E B -310).
A s t h e m o i s t u r e - l a d e n suit g a s e s a r e c o o l e d , c o n d e n s a t i o n t a k e s
p l a c e within t h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r . T h i s m o i s t u r e is a b s o r b e d by a wick-like
m a t e r i a l , r e m o v e d by c a p i l l a r y a c t i o n and t h e s u c t i o n of t h e HzO a c c u m u -
l a t o r , and pumped into t h e w a s t e w a t e r s y s t e m .
T h e two a c c u m u l a t o r s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d , s e l f - c y c l i n g ,
r e c i p r o c a t i n g pumps. Oxygen a t 100*10 p s i g p e r i o d i c a l l y a c t i v a t e s the
pumps on the expulsion s t r o k e , while a r e t u r n s p r i n g is u t i l i z e d f o r t h e
s u c t i o n s t r o k e . Only one a c c u m u l a t o r can be o p e r a t e d a t a t i m e with t h e
second f o r standby u s e in t h e event of a malfunction. A m a n u a l backup
m o d e of a c c u m u l a t o r o p e r a t i o n is a l s o i n c o r p o r a t e d . Following t h e d i s -
c h a r g e of suit c i r c u i t g a s e s f r o m the suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r , t h e n o r m a l flow
i s t o t h e t h r e e suit h o s e c o n n e c t o r a s s e m b l i e s . A suit flow r e l i e f valve i s
i n c o r p o r a t e d in the b y p a s s line between t h e o u t l e t of t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r
and t h e inlet to t h e suit c o m p r e s s o r . T h e valve opens a t a A P of 5. O*O. 2
in. H20 and a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n s a n e a r l y c o n s t a n t flow in the event
of suit c i r c u i t flow r e s i s t a n c e fluctuations.
2. 7. 3 . 2 . 1 C 0 2 Sensor.
T h e C 0 2 s e n s o r , s i t u a t e d between t h e inlet and outlet m a n i f o l d s of

t h e suit c i r c u i t , is a c o m p a c t unit t h a t o p e r a t e s on the i n f r a r e d a b s o r p t i o n
p r i n c i p l e . T h e unit m e a s u r e s t h e a m o u n t of i n f r a r e d e n e r g y a b s o r b e d by
t h e C 0 2 in t h e a t m o s p h e r i c s a m p l e p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e s e n s o r . T h i s i s
a c c o m p l i s h e d by c o m p a r i n g two d i f f e r e n t wavelengths in the i n f r a r e d
s p e c t r u m . One wavelength is a b s o r b e d by C 0 2 , while t h e o t h e r a c t s a s a
r e f e r e n c e . T h i s e s t a b l i s h e s a r a t i o s i g n a l which i s a m p l i f i e d and r e a d s out
a s a d - c voltage p r o p o r t i o n a l to t h e p a r t i a l p r e s s u r e of COz in the s a m p l e
gas.
The s e n s o r i s divided into t h e o p t i c s s e c t i o n and t h e e l e c t r o n i c s

section. T h e o p t i c s s e c t i o n i n c l u d e s a n i n f r a r e d e n e r g y s o u r c e ( a s m a l l
tungsten f i l a m e n t l a m p ) , and o p t i c a l l e n s e s and m i r r o r f o r focusing the
beam through two wavelength f i l t e r s and t h e a t m o s p h e r i c s a m p l e onto a
d e t e c t o r . Both wavelength f i l t e r s ( 4 . 3 m i c r o n s f o r s a m p l i n g and 4. 0
m i c r o n s for r e f e r e n c e ) a r e a t t a c h e d to a tuning f o r k which v i b r a t e s a t

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
600 c y c l e s p e r s e c o n d . The f i l t e r s move back and f o r t h a c r o s s t h e focused

light b e a m , a l t e r n a t e l y t r a n s m i t t i n g e n e r g y a t t h e s a m p l e a n d r e f e r e n c e
wavelengths.
T h e b a s i c p u r p o s e of t h e e l e c t r o n i c s s e c t i o n is to d e t e c t and t r a n s -
f o r m s i g n a l i n f o r m a t i o n . M i n i a t u r i z e d c o m p o n e n t s a r e mounted on s e v e n
p r i n t e d c i r c u i t b o a r d s , which a c c o m p l i s h a l l t h e e l e c t r i c a l functions.
T h e s e functions include supplying t h e p o w e r f o r t h e i n f r a r e d s o u r c e l a m p
and t h e o p e r a t i o n of the tuning f o r k , t h e d e t e c t o r , and the v a r i o u s p r e a m -
p l i f i e r s and a m p l i f i e r s . T h e output s i g n a l a c t i v a t e s t h e C 0 2 PP HI s y s t e m s
s t a t u s light (MDC-11) and the C 0 2 P A R T PRESS i n d i c a t o r (MDC-13).
2. 7. 3. 2 . 2 Gas Chromatograph.
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h is a n i t e m of G F E t h a t is i n s t a l l e d in s e v e r a l
of t h e Apollo Block I s p a c e c r a f t f o r flight qualification p u r p o s e s . T h e unit
is c a p a b l e of identifying and m e a s u r i n g the c o n c e n t r a t i o n s of 2 8 g a s c o m p o -
n e n t s , and t h e r e s u l t i n g d a t a i s then t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN. T h i s c o m p a c t
i t e m of e q u i p m e n t i s i n s t a l l e d in the L E B , and it i n t e r f a c e s t h e inlet and
outlet m a n i f o l d s of t h e suit c i r c u i t in t h e LHEB.
The g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h o p e r a t e s on t h e b a s i c p r i n c i p l e of routing
s a m p l e s of t h e suit c i r c u i t a n d f o r c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e t h r o u g h t h r e e s e p a r a t e
c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n s and d e t e c t o r s . L o w - p r e s s u r e h e l i u m is u s e d a s t h e
c a r r i e r g a s f o r t h e s a m p l e s t r e a m s . T h e helium supply, even u n d e r
continuous d e m a n d , will l a s t t h e length of any p r o p o s e d m i s s i o n . The
helium is s t o r e d o i n a r e s e r v o i r a t 6000 p s i g and is r e g u l a t e d to i t s n o r m a l
working p r e s s u r e of 42 p s i a . In t h e event of r e g u l a t o r malfunction, p r e s -
s u r e r e l i e f is*p r o v i d e d by a 200-psig r u p t u r e d i s c . E a c h c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n
and d e t e c t o r i d e n t i f i e s a s p e c i f i c n u m b e r of g a s c o m p o n e n t s . One c o l u m n -
d e t e c t o r w i l l identify five of the p e r m a n e n t g a s e s ; n a m e l y , h y d r o g e n , n i t r o -
gen, oxygen, m e t h a n e , and c a r b o n monoxide. Another i s c o n c e r n e d only
with t h e s e p a r a t i o n a n d d e t e c t i o n of a m m o n i a , c a r b o n dioxide, and w a t e r .
T h e t h i r d c o l u m n - d e t e c t o r i d e n t i f i e s 20 t r a c e c o n t a m i n a n t s l i s t e d a s
follows: F r e o n 11, m e t h y l a l c o h o l , m e t h y l e n e c h l o r i d e , e t h y l a l c o h o l ,
b e n z e n e , ?-dioxane, a c e t o n e , h y d r o c h l o r i c a c i d , hydrogen sulfide, ethylene
oxide, i s o p r e n e , diethyl sulphide, n i t r o g e n dioxide, ethylene glycol, v i n y l i -
dene c h l o r i d e , m e t h y l c h l o r o f o r m , a c e t y l e n e , d i m e t h y l sulfide, F r e o n 114,
and 1, 1 t r i c h l o r o e t h a n e .
C r o s s - s e c t i o n ionization-type d e t e c t o r s a r e u s e d in conjunction with

t h e t h r e e c o l u m n s f o r g a s component i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . The output c u r r e n t of
t h e d e t e c t o r s p r o d u c e s a m i n i m u m - s t r e n g t h s i g n a l t h a t m u s t be g r e a t l y
a m p l i f i e d , t h e n conditioned f o r t e l e m e t r y . T h e c a p i l l a r y c o l u m n s , t h e
d e t e c t o r s , and the e l e c t r o m e t e r a m p l i f i e r s a r e h o u s e d in a n oven, t h e
t e m p e r a t u r e of which is m a i n t a i n e d within a v e r y c l o s e t o l e r a n c e . T h e
b a l a n c e of t h e e l e c t r o n i c s , i n s t a l l e d in a s e p a r a t e package, c o n s i s t of a
t r a n s f o r m e r , a p r o g r a m m e r , and a r e g u l a t e d p o w e r supply. S o l i d - s t a t e
c i r c u i t r y is u s e d e x c l u s i v e l y throughout t h e e l e c t r o n i c s of t h e unit.
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 7 - 1 2

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h will c o m p l e t e one identification c y c l e in

a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 0 m i n u t e s , r e g a r d l e s s of the s a m p l i n g mode s e l e c t e d .
S a m p l e s a r e taken f r o m the s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e , the cabin a t m o s p h e r e ,
o r f r o m e a c h a t m o s p h e r e on a l t e r n a t i n g c y c l e s depending on t h e positioning
of a s e l e c t o r switch l o c a t e d on the L E B panel 120. T h e s e l e c t o r switch may
be positioned t o CABIN AIR/AUTO/SUIT AIR by c o m m a n d .
T h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h is s e r v i c e d a n d i n s t a l l e d by ground s u p p o r t
p e r s o n n e l p r i o r to flight c r e w i n g r e s s .
-4 t h r e e - p o s i t i o n S T A R T / O F F / P R E H E A T switch, c o n t r o l s power for

o p e r a t i o n , and m u s t be placed t o the PREHEAT position f o r a minimum of
8 0 m i n u t e s b e f o r e switch is s e t t o START. A push-type switch, A M P L -
CAL, for bench c a l i b r a t i o n only a n d the S T A R T / O F F / P R E H E A T switch,
a r e located on panel 120.
During t h e m i s s i o n , the flight c r e w will not be r e q u i r e d t o m a k e

c o n t r o l a d j u s t m e n t s t o t h e unit u n l e s s d i r e c t e d to do so by MSFN. During
d e s c e n t , the r e m a i n i n g helium in the r e s e r v o i r is dumped into the c a b i n by
t h e action of a p y r o v a l v e i n s i d e the unit. A full tank ( a b o r t condition) c a n
b e e m p t i e d in a m a x i m u m of 3 m i n u t e s . P y r o v a l v e initiation i s s i m u l t a -
neous with t h e C / M - R C S p r o p e l l a n t purge operation.
2. 7. 3 . 3 Cabin P r e s s u r e a n d T e m p e r a t u r e Control Subsystem.
The p r e s s u r i z a t i o n a n d t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l of the C / M c a b i n a r e
p r i m a r i l y a u t o m a t i c functions with m a n u a l backup and o v e r r i d e m o d e s
provided. Cabin p r e s s u r i z a t i o n is m a i n t a i n e d by t h e cabin p r e s s u r e r e g u -
l a t o r as.sembly ( f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 3 ) . T h i s unit c o n s i s t s of dual r e g u l a t o r s and a
m a n u a l r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n v a l v e o p e r a t e d by a k n u r l e d knob. Both r e g u l a t o r s
o p e r a t e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y a s t h e r e i s no s e l e c t o r valve i n c o r p o r a t e d and no
off position. T h e r e g u l a t o r s a u t o m a t i c a l l y m a i n t a i n t h e c a b i n at 5 i O . 2 p s i a
d u r i n g n o r m a l conditions a n d a t a m a x i m u m oxygen flow r a t e of 1. 3 pounds
p e r hour. If t h e c a b i n should become d e p r e s s u r i z e d for any r e a s o n , the
r e g u l a t o r s c l o s e a t a p r e s s u r e of 3. 5 p s i a t o c o n s e r v e oxygen. T h e m a n u a l
valve, with a m a x i m u m flow r a t e of 7 . 2 pounds p e r h o u r , m a y be adjusted
t o m a i n t a i n c a b i n p r e s s u r e in event of r e g u l a t o r malfunction. However, i t
i s p r i m a r i l y u s e d t o r e p r e s s u r i z e the c a b i n following d e c o m p r e s s i o n ,
r e q u i r i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 h o u r t o r a i s e t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e back to 5. OkO. 2
psia.
An e m e r g e n c y c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 4 ) will
flood the cabin with oxygen t o p r e v e n t r a p i d d e c o m p r e s s i o n in the event of
cabin wall puncture. A s cabin d e c o m p r e s s i o n is h a z a r d o u s to life only when
a c r e w m a n is in the s h i r t s l e e v e mode, the r e g u l a t o r s a r e not s e l e c t e d f o r
u s e until j u s t p r i o r t o a c r e w m a n removing h i s %A. The r e g u l a t o r
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTEM
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2. 7-13

SM2A-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
-ANEROID
SUPPLY PRESSIJ RE I NLET
REP'RESSUR IZATl ON IITER

""I .I .."L
ECS-24A (3)
Figure 2. 7-3. Cabin P r e s s u r e Regulator
a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a f o u r - p o s i t i o n m a n u a l s e l e c t o r valve a n d two redun-

dant r e g u l a t o r s which, when s e l e c t e d f o r u s e , a u t o m a t i c a l l y open when the
c a b i n p r e s s u r e d r o p s t o 4. 5*0. 1 p s i a . The e m e r g e n c y c a b i n p r e s s u r e
m o d e of 3. 5 p s i a is contingent upon Apollo d e s i g n l i m i t s and m e t e o r i t e t e s t s
a n d allows u n s u i t e d c r e w m e n t i m e t o don t h e i r PGAs. T h i s minimum p r e s -
s u r e c a n be m a i n t a i n e d f o r 5 m i n u t e s , providing that m e t e o r i t e h o l e s do not
e x c e e d t h e total equivalent a r e a of a hole 0. 5 inch in d i a m e t e r . At t h e end
of t h i s t i m e , the p r e s s u r e will d r o p m o r e rapidly, going to 2. 0 p s i a in
10 m i n u t e s and to 1. 0 p s i a in 15 m i n u t e s .
The dual cabin p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e ( f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 5 ) provides positive

a n d negative p r e s s u r e relief f o r the cabin throughout the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
Although t h e y function a u t o m a t i c a l l y , c a b l e - o p e r a t e d m a n u a l o v e r r i d e
c o n t r o l s , l o c a t e d on panel 3 0 7 , a r e provided for a d j u s t m e n t s during flight
t o c l o s e relief v a l v e s for i malfunction, o r t o p r e v e n t s e a w a t e r inflow
a u r i n g postlanding phase and ground checkout p r o c e d u r e s . When the cabin
p r e s s u r e b e c o m e s higher t h a n the e x t e r n a l a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e , the relief
v a l v e s l i m i t the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e t o 6 (to. 2 , - 0 . 4) psi. During the
a s c e n t p h a s e , t h i s d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e m a y go a s high a s 7 . 0 p s i f o r a
s h o r t p e r i o d of t i m e . C o n v e r s e l y , when the cabin p r e s s u r e b e c o m e s lower
than t h e e x t e r n a l a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e (as during d e s c e n t ) , the relief v a l v e s
l i m i t the differential p r e s s u r e to a m a x i m u m of 25 inches of w a t e r . The
a s s e m b l y is located in t h e s t e a m duct o v e r b o a r d line which p r o v i d e s the
m e a n s of venting the positive and negative cabin p r e s s u r e s .
_-
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 7 - 14

SMZA -03-SCO12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
SUPPLY PRESSURE I M € l
4
F i g u r e 2. 7 - 4 . E m e r g e n c y Inflow Regulator
Ventilation within the C / M is provided by dual f a n s , which c i r c u l a t e

cabin g a s e s through the cabin h e a t e x c h a n g e r . N o r m a l l y , both cabin a i r
fans a r e s e l e c t e d by the c r e w f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s operation. If e i t h e r fan
malfundtions o r is shut down f o r a n y r e a s o n , a c l o s u r e ( c o v e r ) is manually
installed o v e r the inlet of the i n o p e r a t i v e fan t o p r e v e n t backflow. A cabin
a i r c o n t r o l l o u v e r , l o c a t e d a t the outlet of the cabin heat e x c h a n g e r , i s
manually a d j u s t e d f o r d i r e c t i o n a l flow of g a s e s within the cabin.
Although cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l is n o r m a l l y a n a u t o m a t i c function,

r e s o r t to m a n u a l backup and o v e r r i d e m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n m a y be utilized.
Cabin g a s e s a r e heated o r cooled by t h e i r c i r c u l a t i o n through the cabin heat
e x c h a n g e r , which u s e s w a t e r - g l y c o l as the heat t r a n s f e r medium. A c a b i n
t e m p e r a t u r e control unit c o m p a r e s a d e s i r e d t e m p e r a t u r e , s e l e c t e d by the
c r e w , to the t e m p e r a t u r e that is s e n s e d a t t h e inlet t o the c a b i n a i r fans.
Any difference r e s u l t s in a signal that r e p o s i t i o n s the m o t o r - o p e r a t e d cabin
t e m p e r a t u r e control valve. This valve r e g u l a t e s the amount of hot o r cold
w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing into the cabin h e a t exchanger. A t e a c h e n d of valve
full t r a v e l , the total hot o r cold flow is routed through the h e a t exchanger;
w h e r e a s , a t i n t e r m e d i a t e v a l v e positions, the w a t e r - g l y c o l flow through the
heat exchanger v a r i e s . A c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e a n t i c i p a t o r , l o c a t e d a t the
c a b i n a i r c o n t r o l louver d i s c h a r g e , s e n s e s the t e m p e r a t u r e r a t e o f change
a n d s i g n a l s the cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l unit, preventing o v e r c o r r e c t i o n
by the c o n t r o l valve.
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2. 7 - 1 5

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
E
U F R U N I I A L MCRIlNG VALW
ECS-3bB (
3 1
F i g u r e 2 . 7-5. Cabin P r e s s u r e Relief Valve
Ventilation during the postlanding p h a s e i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by c i r c u l a t i n g

outside a m b i e n t a i r t h r o u g h t h e cabin. A l l of the equipment n e c e s s a r y t o
c a r r y out thi! function ( o t h e r t h a n c o n t r o l s ) i s located on the C / M f o r w a r d
tunnel c o v e r . Outside a i r is d r a w n into t h e c a b i n through a n i n l e t duct
containing a shutoff valve and fan. The inlet duct includes a flexible e x t e n -
s i o n f o r promoting m o r e efficient ventilation. After c i r c u l a t i n g within the
cabin, the a i r is expelled o v e r b o a r d through a n adjacent outlet duct and
shutoff v a l v e . Both m o t o r - o p e r a t e d shutoff ( v e n t ) valves and t h e vent fan
a r e c o n t r o l l e d by the VENT FAN switch on MDC-25. High- o r low-speed
fan o p e r a t i o n is a v a i l a b l e , and e i t h e r switch position will s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
a c t i v a t e the fan and open the cabin vent v a l v e s . An a s s e m b l y consisting of
a pendulum-type a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g switch and a n a d j a c e n t o v e r r i d e c o n t r o l
switch ( P L Y C ) a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the LHEB. The pendulum is f r e e t o move
only in the Z - a x i s . Should the C / M r o l l beyond a specified l i m i t o r become
i n v e r t e d ( s t a b l e I1 condition), the attitude s e n s i n g switch a c t i v a t e s t h e cabin
vent v a l v e s t o the c l o s e d position to p r e v e n t w a t e r ingestion. If a l l e f f o r t s
t o r e t u r n t h e C / M to the upright ( s t a b l e I) condition should fail, the PLVC
switch (LHEB-141) is s e t t o OPEN. T h i s o v e r r i d e s the closing a c t i o n of
the a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g switch by opening both cabin vent v a l v e s a n d flooding
the f o r w a r d portion of the C / M . The p r e s s u r e on the tunnel hatch then
b e c o m e s equalized, thus allowing its r e m o v a l f o r the e s c a p e of the c r e w .
T h e PLVC switchima): a l s o be u s e d t o open the cabin vent v a l v e s if the
a t t i t u d e s e n s i n g s w i t c h should fail a f t e r having closed the v a l v e s . In o r d e r
t o p r e v e n t t h e i n a d v e r t e n t opening of the vent v a l v e s in flight, two p r e c a u -
t i o n s a r e taken. A lockpin is i n s t a l l e d in e a c h vent v a l v e , and the c i r c u i t

2 . 7 - 16
SMZA -0 3 -SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
b r e a k e r applying power t o the P L V s y s t e m is not engaged during flight.

T h e r e f o r e , before the P L V s y s t e m c a n be o p e r a t e d , the lockpins m u s t be
r e m o v e d (pulled out a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0. 5 in. ) p r i o r t o CSM s e p a r a t i o n and the
applicable c i r c u i t b r e a k e r engaged a f t e r landing.
2. 7. 3.4 Water-Glycol Coolant S u b s y s t e m .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l coolant s u b s y s t e m is a c l o s e d loop through which a n

aqueous ethylene-glycol m i x t u r e ( w a t e r - g l y c o l ) is continuously c i r c u l a t e d .
The m i x t u r e r a t i o by weight c o n s i s t s of 62. 5 p a r t s of glycol to 37. 5 p a r t s of
w a t e r . B a s i c a l l y , t h e s u b s y s t e m p r o v i d e s a h e a t t r a n s p o r t fluid loop f o r
the cabin a t m o s p h e r e , the s u i t c i r c u i t a t m o s p h e r e , t h e e l e c t r o n i c equip-
m e n t , a n d a portion of the potable w a t e r . It a l s o s e r v e s a s a s o u r c e of h e a t
f o r the c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e when r e q u i r e d . A l l of the unwanted h e a t a b s o r b e d
by the w a t e r - g l y c o l is t r a n s p o r t e d e i t h e r t o the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s , w h e r e it
is r a d i a t e d t o s p a c e , o r to the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r , w h e r e it is r e j e c t e d
by the evaporation of w a t e r .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l ( W / G ) e v a p o r a t o r outlet t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t be m a i n -
tained between 4 0 " a n d 4 3 ° F (nominal 4 1 . 5 " F ) . S e n s e d a t t h e W/G
e v a p o r a t o r inlet f r o m the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s W/G t e m p e r a t u r e s between 4 2 . 9 "
and 4 5 . 9 " F (nominal 4 5 ° F ) a c t i v a t e s t h e a u t o m a t i c mixing valve c o n t r o l
s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2. 7-6). H i g h - t e m p e r a t u r e W/G f r o m the w a t e r - g l y c o l pump
is m i x e d with t h e l o w e r W/G t e m p e r a t u r e f r o m the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s t o m a i n -
tain t h e e v a p o r a t o r outlet n o m i n a l t e m p e r a t u r e of 41.. 5 ° F . The m a n u a l
o v e r r i d e f o r the mixing valve is l o c a t e d on t h e coolant c o n t r o l panel 311
(GLYCOL E V A P T E M P I N ) a n d a switch l o c a t e d on p a n e l 13 allows s e l e c -
tion of AUTO o r MAN o p e r a t i o n .
T h r e e l i n e s f r o m the w a t e r - g l y c o l pump a s s e m b l y a r e p a r a l l e l e d t o
the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r inlet. The a f o r e m e n t i o n e d oxygen supply
c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r s a r e wound a r o u n d the line routed t o the s p a c e r a d i a t o r s
and relief valves. The o t h e r line is routed t o t h e mixing valve. To i n s u r e
p r o p e r o p e r a t i o n of t h e oxygen supply r e s t r i c t o r s , in the l i n e between the
c r y o g e n i c 0 2 s t o r a g e in the S / M t o the s u r g e tanks in the C / M during cabin
r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , full w a t e r - g l y c o l flow through the line to the s p a c e
r a d i a t o r s is r e q u i r e d . Sufficient heat m u s t be available to p r e v e n t c r y o -
genic oxygen e n t e r i n g t h e C / M oxygen s y s t e m a n d p r e c l u d e the possibility of
f r e e z i n g the water-glycol. To a c h i e v e t h i s , the mixing valve m u s t be
manually placed t o the full c l o s e d position 15 to 30 m i n u t e s before r e p r e s -
s u r i z a t i o n a n d r e m a i n c l o s e d until t h e s u r g e tank r e t u r n s to m a x i m u m
p r e s s u r e a f t e r r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of the C / M .
H i g h - t e m p e r a t u r e w a t e r - g l y c o l between 48" and 50. 5 ° F f r o m the

s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a n d s e n s e d a t the e v a p o r a t o r inlet i n i t i a t e s the w a t e r - g l y c o l
e v a p o r a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l s y s t e m . Once the e v a p o r a t o r mode i s
i n i t i a t e d by the e v a p o r a t o r inlet s e n s o r , a n e v a p o r a t o r outlet s e n s o r
s u p p l i e s t h e controlled v a r i a b l e s i g n a l s t o the c o n t r o l l e r . If a heating
t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r i s s e n s e d by t h e e v a p o r a t o r outlet s e n s o r , the s t e a m
p r e s s u r e v a l v e begins t o open a n d r e p o s i t i o n s a t a velocity p r o p o r t i o n a l to
~~

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
m
i i I 3
0
V
h
4
(3
I
z
0

.
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1 9 6 6 Change Date page 2.7-18
SMZA -03-SCO12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
the t e m p e r a t u r e e r r o r . E v a p o r a t o r wicks a r e m a i n t a i n e d i n a wet condition

t o provide i m m e d i a t e boiling when the s t e a m p r e s s u r e valve is opened.
Should the s t e a m p r e s s u r e d r o p below 5.0lt0.2 m m Hg a b s , a p r e s s u r e
switch o v e r r i d e s the t e m p e r a t u r e s i g n a l and c l o s e s t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e
valve. The o v e r r i d e p r e s s u r e s w i t c h p r o v i d e s adequate p r e s s u r e m a r g i n
above the f r e e z i n g p r e s s u r e of 4. 58 m m Hg a b s . A switch in the s t e a m
p r e s s u r e valve a s s e m b l y is a c t i v a t e d when t h e valve i s initially c r a c k e d
open. The switch a c t i v a t e s t h e w e t n e s s c o n t r o l f o r replenishing w a t e r t o
the e v a p o r a t o r through a w a t e r - s o l e n o i d c o n t r o l valve. Signals f r o m t h e
wick t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a r e indicative of the r e l a t i v e w e t n e s s of the e v a p -
o r a t o r wicks. A s w a t e r e v a p o r a t e s , t h e wick s e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e i n c r e a s e s
a n d e x c e e d s a n e v a p o r a t o r inlet r e f e r e n c e s e n s o r s i g n a l and c y c l e s the
w a t e r c o n t r o l valve open. The r e f e r e n c e input s e n s o r v a r i e s the c o n t r o l a s
a function of heat load t o m a i n t a i n the d e s i r e d wick t e m p e r a t u r e with no
w a t e r c a r r y o v e r into the s t e a m duct. When the e v a p o r a t o r wicks become
replenished with w a t e r , the wick s e n s o r t e m p e r a t u r e d e c r e a s e s and
a p p r o a c h e s the s a t u r a t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e c o r r e s p o n d i n g to the s t e a m p r e s s u r e
and c y c l e s t h e w a t e r c o n t r o l valve closed. The w a t e r control valve c o n -
t i n u e s to cycle a s long a s w a t e r - g l y c o l cooling by w a t e r evaporation i s
r e q u i r ed.
The s t e a m p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l valve c a n be e l e c t r i c a l l y repositioned t o

c o n t r o l t h e s t e a m p r e s s u r e f o r 40" t o 4 3 ° F outlet glycol t e m p e r a t u r e u s i n g
the p r e s s u r e m o n i t o r indicator (panel 13, GLY E V A P - O U T L E T T E M P ) .
The c o n t r o l switches (GLYCOL E V A P - STEAM PRESS) m u s t be placed t o
the MAN position, and then to INCR f o r open and DECR f o r closing t h e
s t e a m p r e s s u r e valve. The H 2 0 FLOW switch ( p a n e l 13) should be in the
AUTO position f o r the a u t o m a t i c w e t n e s s c o n t r o l t o be effective. Should t h e
w e t n e s s , c o n t r o l fail, the w a t e r i n l e t control v a l v e c a n be e n e r g i z e d open by
placing the H 2 0 FLOW switch to ON. When o p e r a t i n g in this m o d e , a
p o r t a b l e indicating unit should be u s e d t o p r e v e n t w a t e r c a r r y o v e r into the
s t e a m duct. T h e p o r t a b l e indicating unit c o n s i s t s of a f o u r - p o s i t i o n
s e l e c t o r switch f o r s e l e c t i n g O F F , WICK T E M P . , E V A P INLET T E M P .
AND NUL. The unit h a s its own 175-hour b a t t e r y - o p e r a t e d power supply.
WICK TEMPERATURE i n d i c a t o r m a r k i n g s a r e 4 0 " t o 7 0 " F , WATER-
GLYCOL INLET TEMPERATURE i n d i c a t o r m a r k i n g s a r e 40" to 1 0 0 " F ,
and the NUL indicator m a r k i n g s a r e a r e d line a c r o s s the midlength s e c t i o n
of the dial f a c e and i s m a r k e d above the r e d line on t h e dial WATER ON, a n d
below on dial WATER O F F . A w a t e r c o n t r o l tabulation c h a r t ( f i g u r e 2. 7 - 7 )
f o r operation of W / C e v a p o r a t o r i n the m a n u a l mode, is provided showing
wick t e m p e r a t u r e v e r s u s i n l e t glycol t e m p e r a t u r e . The portable indication
unit should a l s o be u s e d when m a n u a l w a t e r bypass c o n t r o l v a l v e (GLY
E V A P WATER CONTROL BYPASS panel 317) is used. The p o r t a b l e indi-
c a t o r unit w i l l connect t o 539 (panel 311). The m a i n w a t e r - g l y c o l flow next
e n t e r s the cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve, w h e r e i t is routed e i t h e r t o the
c a b i n h e a t exchanger o r t o the r e m a i n i n g t h e r m a l coldplates. The a c t i o n i s
dependent upon the t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l unit, which a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l s
t h e movements of the m o t o r - o p e r a t e d cabin t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve. The
v a l v e i s S O c o n s t r u c t e d that in the cabin full cooling mode, the total flow of
cool w a t e r - g l y c o l ( 1 6 7 pounds p e r h o u r ) is routed f i r s t through the cabin
\

I
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2. 7-19

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Evaporator Inlet Wick T e m p e r a t u r e E v a p o r a t o r Inlet Wick T e m p e r a t u r e

Temperature Sensor Sensor T e m p e r a t u r e Sen so r Sensor
( O F ) (OF) (OF) (OF)
40 41. 62 71 54.63
41 42. 1 3 72 54.96
42 42.65 73 55.28
43 43. 1 5 74 55.60
44 43.65 75 55.9 1
45 44. 1 4 76 56.21
46 44.63 77 56.51
47 45.11 78 56.80
48 45.58 79 57.08
49 46. 04 80 57.37
50 46. 50 81 57.66
51 46.95 82 57.93
52 47.39 83 58.19
53 47.82 84 58.46
54 48.25 85 58. 71
55 48.67 86 58.96
56 49. 08 a7 59.2 1
57 49.49 88 59.46
58 49. 89 89 59. 71
59 50. 30 90 59.94
60 50. 39 91 60.17
61 51.07 92 60.40
62 51. 45 93 60.63
63 51.83 94 60.85
64 52.20 95 61.06
65 52. 56 96 61.28
66 52. 92 97 61.49
67 53.27 98 61.69
68 53.62 99 61.90
69 53.96 100 62. 10
70 54. 30
F i g u r e 2. 7-7. W a t e r Flow C o n t r o l C h a r t
h e a t e x c h a n g e r and t h e n t h r o u g h t h e t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s . In t h e c a b i n full
h e a t i n g m o d e , t h e t o t a l flow is r o u t e d t h r o u g h t h e t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s first,
w h e r e t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l a b s o r b s h e a t , and f r o m t h e r e flows t h r o u g h t h e
cabin heat exchanger, The intermediate valve positions a r e f o r the partial
cooling o r p a r t i a l h e a t i n g m o d e s . In t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e p o s i t i o n s , t h e quan-
t i t y of c o o l o r w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing t h r o u g h t h e heat e x c h a n g e r is
r e d u c e d i n p r o p o r t i o n t o t h e d e m a n d f o r cooling o r heating. Although t h e
a m o u n t of w a t e r - g l y c o l flowing t h r o u g h t h e c a b i n h e a t e x c h a n g e r will v a r y ,
t h e t o t a l flow t h r o u g h the t h e r m a l c o l d p l a t e s w i l l a l w a y s be 200 pounds p e r
h o u r . ( S e e f i g u r e , 2, 7-8. ) An o r i f i c e r e s t r i c t o r i s i n s t a l l e d between t h e
c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e a n d t h e i n l e t t o t h e c o l d p l a t e s . Its p u r p o s e
is t o m a i n t a i n a c o n s t a n t flow r a t e t h r o u g h t h e c o l d p l a t e s by r e d u c i n g t h e .__--
~ ~ ~ ~
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2 - 7 - 2 0

- -
SMZA 0 3 SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
F":
Water-Glycol
Evclpomtor 4 ' IMU
40" to 50.5OF
COLDPLATE r ---- - ---1

BRANCH I I
NO. 1
I COUPLING
DISPLAY
RATE
GYRO
ATTITUDE
GYRO I
F":
ORIFICE
I UNIT ASSY ACCEL
ASSY
I
r
I II II I
Vol "e
52' to 70'F
WARN
COLDPLATE
BRANCH
j- -- - -
NO. 2 I
I AUDIO
CENTER -
-
I CENTRAL
I - AGC 7
TIMING
- --
I - DATA
STORAGE
I POWER 4
I SERVO
ASSY = PMP
I I'
DISPLAY
AGAA -
- -
- PCM
--
To:
Cobin I
YAW NO.l
I 1 ECA
KM
Control
Volve
I N0.2 4
I -
USBE
-
I INV INV INV
UDL
I
I -
- ROLL
ECA --
I
I
AUX
ECA --
PITCH
ECA
L-- --,--.----- -------J

SM-ZA-628D
F i g u r e 2. 7-8. E q u i p m e n t Coldplate F l o w D i a g r a m
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2. 7 - 2 1

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
-__-
SYSTEMS DATA
heating m o d e flow r a t e to t h a t of t h e cooling mode flow r a t e . Another

o r i f i c e r e s t r i c t o r , l o c a t e d i n t h e coolant line f r o m the IMU, m a i n t a i n s a
c o n s t a n t flow r a t e t h r o u g h t h i s component r e g a r d l e s s of s y s t e m flow
fluctuations.
T h e t o t a l flow leaving t h e c a b i n t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l valve e n t e r s the

w a t e r - g l y c o l pump a s s e m b l y which p r o v i d e s t h e continuous coolant c i r c u -
l a t i o n within the s u b s y s t e m . T h e a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of two w a t e r - g l y c o l
p u m p s , two pump o u t l e t c h e c k v a l v e s , a full-flow f i l t e r , an a c c u m u l a t o r ,
a n d a n a c c u m u l a t o r i s o l a t i o n shutoff v a l v e . The t n o p u m p s , mounted in
p a r a l l e l , can only be o p e r a t e d one a t a t i m e with t h e s e c o n d pump f o r
s t a n d b y redundancy. E a c h pump outlet c h e c k valve p r e v e n t s coolant back-
flow t h r o u g h the nonoperating pump. W a t e r - g l y c o l e n t e r i n g t h e a s s e m b l y
f i r s t p a s s e s t h r o u g h the f u l l - f l o w f i l t e r b e f o r e r e a c h i n g the pumps. T h e r e
is a l s o a s i d e p a s s a g e that l e a d s t o the a c c u m u l a t o r .
T h e p u r p o s e of t h e a c c u m u l a t o r is t o m a i n t a i n c o r r e c t pump inlet
p r e s s u r e and to c o m p e n s a t e f o r s m a l l a m o u n t s of l e a k a g e a n d / o r t h e r m a l
e x p a n s i o n / c o n t r a c t i o n . The m a n u a l shutoff valve in t h e s i d e p a s s a g e is
c l o s e d to i s o l a t e t h e a c c u m u l a t o r in c a s e of a p u n c t u r e d bellows, which
would p e r m i t t h e coolant t o l e a k into t h e c a b i n , c a u s i n g contamination. If
t h e w a t e r -glycol a c c u m u l a t o r quantity i n d i c a t o r on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e
shows a s t e a d y d e c a y to z e r o , a l e a k i n t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l s y s t e m is t h e
p r o b a b l e c a u s e . However, a n indication showing a slow s t e a d y d e c r e a s e ,
which s t o p s a t a point above z e r o , is p r o b a b l y due to t h e r m a l c o n t r a c t i o n
indicating t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l t e m p e r a t u r e is below t h e n o m i n a l r a n g e .
L o c a t e d d o w n s t r e a m of the pump a s s e m b l y is t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l pump outlet
p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r which m e a s u r e s t h e s t a t i c p r e s s u r e of t h e w a t e r -glycol
a t the pump outlet, t h u s giving a n indication of pump p e r f o r m a n c e .
At t h i s point in the s u b s y s t e m , t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of the w a t e r - g l y c o l

h a s g r e a t l y i n c r e a s e d due t o t h e a b s o r p t i o n of t h e v a r i o u s heat l o a d s . The
t o t a l flow of hot w a t e r - g l y c o l is r o u t e d t h r o u g h a p a s s a g e in t h e s t e a m
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e t o p r e v e n t i c e f r o m f o r m i n g within t h e v a l v e opening.
Icing a t t h i s location could r e s u l t in valve malfunction a n d / o r blocking of
t h e s t e a m duct. T o p r e v e n t i c e f r o m f o r m i n g a t t h e o u t l e t of t h e s t e a m
d u c t , two redundant e l e c t r i c h e a t e r s a r e u s e d . The two 3-watt h e a t e r
e l e m e n t s i n s i d e t h e duct extend a p p r o x i m a t e l y 8 i n c h e s u p s t r e a m f r o m t h e
outlet.
The w a t e r - g l y c o l n e x t flows t o t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r inlet

t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e ( p r e v i o u s l y d e s c r i b e d ) . The hot w a t e r -glycol
t h a t is not u s e d f o r mixing by t h i s valve is r o u t e d to t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s f o r
cooling. Any p r e s s u r e l o s s e s in t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r c i r c u i t , r e g a r d l e s s of
t h e n u m b e r of r a d i a t o r s in o p e r a t i o n , will be l i m i t e d by the a c t i o n of the
d u a l w a t e r - g l y c o l p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s . T h e s e two v a l v e s a r e in p a r a l l e l
and a r e l o c a t e d between the inlet and o u t l e t l i n e s of t h e r a d i a t o r c i r c u i t .
J u s t u p s t r e a m of e a c h p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e i s a m a n u a l shutoff v a l v e . By
c o n t r o l l i n g t h e shutoff v a l v e s , one r e l i e f v a l v e a t a t i m e is n o r m a l l y
s e l e c t e d f o r u s e with t h e s e c o n d f o r s t a n d b y redundancy. When a A P of
~ ~~ ~~
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date P a g e 2. 7 - 2 2

SMZA -03-SCO 12
-- SYSTEMS DATA
11 p s i is r e a c h e d , t h e r e l i e f v a l v e s open to bypass coolant t o t h e r a d i a t o r

r e t u r n line, c l o s i n g a t a A P of 8. 5 psi. In o r d e r t o p r e s e r v e t h e w a t e r -
glycol c l o s e d loop, t h e r e l i e f v a l v e s function a s a bypass when a l l s p a c e
r a d i a t o r i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d o r when the w a t e r - g l y c o l r a d i a t o r s h u t -
off valve is c l o s e d . T h i s is a m a n u a l shutoff valve t h a t c o n t r o l s the flow of
w a t e r - g l y c o l f r o m t h e C / M to t h e S / M . It is p l a c e d to t h e c l o s e d position
s h o r t l y b e f o r e CSM s e p a r a t i o n t o p r e v e n t t h e coolant in the C / M f r o m
flowing o v e r b o a r d a f t e r s e p a r a t i o n .
Two s p a c e r a d i a t o r s with a n a r e a of 30 s q u a r e feet e a c h a r e l o c a t e d

on opposite s i d e s of the S / M i n s e c t o r s I1 and V. E a c h r a d i a t o r p a n e l
c o n t a i n s two s e p a r a t e s e t s of t u b e s . The flow of w a t e r - g l y c o l t h r o u g h t h e
f o u r tube c i r c u i t s is individually r e g u l a t e d by a m o t o r - o p e r a t e d r a d i a t o r
i s o l a t i o n valve l o c a t e d o n t h e inlet s i d e of e a c h tube c i r c u i t . The f o u r
v a l v e s a r e r e m o t e l y c o n t r o l l e d f r o m t h e C / M and give t h e c r e w s o m e
d e g r e e of l a t i t u d e in t h e i r s e l e c t i o n of cooling a r e a . However, t h e p r i m a r y
p u r p o s e of t h e v a l v e s is to i s o l a t e tube c i r c u i t s should they develop l e a k s .
A c h e c k v a l v e in e a c h tube c i r c u i t o u t l e t line p r e v e n t s the backflow o f
coolant f r o m e n t e r i n g a n y r a d i a t o r tube c i r c u i t that is leaking. F r e e z i n g
within the r a d i a t o r s is t h e point a t which flow c e a s e s , and m a y be p r e v e n t e d
by maintaining the inlet t e m p e r a t u r e above 7 5 ° F . T h i s t e m p e r a t u r e is
obtained on the A U X DC VOLTS m e t e r ( R H F E B - 2 0 0 ) o r f r o m MSFN i f the
c r e w is unable to l e a v e t h e c o u c h e s .
The w a t e r - g l y c o l , a f t e r leaving t h e s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a n d r e - e n t e r i n g
t h e C / M , flows through a c a p i l l a r y r e s t r i c t o r . T h i s is placed in the line to
m a k e t h e p r e s s u r e d r o p through - t h e r a d i a t o r s c o m p a t i b l e with t h a t through
t h e w a t e r -glycol t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e during ‘the mixing mode. Upon
leaving t h e r e s t r i c t o r , the w a t e r - g l y c o l flows t h r o u g h two c h e c k v a l v e s in
s e r i e s . T h e s e v a l v e s p r e v e n t coolant f r o m flowing o v e r b o a r d following
CSM s e p a r a t i o n , A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r , l o c a t e d between t h e s e c h e c k
v a l v e s , g i v e s a n indication on the m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e of t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
of the coolant leaving t h e r a d i a t o r s . The i n d i c a t o r is l o c a t e d on MDC- 13.
Under n o r m a l s p a c e flight conditions t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r is

i s o l a t e d f r o m the coolant s u b s y s t e m by t h e p r o p e r positioning of t h r e e
glycol r e s e r v o i r m a n u a l shutoff v a l v e s . The w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r inlet
and outlet v a l v e s a r e c l o s e d , and the r e s e r v o i r b y p a s s v a l v e between t h e
inlet and outlet l i n e s is opened. During t h e p r e l a u n c h and a s c e n t p h a s e s ,
h o w e v e r , the position of t h e s e t h r e e v a l v e s is r e v e r s e d t o p e r m i t coolant
flow through the r e s e r v o i r . The one gallon of w a t e r - g l y c o l contained i n t h e
r e s e r v o i r is then u t i l i z e d a s a h e a t sink, which b e c o m e s n e c e s s a r y during
the a s c e n t phase. The s p a c e r a d i a t o r s a r e not effective during a s c e n t and
e v a p o r a t i v e cooling t a k e s p l a c e only a f t e r t h e a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s
0. 05 p s i a , which is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 150, 000 f e e t a l t i t u d e ( T t 2 m i n u t e s and
1 0 seconds).
If a w a t e r - g l y c o l l e a k should o c c u r , the coolant s u b s y s t e m m a y be

r e f i l l e d f r o m the l i m i t e d supply in t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r a f t e r the
l e a k is i s o l a t e d . T h e glycol r e s e r v e shutoff v a l v e , l o c a t e d in the line f r o m

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2 . 7 - 2 3
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e inlet s i d e of t h e pump, is u s e d f o r t h i s p u r p o s e . A s
t h e r e s e r v o i r c o n t a i n s a b l a d d e r t h a t is u n d e r 20*2 psig oxygen p r e s s u r e ,
p o s i t i v e expulsion of the coolant is a s s u r e d . The p r e s s u r i z e d r e s e r v o i r
m a y a l s o s e r v e a s an a c c u m u l a t o r f o r t h e coolant s u b s y s t e m , i f t h e r e g u l a r
w a t e r - g l y c o l a c c u m u l a t o r b e c o m e s i n o p e r a t i v e and is i s o l a t e d . The flow of
w a t e r - g l y c o l , e i t h e r through t h e r e s e r v o i r o r bypassing it, next e n t e r s t h e
w a t e r -glycol e v a p o r a t o r ( p r e v i o u s l y d e s c r i b e d ) , thus c o m p l e t i n g t h e coolant
loop.
During p r e l a u n c h o p e r a t i o n s , t h e flow of t e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d
w a t e r - g l y c o l is f u r n i s h e d by GSE through l i n e s connected t o the f i l l and vent
couplings in the S / M . The s o l e n o i d - o p e r a t e d w a t e r -glycol shutoff v a l v e ,
u p s t r e a m of t h e o u t l e t coupling, is c o n t r o l l e d a t the GSE and is opened t o
p e r m i t coolant flow t h r o u g h t h e s p a c e c r a f t loop and back to t h e GSE.
2. 7.3.5 W a t e r Supply S u b s y s t e m .
T h e p r i m a r y function of t h e w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m is t h e s t o r a g e and

c o l l e c t i o n of potable and w a s t e w a t e r . P o t a b l e w a t e r p r o d u c e d by t h e fuel
c e l l s and w a s t e w a t e r r e c o v e r e d f r o m t h e suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r w a t e r s e p a r a -
t o r a r e s t o r e d in s e p a r a t e t a n k s in t h e C / M . Supplementing t h i s supply a r e
two w a t e r t a n k s in t h e S / M t h a t contain potable w a t e r for refilling t h e C / M
potable w a t e r s t o r a g e tank. T h e w a t e r s u p p l y s u b s y s t e m a l s o s u p p l i e s hot
and cold potable w a t e r to t h e c r e w and w a s t e w a t e r to t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l
e v a p o r a t o r and suit h e a t e x c h a n g e r f o r e v a p o r a t i v e cooling.
The wate9. p r o d u c e d by the f u e l c e l l s in the S / M is a s t e a d y s o u r c e of

potable w a t e r and is s t o r e d in a 36-pound c a p a c i t y tank l o c a t e d in t h e aft
c o m p a r t m e n t of t h e C / M . T h e tank, which c o n t a i n s a b l a d d e r , is p r e s s u r -
i z e d with oxygen a t 20*2 psig by t h e tank p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f
v a l v e a s s e m b l y , t h u s a s s u r i n g p o s i t i v e expulsion of fluid. F u e l c e l l w a t e r
flows i n t o t h e tank a t a potential p r e s s u r e of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 61. 5 p s i a , which
is high enough t o o v e r c o m e t h e tank p r e s s u r e . The potable w a t e r tank m a y
be s e r v i c e d b e f o r e flight by t h e m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d s e r v i c i n g v a l v e , which i s
a l s o in t h e a f t c o m p a r t m e n t a n d not a c c e s s i b l e t o t h e c r e w . A quantity
i n d i c a t o r on t h e m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e g i v e s t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s obtained by
t h e tank quantity t r a n s d u c e r . Located i n a w a t e r l i n e between t h e fuel c e l l s
and t h e potable w a t e r tank is a c h e c k v a l v e and t h e potable tank inlet shutoff
v a l v e . The c h e c k valve p r e v e n t s any r e v e r s e flow of potable w a t e r . The
shutoff v a l v e , when c l o s e d , p r e v e n t s f u e l c e l l w a t e r t h a t h a s b e c o m e con-
t a m i n a t e d f r o m e n t e r i n g t h e C / M potable w a t e r network.
T e m p e r a t u r e - c o n t r o l l e d potable w a t e r i s a v a i l a b l e to t h e c r e w f r o m
two c o m p o n e n t s within t h e C / M . Cold w a t e r , which is m a i n t a i n e d to 5 0 ° F
( a t t h e w a t e r c h i l l e r ) , i s a v a i l a b l e a t both t h e food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply
u n i t a n d t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit. Hot w a t e r , h o w e v e r , i s a v a i l a b l e only a t
t h e food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply unit. T h i s component u t i l i z e s a s m a l l
tank with a n e l e c t r i c h e a t e r to r a i s e t h e w a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e t o 154"*4"F.
By s e l e c t i n g t h e , p r o p e r v a l v e , hot o r cold w a t e r i s m e t e r e d out f o r food
r e c o n s t i t u t i o n o r o t h e r c r e w n e e d s . T h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y unit is u s e d by the
E N V I R O N M E N T A L CONTROL SYSTEM

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
c r e w exclusively f o r drinking p u r p o s e s . It c o n s i s t s of a housing containing

a c o i l e d flexible tube and a w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve f o r u s e with t h e individual
mouthpieces of the t h r e e c r e w m e n . U p s t r e a m of t h i s unit i s the drinking
w a t e r supply shutoff valve t h a t is c l o s e d i f t h e w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve should
leak.
Waste w a t e r collected f r o m m o i s t u r e condensate within the s u i t h e a t

e x c h a n g e r i s d r a w n into one of the cyclic a c c u m u l a t o r s and f r o m t h e r e
pumped into the w a s t e w a t e r network. If, however, t h e r e is a w a t e r demand
by e i t h e r the w a t e r - g l y c o l e v a p o r a t o r o r t h e s u i t h e a t exchanger e v a p o r a t o r ,
the w a s t e w a t e r flows d i r e c t l y t o the w a t e r c o n t r o l valve of the a p p r o p r i a t e
e v a p o r a t o r . T h e 56-pound capacity w a s t e w a t e r tank contains the p r e s s u r -
ization a n d quantity m e a s u r i n g f e a t u r e s of the potable w a t e r tank. A
s e r v i c i n g valve is l o c a t e d on the w a t e r c o n t r o l p a n e l in t h e C / M cabin and,
t h e r e f o r e , is a c c e s s i b l e to the c r e w , i f n e c e s s a r y .
Although w a s t e w a t e r n e v e r e n t e r s the potable w a t e r network, potable

w a t e r m a y e n t e r t h e w a s t e w a t e r network u n d e r c e r t a i n conditions. If the
potable tank b e c o m e s full, the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e between t h e n e t w o r k s
will eventually o v e r c o m e the 6.0+0. 5 p s i a t t h e w a s t e tank inlet v a l v e , thus
p e r m i t t i n g w a t e r flow. P o t a b l e w a t e r a l s o e n t e r s t h e w a s t e w a t e r network
if t h e w a s t e tank i s e m p t y and t h e r e is a w a t e r d e m a n d by e i t h e r e v a p o r a t o r .
The low p r e s s u r e c r e a t e d by t h i s w a t e r demand is r e s p o n s i b l e f o r w a s t e
tank inlet valve activation. T h e v a l v e a l s o i n c o r p o r a t e s a manual shutoff
f e a t u r e f o r u s e if the relief valve portion malfupctions. Closing the valve
t h u s p r e v e n t s t h e p r e m a t u r e dumping of potable w a t e r into the w a s t e w a t e r
network. ,.A check valve, located d o w n s t r e a m of t h e relief valve, s e p a r a t e s
t h e potable and w a s t e w a t e r networks by p e r m i t t i n g flow in one d i r e c t i o n
only. .
To p r e v e n t o v e r p r e s s u r i z i n g the w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m , a p r e s s u r e
r e l i e f a s s e m b l y is i n s t a l l e d d o w n s t r e a m of t h e check v a l v e s that s e p a r a t e
t h e potable and w a s t e w a t e r networks. The a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a s e l e c t o r
v a l v e and two redundant p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e s i n p a r a l l e l . When the
potable a n d w a s t e w a t e r t a n k s a r e full, the continued supply of w a t e r
produced by t h e fuel c e l l s will be dumped o v e r b o a r d by t h e s e r e l i e f v a l v e s .
N o r m a l l y , both v a l v e s a r e s e l e c t e d f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s u s e , a n d dumping
o c c u r s when the w a t e r p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 32 p s i above the
outside a m b i e n t p r e s s u r e . Another l i n e , with two check v a l v e s in s e r i e s ,
b y p a s s e s fuel c e l l w a t e r output d i r e c t l y t o the p r e s s u r e relief a s s e m b l y .
However, t h i s action will t a k e p l a c e only in event the w a s t e tank inlet valve
f a i l s closed. The b y p a s s p r e v e n t s fuel c e l l w a t e r flow f r o m being blocked,
t h e r e b y preventing total fuel c e l l fail-ure due t o flooding within the c e l l s .
To provide sufficient w a t e r f o r a m a x i m u m d u r a t i o n e a r t h o r b i t a l
m i s s i o n , two 56-pound w a t e r t a n k s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n the S/M. T h e s e tanks
a r e s i m i l a r t o the C / M w a s t e w a t e r tank but l a c k the quantity m e a s u r i n g
capability. A s e p a r a t e tank p r e s s u r i z i n g s y s t e m is u s e d for positive
expulsion of the w a t e r . Nitrogen a t 9 0 0 psig is s t o r e d in a s m a l l tank that
is p r o t e c t e d a g a i n s t o v e r p r e s s u r e by a relief valve s e t a t 1045*25 psig. In
~ ~ ~ ~ _ _ _ _ _ ~

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a d d i t i o n t o a n i t r o g e n f i l l v a l v e , t h e r e is a p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r and r e l i e f
v a l v e t o r e d u c e and r e g u l a t e n i t r o g e n p r e s s u r e in the w a t e r t a n k s . T h e s e
t a n k s a r e p r e s s u r i z e d a t 40*2 p s i g , and t h e r e l i e f valve will function a t
44 t o 48 psig.
A t t h e w a t e r outlet of e a c h t a n k , t h e r e is a m a n u a l f i l l valve and a

s o l e n o i d shutoff valve. The shutoff v a l v e s a r e c o n t r o l l e d by t h e WASTE
H2O T K R E F I L L s w i t c h in t h e C / M . T h e s e v a l v e s c o n t r o l t h e flow of
w a t e r f r o m t h e t a n k s to a c o m m o n l i n e in the S / M that s u b s e q u e n t l y c o n n e c t s
i n t o t h e potable w a t e r l i n e f r o m t h e f u e l c e l l s . When the C / M potable w a t e r
t a n k quantity is low, i t w i l l be r e f i l l e d f r o m t h e s e S / M w a t e r t a n k s a t a flow
r a t e of 2.92 pounds p e r minute.
2. 7 . 3 . 6 E C S - W a s t e Management S y s t e m I n t e r f a c e .
Although the w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m (WMS) and C / M b a t t e r y v e n t -

ing n e t w o r k a r e not s u b s y s t e m s of t h e ECS, they w i l l be c o v e r e d a s s u c h in
t h e AOH b e c a u s e of s y s t e m i n t e r f a c e . T h e i n t e r f a c e mentioned is i n r e f e r -
e n c e t o t h e E C S w a t e r overflow line. A l l of the u r i n e and t h e f e c a l o d o r s of
t h e WMS, as w e l l a s g a s p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e C / M b a t t e r i e s , a r e a l s o routed
o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h this s i n g l e ECS w a t e r d u m p line. I n c o r p o r a t e d a t the
o u t l e t of t h e dump l i n e ( u r i n e / w a t e r ) is a 0. 055 inch o r i f i c e nozzle that
r e s t r i c t s g a s flow to a m a x i m u m of 1 c f m and liquid flow to l e s s than 1 cfm.
The g a s flow is l i m i t e d t o p r e v e n t e x c e s s i v e l o s s of cabin a t m o s p h e r e during
f e c a l c a n i s t e r u s a g e . The r e s t r i c t i o n on liquid flow, in conjunction with a
5 . 7 - w a t t , continuously o p e r a t i n g d u m p n o z z l e h e a t e r , p r e v e n t s t h e f o r m a -
t i o n ' o f i c e a t t h e n o z z l e , which could block a l l flow.
T h e fu?ction of c o n t r o l l i n g a n d / o r d i s p o s i n g of w a s t e s o l i d s , liquids,
and g a s e s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by t h e WMS. Except for t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r and
o t h e r i t e m s of stowed e q u i p m e n t , t h e m a j o r p o r t i o n of t h e s y s t e m is l o c a t e d
i n t h e RHEB. The WMS is b a s i c a l l y divided into t h e u r i n e l f e c a l and the
vacuum c l e a n e r s u b s y s t e m s . S e v e r a l components t h a t are no l o n g e r
functional have not been r e m o v e d f r o m t h e WMS, as shown in f i g u r e 2. 7 - 9 .
T h i s is due t o r e c e n t m o d i f i c a t i o n s t h a t would not p e r m i t t h e i r r e m o v a l
b e c a u s e of s c h e d u l e i m p a c t .
The c o m p o n e n t s f o r t h e u r i n e p o r t i o n of t h e u r i n e / f e c a l s u b s y s t e m
c o n s i s t of a s e p a r a t e u r i n e s a m p l e v o l u m e m e a s u r i n g s y s t e m unit (USVMS)
f o r e a c h c r e w m e m b e r . ( R e f e r t o s e c t i o n 5 . ) The unit is u s e d f o r e a c h
u r i n a t i o n in o r d e r to p r o v i d e a u r i n e s a m p l e , with the r e m a i n d e r of the
c o n t e n t s being dumped o v e r b o a r d in t h e following m a n n e r . The USVMS is
f i r s t a t t a c h e d by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t t o a n i n l i n e f i l t e r , which r e m a i n s
a t t a c h e d (by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t ) to t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t d u m p line. The
USVMS v a l v e is s e t t o t h e DUMP p o s i t i o n , followed by s e t t i n g t h e WASTE
MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR v a l v e on RHEB-201 to URINE F E C E S and t h e
a d j a c e n t O V B D DRAIN v a l v e t o DUMP. A 5 - p s i d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e ,
p r o v i d e d by t h e valve s e t t i n g s , w i l l e m p t y the c o n t e n t s of t h e collection bag
o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h the u r i n e f w a t e r d u m p line. Should a USVMS unit f a i l ,
d i r e c t o v e r b o a r d u r i n a t i o n m a y be a c c o m p l i s h e d by u s i n g t h e u r i n e
~ ______ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~~ ~ _______~

2.7-26
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
URINENATER
DUMP NOZZLE
A N D HEATER
F i g u r e 2. 7 - 9 . W M S Functional Flow Diagram

SM2A -0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
r e c e p t a c l e , which is a backup component. T h e PHA u r i n e collection d e v i c e

(UCD) m a y be u s e d d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h , and if SO, is e m p t i e d i n m u c h the
s a m e way. The t r a n s f e r v a l v e (of t h e u r i n e r e c e p t a c l e l t r a n s f e r valve
a s s e m b l y ) is i n s e r t e d i n t o t h e UCD a f t e r it is r e m o v e d f r o m t h e PGA. The
u r i n e r e c e p t a c l e is then a t t a c h e d by q u i c k - d i s c o n n e c t to the f i l t e r on the
w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t dump line. The WASTE MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR
and OVBD DRAIN v a l v e s a r e s e t to t h e URINE F E C E S and DUMP p o s i t i o n s
r e s p e c t i v e l y , emptying t h e c o n t e n t s o v e r b o a r d . Upon completion, t h e PGA
UCD i s stowed i n t h e PGA stowage bag. Although t h e WMS blower w i l l
o p e r a t e w h e n e v e r the SELECTOR v a l v e is s e t t o t h e URINE F E C E S position,
f u n c t i o n a l o p e r a t i o n of t h e blower is f o r vacuum cleaning only.
F o r t h e f e c a l p o r t i o n of t h e u r i n e l f e c a l s u b s y s t e m , c o m p o n e n t s c o n -
s i s t only of t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r and h o s e a s s e m b l y . N o r m a l l y stowed out of
t h e way, t h e c a n i s t e r is s e c u r e d t o t h e c e n t e r C 0 2 - o d o r a b s o r b e r f i l t e r
s t o r a g e c o n t a i n e r a t t h e LEB. T h e . h o s e is then a t t a c h e d by quick-
d i s c o n n e c t t o t h e f i l t e r on t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t d u m p line. The WASTE
MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR valve is s e t t o URINE F E C E S and the OVBD
DRAIN v a l v e is s e t to DUMP. D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e of 5 p s i is t h u s c r e a t e d ,
routing t h e o d o r s o v e r b o a r d t h r o u g h the u r i n e l w a t e r d u m p line.
The v a c u u m c l e a n e r s u b s y s t e m is m a d e up of t h e vacuum a s s e m b l y
and a n 8-foot flex h o s e , which a r e stowed in the vacuum stowage c o m p a r t -
m e n t . After r e m o v i n g t h e vacuum c l e a n e r f r o m t h e s t o r a g e c o m p a r t m e n t ,
i t is p l a c e d i n o p e r a t i o n by s e t t i n g t h e WASTE MANAGEMENT-SELECTOR
v a l v e t o VACUUM CLEANER. T h i s s i n g l e a c t i o n a c t i v a t e s t h e WMS blower
and opens t h e v a l v e p o r t that c o n n e c t s t h e vacuum c l e a n e r l i n e to t h e blower.
T h e WMS blower p r o v i d e s a g a s flow of 5 cfm a t a A P of - 4 . 9 i n c h e s H 2 0 to
e f f e c t i v e l y r q m o v e d e b r i s , e i t h e r s o l i d o r liquid. A p o r o u s bag, i n s e r t e d
into t h e vacuum a s s e m b l y , t r a p s the d e b r i s while t h e g a s e s a r e exhausted
into t h e C / M cabin.
T h e C / M b a t t e r y venting n e t w o r k c o n s i s t s of a manifold, . a BATTERY

VENT valve (RHEB-202), and l i n e s t h a t a r e routed to connect into t h e
u r i n e / w a t e r dump line. The vent v a l v e is to r e m a i n in the VENT position
d u r i n g n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n to provide u n r e s t r i c t e d flow f o r i n t e r m i t t e n t
b a t t e r y r e l i e f v a l v e o p e r a t i o n . Only in event of a b a t t e r y c a s e r u p t u r e o r
vent manifold l e a k a g e will t h e vent v a l v e be c l o s e d . T h i s p r e v e n t s l o s s of
c a b i n a t m o s p h e r e o v e r b o a r d , the r e by, c o n s e r v i n g oxygen.
2. 7. 3. 7 E l e c t r i c a l Pow e r Distribution.
T h e t y p e s of e l e c t r i c a l power r e q u i r e d f o r t h e o p e r a t i o n of t h e ECS
a r e 28 v o l t s dc and 1 1 5 / 2 0 0 - v o l t s 4 0 0 - c y c l e s 3-phase a c . (See f i g u r e
2 . 7 - 1 0 . ) The l a r g e r m o t o r s of t h e s y s t e m utilize 200-volt 3 - p h a s e p o w e r ,
w h e r e a s t h e s m a l l e r m o t o r s and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s o p e r a t e f r o m a single
p h a s e of t h e a c a t 115 v o l t s . E x c e p t f o r t h e postlanding ventilation s y s t e m ,
t h o s e c o m p o n e n t s using 2 8 v o l t s dc w i l l r e c e i v e power f r o m the fuel c e l l s
b e f o r e CSM s e p a r a t i o n and f r o m b a t t e r i e s a f t e r s e p a r a t i o n . The postland-
ing v e n t i l a t i o n s y s t e m will o p e r a t e f r o m b a t t e r i e s , exclusively.
____ ~ _ _ _ _
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change'Datk' P a g e 2. 7-28

POTABLE WATER
QUANTITY
TRANSDUCER
H 0 SHUTOFF
-
V h V E TANK 2 E
cc
. WASTE WATER
I
HEATER-FOOD
QUANTITY PRESSURE PRE PA RA 1 IO N H 2 0 SHUTOFF
TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCERS TRANSDUCERS -
VALVE TANK 1
7-
'r' INSTRUMEMATION
POWER C O M R O L
ESSEMIAL -2
-
(WEB-5)
TRANSDUCERS
POWER SUPPLY UNIT N O . 1 UNIT N 0 . 2
FTI"S-1
FAIL SEMOR
. .. . . . . . -
...
I . * . . "
STEAM PRESSURE
H 0 SHUTOFF EVAP WATER CONTROL
-
VmVE TANK 2 CONTROL VALVE
T I I I
HEATEP-FOOD
PRE PA F A T IO N
ANSDUCERS
fSS.
POSTUNDING
VENT FAN-
PL BUS-FLOAT BaG 2
INSTRUMENTS
IESS-MN B 1 HTeMN A
(RHEB-5)
HTRS-MN 8
(RHEB-5)
(MDC-25)
db5A
IMTRJMENTATlON
POWER CONTROL -
iy HIGH
POSTUNDING
VENT FAN
ESSENTIAL -2
(RHE8-6)
SUIT EVAP
DIVERTERVALVl
CONTROL U N l l
r i SUIT EVAP
L I
PLV FAN
LIlVALVES (2) DIVERTER

VALVE
STEAM PRESSURE
1 I L
CHROMA TOGRAPH
UNIT
'A PRESSURE
IOL SECTION
I 1
1 I-I L
ECS-
ECS-
CABIN
AIR FAN-
<.a AC 2-
NOTE: Unless othamisa listed,

all circuit brsoken o n
located on MDC-22. js
ECS-
Y
#A
mJ
ECS-
6.
GLKOL
PU*
AC 2-
SUIT
MDC
-h
AUTO MAN
0,
VALVES (2)
SUIT N A P
DIVERTER VALVE
CONTROL UNIT
DIVERTER
VALVE
S T E A M m€ss
C O M R O L UNIT
STEAM PRESS
VALVE
SUIT
NAP
WETNESS
CONTROL UNIT
WATER I N F L W
CONTROL VALVE
WATER-GLYCOL
TEMP CONTROL
WATER-GLYCOL
TEMP CONTROL
Miss ion i
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
CABIN TEMP RAD ISOLATION RAD ISOLATION RAD ISOLATION

CONTROL VALVE VALVE VALVE
To: & t u b e TO: 4lube To: b t u b e To: 4 * u k
circuit in circuit in circuit in
sector 5 sector 5 sector 2
CABIN AIR
FAN- 1
(MDC-21)
:F
CABIN TEMP
CONTROL
AUTOA
P
MAN
(MDC-13)
OFF 6 11A
ECS
RADIATOR-
1-A
T RADIATC
2-A (MD 2- 1)
(MDC-21) (MDC-2 I ) (MDC-21)
- 1
I 1
I
, ECS- ECS-
RAD VALVE-
I ECS-
RAD VALVE-
AC I A AC 21)
ECS- ECS- ECS-
ECS- ECS-
CABIN UBIN CABIN
RAD VALVE- RAD VALVE-
AIR FAN-
AC 2-
AIR FAN-
AC 2-
AIR FAN-
AC 2-
4 AC I B AC 2A
uc (0C)
P
#A
A .( A .( A A
” r AC BUI
GLYCOL GLYCOL
PUMPS- WMPS-
AC 1- AC 1-
ECS- ECS- ECS-
GLKOL GLYCOL GLYCOL
J
u PUMPS- PUMPS- PUMPS-
AC 2- AC 2- AC 2-
I
#A UB uc
u 2A
PUMP ’UMP
I 2
1
4 c I
-0L WATER-GLYCOL
PUMP
- N0.2
SM24-709G
F i g u r e 2. 7- 10. ECS Power Distribution Diagram
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e P a g e 2.1-2912.7-30

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.7.4.1 Metabolic Data.
T h e following table contains the a v e r a g e m e t a b o l i c r a t e s , t h e r m a l

b a l a n c e , and w a t e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r S / C c r e w m e m b e r s .
P r e s s u r i z e d Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z e d Cabin
Par am e t e r ( N o rm a l ) (Emergency)
T o t a l m e t a b o l i c load
BTU p e r m a n / d a y 11,200 12,000
Water production
lb p e r man/day 4.0 9.8
C 0 2 production
lb per man/day 2.12 2.27
0 2 , consumption
lb p e r manfday 1.84 1.97
W a t e r consumption
lb p e r man/day 6.6 12.4
U r i n e production
lb p e r m a n / d a y 2.6 2.6
2.7.4.2 Oxygen Supply Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n data f o r the oxygen supply s u b s y s t e m a r e

a s follows:
a M a x i m u m oxygen flow rate to ECS from c r y o g e n i c s t o r a g e tanks:

9.0 l b p e r h r
0 S u r g e tank quantity: 3 . 7 l b ( a p p r o x )
S u r g e tank nominal p r e s s u r e : 900*35 p s i g
S u r g e tank p r e s s u r e r e l i e f setting: 1045*25 psig
0 E n t r y tank quantity: 1 l b ( a p p r o x )
E n t r y tank nominal p r e s s u r e : 900*35 p s i g
E n t r y tank p r e s s u r e relief setting: None
0 Regulated working oxygen p r e s s u r e : 100*10 p s i g
P r e s s u r e relief setting: 130*10 p s i g
Flow r a t e : 0.7 lb p e r m i n max
0 Regulated tank p r e s s u r i z a t i o n oxygen p r e s s u r e : 20*2 p s i g
P r e s s u r e relief setting: 25*2 p s i g
F l o w r a t e : 0.075 l b p e r m i n (one r e g u l a t o r ) a n d 0. 15 l b p e r min
(two r e g u l a t o r s )
.-

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.7.4.3 P r e s s u r e Suit C i r c u i t Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the p r e s s u r e s u i t c i r c u i t s u b s y s t e m
a r e a s follows:
0 H e a t e x c h a n g e r cooling capacity: 2100 BTU p e r h r max (Gly o r evap)

0 W a t e r e v a p o r a t i o n rate: 1.97 lb p e r h r max
0 Regulated d e m a n d p r e s s u r e
N o r m a l : 2.5 to 3.5 in. H 2 0 below cabin p r e s s u r e
E m e r g e n c y : 3.75 i 0 . 2 5 p s i a
F l o w r a t e : 0.67 l b p e r m i n max
0 Suit c o m p r e s s o r v o l u m e t r i c flow
N o r m a l flight: 35 c f m
E m e r g e n c y flight: 33.6 c f m
0 Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e control: 45" to 5 5 ° F
0 Max 0 2 flow into s u i t circuit: 0.66 l b p e r m i n ( r e g u l a t o r o r m a n u a l
valve)
2.7.4.4 Cabin P r e s s u r e and T e m p e r a t u r e C o n t r o l S u b s y s t e m .
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the c a b i n p r e s s u r e a n d t e m p e r a t u r e
c o n t r o l s u b s y s t e m a r e as follows:
H e a t e x c h a n g e r cooling capacity: 1250 BTU p e r h r max
0 Regulated cabin p r e s s u r e : 5.0*0.2 p s i g
F l o w r a t e : 0.65 lb p e r h r (one r e g u l a t o r ) and 1. 3 l b p e r h r
(two r e g u l a t o r s )
0 E m e r g e n c y inflow p r e s s u r e ( m a x i m u m of 0 . 5 in. d i a m e t e r total

l e a k a g e ' a r e a ) : 3.5 p s i a f o r 5 m i n u t e s
F l o w r a t e : 0.67 lb p e r m i n m a x
0 Cabin p r e s s u r e relief
P o s i t i v e relief: 6.0 (to. 2, -0.4) p s i g
Negative relief: 10 to 25 in. H 2 0
e D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e ( C / M cabin-to-aft section)
N o r m a l a s c e n t : 7.0 p s i g max.
A b o r t a s c e n t : 8.6 p s i g max.
0 Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l (flight): 70" t o 80°F
0 2 r e q u i r e d f o r cabin r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , 0 to 5 p s i g a t 7 0 ° F : 9. 1 lb
2.7.4.5 W a t e r -Glycol Coolant Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and design d a t a f o r t h e w a t e r - g l y c o l coolant s u b s y s t e m

a r e a s follows:
0 R e s e r v o i r quantity: 9 lb ( a p p r o x )
0 T o t a l s y s t e m quantity ( l e s s r e s e r v o i r ) : 18 lb (approx)
0 E v a p o r a t o r cooling capacity: 7620 B T U p e r h r m a x

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
0 W a t e r evaporation rate: 7.5 l b p e r h r m a x

0 A c c u m u l a t o r quantity: 1.36 lb (approx)
0 P u m p flow: 200 lb p e r h r
0 Pump pressure
Inlet: 7.5*1.5 p s i g
Outlet (flight): 3 8 ( t 8 , -12) p s i a
0 Automatic t e m p e r a t u r e control: 4 0 " to 50. 5 ° F
2.7.4.6 W a t e r Supply Subsystem.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n d a t a f o r the w a t e r supply s u b s y s t e m a r e a s

follows :
P o t a b l e tank quantity: 36 l b
0 Waste tank quantity: 56 l b
0 S / M w a t e r tank quantity: 112 l b (2 tanks)
0 S / M n i t r o g e n tank quantity ( p r e s s u r a n t ) : capacity of 3 . 7 lb, filled
to 1.5 l b (approx)
0 N i t r o g e n tank f i l l p r e s s u r e : 900 p s i g
0 N i t r o g e n tank p r e s s u r e relief setting: 1045*25 p s i g
0 Nitrogen s y s t e m r e g u l a t e d p r e s s u r e : 40*2 p s i g
0 Nitrogen s y s t e m p r e s s u r e relief setting: 44 to 48 p s i g
0 O v e r b o a r d dump p r e s s u r e : a p p r o x 32 p s i above outside a m b i e n t

F l q w rate: 2. 5 l b p e r m i n max
0 Food p r e p a r a t i o n w a t e r supply unit
Capacity: 1. 9 l b
Hot w a t e r : 154"*4"F
Cold w a t e r : 50°F (at w a t e r c h i l l e r )
2.7.4.7 W a s t e Management System.
P e r f o r m a n c e and d e s i g n data f o r t h e w a s t e m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m i s
a s follows:
0 U r i n e / w a t e r dump nozzle orifice: 0.055 in.

2.7.4.8 ECS P o w e r Consumption Data.
T h e following l i s t contains the l a t e s t available data on e l e c t r i c a l

power c o n s u m e d by components of the ECS. T h e wattage f i g u r e s a r e f o r
the e a r t h o r b i t p h a s e only, a n d apply to o p e r a t i o n s during the n o r m a l mode
( p r e s s u r i z e d cabin).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM .

Mission B a s i c Date l2 l966 Change Date Page 2.7-33
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
No, Watts p e r Unit T o t a l Watts
Subsystem of
a n d Component Control JnitE AC DC AC DC
OXYGEN S U P P L Y
0 2 flow t r a n s d u c e r ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 2.4 2.4
P R E S S GROUPS-2
c b (2)
0 2 press transducer E C S - T RANS DUCER- 1 0.8 0.8
P R E S S GROUPS-2
c b (2)
PRESSURE SUIT
CIRCUIT
Suit c o m p r e s s o r SUIT C 0M P R E SS 0RS 2 85.0 t 85.0
sw 170.0
A P sensor E C S - TRANSDUCER- 1 1.28 1.28
P R E S S GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
C02 sensor ECS - TRANSDUCER- 1 1.0 1.0
P R E S S GROUPS - 2
cb (2)
D i v e r t e r valve SUIT E V A P s w 1 2.5 2.5 - ..
c o n t r o l unit
D i v e r t e r control valve SUIT E V A P s w 1 :7.2 :7.2
Steam p r e s s c o n t r o l SUI? E V A P s w 1 2.5 2. 5
unit
S t e a m p r e s s cont valve SUIT E V A P s w 1 t7.2 r7. 2
Steam d u c t abs p r e s s SUIT E V A P s w 1 1. 28 1.28

sensor
W e t n e s s c o n t r o l unit SUIT E V A P s w 1 5.0 5. 0
W a t e r inflow c o n t r o l SUIT E V A P s w 1 :::3. 0 :#3.0

val ve
Wetness s e n s o r SUIT E V A P s w 1 0.2 0.2
W a t e r - gl y t e m p SUIT E V A P s w 1 0.001 0.001

sensor
E v a p o u t l e t air t e m p SUIT E V A P s w 1 0.001 0.001

sensor
* I n t e r m i t t e n t o p e r a t i n g componehts
t O n l y one component o p e r a t e s a t a t i m e

Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2.7-34
SMZA-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
-
No. W a t t s p e r Unit Total W a t t s
Subsystem of
a n d Component Control Jnitz AC DC AC DC
-
Suit p r e s s t r a n s d u c e r ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0. 8 0.8
PRESS GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
Suit t e m p s e n s o r E CS - TRANSDUCER - 1 0.04 0 . 04

T E M P GROUP c b ( 2 )
CABIN PRESSURE &

T E M P CONTROL
C a b i n air fan CABIN AIR FAN- 1 & 2 2 19.0 38.0

s w (2)
Cabin t e m p control CABIN T E M P - A U T O / 1 2.5 2.5

unit MAN s w
Cabin t e m p cont valve CABIN T E M P - A U T O / 1 r7.2 *7.2

MAN s w
Cabin t e m p s e n s o r ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0.001

T E M P G R O U P cb (2)
Cabin t e m p anticipatox ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0.001

T E M P GROUP cb ( 2 )
Cabin p r e s s ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0. 8 0. 8
transducer PRESS GROUPS - 2
cb ( 2 )
WATER -GLY COL

COOLANT
W a t e r - glycol pump E C S GLYCOL s w 2 36. 0 t36. 0
P u m p outlet p r e s s ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0. 8 0. 8
t r an sdu c e r PRESS GROUPS- 1
cb ( 2 )
Water-gly a c c u m qty ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 0. 8 0. 8

sensor PRESS GROUPS- 1
cb ( 2 )
‘::Intermittent o p e r a t i n g c o m p o n e n t s
+Only one component operates at a time
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.7-35

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
-
No. Watts p e r Unit T o t a l Watts
Subsystem of
a n d Component Control Unit$ AC DC AC DC
-- ~~
Water-gly t e m p GLYCOL E V A P - 1 2.5 2.5

control unit T E M P IN s w
Water-gly temp GLYCOL E V A P - 1 r7.2 *7.2

control valve T E M P IN s w
W a t e r -gly t e m p GLYCOL E V A P - 5 0.001 0.005

sensor T E M P IN s w ; GLY
EVAP-STEAM
P R ESS-AUTO/MAN
S W ; GLYCOL E V A P -
H 2 0 FLOW sw
Steam p r e s s control GLY E V A P - S T E A M 1 2.5 2.5

unit P R E S S -A UT O/MA N
sw
S t e a m p r e s s cont GLY E V A P - S T E A M 1 k7.2 =7.2

valve PRESS-INCR / D E C R
sw ----
S t e a m duct p r e s s E CS - T R A NSD UCE R - 1 TBD TBD TBD TBD

switch PRESS GROUPS- 1
cb (2)
W a t e r c o n t r o l unit GLYCOL E V A P - H 2 0 1 5. 0 5.0

FLOW sw
Water control valve GLYCOL EVAP-HZO 1 *3.0 *3. 0

FLOW sw
Wick t e m p s e n s o r GLYCOL EVAP-H2O 1 0.28 0. 28

FLOW s w
Rad o u t l e t t e m p E CS - TRA NSDU C E R - 1 0 . 04 0. 04

sensor T E M P GROUP c b ( 2 )
Rad i s o l a t i o n valve E C S RADlATOR s w 4 $14. 4 ::57. 6

(4)
-
*Intermittent operating components
---
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 l966 Change Date Page 2.7-36

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA

Subsystem of
and Component Control Jnitt AC DC AC DC
-
WATER S U P P L Y
P o t w a t e r qty ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 1. 2 8 1.28

transducer WASTE & P O T HZO-
MN A & B c b (2)
Waste w a t e r qty ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 1.28 1. 28

transducer WASTE & POT H 2 0
MN A & B cb (2)
Food p r e p w a t e r P O T H 2 0 HEATER 1 *45.0 r45.0

supply unit sw
H 2 0 accum control H 2 0 ACCUM-AUTO/ 1 3.0 3.0

unit MAN s w
H 2 0 accum valve H 2 0 ACCUM-ON/ 2 *3* 0 ::3* 0

O F F sw
H 2 0 accum fail ECS-H2O ACCUM- 1 1.5 1.5

sensor MN A & B c b ( 2 )
S / M w a t e r tank shut- WASTE H 2 0 TK 2 160.0 :160. 0

off valve REFILL sw
MISCELLANEOUS
WMS blower WASTE MANAGE- 1 c20.0 *20.0

MENT S E L E C T O R
valve
Urine /water dump ECS-STEAM DUCT 1 5. 7 5. 7

no z z l e h e a t e r HTR-MN A & B c b
(2)
S t e a m duct heater ECS-STEAM DUCT 2 3.0 6. 0

H T R - M N A & B cb
(21
T e m p x d u c e r pwr E CS - TRANSDUCER - 1 10.5 10.5

supply T E M P GROUP cb
(2 1
:?'Inte1' m i t t e n t o p e r a t i n g components

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~

Subsystem of
a n d Component Control Units AC DC AC DC
Temp sensor ECS-TRANSDUCER- 5 0.04 0.2

amplifier T E M P GROUP c b
(2)
Steam duct t e m p ECS-TRANSDUCER- 1 1.5 1.5

s e n s o r signal T E M P GROUP cb
conditione r (2)
Gas chromatoeraoh I GAS ANAL-AC 1 cb 1 9 9
* I n t e r m i t tent ope r a t i n g components
2.7.5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS
2.7. 5. 1 ECS Caution P l a c a r d s .
Caution notes b o r d e r e d by yellow and black s t r i p e s a p p e a r a d j a c e n t t o

the postlanding vent v a l v e s in the f o r w a r d tunnel a r e a . The notes r e a d ,
"POST LANDING VENT VALVE-PULL P I N BEFORE OPERATING VENT
FAN. ' I If the pins w e r e not in place d u r i n g flight, i n a d v e r t e n t opening of
the cabin v e n t v a l v e s would i m m e d i a t e l y d u m p all c a b i n p r e s s u r e , with
possible catastrophic results.
A p l a c a r d o n e a c h CO2-odor a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r c o v e r cautions the

c r e w m a n to "PUSH BUTTON B E F O R E OPENING, I ' and includes a n a r r o w to
indicate dire,ction button should be pushed. T h i s i n s t r u c t i o n m u s t be
followed any time a c a n i s t e r c o v e r is t o be opened. By p r e s s i n g the push-
button, the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e is equalized and the c o v e r m a y then be
removed.
T h e caution note on LHEB-314 p e r t a i n s to filling the PLSS oxygentanks

and, t h e r e f o f e , is not appLicable to e a r t h o r b i t a l (Block 1) m i s s i o n s . It
r e a d s , "CAUTION 900 PSI CLOSE VALVE B E F O R E REMOVING C A P . ' '
2.7.5.2 ECS Caution Notes.
Design r e s t r i c t i o n s r e q u i r e that c e r t a i n p r o c e d u r e s be followed when

positioning the inlet and outlet s e l e c t o r valves of t h e tank p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r
a n d relief valve a s s e m b l y . If t h e i n l e t s e l e c t o r valve is p l a c e d to position 1
( o r 2 ) . the outlet s e l e c t o r valve m u s t a l s o be p l a c e d to position 1 ( o r 2) or to
NORMAL position. T h i s p r e v e n t s shutting off the supply of oxygen f o r p r e s -
s u r i z i n g the potable and w a s t e w a t e r tanks and the w a t e r - g l y c o l r e s e r v o i r .
C o n v e r s e l y , i f the outlet s e l e c t o r valve is placed to position 1 ( o r 2 ) , the
i n l e t s e l e c t o r valve m u s t be placed to position 1 ( o r 2 ) o r to NORMAL
position.
~ _ _~

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 7. 5 . 3 ECS G e n e r a l Data.
S e v e r a l E C S c o n t r o l s a r e i n a c c e s s i b l e d u r i n g the m i s s i o n . T h o s e
affected a r e l o c a t e d behind the two r e m o v a b l e Y - a x i s a t t e n u a t o r p a n e l s in the
LHEB. They include a l l c o n t r o l s mounted o n LHEB-311, t h e s u i t c i r c u i t
r e t u r n a i r m a n u a l valve, and t h e d i v e r t e r v a l v e handle f o r t h e C 0 2 - o d o r
a b s o r b e r c a n i s t e r s . The a t t e n u a t o r p a n e l s a r e i n p l a c e d u r i n g the e n t i r e
m i s s i o n , but a r e r e m o v e d to gain a c c e s s to t h e s e ECS c o n t r o l s , and t h e n
i m m e d i a t e l y r e i n s t a l l e d . They p r o v i d e a n a d e q u a t e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e f o r the
Y - a x i s a t t e n u a t o r shock s t r u t pad f o r t h e landing i m p a c t .
T h e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r f o r the postlanding v e n t i l a t i o n s y s t e m i s not

engaged until a f t e r landing i m p a c t . T h i s p r e c a u t i o n , in conjunction with the
lockpins p r e v i o u s l y i n s e r t e d i n t h e postlanding v e n t v a l v e s , a s s u r e s t h a t the
c a b i n p r e s s u r e w i l l not b e i n a d v e r t e n t l y dumped d u r i n g flight.
High-oxygen flow d u r i n g c a b i n r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n , o r when filling a n

e m p t y (150 p s i a m i n ) s u r g e tank, m a y c a u s e w a t e r - g l y c o l f r e e z i n g . T h i s will
o c c u r when t h e r e is l e s s t h a n full flow t h r o u g h t h e w a r m w a t e r - g l y c o l l i n e
upon which t h e flow r e s t r i c t o r s a r e wound. F u l l c o o l a n t flow a t t h i s l o c a t i o n ,
t h e r e f o r e , m a y be a s s u r e d i n the following m a n n e r . Between 1 5 a n d 30
m i n u t e s p r i o r t o a n t i c i p a t e d high oxygen flow, s e t the GLYCOL E V A P - T E M P
IN s w i t c h (MDC-13) t o MAN, a n d o v e r r i d e t h e GLYCOL E V A P T E M P I N
v a l v e (LHEB-311) to the f u l l cool position.
R a d i a t o r h e a t r e j e c t i o n (as f r e e z i n g ) i s a function of r a d i a t o r i n l e t
t e m p e r a t u r & and r a d i a t o r o r i e n t a t i o n . T h u s , if the r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e
d e c r e a s e s to 7 5 " F , t h e S / C m u s t be p l a c e d i n a 2 t o 5 R P H ( 0 . 2 to 0. 5 d e g r e e
p e r s e c o d d ) r o l l rate. During t h i s t i m e r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t not
d e c r e a s e below 7 0 " F , o r t h e individual r a d i a t o r o u t l e t t e m p e r a t u r e below
30 O F .
2.7. 5 . 4 Cabin Depressurization Rates.
The t i m e r e q u i r e d f o r t h e C / M cabin to b e c o m e d e p r e s s u r i z e d i s c o n -
t i n g e n t upon how p r e s s u r e is r e l e a s e d . If t h e c a b i n is intentionally d u m p e d ,
the t i m e i t t a k e s t o r e a c h z e r o p r e s s u r e will be a s shown in f i g u r e 2 . 7 - 11,
s h e e t 1 of 2 . H o w e v e r , if the p r e s s u r e i s l o s t a s t h e r e s u l t of m e t e o r o i d
p u n c t u r e s , the t i m e w i l l v a r y a c c o r d i n g to the s i z e and n u m b e r of h o l e s .
F i g u r e 2 . 7-11, s h e e t 2 of 2 , only r e f l e c t s flow r a t e d a t a f o r m e t e o r o i d h o l e s
t h a t do n o t e x c e e d a t o t a l e q u i v a l e n t a r e a of 0. 5 in. i n d i a m e t e r . The s a m e
c h a r t a l s o a p p l i e s to t h e flow r a t e of o n e c a b i n p r e s s u r e r e l i e f valve t h a t h a s
f a i l e d open while i n the NORMAL position.
2. 7. 5 . 5 Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s .
The C / M cabin may be r e p r e s s u r i z e d by u s i n g e i t h e r of two flow r a t e s .

TO r e t u r n t h e c a b i n p r e s s u r e to n o r m a l i n the s h o r t e s t p o s s i b l e t i m e , t h e
conditions a s s e t f o r t h i n f i g u r e 2 . 7-12, s h e e t 1 of 2 , m u s t be c o m p l i e d with.
The flow r a t e , h o w e v e r , i s d e p e n d e n t upon a full supply of oxygen in the

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2-7-39
S M 2 A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
-
-
CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION 5 TO 0 PSlA
INTENTIONAL DUMP TIME 6 MI N, 1 1 SEC
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
I .5
1 .o
0.5
TIME - MINUTES
CONDITIONS: I . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF
2 . CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to clore.
3 . CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF valve set to DUMP.
4. Normal cabin pressure ngularon autanatically close at

3.5 p i a .
SM-2A-890
F i g u r e 2 . 7-11. Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 1 of 2 )
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM I
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date page 2.7-40

SM2A-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
-
CABIN DEPRESSURIZATION 5 TO 0 PSlA
-
UNINTENTIONAL DUMP TIME 45 MIN, 40 SEC*
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1 .o
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
TIME - MINUTES
CONDITIONS: 1 . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to NORMAL.
2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to close
3 . CABIN PRESSURE RELlEFvalves set to NORMAL.
4. Noma1 cabin pressure regulaton autanotiwlly clored at 3 . 5 psia.
5 . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF p i t i o n

when pressure reaches 3 . 5 psia (5 minutes).
*Depressurization is through a 0.5-inchdiameter (or equivalent) mateomid puncture,

or the maximum flow through one CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF valve that hilr open while
in the NORMAL porition.
SM-2A-888
Figure 2. 7-11. Cabin D e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 2 of 2)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL S Y S T E M
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2,7-41

SM2A -03 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
-
MINIMUMTIME 52 MIN, 22 SEC
-
CABIN REPRESSURIZATION 0 TO 5 PSIA+
---
TIME -MINUTES
CONDITIONS: 1. EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set t o NORMAL.
2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to OPEN.
3 . When surge tank p m u n i n d i a t w dec- to 1M p i a , EMERGENCY

CABIN PRESSURE wlectar valve set to OFF; suge tank minimum
p n u u m (150 p i a ) maintained by regulating CABIN REPRESS manual
valve until valve i s full open and surge tank p n u u n starts to incrarse.
4. Normal cabin pressure regulaton a u t m a t i c a l l y open at 3.5 pi0
5. When surge tank p n w n again decreases to 150 p i a , CABIN

REPRESS m a n w l valve regulated to maintain this minimum surge
tank p n u u m .
6. When cabin preuura indicator m a c h a 5.0 pia, n o m 1 cabin

p n u u r e regutaton autamatially close and CABIN REPRESS manual
Valve set t 0 C l M C .
t Requires 9.1lb oxygen at 70°F cabin tcmpemture
SM-2A-089A
F i g u r e 2. 7-12. Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 1 of 2 )

SlM2A - 0 3 - S C 0 12
. .
SYSTEMS DATA
-
-
CABIN REPRESSURIZATION 0 TO 5 PSlAY
NORMAL TIME 74 MIN, 25 SEC
TIME - MINUTES
CONDITIONS: 1 . EMERGENCY CABIN PRESSURE selector valve set to OFF.
2. CABIN REPRESS manual valve set to OPEN.
3. Nom1 cabin pressure regulaton autanatically open a1

3.5 p i a .
4 . When cabin pressure indicator reaches 5 . 0 p i a , normal

cabin pressure mguloton autanaticolly close and CABIN
REPRESS manual valve set to c l p e .
* Requires 9.1lb oxygen at 70°F cabin temperature
Figure 2. 7-12. Cabin R e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n R a t e s (Sheet 2 of 2 )

S M 2 A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s u r g e tank. When the s u r g e tank i s not f u l l , o r the r e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n t i m e is

not c r i t i c a l , t h e conditions f o r the flow r a t e a s shown in f i g u r e 2. 7-12, s h e e t
2 of 2. a r e u s e d .
T h e following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of a l l ECS t e l e m e t r y d a t a t h a t i s m o n i -
t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t c o l u m n
c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and type of S I C c r e w d i s p l a y . The d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s t h e
s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t
n u m b e r is included in the d i s p l a y column.
An a s t e r i s k (:::) by the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r d e n o t e s i n f o r m a t i o n which

is not a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g P C M low-bit
rate operation.
Normal
C F 0001 P P r e s s u r e cabin 0117 p s i a 5.0*0.2 psia PRESS - CABIN

indicator
C F 0002 T Temp cabin 401125°F 7 0 " to 8 0 ° F T E M P - CABIN

indicator
C F 0005 P P r e s s CO partial 0 1 3 0 mm Hg :7.6 mm Hg P A R T PRESS C 0 2

2
i n d i c a t o r and CO2
PP HI C & W light
* C F 0006 P P r e s s s u r g e tank 50/1050 p s i a 3 0 0 * 3 5 p s i a TANK PRESS - 1 -

0 2 indicator
%+CF0 0 0 8 T T e m p s u i t supply manf L0/95"F 55 " F T E M P - SUIT

indicator
C F 0009 Q Quantity w a s t e w a t e r U/lOO% Variable WATER - QUANTITY

tank indicator
C F 0010 Q Quantity potable H 2 0 U/lOO% Variable WATER - QUANTITY

tank indi c a t o r
C F 0012 P P r e s s suit demand reg 0117 p s i a 3 . 75*0.25 PRESS - SUIT

sense 3sia indicator
C F 0015 P P r e s s suit c o m p r e s s o r 311 p s i d Min 0. 3 to 0 . 4 L P SUIT COMPR

diff Isid indicator
C F 0016 P P r e s s glycol pump 0160 p s i a 37 to 45 p s i a PRESS GLY DISCH

outlet indicator

M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 2.7-14
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Normal
WF 0017 T T e m p glycol e v a p outlet 2 0 / 9 5 ' F >45'F None

steam
C F 0018 T T e m p glycol e v a p outlet 2 5 1 7 5 ° F 4 0 " to 50. 5 ° F GLY E V A P -

liquid OUTLET T E M P
indicator
C F 0019 Q Quantity glycol a c c u m 0 / 10 0 7 0 40 to 60% GLY ACCUM -

QUA NT ITY indi c a t o r
C F 0020 T Temp space radiator - 5 0 1t 1 0 0 " F Variable E C S RAD - O U T L E T

outlet T E M P i n d i c a t o r and
GLYCOL T E M P
LOW C & W light
:::CF 0025 P P r e s s p u m p package 0160 p s i a 7 psi min None

inlet
C F 0034 P Back p r e s s glycol 0.05/0.25 0. 0 9 8 to 0. 154 GLY E V A P STEAM

evaporator psia psia PRESS indicator
C F 0035 R Flow r a t e ECS 0 2 0.211.0 3.425 l b / h r FLOW 0 2 i n d i c a t o r

Lb/hr
* C F 0036 P P r e s s outlet 0 2 r e g 0 / 150 p s i a 100*10 p s i a None

supply '
i'CF 0120 P P r e s s HzO and glycol 0 1 5 0 psia 18 to 35 psid None

tanks
*:CF 0135 R Flow r a t e manifold 010.2 l b / h r TBD None

inlet to s u i t 1
:::CF 0136 R Flow r a t e manifold O / O . 2 lb/hr TBD None

i n l e t to s u i t 2
'::CF 01 37 R Flow r a t e manifold 010.2 lb/hr TBD None

i n l e t LO s u i t 3
+ C F 0148 P D P supply and r e t u r n 0 1 0 . 8 psid 3. 25 to 0. 5 None

manif old Dsid
;'CF 0153 T T e m p c o m p r e s s o r inlet 5 0 1 125 "F TBD None
'::CF 0184 T Temp C02 absorber ?O/2OOoF I'BD None

outlet

.
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 l966 Change Date Page 2.7-45
SM2A -03-SCO 12
...-
SYSTEMS DATA
Normal
Number Description Range Range Crew Display
~ ~~
* C F 0245 T ' e m p O2 r e g i n l e t - 50141 50 "F 'BD None
* C F 0326 P ' r e s s potable H 2 0 tank 1/50 psia 8 t o 35 psid None

rain
WF 0327 P ' r e s s w a s t e H2O tank 1/50 p s i a 8 to 3 5 psid None

rain
:\CF 0481 T 'emp C P branch 1 k0/150 " F ? BD None

ilet
l:CF 0482 T 'emp C P branch 1 & O / 150 "F :BD None

utlet
* C F 0483 T 'emp C P branch 2 k O / 150 "F :BD None

ilet
:gCF 0484 T 'emp C P branch 2 k0/150 "F TBD None

utlet
* C F 0549 P )iff p r e s s coldplate 112. 0 p s i d :BD None

ranch 1
* C F 0550 P )iff p r e s s c o l d p l a t e 1/10 p s i d :BD None

ranch 2
C T 0108 K ; a s a n a l y s i s - s u i t and v /A J/A None

abin
SF 0665 T 'emp space radiator 50/15O0F rariable None

ilet
S F 0671 T ' e m p ECS r a d i a t o r )/50"F Tar i a ble ECS RAD OUT

utlet 1 T E M P - 1 indicator
S F 0672 T ' e m p ECS r a d i a t o r 1 / 5 0 "F rariable ECS RAD OUT

utlet 2 T E M P - 2 indicator
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTFM
.*; ..
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2-7-46
SfM I C/M
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SIM OM
OVERBOARD
I
, ,.. ..
. ... . . #
...
-
. . - .. c
~
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
-m
Figure 2. 7 - 1 3 . E C S Schematic Diagram
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2.7-4712.7-48

SM2A-03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 8
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
2 . 8. 1 INTRODUCTION.
The t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n ( T / C ) s y s t e m i n c l u d e s the s p a c e c r a f t ( S / C )
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and d a t a equipment r e q u i r e d f o r v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s ;
a c q u i s i t i o n , p r o c e s s i n g , s t o r a g e and t r a n s m i s s i o n of o p e r a t i o n a l and flight
qualification t e le m e t r y (TLM), t e l evi s ion (TV ), a n d bi omed i c a1 d a t a ; r e c e p -
tion of u p - d a t a ; and t r a n s m i s s i o n of a p p r o p r i a t e t r a c k i n g and ranging s i g n a l s .
At l e a s t p a r t of the T / C s y s t e m w i l l be i n o p e r a t i o n d u r i n g all p h a s e s of the
mission-from p r e l a u n c h through r e c o v e r y . The following l i s t s u m m a r i z e s
T / C c a p a b i l i t i e s a s utilized on SC-012.
0 S / C i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s between c r e w m a n
0 H a r d l i n e voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV and T L M d a t a

to t h e Launch C o n t r o l C e n t e r ( L C C ) v i a the s e r v i c e module u m b i l i c a l
(USM) d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h
0 In-flight v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with the manned spdceflight n e t w o r k

(MSFN)
0 Voice t a p e r e c o r d i n g of c o m m e n t s , o b s e r v a t i o n s , opinions, e t c . , with

time correlation
0 Acquisition and p r o c e s s i n g of TLM, TV, and o p e r a t i o n a l b i o m e d i c a l

d a t a f r o m t h e S / C s t r u c t u r e and s y s t e m s , TV c a m e r a , and c r e w -
man biomedical s e n s o r s , respectively
0 TLM data storage
0 T r a n s m i s s i o n of r e a l - t i m e o r s t o r e d T L M d a t a
0 Reception of up-data (guidance and navigation, and t i m i n g d a t a and

r e a l - t i m e c o m m a n d s ) f r o m the MSFN
0 T r a n s m i s s i o n of C-band t r a c k i n g p u l s e s in r e s p o n s e t o r e c e i v e d
r a d a r signals
0 L i m i t e d c a p a b i l i t i e s , f o r S - b a n d o p e r a t i o n , including t r a n s m i s s i o n
of voice and T L M d a t a p l u s TV, s t o r e d analog, o r p s e u d o - r a n d o m
noise ( P R N ) , ranging c o d e s , and r e c e p t i o n of voice and up-data
0 Postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s including v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and

-_ r e c o v e r y beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
0 G e n e r a t i o n of timing s i g n a l s f o r synchronization of the T / C and

other S / C systems.
2.8. 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.
T h e functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the T / C s y s t e m is divided into four p a r t s :

v o i c e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , d a t a o p e r a t i o n s , t r a c k i n g and ranging, and S-band
o p e r a t i o n s . T h e unified S-band s u b s y s t e m (USBS), used f o r a l l S-band
o p e r a t i o n s , p r o v i d e s back-up voice, data, t r a c k i n g and ranging capabilities,
and the s o l e m e a n s f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV o r analog data.
2.8.2. 1 Voice Communications.
2. 8 . 2. 1. 1 Gene r a1 .
All S / C voice, communications (figure 2 . 8 - 1)originate and t e r m i n a t e
in the c r e w m e n ' s p e r s o n a l communication a s s e m b l i e s (headsets). Each
c r e w m a n h a s two h e a d s e t s ; one is l o c a t e d i n the "bump-hat" f o r u s e while
w e a r i n g the c o n s t a n t - w e a r g a r m e n t ; the o t h e r is located in the s p a c e s u i t
h e l m e t . E a c h h e a d s e t is c o m p r i s e d of two independently operating e a r -
phones and two m i c r o p h o n e s with self-contained p r e a m p l i f i e r s . T h e
h e a d s e t s a r e used f o r a l l voice t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception.
Each c r e w m a n ' s h e a d s e t is connected to the audio c e n t e r ( A / C ) equip-

m e n t by a s e p a r a t e e l e c t r i c a l umbilical assembly, commonly r e f e r r e d t o as
a I t c o b r a cable. I t In addition to the audio c i r c u i t s , e a c h of the t h r e e c o b r a
c a b l e s contains w i r i n g f o r the o p e r a t i o n a l biomedical s e n s o r s in the constant
w e a r g a r m e n t s and the p u s h - t o - t a l k ( P T T ) c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y . The P T T
c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y c o n s i s t s of a pushbutton-type P T T key and a P T T / C W
s e l e c t o r switch. With the P T T / C W s e l e c t o r switch in the P T T position,
the P T T key p e r m i t s m a n u a l c o n t r o l of voice t r a n s m i s s i o n b y the a p p r o -
p r i a t e t r a n s m i t t e r a n d m i k e a m p l i f i e r c i r c u i t in the audio c e n t e r module.
T h e PTT mode w a s designed t o be used during the launch phase of the

m i s s i o n when high n o i s e l e v e l s would p r e c l u d e usage of the VOX c i r c u i t r y .
In t h i s mode, the P T T key will enable the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice
r e c o r d e r , VHF-AM and S-Band t r a n s m i t t e r s i f the l a t t e r t h r e e have t h e i r
attendant c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s configured p r o p e r l y . The audio c e n t e r power
switch and the c o b r a c a b l e mode switch would be in P T T position during
this mode.
The C W m o d e w a s a l s o designed to be used d u r i n g the high-noise

l e v e l s of the launch phase. In this mode, however, the V H F and S-band
downvoice communications l i n k s a r e not enabled. This gives u s a P T T
c o n t r o l l e d i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . The voice r e c o r d e r could a l s o be
enabled i n this m o d e i f needed. The audio c e n t e r power switch would a l s o
be i n t h e P T T position, but the mode switch on the c o b r a cable m u s t be in the
CW position, It should be noted that on o l d e r c o b r a c a b l e s , the CW position
w a s used only f o r e m e r g e n c y key. Now, t h i s position will be used f o r both
2.8-2
Mission Basic Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A-03 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
To: HEADSET
EARPHONES
d MIKE AMPLS
NOTES: 1 . There ore three heodsets, t n r w connecting

cobm cobler, thne audio control pnels,
ond three audio center oqvipnent modules-
m e ret for mch crewnun.
2. Additimol PTT keys ore DIU)lourtd

m the tmnrlotim cmtmls.
VOLUU
3. All cmtrds ond witches shown o n on (MOC-13, 23, AND -26)

MDC-20 unless otherwise indicated. SM- 2A-843D
F i g u r e 2.8-1. Voice Communications
2. 8 - 3
M i s s ion Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SM2 A- 0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
e m e r g e n c y key and the P T T i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s functions. P T T k e y s a r e

a l s o l o c a t e d o n t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s . T h e i r function d u p l i c a t e s t h a t of
t h e P T T key with t h e P T T / C W s e l e c t o r i n t h e P T T p o s i t i o n on t h e c o b r a
cable.
The head of e a c h c o b r a c a b l e h a s two e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r s , m a r k e d

NORM and EMER. N o r m a l l y , the c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d NORM will be u s e d ;
h o w e v e r , i n t h e event of f a i l u r e i n o n e of t h e A / C m o d u l e s , t h e affected
c r e w m a n m a y connect the c a b l e f r o m his s p a c e s u i t to the c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d
E M E R T h i s w i l l connect his audio c i r c u i t s to a n o t h e r A / C module and
allow t h e s a m e module to be s h a r e d by two c r e w m e n .
A s t r a p h a s been added to t h e c o b r a c a b l e so the P T T button c a n be

held i n the ON p o s i t i o n i f d e s i r e d . T h i s would allow a continuous i n t e r c o m
i f t h e Audio c e n t e r POWER s w i t c h , (MDC 13, 23, 26) i s i n t h e P T T position.
The A / C equipment contains t h r e e s e p a r a t e but i d e n t i c a l m o d u l e s ,

one f o r e a c h c r e w m a n , and a commonly connected i n t e r c o m bus. T h i s
equipment s e r v e s a s a c o n t r o l and d i s t r i b u t i o n c e n t e r f o r all S / C audio
s i g n a l s . E a c h of t h e t h r e e m o d u l e s h a s a s e p a r a t e but i d e n t i c a l s e t of
c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d on MDC-26, -13, and - 2 3 f o r t h e c o m m a n d pilot, s e n i o r
pilot, and pilot, r e s p e c t i v e l y . Thus e a c h c r e w m a n is provided with i n d e -
pendent c o n t r o l of all audio inputs and o u t p u t s to and f r o m his own headset.
A POWER switch o n e a c h panel c o n t r o l s application of power to its r e s p e c -
tive A / C module and s e l e c t s the P T T o r v o i c e - o p e r a t e d r e l a y (VOX m o d e )
of o p e r a t i o n . The P T T m o d e p e r m i t s m o n i t o r i n g of incoming audio s i g n a l s
p l u s P T T a c t i v a t i o n of the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r , and the
enabling of any c o m m u n i c a t i o n s t r a n s m i t t e r s i f t h e i r a t t e n d a n t c o n t r o l
s w i t c h e s a r e p r o p e r l y configured.
The VOX m o d e p e r m i t s t h e m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r to be a c t i v a t e d by
t h e v o i c e - o p e r a t e d switching c i r c u i t r y within t h e audio c e n t e r . The audio
output of t h e a m p l i f i e r is t h e n applied to i s o l a t i o n and switching d i o d e s
c o n t r o l l e d i n p a r t by the audio c e n t e r c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d o n p a n e l s MDC-26,
-13, and - 2 3 .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , t h e a c t i v a t e d unified S-band equipment is

allowed by placing t h e S-BAND switch to REC (MDC-26, -13, -23), s e t t i n g
t h e c o b r a c a b l e P T T / C W s w i t c h a t P T T and closing the P T T pushbutton on
e i t h e r t h e c o b r a c a b l e o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , the H F t r a n s c e i v e r is l i m i t e d to t h e p o s t -
landing p h a s e of t h e m i s s i o n ; h o w e v e r , t h e R C D R / H F s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13,
-23) i n the T / R p o s i t i o n p r o v i d e s a ground f o r the p o w e r c o n t r o l r e l a y in the
voice r e c o r d e r . The i n t e r c o m s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13, - 2 3 ) w o u l d a l s o have to
be i n t h e T / R p o s i t i o n so the audio s i g n a l would b e a v a i l a b l e f o r r e c o r d i n g .
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n o v e r , :he a c t i v a t e d VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r is

allowed by placing t h e VHF-AM s w i t c h to T / R (MDC-26, - 1 3 , -23), s e t t i n g
t h e c o b r a c a b l e P T T / C W s w i t c h to P T T , and c l o s i n g the P T T pushbutton on
e i t h e r the c o b r a c a b l e o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s . Monitoring t h e VHF-AM
is provided b y placing the VHF-AM T / R / O F F / R E C switch to REC.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 8 - 4

SM2A- 0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
E a c h audio c o n t r o l panel h a s t h r e e thumbwheel-type p o t e n t i o m e t e r

c o n t r o l s : a VOX SENS c o n t r o l f o r adjusting the s e n s i t i v i t y of the VOX
c i r c u i t , a n INTERCOM BALANCE c o n t r o l f o r d e c r e a s i n g the l e v e l of the
audio s i g n a l s r e c e i v e d f r o m the R F equipment r e l a t i v e to that r e c e i v e d
f r o m the i n t e r c o m b u s , and a VOLUME c o n t r o l f o r changing the o v e r a l l
l e v e l of all audio s i g n a l s to the e a r p h o n e s . E a c h channel, in the A / C
m o d u l e s , a l s o c o n t a i n s sidetone c i r c u i t r y which e n a b l e s a c r e w m a n to
m o n i t o r h i s own t r a n s m i s s i o n .
2 . 8. 2. 1. 2 S / C Intercommunications.
S/C i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and h a r d l i n e voice communications a r e

conducted via the i n t e r c o m bus, which i s commonly connected to e a c h of
t h e t h r e e A / C m o d u l e s , to t h e LCC d u r i n g p r e l a u n c h via t h e USM, and to
r e c o v e r y f o r c e s via the s w i m m e r e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r d u r i n g r e c o v e r y
o p e r a t i o n s . To c o m m u n i c a t e , a c r e w m a n m u s t a c t i v a t e h i s A / C module by
placing t h e POWER switch to VOX or P T T and s e t t i n g the INTERCOM
s w i t c h to T / R .
An A / C i n t e r c o m t r a n s m i s s i o n can only be i n i t i a t e d with the P T T key,

i f the P T T position of the power s w i t c h i s s e l e c t e d . In the VOX position,
e i t h e r t h e VOX c i r c u i t o r t h e P T T key will i n d i c a t e a n i n t e r c o m t r a n s -
m i s s i o n . If only a n i n t e r c o m t r a n s m i s s i o n is d e s i r e d , the P T T / C W s w i t c h
on the c o b r a c a b l e should be i n the CW position. N o r m a l l y , the A / C
m o d u l e s will r e m a i n a c t i v a t e d throughout the e n t i r e m i s s i o n .
2 . 8 . 2. 1. 3 I n - F l i g h t Voice Communications.
In-flight voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with t h e MSFN +ll be conducted o v e r

t h e USBS and the VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment. C o n t r o l s f o r
t h e S-band and the VHF-AM g r o u p s a r e l o c a t e d o n MDC-20, and MDC-26,
-13, and -23. The VHF-AM c o n t r o l s on MDC-20 c o n s i s t of a
T / R / O F F / R E C s w i t c h t h a t c o n t r o l s a p p l i c a t i o n of power, a RCVR s w i t c h
to c o n t r o l which of two r e c e i v e r m o d e s 1 s i m p l e x , 2 duplex, a r e o p e r a t i o n a l ,
a SQUELCH c o n t r o l to e s t a b l i s h t h e l e v e l of R F s i g n a l r e q u i r e d to p a s s
audio s i g n a l s to the audio c e n t e r , and a VHF ANTENNA s w i t c h to manually
s e l e c t t h e u p p e r (tZ),or l o w e r ( - Z ) , antenna, Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n via
VHF-AM i s c o n t r o l l e d by the p l a c e m e n t of the VHF-AM s w i t c h (MDC-26,
- 13, or -23)to T / R , the c o b r a c a b l e MODE s w i t c h to P T T , and d e p r e s s i n g
t h e P T T pu'shbutton on the c o b r a cable. E i t h e r T / R or REC p e r m i t s voice
r e c e p t i o n f r o m t h e MSFN.
Voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n i s p o s s i b l e i n a l l o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s of the USBS,

with t h e exception of t h e e m e r g e n c y key mode, providing the S-BAND switch
(MDC-26, -13, o r -23) i s placed a t REG. T r a n s m i s s i o n i s c o n t r o l l e d by
the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a c a b l e , providing the c o b r a c a b l e MODE
s w i t c h i s i n the P T T position. ( R e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 2. 8 . 3. 3. 4 f o r additional
i n f o r m a t i o n o n the unified S-band o p e r a t i o n s . )
2 . 8. 2 . 1.4 R e c o v e r y Voice Communications.
After touchdown, t h e H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment will be utilized f o r

voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . I t is c o n t r o l l e d by the RECOVERY-HF s w i t c h e s o n
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM *
2. 8-5
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
MDC-20 which include a n O N - O F F switch and a SSB/BCN/AM switch f o r

s e l e c t i n g mode. E i t h e r the s i n g l e sideband (SSB)o r amplitude modula-
t i o n ( A M ) m o d e s m a y be used f o r voice communications. T h e beacon
(BCN) mode is used to t r a n s m i t a continuous wave beacon f o r t r a c k i n g
purposes.
Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n in e i t h e r the SSB o r AM mode c a n be VOX- o r

P T T - c o n t r o l l e d when the R C D R / H F s w i t c h (MDC-26, -13, - 2 3 ) is placed
to T / R .
T h e H F t r a n s c e i v e r utilizes the H F r e c o v e r y antenna. T h i s antenna

m u s t b e deployed a f t e r touchdown by setting the POSTLANDING-ANTENNA
DEPLOY s w i t c h e s on MDC-25 to t h e i r upper positions, A and B, while the
MASTER EVENT S E Q CONT switches 1 and 2 (MDC-24) a r e a t a r m a n d
MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT ARM A and B c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s (MDC-22) a r e
closed.
T h e V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment c a n be used as backup

by utilizing VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 which c a n be s e l e c t e d by setting
the VHF ANTENNA switch (MDC-20) to RECOVERY. Also, the C F A E
s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i v e r c a n be used i n s i d e the S / C by connecting i t s coaxial
c a b l e to VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1 o r No. 2 a t the coaxial b r a c k e t ,
MDC-9. T h e s e coaxial c o n n e c t o r s m a y be utilized, d u r i n g the i n t e r v a l
p r e c e d i n g the a r r i v a l of the r e c o v e r y f o r c e s , in the m o s t advantageous --
manner. Any combination of VHF r e c o v e r y beacon, G F A E s u r v i v a l
t r a n s c e i v e r , a n d VHF-AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r m a y be employed a s
w a r r a n t e d by t h e s e r v i c e a b i l i t y of t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s equipment.
U
2. 8. 2. 2 Data O p e r a t i o n s .
2. 8. 2. 2. 1 General.
T / C s y s t e m d a t a capabilities include the p r o c e s s i n g , s t o r a g e , and

t r a n s m i s s i o n of T L M data t o the MSFN; the reception and p r o c e s s i n g of
u p - t e l e m e t r y d a t a (up-data) r e c e i v e d f r o m the MSFN; and d u r i n g USBE
testing, the t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV f r o m the TV c a m e r a . In addition to
t r a n s m i t t e d d a t a , v e r b a l c o m m e n t s m a y b e r e c o r d e d on the voice r e c o r d e r .
(See f i g u r e 2. 8-2. )
2. 8. 2. 2. 2 T L M T r a n s m i s s i o n and S t o r a g e .
TLM d a t a m a y s i m u l t a n e o u s l y be t r a n s m i t t e d via VHF-FM a n d / o r

S-band and r e c o r d e d in the DSE f o r delayed t i m e t r a n s m i s s i o n when
r e q u e s t e d b y M S F N . The s y s t e m configuration prohibits t r a n s m i s s i o n o r
r e c o r d i n g of r e a l t i m e d a t a while t r a n s m i t t i n g s t o r e d data.
T L M d a t a f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n t o the M S F N c o n s i s t s of analog and digital

s i g n a l s obtained f r o m the guidance and navigation s y s t e m , c e n t r a l timing
equipment, i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s a n d t r a n s d u c e r s located throughout the
S / C s t r u c t u r e a n d o p e r a t i o n a l s y s t e m s , and biomedical s e n s o r s w o r n by
.-: --..
Page 2. 8-6
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date
R\
INMI-,
VCM 0..
OR
s/c
DISPLAYS
A
OPERA-
TIONAL
IMTR
r n u INMI-,
YOMD
(MDC- 19)
a
2-KMC PORTIOI.
SCIN A N T E N h
UPPER (-z)
rz'l
I - Y N D 4Nl
r I-UNO
1
9
j-J I
EQUIP
b
N
CAMERA
VIDEO
AL-TIME PCM DATA
STORED
PCM DATA)
J
PMP
DOWN-DA TA
1
v
.
USBE
-
4
A G C VOLTAGE
I
WR
(MDC-I 9)
S-BAND
A NAMPL
D
DIPLEXER
- 4
L
4 -
I STORED I
-pPANEL PCM DATA ( O N L Y )

-
VHF-FM
TRANSMITTER
--+- - P-DATA
(S-BAND
MODE)
ON
,+
UP-DATA (UHF MODE)
REAL-TIME
COMMAND
RELAY BOX EQUIP
OR
(MDC- 19)
M i s s ion Basic
SYSTEMS DATA
VOICE [D
4fC-
d
VOICE RECORD (MDC-26, -13, -23)
.-
(MDC-26, -13, -23)
VOICE
NOTES: I . All witches shown me on MDC-20 unless

otherwise indicated.
2. Not scheduled tor we on SC 012 and SC 014.
Figure 2 . 8 - 2 . Data Operations
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page2 . 8 - 7 1 2 . 8 - 8
k
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8.3. 1 I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n Equipment Group.
T h e S I C i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment c o n s i s t s of v a r i o u s types of
s e n s o r s and t r a n s d u c e r s f o r providing environmental, o p e r a t i o n a l s t a t u s ,
and p e r f o r m a n c e m e a s u r e m e n t s of the S I C s t r u c t u r e , operational s y s t e m s ,
and e x p e r i m e n t a l equipment. The outputs f r o m t h e s e s e n s o r s and t r a n s -
d u c e r s a r e conditioned t o s i g n a l s suitable f o r utilization by the S I C d i s p l a y s ,
p r e s e n t a t i o n to the P C M T L M equipment, o r both. In addition, v a r i o u s
digital s i g n a l s a r e p r e s e n t e d t o the P C M T L M equipment, including event
information, guidance and navigation data, and a t i m e s i g n a l f r o m the C T E .
Many of t h e s i g n a l s emanating f r o m the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s a r e

of f o r m s o r l e v e l s which are unsuitable f o r u s e by the S / C d i s p l a y s o r PCM
T L M equipment. Signal conditioners are used t o convert t h e s e s i g n a l s t u
f o r m s and l e v e l s which c a n be utilized. Some s i g n a l s a r e conditioned a t
or n e a r the s e n s o r by individual conditioners l o c a t e d throughout the S f C.
Other s i g n a l s a r e f e d to the signal conditioning equipment (SCE), a s i n g l e
e l e c t r o n i c s package l o c a t e d i n the l o w e r equipment bay. ( R e f e r to signal
conditioning equipment i n the Voice and Data Equipment Group. ) In addition
to conditioning m a n y of the s i g n a l s , the S C E also supplies 5-vdc excitation
power t o s o m e s e n s o r s . T h e S C E c a n be turned on o r off with the POWER-
S C E switch on MDC-20. T h i s is the only c o n t r o l that the c r e w c a n e x e r c i s e
o v e r i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment f o r o p e r a t i o n a l and flight qualification
m e a s u r e m e n t s . T h e s e two i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n g r o u p s a r e d i s c u s s e d in the
following two p a r a g r a p h s . I n f o r m a t i o n on s c i e n t i f i c a n d s p e c i a l i n s t r u m e n t a -
tion can be found i n s e c t i o n 4 of t h i s manual, E x p e r i m e n t s and Scientific
Equipment.
2. 8 . 3. 1. 1 O p e r a t i o n a l Instrumentation.
O p e r a t i o n a l m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e those which a r e n o r m a l l y r e q u i r e d f o r
a routine m i s s i o n and include t h r e e c a t e g o r i e s : in-flight m a n a g e m e n t of
the S I C , m i s s i o n evaluation and s y s t e m p e r f o r m a n c e , and preflight check-
out of the S / C . The Operational i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s and t r a n s d u c e r s
a r e capable of making the following types of m e a s u r e m e n t s : p r e s s u r e ,
t e m p e r a t u r e , flow attitude, r a t e , quantity, a n g u l a r position, c u r r e n t ,
voltage, frequency, R F power, a n d "on-off" type events.
2 . 8 . 3 . 1. 2 Flight Qualification Instrumentation.
Flight qualification m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e those which will v a r y on

different S/C, depending on m i s s i o n objectives and s t a t e of h a r d w a r e d e v e l -
opment. Most of t h e m will b e pulse-code modulated along with the o p e r a -
tional m e a s u r e m e n t s and t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN. O t h e r flight qualification
m e a s u r e m e n t s will be s t o r e d i n t h e F Q R f o r postflight a n a l y s i s only.
2.8-14
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NoV 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
m e a s u r i n g the t i m e l a p s e between t r a n s m i s s i o n of the s i g n a l and reception

of the r e s p o n s e s i g n a l the MSFN c a n a c c u r a t e l y d e t e r m i n e the S / C range.
Once e s t a b l i s h e d , this value c a n then be continually updated by m e a s u r i n g
the d o p p l e r shift i n the S-band c a r r i e r . A ranging m o d e c a n be s e l e c t e d
a g a i n a t l a t e r t i m e s , t o v e r i f y o r up-date the d o p p l e r data.
To f a c i l i t a t e this p r e s e n t a t i o n , the equipment c o m p r i s i n g the T / C

s y s t e m (figure 2.8-4) h a s been divided into four groups designated as
i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment, voice and d a t a equipment, R F e l e c t r o n i c s
equipment, and antenna equipment. Specifically, t h e s e equipment groups
contain the following:
I n s t r u m e n t a t i o n equipment g r o u p
0 Operational instrumentation
0 Flight qualification i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n
Voice and d a t a equipment group
0 Audio c e n t e r ( A / C ) equipment
0 Signal conditioning equipment (SCE)
0 P u l s e - c o d e m o d u l a t i o n - t e l e m e t r y ( P C M T L M ) equipment
0 T e l e v i s i o n (TV) equipment
0 P r e m o d u l a t i o n p r o c e s s o r ( P M P ) equipment
0 Data s t o r a g e equipment (DSE)
0 Flight qualification r e c o r d e r (FQR) equipment
0 Up-data link ( U D L ) equipment
0 C e n t r a l t i m i n g equipment ( C T E )
0 Voice r e c o r d e r
R F e l e c t r o n i c s equipment g r o u p
0 V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment
0 H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment
0 VHF/FM t r a n s m i t t e r equipment
0 Unified S-band equipment (USBE)
0 S-band power a m p l i f i e r equipment
0. C-band t r a n s p o n d e r equipment
0 VHF r e c o v e r y beacon equipment
Antenna equipment group
0 VHF/2-KMC omni-antenna equipment

0 H F antenna equipment
VHF r e c o v e r y antenna equipment
a C-band beacon antenna equipment

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
A f t e r touchdown, the H F r e c o v e r y antenna m u s t be deployed by

setting the POSTLANDING - ANTENNA switches (MDC-25) to DEPLOY
A a n d B while the MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT s w i t c h e s (MDC-24) a r e
a t PYRO ARM 1 and 2. H F beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n a t a p r e a s s i g n e d frequency
of 10.006 m c is a c c o m p l i s h e d by placing the RECOVERY - H F s w i t c h
(MDC-20) to ON and the RECOVERY - HF-SSB/BCN/AM switch to BCN.
The C F A E s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i v e r ( p a r t of the c r e w ’ s p e r s o n a l equip-

m e n t ) c a n a l s o be o p e r a t e d i n a beacon mode. If used i n s i d e the S/C, one
of the VHF r e c o v e r y antennas (No. 1 o r No. 2 ) c a n be used by manually
connecting i t to the applicable coax connector on MDC-9.
T h e V H F antennas and cominunications equipment condition, as

d e t e r m i n e d by the c r e w d u r i n g the postlanding p r e - r e c o v e r y p e r i o d , will
d e c i d e the utilization of the c o a x i a l c a b l e c o n n e c t o r s located on MDC-9.
The c o n n e c t o r s a r e , i d e n t i c a l and the r e c o v e r y equipment coaxial c a b l e s
m a y b e interchanged to provide the m o s t beneficial t r a c k i n g configuration.
2.8.2.4 Unified S-Band O p e r a t i o n s .
2. 8. 2.4. 1 General.
T h e USBS is p r i m a r i l y designed to be used as a d e e p - s p a c e c o m m u n i -

c a t i o n s link between the S / C and the’ MSFN. N e v e r t h e l e s s , on m i s s i o n 205
s o m e of i t s c a p a b i l i t i e s will be t e s t e d a n d it m a y be called upon f o r u s e as
backup equipment f o r voice communications, P C M d a t a t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
up-data reception, o r S I C t r a c k i n g and ranging when the S / C is within
r a n g e of a MSFN s t a t i o n equipped f o r S-band operations. In addition, only
the USBS is capable of t r a n s m i t t i n g TV.
The USBS c o n s i s t s of the S-band t r a n s m i t t e r and r e c e i v e r combined

in a single e l e c t r o n i c package c a l l e d the unified S-band equipment (USBE)
and the S-band power a m p l i f i e r (PA). The function of the S-band P A is t o
provide additional power amplification of the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r output.
Two l e v e l s of amplification (high and low) a r e possible. A bypass mode is
a l s o p o s s i b l e w h e r e i n the S-band P A is t u r n e d off and t h e output of the
USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is s e n t t o the S-band antenna equipment “ a s is. The
2 - k m c portions of the upper and l o w e r SCIN antennas a r e used f o r t r a n s -
m i s s i o n and r e c e p t i o n of S-band s i g n a l s . Antenna s e l e c t i o n is m a d e by
placing the S-BAND ANTENNA switch (MDC-20) to U P P E R , LOWER, o r
AUTO. In the AUTO position, the antenna will be automatically switched
if the signal falls below a m i n i m u m threshold.
The P M P is controlled i n conjunction with the USBE by the S-BAND

s w i t c h e s to provide the p r o p e r v o i c e and data inputs t o the USBE i n a c c o r d -
a n c e with the S-band m o d e selected.
When o p e r a t i n g i n a ranging mode, the MSFN c a n t r a n s m i t a Ilcoded”

p s e u d o - r a n d o m n o i s e (PRN) p u l s e to the S / C via the S-band c a r r i e r . T h e
S / C USBE will respond by t r a n s m i t t i n g a n identical p u l s e to the M S F N . By
-_-
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
C-BAND ANTENNAS I 2-KMC PORTIONS O F

SCIN ANTENNAS
I UPPER T O W E R (+Z)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ~~
(MDC-PO)
I I
AGC VOLTAGE
---------
IN-FLIGHT C-BAND TRACK1 NG
VHF RECOVERY ANTENNAS -I IL

\.-
I'p
I
fI
COAXIAL BRACKET (MDC.
.T.
WF-KN I
I
I (MDC-ZO)
I IN-FLIGHT S-BAND TRACK1 NG AND RANG1 NG

' I HF RECOVERY
ANTENNA
NOTES:
1.
RECOVERY
BEACON
VHF RECOVERY TRACK1 NG

The GFAE wrvivol transceiver
To:
VHF ANT
switch
+
I
--5 HF
TPANSCEIVER
(BEACON MODE)
con be manually connected to VHF

recovery ontenno N o . 1 or N o , 2 o f
the cwxiol brocket M K - 9 .
2. The COOK coble connectors
HF RECOVERY TRACKING
are identicol ond may be
interchonged, as required,
following estimotion of the
postlanding situation. SM-2A-845C
Figure 2 . 8 - 3 . T r a c k i n g and Ranging
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 8.-11

SMZ A-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
timing d a t a f o r up-dating the c e n t r a l timing equipment (CTE), and r e a l t i m e

c o m m a n d s ( R T C s ) f o r providing the MSFN with l i m i t e d c o n t r o l of c e r t a i n
on- b o a r d functions.
During n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n s , up-data is r e c e i v e d by the U H F / F M

r e c e i v e r contained in the up-data link (UDL) equipment. Once r e c e i v e d ,
the s i g n a l is p r o c e s s e d and decoded, and the i n f o r m a t i o n is routed to the
G&N s y s t e m , the C T E , o r UDL-RTC r e l a y box. F o r backup, up-data
c a n a l s o be t r a n s m i t t e d by MSFN s t a t i o n s t o the S / C v i a the S-band
c a r r i e r . When this o c c u r s , the up-data is r e c e i v e d by the USBE r e c e i v e r
which e x t r a c t s the up-data s u b c a r r i e r and r o u t e s i t to the P M P w h e r e the
intelligence is r e m o v e d f r o m the signal and s e n t to UDL equipment f o r
p r o c e s s i n g , decoding, and distribution. I n this S-band m o d e , the U H F / F M
r e c e i v e r is bypassed. Selection of the U H F o r S-BAND m o d e is m a d e with
the UP-DATA switch on MDC-20. T h e U P T L M CMD - R E S E T / O F F switch
(MDC-19) e n a b l e s the c r e w t o nullify p r e v i o u s RTCs and r e t u r n c o n t r o l t o
the S / C . An U P T L M - A C C E P T / B L O C K switch (MDC-14) is a l s o provided
s o that G&N up-data c a n be p r e v e n t e d f r o m effecting the c o m p u t e r and the
attendant validity s i g n a l being s e n t to the P C M f o r m a t .
2. 8. 2. 3 T r a c k i n g and Raneine.
2 . 8 . 2 . 3. 1 In-Flight T r a c k i n g and Ranging.
The function of the in-flight tracking and ranging equipment (figure

2. 8 - 3 ) is to a s s i s t the MSFN i n d e t e r m i n i n g S / C position and velocity. T h e
p r i m a r y method employed is C-band tracking. The C-band t r a n s p o n d e r
o n - b o a r d the S / C is u s e d f o r t h i s purpose. It o p e r a t e s i n conjunction with
conventional, e a r t h - b a s e d , r a d a r equipment by t r a n s m i t t i n g r e s p o n s e
p u l s e s t o the 'MSFN when r a d a r p u l s e s f r o m the e a r t h a r e received. It
o p e r a t e s in a "1-pulse" or a t 1 2 - p u l s e t 1mode, depending on the type of
r a d a r equipment being used a t the n e a r e s t MSFN station. A s i n g l e control,
the C-BAND switch on MDC-20, is used to a c t i v a t e the C-band t r a n s p o n d e r
i n e i t h e r mode.
Backup tracking and ranging capabilities a r e provided by the USBS.
2.8.2. 3.2 R e c o v e r y Tracking.
Line-of-,sight and beyond-line-of-sight beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n c a p a -

bilities a r e provided to a s s i s t r e c o v e r y p e r s o n n e l i n locating the S / C during
p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t and a f t e r touchdown. Line-of-sight beacon t r a n s m i s s i o n
is a c c o m p l i s h e d using the VHF r e c o v e r y beacon equipment. T h e beyond-
line-of-sight capability is f u r n i s h e d by o p e r a t i n g the H F t r a n s c e i v e r i n a
beacon mode.
During p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t the VHF r e c o v e r y beacon is activated by

s e t t i n g the RECOVERY - VHF-BCN switch (MDC-20) t o ON. T h i s c a u s e s
a 2-second, modulated VHF p u l s e to be t r a n s m i t t e d e v e r y 5 seconds
f r o m VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1, which is deployed automatically with
VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 when the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e deployed.
~~
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM I
2.8-10
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOv 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A-03-SCO 12
--
SYSTEMS DATA
the c r e w m a n . S o m e of the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s i g n a l s r e q u i r e conditioning

before they can be utilized. T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by the s i g n a l conditioning
equipment (SCE) activated by the POWER-SCE switch on MDC-20. The
r e m a i n i n g T L M s i g n a l s a r e e i t h e r conditioned a t t h e i r s o u r c e by l o c a l
s i g n a l c o n d i t i o n e r s , which r e q u i r e s no a c t i o n on the p a r t of c r e w m e n , o r
do not need conditioning. The operational i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s i g n a l s a r e used
f o r S / C d i s p l a y s a n d real time or delayed T L M t r a n s m i s s i o n via VHF-FM
a n d / o r S-band. Those t o be t e l e m e t e r e d a r e routed to the pulse-code
m o d u l a t i o n - t e l e m e t r y ( P C M T L M ) equipment. Most of the flight qualifica-
tion s i g n a l s a r e routed t o the PCM T L M equipment along with the
o p e r a t i o n a l T L M s i g n a l s . A few, however, a r e r e c o r d e d as analog s i g n a l s
i n t h e flight qualification r e c o r d e r (FQR) f o r postflight a n a l y s i s only.
T h e FQR will be activated a t b r i e f i n t e r v a l s only during c r i t i c a l p h a s e s of
the m i s s i o n b y the FLIGHT QUAL RCDR switch on MDC-19.
T h e PCM T L M equipment combines the signals t o b e t e l e m e t e r e d and

c o n v e r t s t h e m to a single, digital, p u l s e t r a i n which is then fed to the p r e -
modulation p r o c e s s o r equipment ( P M P ) and the d a t a s t o r a g e equipment
(DSE). T h e P C M TLM equipment is activated a t all t i m e s . I t s only c o n t r o l
is the T L M INPUTS - P C M switch on MDC-20. T h i s switch is used to
s e l e c t the P C M b i t - r a t e . In the HIGH (51. 2 KBPS) position, all T L M
inputs t o the P C M TLM equipment a r e p r o c e s s e d and combined into the
output signal. The LOW (1.6 KBPS) position e l i m i n a t e s the less e s s e n t i a l
p a r a m e t e r s and is u s e d only when a PCM p u l s e t r a i n of reduced bandwidth
.-.- is r e q u i r e d . The reduced bandwidth allows P C M d a t a to be r e c o r d e d a t a
reduced (3.75 i p s ) speed when long p e r i o d s of d a t a r e c o r d i n g a r e r e q u i r e d .
T h e ' X M s i g n a l is fed to the P M P a n d DSE simultaneously, f o r r e a l -

t i m e ( R / T ) t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d / o r s t o r a g e . F o r R / T t r a n s m i s s i o n , the
s i g n a l i S p r o c e s s e d through the P M P to the V H F / F M a n d / o r S-BAND t r a n s -
m i t t e r s . The P M P is controlled b y the P O W E R - P M P switch, the S-BAND
g r o u p of s w i t c h e s , and t h e T A P E RECORDER - PLAY switch. When R / T
t r a n s m i s s i o n is not possible, the P C M d a t a c a n be s t o r e d i n the DSE,
which is c o n t r o l l e d by the T A P E RECORDER group of switches and the
T L M INPUTS - P C M switch d i s c u s s e d i n the previous p a r a g r a p h . When
played b a c k l a t e r , the s t o r e d PCM d a t a is a l s o p r o c e s s e d through the P M P
t o t h e V H F / F M a n d / o r S-BAND t r a n s m i t t e r s f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n . The sole
function of the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r is the t r a n s m i s s i o n of R / T o r s t o r e d
P C M data. I t s only c o n t r o l is the VHF-FM - O N / O F F switch on MDC-20.
It u t i l i z e s the same antennas as the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r , namely,
the upper o r l o w e r SCIN antenna as s e l e c t e d by the VHF antenna switch.
Backup capability f o r the t r a n s m i s s i o n of PCM T L M d a t a is provided

b y t h e USBS. ( R e f e r to a subsequent d i s c u s s i o n of unified S-band
operations. )
2. 8 . 2 . 2. 3 Up-Data Reception.
Up-data which c a n b e t r a n s m i t t e d to the S / C by the MSFN c o n s i s t s

of t h r e e types: G & N d a t a f b r .;$-dating the Apollo guidance c o m p u t e r ,
~~
T E L E C OMMU NIC AT ION S YST E M

.'C .#,* .
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 196'6. *ChalrgC!Date Page 2 - 8-9
HF
VHF RECOVERY
RECOVERY
ANTENNAS VHF PORTION OF TM
ANTENNA
h 1 VHFR - KMC SCIN ANTE
Y
COAX
CONNECTORS
VHF ANTENNA
t
5765
J
5690
SWITCH
MC MC VHF & UHF

I
I, VHF MULTIPLRER
10.006 MC-
243 M C
C- BAND
X-PONDER
VOICE RECORD ,
VOICE
2968MCv
VHNAM
+ 259.7 MC
I
7
EQU IP. VHF HF f
(MDC-19)
RECORDER
. XMTR-RCVR I RECY B C N XCVR I
- - - - - - - - - - - - 4--- - - - - - - -1-1-- - - - &+I- - _7 ;' - A -1-
1 4 EQUIP, I EQUIP. ~ EQUIP. L
I r----d 4
L---, I -
NASA SUPPLIED BODY WORN BIO-ME0 EQUIPMENT I
CWMANDER'S UMB I L l C A L I I
!
REDUNDANT SIGNAL - - --- AUDIO
- - - . J JI I
I1 .
I
HF
BCN
NAVIGATOR'S UMB lL l CAL 4- ---
CONT
CONTROCS
REDUNDANT SIGNAL MDC-20
S-BAND KEY *
ENG INEER' 5 UMB I L I CAL
REDUNDANT SIGNAL
I
MIKE 0 I I I
I V I DE0
S-BAND K F I + - - - - - - -f I
I
PTI swITCH TRANSLATION CONTROLLER-- -- --I r-------------
* I
c I
LEGEND
SIGNAL FLOW
CONTROL
-
--- -
1
II
I
TO RECY INTERCOM -
AUDIO
I LCC V I A SIC
HF VHF RECOVERY
RECOVERY ANTENNAS VHF PORTION OF THE 2-KMC PORTION OF THE
ID ANTENNAS ANTENNA NO. 2 VHFl2 - KMC SCIN ANTENNAS VHFIZ-KMC S C I N ANTENNAS
7 V
t
COAX r-------
RELEASE
L
VHF ANTENNA
SWITCH
VHF h UHF
1
I I
. I) VHF MULTIPLMER
10.006 MC-
A
1-
I UHF
FM
G&N UPDATA
BAND
VOICE RECORD 2968MCt
243 MC
7
v 259.7 MC i l 45%
237.8 M C I
-
RC\ EQUIP T I M I N G PUL!
AND RESET
VHFlAM I VHF HF VHFKM I
ONDER
7u I P. XMTR-RCVR IRECY B C N XCVR I XMTR II VALIDATION SIGNA1
EQUIP, 1 EQUIP. EQUIP. I )UIP.
(MDC-191 4 + 4 + b I
i ;
- A--d
"DER'S UMBILICAL
EDUNDANT SIGNAL
PTTM Isw
EARPHONE
S-BAND KEY
KE 2
[ Tb
e
q
--) ~
I I Jt ]i
~
--- 7 . 1.
C W MAN DER' S
LI - -AUDIO -------
- (MDC-26)
& CONTROLS
CI
+- - CON1
-- CONTROLS
----{ - 4
r
I
I
- - - - - --
IHARDLIM BIO-mtD
DATA
ATOR'S U M B I L I C A L
i D U N D A N T S IGNAL
iI I
NAVIGATOR'S
AUDIO CONTROLS
MDC-20
'
I 2 6 BITS D I G I T A L
I
(PARALLEL) TO *
PHOTO EQU IP M E N l
URPHONE II II IMDC-U) h
MIKE AUDIO
~-
I UPVOICE &
Pl-r sw CENTER 4 & DOWNVOIC
S-BAND KEY
ER'S U M B I L I C A L I!
'I 2 *
ENGINEER'S
EQU IP. S-BAND
AUDIO
ECEIVED UP-DI I
I
,, I
AUDIO CONTROLS
(MDC- 23 1
-~ r--
-DUNDANT SIGNAL - I
I 4 I
EARPHONE I I
I
I
I
I
--r ------ - --
1 I I AUDIO I
--
ITCH TRANSLATION CONTROLLER---- --e- I
L
l ~ I O ~ V I D E O
I
1I TO RECY INTERCOM
ILCC V I A SIC
Mission Bas:
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2-KMC PORTION Gf THE

.'AS VHF/Z-KMC S C I N ANTENNAS
----_--------------
AUTO CONTROL ----1
DIPLEXER -
-------1 2-KMC ANTENNA
SWITCH
2287,5 MCt ;-CFT? - =1 -
I BODY-WORN ~ O M EDATA
D
I PWR A M P L S-BAND I---
BIOMED I
XMIT EQUIP
I '
I t J EQUIP.- EQUIP. I
t ------__ 4 --------
+_ _ _ _
I
-- +
e A--
A
------------a
A
'
237.8MCi
%FM
. LINK
RCVR EQUIP
_t7d
G&N UPDATA & COMMANDS
REALTIME COMMANDS
6 V D C T I M I N G EXCITATION
T I M I N G PULSETRAINS
AND RESEl
~
UDL
-
G&N COMPUTER
* & CONTROL PANEL
APPLICABLE
VHFlFM I c RELAY SIC SYSTEMS
BOX
XMTR
EQUIP. I ,
.
VALIDATION SIGNAL ' F R O M G&N
DI..
ANALOG & DIGITAL DATA >S/C CONTROLS & D I SPLA Y S

A I *E
I I ANALOG h
CONDITIONED I DATA I DIGITAL +
4
INSTR OUTPUTS
5 V D C INSTR
2
I BUTION :
DISTRI- I,INPUTS 4*
SIC
-
SIGNAL
COND. MClTATlONPWR PANEL 8 5 V D C OPERA-
TI ONAL
- - - - - --- ------ -- UNCONDITIONED t>Dg-- I NSTR
I .+
b
ANALOG
----
I
- 4I H A R D LDATA
I M BlO-mtD
26 PARALLEL BITS TIME CODE
40 KC
1 ,
+ scs
126 BITS D I G I T A L CENTRAL 6.4 KC INVERTER SYNC ,EPS
(PARALLEL) TO 4 ~ TIMING IOCPS
b DISPLAY EQUl P.
EQUIP.
I --
I PHOTO EQU IP M E M
4
1 PULSE PER 10 MIN
1024 KC SYNC I NPUT QG&N
ECS
'A & UPVOICE & I I
I
VALIDATION SIGNAL
LOW LEVEL ANALOG INPUTS
START, STOP, B I T T I M I N G w RZ DATA 5L 2 KBS
PCM DATA
& 512 KC
-
~~
SUB FRAME RATE

TIMING 1 P P S
FLIGHT
> ill0
?.
EQUIP. RECORDER 4 ANALOG INPUTS - QUAL
II A INSTR
A
ANALOG AND DIGITAL DATA
Figure 2.8-4. Telecommunications S y s t e m
T EL EC 0 M M UNIC A T I 0 NS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 8 - 1 5 / 2 . 8 - 1 6
SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8. 3. 2 Voice and Data Equipment Group.
2.8. 3 . 2. 1 Audio C e n t e r ( A / C ) Equipment.
The A / C equipment ( f i g u r e 2. 8-5) c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s e p a r a t e identical

modules located in a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package i n the l o w e r equipment bay.
Each module is controlled independently by i t s own c o n t r o l panel and
supplied with 28-vdc power through s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s . T h e t h r e e
c o n t r o l p a n e l s , MDC-26, -13, and -23, a r e located in s t a t i o n s 1, 2, and 3 ,
r e s p e c t i v e l y . Each of the a s t r o n a u t ' s h e a d s e t s , containing two m i c r o p h o n e s
and two microphone a m p l i f i e r s , and two independently operating e a r p h o n e s ,
is connected to one of the A / C modules by a c o b r a cable. Thus e a c h
a s t r o n a u t h a s a s e p a r a t e h e a d s e t , audio c e n t e r module, and audio c o n t r o l
p a n e l to provide h i m with individual c o n t r o l of voice t r a n s m i s s i o n and
reception.
Each A / C module contains a microphone a m p l i f i e r , VOX c i r c u i t r y ,

a n e a r p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , and v a r i o u s s i g n a l attenuation, switching, and
i s o l a t i o n c i r c u i t s . The earphone and microphone a m p l i f i e r s amplify the
voice s i g n a l s to and f r o m the headset. The VOX c i r c u i t r y is a v o i c e -
o p e r a t e d keying c i r c u i t that supplies a ground r e t u r n path n e c e s s a r y f o r
activating the microphone a m p l i f i e r and the t r a n s m i t t e r keying r e l a y s in
the H F t r a n s c e i v e r , i n t e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m , and the power c o n t r o l
r e l a y in the operating voice r e c o r d e r .
Audio s i g n a l s a r e provided t o and f r o m the H F t r a n b c e i v e r equip-

m e n t , VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment, USBE (via the P M P ) ,
and the i n t e r c o m bus. The i n t e r c o m bus is c o m m o n to all t h r e e m o d u l e s
and p r o v i d e s f o r the h a r d l i n e communications between c r e w m e n a n d with
the LCC and r e c o v e r y f o r c e s .
Inputs and outputs a r e controlled by the RCDR/HF, VHF/AM, S-BAND,

and INTERCOM switches on the audio c o n t r o l panels. E a c h of t h e s e
s w i t c h e s h a s t h r e e positions: T / R , O F F , and REG. Setting any of the
s w i t c h e s to T / R (except S-BAND) p e r m i t s t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception of
voice s i g n a l s o v e r i t s r e s p e c t i v e equipment. REC p e r m i t s r e c e p t i o n
only, and O F F d i s a b l e s the input and the output. The o p e r a t i o n of the
m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r in e a c h module is controlled by the VOX keying
c i r c u i t o r the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a cable o r the t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l l e r .
The VOX c i r c u i t is e n e r g i z e d by the position of the POWER - P T T / O F F / V O X
switch on e a c h audio c o n t r o l panel. T h e P T T position p e r m i t s monitoring
and activation of the m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r HF, VHF/AM
and S-band voice t r a n s m i s s i o n c i r c u i t s by the P T T key. The VOX position
p e r m i t s all the functions of the P T T position plus VOX activation of the
m i c r o p h o n e a m p l i f i e r , voice r e c o r d e r and H F t r a n s m i t t e r .
T h r e e p o t e n t i o m e t e r c o n t r o l s a r e a l s o provided on e a c h audio control

Panel: VOX SENS, INTERCOM BALANCE, and VOLUME. The VOX SENS
c o n t r o l i s used to a d j u s t the sensitivity of the VOX c i r c u i t r y , d e t e r m i n i n g
the amplitude of the voice signal n e c e s s a r y to t r i g g e r the VOX keying
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 NOv 1966 Change Date page 2.8-17

SM2A-03 - SCO 12
-.--
SYSTEMS DATA
VOLUME
To: R E O INTERCOM SWIMMER CONNECTOR 4
To: MODULE NO. 2

'I
1
VOICE
+
I I EARPHONES I N
COMMND
PILOT'S
I
1 NTERCOM
T/R 1
I
SWITCH 6 SWITCH 6 To:

ISOLATION I ON-BOARD
I
INTERCOM I I
VOICE
TAPE
RECORDER
*BALANCE I ADJUST
t S-BAND I- I
t I
DIODE DIODE To: UZBE
Fm: SWITCH 6 SWITCH 6
VOICE
PMP UP-
VOICE DISCR VHF-AM
I -I.
I VOICE To:
Fmn: SWITCH 6
A I
If p~
VHF/AM ISOLATlON zi!%/R
XMTR-RCVR DIODE
(-+A+
HF KEYING RELAY A N D ON-BOARD T/R
SWITCH 6
ISOLATION
SIDE-
I
5 10: HF
VOICE TAPE RECORDER POWER
SWITCH 6
ISOLATION I XCVR
DIODE
I
A l l controls and witch- o n
on MDC-26 u n l m othemise
MIKE AMPL VOICE ' 9. Only Module NO. i and its

INCMDR'S I .
controls am i n d i w t d .
I identical except that controls

and switchr am locotd on
I
(COBRA CABLE)
i 1H-I I
MDC-13 ond -23,hwdseh am
for SENIOR PILOT ond PILOT,
I
Ond T/C circuit btsaken om
SWITCH GROUP- 5 and -3, respectively
& I
POWER
4. Additioml PTT ptshbuttonr
L-~OFF
-TIC1
0 PTT
I ovox
I
L- 0- --- -0
To:
I
I
5.
(not i l l m t m t d ) am locotd
on tmnrlotion controls.
The VOX switch provideso
grovrd d u m path thrwgh the
j3
FUGHT GROUP4 POWER switch when enabled by
k&
:, M 28 VDC = vox
SENS
ELECT.
a~cuirs
the VOX circuitry
BUS SM-24-740F
(MDC-22)
Figure 2.8-5. Audio C e n t e r Equipment
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date page2.8- 18

SMZA- 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~ ~
c i r c u i t . The INTERCOM BALANCE c o n t r o l a d j u s t s the l e v e l of voice

s i g n a l inputs f r o m the R F equipment r e l a t i v e to the l e v e l of voice signal
inputs f r o m the i n t e r c o m bus. The VOLUME c o n t r o l a d j u s t s the output of
the e a r p h o n e a m p l i f i e r ,
2 . 8 . 3. 2 . 2 Signal-Conditioning Equipment (SCE).
The signal-conditioning equipment ( S C E ) is contained i n a single

e l e c t r o n i c s package located i n t h e LEB. (See figure 2. 8-6. ) Its functions
a r e t o c o n v e r t v a r i o u s kinds of unconditioned s i g n a l s f r o m the i n s t r u m e n t a -
tion equipment into compatible, 0 - to 5-volt d - c analog s i g n a l s , and to p r o -
vide excitation voltages to s o m e of the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s e n s o r s and
transducers.
The SCE u s e s the following module types: The a c t i v e a t t e n u a t o r , to

attenuate high-signal voltages; the a c - ( a m ) to-dc c o n v e r t e r , t o d e t e c t the
amplitude v a r i a t i o n s of a n a - c signal; the d c differential a m p l i f i e r , to
amplify small s i g n a l s ; the d c d i f f e r e n t i a l bridge a m p l i f i e r , to d e t e c t
r e s i s t a n c e changes; the bi-phase d e m o d u l a t o r , to c o n v e r t S I C position
r e s o l v e r outputs; the frequency d e m o d u l a t o r , to d e t e c t f r e q u e n c y changes
i n a n a - c signal; and the power supply, to provide t 2 0 volts and -20 volts to
the SCE c i r c u i t r y , 10 volts as b r i d g e excitation, and 5 volts to excite o t h e r
SIC sensors.
The conditioned output s i g n a l s f r o m the SCE a r e routed to the d a t a

d i s t r i b u t i o n panel (DDP). The DDP p r o v i d e s p a r a l l e l outputs, w h e r e
n e c e s s a r y , and r o u t e s the s i g n a l s to the P C M t e l e m e t r y equipment, S / C
d i s p l a y s , and GSE connections.
The only e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l f o r the SCE i s the two-position POWER-

SCE toggle switch o n MDC-20. P l a c i n g this s w i t c h to ON a p p l i e s 28 volts
d c to the l a t c h winding of the latching r e l a y , which $ l o s e s contacts applying
3-phase a - c power to the power supply module. I n the O F F position, the
r e l a y is ,unlatched, removing a - c power f r o m the power supply.
2. 8. 3. 2 . 3 P u l s e - C o d e Modulation T e l e m e t r y ( P C M TLM) Equipment.
The function of the P C M T L M equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 7 ) is to c o n v e r t

TLM d a t a inputs f r o m v a r i o u s s o u r c e s into one serial digital output signal.
This s i n g l e output s i g n a l is routed to the P M P for t r a n s m i s s i o n to the MSFN
or to the DSE f o r s t o r a g e . The P C M TLM equipment is contained i n two
s e p a r a t e units located i n the l o w e r equipment bay: P C M unit 1 and P C M
unit 2.
Input s i g n a l s to the P C M TLM equipment a r e of f o u r g e n e r a l types:

low-level analog, high-level analog, p a r a l l e l digital, and serial digital.
Some of the low-level analog inputs a r e supplied d i r e c t l y f r o m the i n s t r u -
mentation s e n s o r s ; o t h e r d a t a inputs are routed through the d a t a distribution
panel (DDP).
Two m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e possible: the high- ( n o r m a l ) b i t - r a t e mode

of 5 1 . 2 kilobits p e r second (KBS)and the low- ( r e d u c e d ) b i t - r a t e mode of
1. 6 KBS. Operational mode is s e l e c t e d by placing the TLM INPUTS-PCM
switch o n MDC-20 t o HIGH o r LOW, as applicable. When the s w i t c h is i n
the L O W position, the high P C M b i t - r a t e c a n be c o m m a n d e d by the M S F N
via the UDL equipment.
TELECOMMUMCATION SYSTEM
Mission Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-19

SMZA-0 3- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
SIGNAL CONDlllONlNG EQUlPMENT

-
I I
1
- 115V3~4WCPS
ACIUS2.A
X S
RESOLVER w-
-cPS
I
LATORS
I ZCHANNELS
6 CHANNELS
I SPSI
IO SPS
I
I
-
PUT: PITCH,
YAW, ROLL
I To KM
A
I ,TELEME-
TRY
I EPS 1 DC D'FRR- 7 CHANNELS 10 SPS
iI MUP.
7I AMPLIFIERS
20t0250MVor
ENTUL
POSTUNDING, I
MTTERY, MTTERY
CHARGER, FUEL CELL
I
. II
I
lo: s/c
m
'DIS-
PUYS
TEMP SENSORS
:-
!n !
4 CTool5V
SIG CON0
pos SUPPLY
, 6IIHANNELS IOSPSI
I
I
SENSOR
IO VOLTS
F i g u r e 2. 8-6. Signal Conditioning Equipment
2.8-20
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
LO LEVEL PCM UNIT NO. 1

ANALOG ANALOG
INPUTS INPUTS
M CHANNELS.
HI BIT RATE, I NO. OF CHANNELS I 5 PERCENT
10 CHANNELS -
LO BIT RATE
HI LEVEL
ANALOG
MULTI-
I 200 SPS
I W sps
MSPS
,:]
25
HI
, PLEXER 125 - HI BIT RATE

HI -10 S P S
Lo.I sps O M - LO BIT RATE 85 PERCENT
LO LEVEL 1W - HI BIT RATE
4
AMPL. *-I M - LO BIT RATE
, I
1 I t
HI-SPEED ANALOG
CODER GATES h
I CALIBRATOR
GATE DRIVERS
PARALLEL
D1G I TAL
8 BIT PARALLEL
DIGITAL DATA I I fI
' 4
1
I
PCM UNIT NO. 2
INPUTS I I ! I f I I
HI 811 RATE -
28 CHANNELS, 0 CONTROL DATA
- -+START PULSE
LO BIT RATE - L- -+,STOP PULSE

TRANSFER
26 CHANNELS, NOS. 1-17 DRIVER syr'c
-pB IT
I
8 BITS PER WORD PARALLEL DIGITAL SOURCE EXT
TRANSFER N0S.I-I2 OR INT
I CHANNEL, 0 PROGRAMMER 512 KC
32 BITS PER WORl -- I CPS SYNC] Fra'
DIGITAL
I- I
I, I
I CHANNEL, 0 l ONLY
MULTI-
16 BITS PER WORI x)sps PLEXER
I
I I ' I
UDL RTC
I CHANNEL, 0 I ONLY RELAY BOX
16 BITS PER WORI osps
FOR h 4 4 T
ID SELEC-
.
OUTPUT DATARATE TIMING
I CHANNEL o REGISTER DSE
24 BITS PER WORI
PARALLEL BIT PCM WORDS (8)
. I 5IZKCSUBCARRIER To:
IREF PMP
KM
I
1
Rz SERIAL
UNITS
POWER SUPPLY *PCM DATA
NO.l h
e51.2KBPSDATA To LCC
t N0.2
RATE TIMING VIA S/C
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PCM TLM FRAME RATE
WORD FROM LEGEND
GhN
Fmm: 0
ll5VAC30 - - - CONTROL 6 COMMAND CIRCUITS
NON ESS u SIGNAL AND POWER
T/C sw MDC-22 * Refer to DSE illustmtion for
dditional switch circuitry S M - -A- 7 i 5 D
F i g u r e 2.8-7. P u l s e Code Modulation T e l e m e t r y

-
2.8-21
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.8. 3. 2 . 4 T e l e v i s i o n ( T V ) Equipment.
The TV equipment c o n s i s t s of a s m a l l , p o r t a b l e , TV c a m e r a ( f i g u r e
2. 8-8)t h a t c a n b e hand-held o r mounted i n one of f o u r l o c a t i o n s i n the
c o m m a n d module. Its function i s to a c q u i r e r e a l - t i m e video i n f o r m a t i o n
f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n to the MSFN d u r i n g S-band testing.
The f i r s t c a m e r a mounting p o s i t i o n is l o c a t e d below the m a i n d i s p l a y

c o n s o l e , and w i l l p e r m i t a f r o n t view of t h e c r e w lying i n t h e i r c o u c h e s . The
s e c o n d p o s i t i o n i s l o c a t e d behind t h e head of t h e c e n t e r s e a t , and will p e r m i t
viewing of c r e w a c t i v i t i e s i n the m i d d l e of the c o m m a n d module. The
s e c o n d p o s i t i o n i s a l s o p r o v i d e d with a five-foot s t r e t c h c a b l e to p e r m i t
hand-held u s e of t h e c a m e r a f o r c o v e r a g e of any d e s i r a b l e t a r g e t i n s i d e o r
o u t s i d e the S I C . The t h i r d p o s i t i o n is l o c a t e d i n the right-hand equipment
bay, and p e r m i t s viewing of a s t r o n a u t s a t w o r k i n that a r e a . The final
p o s i t i o n u t i l i z e s a s p e c i a l b r a c k e t which allows t h e TV c a m e r a to look out
t h e right-hand docking window.
The TV c i m e r a is connected d i r e c t l y to the PWR c a b l e a t t h e f i r s t

mounting position. If the TV c a m e r a is to be u s e d i n t h e mounting p o s i t i o n
behind the c e n t e r couch, the PWR c a b l e m u s t be connected to the c o n n e c t o r
m a r k e d " T V C a m to Hatch J107, ( I and t h e c a m e r a , i n t u r n , should be con-
nected to t h e c o n n e c t o r a t t h a t p o s i t i o n ( J 1 9 1 ) , by the s t r e t c h c a b l e . If the
TV c a m e r a i s to be mounted by the right-hand equipment bay, t h e P W R
c a b l e m u s t be connected to t h e c o n n e c t o r m a r k e d " T V C a m to RHEB, I t and
t h e TV c a m e r a connected t o the c o n n e c t o r a t t h a t l o c a t i o n ( J 1 9 5 ) by t h e
s t r e t c h cable.
The TV c a m e r a i s c o n s t r u c t e d with a p i s t o l - g r i p type of handle on the

bottom, which c a n be extended to f a c i l i t a t e p o r t a b l e u s e . The TV c a m e r a
is fitted with a fixed-focus wide-angle l e n s f o r p i c t u r e taking within t h e
c o m m a n d module. F o r taking p i c t u r e s of t h e e a r t h o r moon t h r o u g h t h e
C / M window, a n i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e z o o m l e n s i s provided. The zoom l e n s h a s
a look a n g l e of f r o m 9 d e g r e e s through 30 d e g r e e s . It is fitted with a
t h r o u g h - t h e - l e n s type v i e w e r t h a t will e n a b l e the o p e r a t o r to s e e the change
i n field of view and r e l a t i v e s i z e of t h e s c e n e while the l e n s is adjusted.
The e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t r y i n t h e c a m e r a is equipped with a n a u t o m a t i c gain
c o n t r o l to allow f o r d i f f e r e n c e s i n t a r g e t i l l u m i n a t i o n .
The TV c a m e r a is a c t i v a t e d by a s l i d e s w i t c h i n the p i s t o l - g r i p handle,

which a p p l i e s 28 volts d c to the c a m e r a p o w e r supply when s e t to on. This
e n e r g i z e s the e n t i r e c a m e r a and r e s u l t s i n a video output s i g n a l t h a t i s fed
to t h e P M P . In t h e P M P , t h e video s i g n a l i s f r e q u e n c y multiplexed with the
t e l e m e t r y d a t a and voice, which is t r a n s m i t t e d to e a r t h via t h e USBE. The
USBE m u s t be o p e r a t i n g i n a TV m o d e to p e r m i t this t r a n s m i s s i o n . An
AUTO LIGHT CONTROL s w i t c h h a s b e e n added to t h e c a m e r a , p e r m i t t i n g it
to c o m p e n s a t e f o r e i t h e r peak o r a v e r a g e s c e n e i l l u m i n a t i o n s f r o m 0. 1 to
30 foot c a n d l e s .
2. 8 . 3 . 2 . 5 P r e m o d u l a t i o n P r o c e s s o r ( P M P ) Equipment.
The P M P equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 9 ) functions a s a d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and

d i s t r i b u t i o n c e n t e r providing n e c e s s a r y i n t e r f a c e , w h e r e r e q u i r e d , between
t h e voice, d a t a , and R F equipment. The P M P c o n s i s t s of t e n m o d u l e s
mounted in a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package l o c a t e d i n t h e l o w e r equipment bay.
T h e s e m o d u l e s contain f i l t e r s , o s c i l l a t o r s , m o d u l a t o r s , d e m o d u l a t o r s ,
d e t e c t o r s , switching c i r c u i t s , d i s c r i m i n a t o r s , mixing and keying n e t w o r k s ,
and a p o w e r supply.
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-22

SM2A-0 3-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
TARGET
VOLTAGE
t N CAMERA
,To:
PMP
ALC
witch
PREAMPLIFIER
HIGH-
PEAKER
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
- c
CLAMP
A
+ PROCESSING
AMPLIFIER
I
A A
-r--+-1-+I-
I I I
I I I I
1 I I I
- --.- ----- -
SWEEPS AND BEAM CURRENT GENERATOR
To. VIDICON
POWER ELECTRODES
SUPPLY 6 CIRCUIT
SLIDE SWITCH BOARDS
O N TV CAMERA
HANDLE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND POST-
GROUP 5 LANDING
MDC-22 nus
SM-2A-738C
F i g u r e 2. 8-8. T e l e v i s i o n Equipment
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
The P M P c a n o p e r a t e i n m a n y p o s s i b l e m o d e s . All of the e x t e r n a l

c o n t r o l s f o r the P M P a r e switches located on MDC-20. The s w i t c h e s which
affect the P M P c o n s i s t of the POWER - P M P switch, the S-BAND - VOICE
g r o u p of s w i t c h e s , the S-BAND - EMERG switch, and the T A P E
RECORDER - PLAY and - RECORD/PLAY switches. Also, d u r i n g e m e r -
gency key operation, the P T T keys on the c o b r a c a b l e s a n d t r a n s l a t i o n
c o n t r o l s , c o n t r o l the P M P e m e r g e n c y key network. All of the s i g n a l inputs
a v a i l a b l e t o t h e P M P a r e l i s t e d i n the P M P INPUTS table a t the end of t h i s
p a r a g r a p h . P M P outputs a r e dependent upon s w i t c h configuration. T h e
P M P OUTPUTS table, a l s o a t the end of t h i s p a r a g r a p h , shows the v a r i o u s
c o m p o s i t e output s i g n a l p o s s i b i l i t i e s along with t h e i r destinations and the
s w i t c h positions r e q u i r e d f o r a n y mode of operation. It should be noted that
the S-BAND and T A P E RECORDER s w i t c h e s a l s o affect the o p e r a t i o n a l
m o d e of the USBE and DSE.
One function of the P M P is t o p r o c e s s the P C M T L M s i g n a l obtained

f r o m the P C M T L M equipment o r DSE and route i t to the V H F / F M t r a n s -
m i t t e r equipment f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n t o the MSFN. T h i s output will be
provided w h e n e v e r a P C M input is available, r e g a r d l e s s of mode and
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y with o t h e r P M P outputs.
A l l r e m a i n i n g P M P functions involve i n t e r f a c e with the USBE. Inputs

to the P M P f r o m the USBE a r e the 70-kc up-data and 30-kc up-voice sub-
c a r r i e r s . T h e s e a r e fed into the up-data and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r
c i r c u i t s . T h e s e two c i r c u i t s (as w e l l as c i r c u i t r y needed f o r e m e r g e n c y I --
S-band m o d e s ) do not r e q u i r e the F W R - P M P switch to be on. They a r e
supplied with power independently whenever the USBE is i n operation.
Outputs f r o m the up-data and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r s a r e fed to the UDL
and A / C equipment, r e s p e c t i v e l y .
T h e P M P s u p p l i e s a n output to one of the t h r e e USBE inputs, depending

on S-band mode as s e l e c t e d by the S-BAND - VOICE group of s w i t c h e s and
the S-BAND - EMERG switch. T h e USBE inputs a r e designated PM, FM-1,
and FM-2. During n o r m a l S-band modes, the P M P supplies e i t h e r a P M o r
F M - 1 output t o the USBE. T h e P M output supplies r e a l - t i m e PCM T L M and
voice to the USBE when the USBE is o p e r a t i n g in a n o r m a l voice o r a
ranging mode. If the USBE ranging only mode is s e l e c t e d , the PCM T L M
portion of the output is eliminated, leaving only voice s i g n a l s in the P M - 1
output. When r e c o r d e d d a t a o r TV d a t a is t o be t r a n s m i t t e d along with PCM
T L M and v o i c e d a t a , the F M - 1 output is supplied to the USBE. T h i s mode
p e r m i t s the g r e a t e r bandwidth which is r e q u i r e d f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of this
data.
T h e r e a r e t w o e m e r g e n c y m o d e s ; e m e r g e n c y voice and e m e r g e n c y
key, s e l e c t e d by the S- BAND - EMERC switch and used to p e r m i t e m e r g e n c y
t r a n s m i s s i o n of voice o r code o v e r the USBE with the P M P shutdown. With
the S-BAND - EMERG switch i n the c e n t e r ( O F F ) position, the PWR - P M P
switch c o n t r o l s the application of power to the P M P . However, with the
S-BAND - EMERC switch s e t to e i t h e r VOICE o r KEY, a - c power is
r e m o v e d f r o m the P M P . In the KEY position, a s e p a r a t e 28-volt d - c
._.-
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Changd Date I-.

page 2.8-24
N
F m : PCM T L M EQUIP. + c
f-$: &?D1 STORED
*RNG1 < PCM
--4 SWITCHES + u
I A i
b
-
-
l-AyR:rON LY
0 I - ‘
I
I
LI
0
I
N
I
I
I L I ,
I
0 I
TAPE RECORDER
I P W F M MODE CONTPO
PLAY
PCM
1 I REAL-TIME ANALOG MOD
- NORM I
0 I
I STORED ANALOG MODE Ca
i
F m : DSE :
STORED ANALOG DATA I
I
LANDING
Bus -0 __ OFF NORMAL V o l C V K M W C
(r
f
.1
GROUP-5 KEY EMERG KEY MODE CONTROL)
I---
20 VDC
4,
XPONDER VOLTAGE 4@
0 REGUIATOR
__ OFF USBE WR
AF
r--- ---- ------------- PREMODULATION PROCESSOR
I
From TVCAMERA .* "IDEo I lSOlATlON LOWPASS
AMPL C AMPL _c FILTER
FS-BAND
I--
~w
I
'ph'NG1
OFF
ORNG
1
ONLY
Fra PCMTLMEQUIP
To
Fmn
DSE 4
DSE
REAL TIMEPcMITLM
+
+ STORED PCMlTLM
I
I
I
]
rREAL
TIME/
STORED
% PCM
.o SWITCHES,
A
I
b
A
DATA
LIMITER -
.. BI-MASE
MODULATOR'
BANDPASS
RLTER -b
A
AMPL'S 4
PM
MlXlP
NETWC
6 I vI 0 - - -
Tv
SWITCH
t -
BIOMED
. P W F M MODE CONTROL
SWITCH
a
-c
REAL-TIME ANALOG MODE CONTROL
- 3
STORED A N A L O G MODE CONTROL
I
ANALOG
c SCO'S
Fmm. DSE :
STORED ANALOG DATA 1
I
I
4P K3 -- _-_ K3
0
(9)
-
L
m . AUDIO CENTER EQUPMENT

f SPEECH
- vco 4
MIXER
-c FREQ BANDPASS
+ AMP
I
6 FILTER x2 FILTER
I5 VAC uy) CPS I
t
rPOWER
pMp 1 r S - B A N D i
EMERG 512KC TUNED
SUBCARRIER . EMERG KEY
- AMPL
+
'C ,ON VOICE PMP P N R OFF CONTROL

OFF N O W 1V o l C V K M h V C
INTERRUPTER
.OUTITPUT sw
KEY EMERG KEY MODE CONTROL
r--
I 1 t
20 VDC
XPONDER
0 REGULATOR
co OFF USBE P N R
K2
OFF CONTROL
XPONDER
0
(MDC-20)
PWRAMPL CKT UTIUZATlON
BOX
From: CTE
P l l CIRCUIT
(SEE AUDIO CENTER € Q U I
ILLUSTRATION. )
0
Figure 2 . 8 - 9 .
~
M i s s ion Basic D a t e 2
, ,.
.::,.i
.
.-.. . '
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
AMPL
LOWPASS ! PCM TLh4 To: VHF-FM
L
A
_+I
FILTER I * XMTR
81-PHASE * BANDPASS
PM PM
OUTPUT EMITTER
i VOICE 6 PCM OR VOICE ONLY (PM)
OR EMERG KEY CW
MODULATOR FILTER
--t AMPL,S -+ <ING +-+ FOLLOWER I w To: USBE
7
=TpJ-
3NTROL
I I
ANALOG
SCO'S
L
4
MIXING
NETWORK
EM,TTER
--c FOLLOWER
U
!
I
I
I
VOICE PLi
P(IM
OR BIOMED (FM-I
N , ANALOG,
+ To: USBE
r I
I
- e
0 F m US8E
EMERG VOICE (FM-2)

w T o VSBE
I
1 II 1 .
i -
MXER FREQ BANDPASS AMpL,s SH USBE i l l m t m t i a , for

vco -.c * * odditionol w i t c h Lnctiar.
A FILTER x2
*
FILTER
I 2. +28 vdc to thae points i s supplied
by PMP p M r wpply .
I 3 . lhasa c i r c u l k o n not d o n
s/c 012.
I 4 . This contml lirw mova power fmn
II the PCM procuing circulk, doto limllar,

bi-phose modulotor, ond K M a n p l l f i e n .
5 . he x ) VDC r w u l o t w supplies p o r o r to
----------I---- - --I
F i g u r e 2.8-9. Premodulation P r o c e s s o r Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e PageZ. 8 - 2 5 / 2 . 8 - 2 6

SM2A-03-SCO 12
... SYSTEMS DATA
s o u r c e is used to enable the e m e r g e n c y key network only, which p e r m i t s

a 512-kc s i g n a l f r o m the C T E to b e keyed by the P T T key i n the c o b r a
cable. T h i s signal is applied to the P M input of the USBE. In the VOICE
position, voice s i g n a l s f r o m the audio c e n t e r equipment a r e routed d i r e c t l y
through the P M P and supplied to the F M - 2 ( e m e r g e n c y v o i c e ) input of the
USBE.
T h e following m a t r i x shows the switching configurations of the

S-band s y s t e m i n several o p e r a t i o n a l modes.
P M P Inputs
Signal Type Source Application

R e a l - t i m e PCM P C M T L M equipment T r a n s m i s s i o n to M S F N via
TLM USBE or V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r
Video TV equipment T r a n s m i s s i o n t o M S F N via

USBE
Voice Audio c e n t e r T r a n s m i s s i o n to MSFN via

equipment USBE
Recorded PCM TLL DSE T r a n s m i s s i o n t o MSFN v i a

USBE o r V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r
512-kc s q u a r e wave CTE CW t r a n s m i s s i o n t o MSFN

during e m e r g e n c y key mode
512-kc s q u a r e wave PCM TLM S u b c a r r i e r f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of

e quipmen t PCM T L M to MSFN v i a USBE
70-kc up-data USBE Detection of up-data r e c e i v e d

subcarrier f r o m MSFN via USBE
30-kc up-voice USBE Detection of up-voice r e c e i v e d

s u b c a r rier f r o m M S F N v i a USBE
Basic Date 12 N O v 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-27

Mission
SMZA-03 - SCO 12
e: n
W e:hZ
Q
cr:
0 Pi
W R
wcr:
n"
z I I I
0 I
e:
3w
n
k
P)
Y
a
5
E:
0 z a
02
6
w
u,
0
..
L.
P) w
n
k
01 w
> ic
U
E: Pi U
d PI
I Z " 4 z a 4
0 2 b 0 2 b
n
z
2
u)
01
T
E
Y
3
a
i)
E: 3
0 0
2
U
d m
.r(
E:
.*
Y 5
m Y
U
8 01
w
Id
Y
0
E:
m
01
0) 0
U
.* a
0
> c
0
u
E
.*
i)
'i;
m
I (0
4 .*
d c
e: _&_ .-
TELECOMMUNICATION DATA

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Ix
Id ii
U
e:
3w
k
e,
u
c
%e,
0 2
m
Y
3
a
Y
5
:
a
ii
z
0 ai
sE
!z
0
Y
.r(
: Y
Y
3
a
d 3
c 0
.d
Y
m m
.d
d .f
Y
0
e,
w
u
3 rd
a
i) m
5 e,
0 0
a
w
0
+
Y
m .$m
e,
P m
x .d
b 42
--
TELECOMMUNICATION DATA
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2-8-29

SM2A-03- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 8 . 3 . 2. 6 Data S t o r a g e Equipment (DSE).
T h e DSE (figure 2 . 8 - 1O)is a t h r e e - s p e e d , 1 4 - t r a c k m a g n e t i c t a p e

r e c o r d e r and r e p r o d u c e r located i n the LEB. It is used to s t o r e d a t a during
p h a s e s of the m i s s i o n which inhibit o r p r e v e n t the s u c c e s s f u l t r a n s m i s s i o n
of this d a t a t o the MSFN. Data c a n be r e c o r d e d i n p a r a l l e l on five digital
channels, and played back d u r i n g a l a t e r p h a s e of the m i s s i o n f o r t r a n s m i s -
s i o n to the MSFN. Each r e e l contains 2250 f e e t of one-inch-wide, magnetic,
Mylar tape.
T h e P C M T L M d a t a is obtained f r o m the PCM T L M equipment as a

s i n g l e serial pulse t r a i n a t a high b i t - r a t e of 51. 2 KBPS o r a low b i t - r a t e
of 1. 6 KBPS, depending on the P C M T L M mode. In the DSE, a s e r i a l - t o -
p a r a l l e l c o n v e r t e r c i r c u i t c o n v e r t s this signal into four p a r a l l e l digital
channels, each of which a s a r e s u l t i n g p u l s e repetition r a t e ( P R R ) of only
12.8 KBPS o r 0 . 4 KBPS (one-fourth of the original PRR). The P C M T L M
equipment a l s o f u r n i s h e s a 51.2-kc o r 1. 6-kc s q u a r e wave timing signal to
the DSE, which is a l s o divided by four. T h e s e five s i g n a l s , the four
channels of P C M T L M and the clock signal, a r e amplified by the five digi-
t a l r e c o r d a m p l i f i e r s and f e d t o the digital r e c o r d heads. Only one analog
channel, the 25-kc r e f e r e n c e and timing s i g n a l f r o m the FQR, is scheduled
f o r u s e onSCO12.
During playback, the playback h e a d s pick up the r e c o r d e d d a t a and

p r e s e n t i t t o the d i g i t a l playback a m p l i f i e r s . T h e four p a r a l l e l channels of
r e c o r d e d digital d a t a and the clock s i g n a l divided by f o u r a r e picked up by
the five digital playback h e a d s and p r e s e n t e d to the five digital playback
a m p l i f i e r s . T h e amplified s i g n a l s a r e then routed to the p a r a l l e l - t o - s e r i a l
c o n v e r t e r and the r e p r o d u c e module. T h e f o u r digital s i g n a l s a r e converted
back to a s i n g l e serial pulse t r a i n which is fed to the P M P equipment. The
b i t - r a t e of t h i s output will always be 51. 2 KBPS, even if the r e c o r d e d d a t a
w a s originally 1. 6 KBPS. T h i s is due to d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s used i n r e c o r d i n g
and reproducing. T h e 51. 2 KBPS high b i t - r a t e PCM s i g n a l is r e c o r d e d a t
15 i n c h e s p e r second ( i p s ) and played back a t the s a m e speed. The low bit-
r a t e s i g n a l of 1. 6 KBPS i s r e c o r d e d a t 3. 75 i p s , however, and played back
a t 120 i p s , a n i n c r e a s e of 32 t i m e s . T h i s i n c r e a s e s the 1 . 6 KBPS P R R to
51. 2 KBPS.
T h e DSE is a bidirectional m a c h i n e with a tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m

capable of f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e o p e r a t i o n a t any of t h r e e s p e e d s : 3.75 i p s
(low speed), 15 i p s ( n o r m a l speed), and 120 i p s (high speed). The low
s p e e d of 3. 75 i p s i s used only to r e c o r d low b i t - r a t e P C M T L M data. The
DSE playback e l e c t r o n i c s is automatically d i s a b l e d whenever this speed is
s e l e c t e d . T h e n o r m a l s p e e d of 15 i p s is used to r e c o r d and play back high
b i t - r a t e P C M T L M data. The high s p e e d of 120 i p s i s used f o r f a s t dump
of the low b i t - r a t e P C M TLM d a t a which was r e c o r d e d a t 3.75 ips. The
high s p e e d is a l s o used f o r f a s t f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e rewinding. Maximum
o p e r a t i n g t i m e s , t o r e c o r d o r play back the e n t i r e 2250 feet of tape, a r e a s
follows: 2 h o u r s a t the low speed of 3. 75 i p s , 30 minutes a t the n o r m a l
s p e e d of 15 i p s , and 3 . 7 5 m i n u t e s at t h e high s p e e d of 120 ips.
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-30

SM2A-0 3 -SCO 1 2
F" REC RfmO

CONVERTER
FWD'REV
K M DATA '
1
ro PUP
KM
TLM
RELAY
I
EOUll
I
t I
PARALLEL-
TO-SERIAL
CONVERTER
AMP'S
CLOCK
I
D :Y
c
K
CLOCK -4
I
ti : :1
0 ANALOG
INWJS
0
' e
, -
-INPUT
PATCH
PANEL
ANALOG
RECORD
AMPLS
I
I
I
I
NOTES
I All w t c h e s , h a " ore
l0cot.d on MOC-20
2 For ddahoml witch
crrcultv, %e. PMP
o d K M TLM q w p -
m.nt < Ilu,tmt,om
3 No1 scheduled for
YV m 5C-012
swircti SM-2A-7590
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 10. D a t a S t o r a g e Equipment
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N O V 1966 Change Date page 2 . 8 - 3 1

SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T a p e speed and d i r e c t i o n a r e controlled by the T A P E RECORDER -

S P E E D and - F W D / O F F / R E V switches on MDC-20. Other T A P E
RECORDER s w i t c h e s a r e the RECORD/PLAY switch which selects the
r e c o r d o r playback mode, and the PLAY switch which s e l e c t s t h e type of
d a t a t o be reproduced. T h e PLAY switch h a s two positions: P C M and
NORM. In e i t h e r position, only P C M T L M d a t a is r e p r o d u c e d and routed
to the P M P equipment. The S-BAND - VOICE T A P E s w i t c h m u s t be s e t -
to T A P E before the T A P E RECORDER - PLAY switch b e c o m e s e f b c t i v e .
T h e T L M INPUTS - P C M switch a l s o affects tape r e c o r d e r operation when
recording. T h e i n t e r l o c k c i r c u i t i n the DSE s y s t e m c o n t r o l logic, which
p r e v e n t s s e l e c t i o n of conflicting o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s , locks the tape s p e e d a t
15 i p s ( n o r m a l ) when the T L M INPUTS- P C M switch is set t o HIGH. When
s e t t o LOW, the tape s p e e d is locked a t 3.75 ips. T h e p r o p e r c o n t r o l s w i t c h
configuration f o r all DSE m o d e s is shown i n the table a t the end of this
paragraph.
A n end-of-tape s e n s i n g c i r c u i t in the DSE automatically r e m o v e s

power f r o m the tape d r i v e m e c h a n i s m and e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t s when the end
of the tape is reached.
S u i t <h P u a t l i o n s
5-BAN&
VOICE TAPERECORDEH
PLAY SPEED
TAPE- PCM- HIGH- RECORD- FWD
Off - NORM- NORM - 011- 011-
Functions ANALOG ANALOG LOW PLAY REV
R e c o r d high bit r a t e OFF Any NORM RE< ORD t LVD.'

i,r
REV
R e c o r d low b i t r a t e ,OFF Any LO w RECORD F'WD

L, r
KEV
Playback recorded TAPE PCM NORM PLAY i. W'U

hrgh b i t r a t e or or
NORM REV
Playback recorded TAPE PC M HIGH PLAY t YD

l o w bit r a t e or or
NORM H Ev
Playback r e c o r d e d * * TAPE PC M NORM PLAY t-WD

m i r e d brl r a t e 0r or
VORM REV
R e p o s i t i o n t a p e to OFF 4nY HIGH PLAY t iVD

end oi r e e l ( r e w i n d l ,>r
tli:v
r
: S ~ n c e t h e DSE is d b r d l r e < t i o n a l m a < h r n e , 11 can r r c o r d . p l a y b d c k . o r r r w t n d V L I ! > C ~d i r t , t l o i ;
..-Under r o r c d u r e s . t h i s mode s h o u l d n o t be n e c e s s a r y .
p r e h e n i m ~ s s ~ op n
$1)
Illegal M o d e s .
I. H i g h bit r a l e m u s t be r e c o r d e d a1 n o r m a l s p e e d UT tape m o t i o n w r l l s t o p
L. Low h i t r a t e m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t low s p e e d o r tape m o t i o n w i l l s t o p .
I. If t a p e 15 p l a y e d b a r k a t l o r s p r c d , I h r t a p e w i l l m o v e . but t h e r e * , I 1 tie nu pi.*) b d c k d . l l . s , ~ ~ . * ~ l . n l11,

>lcrhr tranSr,,ittt.r%
4. It tape IS p l a y e d back At high s p e e d a n d ' o n t a i n r d h i y h bit rdtr data. I h r pldv b a c k dat.< * i l l c.<rbled
5. I1 a FWD or R E V c o m m a n d <only i s y i v c n to intl>dic a r - u l n d . t h e r e u i l l bc no tape mv11u11 %' rl,l)m 8 1 , st o,.

srlrcred (prelerablv PLAY1 b e t o r c tape w i l l m o i v
.
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 8.3. 2 . 7 Flight Qualification R e c o r d e r (FQR).
The FQR is a 1 4 - t r a c k m a g n e t i c tape r e c o r d e r which is used to r e c o r d

c e r t a i n flight qualification m e a s u r e m e n t s d u r i n g c r i t i c a l p h a s e s of the mis -
sion. (See f i g u r e 2.8-11. ) T h i s d a t a will be u s e d f o r postflight a n a l y s i s
only; the FQR h a s no in-flight playback o r t r a n s m i s s i o n capability. It will
be. activated i n a r e c o r d mode during the a s c e n t and e n t r y p h a s e s of the
m i s s i o n and during SPS burns.
Flight qualification d a t a is r e c o r d e d i n analog f o r m . (Digital d a t a

cannot be r e c o r d e d on the F Q R . ) Two r e c o r d i n g t r a c k s (one r e c o r d head
in each of two r e c o r d - h e a d s t a c k s ) a r e used f o r r e f e r e n c e and t i m e code
r e c o r d i n g . T o a c c o m p l i s h this, . a n elapsed t i m e code g e n e r a t o r is used to
modulate a narrow-band VCO. The output of the VCO is then m i x e d with the
output of a 50 kc r e f e r e n c e o s c i l l a t o r . T h i s c o m p o s i t e s i g n a l is p r e s e n t e d
to e a c h of the two r e c o r d heads through two d i r e c t r e c o r d a m p l i f i e r s .
T h e FQR o p e r a t e s at a r e c o r d speed of 15 i p s and a rewind s p e e d of

120 ips. . T h e 15 i p s r e c o r d speed allows a t o t a l of 30 m i n u t e s r e c o r d i n g
t i m e p e r reel of tape. Because t h e r e a r e no provisions f o r c r e w m e m b e r s
to change tape reels during the m i s s i o n , the FQR m u s t be used c o n s e r v -
atively. Normally, the rewind function will not b e used u n l e s s i t is r e q u i r e d
to back the tape up to the beginning during prelaunch a c t i v i t i e s . End-of-tape
s e n s i n g i s provided, which will automatically halt the tape motion and r e m o v e
power f r o m the e l e c t r o n i c c i r c u i t s when the end of the tape is r e a c h e d in
, e i t h e r direction.
C r e w m a n c o n t r o l of the FQR is provided by the FLIGHT QUAL RCDR.

3-positibn toggle switch on MDC-19. In the S T O P position, all a - c and d - c
power is removed. Placing the switch to RECORD a c t i v a t e s all e l e c t r o n i c
c i r c u i t r y and the tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m , which m o v e s the tape f o r w a r d
a t 15 ips. The REWIND position a c t i v a t e s the tape t r a n s p o r t m e c h a n i s m to
move the tape backward a t 120 ips.
T h e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s and n a m e s of the p a r a m e t e r s s t o r e d i n
the FQR a r e p r e s e n t e d i n the following l i s t . T h i s does not include the two
FQR channels utilized f o r s t o r a g e of r e f e r e n c e and timing code storage.
Me as u r e ment Identity
Number
CG 2010 v X P I P A output, i n phase

CG 2030 V Y P I P A output, in phase
CG 2050 V Z PIPA output, in phase
CK 0004 A L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e X axis A
CK 0005 A L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e Y axis A
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-33

SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
..
SYSTEMS DATA
I REFERENCE + MIXER DIRECT

l!
I OSCILLATOR RECORD
AMPL'S
OSCILLATOR
I > - t
I' TIME
I CODE
GENERATOR
vco AMPL
I
I I
4
I
I 50 K C
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
MIXER .--t, RECORD
1 CHANNEL
I AMPL
----_
I
L
I
LOW-FREQ
ANALOG
INPUTS (3) I
. t
NARROW- RECORD
I CHANNEL RECORD
HEADS
F":
FLIGHT
QUAL ANALOG
I
I
BAND
VCO'S -----
AMPL
INSTR INPUTS (9) a WIDE- 9 CHANNELS

c BAND c
I VCO'S
I
FLIGHT I
QUAL RCDR
(MDC-19)
RECORD
I
28 VDC
I I TRANSPORT
NON
FfiFN- TI NSTRUMENTSi
I CONTROL
L
MECHANISM
BUS PAM XMTR

I LOGIC
I
NON ESS
VOLTAGE
I
REGULATOR
I
-T/C 7
To:
I
-
ELECTRONIC
CI RCUl TS
F r m: --J
TELCOM- POWER
NON ESS SUPPLY
SWITCH
W llEI5-04
SM-24-8548
F i g u r e 2. 8 - 11. F l i g h t Qualification R e c o r d e r Equipment

SMZA-0 3 -SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
Measurement
Number Identity
CK 0006 A L i n e a r a c c e l e r a t i o n s t r u c t u r e Z axis A
CR 0514 P CCW r o l l engine p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m A
CR 0520 P CCW r o l l engine p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m B
CR 0623 P Fuel line pressure, system A
CR 0624 P Fuel line pressure, s y s t e m B
CR 0625 P Oxidizer l i n e p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m A
CR 0626 P Oxidizer line p r e s s u r e , s y s t e m B
2. 8. 3. 2. 8 Up-Data Link (UDL) Equipment.
The function of the UDL equipment is to r e c e i v e , verify, and d i s t r i b u t e

digital up-dating information s e n t to the S / C by the MSFN a t v a r i o u s t i m e s
throughout the m i s s i o n t o up-date o r change the s t a t u s of o p e r a t i o n a l s y s -
t e m s . The UDL (figure 2. 8-12) c o n s i s t s of a UHF-FM r e c e i v e r , a t r a n s i s t o r
mode switch, detecting and decoding c i r c u i t r y , a buffer s t o r a g e unit, output
relay d r i v e r s , and a power supply. The UDL provides the m e a n s f o r MSFN
to update the AGC, the C T E , and t o s e l e c t c e r t a i n vehicle functions.
Two operational m o d e s a r e possible: UHF and S-band. The mode

n o r m a l l y used is UHF. In this mode, the incoming 450-mc up-data c a r r i e r
is r e c e i v e d by the VHF omni-antenna equipment and fed to the UHF r e c e i v e r
i n the UDL. The intelligence is detected f r o m the c a r r f e r and routed
through the mode switch t o the sub-bit d e t e c t o r , which c o n v e r t s i t to a
serial digital signal. The digital output f r o m the sub-bit d e t e c t o r is fed to
the remaining- UDL c i r c u i t r y , which s t o r e s and checks the digital - data,
d e t e r m i n e s the p r o p e r destination of the d a t a , and p r o c e s s e s i t to the
a p p r o p r i a t e S / C s y s t e m o r equipment.
R e a l - t i m e commands f r o m the r e a l - t i m e command ( R T C ) d r i v e r s

a r e supplied to the UDL RTC r e l a y boxwhich contains four, RTC,
2-position, latching r e l a y s . Thus eight r e a l - t i m e commands a r e possible:
four " s e t " commands and f o u r " r e s e t " commands. The c h a r t o n the
following page lists the eight c o m m a n d s by n u m b e r and function.
The S-band up-data mode can be s e l e c t e d when the USBE is in o p e r a -

tion. In this mode, the UHF r e c e i v e r i n the UDL is deactivated and i t s
function is r e p l a c e d by the USBE r e c e i v e r and the PMP. Up-data i n f o r m a -
tion can be t r a n s m i t t e d to the S / C within the 2-kmc S-band signal. When
this signal is received by the USBE receiv.er; the 70-kc s u b c a r r i e r con-
taining the up-data information is e x t r a c t e d and s e n t to the up-data
d i s c r i m i n a t o r in the P M P . The r e s u l t i n g composite audio frequency signal
is routed to the sub-bit d e t e c t o r i n the UDL.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l s f o r the UDL equipment. One is the

three-position, center-off, UP-DATA switch on IMDC-20. When s e t to the
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2-8-35

' SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
UDL Rral-Time Conimands
UDL MDC-LO
Command Aclion Relay SW PositLon Rcsulls
00 Deactivates s y s t e m A K I (RESET) MIX-3

abort request lighl
01 Aclivalrs system A K I (SET) MUC-3 turns on abort lighl.

abort request light
OL Effect on C-band K i (RESET) C-BAND C-band cqvipmenl cont,nut-s to

equlpmcnl operation 1 PULSE oprratP in I-pulbr mode.
determined by position
of C-band s w i t c h on OFF (:-band vqulpmrnl n . m d ~ n s011.
MDL-20
L PULSE C-band equipment continues IO
oprrate rn 2-pulse mode.
03 Turns C-band equip- K3 (SETI C-BAND C-band equipment continues to

men1 on ~n 2-pulr? 1 PULSE operate but swLlrhea to 2-puIsr
mode mode.
OFF E n r r g i r r r C-band equipment

which o p r r a t ~ stn 2-pulbc
mode.
2 PULSE So r f l r c l on C-band o p e r a t i o n .
04 EIIecl on VHF-FM K 4 (RESET) VHF-FM N o d e c l on VHF-FM

transmission of PCM ON L ransmitlrr.
data drtermined by
position of VHF-FM- OFF K O r f f r c l on VHF-FM
ONlOFF and T L M t r a n s m ~ l trr.
INPUTS-HICH/LOW
s w i t c h e s on MDC-LO 1 LM INPUTS PC.M TLM remains in 51.L KItS.
PCM HIGH
LOW PCM TLM output LI 1.6 KBS.
05 Turns VHF-FM K 4 (SETI VHF-FM S o effect on VHF-FM

t r a n s m u t e r on and ON t ran s m L I t~ r.
changes bit r a t e f r o m
low lo hLgh OFF Energiir, VHF-FM
1ransmilte r .
TLM INPUTS Yo ? l f e r l on bi: r a l c

PCM HIGH
LOW S u t l c h r s f r o m 1 . 6 K D 5 lo
51. 2 K D S .
VOTE If data 11 bemg rrcordrd.

1 E E w t l l automatically a t o p 11
TAPE RECORD-SPEED > u t i ( h
I) riot poaitionrd 10 111<,11.
Ob Deactivates s y s t e m B KL ( R E S E T ) -3
M i>c
abort request l i g h t
Activates bystem B K L (5ET)

abort r.-qucst lrghl
T E L E C OMMUNICA TION SYSTEM

SM2A - 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
---
To RCVR To DET d DECODER
6V RET BV 6V -6V RET
I GREQUEST
ORT
POWER SUPPLY
light
I
1 SYSTEM8
I
UP-DATA
S-YND
OFF
UHF
FLIGHT &
L
@
POSTUNDING
nus O2 RESET
@
GROUP4 .r-- VHF-FM
XMTR
7.5A
++m wc
+26 VDC
RESET
PCM T I M
NOTES. UP T L M EQUIP
I.
2.
A l l RTC Iolching relays
o r e h o r n in ns.1 m i l i o n
All r r i t c h a am on
CMD
(MDC-19) i
MDC-20 d e s o t h e w i m To All
indicrrtd. I
windings
I
I I
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 12. Up-Data Link Equipment
Mission Basic Date

12 NoV 1966 Change Date

.
Page 2.8-37
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
UHF position, the UHF up-data mode is s e l e c t e d and 28-volt d - c power is
applied to the UDL power supply. T h e S-BAND position a l s o applies
28-volt d - c power, but s e l e c t s the S-band up-data m o d e and d e a c t i v a t e s the
U H F / F M r e c e i v e r . Another control, located on MDC-19, is the two-
position spring-loaded U P T L M CMD switch. When s e t m o m e n t a r i l y to
the RESET position, all " r e s e t " c o m m a n d s l i s t e d i n the UDL real time
c o m m a n d s c h a r t a r e commanded. T h i s nullifies all r ' s e t " c o m m a n d s
which have been r e c e i v e d f r o m the MSFN. An U P T L M - ACCEPT/BLOCK
s w i t c h (MDC-14) is a l s o provided which enables the c r e w to p e r m i t o r p r e -
vent G&N up-data f r o m affecting the guidance c o m p u t e r .
2.8.3. 2. 9 C e n t r a l T i m i n g Equipment (CTE).
The C T E p r o v i d e s p r e c i s i o n s q u a r e wave timing pulses of s e v e r a l

f r e q u e n c i e s to t i m e - c o r r e l a t e all S / C t i m e - s e n s i t i v e functions. It a l s o
. g e n e r a t e s and s t o r e s the r e a l - t i m e day, h o u r , minute, and second t i m e -
f r o m - l a u n c h ( T F L ) in binary-coded d e c i m a l (BCD) f o r m a t f o r d i s p l a y and
t r a n s m i s s i o n to the M S F N . (See f i g u r e 2. 8-13. )
In the p r i m a r y o r n o r m a l mode of operation, the Apollo guidance

c o m p u t e r (AGC) p r o v i d e s a 1024-kc s y n c p u l s e to the C T E . This auto-
m a t i c a l l y s y n c h r o n i z e s the C T E with the AGC and p r o v i d e s a stability of
iZ x p a r t s i n 14 d a y s . In the event of s y n c pulse f a i l u r e , the C T E
a u t o m a t i c a l l y switches to the s e c o n d a r y mode of operation with no t i m e
l a p s e and o p e r a t e s using i t s own c r y s t a l o s c i l l a t o r a t a s t a b i l i t y r e d u c e d --
to iZ. 2 x p a r t s i n 5 days.
T h e CTEocontains two power supplies f o r redundancy. Each one i s

supplied f r o m a different power s o u r c e and through s e p a r a t e c i r c u i t
b r e a k e r s . T h e s e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , CENTRAL TIMING S Y S - MN A and
- MN B on M b C - 2 2 , provide the only e x t e r n a l m e a n s of c o n t r o l f o r the
CTE. The two power supplies provide p a r a l l e l 6-volt d - c outputs, e i t h e r
one of which is sufficient to power the C T E .
The timing s i g n a l s g e n e r a t e d b y the C T E , and t h e i r applications, a r e

l i s t e d in the CTE Outputs c h a r t .
C T E Outputs
Signal Des tination Purpose
512-kc PCM TLM Synchronization of i n t e r n a l clock

s q u a r e wave equipment
PMP Modulating s i g n a l f o r S-band e m e r g e n c y key

equipment transmission
6.4-kc EPS Synchronization of 400-cycle a - c power

s q u a r e wave inverters
(thee)
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-38

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
TIMING
MONITOR
CENTRAL TIMING EQUIPMENT
PULSE FAIL DETECTOR
From: AGC -1024 KC

SYNC
512 K C
+ PMP
I 1 I I
' 512 K C
+PCM/TLM
EQUIP
--}
5.4 K C
+
ACPOWER
INVERTERS
4 KC
6 --* scs
BUS A
OUTPUT
BUFFER
tMPLI Fl ERS
POWER SUPPLY
28 VDC
0 CPS
D-C M A I N
5 A MN A
A
P-
PI
+EVENT
TIMER
I CPS
28 VDC ---* PCM/TLM
START/STOP EXCITATION EQUl P
UP DATA
EQUl PMENT
TIMING PULSE TRAINS 6 RESET 2661T TIME
ACCUMULATOR-
SEC. M I N , HR, DAY
'1
ECS (ONE IO SEC
PULSE PER IO M I N )
CENTRAL
TIMING
SM-?A-S65E
F i g u r e 2. 8-13. Central T i m i n g E q u i p m e n t

SMZA- 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Signal Destination Purpose
4-kc scs Synchronization of X-axis a c c e l e r o m e t e r

s q u a r e wave integrator
10-cps Displays Digital event t i m e r

s q u a r e wave
1 cps PCM TLM Synchronization of s u b f r a m e of P C M d a t a ,

e quipmen t Displays, and T - T i m e r
DC PCM T L M P u l s e - f a i l detection and indication.

equipment (Sampling r a t e equals 10 s a m p l e s / s e c ,
5p s e c p u l s e duration. )
Binary P C M TLM P r o v i d e s t i m e code d a t a to T L M in BCD

coded equipment f o r m a t ( T L M m e a s u r e m e n t No. CT0142F,
decimal C T-GM5 32 bit).
time code
1 pulse p e r ECS Supplies pulse e v e r y 10 m i n u t e s to ECS

10 m i n u t e s c i r c u i t r y which opens a solenoid f o r 10
seconds i n e v e r y 10 m i n u t e s to r e m o v e
water f r o m space suits.
2 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 10 Voice R e c o r d e r s
Two voice r e c o r d e r s have been provided to enable the c r e w m e m b e r s

to k e e p a v o i c e log of m i s s i o n a c t i v i t e s . Both units a r e mounted in the
right-hand equipment b a y , one in a n o p e r a t i n g condition and the o t h e r
stowed. Changeover to the inoperative r e c o r d e r is m a d e by changing the
e l e c t r i c a l power connector.
E a c h tape r e c o r d e r provides 450 feet of 114-inch tape which o p e r a t e s

a t a speed of 0 . 6 i n c h e s p e r second. T h e u s e of tape r e v e r s a l , a u t o m a t i c
head switching, and four individual r e c o r d i n g heads provide ten h o u r s of
usable r e c o r d i n g t i m e p e r t a p e r e c o r d e r . The i n f o r m a t i o n contained on
the tape cannot be dumped d u r i n g flight but m u s t be played back utilizing
suitable GSE.
T o r e a d y the connected voice r e c o r d e r f o r operation, the following

switch positions m u s t be s e l e c t e d : the RCDR/HF switch t o T / R (MDC-13,
- 2 3 , - 2 6 ) , the i n t e r c o m switch t o T / R , the H F power switch to O F F
(MDC-20), and the mode s e l e c t o r to SSB o r AM. (See figure 2 . 8-14. )
Actual activation of the voice r e c o r d e r is p o s s i b l e t h r e e ways: two c o r r e c t ;
one wrong. T h e f i r s t c o r r e c t activation path h a s the POWER switch a t
P T T (MDC-13, - 2 3 , - 2 6 ) and the P T T pushbutton on the c o b r a cable
d e p r e s s e d . The o t h e r c o r r e c t method of activation r e q u i r e s the POWER
switch to b e a t V O X and the V O X c i r c u i t enabled o r the P T T pushbutton
Page 2.8-40
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 N o V 1966 Change Date
SM2A - 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
I
I
FORWARD-
REVERSE I
I
SENSORS I
I
I +I7 VDC I I I
I
*rI I
I
I To: HF I I
I I TRAN SCEl VE R
TRANSMIT- I -5 VDC +I2 VDC I
I SWITCH I RECEIVE KEYING I
SIGNAL CONDITIONER
ELECTRONICS
I
I I RELAY I
I
I
y-]
MIXER
I
VOICE
VOX SENS RECORDER
=
I vco
I
i TIME CODED DATA FROM
I MDAS TIMING GENERATOR
TELECOM- BUS I
TELECOIMUNICATIONS MUNICATIONS 115 VAC
GROUP 4 GROUP 1 39 m-
+28 vDC ,Ao 1 - * A
AC I
IO A 2A
FLIGHT AND (MDC- 22) (MDC-22) BUS 2
POSTLANDING
115 VAC
BUS
3 9 400-
NOTE: ONLY C O M W N D PILOT AUDIO CENTER MODULE AND CONTROLS ARE INDICATED.
SM-24-955C
F i g u r e 2.8-14. Voice Tape R e c o r d e r

SM2A-0 3-SCO12
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
~ ~~
d e p r e s s e d . The connected voice t a p e r e c o r d e r c a n be i n a d v e r t e n t l y a c t i v a t e d

by positioning t h e H F m o d e s w i t c h to BCN (MDC-20). T h i s would continu-
o u s l y r u n t h e connected voice t a p e r e c o r d e r until i t used up i t s tape. A
VOICE RECORD flag i n d i c a t o r (MDC- 19) will d i s p l a y the s t r i p e d a r e a when
r e c o r d i n g is i n p r o g r e s s . The i n d i c a t o r g r e y a r e a will be d i s p l a y e d when
voice r e c o r d i n g is not i n p r o g r e s s o r the t a p e supply h a s b e e n e x h a u s t e d
during recording.
The stowed voice r e c o r d e r m a y be placed i n o p e r a t i n g condition by

moving t h e R C D R / H F switch to O F F (MDC-13, -23, and -26), removing
t h e e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e e x h a u s t e d r e c o r d e r , and i n s t a l l i n g i t to
t h e c o n n e c t o r on the stowed r e c o r d e r . O p e r a t i o n i s r e s u m e d by moving t h e
R C D R / H F s w i t c h to T / R (MDC-13, -23, or -26).
NOTE To i n c l u d e t h e t i m i n g r e f e r e n c e while r e c o r d i n g
o n t h e voice t a p e r e c o r d e r , t h e MDAS MAIN POWER s w i t c h
m u s t be O N ( L E B c o m p a r t m e n t C) and the TIMER s w i t c h
m u s t be a t "NORMAL. I '
2. 8. 3. 3 R F E l e c t r o n i c s Equipment Group.
The R F e l e c t r o n i c s equipment g r o u p i n c l u d e s all T / C equipment which

functions as R F t r a n s m i t t e r s or r e c e i v e r s . The antenna u s e d by t h i s equip-
m e n t a r e mentioned only b r i e f l y i n t h i s p a r a g r a p h . M o r e i n f o r m a t i o n on the
a n t e n n a s c a n be found i n t h e p a r a g r a p h o n antenna equipment.
2.8. 3. 3 . 1 VHF/AM T r a n s m i t t e r - R e c e i v e r Equipment.
The VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 1 5 ) p r o v i d e s

the p r i m a r y m e a n s f o r in-flight voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s with t h e MSFN. It is
contained i n t h e s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s package as t h e VHF r e c o v e r y beacon
e q u i p m e n t , i n t h e LEB.
Two m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n are p o s s i b l e : s i m p l e x and duplex. The

s i m p l e x mode will n o r m a l l y be utilized. The duplex mode w i l l be u s e d on
f u t u r e m i s s i o n s f o r EVA and LEM c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . During r e c o v e r y , t h e
t r a n s m i t t e r c a n be utilized as a backup VHF r e c o v e r y beacon by holding
down t h e P T T key.
The t r a n s m i t t e r o p e r a t e s a t 296.8 m c i n both o p e r a t i o n a l m o d e s . The

r e c e i v e r c o n t a i n s two "front e n d s . The r e c e i v e 1 f r o n t end o p e r a t e s a t
296. 8 m c and is u s e d f o r s i m p l e x o p e r a t i o n s . F o r dupiex o p e r a t i o n s , the
r e c e i v e 2 f r o n t end, which o p e r a t e s a t 259. 7 m c , is s e l e c t e d .
The VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r is c o n t r o l l e d by the VHF-AM con-

t r o l s o n MDC-20. The T / R / O F F / R E C s w i t c h a c t i v a t e s t h e t r a n s m i t t e r and
r e c e i v e r when i n t h e T / R position; the REC position a c t i v a t e s the r e c e i v e r
a l o n e ; the O F F position r e m o v e s p o w e r f r o m both. Simplex o r duplex
o p e r a t i o n i s s e l e c t e d by placing t h e RCVR switch to 1 o r 2, r e s p e c t i v e l y .
The r e m a i n i n g , thumbwheel-type SQUELCH c o n t r o l c a n be r o t a t e d up or
down to i n c r e a s e o r d e c r e a s e the s e n s i t i v i t y o f t h e s q u e l c h g a t e .
Audio to and f r o m t h e VHF-AM is c o n t r o l l e d by the V H F - A M - T / R /
O F F / R E C switch on MDC-13, -23, -26. Voice t r a n s m i s s i o n is p o s s i b l e
when t h i s s w i t c h is a t T / R , the POWER s w i t c h is at P T T , the c o b r a c a b l e
P T T / C W s w i t c h is at P T T and the P T T key is p r e s s e d .
NOTE The POWER s w i t c h c a n a l s o be a t VOX, but a c t u a l
keying of t h e VHF/AM m u s t be via t h e P T T c i r c u i t .
~ ~~ ~ ~~
page 2.8-42
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date
7
VHFlAM TRANSMITTER-RECEIVER
- -
05?
1
lo: A U D I O - SQUELCH
DETECTOR +
IF I MIXER -
CENTER EOUlP- AMPLS t- GATE AMPLS
259.7 M C
,
----c SCHMITT
TRIGGER
AGC
AMPLS
b
I
*I
n OSC-TRIPLER
--------
-e-- J
I
I
I
'I-
71
VHF A M
SOUElCH
RECEiM 1 FRONT E N D
7
' - v
RF
- MIXER C. AMP1 4
I 294.8 MC
IlA121 RECEIVER
1I - OSC-TRIPLER 'I II
I .
------------------------
L ------- -.J 8
---.
?
OSC-TRIPLER ---C
RF
AMPLS ---+ DRIVERS
1
-+ POWER
AMPLS
A
- TUNED
CAVlTY
S
-
----*
h
I
DIR
COUPLER
- LO-PASS
FILTER
J
7
296.8 M C ,
From: A U D I O
CENTER EQUIP
c- - AUDIO
AMPLS -*
- :
ODULATORS -
d
-
ISOV PLUS
MODULATION MODULATION
- POWER To
TRANSMITTER
..,. i' '. ,< '.. 3
7
VHFlAM TRANSM IllER-RECEIVER
SQUELCH
GATE
A
- DETECTOR +
. .
IF
AMPLS
_.
- I '
I .
MIXER *
RF
AMPLS
259.7 M C
* I 1
MULTIPLEXER
I
To: VHF ANTENNA
SWITCH
1 -
'
A
I t i
4
I
- AGC
AMPLS
0 OK-TRIPLER
I
1
I I
RECEIM
RECEIVE 2
- FRONT END
RECEIVER
I
RCVR 1 DISABLE VOLTAGE
RF
AMPLS - DRIVERS
A
-+
>
POWER
AMPLS
a
- - - TUNED
CAVlTY
I
+
I
.
DIR
COUPLER
LO-PASS
FILTER
296.8MC A I
I
I
ISOV PL LJS
MODULATION MODULATION
jODULATORS POWER To
TRANSMITTER
TRANSISTORS I
TRANSM Il l E R To: FILAMENTS
--
TO: S-BAND T/R CONTROL VHF A M
-
(MDC-26, 13, -23)
To: S-BAND P M P
PTT
Figure
Mission Basic
_.’
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
To: VHF ANTENNA

- XER SWITCH
DC-DC
SWITCHER
- REGULATOR
AND
TRANSIENT
SUPPRESSOR
2
'
VHF AM
(MDC- 20)
RECEIVE RECl
RECEIVE 2 A N D RC
+1 sv
FRONT END SWITCH FILTER
I
.a
I
I 2
RCVR
I
POWERTO
RECEIM I
+12 RECEIVE
IAND
I 1
FRONT END -vDc TR SW
I I
RCVR 1 DISABLE VOLTAGE t POWER SUPPLY
*-
1
i
i
-
! TRANSFORMER
4VAC
I TELECOMMUNCIATIONS
GROUP 4
(MDC- 2a FLIGHT
- ?.SA
A N D PO51
L A N D ING
SM-24-677D
F i g u r e 2.8-15. V H F / A M T r a n s m i t t e r - R e c e i v e r Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.8-4312.8-44

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS: DATA
The VHF p o r t i o n of the u p p e r o r l o w e r SCIN antenna is u s e d d u r i n g

flight. VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 i s u s e d d u r i n g r e c o v e r y . Antenna
s e l e c t i o n i s m a d e with the VHF ANTENNA switch on MDC-20.
2. 8. 3. 3. 2 H F T r a n s c e i v e r Equipment.
The H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2. 8 - 1 6 ) is t h e p r i m a r y m e a n s to
a i d r e c o v e r y o p e r a t i o n s d u r i n g t h e postlanding p h a s e of the m i s s i o n by p r o -
viding long - r a n g e , s i m p l e x , voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and beyond line -of - sight
d i r e c t i o n finding c a p a b i l i t i e s . It is contained i n the s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s pack-
a g e as the VHF-FM t r a n s m i t t e r equipment i n the LEB.
The H F t r a n s c e i v e r equipment is c o n t r o l l e d by the RECOVERY-HF

s w i t c h e s o n MDC-20. The O N / O F F s w i t c h , when p l a c e d to ON, connects
d - c p o w e r to the t r a n s c e i v e r . The SSB/BCN/AM s w i t c h i s used to s e l e c t
t h e o p e r a t i o n a l mode. T h r e e m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n a r e a v a i l a b l e ; single s i d e -
band (SSB), beacon (BCN), and a m p l i t u d e modulation (AM). The BCN mode
is used to t r a n s m i t a n unmodulated, continuous wave, d i r e c t i o n finding
beacon. The SSB and AM m o d e s a r e used f o r l o n g - r a n g e , s i m p l e x , voice
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . The o p e r a t i n g f r e q u e n c y is 10. 006 m c f o r the t r a n s m i t t e r
and r e c e i v e r i n all m o d e s .
The audio c e n t e r equipment s u p p l i e s the audio input to the m o d u l a t o r i n

t h e t r a n s l a t o r module and a c c e p t s the d e t e c t e d audio s i g n a l f r o m t h e r e c e i v e r
module of the t r a n s c e i v e r . The H F t r a n s m i t t e r i s keyed by VOX o r P T T .
The H F r e c o v e r y antenna is used f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n and r e c e p t i o n and

will be deployed a f t e r touchdown a s p a r t of the postlanding s e q u e n c e of
o p e r a t i o n s . The t r a n s c e i v e r m u s t not be o p e r a t k d p r i o r to antenna deploy-
ment o r damage may occur.
2. 8. 3 . 3. 3 V H F / F M T r a n s m i t t e r Equipment.
The s o l e function of t h e V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r equipment ( f i g u r e 2 . 8 - 1 7 )

i s to t r a n s m i t PCM TLM d a t a to t h e MSFN. T h e s e d a t a a r e supplied to the
V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r by t h e P M P i n t h e f o r m of a 3-volt p - p pulsating d - c ,
modulating s i g n a l a t a r a t e of 51, 200 b i t s p e r second ( b p s ) o r 1600 bps. The
bit r a t e depends o n the P C M r a t e s e l e c t e d .
'L
The nominal ( c e n t e r ) f r e q u e n c y of t h e e m i t t e d R F c a r r i e r is 237.8 m c .
B e c a u s e the t r a n s m i t t e r is f r e q u e n c y modulated, the 3-volt p - p modulating
s i g n a l c a u s e s a f r e q u e n c y d e v i a t i o n of *125 kc. The r e s u l t i n g 10-watt R F
output i s fed to the VHF p o r t i o n of the VHF/2-KMC SCIN a n t e n n a s .
The only e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l f o r t h e V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r equipment i s

the VHF-FM - O N / O F F switch o n MDC-20 which e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y i n the
t r a n s m i t t e r , applying a - c p o w e r to the equipment. If the switch is s e t to
O F F , the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r c a n b e a c t i v a t e d f r o m the MSFN by a r e a l -
t i m e command via the UDL equipment,

SM2A-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
ON
0 551)
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
,-
'*
%-HF OSC
4.775MC
-
IF HF
OSClLUTOR
-----
CARRIER
REINSERTION
SWITCH
TRANSMITTER
BUFFER
I
I
I
I
I
I
AUTO LOA
1
I
I
I .
I
I
II
--i
-OFF
HF
(MDC- 13,
-23, -26)
AUDIO
---
T/R
O REC
CENTER EQUAP
r
I CONTROL DRIVER
ALC ,
RF
44'
AMPL AMPL
b >
I
+ w
*
I
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-
GROUP 4
(MDC-22)
RF ALC
*
I
-;-,
RF
IF AMPLS
&CLIPPER
-0 AMPL * ATTENU- -C AMPL
I ATOR
FLIGHT & P O S T U N D I N G BUS-

-
SM-2AdBOD
F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 16. H F T r a n s c e i v e r Equipment
Mission B a s i c Date l2 lq66 Change Date Page 2.8-46

SMZA-0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
----------------------------
I 1I
I
I
I
BUFFER
AMPL - FREQ
x 4 --*
FREQ
x 3 - FREQ
x z
.--.C AMPLS
-
+ DRIVER +
-
POWER
>
-
*
LO-PASS
FILTER
-ANDDET
- I
I
BIAS
*
I VARICAP 4
CRYSTAL
DISCR
I
I
L-, -----------
5 1 . 2 OR
1.6 kbpi ?--
L1
AC BUS
NO. 1
SM-2A-6790
- F i g u r e 2 . 8 - 17. V H F / FM T r a n s m i t t e r Equipment

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 8. 3. 3. 4 Unified S-Band Equipment (USBE).
The USBE (figure 2.8-18) c o n s i s t s of a r e c e i v e r , t r a n s m i t t e r , and

power supply contained i n a single e l e c t r o n i c s package in the l o w e r equip-
m e n t bay. Although p r i m a r i l y designed f o r d e e p - s p a c e communications,
the USBE will be t e s t e d o n t h i s m i s s i o n and u s e d a s backup f o r in-flight
voice c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , t r a c k i n g a n d ranging, t r a n s m i s s i o n of P C M data,
and r e c e p t i o n of up-data. T h e USBE a l s o p r o v i d e s the s o l e m e a n s f o r
t r a n s m i s s i o n of TV
The USBE tracking method employed is the two-way o r double-doppler

method. I n t h i s technique, a s t a b l e c a r r i e r of known frequency is t r a n s -
m i t t e d t o the S I C w h e r e i t i s r e c e i v e d by the phase-locked r e c e i v e r , m u l t i -
plied by a known r a t i o , and then r e t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN for comparison.
B e c a u s e of t h i s capability, t h e USBE is a l s o r e f e r r e d to as the S-band
t r a n s p o n d e r . F r o m the double-doppler t r a c k i n g method, S / C velocity,
. a c c e l e r a t i o n , and r a n g e c a n be d e t e r m i n e d ,
F o r d e t e r m i n i n g S / C range, the MSFN p h a s e - m o d u l a t e s the t r a n s -

m i t t e d c a r r i e r with a p s e u d o - r a n d o m n o i s e ( P R N ) binary ranging code.
T h i s code is d e t e c t e d by the S I C USBE r e c e i v e r and used t o phase-modulate
the c a r r i e r t r a n s m i t t e d to the MSFN. T h e MSFN r e c e i v e s the c a r r i e r and
m e a s u r e s the amount of t i m e d e a l y between t r a n s m i s s i o n of the code and
r e c e p t i o n of the s a m e code, t h e r e b y obtaining a n a c c u r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t of
range. Once e s t a b l i s h e d ] this r a n g e c a n be continually up-dated by the
double-doppler m e a s u r e m e n t s d i s c u s s e d e a r l i e r . The M S F N c a n a l s o
t r a n s m i t up-data c o m m a n d s and voice s i g n a l s to the S / C USBE by m e a n s
of two s u b c a r r i e r s : 7 0 kc f o r up-data and 30 kc f o r up-voice.
0
The USBE r e c e i v e r is a p h a s e - t r a c k i n g r e c e i v e r that a c c e p t s a

2106.4-mc, phase-modulated R F s i g n a l containing the up-data and up-voice
s u b c a r r i e r s and a p s e u d o - r a n d o m noice ( P R N ) code when ranging is d e s i r e d .
T h i s s i g n a l is supplied to the r e c e i v e r via the d i p l e x e r in the S-band power
a m p l i f i e r equipment and p r e s e n t e d to two s e p a r a t e d e t e c t o r s : the loop
p h a s e d e t e c t o r and the ranging phase d e t e c t o r . In the ranging p h a s e
d e t e c t o r , the 9. 531-mc I F is detected; and the 70-kc up-data and 30-kc
up-voice s u b c a r r i e r s a r e e x t r a c t e d , amplified, and routed to rhe up-data
and up-voice d i s c r i m i n a t o r s in the P M P equipment. Also, when operating
i n a ranging m o d e , the P R N ranging s i g n a l i s d e r i v e d , f i l t e r e d ] and routed
to the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r a s a modulating s i g n a l input to the phase modula-
t o r . In the loop p h a s e d e t e c t o r , the 9. 531-mc IF s i g n a l is d e t e c t e d by
c o m p a r i n g it with the loop r e f e r e n c e frequency, The r e s u l t i n g d - c output
i s used to c o n t r o l the f r e q u e n c y of the 19. 0625-mc voltage-controlled
o s c i l l a t o r (VCO). T h e output of the VCO is used as the r e f e r e n c e frequency
f o r r e c e i v e r c i r c u i t s a s well as f o r the t r a n s m i t t e r . The r e c e i v e r i s a l s o
provided with a u t o m a t i c gain c o n t r o l (AGC) and antenna s e l e c t o r c i r c u i t r y
which a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t s the p r o p e r SCIN antenna when the S-BAND
ANTENNA switch is i n the AUTO position. T h e AGC c i r c u i t r y a l s o supplies
a signal to the S-BAND A N T S - m e t e r located on MDC-19. By o b s e r v i n g
this m e t e r and rotating the S I C , the o p t i m u m S I C attitude f o r S-band
communications c a n be attained.
~ ~ ~ ~
Mission B a s i c Date NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-48
SM2A-0 3 - SCO 12
-
SYSTEMS DATA
UNIFIED S-BAND EQUIP
70 KC UP-DATA 6
NOTES: I All switches r h w n am on MDC-20.

2. S u PMP illuitmtion for o d d i t i o m l switch circuitry.
3. Sea S-Bond PA illustmtion f o r d d i t i o m l rwitch circuitry
4. (WO)meom nomally open or non-cmducting;
(WC)means mrmolly c l a d or c d u c t i n g .
LANDING
BUS
SM- 2A-74lC
F i g u r e 2. 8-18. Unified S-Band E q u i p m e n t
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 NoV I 9 6 6 Change Date P a g e 2.8-49

SM2A-0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is capable of t r a n s m i t t i n g a 2287. 5 - m c signal,

e i t h e r p h a s e - m o d u l a t e d o r frequency-modulated. In the P M mode, the
i n i t i a l t r a n s m i t t e r f r e q u e n c y is obtained f r o m one of two s o u r c e s : the VCO
i n the phase-locked USBE r e c e i v e r o r the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r i n the t r a n s -
m i t t e r . When o p e r a t i n g i n the F M mode, the VCO o r a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r
i n i t i a l f r e q u e n c y is not multiplied and used d i r e c t l y , but is used to c o n t r o l
the f r e q u e n c y of a t h i r d o s c i l l a t o r , the F M VCO. The F M VCO is the s o u r c e
f o r the frequency-modulated 2287. 5 - m c signal.
Output m o d e and f r e q u e n c y s o u r c e a r e controlled b y the S-BAND g r o u p

of s w i t c h e s on MDC-20. The VOICE and EMERG s w i t c h e s , contained i n
t h i s group, a l s o have a n e f f e c t on P M P operation, thus e n s u r i n g compati-
b i l i t y between USBE and P M P m o d e s . All d a t a to be t r a n s m i t t e d by the
USBE is supplied by the PMP. Normally, the i n i t i a l t r a n s m i t t e r frequency
is obtained f r o m the r e c e i v e r VCO. In c a s e of f a i l u r e of the VCO o r
S-band PA equipment, ,the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r c a n b e s e l e c t e d . T h i s is
done by moving the OSC switch f r o m PRIM to SEC (with the RNG/RNG
ONLY s w i t c h a t the n o r m a l , c e n t e r position) o r by placing the EMERG
s w i t c h to VOICE. If the l a t t e r is done, the P M P will provide a voice
modulating s i g n a l d i r e c t l y to the a u x i l i a r y o s c i l l a t o r .
With all t h r e e S-BAND - VOICE s w i t c h e s and the S-BAND - EMERG

switch s e t a t t h e i r c e n t e r positions, the USBE t r a n s m i t s a phase-modulated
s i g n a l containing P C M T L M and voice d a t a f r o m the P M P . Setting the RNG/
RNG ONLY switch t o RNG, e n a b l e s the PRN ranging code to be t r a n s m i t t e d
a l s o . Setting this s w i t c h to RNC ONLY, adds the PRN ranging code but
e l i m i n a t e s the P C M T L M p o r t i o n of the P M input f r o m the P M P . T h i s
m o d e ' i s used to i n c r e a s e the s t r e n g t h of the PRN ranging code r e c e i v e d b y
the MSFN. The o t h e r two S-BAND - VOICE s w i t c h e s a r e the T A P E and
the TV switches. F o r P M operation, both of t h e s e s w i t c h e s m u s t be a t t h e i r
c e n t e r , off position. Setting e i t h e r of t h e m to a n y o t h e r position changes
the USBE m o d e to F M f o r i n c r e a s e d band-width and s e l e c t s the FM-1 output
of the P M P . Thus, t h e s e f o u r switches (the t h r e e VOICE s w i t c h e s and the
EMERG s w i t c h ) are used to e s t a b l i s h the o p e r a t i o n a l mode. Only one
switch a t a t i m e m a y be placed to any position o t h e r than c e n t e r f o r p r o p e r
o p e r a t i o n of the USBE and PMP. F o r f u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n of P M P outputs,
r e f e r to the d i s c u s s i o n of the P M P equipment.
T h e USBE is activated by the S-BAND- XPONDER/XPONDER P W R

A M P L switch. Setting this switch to XPONDER o r XPONDER PWR A M P L
e n e r g i z e s a r e l a y that a p p l i e s 115 volts a c to the USBE power supply, which
p r o v i d e s t 1 5 volts d c and -15 volts d c outputs to the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r and
r e c e i v e r . The R F output of the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is fed to the S-band
power a m p l i f i e r equipment. H e r e , the s i g n a l is e i t h e r bypassed d i r e c t l y
to the S-BAND ANTENNA switch o r amplified and then fed t o the S-BAND
ANTENNA switch.
2.8. 3 . 3 . 5 S-Band P o w e r Amplifier Equipment.
The S-band power a m p l i f i e r ( P A ) equipment (figure 2 . 8 - 1 9 ) is u s e d to

a m p l i f y the R F output f r o m the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r when additional s i g n a l

SMZA-0 3-SCO 1 2
A P O L L O ,OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
----------.--.
S-BAND POWER AMPLIFIER
TO USBE
:"F
USBE
NOTE. All latching n l a y latch

and unlatch coils a n
designated 1and U,
115VAC Fm:
SM-2A-7600
F i g u r e 2.8-19. S-Band P o w e r A m p l i f i e r Equipment
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.8-51
SM2A-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
s t r e n g t h is r e q u i r e d f o r adequate r e c e p t i o n of the S-band s i g n a l b y the
MSFN. It c o n s i s t s of a diplexer, a traveling-wave tube f o r amplification,
p o w e r s u p p l i e s , and the n e c e s s a r y switching r e l a y s and c o n t r o l c i r c u i t r y .
T h e S-band P A is contained i n a s i n g l e e l e c t r o n i c s package located i n the
l o w e r equipment bay.
A l l r e c e i v e d and t r a n s m i t t e d S-band s i g n a l s p a s s through the S-band

P A d i p l e x e r . T h e 2106.4-mc S-band c a r r i e r r e c e i v e d by the S / C e n t e r s
the S-band P A diplexer f r o m the S-band antenna equipment. T h e d i p l e x e r
p a s s e s the s i g n a l s t r a i g h t through to t h e USBE receiver. T h e 2287. 5 - m c
output s i g n a l f r o m the USBE t r a n s m i t t e r e n t e r s the S-band P A w h e r e it is
e i t h e r bypassed d i r e c t l y to the d i p l e x e r and out to the S-band antenna equip-
m e n t , o r amplified f i r s t a n d then fed to the d i p l e x e r . T h e r e a r e t h r e e
power a m p l i f i e r m o d e s of operation: bypass, low power, and high power.
Two of the S-BAND s w i t c h e s on MDC-20 a r e used to c o n t r o l the

S-band power a m p l i f i e r . Setting the XPONDER/XPONDER PWR A M P L
s w i t c h t o the XPONDER P W R A M P L position e n e r g i z e s the USBE power
supply and a p p l i e s 3 - p h a s e 115-volt a - c power to the S-band PA through
r e l a y K1 i n the c i r c u i t utilization box. T h i s a l s o a c t i v a t e s the 90-second
t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y i n the S-band PA. Upon i n i t i a l application of power, only
the low-voltage power supply is e n e r g i z e d , which applies power t o the
t r a v e l i n g wave tube h e a t e r . A f t e r 90 s e c o n d s , the R F s i g n a l f r o m the
USBE t r a n s m i t t e r is switched f r o m the bypass c i r c u i t to the a m p l i f i e r
c i r c u i t and 3-phase 115-volt a-c power i s applied t o e i t h e r the low power
o r high power s e c t i o n of the high-voltage power supply, which supplies the
c o r r e c t o p e r a t i n g v o l t a g e s to the r e m a i n i n g e l e m e n t s of the traveling-wave
tube. Selection of the low power (LOW)o r high power (HIGH) mode is
c o n t r o l l e d by the S- BAND - PWR A M P L - HIGH/LOW switch.
2.8.3.3.6 C-Band T r a n s p o n d e r Equipment
An e a r t h - b a s e d C-band t r a c k i n g a n d ranging s y s t e m is used to provide

S / C position d a t a to the MSFN during the launch, n e a r - e a r t h , and e n t r y
p h a s e s of the m i s s i o n . The function of the S / C C-band t r a n s p o n d e r equip-
m e n t ( f i g u r e 2. 8 - 2 0 ) is to effectively extend the r a n g e of the s y s t e m beyond
that which would b e p o s s i b l e using skin-tracking techniques only. Upon
r e c e p t i o n of a p r o p e r l y coded pulsed i n t e r r o g a t i o n f r o m the e a r t h - b a s e d
equipment at 5690 m c , the C-band t r a n s p o n d e r t r a n s m i t s a r e s p o n s e p u l s e to
the e a r t h after a 3 - m i c r o s e c o n d delay a t 5765 mc.
T h e C-band t r a n s p o n d e r contains f o u r r e c e i v e r s , a t r a n s m i t t e r , a
power supply, and a s s o c i a t e d c i r c u i t r y f o r c o m p a r i n g and decoding r e c e i v e d
s i g n a l s and switching antennas. T h e r e a r e f o u r C-band antennas, one f o r
e a c h r e c e i v e r , l o c a t e d a r o u n d the p e r i m e t e r of the command module. The
i n t e r r o g a t i o n m a y be r e c e i v e d by a n y one o r m o r e of the four antennas and
routed through c i r c u l a t o r s to the a s s o c i a t e d r e c e i v e r s . If the p u l s e s a r e
p r o p e r l y coded the c o m p a r a t o r d e t e r m i n e s which antenna received the
s t r o n g e s t s i g n a l and a c t i v a t e s the switch d r i v e r , which d r i v e s the R F
SMZA-03-SCO1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
i
-c
W
$ * .-
a a a
I I I
* w
8 Y
I
0
I
>
a a
c( 1 I I
I
0 c
I
0 a
u
I
%,
5
0 0
00
d
*
-1
C
i!
8
-a
d
0
u 0 0
z " z z z a
a a
I 1 I I
X a 0 G O E 3
Y
r
L:
0
n
u
>
C
Y
1
3
L
0
ui
K
0
.,
2
>
b
3
m
I
ui
4
t-
D
I:
b
3
C
I
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N O V 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-53

SM2A- 0 3 - SGO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
r---------- -------,- ------------------)
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I GATION
II
I
II
-- I
5745 MC I
PULSES I
I
TRANSMITTER I
I
I
I
I
I
COMPARATOR
XMTR OUTPUT
GROUP-I 6 POST-
SM-2A-724D
F i g u r e 2. 8-20. C-Band T r a n s p o n d e r Equipment
Mission

.
page 2 . 8 - 5 4
SM2A-03- SCO 12
__-
SYSTEMS DATA
switch to the proper antenna position. T h r e e microseconds a f t e r i n t e r r o g a -

tion, the t r a n s m i t t e r sends a response pulse to the selected antenna. This
3-microsecond delay gives the R F switch time to operate. It a l s o enables
MSFN personnel to simultaneously o b s e r v e the transponder reply and the
skin t r a c k reply on the s a m e visual display device (cathode r a y tube) f o r
comparison.
Two modes of operation can be selected: 1 pulse o r 2 pulse. Mode
selection will depend on the type of e a r t h - b a s e d r a d a r equipment that is
being used a t a p a r t i c u l a r a r e a in the o r b i t a l path. During the launch and
ascent phases of the m i s s i o n , the 2-pulse mode will be used.
The only external control f o r the C-band transponder equipment is the
C-BAND three-position toggle switch on MDC-20. The O F F position
removes a - c power f r o m the equipment; the 1 PULSE and 2 PULSE positions
apply a - c power to the equipment and s e l e c t the mode of operation. Activa-
tion and mode selection can a l s o be commanded f r o m the MSFN by a r e a l -
time command via the UDL equipment.
2. 8 . 3. 3. 7 VHF Recovery Beacon Equipment.
The VHF recovery beacon equipment (figure 2. 8-21) provides a l i n e -
of-sight direction finding capabilities to aid i n locating the S / C during the
recovery phase of the mission. It is located i n the s a m e e l e c t r o n i c s pack-
age a s the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r equipment i n the LEB. The
beacon signal emitted i s a n interrupted 243-mc c a r r i e r , modulated by a
1000-cps s q u a r e wave. The signal is transmitted f o r 2 seconds, then
interrupted f o r 3 seconds.
Manual control of the equipment i s provided by the RECOVERY -
VHF-BCN, two-position O N / O F F switch on MDC-20.
The output of the VHF recovery beacon equipment is fed to VHF
recovery antenna No. 1, which is deploved automaticallv when the main
- I
chutes &e deployed.

2. 8. 3. 3. 8 GFE VHF Survival B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r .
The VHF b e a c o n / t r a n s c e i v e r is a hand-held G F E i t e m to be used in
the recovery phase of the Apollo mission. The unit, plus a n e x t r a battery,
i s s t o r e d with the survival equipment.
Figure 2.8-22 shows the t h r e e m a j o r p a r t s of the unit, the t r a n s -

m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r assembly, the battery pack assembly, and the q u a r t e r wave
antenna.
The r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y and battery pack a s s e m b l y m a t e to
f o r m a water-tight unit measuring 8 by 4 - 1 / 2 by 3 inches. The antenna i s
an 11- 1/2-inch-long tapered flexible s t e e l tape, t e r m i n a t e d i n a coaxial R F
connector, and i s normally s t o r e d i n a retaining spool and clip on top of the
radio unit.
The radio i s capable of line-of-sight operation i n e i t h e r of two modes
(beacon o r voice) through use of e i t h e r i t s own antenna o r a suitable con-
nected remote antenna. The t r a n s m i t t e r output is protected against damage
while operating due to accidental shorting of the antenna o r submergence of
the unit i n s a l t water. In the beacon mode, the t r a n s m i t t e r o p e r a t e s
unattended, f o r periods up to 24 hours, to t r a n s m i t a n interrupted 1000-cps
tone, amplitude modulated 25 percent on the 243-mc R F c a r r i e r . In the
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-55

S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O12
SYSTEMS DATA
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNA No. I
VHF RECOVERY BEACON
OSCILLATOR
OUADRUPLER
(243 MC)
RF
AMPL'S
- - -MODULATION
AMPL
A
DRIVER
AMPL
b
*
POWER
AMPL
+
b
r
LO-PASS
FILTER
-
tmmc VOLTAGE
I KC
UODULAnON POWER REGULATOR
1
MULTIVIBRATO
RECOVERY
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
VHFBCN
ON
A 0
GROUP 3 6
OFF
SM-2A-478A
F i g u r e 2.8-21. V H F R e c o v e r y Beacon Equipment
TELECOMMUNICATION S Y S T E M
Mission B a s i c Date l2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-56

SM2A- 0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
,ANTENNA
ANTENNA 51
F i g u r e 2.8-22. Survival B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r Radio
voice m o d e , the radio provides two-way AM voice communication through

u s e of a n i n t e g r a l s p e a k e r - m i c r o p h o n e and PUSH-TO-TALK switch.
2. 8. 3. 4 Antenna Equipment Group.

The antenna equipment group contains a l l of the S / C antennas and
a n c i l l a r y equipment u s e d i n the T / C s y s t e m . ( S e e f i g u r e s 2 . 8 - 2 3 and
2. 8-24. )
2.8. 3. 4. 1 VHF/2-KMC Omni-Antenna Equipment.

The V H F / 2 - k m c omni-antennas and c o r r e s p o n d i n g a n c i l l a r y equipment
c o n s i s t s of t y o V H F / 2 - k m c SCIN a n t e n n a s , a VHF m u l t i p l e x e r , a VHF
antenna switch, a 2 - k m c antenna switch, and the n e c e s s a r y signal and con-
t r o l c i r c u i t s . The function of t h i s equipment i s to provide capabilities f o r
radiation and pickup of R F s i g n a l s i n the VHF and S-band s p e c t r u m s . The
VHF portion of this equipment i s used i n conjunction with the up-data link
(UDL) r e c e i v e r , the V H F / F M t r a n s m i t t e r , and the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r -
r e c e i v e r o n two f r e q u e n c i e s . The 2 - k m c portion of t h i s equipment is used
with the USBE.
The VHF m u l t i p l e x e r is a p a s s i v e , six-channel, filtering device which

e n a b l e s s i x items of V H F t r a n s m i t t i n g o r r e c e i v i n g equipment to utilize one
VHF antenna simultaneously. The s i x channel f i l t e r s a r e composed of two
o r t h r e e tuned c a v i t i e s , e a c h of which function a s bandpass f i l t e r s . NO
power i s r e q u i r e d by the device and t h e r e a r e no e x t e r n a l c o n t r o l s .
Mission
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
. 2.8-57
SMZA-0 3 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
HF RECOVERY
ANTENNA (14 Fl)
NON-SURVIVI NG
2-KMC
VIEW 0 VHF
e
VHF/2-KMC SCIN
ANTENNAS (2)
SURVIVING
SCIN ANTENNA
I
-X
+z
VHF RECOVERY
ANTENNAS NON-SURVIVING
ANTENNA
C-MND
VIEW 0
P/ ..
C-BAND ANTENNAS (4)
RECOVERY INTERCOM
SWIMMER CONNECTOR
SURVIVING
KIN ANTENNA’
I
-Z
F i g u r e 2 . 8-23. Antenna L o c a t i o n s

SMZA-0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
VHF RECOVERY ANTENNAS HF RECOVERY C-BAND ANTENNAS
-Z SCIN +Z SCIN I
ANTENNA
ANTENNA ANTENNA No. 2 No. 1 I
21
AL Ah AL AL
C-BAND TRANSPONDER
I
I I HF 1
I
VHF I
I
ANTENNA I
I
RECOJERY I
I
UPPER I
I
BEACON
1s;
FUGHT A N D ,
POST LAND- TELECOMMU-
E::c 7T
ING BUS NATIONS
- I XPONDEI
r
L WR AMP
I RECEIVER
THRESHOLD I
I
S-BAND I I
ANTENNA I
I
TRANSMlllER
0 I VHF
AUTO I MULTIPLEXER I
UPPER
I I
I -LOWER
I
1
t I
I
I
VH F/AM
XMTRAND RCVR 1
-----
(296.8 MC)
NGE: 411 controls lomted on
VHF/AM
M D C - D unless otherwise I
RCVR 2
POWER AMPL indicated I (259.7 MC)
- F i g u r e 2 . 8 24. Antenna R F a n d C o n t r o l C i r c u i t r y SM-2A-721C
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2-8-59

SM2A-0 3 -SCO 12
The VHF/Z-kmc S U N antennas are dual-purpose antennas with approxi-

mately h e m i s p h e r i c a l radiation patterns. F i g u r e s 2.8-25 and 2.8-26 show
the propagation p a t t e r n s of the VHF-UHF and S-band portions of the antenna,
respectively. The word f t S C I N fis a n acronym f o r "SCImitar" and "Notch. I f
Because of its c h a r a c t e r i s t i c shape, that portion of the antenna used for VHF
is called a s c i m i t a r . In the broad end of the s c i m i t a r i s a notch which
functions independently and i s used f o r S-band frequencies.
T h e r e a r e two VHF/Z-kmc SCIN antennas; they a r e located on opposite

s i d e s of the S/C. One is located n e a r the tZ axis and is called the tZ o r
l o w e r SCIN antenna; the o t h e r is located n e a r the - Z axis and is called the
- Z o r upper SCIN antenna. Because of t h e i r approximate hemispherical
radiation p a t t e r n s , fully omnidirectional capabilities can be obtained only by
switching f r o m one antenna t o the other. This is accomplished with the VHF
ANTENNA remote control switch on MDC-20 f o r VHF communications, g r
with the S-BAND ANTENNA r e m o t e control switch, a l s o on MDC-20, f o r
.S- band communications.
-Z SURVIVING ANTENNA
---
NONSURVIVING ANTE
: -Z ANTENNA USED WHEN VEHICLE/
MSFN LINE OF SIGHT IS I N -Z
HEMISPHERE, +Z ANTENNA USED
WHEN VEHICWMSFN LINE OF SIGHT
I S I N +Z HEMISPHERE; BCEPT
WHEN LINE OF SIGHT I S WITHIN
45 DEGREES OF +X AXIS; THEN USE
OPPOSITE ANTENNA. -
@'..#?
'*
CD-272 i.! + )
F i g u r e 2 . 8-25. Antenna Switching Regions, VHF-UHF
Mission Basic Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-60

SMZA-03- SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
NONSU RV IV I NG
ANTENNA
F i g u r e 2 . 8-26. Antenna Switching Regions, S-Band
The l o w e r (tZ)SCIN antenna m a y be burned off d u r i n g e n t r y . The

u p p e r ( - Z )SCIN antenna is l o c a t e d at a m i n i m u m h e a t point and is c o v e r e d
with ablative m a t e r i a l to provide t h e r m a l p r o t e c t i o n f o r e n t r y s u r v i v a l .
?.. 8. 3 . 4. 2 H F R e c o v e r y Antenna Equipment
The H F r e c o v e r y antenna is provided s o l e l y f o r u s e with the H F t r a n s -

c e i v e r to provide f o r voice communication with r e c o v e r y f o r c e s a f t e r touch-
down. It i s stowed i n s i d e a c a n i s t e r , l o c a t e d i n the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t of
the S I C , until deployed by m a n u a l activation of a pyrotechnic device. The
pyrotechnic device is activated by setting the POST LANDING- ANTENNA
DEPLOY s w i t c h e s t o t h e i r u p p e r positions ( A and B), while the MASTER
EVENT SEQ CONT Switches ( 2 ) a r e at PYRO ARM (MDC-24) position.
2.8. 3 . 4 . 3 VHF Recovery Antenna Equipment.

T h e r e a r e two VHF r e c o v e r y antennas, No. 1 and No. 2 , stowed i n the
f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t of the S/C. E a c h antenna c o n s i s t s of a q u a r t e r w a v e
SMZA- 03-SCO 12
stub, 11 inches long, and a ground plane. They are automatically deployed
8 seconds a f t e r m a i n parachute deployment during the d e s c e n t phase of the
m i s s ion.
V H F r e c o v e r y antenna No. 1 i s connected to the V H F r e c o v e r beacon
equipment through a coaxial connector on the coaxial bracket, MDC-9. V H F
r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2 is to be used with the V H F / A M t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r
equipment, thus i t is connected to the V H F antenna switch, a l s o through a
connector on the coaxial bracket. The purpose of the coaxial b r a c k e t , i s to
allow e i t h e r of the V H F recovery antennas to be used with the G F A E survival
t r a n s c e i v e r . This r e q u i r e s that the coaxial cable f r o m one of the antennas
be manually disconnected a t the coaxial bracket and reconnected to the
.
s u r v i v a l t r a n s c e i ve r
2. 8 . 3 . 4. 4 C-Band Beacon Antenna Equipment.
T h e r e a r e four, flush-mounted, C-band beacon antennas located

around the p e r i m e t e r of the S I C n e a r the f o u r S / C a x e s : tZ, - Z , tY, and
-Y. All four antennas a r e connected a t all t i m e s to the C-band transponder
equipment with reception by all four antennas. C i r c u i t r y in the C-band
transponder equipment d e t e r m i n e s which antenna received the s t r o n g e s t
signal and automatically s e l e c t s that antenna f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n of response
pulses.
2. 8. 3. 5 E l e c t r i c a l Power Distribution.
E l e c t r i c a l power distribution f o r the voice and data, and the R F

equipment groups is shown on sheet 1 of figure 2. 8-27. Instrumentation
equipment power distribution is shown on s h e e t 2 . E l e c t r i c a l power to
m o s t of the equipment on sheet 1 i s controlled by the T / C switches on
MDC-20. These switches and control c i r c u i t s can be found on the i l l u s t r a -
tions f o r the'individual components i n p a r a g r a p h s 2. 8. 3 . 3 and 2. 8. 3 . 4.
2.8. 4 P E R F O R M A N C E AND DESIGN DATA
The following c h a r t contains the a - c and d - c power consumption values

f o r the T / C voice, data. and R F equipment.
Mission Basic Date l2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-62

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
FLIGHT 6 COMMAND AUDIO CENTER

POST- rTELECOMMUNI-- VHF PILOTS
PILOT EQUIPMENT
LANDING CATIONS R E C Y BCN MIKE
MIKE
--------
MODULE
SENIOR COMMAND XMTR KEY1NG

CIRCUITS
XMTR-RCVR
--------
COMMAND
SENIOR
--------
MODULE
SENIOR
UP-DATA
N CAMERA PILOT
NON
-INSTRUMENTS- I
BUS PAMXMTR I
BUS
i .-TELECOMMUNI-
ZA
DC SIG COND
S-BAND PA
rCEMRAt-
A TIMING SYS LEGEND
-28 VDC POWER
(MDC-22) - - - VDC CONTROL POWER ONLY
28
DC -----I5 VAC 400 30 POWER

1 CPS
h4AI N
BUS B
NOTE: K I , K2 and K3 am relays located
in the circuit utilization box.
SM-2A-648F
F i g u r e 2 . 8-27. Telecommunications P o w e r Distribution (Sheet 1 of 2 )
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
(LEE- 704)
LIMITER
C/M OPERATIONAL
ELS, EPS, 6 ECS SIG INSTRUMENTATION
CURRENT CONDS 6 SENSORS
LIMITER
I L
DC MAIN
p?, )
-
C/M
-
C/M S/M
:/M 4 5 VDC SPS SIG
I
~
CONDS
NON ESS BUS CURRENT 28 vDc 4 SENSORS
LIMITER -
I I 3 CURRENT + a
SPS,EPS
STRUCT
S/M
OPERATIONAL
!
INSTRUMEN-
I VDC LIMITER SIG CONDS
6 SENSORS TATION
I I
I t NON
I I
-* C'MIS'MTo: S/M FLIGHT QUAL
INSTRUMENTATION
ESSENTIAL
T
BUS NO.l To:
C/M FLIGHT QUAL
INSTRUMENTATION
CMDR'S
SPACESUIT
BIOMED
(MDC-20)
1 NAVIGATOR'S
SCIEN SPACESUIT
7 - 2 BIOMED AMPLS 0 PERATIONAL
(NOT USED)
BIOMEDICAL
NON 7'5A I NSTRUMEN-
ESSENTIAL SCIEN TATION
BUS N 0 . 2 EQUlP
-!'+E? SEB-1
la:
SCIENTIFIC
EQUlPMENT
BUS B
$IN I-?: cBIOMED COMM-
(MDC-25)
Fmm: T/C GROUP-5
CIRCUIT BREAKER-
(See sheet I )
NOTES. I . A l l circuit breoken and w i t c h e s ore located
an MDC-22 unless otherwise indicated.
2 . Current limiter boxes consist mainly of terminal
boards o d fuses
SM-Z-B~~B
Figure 2.8-27. T e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n ( S h e e t 2 of 2 ) --
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV 1 9 6 6 C h a n g e Date page 2 . 8 - 6 4

S M Z A - 03-sc012
-
SYSTEMS DATA
T I C Equipment P o w e r Consumption
XI
Equipment Quantit Control 1 - C Wat A-C W a t t s I - C Watc \-C Watts
I
A-C e q u i p m e n t 3 P W R s w i t c h t o VOX, 4. 3 12. a
MDC ( 1 3 , 23, 26)
SCE 1 S C E P W R s w i t c h ON, 45.0 45.0

MDC 20
P C M TLM equipment 1 P C M c o n t r o l button ON, 10. 5 10.5

MDC 22
TV c a m e r a 1 P W R s w i t c h ON, T V 6.0 6. 0
c a m e r a handle
PMP 1 P M P P W R s w i t c h ON, 2. 6 4. 0 2. 6 6.4

MDC 20
t T A P E SWITCH O N , 2. 6 6. 4 2. 6 6.4
MDC 20
E M E R VOICE s w i t c h 3.2 3. 2
O N , MDC 20
E M E R K E Y ON, MDC 20 3.6 3. 6

DSE 1 RECORD/PLAYBACK 0.5 32. 5 0. 5 32. 5
switch other than OFF,
MDC 20
FOR 1 RECORD switch to 34. 0 15. 0 34. 0 15. 0

R E C O R D MDC 19
UD L 1 UDL s w i t c h to VHF, 9.6 9. 6

MDC 20
CTE 1 2-CTE c o n t r o l buttons 21.0 21.0

O N , MDC 22
VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - V H F I A M s w i t c h to REC, 1.5 1. 5

receiver MDC 20
V H F I A M s w i t c h to T / R , 15. 5 15. 5
MDC 20
V H F I A M s w i t c h to T / R , 61. 5 61. 5
P T T button ON, c o b r a
c a b l e MODE s w i t c h to P T '
HF transceiver I H F P O W E R s w i t c h ON, 0. 6 0. 6
MDC 20
H F P W R s w i t c h ON, 29. 0 29. 0

MODE s w i t c h t o BCN o r
AM, MDC 2 0 , c o b r a c a b l e
P T T button ON
H F PWR switch ON, 40. 0 40.0

MODE s w i t c h to SSB,
P T T button on c o b r a
c a b l e ON
VHFIFM transmitter 1 VHF FM switch ON, I. 5 50. 0 1. 5 50.0

MOC 20
TELECOMMUNICATION S Y S T E M

SMZA- 03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~
T 1
Equipment Quantity Control D - C Watt A-C Watts D-C Watt t-C Watts
USBE S-BAND XPONDER 13. 5 13.5
s w i t c h to XPONDER
MDC 20
S-band P A S-BAND XPONDER 3. 0 27. 4 3.0 27. 4

s w i t c h to XPONDER PWI
AMP, P W R A M P s w i t c h
LOW, MDC 20
S-BAND XPONDER 3.0 80. 0 3.0 80. 0

s w i t c h to XPONDER
P W R AMY PWR A M P
s w i t c h HIGH
C-band t r a n s p o n d e r C-BAND P W R s w i t c h 3.0 75. 0 3. 0 75.0

1 pulse o r 2 pulse.
MDC 20
V H F recovery beacon V H F BCN s w i t c h ON.. 8. 0 8. 0

MDC 20
2-KMC a n t e n n a s w i t c h S-BAND XPONDER 15. 0 15. 0

s w i t c h ON S-BAND
s w i t c h changed,
MDC 20
Voice r e c o r d e r H F s w i t c h and I N T E R - 0.025 1.99 ,025 1.99

COM s w i t c h to TR,
MDC 2 0 ; P T T button
ON o n c o b r a c a b l e
--
M i s s ion Basic Date

12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page

.
2.8-66
SM2A- 03 - SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 8. 5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
2. 8. 5. 1 Antennas.
F o r S-band t r a n s m i s s i o n and reception, the SCIN antenna on the s i d e

of the S / C n e a r e s t to the M S F N s t a t i o n m u s t be utilized. F o r VHF t r a n s -
m i s s i o n and reception, the S C I N antenna indicated i n f i g u r e 2.8-25 should
be utilized. T h i s m a y r e q u i r e switching between the u p p e r ( - 2 ) and l o w e r
( t Z ) SCIN antennas while making a s i n g l e s t a t i o n p a s s . F o r VHF o p e r a t i o n s
this m u s t b e done manually with the VHF ANTENNA switch. F o r S-band
o p e r a t i o n s , this c a n be a c c o m p l i s h e d e i t h e r manually o r automatically with
the S-BAND ANTENNA switch.
At g r e a t e r s l a n t r a n g e s , null points m a y e x i s t in the SCIN and C-band

beacon o v e r a l l antenna p a t t e r n s along the c e n t e r l i n e of the S / C , f o r w a r d
and aft of the C / M . Pointing e i t h e r of t h e s e null points a t the MSFN s t a t i o n
m a y c a u s e communications to be i n t e r r u p t e d .
The l o w e r (tZ)SCIN antenna will be burned off d u r i n g e n t r y . Thus

a f t e r e n t r y , the upper ( - Z ) SCIN antenna o r VHF r e c o v e r y antenna No. 2
m u s t b e utilized f o r communications v i a the VHF/AM t r a n s m i t t e r - r e c e i v e r .
2. a. 5. 2 Data S t o r a g e Equipment.
a . Maximum DSE running times f o r the e n t i r e r ? e l of tape a t the t h r e e

o p e r a t i n g s p e e d s a r e as follows: 3 . 7 5 i p s (LOW - 120 m i n u t e s , 15 ips
(NORM) - 30 m i n u t e s , 120 i p s (HIGH,f o r rewind and LBR P C M dump
only) - 3 . 7 5 m i n u t e s .
b. S t o r e d HBR a n d LBR P C M d a t a , if i n t e r m i x e d o n the tape, cannot be

dumped within one s t a t i o n p a s s , due to the different playback s p e e d s
r e q u i r e d . LBR P C M m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t 3 . 7 5 i p s and m a y be played back
a t 15 i p s o r 120 i p s ; HBR P C M m u s t b e r e c o r d e d at 15 i p s a n d played back
a t 15 ips.
c. S t o r e d P C M TLM need not be played back in the s a m e d i r e c t i o n i n

which i t was r e c o r d e d . P l a y b a c k i n the d i r e c t i o n of r e c o r d i n g r e q u i r e s
rewinding of the tape between r e c o r d i n g a n d dumping.
d. T h e r e is no p r o v i s i o n f o r r e c o r d i n g TV data.
e. High-bit rate P C M m u s t be r e c o r d e d at n o r m a l speed o r tape motion

will stop.
f. Low-bit r a t e PCM m u s t be r e c o r d e d a t low s p e e d o r tape motion

w i l l stop.
g. If tape is played back a t low s p e e d , the tape will move but t h e r e will
be no playback d a t a available to the t r a n s m i t t e r s .
SMZA-03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
h. If high-bit r a t e data is played back a t high speed, the t r a n s m i t t e r

data will be garbled.
i. If only a F W D or REV command is given to initiate a rewind, t h e r e

will be no tape motion. A mode ( p r e f e r a b l y PLAY), m u s t a l s o be selected
before tape will move.
j. Refer t o p a r a g r a p h 2 . 8.3.2.6 f o r p r o p e r DSE operating functions.
2. a. 5.3 Unified S-Band Svstem.
a. S-band operations will be limited due to the limited number of

MSFN stations that will have operational S-band capabilities.
-
b. If one of the S-band mode switches ( T A P E OFF ANALOG or TV - -
-
O F F P U S ) is moved f r o m the OFF position, the FM selection of the
S-band t r a n s m i t t e r will be selected, reducing the c i r c u i t m a r g i n s and
disabling the S-band tracking.
c. TV can only be transmitted via the USBE.
d. The secondary o s c i l l a t o r can only be selected in normal operation

with the RNG-RNG only switch in the off position and the OSC switch is
SEC.
e. The TAPE and TV switches a r e 3-position switches with the down

position no longer performing valid functions. The down position of these
switches should not be selected.
f . The TAPE and TV switches should never be positioned up

simultaneously.
g. Refer to p a r a g r a p h 2. 8.3.2. 5 f o r valid unified S-band equipment

operational modes and t h e i r attendant switching configuration.
2. 8. 5 . 4 General.
a. The maximum slant range f o r reliable VHF-FM TLM communica-

tions should not exceed 1500 nautical m i l e s . Also, the maximum elevation
angle f r o m the e a r t h to the S / C should not be l e s s than 5 d e g r e e s .
b. Real-time and recorded PCM TLM cannot be transmitted simulta-

neously. One o r the o t h e r , however, can be transmitted via the VHF/FM
t r a n s m i t t e r and the USBS a t the s a m e time, and r e a l - t i m e P C M data may
be r e c o r d e d while i t is being transmitted.
c. The FQR has a maximum recording time of approximately

30 minutes. To maintain sufficient t i m e f o r a l l scheduled recordings of
flight qualification analog data, the FQR m u s t be used conservatively.
Miss ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2.8-68
SMZA-03 - SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
d. When the P C M TLM equipment is operating in the LOW (low b i t - r a t e )

m o d e , a p p r o x i m a t e l y 34 p e r c e n t of the total P C M m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e
available f o r t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s t o r a g e . Also, many of t h e s e m e a s u r e m e n t s
a r e sampled a t slower rates.
T h e following is a complete l i s t i n g of all T / C t e l e m e t r y d a t a that is

monitored by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground support p e r s o n n e l . The l a s t
column contains the n a m e and type of S / C c r e w display. The display utilizes
the same pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e as t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e -
m e n t n u m b e r is included in the display column. Additional t e l e m e t r y
m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e found a t the end of each s y s t e m .
An a s t e r i s k (*) by the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r denotes information

which is not available f o r r e c o r d i n g o r t e l e m e t r y t r a n s m i s s i o n d u r i n g
PCM low b i t - r a t e operation.
Mea s u r e m e n t Crew
Number De s c r i p t i o n S e n s o r Range Display
* CJ 0002 J P n e u m s e l e c t o r s w out s i g None

* C J 0066 J EKG a x i s 1 s e l s w out s i g 0.1 +5 mv None
8 CJ 0067 J EKG a x i s 2 sel sw out s i g 0. 1 +5 m v None
CJ 0210 X S e l s w position ASTRO 1 Event None
CJ 0211 X Sel s w position ASTRO 2 Event None
CJ 0212 X S e l s w position ASTRO 3 Event None
CT 0012 X T a p e motion monitor o p e r a t i o n a l Event None
CT 0013 X T a p e motion m o n i t o r R a n d D Event None
CT 0015 V Sig cond pos supply volts None
CT 0016 V Sig cond neg supply volts None
CT 0017 V S e n s o r excitation 5 volts None
CT 0018 V S e n s o r excitation 10 volts None
: CT 0055 V TV c a m e r a t a r g e t voltage None
* CT 0089 V C-band XMTR output m o n i t o r None
* CT 0098 V C-band d e c o d e r out None
CT 0120 X P C M bit r a t e change 8 b i t s Digital None
CT 0125 V P C M HI level 85 p e r c e n t ref 0 to 5. 0 vdc None
CT 0126 V P C M HI level 15 p e r c e n t ref 0 to 5 . 0 vdc None
CT 0127 V P C M LO l e v e l 85 p e r c e n t ref 0 to 0 . 0 4 0 vdc None
CT 0128 V PCM LO l e v e l 15 p e r c e n t ref 0.040 vdc None
CT 0141 X C T E timing mode m o n i t o r Event None
CT 0142 F C e n t r a l timing GMT 32 b i t s Digital None
CT 0147 V S-band r e c AGC voltage S-BAND
ANT, m e t e r
: CT 0191 V VHF/AM r e c AGC voltage None
CT 0212 V S-band RCVR s t a t i c phase e r r o r None
CT 0215 V S-band XMTR detected rf output None
CT 0261 V U D L receiver signal strength None
* CT 0262 V UDL s y s validity signal 8 b i t s Digital None
* CT 0320 V VHF/AM XMTR detected rf output None
- * CT 0330 V V H F / F M XMTR P A detected r f out None
CT 0340 X PCM timing s o u r c e e x t o r int Event None
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM .
Page 2.8-6912.8-70
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2 . 9
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
2.9. 1 INTRODUCTION.
The sequential s y s t e m s c o n s i s t of c o n t r o l and detection s y s t e m s

which function during a s c e n t and e n t r y p o r t i o n s of a m i s s i o n o r in p r e -
o r b i t a l a b o r t s . The c o n t r o l functions a r e s e n s i n g L / V s t a t u s , displaying
L / V s t a t u s to the c r e w , a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiating LES a b o r t s in a n e m e r -
gency d u r i n g e a r l y a s c e n t , a n d a u t o m a t i c a l l y sequencing the E L S during
d e s c e n t . Backup c o n t r o l s a r e provided f o r c r i t i c a l functions and n o r m a l
e v e n t s . The s y s t e m s a r e the s e q u e n t i a l events c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SECS),
e m e r g e n c y detection s y s t e m (EDS), launch e s c a p e s y s t e m ( L E S ) , a n d
e a r t h landing s y s t e m (ELS). The s y s t e m s i n t e r f a c e with the r e a c t i o n
c o n t r o l s y s t e m (RCS), guidance and navigation ( C & N ) , s e r v i c e propulsion
s y s t e m (SPS), stabilization a n d c o n t r o l s y s t e m (SCS), e l e c t r i c a l power
s y s t e m ( E P S ) , telecommunications ( T / C ) , and c o n t r o l s and d i s p l a y s ( C & D ) .
2.9.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The p u r p o s e of the sequential s y s t e m s is to provide s a f e t y f o r the

c r e w d u r i n g the a s c e n t a n d d e s c e n t p h a s e s of a m i s s i o n , a n d to p e r f o r m
n o r m a l s e p a r a t i o n functions. The EDS m o n i t o r s o p e r a t i o n of the L / V and
will ini'tiate a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t in a n e m e r g e n c y . The LES i s provided
f o r u s e d u r i n g a n e m e r g e n c y a r i s i n g f r o m malfunction of the L / V o r
o t h e r s y s t e m s affecting c r e w safety. The LES will be utilized to a b o r t
the m i s s i o n in a n e m e r g e n c y by s e p a r a t i n g the C / M f r o m the L / V and
S / M . The LES can be o p e r a t i o n a l f r o m the launch pad until the launch
e s c a p e tower i s jettisoned. Following second s t a g e b o o s t e r ignition, the
LES tower i s jettisoned f r o m the C S M - L / V combination. The E L S i s
provided to stabilize a n d d e c e l e r a t e the C / M following a n e n t r y into the
e a r t h a t m o s p h e r e o r following a n a b o r t . The E L S p a r a c h u t e s will lower
the C / M a t a suitable velocity a n d attitude until t i m e of touchdown. A
functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the sequential s y s t e m s i s contained in the
following p a r a g r a p h s .
2.9.2. 1 Sequential Events Control S y s t e m (SECS)
The SECS c o n s i s t s of c o n t r o l l e r s (figure 2 . 9 - 1 ) that provide auto-.

m a t i c , s e m i a u t o m a t i c , and m a n u a l c o n t r o l f o r initiation o r t e r m i n a t i o n
of functional events d u r i n g v a r i o u s p h a s e s of the Apollo m i s s i o n . The
c o n t r o I I e r s a r e the m a s t e r events sequence c o n t r o l l e r ( M E S C ) , e a r t h
landing s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r (ELSC), C / M r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n -
t r o l l e r ( C / M RCSC), s e r v i c e module j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r (SMJC). E a c h
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 2*9-1

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
c o n t r o l l e r c o n s i s t s of redundant r e l a y s , t i m e r s , and o t h e r d e v i c e s to
c o n t r o l s y s t e m s o p e r a t i o n and a u t o m a t i c timing of e v e n t s . Two c o n t r o l l e r s
a r e provided in a l l c a s e s f o r dual redundancy. The SECS will c o n t r o l the
a u t o m a t i c a l l y sequenced events d u r i n g a m i s s i o n a b o r t , n o r m a l CSM-SLA
s e p a r a t i o n , n o r m a l C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , and events d u r i n g the e a r t h
landing p h a s e . The SECS p r o v i d e s conditioned signals to t e l e m e t r y
equipment through the data d i s t r i b u t i o n box s o that vital information m a y
be t e l e m e t e r e d to MSFN.
The SECS will c o n t r o l the launch e s c a p e s y s t e m (LES) during a n

a b o r t up to the t i m e of n o r m a l launch e s c a p e tower j e t t i s o n . The SPS
engine i s utilized during an a b o r t a f t e r LES tower j e t t i s o n to p r o p e l the
CSM a w a y f r o m the L / V . N o r m a l s e p a r a t i o n of the SLA is p e r f o r m e d
by the SECS following m a n u a l initiation a f t e r e a r t h o r b i t i s a t t a i n e d .
E m e r g e n c y s e p a r a t i o n of the SLA i s p e r f o r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y 1. 7 seconds
a f t e r a n SPS a b o r t is manually initiated. C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n i s p e r -
f o r m e d by the SECS, and i s manually initiated d u r i n g the e n t r y p h a s e o r
subsequent to a n SPS a b o r t . During a LES a b o r t , the C / M - S / M s e p a r a -
tion i s p e r f o r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y by the SECS. Events p e r f o r m e d by the
e a r t h landing s y s t e m a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d by the SECS during
n o r m a l d e s c e n t . Switches a r e provided f o r m a n u a l backup of c r i t i c a l
events.
The b a s i c functions p e r f o r m e d by the SECS a r e a s follows:
Event Originates Function /Input Manual Control
Auto a b o r t enable MESC Lift-off signal EDS AUTO switch

(MDC - 16)
L E and P C MESC C/M-S/M s e p a r a - LES MOTOR F I R E

motors fire tion r e l a y s switch (MDC-5)
Pitch motor C / M RCSC Lift-off t 61 ABORT SYSTEM-

inhibit seconds OX DUMP switch
(MDC-16)
Auto RCS o x i d i z e r C / M RCSC Lift-off t 61 ABORT SYSTEM-

d u m p inhibit seconds OX DUMP switch
(MDC - 16)
LES tower MESC E L S a r m e d and ABORT SYSTEM-

jettison 24K f t b a r o s w i t c h MODE switches
closure on A and B (MDC- 16)
LES a b o r t s ,
manual 3 minutes
a f t e r lift-off
CSM -S LA MESC Translation con- ADAP S E P switch

separation t r o l t 1 . 7 seconds (MDC - 5 )
---
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
Event Originate s F u n c t i o n /Input Manual Control

~ ~~
RCS/SCS e n a b l e MESC Adapter s e p a r a - REACTION CONTROL

tion t 2 . 5 s e c o n d s SYSTEM -CMD
o r C/M-S/M s w i t c h (MDC- 16)
deadface t 1 second
LES a b o r t MESC EDS a b o r t s i g n a l Translation control

initiation from L/V-IU
C /M-S /M MESC C/M-S/M dead- C/M-S/M S E P

separation face relays switches A and B
to. 1 s e c o n d (MDC-15)
C a n a r d deploy MESC L E S a b o r t lockup CANARD D E P L O Y

r e l a y s t 11 s w i t c h (MDC - 5 )
seconds
SPS abort MESC Manual T r a n s la tion c o n t r o l

initiation
RCS/SCS d i s a b l e MESC ELS a r m e d and REACTION CONTROL

24K f t b a r o s w i t c h SYS-CMD s w i t c h
closure (MDC-16)
Apex c o v e r MESC ELS a r m e d and A P E X COVER

jettison 24K f t b a r o s w i t c h J E T T switch
closure (MDC-5)
to. 4 s e c o n d
Drogue parachutes ELSC ELS a r m e d and DROGUE D E P L O Y

deploy 24K f t b a r o s w i t c h s w i t c h (MDC-5)
closure
+2 seconds
Drogue p a r a c h u t e s ELSC ELS a r m e d a n d MAIN D E P L O Y

r e l e a s e and m a i n 24K f t b a r o s w i t c h s w i t c h (MDC-5)
p a r a c h u t e s deploy closure
t 14 s e c o n d s t
10K f t b a r o s w i t c h
closure
R CS p r o p e l l a n t s C / M RCSC Manual C/M PROP J E T T

burn DUMP s w i t c h
(MDC-8)
RCS p u r g e C / M RCSC Manual C/M PROP J E T T

PURGE s w i t c h
(MDC-8)
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.9-3

SMZA -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Event Originates Function/Input Manual C o n t r o l
Main p a r a c h u t e s , ELSC Manual MAIN CHUTE

release r e l e a s e switch
(MDC - 16)
Postlanding MESC Manua 1 P O S T LANDING-

a n t e n n a deploy ANTENNA - D E P L O Y
switches A and B
(MDC-25)
2.9. 2.2 E m e r e e n c v Detection S v s t e m .
The EDS is d e s i g n e d to d e t e c t a n d d i s p l a y s t a t u s and e m e r g e n c y

conditions of the l a u n c h v e h i c l e - s p a c e c r a f t combination to the a s t r o n a u t .
The EDS a l s o p r o v i d e s a u t o m a t i c a b o r t i n i t i a t i o n , u n d e r c e r t a i n condi-
t i o n s , a f t e r lift-off up to the n o r m a l t i m e of LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n .
The EDS d i s p l a y c i r c u i t r y i s e n a b l e d when the EDS POWER s w i t c h

(MDC-24) i s in the O N p o s i t i o n a n d w i l l i l l u m i n a t e lights on M D C - 5 to
i n d i c a t e L / V s t a t u s . The r e d L / V R A T E l i g h t will i l l u m i n a t e when
L / V r a t e s a r e in e x c e s s of 20 d e g r e e s p e r s e c o n d in r o l l and 5 d e g r e e s
p e r s e c o n d in p i t c h a n d yaw. T h e r a t e s a r e s e n s e d by t h r e e r a t e g y r o s
m o u n t e d on e a c h L / V a x i s in the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit ( I U ) . The r e d -.-
L / V GUID light (MDC-5) i l l u m i n a t e s to i n d i c a t e f a i l u r e of the guidance
unit which i s a l s o l o c a t e d in the i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n unit. The yellow L / V
ENGINES l i g h t s ( M D C - 5 ) i l l u m i n a t e when a r e s p e c t i v e S-I b o o s t e r engine
i s developing l e s s than 9 0 p e r c e n t of t o t a l t h r u s t output. The L / V
ENGINES lights a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r engine s t a t u s d u r i n g t h r u s t i n g p e r i o d s
During s t a g i n g , the L / V ENGINES l i g h t s a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r i l l u m i n a t i o n
to i n d i c a t e BECO and e x t i n g u i s h to i n d i c a t e s t a g e s e p a r a t i o n . A f t e r
s t a g i n g , the n u m b e r 1 L / V ENGINE light i n d i c a t e s the s t a t u s of the
S-IVB S t a g e e n g i n e , i t will be extinguished when the engine i s producing
65 p e r c e n t r a t e d t h r u s t . The ABORT light (MDC-3) i s a r e d l a m p
a s s e m b l y containing 4 b u l b s . Two bulbs a r e in s y s t e m A and two bulbs
a r e in s y s t e m B f o r redundancy. The ABORT light i s i l l u m i n a t e d i f
a n a b o r t i s r e q u e s t e d by l a u n c h c o n t r o l c e n t e r f o r a pad a b o r t o r a n
a b o r t d u r i n g lift-off via r a d i o . The ABORT light c a n be i l l u m i n a t e d
a f t e r lift-off by the R a n g e S a f e t y O f f i c e r t r a n s m i t t i n g a d e s t r u c t a r m
c o m m a n d . The d e s t r u c t a r m c o m m a n d will a l s o i n i t i a t e BECO. An
, a b o r t m a y a l s o be r e q u e s t e d via r a d i o f r o m the MSFN after lift-off
+10 s e c o n d s .
T h e EDS a u t o m a t i c a b o r t c i r c u i t r y is enabled a t lift -off providing

t h e EDS AUTO s w i t c h (MDC-16) is in t h e AUTO p o s i t i o n . (See
f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 2 . ) A c i r c u i t i s c o m p l e t e d t h r o u g h t h e lift-off e n a b l e and
first m o t i o n r e l a y s a t lift off. T h e lift-off e n a b l e r e l a y s a r e l a t c h i n g
SEQUENTIAL S Y S T EMS
Mission Basic D G
#, -
1 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date
*
Page 2.9-4
..
-- LIFT-OFF SIGNAL
* S-IV B
INSTRU-
MENTATION
u rdti
L/V GUID,
L/V RATE
AND
LV ENGINES
-
STATUS
4
-
I SPS A B 0
I LES A B 0
:
.
a
a. .
..-
-
LIFT-OFF SIGNAL
T
I ENABLE EDS ,
LAUNCH
-ER ENGl NE CUTOFF (BECO) ESCAPE
SYSTEM
EXP NUTS FIRE
LES ABORT SIGNAL
INHIBIT P/C MOTOR FIRE (LIFT OFF + 61 SECONDS)

-
LES ABORT SIGNAL
.
CSM-I& SEPARATION SIGNAL
START S/M JETTISON SEQUENCE
CSM-L/V SEPARATION
i STATUS SIGNAL TO A G C
S-IVB STAGE
MASTER
EVENT FIRE DIRECT ULLAGE JETS (4)
SEQUENCE
JE STATUS
I 5-IB STAGE CONTROLLER
(MESC) 1
APEX COVER JETTISON
+ I
CONTROL
RCS/SCS DEACTIVATE
SYSTEM (RCS)
I
I SPS ABORT SIGNAL I

TOWER JETTISON
ELS ACTIVATE (LES ABORT)
-
-1 DEPLOY DRO
C/M RCS PRESSURE
-
d
I LES ABORT SIGNAL t--. APEX COVER JETT

EARTH
LANDING
SYSTEM
IOMROLLER
W C )
UM-S/M DEADFACE
w
UMBILICAL GUILLOTINE
d
M A N U A L INITIATED
EVENTS
- r 4
ADAPTER SEP PYRO
+
T
SYSTEMS DATA
C/M-S/M SEPARATION
PYRO ARM
+ S~GNALTO AGC
START 61 SEC TD * :LOSE N/O OX 6FUEL
- LES ABORT SIGNAL+

MODULE
OX DUMP REACTION
+ REACTION CONTROL
COMROL
SYSTEM SYSTEM
CONTROLLER fRCSl
H DUMP
4 (C/M RCSC)
BURN RCS PROPELLANTS
INlTlATED FUEL 6 OX
SCS-RCS ENABLE
1 DRIVERS
I
1 1
TRANSFER
ENTRY
BATTERIES
SELECTION
TO A W N
BUSES I LOGIC
U N D lN G
SYSTEM ELECTRICAL
I
-
POWER SYSTEM
I ELECTRONICS
L
PYRO
COMlNUlTY
I INHIBIT PITCH 6 YAW ECA re‘
1
/EM FICATION
BOX (PCVB)
G I N AND ROTATION CONTROL INPUTS
DEPLOY MAINS
- RELEASE DROGUES
i
1
-& NOT PART OF SECS(INTERFACE).
SM-2A-821C
Figure 2 . 9 - 1 . SECS Controllers Interface Block Diagram
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission Basic Date l2 lg66 Change Date Page 2.9-512.9-4
.. . . . . . . - . . . .. f&._. m g x.3
F. . . . .- .
BATTERY C
1
EDS 3
BAT B
r--1
IWV
(MDC-2
I I
, , ,L J
Q-MLL
VECTOR SUM
e
3 Q-MLL
r --~-
I
+---
I
IL-,EDS ABORT
LOGIC RELAYS
0 l @ 10
4 4 +37 VDC
I
+o +37 VDC
I I
+o +37 VDC
BATTERY c
f ED52
I IGSE)
(MDC-25)
’).
LI n- LIFT-OFF
LIGHT
ENABLE
NO. 1
4A.R (MDC-24)
SIGNAL A
OFF ON
T
TO UP DATA LINK
To: ZZK2-8 (SYSTEM B)

EDS CHAh
I OVERnus
E DS
QI r----
THREE
VOTING
- LOGIC
L,,,,
----t-----
CW133V
EDS ABORT
LOGIC IN
+oh36 VDC
MESC-A L o C l C B-
B A T A (MDC-22)
Z3Kl-A
IZ3K2-A
v MESC LOGIC BUS A
Z4KI-A
1-
E
.ABLE
3. 1
LIFI-OFF
LIGHT
Ll Ll
'1 T-f
-
Z4Kl-A Z4K2-A
4 H
a
(MDC-5)
I Z4KZ-A
CD0315X
ENABLE A
OFF ON
EVENT
TIMER
LES ABORT MODE

He
T
SIGNAL A
OFF/ON Z6K2-A Z6K1-j
=
EDS CHANGE
OVER BUS ENABLE
:ZbKl-A
; Z6K2-A
)WNDER'S
4NSLATION
m
)MROL
OR7 SWITCH
l0OSTER CUTOFF
Mission(
i
SMZA - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
p T
MESC-A LOGIC B-
B A T A (MDC-22)
BATTERY BUS A
1
MESC-A ARM 0-
BAT A (MDC-22)
MESC-A ARM 0-
BAT B (MDC-22)
1 MESC LOGIC BUS A
a.I
ZSKl-A CHANGEOVER BUS

Z4K2-A
(MDC -2 5)
OFF
TO SYSTEM B
I FROM
0
SWITCH I)
+
RANGE U F E T Y
DESTRUCT ARMED
LES ABORT MODE Z3KW Z6K2A FROM S-IVB OR
H+ P.?
Z3KlA
," A*
Z6KlA
v
.I -
- +
POWER FROM
PAD ABORT REQUEST
FROM GSE
EDS POWER
SWlTCH
(MDC-24
UP-DATA RADIO
+SIGNAL
LINK
-
: 26K1 -A - Z3Kl-A
(1
1 TO SWITCH 2 41
Z6K2-A I Z3K2-A LES MODE

o-
TWR JElT
)TO LESTOWER
JETTISON RELAY
1
-
-
!DER'S
Q
sps )TO SYSTEM 8
;ION
e e -
VlTCH (MDC-16) 1) -) FROM SWITCH 2
Im
.- TO LES TOWER JElllSON
RELAY -
I 1 Br'
T EDS AM)RT
REOUEST A
OFF ON
NOTE: System A s b n ,
system B similar.
Figure 2.9-2. EDS F u n c t i o n a l S c h e m a t i c
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change D a t e Page 2.9-7 12.9-8

SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
type a n d a r e latched closed by CSE j u s t p r i o r to lift-off. The n o r m a l l y

c l o s e d f i r s t motion r e l a y s r e m a i n e n e r g i z e d by CSE until a c t u a l lift-off
o c c u r s . A c i r c u i t i s completed through the r e l a y s and the EDS AUTO
switch upon lift-off. The white L I F T - O F F light (MDC-5) i l l u m i n a t e s and
the r e d NO AUTO ABORT light (MDC-5) should r e m a i n extinguished.
The a s t r o n a u t p r e s s e s the NO AUTO ABORT switch-light i f i t i l l u m i n a t e s .
The NO AUTO ABORT switch-light should a l s o be p r e s s e d i f the L I F T
O F F light d o e s not illuminate a t lift-off. This would indicate that the
c i r c u i t w a s not completed f o r illuminating the L I F T O F F light and e n e r -
gizing the auto a b o r t enabling r e l a y s . P r e s s i n g the NO AUTO ABORT
switch-light will e n e r g i z e the auto a b o r t enabling r e l a y s through c i r c u i t r y
in the MESC. The EDS AUTO switch m u s t be a t AUTO to complete the
c i r c u i t . The L I F T O F F light would not illuminate in this c a s e . ( R e f e r
to Malfunction P r o c e d u r e s in section 9. ) The L I F T O F F light is extin-
guished by c i r c u i t r y in the L / V IU a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 seconds a f t e r
illumination a t lift-off. The EDS will a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiate an a b o r t
when two L / V engines fail o r L / V e x c e s s i v e r a t e s a r e s e n s e d i f t h e s e
two functions a r e enabled. The two functions a r e enabled with the
ABORT SYSTEM - 2 ENG OUT switch (MDC-16) and ABORT SYSTEM -
RATES switch (MDC-16). The two switches a r e s e t to off to inhibit the
two functions p r i o r to S-IB staging. L / V guidance f a i l u r e will not initiate
a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t . The c r e w will contact MSFN and a d e c i s i o n m a d e
on the action to be taken. If a d e s t r u c t a r m command i s t r a n s m i t t e d
p r i o r to inhibiting the two-engine out auto a b o r t capability, the EDS w i l l
d e t e c t BECO and initiate a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t . If a d e s t r u c t a r m c o m m a n d
i s t r a n s m i t t e d a f t e r the two-engine out auto a b o r t capability i s inhibited,
a m a n u a l a b o r t m u s t be initiated i m m e d i a t e l y when the ABORT light
i l l u m i n a t e s . S t r u c t u r a l b r e a k u p o r s e p a r a t i o n of. the s t r u c t u r e between
the IU and C / M will a l s o be d e t e c t e d by the EDS and a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t
initiate'd. During a s c e n t on a n o r m a l m i s s i o n , the EDS AUTO s w i t c h m u s t b e
s e t to O F F p r i o r to launch e s c a p e t o w e r jettison. Inhibiting of the
auto a b o r t capability e n s u r e s that a n a u t o m a t i c a b o r t can not be initiated
a t the s a m e t i m e that the launch e s c a p e tower i s being jettisoned. An
a b o r t m a y be initiated m a n u a l l y b y rotating the c o m m a n d e r ' s t r a n s l a t i o n
c o n t r o l to the counterclockwise detent position (20 d e g r e e s ) .
The p a r a m e t e r s being s e n s e d by the EDS a r e e x t r e m e l y t i m e -

c r i t i c a l a t v a r i o u s p e r i o d s d u r i n g the boost p h a s e . When t h e s e p a r a m -
e t e r s a r e exceeded, a n LES a b o r t is a u t o m a t i c a l l y initiated to p r o p e l
the escapii g vehicle ( C / M and LES) s a f e l y away f r o m the launch vehicle
p r i o r to a c a t a s t r o p h i c condition. C o n c u r r e n t l y with a b o r t initiation,
e i t h e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y o r manually, logic c i r c u i t r y will shut down engines
in the L / V a c t i v a t e s t a g e . The engine shutdown signal is inhibited by
c i r c u i t r y in the I U f o r the f i r s t 40 seconds of launch b e c a u s e of range
safety restrictions.
A Q-ball (figure 2 . 9 - 3 ) mounted above the LES m o t o r s , provides

a n e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l input to the L / V AOA/SPS Pc i n d i c a t o r on MDC-3
and a n e l e c t r i c a l signal input to ground c o n t r o l via t e l e m e t r y .
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
CANARD
PITCH
CMRa/
2 SWFACES
(DEPLOYED)
MOTOR
\hUUST COMPARTMENT
JETTISON
ESCAPE
U
MOTOR U N C H iMOTOR
STRUCTURAL SKIRT
LAUNCH BCAE T W E R
EXPLOSIVE SEPARATION NUTS
+z
-Y * Is
F i g u r e 2. 9-3. Launch E s c a p e S y s t e m
SM-2A-7470
The Q-ball h a s four s t a t i c p o r t s for m e a s u r i n g A P which is a

function of angle of a t t a c k . The A P i s related to pitch and yaw, and i s
electronically analyzed and displayed on the L / V AOA SPS Pc indicator
on MDC-3. The indicator i s graduated to 1 5 0 p e r c e n t because of s t a r t
t r a n s i e n t s of the SPS. The indicator i s monitored f o r the L/V AOA
function f r o m 40 seconds a f t e r lift-off until approximately one minute
and 40 seconds.
Position of the r e d line i s based on vehicle s t r u c t u r a l l i m i t s and

launch vehicle capabilities. A decision f o r manual a b o r t initiation will
be made when the indicator pointer r e a c h e s the red line and a movement
i s a l s o observed on the FDAI.
2.9.2.3 Launch Es caDe Svs tern
P u r p o s e of the LES (figure 2 . 9-3) i s to provide immediate a b o r t

capabilities f r o m the launch pad to the n o r m a l time of LES tower jettison.
The A B O R T SYSTEM - MODE switches 1 and 2 (MDC-16) a r e in the
LES MODE position p r i o r to LES tower jettison, and an a b o r t will be
accomplished by utilizing the launch e s c a p e s y s t e m . A manual o r
~~~~
~
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion Basic Date NOv 1966 Change Date Page 2.9-10

SM2A -03-sco 12
SYSTEMS DATA
a u t o m a t i c initiated a b o r t s i g n a l will a c t i v a t e a m a s t e r e v e n t s e q u e n c e
c o n t r o l l e r ( M E S C ) . The MESC will i n i t i a t e C / M - S / h I s e p a r a t i o n , and
ignite the launch e s c a p e and pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r s . F i r i n g of the p i t c h
c o n t r o l m o t o r i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y inhibited 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off by a
t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y . The L E S m o t o r s p r o v i d e sufficient t h r u s t f o r the lift
a n d l a t e r a l t r a n s l a t i o n of the C / M a w a y f r o m the launch pad, o r t r a j e c -
t o r y of the l a u n c h v e h i c l e . Two c a n a r d s u r f a c e s (figure 2 . 9 - 3 ) a r e
deployed 11 s e c o n d s a f t e r a b o r t initiation to o r i e n t the C / M to a blunt-
e n d - f o r w a r d a t t i t u d e . ( R e f e r to A b o r t P r o c e d u r e s in s e c t i o n 9. )
D u r i n g a n o r m a l m i s s i o n , the LES t o w e r i s j e t t i s o n e d s h o r t l y a f t e r
s e c o n d s t a g e b o o s t e r (S-IVB) engine ignition. LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n i s
m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s a f t e r lift-off by s e t t i n g the
A B O R T SYSTEM - MODE s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 (MDC-16) to the TWR J E T T
SPS MODE p o s i t i o n . E i t h e r s w i t c h will e n a b l e s y s t e m s A and B of the
r e d u n d a n t c i r c u i t r y . Both s w i t c h e s should be s e t a t the s a m e t i m e .
Any a b o r t , a f t e r LES t o w e r j e t t i s o n , m u s t be a c c o m p l i s h e d i n the SPS
m o d e by utilizing the S P S e n g i n e . ( R e f e r to A b o r t P r o c e d u r e s in
s e c t i o n 9. )
A b o o s t p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r ( B P C ) c o m p l e t e l y c o v e r s the c o n i c a l
s e c t i o n o f the c o m m a n d m o d u l e . The c o v e r p r o t e c t s the c o m m a n d
m o d u l e a n d windows f r o m heating d u r i n g the a s c e n t p h a s e , a n d s o o t a t
launch e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n i n the e v e n t of a n a b o r t . The c o v e r i s
a t t a c h e d to and is j e t t i s o n e d with the L E S t o w e r . A r e m o v a b l e s e c t i o n
a l l o w s a c c e s s to the C / M c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . The c o v e r h a s one window
f a b r i c a t e , 9 of f u s e d s i l i c a g l a s s a n d i s l o c a t e d o v e r the f o r w a r d viewing
window.
2.9. 2 . 4 E a r t h Landing S v s t e m .
The ELS p r o v i d e s f o r s a f e r e t u r n of the c o m m a n d m o d u l e and

c r e w following a n e a r t h o r b i t a l m i s s i o n , a l u n a r m i s s i o n , o r m i s s i o n
a b o r t . The E L S c o n s i s t s of two e a r t h landing s y s t e m c o n t r o l l e r s ( E L S C )
and p a r a c h u t e s . T h e ELS logic c i r c u i t r y i s a r m e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y d u r i n g
a n a b o r t in the LES m o d e , and is a r m e d m a n u a l l y with the E L S LOGIC
s w i t c h on MDC-8 d u r i n g a S P S a b o r t o r n o r m a l e n t r y . The E L S C c o n -
t a i n s b a r 0 s w i t c h e s and t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s . A f t e r the logic c i r c u i t r y i s
a r m e d , the E L S C a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e n s e s a l t i t u d e a n d i n i t i a t e s d e p l o y m e n t
of the p a r a c h u t e s a t the p r o p e r t i m e . The t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s c o n t r o l
initiation of a u t o m a t i c e v e n t s a f t e r the 24, 000 f e e t b a r o switch c l o s e s .
The p a r a c h u t e s ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 4 ) a r e l o c a t e d in the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t o !
the C / M , u n d e r the a p e x c o v e r . D u r i n g a n o r m a l e n t r y o r d e s c e n t f r o m
a n a b o r t i n i t i a t e d above 3 0 , 000 f e e t , the 2 4 , 000 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h c l o s e s
and c o m p l e t e s a c i r c u i t to the MESC which j e t t i s o n s the launch e s c a p e
t o w e r . The MESC i n i t i a t e s a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n 0. 4 s e c o n d s a f t e r launch
e s c a p e t o w e r j e t t i s o n . C l o s i n g of the 24, 000 f e e t b a r 0 switch c o m p l e t e s
a c i r c u i t to a 2 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y and a 1 4 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y to j e t t i s o n
the d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s i n 2 s e c o n d s . The 1 4 - s e c o n d t i m e d e l a y c o m p l e t e s
a c i r c u i t to the 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h .
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 9-11

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
DROGUE
PARACHUTIis (2)
APEX COVER
M A I N PARACHUTES
(3 PLACES)
PARACHUTES (3)
DROGUE PARACHUrES
A N D MORTARS
PILOT PARACHUTES
A N D MORTARS M A I N PAPACHUTES IN
(3 PLACES) DEPLOYMENT BAGS (3)
S M - U - ~ Q ~ ~
F i g u r e 2. 9-4. ELS P a r a c h u t e E q u i p m e n t
S E Q U E N T I A L SYSTEMS
.
SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
The drogue p a r a c h u t e s a r e held in a r e e f e d condition f o r 8 s e c o n d s

b y two reefing l i n e s . E a c h reefing line h a s two reefing l i n e c u t t e r s . A
pyrotechnic t i m e - d e l a y t r a i n in e a c h reefing line c u t t e r i s ignited at t h e
t i m e of d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e l i n e s t r e t c h , causing automatic d i s r e e f i n g a f t e r
8 seconds. The d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s r e m a i n attached t o the c o m m a n d
module until d e s c e n t t o a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t w h e r e the 1 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t
b a r 0 switch c l o s e s t o initiate d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e disconnect. Simultane-
o u s l y with d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e d i s c o n n e c t , t h r e e pilot p a r a c h u t e s a r e
independently m o r t a r deployed, which r e m o v e s the m a i n p a r a c h u t e p a c k s
f r o m t h e C / M and e x t r a c t s t h e m a i n p a r a c h u t e s f r o m t h e i r deployment
b a g s . The m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e r e e f e d f o r 8 seconds. D i s r e e f i n g then
o c c u r s , and the p a r a c h u t e s fully inflate t o lower the C / M s a f e l y t o
landing. T h r e e reefing line c u t t e r s a r e employed on e a c h of the two
reefing l i n e s f o r t h e m a i n p a r a c h u t e s .
A 27-1/Z-d,egree hang-angle of t h e C / M i s maintained by m e a n s of

the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a t t a c h m e n t . The hang-angle c o n t r i b u t e s to the c r e w
t o l e r a n c e impact by e n s u r i n g t h a t i m p a c t o c c u r s at the specifically
designed C / M s t r u c t u r a l attenuation point. T h i s attenuation point i s on the
+Z-axis.
Special note should be m a d e that t h e apex c o v e r j e t t i s o n and deploy-

m e n t of the drogue p a r a c h u t e s m a y be manually initiated a t 45, 0 0 0 f e e t
during a n o r m a l e n t r y if the flight c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of the command
module b e c o m e unstable. ( R e f e r to operational l i m i t a t i o n s and
restrictions. )
An E L S - AUTO/MAN switch (MDC-16) i s provided f o r the c r e w t o

inhibit a u t o m a t i c deployment of the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s during a low-altitude
a b o r t iAitiated p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off. The switch i s s e t to the
AUTO position p r i o r t o launch. In the event of an a b o r t p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s
a f t e r lift-off, t h e c r e w will set t h e switch to MAN a f t e r drogue p a r a c h u t e
deployment if the C / M i s above a n altitude of 3300 feet. Deployment of the
m a i n p a r a c h u t e s will b e m a n u a l l y initiated by p r e s s i n g the MAIN DEPLOY
switch on MDC-5, when t h e a l t i m e t e r pointer r e a c h e s the adjustable m a r k e r
setting (3300 f e e t ) on the a l t i m e t e r f a c e . T h i s action will p r e c l u d e the
possibility of the command module drifting back on a land a r e a . The ELS
switch should b e r e t u r n e d t o AUTO a f t e r the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a r e deployed.
T h i s will allow a 14-second t i m e delay t o t i m e out and p e r m i t r e l e a s e of
the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s when the MAIN CHUTE RELEASE switch i s actuated
a f t e r touchdown.
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEAIS
SMZA-03-SC012
_-
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e postlanding r e c o v e r y a i d s c o n s i s t of a sea dye m a r k e r ,

s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l , C / M vent f a n , C / M uprighting s y s t e m , H F
r e c o v e r y a n t e n n a , and a f l a s h i n g b e a c o n light. The s e a dye m a r k e r and
s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l a r e deployed a u t o m a t i c a l l y when t h e r e c o v e r y
a n t e n n a i s deployed. T h e m a r k e r and s w i m m e r s u m b i l i c a l a r e t e t h e r e d
to the C / M f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t d e c k . The s e a dye m a r k e r w i l l l a s t
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 12 h o u r s . The C / M vent fan ( p a r t o f t h e ECS) i s t u r n e d on
a f t e r landing to vent the C / M t o the o u t s i d e a t m o s p h e r e . The C / M
u p r i g h t i n g s y s t e m i s a c t i v a t e d only if the C / M i s in a s t a b l e i n v e r t e d
a t t i t u d e . ( R e f e r to C o m m a n d Module Uprighting S y s t e m in s e c t i o n 2 . )
The f l a s h i n g beacon light a n d two VHF a n t e n n a s l o c a t e d o n the

f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t d e c k on the C / M a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y deployed to
a n u p r i g h t position a f t e r m a i n p a r a c h u t e deployment. The r i s e r s of
the m a i n p a r a c h u t e s a c t u a t e r e e f i n g line c u t t e r s , which c u t r e t e n t i o n
t i e s and a l l o w s the b e a c o n l i g h t and V H F a n t e n n a s t o b e e x t e n d e d i n 8 s e c o n d s .
The beacon light h a s a s e l f - c o n t a i n e d p o w e r supply capable of o p e r a t i n g
the light f o r t h r e e 8 - h o u r duty c y c l e s . The f l a s h r a t e i s 1 5 p e r m i n u t e
a t a n i n t e n s i t y of 1 . 2 c a n d l e - s e c o n d s p e r f l a s h .
T h e postlanding c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s a r e l o c a t e d on MDC-25. A
r e c o v e r y pickup c a b l e i s provided o n t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e f o r r e t r i e v a l
by r e c o v e r y forces.
2.9.3 MAJOR COMPONENT/SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION
E a c h of t h e s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s e m p l o y redundant c i r c u i t s f o r
r e l i a b i l i t y . Seven b a t t e r i e s a r e p r o v i d e d in t h e s p a c e c r a f t t o f u r n i s h
e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r f o r t h e s p a c e c r a f t p o r t i o n of t h e s y s t e m s d u r i n g o p e r a -
tion. E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A, B, and C, and two p y r o b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d
in t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e , and two S / M j e t t i s o n b a t t e r i e s a r e l o c a t e d i n t h e
s e r v i c e m o d u l e . E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A, B , and C a r e t h e only b a t t e r i e s t h a t
a r e r e c h a r g e a b l e d u r i n g t h e mission.
E n t r y b a t t e r i e s A and B f u r n i s h p o w e r f o r t h e EDS d i s p l a y s and

MESC l o g i c c i r c u i t r y . T h e p y r o b a t t e r i e s f u r n i s h p o w e r f o r detonation
of p y r o t e c h n i c d e v i c e s d u r i n g a b o r t s , s e p a r a t i o n f u n c t i o n s , and p a r a -
c h u t e o p e r a t i o n d u r i n g t h e n o r m a l landing s e q u e n c e . (See f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 5
f o r a C / M b a t t e r y b u s t i e - i n s c h e m a t i c . ) A d e s c r i p t i o n of e a c h of t h e
s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s i s contained in t h e following p a r a g r a p h s .
2.9.3. 1 Sequential E v e n t s C o n t r o l S y s t e m .
T h e SECS c o n s i s t s of two m a s t e r e v e n t s s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r s
( M E S C ) , two e a r t h landing s e q u e n c e c o n t r o l l e r s ( E L S C ) , two c o m m a n d
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 - 9 - 1 4

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
ENTRY
BATTERY A BATTERY C BATTERY B
BATC
IOOA )I PWR (LEB-150)
I V
BATTERY BUS A
E D 5A ) I B A TSA1
MESC-
LOGIC
7 (MDC-25)
(MDC-25)
MESC-
A-BAT LOGIC
(MDC- B- BAT B
[MDC-
22)
22)
I!
b
MASTER EVENT
SEQ C O N T - I SEQ CONT- 2
MESC PYRO BUS B
LOGIC BUS A LOGIC BUS B
SM-2A-75iE
F i g u r e 2 . 9-5. C / M Battery Bus T i e - I n S c h e m a t i c
I\ii i s s i o n B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 2.?-13
mortars I ELSC I (MDC-5)

S M Z A - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
m o d u l e r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n t r o l l e r s ( C / M RCSC), a n d two s e r v i c e
m o d u l e j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s (SMJC). The SMJC is l o c a t e d i n t h e s e r v i c e
m o d u l e . All o t h e r c o n t r o l l e r s a r e l o c a t e d i n t h e c o m m a n d m o d u l e . E a c h
c o n t r o l l e r c o n s i s t s of r e l a y s , t i m e r s , a n d o t h e r d e v i c e s t o provide a u t o -
m a t i c a n d s e m i a u t o m a t i c c o n t r o l of the s y s t e m s .
Many o p e r a t i o n s i n t h e SECS a r e a c c o m p l i s h e d by p y r o t e c h n i c
d e v i c e s of v a r i o u s t y p e s . Apollo s t a n d a r d i n i t i a t o r s (ASI) a r e u s e d
SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
Function and N o r m a l Actuating

P y r o Device C o n t r 01 Backup C o n t r o l
b. C/M-RCS pres-
surizing valves
c. Circuit interrupters
d. C /M-S /M umbilical
guillotine
e. LE a n d P c m o t o r s
igniter cartridges
LE t o w e r (TWR) j e t t i s o n Automatic signal f r o m ABORT SYSTEM - MODE

MESC o r m a n u a l c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 (MDC-16)
a. TWR t o C / M a t t a c h - f r o m ABORT SYSTEM -
ing nuts (explosive) MODE s w i t c h e s 1 a n d 2
b. TWR j e t t i s o n m o t o r
igniter cartridges
P o s t l a n d i n g antenna Manual a c t u a t i o n of
deploy POS TLANDING -
DEPLOY switches 1
and 2 (MDC-25)
2 . 9. 3 . 1. 1 M a s t e r E v e n t s S e q u e n c e C o n t r o l l e r s (MESC).
The MESC ( f i g u r e 2. 9 - 6 ) p r o v i d e s the logic a n d timing to i n i t i a t e and

t e r m i n a t e e v e n t s a s s o c i a t e d with t h e a s c e n t and a b o r t m o d e s . C o n t r o l l e r
A i s in s y s t e m A and c o n t r o l l e r B i s in s y s t e m B of t h e redundant s y s t e m s .
C r o s s o v e r c i r c u i t r y b e t w e e n c o n t r o l l e r s A and B e n s u r e s c o r r e c t outputs
f o r detonating p y r o t e c h n i c d e v i c e s e v e n if one redundant c i r c u i t i s i n o p e r a -
tive. T h e l o g i c c i r c u i t r y is a r m e d with t h e two MESC-LOGIC ARM
s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 o n MDC-25. T h e p y r o c i r c u i t r y i s a r m e d with t h e two
MASTER E V E N T S E Q C O N T - P Y R O ARM s w i t c h e s 1 and 2 o n MDC-24.
Backup c o n t r o l s a r e p r o v i d e d f o r m o s t of t h e e v e n t s c o n t r o l l e d by t h e
XAl7CP
+-+- --.
AUTO AK)I(T 2
CROSSOMR
AUTO M O R T I
CROSSOVEL
L
TW
I I
B O O S T E R ENGINIS
CUTOFF (UCO)
C/M-S/M SE?
PYhJ CONTROL
BATTERY m-+, I n M t DELAY
C / M - I N SEI SWITCH
1
I
I * nM
I1.0JECOK)S
DELAY
I
c
(MDC-15)
M[X LOGIC ARM
SWITCH A IMDC-'255) LOCK w
UTTEKY POS
0.1 uc
L nm
DEUY
-
3
3
_J
3-
MONITOR
$1
T.D.
I.7SEC
1 nru DELAY
I
Figur
Mission
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
____---- M 4 S T E R EVENTS
1
$fOCfN€E CONTROLLER A
I
I I
I .o StC
I
I
I
h
Yj?
0.4 su
JETTISON
Figure 2 . 9 - 6 . M a s t e r Events Sequence Controller Block Diagram
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 No'' 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 9 - 1 9 / 2 . 9 - 2 0

ENTRY BATTERY A
APEX COVER
JETT (SWITCH)
r----
I
I
r-- --1I
I
I M4STER
EVENTS
I
I -
I SEQUENCE II A 88
I
I
CONTROLLERA I
I
I LOGIC+
l p m
I
-swl’
I I I
I I
I I 1 PYROPWR
I I .,,,L
-
I I L
r
-
*I
II
1 7 A N D 18
0.4SECOND I c-
II 1 II -
I I r-----
I I - !PYRO PWR
I I
r
I I I
II MASTER II I
1 EVENrj I I LOGIC
I SEWEh’CE I lp? ~ BAR0
I ’ SWlTC
APEX COVER
J E l l (SWITCH)
ENTRY BATTERY B
., .
....*
i
I . -
r b
-
T I M € DELAY
3AND4
II
- -
14 SECONDS
I r - -- ia,m n (MA)()
10,oOO FT (MIN)
-
TIME DELAY
0ARO
SWITCH
BAR0
SWITCH 2
K I (4PDT) +- 1 AND2 I
I LOGIC* 2 SECONDS '

i "
Ipm 38,500 FT (MAX) v

II 24,000 FT(M1N) IC2 (4 POT)
K
1 t w
L I
J
J DROQJE DEPLOY WIN I
(SWITCH)
- (SW:
-
L
I
Fi
Mission
, .I ....*.
. , . . * '
.., .
SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
MAIN CHUTE
MAIN DEPLOY
RELEASE
(SWITCH)
XUE DROGUE PILOT PILOT PILOT MAIN

DROGUE
7 TAR
'. 1 - A
MORTAR
NO. 2 - RELWE
CWTENO. 1
DEPLOY
C W T E NO. 2
DEPLOY
W T E NO. 3
DEPLOY r
CWTE
DISCONNECT
-71
?TAR
4
1
DROCUE
MORTAR
N0.2 I ~
DROGUE
RELEASE
4
PILOT
CWTE NO. I
DEPLOY
t
-
T
PILOT
C W T E NO. 2
DEPLOY
t
PILOT
C W T E NO. 3
DEPLOY
4 -
,
MI\ IN
CHJTE
DISCONNECT
4
-t
t J 1) PCVB "I'
4
L --------------- ---------------------------1 I
! I
I
i I
1
t
.i 1 EARTH LANDING SEQUENCE CONTROLLER B
I I
J U 13 (4 PDT) LEGEND:
a
CROSSOVER LOGIC POWER
CROSSOVER PYRO POWER I K4 (4 PDT)
! I
18,ooO F l ( M U ) PCVB PYRO CONTINUITY - '
BARO
10,OOO
-
n (MIN)
BARO
VERIFICATION M3X
WITCH 3 --& SWITCH 4
v
I 1
M I N DEPLOY - MAIN CHUTE
(SWITCH)
1
RELEASE
(SWITCH)
- J
SMU-742D
Figure 2 . 9 - 7 . Earth Landing S y s t e m Controller Block Diagram

~
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 9 - 2 112.9-22
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
the b a r 0 switch setting. O t h e r e v e n t s a r e controlled by t i m e - d e l a y r e l a y s

a f t e r the b a r 0 s w i t c h e s close. R e f e r to functional d e s c r i p t i o n of the ELS.
2. 9. 3. 1. 3 Command Module Reaction Control S y s t e m C o n t r o l l e r s ( C / M RCSC).
T h e C / M RCSC ( f i g u r e 2. 9-8) p r o v i d e a u t o m a t i c and m a n u a l control

of e v e n t s that o c c u r i n t h e r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m . Two redundant
c o n t r o l l e r s a r e provided f o r dual redundancy. During a n a b o r t initiated
p r i o r t o 6 1 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off, t h e C / M RCS oxidizer and helium a r e
a u t o m a t i c a l l y dumped. When t h e a b o r t signal is r e c e i v e d , t h e following
p y r o valves a r e f i r e d by i n i t i a t o r s t o p r e s s u r i z e and dump t h e RCS
oxidizer:
a. Two h e l i u m i s o l a t i o n v a l v e s
b. Helium i n t e r c o n n e c t valve
c. Oxidizer i n t e r c o n n e c t valve
d. Two oxidizer o v e r b o a r d dump valves
T h e oxidizer o v e r b o a r d d u m p valves r o u t e t h e oxidizer t o a blow-out plug

in t h e aft h e a t shield of the C/M. P r e s s u r e buildup s h e a r s a pin which
r e l e a s e s the blowout plug and d u m p s t h e o x i d i z e r o v e r b o a r d .
T h e h e l i u m p r e s s u r e is dumped into the aft c o m p a r t m e n t 18 s e c o n d s

after a b o r t initiation when t h e following p y r o valves a r e f i r e d b y i n i t i a t o r s :
a. Helium i n t e r c o n n e c t v a l v e
b. Two oxidizer tanks b y p a s s v a l v e s
c. Helium o v e r b o a r d d u m p valve
The t h r e e e n t r y b a t t e r i e s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y connected to d - c m a i n
b u s e s A and B during a n LES a b o r t o r n o r m a l C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n , RCS
c o n t r o l i s t r a n s f e r r e d (S/M to C / M ) . (See f i g u r e 2. 9-9 f o r RCS c o n t r o l
s c h e m a t i c , ) The c o n t r o l l e r s inhibit a u t o m a t i c o x i d i z e r d u m p , h e l i u m
d u m p , and LES pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r firing- a u t o m a t i c a l l y a t 61 seconds
a f t e r lift-off. RCS p r o p e l l a n t b u r n and p u r g e m u s t be manually s e l e c t e d .
The p y r o b u s e s a r e a r m e d when the MASTER EVENT SEQ CONT -

PYRO ARM switches 1 and 2 a r e s e t to the PYRO ARM position. Backup
c o n t r o l s a r e provided f o r m o s t of the functions p e r f o r m e d by the RCSC.
2. 9. 3. 1. 4 S e r v i c e Module J e t t i s o n C o n t r o l l e r s (SMJC).
The SMJC (figure 2 . 9-10) p r o g r a m the o p e r a t i o n to i m p a r t a

d e s i r e d motion to the s e r v i c e module a f t e r C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n . The
S / M r e a c t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m will be c o n t r o l l e d by the SMJC and c o m m a n d
continuous f i r i n g of the -X j e t s . It is p o s s i b l e that the r e s u l t a n t - X
t h r u s t i n g will be offset f r o m the S / M X - a x i s ; t h e r e f o r e , the S / M RCS
t roll jets a r e activated for a 5.5-second interval, 2 seconds after
s e p a r a t i o n . T h i s e n s u r e s that a m a j o r component of the j e t t i s o n t h r u s t -
ing will be in a d i r e c t i o n that was p a r a l l e l to the CSM ( - X ) a x i s a t
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 19b6 Change Date Page 2-9-23

-
SM2A 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s e v e r a n c e . The dual c o n t r o l l e r s a r e p o w e r e d by d u a l s e p a r a t i o n
b a t t e r i e s l o c a t e d i n t h e S I M . The b a t t e r i e s a r e not r e c h a r g e a b l e
during the mission.
2. 9. 3 . 1. 5 C / M - S / M Separation Mechanism.
The C I M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n m e c h a n i s m ( f i g u r e 2 . 9- 11) c o n s i s t s of
e l e c t r i c a l circuit i n t e r r u p t e r s , s h e a r compression pads, tension t i e s ,
l i n e a r - s h a p e d c h a r g e s , a n d a d u a l - b l a d e guillotine ( u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e
d e v i c e ) . Redundant s y s t e m s (A and B) in the MESC p r o v i d e d u a l r e d u n -
d a n t c o m m a n d s to f i r e d u a l i n i t i a t o r s and c h a r g e s to e n s u r e sudden
c o m p l e t e t e n s i o n a n d u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e with a d e q u a t e r e l i a b i l i t y .
P r i o r to u m b i l i c a l s e v e r a n c e , s e n s i t i v e c i r c u i t s in the u m b i l i c a l a r e
d e a d f a c e d by c i r c u i t i n t e r r u p t e r s . The s h e a r c o m p r e s s i o n p a d s a r e
d e s i g n e d f o r i n t e r f e r e n c e - f r e e s e p a r a t i o n a f t e r the tension t i e s a r e
s e v e r e d . A s e p a r a t i o n s i g n a l i s s e n t to d u a l r e d u n d a n t s e r v i c e module
j e t t i s o n c o n t r o l l e r s which c o n t r o l the S / M a f t e r i t s e p a r a t e s f r o m the
C/M.
2 . 9. 3. 1 . 6 S p a c e c r a f t L E M A d a p t e r (SLA)S e p a r a t i o n M e c h a n i s m .
A c o m m a n d f o r CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n i s a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e n t to the
MESC when a SPS a b o r t i s m a n u a l l y i n i t i a t e d . A n A D A P T S E P switch
on MDC-5 m a y be u s e d a s a backup a n d f o r n o r m a l CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n
d u r i n g a n o r m a l m i s s i o n . S e p a r a t i o n of the a d a p t e r into four p a n e l s --
( f i g u r e 2 . 9-12) i s a c c o m p l i s h e d by a n e x p l o s i v e t r a i n . The e x p l o s i v e
t r a i n c o n s i s t s of 28 c h a r g e h o l d e r s , 2 i n i t i a t o r s and s h i e l d s , 8 p a n e l
t h r u s t e r s , 8 i n i t i a t o r p r e s s u r e c a r t r i d g e s , and a n u m b i l i c a l s e p a r a t i o n
s y s t e m . Redundant d e t o n a t o r a s s e m b l i e s f i r e d u a l l i n e s of m i l d d e t o -
nating f u s e ( M D F ) i n s t a l l e d between the a d a p t e r p a n e l s , top a n d b o t t o m ,
and between e a c h p a n e l . E i t h e r l i n e will s e v e r the s p l i c e p l a t e s between
the f o u r p a n e l s a n d a r o u n d both e n d s . C r o s s o v e r b o o s t e r s a r e u s e d in
the c h a r g e h o l d e r j o i n t s to e n s u r e t h a t both l i n e s a r e f i r i n g s i m u l t a n e -
o u s l y for c o m p l e t e r e l i a b i l i t y . The detonating l i n e s a r e continuous l e a d
s h e a t h s s u r r o u n d i n g an e x p l o s i v e c o r e which i s v i r g i n R D X , c l a s s G .
The m i l d detonating fuse s e p a r a t e s the a d a p t e r p a n e l s and f i r e s c a r -
t r i d g e s f o r the p a n e l t h r u s t e r s which open the f o u r p a n e l s . S i m u l t a n e -
o u s l y with t h i s o p e r a t i o n , u m b i l i c a l d i s c o n n e c t t a k e s p l a c e . F o u r
s p r i n g - l o a d e d r e e l s hold the p a n e l s in a 4 5 - d e g r e e open position. The
p a n e l s a r e . stopped in the open position by eight a t t e n u a t o r s that have
honeycomb c o r e s .
2.9.3.2 E m e r e e n c v Detection S v s t e m .
T h e EDS c o n s i s t s of s e n s o r s , l o g i c c i r c u i t r y and s i g n a l condi-

t i o n e r s l o c a t e d in t h e l a u n c h v e h i c l e , d i s p l a y s and c o n t r o l s l o c a t e d in
t h e C I M , and Q - b a l l which i s l o c a t e d on t h e f o r w a r d t i p of t h e L E S t o w e r
a b o v e t h e c a n a r d . T h e d i s p l a y s and c o n t r o l s c o n s i s t of L / V r a t e s , L / V
g u i d a n c e , a b o r t , and e n g i n e s l i g h t s , along with a n a n g l e - o f - a t t a c k
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date . Page 2.9-24

APOLL
9
M T T E R Y BUSA
W
T 1
u b
MESC-
AARME-
I 1
A PNR UTA
U T B M
1m) ENTRY
p (LEE-150)
PYRO A
SEQ A
(LEE-150) y
LES ABORT OR C/M-S/M
OXIDIZER .
DUMP SIGNAL
PITCH CONTROL
(AUTO) '
I
K1
W
K4 ,
KS
K5
K4
::
K4
1. OXDWPAND
ISOLATION VALVES
SEPARATION SIGNAL-+
MOTOR FIRE ENABLE

CM PROP JEll-DUMP
Ks O X INTERCONNECT - 0
SWI1C.q (MDC-E) CM PROP JETT-DWP

K6 5 C/M RCS JETS SWITCH (MDC-8) r
L
CM PROP JETT- START I K7 FUEL BYPASS I START

PURGE SWITCH I CM PROP JETT-
(MDC-8) r
POWER FROM C/M
KB GAS CHROMATOGRAPH
PURGE SWITCH
(MM-8) -I
POWER FROM C/M
PROP JETT-LOGIC
SWITCH (MDC-8) - - K3 K9 H O X BYPASS PROP JETT-LOGIC K3
I
REACTION CONTROL I
SYSTEM-TRANS
SWITCH (MDC- 16) -+ . Ha DUMP
WIN BUS
I
I
'1
1 .
A
r 61 SE<
LIFT OFF SIGNAL
Figure 2 . 9 - 8 . C/M Reac
SEQ
Mission B a s i c Date l 2
SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
lel 1 MESC-
AARMB-
PYROB 1.
---e---
TO ELSC PYRO Bus ----------
RCS PYRO Bus
MP AND
L--c--&
LES ABORT OR C/M-S/M
SEPARATION SIGNAL
OXIDIZER
-lI
I OX DUMP AND
- I O N WLVES DUMP SIGNAL
ISOLATION VALVES
PITCH CONTROL
RCONN ECT MOTOR FIRE ENABLE , He INTERCONNECT
CS JETS
PASS
7OMATOGRAPH (ECS SYS)

CM PROP JETT-DUMP
SWITCH (MDC-8)
CM PROP Jm-
PURGE SWITCH
(MDC-8)
POWER FROM C/M
STARTIiiqL9 K7
H
I
d ;
+
K6
I
I
*FUEL BYPASS
FUEL INTERCONNECT
AND 5 C/M RCS JETS
ASS PROP JETT-LOGIC GAS CHROMATOGRAPH (ECS SYS)

SWITCH (MDC-8)
REACTION CONTROL OX BYPASS

SYSTEM-TRANS
SWITCH ( M M - 1 6 ) csr He INTERCONNECT
'1 Lg.4
I
K13
H
K12
I
E
. -
LIS
- - -SWITCH (EPS SYS "A")
;OR
N SYSTEM
1 MAIN B L 6
A - S/M I TIE-BAT M C
WITCH (MDC-22)
K3
M I N BUS TIE M070R
--J
DISCRETE
'I I
SWITCH (EPS S Y S 3")
I
NEGATIVE DC MAIN BUS
SM-U-814D
Figure 2 . 9 - 8 . C/M Reaction Control S y s t e m Controller Schematic
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 I966 Change Date Page 2 . 9-2512. 9 - 2 6

SMZA -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
(MDC - 7)
SPS ABORT
From: D C M A I N
INPUT
BUS A -
From: DCMAIN- i
M A I N BUS A A I L
nus B +X
A1,4 S/M RCS
ULLAGE 7
JETS
FIRE
4
RO-TATION
CONTROL INPUTS
(ENABLED) ---- -1 PITCH AND
YAW INHIBIT
I scs 1
INPUT 14 SEC AFTER

1 I
LOW ALTITUDE ABORT
-_____ DlRECl
Fa
OR 24K' BAR0 SWITCH RCS
CLOSING DURING I
DESCENT
* w N
?--
(MDC-16)
S/M RCS
DIRECT COILS '
i
ENGINES)
- I
I
DIRECT COILS
ROTATION CONTROL
NO. 2 (DIRECT MANUAL
I I
CONTROL OF RCS
ENGINES)
, NOTE: System
System
A Shown
E Simulor
I
SCS-RCS CONTROL FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

- sM- a-980
F i g u r e 2.9-9. SCS-RCS Functional Block D i a g r a m

-
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e page 2.9-27

SM2A-03-SCO 12
APOLLO O P E R A T I O N S HANDBOOK
SYSTEMS DATA
RESET
-
FLY-AWAY
UMBILICAL
SEPARATION BATTERY A
-1
I
SEPARATION
SIGNAL
FROM MESC
r
I
ZlKlA
ZlKlA
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
TZIKZA I
I
f ZZKIA
-
t I
I
I
I
I
Z3K 1 A I
W~-TRANSLATION
CONTROL
CONTROL
F i g u r e 2. 9 - 10. S e r v i c e M o d u l e J e t t i s o n C o n t r o l l e r S c h e m a t l c

-, '.
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
LINEAR SHAPE CHARGE
DETONATOR
AL GUILLOTINE
c C/M UMBILICAL
FAlRlNG
LINEAR SHPAED CHARGE
S/M UMBlLlCAL
FAIRING
TENSION TIE STRAP
'BRACKET
J SM-U-897A
Figure 2 . 9 - 11. C/M-SIM Separation Mechanism
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.9-2912.9-30
WaJ.,r>oUT FWAMt
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
' ,
!I n
UMBILICAL
SEPARATION
@ PANEL THRUSTER
I NlTlATOR A N D
SHIELD
ATTENUATOR NEGATOR SPWNGREEL'

(8 PLACES) (4 PLACES)
SM-ZA-895 A
F i g u r e 2 . 9- 12. Adapter S e p a r a t i o n M e c h a n i s m
-.-
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS

- -
M 2A 0 3 SC 0 12
Si
SYSTEMS DATA
i n d i c a t o r a n d c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s . The L / V p o r t i o n of t h e EDS and t h e

Q - b a l l a r e p o w e r e d by eight L / V b a t t e r i e s . The d i s p l a y s a r e p o w e r e d
by two e n t r y b a t t e r i e s A a n d B.
2. 9. 3. 3 Launch Escape System.
T h e L E S c o n s i s t s of two m a j o r a s s e m b l i e s ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) t h a t a r e
i n s t a l l e d on top of the c o m m a n d m o d u l e p r i o r to l a u n c h . The f i r s t
s t r u c t u r e i s a f o u r - l e g g e d , welded t u b u l a r t i t a n i u m t o w e r . The tower
i s a t t a c h e d to the c o m m a n d m o d u l e with f o u r f r a n g i b l e n u t s on s t u d s .
TWOd e t o n a t o r a s s e m b l i e s a r e i n s t a l l e d in e a c h n u t to b r e a k i t when
L E S t o w e r j e t t i s o n i s c o m m a n d e d . T h e second s t r u c t u r e i s c y l i n d r i c a l
in s h a p e topped b y the Q - b a l l , a n d h o u s e s the launch e s c a p e , t o w e r j e t t i -
s o n , a n d p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r s . A c a n a r d s u b s y s t e m i s i n s t a l l e d n e a r the
f o r w a r d e n d below the Q - b a l l .
2 . 9 . 3. 3. 1 LES Motors.
E a c h of the t h r e e m o t o r s in the LES ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) a r e f i r e d by two

i g n i t e r a s s e m b l i e s . The t h r e e m o t o r s a r e the l a u n c h e s c a p e m o t o r ,
t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r , a n d p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r . The pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r
w o r k s in conjunction with the launch e s c a p e m o t o r d u r i n g a L E S a b o r t
i n i t i a t e d p r i o r to 61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off. The pitch c o n t r o l m o t o r h a s a
f i x e d z e r o - d e g r e e , s i n g l e - e x h a u s t n o z z l e a n d i s m o u n t e d below the b a l l a s t
e n c l o s u r e in a h o r i z o n t a l p o s i t i o n . T h e m o t o r p r o d u c e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y
2500 pounds of t h r u s t f o r a b o u t 0. 5 s e c o n d to f o r c e the n o s e of the LES
t o w e r in the - Z d i r e c t i o n . F i r i n g of the p i t c h c o n t r o l m o t o r i s inhibited
61 s e c o n d s a f t e r lift-off by a s i g n a l f r o m the C /M RCSC. T h e l a u n c h
e s c a p e m o t o r h a s f o u r n o z z l e s t h a t have a c e n t e r l i n e c a n t a n g l e of
35 d e g r e e s . T h e r e s u l t a n t t h r u s t v e c t o r deflection i s obtained by offsizing
t h e n o z z l e t h r o a t d i a m e t e r s and producing a t h r u s t v e c t o r in t h e - Z d i r e c -
tion. T h r u s t output is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 pounds which s t a r t s dropping
in a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 s e c o n d s . Lateral t r a n s l a t i o n of the e s c a p e v e h i c l e i s
a i d e d by t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t o f f s e t d u r i n g an LES a b o r t . T h e
t o w e r j e t t i s o n m o t o r h a s two n o z z l e s in which t h e t h r u s t v e c t o r a l i g n m e n t
is o f f s e t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 d e g r e e s t o p r o d u c e a t h r u s t component i n t h e
+ 2 d i r e c t i o n . T h r u s t output i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 3 , 0 0 0 pounds.
2.9.3.3.2 Canard Subsystem.
T h e c a n a r d s u b s y s t e m ( f i g u r e 2 . 9 - 3 ) c o n s i s t s of two deployable
s u r f a c e s f a i r e d into the o u t e r s k i n of the L E S below t h e Q - b a l l i n t e r f a c e .
E a c h s u r f a c e i s m o u n t e d on two h i n g e s a n d is o p e r a t e d open by a p y r o -
t e c h n i c t h r u s t e r with redundant g a s c a r t r i d g e s . The s u r f a c e s a r e
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 47 i n c h e s long, c l a m - s h e l l s h a p e d , a n d c o n s t r u c t e d of
double - s k i n r i b b e d i n c o n e l . T h e c a n a r d s u r f a c e s a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
o p e n e d d u r i n g a L E S a b o r t a n d a e r o d y n a m i c f o r c e s a c t i n g o n the s u r -
f a c e s c o n t r o l a t u r n a r o u n d m a n e u v e r of t h e C / M . ( R e f e r to Abort
P r o c e d u r e s i n s e c t i o n 9. )
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.9-32

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
2.9. 3 . 4 E a r t h Landing S u b s y s t e m .
The E L S c o n s i s t s of the p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m (figure 2 . 9 - 4 ) , two

e a r t h landing sequence c o n t r o l l e r s (figure 2 . 9 - 7 ) , and the a p e x c o v e r
jettison m e c h a n i s m . /
The p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m is c o m p r i s e d of two f i s t - r i b b o n - t y p e
nylon drogue p a r a c h u t e s , 1 3 . 7 f e e t in d i a m e t e r ; t h r e e r i n g - s l o t - t y p e
nylon pilot p a r a c h u t e s , 7 . 2 feet in d i a m e t e r ; t h r e e r i n g - s a i l - t y p e nylon
m a i n p a r a c h u t e s , 83. 5 f e e t in d i a m e t e r ; deployment bags; b r i d l e s ; s u s -
pension l i n e s ; m o r t a r s ; and the n e c e s s a r y h a r d w a r e f o r a t t a c h m e n t to
the C / M . T h e p a r a c h u t e s u b s y s t e m is housed i n the f o r w a r d c o m p a r t -
m e n t under the apex c o v e r of t h e C / M .
The e a r t h landing sequence c o n t r o l l e r s a r e located in the right

equipment bay of t h e C / M and c o n t r o l s automatic o p e r a t i o n of the ELS.
C r o s s o v e r c i r c u i t r y between the c o n t r o l l e r s e n s u r e s c o r r e c t output
s i g n a l s . Backup e m e r g e n c y s w i t c h e s a r e provided on MDC-5 f o r apex
c o v e r j e t t i s o n and p a r a c h u t e deployment. The apex c o v e r i s j e t t i s o n e d
by four g a s - o p e r a t e d t h r u s t e r s . Two g a s - t y p e c a r t r i d g e s a r e employed
f o r redundancy and o p e r a t e two t h r u s t e r s each. E i t h e r p a i r of t h r u s t e r s
will j e t t i s o n the apex c o v e r . A pilot p a r a c h u t e and m o r t a r a r e installed
in the f o r w a r d end of the a p e x c o v e r . The m o r t a r i s f i r e d a t e x a c t l y
the s a m e time a s the a p e x c o v e r t h r u s t e r s to deploy the p a r a c h u t e . The
p a r a c h u t e will pull the a p e x c o v e r f r o m the negative p r e s s u r e a r e a
iollowing the C / M .
2. 9 . 4 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN DATA.
E h t r y d e s c e n t v e l o c i t i e s , altitude, and time a r e contained in the

following tabulated data. The f i g u r e s a r e b a s e d on a command module
r e c o v e r y weight of 1 1 , 0 0 0 pounds and a s t a n d a r d day b a r o m e t r i c
p r e s s u r e.
The tabulated d a t a s t a t e s t h e a u t o m a t i c e v e n t s t h a t n o r m a l l y
o c c u r in the ELS during d e s c e n t . Under c e r t a i n e n t r y conditions, the
apex c o v e r m a y be manually j e t t i s o n e d , and t h e drogue p a r a c h u t e s
m a n u a l l y deployed a t 45, 000 feet. R e f e r t o o p e r a t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s and
r e s t r i c t i o n s that follow the tabulated data.
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 N O v 1966 Change Date Page 2-9-33

SM2A - 0 3 -SC0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~ ~~
T i m e on Descent
Occurrence Altitude P a r a c hu t e s Velocity
TWO D R O G U E PARACHUTES
24, 000 f e e t b a r 0 s w i t c h c l o s e s 24, 9 0 0 to 2 1 , 500 feel
Apex c o v e r jettison 24, 000 f e e t b a r 0 425 f t J s e c

s w i t c h c l o s u r e t 0. 4
seconds
Drogue parachutes ( 2 ) deploy 24,000 feet b a r 0 410 f t / s e c

switch c l o s u r e t 2 . 0
seconds
1 0 , 000 f e e t b a r o s w i t c h 10, 950 to 9 , 100 f e e t

closes
Drogue parachutes (2) r e l e a s e 10, 000 f e e t bar0 15 to 46 s e c o n d 225 f t J s e c

and m a i n parachutes deploy switch c l o s u r e
Main p a r a c h u t e s open ( r e e f e d ) 235 ft/sec

a f t e r two d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s
release
Main parachutes d i s r e e f 8400 * S O 0 f e e t 3 seconds after 110 f t / s e c

line s t r e t c h
O N E DROGUE PARACHUTE
Drogue parachute (1) r e l e a s e s 1 0 , 0 0 0 feet bar0 40 s e c o n d s 275 f t J s e c

and m a i n c h u t e s d e p l o y switch c l o s u r e
Main p a r a c h u t e s open 290 f t / s e c

( r e e f e d ) a f t e r one d r o g u e
parachute releases
Main parachutes d i s r e e f 8200 * 5 0 0 f e e t 8 seconds after 120 f t / s e c

line s t r e t c h
Touchdown ( 3 m a i n 5 minutes 28 f t / s e c
parachutes .
Touchdown ( 2 m a i n 4. 2 m i n u t e s 33. 5 f t / s e c
parachutes)
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e page 2.9’-34

Mission
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2 . 9 . 4. 1 Power Requirements.
The SECS r e q u i r e s p o w e r only d u r i n g t h e l a u n c h and a s c e n t p h a s e , f o r

CSM-SLA s e p a r a t i o n i n o r b i t , f o r C / M - S / M s e p a r a t i o n d u r i n g t h e p r e - e n t r y
p h a s e , and d u r i n g t h e p a r a c h u t e d e s c e n t phase. Most all e v e n t s p e r f o r m e d
by t h e SECS o c c u r i n s t a n t a n e o u s l y , and not o n a continuous duty c y c l e . I n
a c c o r d a n c e with the M i s s i o n M o d u l a r D a t a Book (SID 66-1177), d a t e d
1 S e p t e m b e r 1966, t h e r e a r e no p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r the SECS.
2.9. 5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.

Under c e r t a i n e n t r y conditions, t h e s p a c e c r a f t m a y b e c o m e u n s t a b l e .
B e c a u s e of t h e e r r a t i c a e r o d y n a m i c d a m p i n g c o e f f i c i e n t s , wind g u s t s , and
s h e a r s , t h e a s t r o n a u t m a y not b e a b l e to d a m p t h e o s c i l l a t i o n s with s i n g l e
RCS. If t h i s should o c c u r , t h e a p e x c o v e r and d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e s m a y b e
m a n u a l l y deployed a t 4 5 , 0 0 0 feet. T h i s will s t a b i l i z e and k e e p the C / M i n
a h e a t s h i e l d f o r w a r d d e s c e n d i n g a t t i t u d e . F i g u r e 2 . 9 - 1 3 p o r t r a y s the
d r o g u e d e v e l o p m e n t d e s i g n envelope. The following p r e c a u t i o n s should be
o b se r v e d.
Manual i n i t i a t i o n of a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n and d r o g u e p a r a c h u t e
d e p l o y m e n t should n e v e r be a c c o m p l i s h e d a b o v e 4 5 , 0 0 0 f e e t
during entry.
The C / M RCS m u s t be t u r n e d off p r i o r to a p e x c o v e r j e t t i s o n .
The L E S t o w e r and a p e x c o v e r should n e v e r b e m a n u a l l y j e t t i s o n e d
a b o v e the a u t o m a t i c m o d e of 24,0 0 0 f e e t d u r i n g L E S a b o r t s .
ENTRY E N V E L O P E
50
40
c
U
I 30
W
0
2
c
-1
4:
20
10
n
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.0 0.9
wcn NUMBER SM-2A-096
F i g u r e 2 . 9 - 13. D r o g u e P a r a c h u t e D e p l o y m e n t D e s i g n Envelope
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.9-35

SIMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
SYSTEMS DATA
T h e following is a c o m p l e t e list of all s e q u e n t i a l s y s t e m s t e l e m e t r y

d a t a t h a t is m o n i t o r e d by flight c o n t r o l l e r s and g r o u n d s u p p o r t p e r s o n n e l .
The l a s t c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e a n d type of S / C c r e w d i s p l a y . T h e
d i s p l a y u t i l i z e s the s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e s a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a
s e p a r a t e m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r is included i n the d i s p l a y c o l u m n .
bit rate ope ration.
Measurement Sensor Crew

Number Description Range Display
CD 0136 X EDS a b o r t l o g i c out B Event None
CD 01-40 X Direct ullage on A Event None
CD 0141 X D i r e c t u l l a g e on B Event None
CD 0170 X RCS activate signal A Event None
CD 0171 X RCS a c t i v a t e s i g n a l B Event None
CD 0173 X CM-RCS p r e s s u r i z e signal A Event None
CD 0174 X CM-RCS p r e s s u r i z e signal B Event None

I
*CD 0200 V DC v o l t a g e l o g i c bus A t o . 1.37 vdc None
*CD 0201 V DC v o l t a g e l o g i c bus B +O/+37 vdc None
CD 0 2 3 0 X F o r w a r d heat shield jettison A Event None
CD 0231 X F o r w a r d heat shield jettison B Event None
CD 0315 X EDS e n a b l e A Event None
CD 0316 X EDS enable B Event None
CD 1006 X LES m o t o r f i r e initiate A Event None
CD 1007 X LES m o t o r f i r e initiate B Event None
C E 0001 X D r o g u e deploy r e l a y c l o s e A Event None
C E 0002 X D r o g u e deploy r e l a y c l o s e B Event None
C E 0003 X Main parachute deploy-drogue r e l e a s e relay A Event None L
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 1966 Change Date Page 2-9-36

SM2A - 0 3-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA

Number Description Range Di s play
~
C E 0004 X Main parachute deploy-drogue r e l e a s e r e l a y B Event None
C E 0007 X Baroswitch lock-in relay close A Event None
C E 0008 X Baroswitch lock-in relay close B Event None
*CE 0035 P B a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e static r e f e r e n c e t O / t 1 5 psia Indicator
C E 0321 X Main chute disconnect relay A Event None
C E 0322 X Main chute disconnect r e l a y B Event None
'kLS 0 0 0 1 v Q-ball v e c t o r s u m output + 0 / + 5 vdc Indi c a t o r
BS 0016 X Launch vehicle guidance fail A Event L / V GUID

light
BS 0020 X Launch vehicle r a t e excessive A Event L / V RATE

light
BS 0 0 3 0 X E n g i n e No. 1 o u t A Event ENGINES 1

light
BS 0032 X E n g i n e No. 2 o u t A Event ENGINES 2

light

light

light
BS 0 0 3 8 X E n g i n e No. 5 o u t A Event

light
BS 00.42 X E n g i n e No. 7 o u t A Event ENGINES 7

light

light
BS 0061 X Lift-off s i g n a l B Event LIFT OFF

light
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 2.9-37

SiM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA

Number Description Range Display
cs 0080 x EDS a b o r t r e q u e s t A Event ABORT

light
*LS 0090 X Tower physical separation monitor A Event None
hkLS 0 0 9 1 X Tower physical separation monitor B Event None
cs 0100 x CM-SM physical s e p a r a t i o n monitor A Event None
cs 0101 x CM-SM p h y s i c a l s e p a r a t i o n m o n i t o r B Event None
ss 0120 x SM/adapter physical separation monitor A Event None
ss 0121 x SM/adapter physical separation monitor B Event None
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS

SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2.10
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM (C&WS)
2.10.1 INTRODUCTION.
T h e C&WS m o n i t o r s c r i t i c a l p a r a m e t e r s of m o s t S I C s y s t e m s in the
C / M a n d S / M . When a malfunction o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e condition o c c u r s in
a n y of t h e s e s y s t e m s , the c r e w is i m m e d i a t e l y a l e r t e d in o r d e r that c o r -
r e c t i v e action m a y be taken.
2.10.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION.

Upon r e c e i p t of malfunction o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e s i g n a l s , the C&WS
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y identifies the a b n o r m a l condition and a l e r t s the c r e w to i t s
existence. E a c h signal will a c t i v a t e a n a p p r o p r i a t e s y s t e m s s t a t u s indica-
t o r and a m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . T h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t visually and
a u r a l l y a t t r a c t s the c r e w ' s attention by alarm i n d i c a t o r s on the MDC and a n
a l a r m tone in the h e a d s e t s . C r e w acknowledgement of a n a b n o r m a l condition
c o n s i s t s of r e s e t t i n g the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t , but retaining the p a r t i c u l a r
s y s t e m s s t a t u s malfunction indication. The capability e x i s t s f o r the c r e w to
s e l e c t s e v e r a l m o d e s of o b s e r v i n g s y s t e m s s t a t u s and m a s t e r a l a r m indi-
c a t o r s , a n d of m o n i t o r i n g C / M o r S / M s y s t e m s .
2.10.3 MAJOR COMPONENT /SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
T h e C&WS c o n s i s t s of one m a j o r component, the detection unit, It is

located behind iMDC-13 and, t h e r e f o r e , is n e i t h e r v i s i b l e n o r a c c e s s i b l e to
the c r e w d u r i n g the m i s s i o n . The balance of the s y s t e m i s m a d e up of
v i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s , a u r a l a l e r t i n g and a s s o c i a t e d c i r c u i t s , and those switches
r e q u i r e d to c o n t r o l the v a r i o u s s y s t e m functions, V i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s include
the five u p p e r - m o s t e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l event d e v i c e s on MDC-18, a s well
as a l l s y s t e m s s t a t u s and m a s t e r a l a r m lights.
T h e detection unit c i r c u i t s c o n s i s t of c o m p a r a t o r s , logic, l e v e l
d e t e c t o r s , l a m p d r i v e r s , a n d a m a s t e r a l a r m and tone g e n e r a t o r . A l s o
i n c o r p o r a t e d a r e two redundant power supplies that f u r n i s h r e g u l a t e d t12
and -12 d - c voltages f o r the e l e c t r o n i c s . Inputs to the detection unit con-
s i s t of both analog a n d event-type s i g n a l s .
T h e analog s i g n a l s , totaling 51 inputs, a r e in the 0 - to 5-volt d-c

r a n g e , A l a r m l i m i t s f o r t h e s e s i g n a l s t r i g g e r voltage c o m p a r a t o r s , which,
i n t u r n , a c t i v a t e logic and l a m p - d r i v e r c i r c u i t s . T h i s c a u s e s activation of
the m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t and tone g e n e r a t o r , illumination of application
s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights on MDC-10 and -11, a n d / o r activation of applicable
e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l event i n d i c a t o r s on 1MDC-18. A total of 25 event inputs
a r e fed to the C&WS detection unit. T h e s e s i g n a l s o r i g i n a t e f r o m solid
s t a t e a n d m e c h a n i c a l switch c l o s u r e s in malfunction s e n s i n g d e v i c e s . Of
this n u m b e r , 19 s i g n a l s will d i r e c t l y illuminate a p p l i c a b l e s y s t e m s t a t u s
l i g h t s , and through logic c i r c u i t r y , a c t i v a t e the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t ( a n d
tone g e n e r a t o r ) . Two o t h e r event s i g n a l s d i r e c t l y i l l u m i n a t e the s y s t e m
CAUTION AND WARNING S Y S T E M

-
SlM2A 0 3 -SC 0 12
SYSTEMS DATA
s t a t u s l i g h t s , but r e q u i r e l e v e l d e t e c t o r s t o a c t i v a t e the m a s t e r a l a r m c i r -
cuit. E a c h of the f o u r r e m a i n i n g e v e n t s i g n a l s to s e t to a n O R g a t e , which
i s a l s o f e d b y two a n a l o g s i g n a l s . T h e r e s u l t i n g output will a c t i v a t e l a m p
d r i v e r s a n d t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . One o t h e r event s i g n a l , o r i g i n a t i n g
within t h e d e t e c t i o n unit d i r e c t l y , i l l u m i n a t e s the CAUT/WARN F A I L light,
o u t a c t i v a t e s only the MASTER ALARM l i g h t s of t h e MASTER ALARLM
circuit.
T h e m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t a l e r t s c r e w m e m b e r s whenever a b n o r m a l
conditions a r e d e t e c t e d . T h i s i s a c c o m p l i s h e d v i s u a l l y by the illumination
of r e m o t e iMASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t s on M D C - 3 and -18, and the
iMASTER ALARM light on L E B - 1 0 3 . An a u d i o a l a r m tone, s e n t to the t h r e e
h e a d s e t s , a u r a l l y a l e r t s the c r e w , r e g a r d l e s s of w h e t h e r the t e l e c o m s y s t e m
is a c t i v a t e d . T h e output s i g n a l of the tone g e n e r a t o r i s a s q u a r e wave that
i s a l t e r n a t e l y 750 c p s a n d 2000 c p s , changing at a f r e q u e n c y of 2. 5 c p s .
Although t h e tone i s a u d i b l e a b o v e t h e c o n v e r s a t i o n l e v e l , it d o e s not r e n d e r
n o r m a l c o n v e r s a t i o n i n d i s t i n c t o r g a r b l e d . When the c r e w h a s noted the
a b n o r m a l condition, t h e t h r e e a l a r m l i g h t s and the tone g e n e r a t o r a r e
d e a c t i v a t e d a n d r e s e t by p r e s s i n g e i t h e r MASTER !iLARlM s w i t c h - l i g h t , both
of which i n c o r p o r a t e a p u s h - s w i t c h . T h i s a c t i o n l e a v e s t h e s y s t e m s s t a t u s
l i g h t s i l l u m i n a t e d , a n d r e s e t s t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t f o r a l e r t i n g the cre\v
t o t h e next a b n o r m a l condition. T h e individual s y s t e m s t a t u s l i g h t s will
remain i l l u m i n a t e d u n t i l the m a l f u n c t i o n o r o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e condition i s
corrected.
T h e C & W S p o w e r s u p p l i e s i n c l u d e s e n s i n g a n d switching c i r c u i t r y t h a t
a s s u r e unit s e l f - p r o t e c t i o n should high-input c u r r e n t , o r high- o r low-
output voltage o c c u r . Any of t h e s e conditions will c a u s e the i l l u m i n a t i o n of
t h e m a s t e r alarm l i g h t s a n d t h e CAUT-WARN F A I L s y s t e m s s t a t u s light,
T h e tone g e n e r a t o r , h o w e v e r , w i l l not b e a c t i v a t e d due t o r e q u i r i n g the
1 2 - v o l t output f r o m t h e m a l f u n c t i o n e d p o w e r supply f o r i t s o p e r a t i o n . T h e
c r e w m u s t t h e n m a n u a l l y s e l e c t the r e d u n d a n t p o w e r supply to r e t u r n the
C&WS t o o p e r a t i o n . I n s o doing, the CAUT/WARN F A I L s t a t u s light i s
e x t i n g u i s h e d , , but t h e m a s t e r alarm c i r c u i t is a c t i v a t e d , thus r e q u i r i n g i t to
be reset.
I n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e C & W S i s t h e capability to t e s t t h e l a m p s of s y s -
t e m s s t a t u s a n d m a s t e r alarm l i g h t s , P o s i t i o n 1 of the L A M P T E S T sw4tch
(.MDC-23) c o n t r o l s the i l l u m i n a t i o n of s t a t u s l i g h t s on MDC-10 and the
M A S T E R ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t s on IMDC-3 a n d IMDC-18. P o s i t i o n 2 t e s t s
only t h e s t a t u s l i g h t s on iMDC-11. T h e r e m a i n i n g iMASTER ALARM light
i s on L E B - 1 0 3 , a n d is t e s t e d along with the nine G & N condition lights on
t h a t p a n e l by p r e s s i n g t h e CHECK CONDITION LAMPS p u s h - s w i t c h on
L E B - 1 0 5 . Although t h e s e nine l i g h t s a r e not p a r t of the C&WS, all but t h r e e
of t h e m (PGNS, Z E R O ENCODER, a n d IiMU DISPLAY) a r e d u p l i c a t e d on
Ll DC - 10.
S w i t c h e s on t h e .MDC e n a b l e the c r e w to s e l e c t CSrlVS o p e r a t i o n a l
m o d e s . T h e Tosition of t h e MODE s w i t c h (MDC-11) e s t a b l i s h e s the S / C
s y s t e m s to b e m o n i t o r e d . B e f o r e s e p a r a t i o n a n d e n t r y , s y s t e m s in both the
C / M a n d S / M a r e m o n i t o r e d f o r m a l f u n c t i o n or o u t - o f - t o l e r a n c e conditions.
A f t e r CSlM s e p a r a t i o n , h o w e v e r , only t h o s e s y s t e m s in the C/.M a r e m o n i -
t o r e d . R e p o s i t i o n i n g the s w i t c h a l s o p r e v e n t s S / M s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights
and event indicators from remaining activated after separation.
T h e C / W s w i t c h (MDC-13) p e r m i t s t h r e e m o d e s of s t a t u s and a l a r m
light illumination. F o r m o s t of t h e m i s s i o n t h e s w i t c h i s s e t to the
NORMAL p o s i t i o n to give n o r m a l C&WS l i g h t o p e r a t i o n ; t h a t i s , upon r e c e i p t
of a b n o r m a l condition s i g n a l s , all s y s t e m s s t a t u s lights a n d m a s t e r a l a r m
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM

2.10-2
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
l i g h t s a r e c a p a b l e of illumination. During t h e a s c e n t p h a s e t h e s w i t c h i s s e t
t o t h e BOOST p o s i t i o n , s o t h a t although a l l o t h e r C&WS lights o p e r a t e n o r -
m a l l y , t h e MASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t o n MDC-3 will not i l l u m i n a t e .
T h i s p r e v e n t s p o s s i b l e confusion on MDC-3 between t h e r e d MASTER
ALARM light a n d t h e a d j a c e n t r e d ABORT light. T h e ACK s w i t c h p o s i t i o n
i s s e l e c t e d when t h e c r e w d e s i r e s t o a d a p t t h e i r e y e s t o o r b i t a l d a r k n e s s , o r
i f a continuously i l l u m i n a t e d s y s t e m s s t a t u s light is u n d e s i r a b l e . While in
t h i s m o d e , i n c o m i n g s i g n a l s will a c t i v a t e only t h e m a s t e r a l a r m l i g h t s a n d
t h e t o n e g e n e r a t o r . T o d e t e r m i n e t h e a b n o r m a l condition, t h e c r e w m u s t
p r e s s e i t h e r MASTER ALARM switch-light. T h i s i l l u m i n a t e s t h e a p p l i c a b l e
s y s t e m s s t a t u s l i g h t , a n d d e a c t i v a t e s a n d r e s e t s t h e master a l a r m c i r c u i t .
T h e s y s t e m s s t a t u s light w i l l r e m a i n i l l u m i n a t e d only as long as t h e s w i t c h -
light is p r e s s e d . H o w e v e r , it m a y b e r e c a l l e d as long as t h e a b n o r m a l
condition e x i s t s b y a g a i n p r e s s i n g e i t h e r switch-light.
2. 10.3. 1 E l e c t r i c a l P o w e r Distribution.
T h e C&WS only r e c e i v e s p o w e r f r o m 28-volt d - c s o u r c e s . (See

f i g u r e 2 . 1 0 - 1 . ) B e f o r e C S M s e p a r a t i o n , t h e p o w e r s o u r c e i s f r o m t h e fuel
c e l l s i n t h e S / M , a n d following s e p a r a t i o n , f r o m b a t t e r i e s l o c a t e d in t h e
C/M.
2. 10.4 P E R F O R M A N C E AND DESIGN DATA.
2. 1 0 . 4 1 C&WS P o w e r C o n s u m p t i o n Data.
T o t a l p o w e r c o n s u m e d b y t h e C&WS a m o u n t s t o 7.5 w a t t s , which is t h e

m a x i m u m q u i e s c e n t p o w e r f o r d e t e c t i o n unit o p e r a t i o n . V e r y s m a l l a m o u n t s
of p o w e r a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d to i l l u m i n a t e s e v e r a l l a m p s w h e n e v e r t h e C&WS
is a c t i v a t e d by malfunction input s i g n a l s . T h e s e s m a l l a m o u n t s , h o w e v e r ,
a r e not c p n s i d e r e d i n t h e o v e r a l l C&WS p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s .
2. 10.5 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICT IONS.
2. 10.5. 1 C&WS G e n e r a l Data.
With t h e C / W s w i t c h i n t h e BOOST p o s i t i o n d u r i n g a s c e n t , t h e
MASTER ALARM s w i t c h - l i g h t o n MDC-3 w i l l not i l l u m i n a t e s h o u l d a m a l -
function o c c u r . T h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t r e s e t c a p a b i l i t y of t h e light i s
a l s o d i s a b l e d d u r i n g t h i s t i m e . T h i s r e q u i r e s t h e MASTER ALARM s w i t c h -
light o n MDC-18 t o b e u s e d e x c l u s i v e l y f o r m o n i t o r i n g a n d r e s e t t i n g
functions.
S e v e r a l p e c u l i a r i t i e s should b e noted i n r e g a r d t o t h e CAUT /WARN-

POWER switch. Whenever t h i s s w i t c h i s m o v e d f r o m , o r t h r o u g h , t h e O F F
p o s i t i o n t o e i t h e r p o w e r supply p o s i t i o n , t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t i s a c t i -
v a t e d , which t h e n r e q u i r e s it b e r e s e t . A l s o , switching f r o m one p o w e r
supply t o a n o t h e r (when t h e r e is not p o w e r supply f a i l u r e ) will c a u s e t h e
CAUTiWARN F A I L s t a t u s light t o i l l u m i n a t e at t h e O F F p o s i t i o n , a n d t h e n
b e extinguished when t h e o t h e r p o w e r supply p o s i t i o n is r e a c h e d .

page
. 2 . 10-3
Mission B a s i c Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
SYSTEMS DATA
DETECTION UNIT
1
+12 VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
I
-12 VDC NO. 1
I , NO. 2 CAUT/WARN
MN A
(MDC-25)
U
MASTER
I
L1-----J
I- (LEB- 103)
I - C m LAM;’
TEST
ICA
I
STER ALAR C N
(MDC-13)
t
oBOOST h-- CSk

I1 ACK
I
I
I
I event
t
To: S/M
chonnalr
(4) for
ACK mode
To:
event
M
chonnlr
(1 I ) for
ACK mode
To: S/M
event
indiwton
(5)
F i g u r e 2. 10-1. C&WS P o w e r D i s t r i b u t i o n D i a g r a m
Mission 204A B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 2.10-4

SMZA-03-SCO 12
- SYSTEMS DATA
Should t h e r e d u n d a n t p o w e r s u p p l y also f a i l , t h e C&WS is d e g r a d e d t o

t h e following extent. R e n d e r e d i n o p e r a t i v e i s t h e c o m p l e t e m a s t e r a l a r m
c i r c u i t , a s w e l l a s t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s t h a t i l l u m i n a t e as t h e r e s u l t of a n a l o g -
t y p e input s i g n a l s . T h i s l e a v e s only t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s o p e r a t i v e t h a t
r e q u i r e e v e n t - t y p e input s i g n a l s . Included a r e t h e following S / M a n d C / M
l i g h t s : CDU F A I L , G & N A C C E L F A I L , IMU F A I L , G & N ERROR, IMU
T E M P , G M B L LOCK, A G A P T E M P , S P S ROUGH E C O , H z P ACCUM
F A I L , P I T C H G M B L DR F A I L , YAW G M B L DR F A I L , S P S P U SNSR
F A I L , 0 2 F L O W HI, F / C BUS DISCONNECT, AC 1 BUS F A I L , AC BUS 1
OVERLOAD, AC 2 BUS F A I L , AC BUS 2 OVERLOAD, MN BUS A
UNDERVOLT, MN BUS B UNDERVOLT, a n d CAUTIWARN FAIL.
T h e CAUTIWARN-MODE s w i t c h m u s t b e i n t h e CSM p o s i t i o n i n
o r d e r t o conduct a l a m p t e s t of t h o s e s t a t u s l i g h t s a s s o c i a t e d with S / M s y s -
t e m s . T h e s t a t u s l i g h t s of C / M s y s t e m s m a y b e t e s t e d with t h e MODE
s w i t c h i n e i t h e r position. C i r c u i t d e s i g n a l s o p e r m i t s a c o m p l e t e l a m p t e s t
t o be c o n d u c t e d with t h e C / W s w i t c h in t h e ACK position.
N o r m a l l y , e a c h a b n o r m a l condition s i g n a l w i l l a c t i v a t e t h e C&WS
master a l a r m c i r c u i t a n d t o n e g e n e r a t o r , a n d i l l u m i n a t e a n a p p l i c a b l e s y s -
t e m s s t a t u s light. T h e one e x c e p t i o n t o t h i s c o n c e p t is w h e n t h e C&WS
p o w e r supply f a i l s . T h e v i s u a l i n d i c a t o r s w i l l function, but not t h e t o n e
g e n e r a t o r p o r t i o n of t h e m a s t e r a l a r m c i r c u i t . T h i s i s d u e to t h e tone
g e n e r a t o r r e q u i r i n g t h e t l 2 a n d -12 d - c v o l t a g e output of t h e f a i l e d p o w e r
s u p p l y f o r its o p e r a t i o n .
T h e MASTER ALARM light on L E B - 103 is p a r t of t h e m a s t e r a l a r m

c i r c u i t of t h e C&WS. A s s u c h , it is i l l u m i n a t e d w h e n e v e r t h e m a s t e r
a l a r m c i r c u i t i s a c t i v a t e d by a n i n c o m i n g a b n o r m a l c o n d i t i o n s i g n a l . A
l a m p c h e c k of t h i s l i g h t , h o w e v e r , it not a c c o m p l i s h e d b y t h e C&WS.
I n s t e a d , t h e light is c h e c k e d by p r e s s i n g t h e CHECK CONDITION LAMPS
p u s h - s w i t c h on LEB-105. T h e p r i m a r y function of t h i s s w i t c h i s t o c h e c k
t h e l a m p s of t h e nine G & N condition l i g h t s on L E B - 1 0 3 , none of which a r e
p a r t of t h e C&WS.
2. 10. 5. 2 S y s t e m S t a t u s L i g h t Data.
T h e following l i s t p r o v i d e s the l a m p t r i g g e r v a l u e s and a s s o c i a t e d

i n f o r m a t i o n f o r all s y s t e m s t a t u s l i g h t s on MDC-10 and -11.
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEhl

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~~
TLM SI c
Status L i g h t L a m p T r i g g e r Value Code No. Other Indication 'Mode Remarks
CDU F A I L 1. LOSS( - 5 0 % ) 2 5 . 6 K C s u p p l y CG5002X PGNS l i g h t i l l u m i n a t e d C/M L i g h t e n a b l e d in f i n e

2. L o s s (-50%) motor excita- ( L E B -103). a l i g n m o d e only.
tion
3. ICDU e r r o r 7 1 . 2 m r for
5 seconds
4. MCDU e r r o r > 1 . 2 m r f o r
5 seconds
5. OCDU e r r o r > l . 2 m r f o r
5 seconds
IMU F A I L I. LOSS (-50%)3200 c p s CG5001X PGNS l i g h t i l l u m i n a t e d CIM Inhibited ( b y AGC

2. L o s s ( - 5 0 % ) 800 c p s w h e e l ( L E B - 103). p r o g r a m ) in c o a r s e align
power mode.
3. 1G s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
4. MG s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
5. OG s e r v o a i r > 2 . 9 m r f o r
2 seconds
IMU T E M P 1. IRIG t e m p C 1 3 2 " F CG5006X None CIM IRIG t e m p ( 1 3 5 ° F ) is

2. IRIG t e m p > 1 3 8 " F i n t e r n a l and not end c a p
3. PIPA tempC132'F temp.
4. PIPA temp>l38"F
AGAP T E M P 1. Any B M A G ( 1 6 0 " F CHZ030V None CIM

2. Any B M A G 7 1 7 1 ' F
G&N A C C E L 1. X P I P A e r r o r > 2 7 m r for CC5OOOX PGNS l i g h t i l l u m i n a t e d c/ M

FAIL 5 seconds (LEB-103).
2. Y PIPA e r r o r >27 m r for .
5 seconds
3. Z PIPA e r r o r >27 mr for
5 seconds
G & N ERROR 1. Down T L M w o r d r a t e too CC5005X -

DSKY T M F A I L C/M
high o r low ( L E B - 1 0 6 ) and PGNS
2. Up T L M b i t r a t e too high lights (LEB-103)
3. U p - l i n k d a t a in e r r o r illuminated.
G M B L LOCK MG a n g l e > *60 ' CG5003X FDA1 a t t i t u d e b a l l r e d C/M

z o n e u n d e r new axis
indicator.
H2 P R E S S 1. Tank 1(220 psia SF0039 P TANK PRESSURE-H2-1 SIAM

2. Tank 12270 psia indicator
1. Tank 2 <220 psia SFOOIOP TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
+, Tank 2 >270 psia indicator
C I M RCS A 1. F u e l tk H e p r e s s ( 2 6 5 p s i a C ROO0 5 P C / M RCS P R E S S - F c / .\I L i g h t f u n c t i o n a l only

?. F u e l tk H e p r e s s > 3 2 5 p s i a indicator when CAUTI WARN-
3 . Ox tk H e p r e s s < 2 6 5 p s i a CROOllP C I M RCS PRESS-OX MODE s w i t c h in C I W
&. Ox tk H e p r e s s > 3 2 5 p s i a indicator
C I M RCS B I. F u e l tk H e p r e s s <265 p s i a CROOO6P C I M RCS P R E S S - F Clhl Light functional only

2. F u e l t k He p r e s s >325 p s i a indicator when CAUTI WARN-
3. Ox tk H e p r e s s < 2 6 5 p s i a CROOlLP C I M RCS PRESS-OX MODE switch in C I M
1. Ox tk H e p r e s s >325 p s i a indicator
AGC PWR L. L o s s 0 1 - 2 8 vdc s u p p l y ZCi030X PGNS l i g h t i l l u m i n a t e d C/M

FAIL 2. L o s s 0 1 -13 vdc s u p p l y [LEB-103).
1. L o s s of - 3 vdc s u p p l y
Mission B a s i c Date l2 Change Date Page 2.Lo-6

SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~
TLM SI c
Status Light L a m p T r i g g e r Value C o d e No. Other Indication Mode Remarks
-
O2 PRESS 1. Tank 1 <800 psia SFOO37P TANK PRESSURE-02- 1 S/M
2. Tank 1 >950 psia indicator
3. Tank 2<800 psia SF0038P TANK PRESSURE-02-2
4. Tank 2 >950 p s i a indicator
S / M RCS A I. Pkg temp~63"F SR5065T S / M RCS T E M P - P K G S/M

2. Pkg t e m p >175'F indicator
3. Reg He p r e s s < l 5 5 psia SR5729P S / M RCS PRESS-MANF
4. Reg H e p r e s s >215 p s i a indicator
S I M RCS B 1. Pkg temp<63"F SR5066T S / M RCS T E M P - P K G SI M

2. Pkg temp >175"F indicator
3. Reg He p r e s s < I 5 5 psia SR5776P S / M RCS PRESS-MANF
4. Reg He p r e s s >215 psia indicator
S I M RCS C I. Pkg t e m p <63 F SR5067T S / M RCS T E M P - P K G SIM

3. Reg He p r e s s ( 1 5 5 psia SR5817P S I M RCS PRESS-MANF
4. Reg He p r e s s >215 psia indicator
S I M RCS D 1. Pkg temp<63"F SR5068T S I M RCS T E M P - P K G SI M

3. Reg He p r e s s < 1 5 5 p s i a SR5830P S I M RCS PRESS-MANF
4. Reg H e p r e s s >215 p s i a indicator
S P S ROUGH 1. 18OG's f o r 70 m s e c o n d s None E n g i n e c u t s off. S/M G-levels are peak-to-

ECO 2. 3 6 0 6 ' s f o r 30 m s e c o n d s peak.
H2O ACCUM T h r e e O 2 b u b b l e s ( m i n ) in None None CIM

FAIL outlet w a t e r line
F I C BUS I. Fwd c u r r e n t a t 75 a m p s sc212ox MN BUS A e v e n t SI M

DISCONNECT f o r 1 5 m i n , o r a t 112 a m p s SC212lX indicator (3)
for 2 5 to 300 s e c o n d s s c 2122x
2. Reverse current at 4 amps sc2125x MN BUS B e v e n t
f o r IO s e c , o r 20 a m p s f o r SC2126X indicator (3)
I sec. , sc2127x
FIC I I. H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 I b l h r SC2139 R FUEL CELL-FLOW- S/M E v e n t i n d i c a t o r s pH.

2. H2 flow > O . 16 l b l h r H2 i n d i c a t o r HI, F I C RAD T E M P
3. O2 flow<O. 14 I b l h r SC2142R FUEL CELL-FLOW- LO. n2 PRESS, o2
4. O 2 f l o w > I . 27 I b l h r 0 2 indicator P R E S S , and N 2 P R E S S
5. At p H f a c t o r of 9 SC216OX p H HI e v e n t ind a r e activated a t l a m p
6. Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 ' F SC2084T MODULE TEMP-SKIN trigger values.
7. Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 " F indicator
8. Cond e x h ( 1 5 5 ° F SC2081T MODULE TEMP-COND
9. Cond e x h > 1 7 5 " F EXH indicator
0. Rad out t e m p e r a t u r e S C 20 8 7 T F / C RAD T E M P LOW
b e l o w -30 F event indicator
1. H2 r e g p r e s s >75 p s i a SC2069P REG OUT PRESS HI
- H 2 e v e n t ind
2. 0 2 reg p r e s s > 7 5 psia SC2066P R E G O U T P R E S S HI
- 0 2 e v e n t ind
3. N 2 r e g p r e s s >70 p s i a SC2060 P R E G O U T P R E S S HI
- N 2 e v e n t ind
ISY 1 At 2 4 1 ° F CC0175T None CIM

T E h l P HI
GLYCOL At - 3 0 ° F CFOO2OT CLY EVAP-OUTLET CIM

T E M P LOW TE.MP i n d i c a t o r
CAUTION AND WARNING S Y S T E M
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 2.

S M Z A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
~~ ~~ -
TLM s/c
Status Light L a m p T r i g g e r Value C o d e No. O t h e r Indication Mode Remarks
~ ~ ~
S P S PRESS 1. F u e l tk H e p r e s s <160 p s t a SW006P PRESSURE- F U E L SI M

2. F u e l tk H e p r e s s >ZOO p s i a indicator
3. Ox t k H e p r e s s <160 p s i a SW003P PRESSURE-OX
4. Ox t k H e p r e s s >200 p s i a ind ic a t o r
F/C 2 I. H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 l b / h r SC2 140 R F U E L - C E L L - FLOW- S/M E v e n t i n d i c a t o r pH HI,

2. H2 flow > O . 16 l b / h r H2 i n d i c a t o r € / C RAD T E M P LO.
3. 0 2 flow ( 0 . 1 4 l b / h r SC2143R FUEL CELL-€LOW- H2 P R E S S , 0 2 P R E S S ,
4. 0 2 f l o w > I . 27 l b / h r 0 2 indicator a n d N2 P R E S S a r e
5. At pH f a c t o r of 9 SCZ 161X pH HI e v e n t ind activated a t l a m p
6. Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 ° F SC2085T MODULE T E M P - S K I N trigger values.
7. Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 " F indicator
8. Cond exh < 1 5 5 ' F SC2082T MODULE T E M P - C O N D
9. Cond exh > 1 7 5 " F EXH indicator
10. Rad o u t t e m p SC 20 88 T F / C RAD T E M P LOW
below -30 F event indicator
11. H2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 psia SC2070P R E G OUT P R E S S HI-
H2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
2. O2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 p s i a SCZO67P REG OUT P R E S S H1-
0 2 event indicator
3. N2 r e g p r e s s > 7 O p s i a SCZO6lP REG OUT P R E S S HI-
N2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
INV 2 At 240 F CC0176T None CIM

T E M P HI
P I T C H GMBL 1. Under 6 a m p s SPlOOOX None S/M O v e r c u r r e n t condi-

DR F A I L 2. O v e r 40 a m p s t i o n s d e p e n d e n t upon
t i m e and t e m p .
S P S WALL At 3 7 8 ° F SFUO2OT None S IM

.
T E M P HI
F/C 3 I. H2 f l o w < 0 . 0 1 8 l b l h r 5C2141R FUEL CELL-FLOW- SIM E v e n t i n d i c a t o r s pH

2. H2 flow > O . 16 I b / h r HZ i n d i c a t o r HI, F / C RAD T E M P
3. 0 2 f l o w <O. 1 4 l b / h r SC2144R FUEL CELL-FLOW- L O , HZ PRESS, 0 2
4. 0 2 flow >1.27 l b / h r O2 i n d i c a t o r PRESS, and N2 P R E S S
5. At pH f a c t o r of'9 SCZ162X pH HI e v e n t ind a r e activated a t l a m p
6. Skin t e m p < 3 6 0 ' F SC2086T MODULE T E M P - S K I N trigger values.
7. Skin t e m p > 5 0 0 ' F indicator
8. Cond e x h < 1 5 5 " F SCZ083T MODULE T E M P - C O N D
9. Cond e x h > 1 7 5 " F EXH i n d i c a t o r
0. Rad o u t t e m p b e l o w X2089T F I C RAD T E M P LOW
-30'F event indicator
1. H2 r e g p r e s s > 7 5 p s i a SC2071P REG OUT PRESS HI-
H2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
2. O z r e g p r e s s >75 p s i a jC2068P REG OUT P R E S S H l -
0 2 event indicator
3. N2 r e g p r e s s > 7 0 p s i a 5CZO62P REG OUT P R E S S HI-
N2 e v e n t i n d i c a t o r
INV 3 At 2 1 1 ' F ZCO 177 T None C/M

T E M P HI
YAW G M B L 1. Under b a m p s ;PI OOlX None si M 3 v e r c u r r e n t condition

DR F A I L 2. O v e r 40 a m p s lependent upon t i m e
tnd t e m p .
S P S PU 1. F i O X ratio unbalance o v e r Vone UNBALANCE i n d i c a - S/ M -ight f u n c t i o n a l o n l y

SNSR F A I L 300 I b s , o r 90mo of c r i t i c a l :or ( f o r o v e r 300 luring S P S firing.
unbalance. . b s only)
2. P r i m a r v and a u x s y s t e m s
1 to 3 4 discrepancy.
--
CAUTION AND WARNING SY.5TE.M
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date page 2.70-a

SM2A-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
TLM SI c
Status Light L a m p T r i g g e r Value Code No. O t h e r Indication Mode Remarks
MN BUS A At 26.25*0. 1 v d c CG0206V DC VOLTS m e t e r CIM

UNDERVOLT
MN B U S B At 26.25*0. I v d c c GO 207v DC V O L T S m e t e r CIM

UNDERVOLT
C O z PP HI At 7 . 6 mm Hg C F O O O 5P P A R T P R E S S CO2 CIM
indicator
AC BUS I 1. At 9 5 i 3 v d c CGOZOOV AC V O L T S m e t e r CIM

FAIL 2. At 130+2 v d c cGo201v
cGo202v
AC BUS 2 1. At 95*3 v d c CCO203V AC V O L T S m e t e r CIM

FAIL 2. At 130i2 v d c CC0204V
C C0205V
C A U T I WARN 1. At + 1 1 . 7 v d c o r - 1 1 . 7 v d c None MASTER ALARM CIM A l a r m tone inoperatlve.

FAIL 2. At t 1 3 . 9 vdc o r -13.9 vdc lights ( 3 )
0 2 F L O W HI At 1 . 0 l b l h r None FLOW 0 2 indicator CIM
AC BUS 1 1. 30 a t 9 a m p / 0 f o r 1 5 i 5 s e c None AC V O L T S m e t e r C/M Overload disconnects

OVERLOAD 2. 10 a t I 1 a m p f o r 5 i l s e c i n v e r t e r f r o m bus.
AC BUS 2 I. 30 a t 9 a m p / @ f o r 15+5 s e c None AC V O L T S m e t e r c 1M O v e r l o a d d i s c o n n r c Is

OVERLOAD 2. I 0 a t 11 a m p f o r 5 i 1 s e c inverter from bus.
-
C A U T I O N AND WARNING S Y S T E M
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 2 . 10-9

SMZA-03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 10.6 T E L E M E T R Y MEASUREMENTS
The following i s a c o m p l e t e l i s t of a l l C&WS t e l e m e t r y d a t a that i s

m o n i t o r e d b y flight c o n t r o l l e r s and ground support p e r s o n n e l . T h e l a s t
c o l u m n c o n t a i n s t h e n a m e and ty-pe of S / C c r e w display. The d i s p l a y
u t i l i z e s t h e s a m e pickoff o r s i g n a l s o u r c e a s t e l e m e t r y , u n l e s s a s e p a r a t e
m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r i s included in the d i s p l a y column.
Measurement
Numb e r I Description I S e n s o r Range I C r e w Display
cso15ox I M a s t e r caution-warning on
I Off/on event
I MASTER ALARM lights

2.10-10
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A -03-SCO12
SYSTEMS DATA
SECTION 2
SUBSECTION 2.11
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS DATA
2.11.1 INTRODUCTION.
Miscellaneous s y s t e m s d a t a p e r t a i n s to i t e m s t h a t w e r e not c o v e r e d in
a p r e v i o u s s y s t e m . T h e s e i t e m s c o n s i s t of c l o c k s , t i m e r s ; a c c e l e r o m e t e r s
( G - m e t e r ) , i n t e r i o r lighting, etc.
2.11.2 CLOCKS.
Two clocks and two clock-like event t i m e r s , all m e c h a n i c a l , a r e

provided f o r the c r e w i n the command module. The 400-hour clock
(MDC-12), u s e d i n monitoring m i s s i o n e l a p s e d t i m e , is i l l u m i n a t e d by
floodlights. The GMT 24-hour clock and two 10-hour event t i m e r s a r e
l o c a t e d on panel 306 i n the LH f o r w a r d equipment bay and lighted by i n t e g r a l
bulbs c o n t r o l l e d by the CLOCKS-BRT/OFF/DIM switch on L E B 100. F o r
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to s e c t i o n 4.
2.11.3 DIGITAL EVENT TIMERS.
The digital event t i m e r s provide the c r e w with a m e a n s of monitoring

and timing events. One event t i m e r is located on MDC-5 the o t h e r is
l o c a t e d on MDC- 11. The event t i m e r s start automatically when lift-off
o c c u r s , and the t i m e r located o n MDC-5 will be r e s e t i f a n a b o r t is auto-
m a t i c a l l y o r manually initiated. F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r to
s e c t i o n 3.
2 . 11. 4 ACCELEROMETER (G-ME T E R ) .
The a c c e l e r o m e t e r o r G - m e t e r (MDC-2), p r o v i d e s the c r e w w i t h a

v i s u a l indication of s p a c e c r a f t positive and negative G-loads. This m e t e r
is i l l u m i n a t - d by floodlights controlled by the LH a r e a c o n t r o l panel
(MDC-26). F o r d e t a i l e d i n f o r m a t i o n on the a c c e l e r o m e t e r ( G - m e t e r ) , r e f e r
to s e c t i o n 4.
2.11.5 COMMAND MODULE INTERIOR LIGHTING,
The i n t e r i o r lighting p r o v i d e s light f o r the m a i n display console and

LEB panels i n the c o m m a n d module.

2.11-1
SMZA-03-SC012
SYSTEMS DATA
2. 1 1 . 5 . 1 Functional Description.
The i n t e r i o r lighting equipment c o n s i s t s of eight floodlight f i x t u r e

a s s e m b l i e s and t h r e e c o n t r o l panels. Each f i x t u r e a s s e m b l y contains two
f l u o r e s c e n t l a m p s ( o n e p r i m a r y and one s e c o n d a r y ) and a c o n v e r t e r . The
i n t e r i o r lighting is powered by 2 8 volts d c f r o m m a i n b u s e s A and B f o r
redundancy ( f i g u r e 2. 11-1). T h i s a s s u r e s a power s o u r c e f o r l i g h t s i n a l l
a r e a s i n the event that e i t h e r bus fails. The c o n v e r t e r i n e a c h floodlight
f i x t u r e c o n v e r t s 28 volts d c to a - c power to o p e r a t e the f l u o r e s c e n t l a m p s .
The floodlights a r e used to light t h r e e a r e a s : the m a i n display console
( l e f t and r i g h t a r e a s ) and the LEB a r e a . Control panel (MDC-26) is located
o n the l e f t and c o n t r o l panel (MDC-23) is located on the right of the m a i n
d i s p l a y console ( f i g u r e 2. 11-2). The t h i r d c o n t r o l panel i s l o c a t e d i n the
l o w e r equipment bay a r e a on LEB-100. The floodlight f i x t u r e s a r e located
a r o u n d the i n t e r i o r of the c o m m a n d module. (See f i g u r e 2. 1 1 - 2 . )
E a c h c o n t r o l panel h a s a p r i m a r y and s e c o n d a r y c o n t r o l f o r the flood-

l i g h t s i n its r e s p e c t i v e a r e a . The p r i m a r y control i s a r h e o s t a t that con-
t r o l s b r i g h t n e s s of the p r i m a r y floodlights. The s e c o n d a r y control is a n
O N - O F F s w i t c h f o r the s e c o n d a r y floodlights and is turned to ON when
additional b r i g h t n e s s i s d e s i r e d . The floodlight c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s a r e on
MDC-25. The o p e r a t i o n a l u s e , o r b r i g h t n e s s l e v e l of the floodlights
depends on two f a c t o r s : the g - l e v e l and the t a s k being p e r f o r m e d . The
floodlights should be t u r n e d up bright d u r i n g a s c e n t and e n t r y . The flood-
l i g h t s will be a d j u s t e d a s r e q u i r e d while i n e a r t h o r b i t . The FDAI (MDC-4)
is lighted by i n t e g r a l bulbs which a r e c o n t r o l l e d by the FDAI LTG switch on
MDC-25 and FDAI BRIGHTNESS r h e o s t a t o n MDC-2. A switch is provided
on the L E B floodlight c o n t r o l panel to control lighting f o r the c l o c k s on
LHFEB - 30 6.
2. 11. 6 COMMAND MODULE UPRIGHTING SYSTEM.
The C / M uprighting s y s t e m is manually controlled and o p e r a t e d a f t e r

the C / M h a s a s s u m e d a s t a b l e i n v e r t e d floating attitude. The s y s t e m con-
sists of t h r e e inflatable air bags, two r e l a y s , t h r e e solenoid c o n t r o l valves,
two air c o m p r e s s o r s , c o n t r o l s w i t c h e s , and a i r l i n e s . The inflatable bags
a r e located in the C / M f o r w a r d c o m p a r t m e n t and the a i r c o m p r e s s o r s a r e
l o c a t e d i n the aft c o m p a r t m e n t . The control s w i t c h e s and c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s
a r e l o c a t e d i n the c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . Switches 1 and 2 a r e powered by the
postlanding bus s w i t c h 3 and the c o m p r e s s o r s a r e powered by b a t t e r y b u s e s
A and B. ( S e e f i g u r e 2 . 11-3. )
2. 11. 6. 1 Functional D e s c r i p t i o n .
POSTLANDING - FLOAT BAG switch 1 c o n t r o l s inflation of the a i r

bag on + Y a x i s , switch 2 c o n t r o l s inflation of the a i r bag o n the - Y a x i s ,
and s w i t c h 3 c o n t r o l s inflation of the air bag o n the + Z axis o f the C / M .
(See f i g u r e 2 . 11-3. ) E a c h bag is 4 3 i n c h e s in d i a m e t e r and h a s a capacity
of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 24 cubic f e e t when inflated. If the C / M b e c o m e s i n v e r t e d
_-
page 2 . 1 1 - 2
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date
SM2A-03-SC012
S Y S T E M S DATA
Y
0
x
k
3i
I
t
k
0
MISCELLANEOUS S Y S T E M S DATA
Mission B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 2.11-3
SMZA- 03 -SCOl2
SYSTEMS DATA
(MDC-26)
(TYPICAL LH AREA AND RH AREA CONTROLS)

(LEE AREA CONTROL)
I-LIGHTING-I
-FLOODS1
SM-ZA-820A
F i g u r e 2 . 11- 2 . C / M I n t e r i o r Lighting Configuration
Mission Basic Date Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e Page 2.11-4

SM2A-03-SC012
S Y S T E M S DATA
POST LANDING-VENT FAN-PL

> FLOAT BAG 3
f
+)52-:::: E LS
LOGIC A
FILL ------
To:
FLOAl
BAG
70::
TO:
FLOAT
BAG
-31-
iv -
OFF I I
To:
FLOAT
BAG
OUT-
I LET I LET LET
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I - - _ _
I NORMCLOSED I PRESS FILL
NORMCLOSED I PRESS FILL
NORMCLOSED
CONTROL VALVE NO. 1 CONTROL VALVE NO. 2 CONTROL VALVE N O . 3

+Y BAG -Y BAG +Z BAG
BATTERY BATTERY
BUS B
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL
COMP N O . 2
RELAYS
(RHEB-205) (RHEB- 205)
COMPRESSOR
NO.l '
L
0,? -
l1
COMPRESSOR =
NO. 2
F i g u r e 2. 11 - 3 . C / M Uprighting System E l e c t r i c a l Schematic
M I S C E L L A N E O U S S Y S T E M S DATA .
Mission B a s i c Date 1 1 I'Jov 1966 Change Date Page 2.11-5
SM2A -03-SCO 12
SYSTEMS DATA
after landing, t h e c r e w m e m b e r a t s t a t i o n 1 i n i t i a t e s filling of the t h r e e bags

by s e t t i n g the POSTLANDING - FLOAT BAG s w i t c h e s 1. 2, and 3 to F I L L .
When the C / M is uprighted, the t h r e e F L O A T BAG s w i t c h e s will be s e t to
O F F . A 4.25*0. 25 psi r e l i e f valve i s l o c a t e d i n the i n l e t of e a c h bag.
Backup relief v a l v e s s e t at 13. 5 p s i a r e located i n the outlet of e a c h
c o m p re s so r.

page 2. 1 1 - 6
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS
SECTION 3
INTR ODU C T ION
T h i s s e c t i o n identifies e a c h control and display in the c o m m a n d module

and l i s t s panel location, i t e m n o m e n c l a t u r e , positions and r e l a t e d
functions, power s o u r c e , ' t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r , and a s s o c i a t e d
e x p l a n a t o r y data. C o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s a r e p r e s e n t e d in a tabulated list
in n u m e r i c a l o r d e r by panel n u m b e r . P a n e l n u m b e r s a r e those a p p e a r i n g
on the m a i n display console d r a w i n g and the l o w e r equipment bay d r a w i n g
in f i g u r e 3-1. (The c o m m a n d module itself d o e s not i n c o r p o r a t e n u m b e r s
on the p a n e l s . ) The following is a detailed explanation of the c o l u m n a r
d a t a p r e s e n t e d in the tabulated l i s t .
Location Gives the location of a p a r t i c u l a r c o n t r o l o r

d i s p l a y by panel n u m b e r o r o t h e r d e s c r i p t i v e
information s u c h a s "LH couch a r m r e s t ,
etc. ' I
Name and Position G i v e s the e x a c t n o m e n c l a t u r e of a p a r t i c u l a r

c o n t r o l o r display a n d the c o n t r o l positions,
a s p l a c a r d e d on the panel. In the a b s e n c e of
a p l a c a r d , a functional n a m e is a s s i g n e d and
the positions a r e d e s c r i b e d physically ("up, I t
"down, " e t c ) .
Function D e s c r i b e s the function of e a c h c o n t r o l in e a c h

position.
Circuit Breaker Gives the n a m e and location of the c i r c u i t

b r e a k e r ( s ) controlling the e l e c t r i c a l power to
e a c h control & display.
P o w e r Source Identifies and gives the r a t i n g of the i m m e d i -

a t e bus o r s o u r c e supplying power to a
p a r t i c u l a r control o r display.
T e l e m e t r y Code No. a n d Gives the m e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s f o r t e l e -

Identity m e t r y s i g n a l s which a r e u s e d to m o n i t o r the
p e r f o r m a n c e of components, s y s t e m s , and
s u b s y s t e m s ; the s t a t u s of c o n s u m a b l e i t e m s ;
and the p r o p e r sequencing of c r i t i c a l
-_
SM2A-03 -SCOl2
o p e r a t i o n s d u r i n g a l l p h a s e s of the s p a c e c r a f t
mission. This information is monitored a t
MSFN s t a t i o n s f o r s p a c e c r a f t m a n a g e m e n t
f r o m the ground by u s e of voice o r c o m m a n d
links. M e a s u r e m e n t n u m b e r s a r e e n t e r e d
only f o r displayed m e a s u r e m e n t s . Those f o r
undisplayed m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e included in the
t e l e m e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s table f o r the
a p p r o p r i a t e s y s t e m in s e c t i o n 2 of this
handbook.
The n u m b e r c o n s i s t s of s e v e n c h a r a c t e r s ;
two l e t t e r s followed by four n u m b e r s and one
letter. An e x a m p l e is a s follows:
9099 S
Module code letter
F u n c t i o n a l s y s t e m code l e t t e r
Discrete number
Measurement classification
I
I
a. The f i r s t l e t t e r d e s i g n a t e s the module in which the m e a s u r e m e n t
o r i g i n a t e s . Module code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Adapter L Launch e s c a p e t o w e r
B Booster ' S S e r v i c e module
C C o m m a n d module
b. The second l e t t e r d e n o t e s the s y s t e m inwhich the m e a s u r e m e n t

o r i g i n a t e s . Functional s y s t e m code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Structures J Life s y s t e m s
C E l e c t r i c a l power K F l i g h t technology
D Launch e s c a p e P Propulsion
E E a r t h landing R Reaction control
F Enviro'nmental c o n t r o l S Crew safety
G Guidance a n d navigation T T e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and
H Stabilization a n d c o n t r o l instrumentation
c. C h a r a c t e r s t h r e e through s i x a r e n u m e r a l s c o m p r i s i n g a n u m b e r
which i s a s s i g n e d to a p a r t i c u l a r m e a s u r e m e n t point. T h e s e n u m b e r s a r e
l i s t e d sequentially o r a r e grouped f o r c l a r i t y within e a c h s y s t e m .

SMZA-03-SC012
- CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS
d. The s e v e n t h l e t t e r d e n o t e s m e a s u r e m e n t c l a s s i f i c a t i o n . Classifi-
c a t i o n code l e t t e r s a r e a s follows:
A Acceleration N Camera
B Phase P Pressure
C Current Q Quantity
D Vibration R Rate
E Power S Strain
F Frequency T Temperature
G Force V Voltage
H Position W Time
J Biomedical X Discrete event
K Radiation Y Acoustical
L Velcotiy Z pH - a c i d i t y
M Mass
Remarks Contains additional d a t a and e x p l a n a t o r y r e m a r k s ,
3.1 CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX.
To aid in finding d a t a within t h i s s e c t i o n , a l o c a t o r index p r e c e d e s

the t a b u l a t e d l i s t . T h e index i s s u b - d i v i d e d into s p a c e c r a f t s y s t e m s .
Under e a c h s y s t e m i s l i s t e d , i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r , a l l c o n t r o l s a n d d i s -
p l a y s a s s o c i a t e d with the p a r t i c u l a r s y s t e m with c r o s s r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
p a n e l o n which the c o n t r o l or d i s p l a y i s l o c a t e d . W h e r e items, s u c h a s
c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s , a r e a s s o c i a t e d with m o r e t h a n one s y s t e m , s u c h i t e m s
are repeated under each applicable system. Each panel number i s
p r e c e d e d by a n a b b r e v i a t e d d e s c r i p t o r to a i d i n quickly d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
g e n e r a l l o c a t i o n of e a c h item, a s follows:
MDC m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e ( p a n e l s 1 t h r u 26)
LEB loxrer equipment b a y ( p a n e l s 100 t h r u 107, 1 2 0 , 1 5 0 )
LHEB l e f t hand equipment bay ( p a n e l s 307 t h r u 317 and 319)
LHFEB l e f t hand f o r w a r d e q u i p m e n t bay ( p a n e l s 300 t h r u 306 and 318)
RHEB r i g h t hand e q u i p m e n t b a y ( p a n e l s 201 t h r u 2 0 6 )
RHFEB r i g h t hand f o r w a r d e q u i p m e n t bay ( p a n e l s 2 0 0 and 2 0 7 )
T h e c o n t r o l s / d i s p l a y s l o c a t o r index i s s u b - d i v i d e d a s follows:
Page
Guidance and Navigation 3 -5
S t a b i l i z a t i o n and C o n t r o l 3-7
Service Propulsion System 3 -9
Reaction Control 3-11
Electrical Power 3-13
Sequential S y s t e m s (ELS, LES, EDS, SECS) 3-17
T el e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s 3-18
Environmental Control 3-20
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-3

SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
Page
Caution and Warning 3-23

M i s c e llaneou s S y s t e m s 3-24
Scientific E x p e r i m e n t s 3-25
CONTROLS A N D D I S P L A Y S
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV1966 Change Date Page-

SMZA-03-SC012
GUIDANCE AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control/Display Name Type Panel L o c a t o r
ACCEL FAIL Lt L E B - 103

ACTIVITY C O M P Lt MDC14, L E B - 1 0 6
AGC MODE sw LEB-107
AGC PWR F A I L Lt MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
A T T CONT MODE Lt L E B - 101
ATTITUDE IMPULSE Control L E B - 105
ATTITUDE IMPULSE E N A B L E sw L E B - 105
BRIGHTNESS Control MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
CDU F A I L Lt MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
CDU MAN MODE Lt LEB-101
CHECK CONDITION L A M P S sw L E B - 105
CHECK COOLANT sw L E B - 105
CHECKCOOLANT Windows (2) LEB-105
CHECK F A I L Lt L E B - 106
CHECK MODE LAMPS sw LEB-105
CLEAR sw MDC- 14, L E B - 106
COARS ALIGN MODE Lt LEB-101
COMP FAIL Lt MDC-14
COMPUTER C B (2) MDC-22
CONDITION L A M P sw L E B - 105
COUNTER F A I L Lt LEB-106
DOOR LATCH Control LEB-105
DSK Y Keys MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
ENTER sw MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
ENTRY MODE
B
Lt LEB-101
ERROR R E S E T sw MDC-14, L E B - 1 0 6
F I N E ALIGN MODE ’ Lt LEB-101
GMBL LOCK Lt MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
G&N ACCEL FAIL Lt MDC-10
G & N ERROR Lt MDC-10
G & N VIEWER sw MDC - 22
IMU-CDU D I F F E R E N C E Ind L E B - 101
IMU C B (2) MDC - 22
IMU DELAY Lt LEB-103
IMU F A I L Lt MDC-IO, L E B - 1 0 3
IMU HTR CB (2) MDC-22
IMU T E M P Lt MDC-10, L E B - 1 0 3
IMU T E M P MODE GAIN IRIG sw LEB-105
I M U T E M P MODE GAIN P I P A sw LEB-105
IMU T E M P MODE Mode sw LEB- 105
IMU T E M P MODE Z E R O sw L E B - 105
INNER GIMBAL ( P I T C H ) Ind L E B - 102
KEY R L S E Lt MDC- 14, L E B - 106
KEY R L S E sw MDC- 14, L E B - 106
MANUAL ALIGN Lt LEB- 101
MARK sw LEB-105
MASTER ALARM Lt MDC-3, L E B - 1 0 3
G U D A N C E AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

SMZA-03-SC012
C o n t r o l / D i s p l a y Name Panel Locator
MIDDLE GIMBAL (YAW) Ind L E B - 102

- ( m i n u s s i g n switch) sw MDC- 14, L E B - 106
NOUN sw MDC-14, LEB-106
NOUN End MDC-14, LEB-106
OPTICS C B (2) MDC-22
OPTICS CONTROLLER MODE sw LEB-105
OPTICS CONTROLLER S P E E D sw L E B - 105
Optics hand c o n t r o l l e r (no p l a c a r d ) Control LEB-105
OPTICS HOLD SW L E B - 105
OPTICS Mode sw LEB-105
OPTICS SLAVE T E L E S C O P E sw L E B - 105
OUTER GIMBAL (ROLL) Ind LEB-102
P A N E L BRIGHTNESS C ont r ol L E B - 105
PARITY F A I L Lt LEB-106
PGNS Lt L E B - 103
+ (plus s i g n switch) sw MDC-14, LEB-106
PROG A L M Lt L E B - 106
PROGRAM Ind MDC-14, LEB-106
REGISTER 1 Ind MDC-14, LEB-106
REGISTER 2 Ind MDC- 14, L E B - 106
REGISTER 3 Ind MDC-14, LEB-106
R U P T LOCK Lt L E B - 106 -_--
Sextant (not p l a c a r d e d ) SXT L E B - 104
SCALER F A I L Lt LEB-106
S H A F T ANGLE Ind LEB-102, LEB-104
SHAFT Manual d r i v e L E B - 104
T e l e s c o p e (not p l a c a r d e d ) , SC T L E B - 104
TC TRAP Lt L E B - 106
TM FAIL Lt LEB-106
TRANSFER SW LEB-101
TRUNNION ANGLE Ind LEB-104
TRUNNION Manual d r i v e L E B - 104
UPTELACCEPTBLOCK SW MDC-14
VERB Ind MDC-14, LEB-106
VERB SW MDC-14, LEB-106
VIEWER CB (2) MDC-22
ZERO ENCODE MODE Lt L E B - 101
Z E R O ENCODER Lt LEB-103
2X TRUNNION Ind L E B - 102

Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-6
SMZA-03-SC012
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control/Display Name I Type

~
Panel Locator
AGAP T E M P W a r n It MDC-10
ATTDEADBAND sw MDC-8
ATT SET sw MDC - 6
ATTITUDE IMPULSE-ENABLE sw LEB-105
ATTLTUDE /MONITOR/ENTRY sw MDC-8
A T T I T U D E S E T - R O L L , P I T C H , YAW Thumbwheel (3) MDC-6
A T T I T U D E S E T - R O L L , P I T C H , YAW k.ld (3) MDC-6
BMAG POWER sw MDC-24
C/W-NORMAL/BOOST/ACK sw MDC-13
CAUT/WARN-MNA, MNB CB ( 2 ) MDC -2 5
CAUTION /WARNING -MODE sw MDC- 1 1
DLRECT RCS sw MDC-8
D I R E C T ULLAGE sw MDC-7
F C S M AUTO/OVERRJ.DE sw MDC-2
FCSM ON/RESET sw MDC-2
FDAI Ind MDC-4
F D A I ALIGN sw MDC-6
F D A I BRIGHTNESS Control MDC-2
FDAI LTG sw MDC-25
FDAI S E L F TEST sw MDC-2
. 0 5 G ENTRY sw MDC - 8
GIMBAL POSITION Ind MDC-6
G&N/SCS SW' MDC-8
G & N SYNC sw MDC-25
L C L VERT sw MDC-8
LIMIT C Y C L E sw MDC-8
MASTER E V E N T SEQ CONT-A LOGIC B- CB ( 2 ) MDC-22
BAT A, BAT B
N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON sw MDC-7
P A R T I A L SCS POWER sw MDC-24
R A T E GYRO POWER sw MDC-24
R A T E GYRO-ROLL, PITCH, YAW s w (3) MDC-8
REACTION CONTROL SYS-TRANS sw MDC- 16
R o t a t i o n a l C o n t r o l l e r s (not p l a c a r d e d ) C o n t r o l s (2) LH couch, R H a r m -
r e s t , RH couch,
LH a r m r e s t
ROTATION CONTROL POWER sw - 24
SCS CHANNEL-A&C R O L L , B & D R O L L , s w (4) MDC-8
PITCH, YAW
STABILIZATION & CONTROL SYSTEM- CB (18) MDC-25
A & C ROLL-MNA, MNB
B & D ROLL-MNA, MNB
D I R E C T CONT-MNA, MNB
G R O U P 1-AC1, AC2
G R O U P 1-MNA, MNB
G R O U P 2 - A C l , AC2
G R O U P 2-MNA, MNB
-
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM- ;ONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Mission B a s i c D a t e 12 NOV1966 Change Date Page 3-7
SMZA-03-SCO12
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control/Display Name .Panel Locator
THRUST ON sw MDC-7
Translational Controllers (not placarded) Control (2) LH couch,
LH a r m r e s t
TVC 1 POWER sw MDC-24
TVG 2 POWER sw MDC-24
AV sw MDC-8
AV REMAINING Ind MDC-7
AV S E T sw MDC-7
YAW, PITCH Thumbwheel ( 2 ) MDC-6
STABILIZATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR I N D E X

SM2A-03-SC012
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control /Display Name Panel Locator
ABORT SYSTEM-TWR J E T T S P S MODE-A ( B sw MDC-16

two
CAUT/ WARN-MNA (MNB) CB ( 2 ) MDC-25
AV sw MDC-8
AV REMAINING sw MDC-7
AV S E T sw MDC-7
D I R E C T ULLAGE sw MDC-7
FCSM-G&N sw MDC-2
FCSM-SCS sw MDC-2
G&N/SCS sw MDC-8
GIMBAL POSITION- P I T C H Ind MDC-6
GIMBAL POSITION- P I T C H Thumbwheel MDC-6
GIMBAL POSITION- YA W Ind MDC-6
GIMBAL POSITION-YAW Thumbwheel MDC-6
He TANK-PRESS Ind MDC-20
He T A N K - T E M P Ind MDC-20
INSTRUMENTS-ESS-MNA (MNB) CB ( 2 ) MDC-22
L / V AOA/SPS P, Ind MDC-3
L / V AOA/SPS P, sw MDC-3
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT-A LOGIC B- CB ( 2 ) MDC-22
BAT A (BAT B)
N O R M A L / O F F / D I R E C T ON ( T h r u s t ) sw MDC- 7
OXID FLOW sw MDC-20
OXID FLOW-DECREASE Ind MDC-20
OXID FLOW-INCREASE Ind MDC-20
2 I T C H GMBL DR F A I L Status Its MDC-11
PRESSURE-ENG I N L E T - F U E L Ind MDC-20
PRESSURE-ENG INLET-OX Ind MDC-20
PRESSURE- F U E L Ind MDC-20
PRESSURE- OX Ind MDC-20
QUANTITY -FUEL Display MDC-20
QUANTITY - 0 X I D Display MDC-20
SENSOR sw MDC-20
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM-
GAUGING-AC1 (AC2) MDC-25
GAUGING-MNA (MNB) MDC-25
GIMBAL MOTOR CONTROL - 1 P I T C H
- B A T A ( P I T C H 2-BAT B) MDC-25
GlMBAL MOTOR CONTROL -1 YAW
-BAT A (YAW 2-BAT B) MDC-25
He VALVE-MNA (MNB) MDC-25
SPS ENGINE I N J E C T VALVE -1 (2, 3, 4) MDC-20
SPS GAUGING MDC-25
S P S HELIUM (left hand and r i g h t hand) MDC-20
S P S HELIUM (left hand and r i g h t hand) MDC-20
SPS-INJECT PRE-VALVES-A (B) MDC-3
SPS-GIMBAL MOTORS - 1 P I T C H ( P I T C H 2 ) MDC-3

Mission Basic Date 12 Nov I 9 6 6 Change D a t e Page 3-9
SMZA -03-SCO 12
SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control/Display Name Panel L o c a t o r

~ ~ ~ ~~
SPS-GIMBAL MOTORS -1 YAW (YAW 2) s w (2) MDC-3

SPS L I N E H T R sw MDC-19
SPS P R E S S Status I t s MDC- 11
SPS P U SNSR F A I L Status Its MDC- 11
SPS ROUGH E C O Status I t s MDC-10
SPS TANK P R E S S sw MDC-20
STABILIZATION & C O N T R O L SYSTEM
- D I R E C T CONT-MNA (MNB) MDC-25
- 1 GROUP-AC 1 (GROUP 2-AC 2 ) MDC - 2 5
- 1 GROUP-MNA (GROUP 2-MNB) MDC-25
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 5 MDC-22
TEST/AUTO/TEST ( p r o p e l l a n t q u a n t i t y ) MDC-20
THRUST ON MDC-7
TK PRESS-N2 MDC-20
UNBALANCE MDC-20
VALVE MDC-20
--

Mission B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e Page 3-10
SMZA-03-SC012
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM- CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

~~~
C o n t r o l / Display Name I Panel Locator
ABORT SYSTEM-OX DUMP sw MDC- 16

CM P R O P J E T T - D U M P sw MDC-8
CM P R O P JETT-LOGIC sw MDC-8
CM P R O P J E T T - P U R G E sw MDC-8
C / M RCS sw MDC-26
C / M RCS A S t a t u s Its MDC- 10
C / M RCS B Status I t s MDC- 10
C / M RCS HTRS sw RHFEB-200
C / M RCS P R E S S F Ind MDC- 12
C / M RCS T E M P He Ind MDC-12
C / M RCS P R E S S OX Ind MDC- 12
C / M RCS P R P L N T - A sw MDC- 15
C / M RCS P R P L N T - A Event ind MDC- 15
C / M RCS P R P L N T - B sw MDC- 15
C / M RCS P R P L N T - B Event ind MDC- 15
C / M RCS T E M P He Ind MDC-12
C / M - S / M-SEP-A ( B ) s w (2) MDC-15
DIRECT RCS sw MDC-8
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNA ( M N B ) CB (2) MDC-22
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT
-A ARM B-BAT A ( B A T B ) MDC-22
-A LOGIC B-BAT A ( B A T B ) MDC-22
P R O P E L L A N T QUANTITY- F U E L ( b o t t o m MDC- 12
window )
-
P R O P E L L A N T QUANTITY OXIDIZ E R Digital ind MDC-12
( t o p window)
P Y R O A-RCS F U E L DUMP CB LEB-150
P Y R O B-RCS F U E L DUMP CB LEB-150
RCS HEATERS-A MNB CB MDC-21
RCS HEATERS-B MNA CB MDC-21
RCS HEATERS-C MNB CB MDC-21
RCS HEATERS-D MNA CB MDC-21
RCS INDICATORS s e l e c t o r
C / M section sw MDC-12
S / M section sw MDC-12
REACTION CONTROL SYS-CMD sw MDC- 16
REACTION CONTROL SYS-C/M P R E S S sw MDC- 16
REACTION CONTROL SYS-TRANS sw MDC- 16
- C / M - S / M TRANSFER-MNA ( M N B ) MDC-25
-GAUGING-MNA ( M N B ) MDC- 25
- P R O P ISOL-MNA (MNB) MDC- 25
S / M RCS-A ( B , Cy D)-HELIUM 1 MDC- 15
S / M RCS-A ( B , Cy D)-HELIUM 1 MDC-15
S / M RCS-A ( B , C y D)-HELIUM 2 MDC- 15
S / M RCS-A ( B , c, D)-HELIUM 2 MDC-15
S / M RCS P R E S S He MDC-12
-
REACTION c ONT ROL S YST EM- CONTROLS / DISPLA YS LOCATOR INDEX
3-1 1
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-03-SC012
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Display N a m e Panel Locator
S/M RCS PRESS MANF Ind MDC-12

S/M RCS-A ( B , C, D)-PROPELLANT Event ind ( 4 ) MDC- 15
S/M RCS-A ( B , C, D)-PROPELLANT s w (4) MDC- 15
S/M RCS T E M P PKG Ind MDC-12
S/M RCS A S t a t u s Its MDC-10
S/M RCS B Status Its MDC- 10
S/M RCS C S t a t u s Its MDC-10
S/M RCS D Status Its MDC- 10
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DEPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

3-12
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A-03 -SC012
- .
E L E C T R I C A L P O W E R SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Display N a m e Panel Locator
A C BUS 1 F A I L Lt MDC- 11
AC BUS 2 F A I L Lt MDC- 11
AC BUS 1 OVERLOAD Lt MDC- 11
AC INDICATORS sw MDC- 18
AC INVERTER-AC BUS 1 - R E S E T sw MDC- 18
A C INVERTER-AC BUS 2-RESET sw MDC- 18
A C INVERTER-1 sw MDC- 18
A C INVERTER- 1 -AC BUS 1 sw MDC- 18
AC INVERTER-1-AC BUS 2 sw MDC - 18
A C INVERTER-2-AC BUS 1 sw MDC- 18
AC INVERTER-2-AC BUS 2 sw MDC- 18
AC INVERTER-3-AC BUS 1 sw MDC- 18
A C INVERTER-3-AC BUS 2 sw MDC- 18
A C SNSR SIC-AC1 CB MDC- 25
A C SNSR SIC-AC2 CB MDC - 25
A C VOLTS Meter MDC- 18
BAT A PWR-ENTRY CB LEB-150
BAT B PWR-ENTRY CB LEB-150
BAT CHGR sw MDC- 22
BATCHGR-BATC CB LEB-150
BAT C PWR-POSTLANDING ENTRY CB L E B - 150
BAT RLY BUS-BAT A CB MDC-22
BAT R L Y BUS-BAT B CB MDC-22
BATTERY CHARGER sw MDC- 18
BATTERY CHARGER-AC P W R CB MDC- 22
BATTERYCHARGER-BATACHGE CB MDC- 22
BATTERY CHARGER-BAT B CHGE CB MDC- 22
BATTERY CHARGER-MNA CB MDC-22
BATTERY CHARGER- MNB CB MDC- 22
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-QTY AMPL-AC 1-PC CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-QTY AMPL-AC 2-0C CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM-TANK HEATERS-H2 CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC SYSTEM- TANK HEATERS -0 2 CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PA CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PB CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 1-PC CB MDC- 22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 2-PA CB MDC-22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTORS-AC 2-PB CB MDC- 22
CRYOGENIC TANK FAN MOTOkS-AC 2-PC CB MDC-22
DC AMPS Meter MDC- 18
DC INDICATORS sw MDC- 18
DC SNSR SIC-MNA CB MDC-22
DC SNSR SIC-MNB CB MDC-22
DC VOLTS Meter MDC- 18
-
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
3- 13
SM2A-03 -SCO 12

DC VOLTS ( a u x i l i a r y ) Meter RHFEB-200
F / C - B U S DISCONNECT Lt MDC- 11
F / C RAD T E M P LOW Ind MDC- 18
F / C VALVES sw MDC-19
F/C 1 Lt MDC- 11
F/G 2 Lt MDC- 11
F/C 3 Lt MDC- 11
FREQUENCY Meter MDC- 18
FUEL CELL-FLOW -H2 Ind MDC- 18
FUELCELL-FLOW-02 Ind MDC- 18
F U E L C E L L INDICATORS sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-MAIN BUS A-RESET sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-MAIN BUS B-RESET sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-MODULE TEMP-COND EXH Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-MODULE TEMP-SKIN Ind MDC- 18
F U E L C E L L 1-BUS CONT CB MDC-22
FUEL C E L L 1-CIR & SEP MOTORS CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 1-H2&02 VALVE CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 1-PURGE CB MDC-22
FUEL C E L L - 1-MAIN BUS A Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-1-MAIN BUS A sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-1-MAIN BUS B Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-1-MAIN BUS B sw MDC- 18
FUEL CELL-1 purge sw MDC- 18
F U E L C E L L - 1-REACTANTS Ind MDC-18
F U E L C E L L - 1-REACTANTS sw MDC- 18
F U E L C E L L 2-BUS CONT CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 2-CIR & SEP MOTORS CB MDC - 22
F U E L C E L L 2 - H 2 & 0 2 VAhVE CB MDC - 22
F U E L C E L L 2-PURGE CB MDC-22
F U E L CELL-2-MAIN BUS A Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-2-MAIN BUS A sw MDC- 18
FUEL CELL-2-MAIN BUS B Ind MDC- 18
FUEL CELL-2-MAIN BUS B sw MDC- 18
FUEL C E L L - 2 p u r g e sw MDC-18
FUEL C E L L - 2-REACTANTS Ind MDC- 18
FUEL CELL-2-REACTANTS sw MDC- 18
FUEL C E L L 3-BUS CONT CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 3-CIR & SEP MOTORS CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 3 - H 2 & 0 2 VALVE CB MDC-22
F U E L C E L L 3-PURGE CB MDC - 22
F U E L CELL-3-MAIN BUS A Ind MDC-18
FUEL CELL-3-MAIN BUS A sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-3-MAIN BUS B Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-3-MAIN BUS B sw MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-3 purge sw MDC- 18
FUEL C E L L - 3 -REACTANTS Ind MDC- 18
F U E L CELL-3-REACTANTS sw MDC- 18

Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOv 1966 Change Date P a g e 3-14
SMZA-03-SC012
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM- CONTROLS/ DISPLA YS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Dis play Name Panel Locator
F U E L C E L L PUMP-1 sw MDC-22
FUNCTION S E L E C T sw RHFEB-200
H2 FANS-1 sw MDC- 13
H2 FANS-2 sw MDC- 13
H2 HEATERS- 1 sw MDC-13
H2 HEATERS-2 sw MDC- 13
H2 PRESS Lt MDC-10
INVERTER CONTROL- 1 CB MDC-22
INVERTER CONTROL- 2 CB MDC-22
INVERTER CONTROL-3 CB MDC-22
INVERTER PWR-NO. 1 MNA CB RHEB -203
INVERTER PWR-NO. 2 MNB CB RHEB- 203
INVERTER PWR-NO. 3 MNA CB RHEB -203
INVERTER PWR-NO. 3 MNB CB RHEB - 203
I N V 1 T E M P HI Lt MDC- 11
INV 2 T E M P HI Lt MDC- 11
INV 3 T E M P HI LT MDC- 11
U I N A-BAT BUS A CB RHEB - 20 3
MAIN A-BAT C CB RHEB -203
MAIN B-BAT BUS B CB RHEB -203
MAIN B-BAT C CB RHEB - 20 3
MAIN BUS TIE-BAT A & C sw MDC-22
MAIN BUS TIE-BAT B&C sw MDC-22
MN BUS A UNDERVOLT Lt MDC- 11
MN BUS B UNDERVOLT Lt MDC- 11
NON ESS BUS sw MDC - 22
0 2 FANS-1 sw MDC- 13
0 2 FANS-2 sw MDC-13
0 2 HEATERS-1 sw MDC- 13
0 2 HEATERS-2 sw MDC- 13
0 2 PRESS Lt MDC- 10
pH H I Ind MDC- 18
POST LDG-BAT BUS A CB RHEB - 2 0 3
POST LDG-BAT BUS B CB R HEB - 2 0 3
POST LDG-BAT C CB RHEB -203
POST LDG-MAIN A CB RHEB -203
POST LDG-MAIN B CB RHEB-203
REG OUT PRESS HI-H2 Ind MDC- 18
R E G OUT PRESS HI-NZ Ind MDC- 18
R E G OUT PRESS HI-02 Ind MDC- 18
SNSR UNIT-AC BUS-1 CB MDC-21
SNSR UNIT-AC BUS-2 CB MDC-21
SNSR UNIT-DC BUS-A CB MDC-21
SNSR UNIT-DC BUS-B CB MDC-21
E L E C T R I C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

3- 15
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 NOV 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA- 03 -SCO12
E L E C T R Z C A L POWER SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX .-

. _.
Control/Display Name Panel Locator
TANK PRESSURE-H2- 1 Ind MDC- 13

TANK PRESSURE-H2-2 Ind MDC- 13
TANK PRESSURE-02- 1 Ind MDC- 13
TANK PRESSURE-02-2 Ind MDC-13
TANK QUANTITY-H2-1 Ind MDC-13
TANK QUANTITY-H2-2 Ind MDC- 13
TANK QUANTITY-02- 1 Ind MDC-13
TANK QUANTITY- 0 2 - 2 Ind MDC- 13
TEST SELECT sw RHFEB-200
H2 P U R G E L I N E H T R sw MDC-15
INV. P H A S E LOCK sw RHEB 208
E L E C T R I C A L P O W E R SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX
3-16
Mission B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page a
S-M2A -03-SCO 12
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS- CONTROLS/ DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

ABORT Lt iMDC - 3
ABORT SYSTEM- MODE sw ( 2 ) IMDC-16
ABORT SYSTEiM-L/V R A T E S sw MDC-16
A B O R T SYSTEIM-OX DUMP sw MDC-16
ABORT SYSTEM-2 ENG O U T sw MDC-16
ADAPT S E P sw MDC - 5
ALTIMETER Indicator MDC-1
A P E X COVER J E T T sw MDC-5
CANARD D E P L O Y sw MDC-5
C/M-S/M SEP sw (2) MDC-15
COUCHUNLOCK sw -1MDC- 8
Digital E v e n t T i m e r I n d i c a t o r ( n o p l a c a r d ) LVindow MDC - 5
DIGITAL E V E N T TIMER-MIN sw 1MDC-8
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - R E S E T sw MDC-8
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - S E C sw MDC-8
DICIT'AL E V E N T TIMER - START sw MDC-8
Digital E v e n t T i m e r I n d i c a t o r ( n o p l a c a r d ) Window iMDC- 11
DIGITAL E V E N T TIMER-MIN sw MDC- 11
DIGITAL E V E N T TIIMER-RESET sw iMDC-11
DIGITAL E V E N T T I M E R - S E C sw MDC-11
DIGITAL E V E N T TIIMER-START sw MDC- 11
DROGUE D E P L O Y sw iMDC - 5
EDS sw MDC - 16
EDS CB ( 3 ) iMDC-25
E D S POLYER sw MDC - 24
ELS CB ( 3 ) MDC-25
E L S LOGIC sw MDC-8
EVENT TIMER CB ( 2 ) MDC-25
L E S iMOTOR F I R E sw MDC-5
LIFT- O F F Lt iMDC - 5
LOCK/ UNLOCK Control iMDC - 5
L / V AOAISPS Pc Ind MDC-3
L / V AOA/SPS PC sw MDC-3
L / V ENGINE Lt ( 8 ) MDC-5
L / V GUID Lt MDC - 5
L / V RATE Lt MDC-5
MAIN CHUTE R E L E A S E sw MDC-16
MAIN D E P L O Y sw MDC-5
MAIN D E P L O Y - A U T O sw MDC- 16
M-4STER E V E N T S E Q CONT-ARM CB ( 2 ) MDC-22
MASTER E V E N T S E Q CONT- LOGIC CB ( 2 ) MDC-22
MASTER E V E N T S E Q C O N T - P Y R O ARM sw (2) MDC-24
MESC-LOGIC ARM sw (2) iMD c - 2 5
NO AUTO ABORT Lt MDC-5
POST LDG BEACON LIGHTS sw 1MDC-26
PYRO A-RCS FUEL DUMP CB L E B - 150
PYRO'A-SEQ A CB LEB-150
P Y R O B - R C S F U E L DUMP CB LEB-150
PYRO B-SEQ B CB LEB-150
...
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
hli s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-17

SM2A- 03-SCO12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DLSPUYS LOCATOR INDEX
BIO-MED COMM-MNA CB MDC 25 -

BIO- MED COMM-MNB CB MDC-25
C-BAND sw MDC-20
C E N T R A L TIMING SYS-MNA CB MDC-22
CENTRAL TIMING SYS-MNB CB MDC-22
FLIGHT QUAL RCDR sw MDC- 19
RCDR/HF sw MDC-13, -23, -26
INST P W R CONT RHEB-204
ESSENTIAL 1 THRU 4 C B (4)
NON-ESSENTIAL 5 THRU 10 CB ( 6 )
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNA CB MDC - 22
INSTRUMENTS- ESS-MNB CB MDC 22 -
INSTRUMENTS- NONESS CB MDC 22 -
-
INST RUME NTS NO NESS BUS CB MDC 22 -
INSTRUMENTS- RCDR NONESS CB MDC-22
INST RUMENTS-SCIEN CB MDC- 22
INTERCOM sw MDC-13, -23, -26
INTERCOM BALANCE sw MDC-13, -23, -26
NONESS BUS sw MDC-22
POSTLANDING ANTENNA DEPLOY sw MDC-25
POWER MDC-13, -23, -26
POWER-PMP sw -
MDC 20
P O W ER-SCE sw -
MDC 20
RECOVERY-HF-ON/OFF sw MDC-20
RECOVERY -HF-SSB/ BCN/AM sw MDC-20
RECOVERY-VHF BCN sw -
MDC 20
S-BAND sw MDC-13, -23, -26
S-BAND ANT Ind MDC- 19
S-BAND ANTENNA sw MDC- 20
- -
S BAND EMERG sw MDC-20
-
S BAND OSC- sw MDC- 20
-
MDC 20
S-BAND-PWR A M P L sw
- - -
S BAND VOICE RNG / RNG ONLY sw -
MDC 20
S- BAND- VOICE- T A P E sw MDC-20
S- BAND-VOICE-TV sw MDC-20
S-BAND-XPONDER/XPONDER P W R A M P L sw MDC- 20
T A P E RECORDER-FWD/REV sw MDC- 20
T A P E RECORDER-PLAY sw MDC-20
T A P E RECORDER-RECORD/PLAY sw -
MDC 20
T A P E RECORDER-SPEED sw MDC - 20
TELECOM-ESS sw MDC-22
TELECOM- NONESS sw MDC-22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 1 A C CB MDC- 22
TELECOMMUMCATIOhS-GROUP 2 A C CB MDC-22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS -GROUP 3 CB MDC-22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 4 CB MDC-22
T ELECOMMUNICATIONS-GROUP 5 CB MDC-22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DLSPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

3-18
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV1966 Change Date Page
SM2A - 0 3 - S CO 12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Control/Display N a m e Panel Locator
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-PCM T L M AC CB MDC-22
TELECOMMUNICATIONS -SIC COND S- BAND CB MDC-22
P A AC
T L M INPUTS -BIOMED sw MDC - 20
T L M INPUTS-PCM sw MDC 20 -
U P DATA sw MDC 20 -
U P TLM CMD sw MDC- 19
VHF-AM sw MDC-13, -23, -26
VHF-AM RCVR sw MDC 20 -
VHF-AM SQUELCH Control MDC- 20
VHF-AM- T / R / REC sw MDC- 20
VHF-ANTENNA sw MDC-20
VHF-FM sw MDC-20
VOICE RECORD Indicator MDC- 19
VOLUME Control MDC-13, - 2 3 , -26
VOX SENS C ont r o l MDC-13, -23, -26
-
TELECOMMUNICATIONS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX.
3-19
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 - C h a n g e Date Page
SM2A-03 -SC012
ENVIRONMENTAL C O N T R O L SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

1 a
Control/Display Name TYPe Panel Locator
BATTERY VENT V a Ive RHEB-203

C a b i n air c o n t r o l l o u v e r Control LHFEB-303
CABIN A I R / A U T O / S U I T AIR sw LEB-120
CABIN A I R F A N - 1 & 2 MDC-21
CABIN P R E S S U R E R E L I E F L H E B -307
CABIN R E P R E S S L H E B - 3 14
CABIN T E M P L H F E B 303
CABIN T E M P - A U T O MDC- 1 3
CABIN TEMP-AUTO /MAN MDC-13
C02-odor absorber diverter LHEB-313
C 0 2 PP HI MDC-11
DIRECT 0 2 MDC-24
DRINKING W A T E R S U P P L Y L H F E B - 304
A P SUIT C O M P R MDC-13
ECS-CABIN AIR F A N - I & 2 MDC - 22
E C S - G L Y C O L P U M P S - A C 1 & AC 2 MDC-22
E C S - G L Y C O L - P U M P 1/ P U M P 2 MDC-21
ECS-HzO ACCUM-MNA & MNB MDC-22
E C S - P O T H 2 0 HTR-MNA & MNB MDC-22
ECS-RADIATOR MDC-21
E C S RAD-OUTLET T E M P MDC-13
E C S RAD O U T T E M P - 1 & 2 MDC-19
ECS-RAD VALVE-AC 1 & AC 2 MDC-22
E C S S T E A M DUCT HTR-MNA & MNB RHEB-206
ECS-SUIT COMPRESSORS-AC 1 & A C 2 MDC-22
ECS-TRANSDUCER-PRESS GROUPS 1 & 2 . MDC-22
E C S - T R A N S D U C E R - T E M P - M N A & MNB iMDC-22
ECS-TRANSDUCER-WASTE & P O T H2O- MDC-22
MNA & MNB
E M E R G E N C Y CABIN P R E S S U R E Valve L H E B - 3 14
E V A P H20 Valve LHEB-311
FLOW 0 2 Ind MDC- 13
F O O D P R E P A R A T I O N W A T E R - C O L D & HOT Valve (2) L H F E B - 305
GAS A N A L CB MDC-22
G L Y ACCUM-QUANTITY Ind MDC-13
GLYEVAPWATERCONTROLBYPASS Valve L H E B - 317
G L Y C O L ACCUMULATOR Valve LHEB-312
GLYCOL EVAP-H2O FLOW sw MDC- 1 3
G L Y C O L E V A P - S T E A M PRESS-AUTO/MAN sw IMDC-13
GLYCOL EVAP-STEAM PRESS-INCR/DECR sw MDC-13
G L Y C O L E V A P - S T E A M P R E S S - T E M P IN SW MDC-13
G L Y C O L E V A P T E M P IN Valve LHEB-311
GLYCOL P R E S S R E L I E F BYPASS-I & 2 Valve ( 2 ) LHEB-309
GLYCOL RESERVE Valve LHEB-311
G L Y C O L RESERVOIR-BYPASS Valve L H E B - 307
GLYCOL RESERVOIR-INLET Valve L H E B - 307
G L Y C O L RESERVOIR-OUTLE T Valve LHEB-307
G L Y C O L T E M P LOW Light MDC- 11 .-I
SMZA- 03 -SCO12
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l/ D i s p l a y N a m e Panel Locator
G L Y C O L T O RAD Valve L H E B - 307

GLY EVAP-OUTLET T E M P Ind MDC- 1 3
GLY E V A P STEAM PRESS Ind MDC-13
H 2 0 ACCUM-AUTO/MAN sw MDC-13
H 2 0 ACCUM F A I L Light MDC- 11
H 2 0 ACCUM-ON 1 / O N 2 sw MDC- 1 3
H 2 0 ACCUMULATOR-1 & 2 Valve (2) LHEB-311
H 2 0 IND sw MDC-13
INST P W R CONT-ESSENTIAL 2 CB RHEB-204
MAIN REGULATOR Valve L H E B - 3 14
0 2 F L O W HI Light MDC- 11
0 2 P R E S S IND sw MDC-13
OXYGEN-ENTRY Valve L H E B - 307
OXYGEN-S/M S U P P L Y Valve L H E B - 307
OXYGEN-SURGE TANK Valve LHEB-307
PART PRESS C 0 2 Ind MDC-13
PGA p r e s s u r e Ind ( 3 ) PGA s l e e v e
PLSS FILL Valve LHEB - 3 14
PLVC SW LHEB-316
P O S T LANDING-VENT F A N sw MDC-25
P O S T LANDING-VENT F A N - P L B U S / F L O A T CB MDC-25
BAG 2
P O T A B L E TANK I N L E T Valve L H E B - 3 15
POT H 2 0 HEATER sw MDC-21
P R E S S -CABIN Ind MDC-13
P R E S S G L Y DISCH Ind MDC-13
PRESS-SUIT Ind MDC- 1 3
PRESSURE R E L I E F ' Valve L H E B - 3 15
START /OFF /PREHEAT sw L E B - 120
Suit c i r c u i t r e t u r n a i r Valve L H E B - 3 19
SUIT C O M P R E S S O R - C O M P R 1 / C O M P R 2 sw MDC-21
Suit demand p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s e l e c t o r Valve L H E B - 3 10
SUIT E V A P sw MDC-13
SUIT E V A P Valve L H E B - 3 11
SUIT E V A P G L Y C O L Valve LHEB-311
SUIT F L O W V a l v e (3) L H F E B - 3 0 0 , -301,
- 302
SUIT F L O W R E L I E F Valve L H E B - 31 1
SUIT H T EXCH sw L H E B - 310
SUIT T E S T Valve LHEB-310
SURGE TANK PRESSURE R E L I E F Valve L H E B - 308
TANK P R E S S U R E - 0 2 - 1 Ind MDC-13
T E M P -CABIN Ind MDC-13
TEMP-SUIT Ind MDC- 1 3
WASTE H 2 0 TK R E F I L L sw MDC-13
WASTE MANAGEMENT-OVBD DRAIN Valve R H E B - 20 1
WASTE M A N A G E M E N T - S E L E C T O R Valve RHEB-201

SMZA-03-SC012
Control/ Display Name Panel Locator

~ ~~ ~
WASTE TANK INLET Valve LHEB- 31 5

WASTE TANK SERVICING Valve LHEB 315
WATER & GLYCOL TANKS PRESSURE-
REGULATOR-SELECTOR INLET Valve LHEB - 3 14
WATER & GLYCOL TANKS PRESSURE-
RELIEF-SELECT OR OUT LET Valve LHEB - 314
WATER-QUANTITY Ind MDC-13
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-22

SM2A-03-SC012
CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM-LOCATOR INDEX
C o n t r o l / Dis play Name I TYQe I Panel Locator

I
A C B U S 1 FALL Lt ~ MDC-11
A C BUS 2 F A I L Lt MDC- 11
AGAP T E M P Lt MDC-10
AGCPWRFAIL ' Lt MDC- 10
CAUT/WARN-FAIL Lt MDC- 1 1
CAUTIWARN-MNA & MNB CB ( 2 ) MDC - 25
CAUT/ WARN-MODE sw MDC- 11
CAUT/ WARN-POWER sw MDC- 11
CDU F A I L Lt MDC-10
C / M RCS A Lt MDC- 10
C / M RCS B Lt MDC- 10
C 0 2 PP HI Lt MDC- 11
c/w sw MDC-13
C / W LAMP T E S T sw MDC - 23
F/C 1 Lt MDC- 11
F/C 2 Lt MDC- 11
F/C 3 Lt MDC- 11
F / C BUS DISCONNECT Lt MDC- 11
GLYCOL T E M P LOW Lt MDC- 11
GMBL LOCK Lt MDC- 10
G&N A C C E L FAIL Lt MDC- 10
G & N ERROR Lt MDC- 10
H 2 0 ACCUM FAIL Lt MDC-11
H 2 PRESS Lt MDC- 10
I M U FAIL Lt MDC- 10
IMU T E M P Lt MDC- 10
INV 1 Lt MDC- 11
INV 2 Lt MDC- 11
INV 3 Lt MDC-11
. MASTERALARM Lt MDC-3
MASTER ALARM Lt MDC- 18
MASTER ALARM Lt L E B - 103
MN BUS A UNDERVOLT Lt MDC- 11
MN BUS B UNDERVOLT Lt MDC- 11
0 2 FLOW HI Lt MDC- 11
0 2 PRESS Lt MDC- 10
P I T C H GMBL DR F A I L Lt MDC- 11
S / M RCS A Lt MDC- 10
S / M RCS B Lt MDC- 10
S / M RCS C Lt MDC- 10
S / M RCS D Lt MDC-10
SPS PRESS Lt MDC- 11
SPS P U SNSR FAIL Lt MDC-11
SPS ROUGH ECO Lt MDC- 10
SPS WALL T E M P HI Lt MDC- 11
YAW GMBL DR FAIL Lt MDC- 11
-.
SMZA-03-SCO 12
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX
Controls /Display Name Type Panel Locator
COUCH ATTEN- FLOODLIGHTS CB ( 2 ) MDC- 25

ELS-FLOAT BAG 3 CB MDC-25
FLOODLIGHTS- PRZMARY sw MDC- 23
FLOODLIGHTS-SECONDARY sw MDC - 23
FLOODLIGHTS-PRIMARY sw MDC - 26
FLOODLIGHTS-SECONDARY sw MDC-26
LIGHTING - C LOC KS sw LEB-100
LIGHT I NG - FL 00DS - PRIMARY sw L E B - 100
LIGHTING-FLOODS-SEC sw LEB-100
POST LANDING-FLOAT BAG s w (3) MDC-25
POST LANDING-FLOAT BAG 1 PL BUS CB MDC - 25
POST LANDING-VENT FAN-PLBUS-FLOAT CB MDC - 25
BAG 2
UPRIGHTING SYSTEM-COMPR NO. 1 AND CB R HEB - 205
NO. 2
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS -CONTROLS/DISPLAYS LOCATOR INDEX

Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-24
SM2A-03-SC012
S C I E N T I F I C EXPERIMENTS-CONTROLS/DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX
Controls/Display Name Panel L o c a t o r
S C I E N E Q U I P SEB 1 CB MDC-22
SCLEN E Q U I P S E B 2 CB MDC-22
I N S T R U M E N T S -SCIEN ( n o t used) CB MDC-22
SCLEN E Q U I P H A T C H CB MDC-22
S C I E N T I F I C E X P E R I M E N T S - C O N T R O L S / DISPLAYS L O C A T O R INDEX
Mission B a s i c D a t e 1 2 Nov 1966 C h a n g e D a t e P a g e 3-25
SM2A-03-SC012
uo a
o >
u o Q
3 E v)
a>
a u,
B
c
." o
Y -
' Ad
U
L U
i3;
C
0
.-
Y
0
C
c
w w
C
.-
m
s
SMZA- 03 -S C 0 1 2
a
a
h
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANE L2
Basic ~~t~ 12 XOV 1 9 6 6 Change Date page 3-26Al3-2bB

.
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
C
0
.-
u
v
C
Lr,
i d
k
c
0
.
>
-1
.
>
rl
J -;-
%5
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L S 2 AND 3
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 C h a n g e Date Page 3-27

S M Z A - 0 3 -SCO12
---
M I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 3

SMZA - 03 -SCO 12
n
Y
;
H
P a
d cld
*< 'i<
2: E m
In
w
>
i4 $ :.
z
h
h
Z L* W
3 0 & - 0 0
a m
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 3

SM2A-03-SC012
u u

- - S CO 12
SMZA 0 3
CONTROLS AND D I S P L A Y S
I -
):
1 0
:u
.-
iMi s s i o n Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-31

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12

I
I I
-
d
--
E
5
c
C
5
k
- C
.
>
el
."
4
j
s >s
I
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L 5

SMZA - 03 - S CO 12
CONTROLS A N D DISPLAYS
I
I
m
a
m 9 F' m
c
c
z" z" B B ?
;
. ;
. 4 h
M
2
M
i 2 5
c
."
Y
d
:-
2 2
0
U
- -1
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 7-33

SMZA -03 -SCO 12
c
'5
U
4d
a
w
ln
a
4
2

SMZA-03-SCO 12
-2
m
w
.
. ....
u u u
5 u u u
m m m
c
m
.d
0
"
N
0)
E
M
.d
d
d
I l l
3
U
0
4
x
In
4
i
4
2
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS 5 AND 6
A4 i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-35

SMZA-03 -SCO12
u
z"
N N
[r
[r
0
C
.-
Y
I
4
0 It:
-.? 1 0
:E 1
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL b
A
SMZA-03 - S CO 12
al
P
d
z
m
d
0
*m
E
d
C
2
I
- " l "l
i d
z
0
r-
V
9
iMi s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-37

SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
C
.+
u
6
-3
I
iMi s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page

.
3-38
SM2A-03-SC012
,.
0
8
z
m
0
a
s
U
c
c
c
U
k4
2 L.
0
w
J
u
>
U
Mission Basic Date I 2 N o v 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-39

SMZA-03 -SCO12
30" 3
m
a z
Cl
0
d
I
CI
g
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL a

SMZA-03 -SCO 12
a
1
I
H
a:
w
>
h -1 h
I* c
u u h
0 c -1 0
'5
l-
a:
W
>
-1
V .
4
C
.,. e-
m
u
0
-i
~~~~
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-41

SM2A-03-SCOI2
I . 0
U
-a
>.
a
c
I Lr
k.
0
w i )
Z d
2 4
2u
m
x
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12
I
Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-42
SMZA- 0 3 -SCO12
-
a
l4 l4 l4
-
l
4 Ir ir
0 0 0
u
d
m
z*
3
-1
lLli s s i o n B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-43

SMZA-03 -SCOI 2
__-
e
d C
h 4 .14
..E 2
I.
" me
629
c
..
L
C
k
-
L
3
V
c c I4
a .O c
u a I4
u .z - 3 0
E " 2
34
2;
-

SM2A -03 -SCO 12
.
iMi s s i o n Basic Date L 2 . N o v1 9 6 6 Change D a t e Page 3-45

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
..__-
C
.
Y
Q C ir Lr
4 .? ir Lr
u .z 0 0
E "
2;
- C
.
Y
'-
m
u Itz ---
-s :u 1 0
Mission Basic Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-46

SMZA-03-SC012
a
z"
4 a: X
a W 0 V
u a: 0
B
b
V
4
a:
W
-1
-1
z z m
z
I
a
u
a
u 5
*A
Io
1 :
I
0
i
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS 9 AND 10
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-47

SMZA-03-SC012
m
4
w
d
b 8
d
. . a
e
.? 0
-
4
4
.
2
U
3
Y
m
+I
m m
Lo
Y 2W
, -
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 10
Miss ion B a s i c Date lZ 1966 Change Date Page 3-46

SM2A - 0 3 - S C 0 1 2
V u
z" z"
a0
c
m
c
m
L,
W
-. -
0
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-49

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
F I
._I
P
c m
.e
E:
C
M
0
x
3,
-
1
-
X
3
L 0
L -1
N kl
3
J 0"
Y
m
c
m
v)
a
4
z u0
.
Mission Basic Date - 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-50
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12
U
c m
'2 4
E,
*
m
,
m
Lo
a
w
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE- PANEL 1 1
Mi s s ion Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-51

SMZA- 0 3 -SCO 12
-_-
.
9
.
u
E
u
E
- E
5 .i!
u: .
E "
$
C
.*
u
d , E
2 iu
I O _A
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 1I
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-52

SM2A-03 -SCO12
a V
c
.+
u
¶
I*

SMZA-03 -SCOI 2
._-
0)
0
4
u
I. I
0.
m
Y
m m
uI. V
4
a
-
a
4 4
0 0
Y
rd rd
4 .$
d
4 a
5 .$
* a
$2
W N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 11
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-54

SMZA-03 -SCO 12
A P O L L O OPERATIONS HANDBOOIQ
*0 >0 0
:. 5
mu .-e
- r
c
N
E
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-55

SM2A-03-SC012
c
v
c
.-
(r
Ir 2 P
VI
0 Y w V
n
P

SMZA- 03 -SC 0 1 2
C
0
.Y
4
u
Y
C
L I N I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PPASEL 8
.
12 N o v 1966 Change Date page 3-56Al3-5bB
B a s i c Date
SMZA-03-SC012
VI
Y
I.
d
:
L
C
2
C
0
.-
Y
Y
k.
M.IIN DISPL.4Y CONSOLE-P.4NEL 11
~~~i~ ~~t~ 1.2 Nov 1966

Change Date Page 3-57
SMZA- 03-SCO 12

a
L,
n U z
Y W al 4 W
3: v)z
LA
z LA
LA X
: I w w
U L : a: a
E + R a
'I . I :
i o
U
_-
X A I N DISPL-IIY CONSOLE-P.ANEL 12
Basic Date 1 2 S o v 190b Change Date Page 3-58

SM2A-03-SCO12
Y
F
s
:
a
.
Q
z
x
=. 0
1 U
c
~~~i~D~~~ 12 NOV1966 Change Date Page 3-59

SM2A -03-SCO12
t
z
-
Y
3
U
U
LI
¶
c
0
0
s:
N
>
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS 1 2 AND 13
a

SMZA - 0 3 -SC012
Y
4
E
2
-
. 4" YI
C
0
.d
u
5
I
4
a
c c
dao
WZ
E " X
2; U
4
C
0
.,.
I
d
U
-. -
m
0
-1
LMission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-bl

SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
l4 V
L* W
0
-
TI
I -
?- 4! 4
E2

S M 2 A - 03 -S C 0 12
.
4
z
C
..
U
5
h
0
h c
Ir
h
0 u0
z
W
cl
0 4
> H
C
.
.r(
m
U
s
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-63.

SM2A - 0 3 -SCO 12
a ,
0
-
L
N N
0
c
ud
.-
a a
p
M
t x-
Z
I
4 ;
W I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 13
Mission Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-64

SM2A -03-SCO 12
0
Y
0
Po
M
m
k
C
.e ..
C
d
E4 Em
cl:
can
N
r. GI
0
c GI z
m
u 0 0
s
I+

SMZA-03-SCO 12

I
E
b *
:3
8."
Y
: - 0
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-66

SMZA - 0 3 - S CO 12
cld cld
42 4 2
N
P
d
0
b r4 Ir
3 c 2 l
4 z
4 0 0 0 0
24
h
N
0
-
c1
I -
u;:
92
MAIN D I S P L A Y C O N S O L E - P A N E L 13
*
SMZA-03-SC012

1
I.
0
c
U
G
.C

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
*
m
E
d

SMZA-03-SCO12
C
.4
4
..c m
€ 4
c
&a
.d
a
u
-s L;

SMZA-03 -SCO 12

I
c
c
U
..
-
h
2 0
c
C
N V
z - I N
L*
o z c z Lu
0 O N
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-71

SMZA-03 -SCO 12
i du' i d
zu
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 3-72

SM2A-03-SC012
m
E d
z
0
Mission Basic Date 12 No" 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-73

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12
z z
i 2
-_.-
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 13 .
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-74,
SMZA - 03 - S C O 12
Q o
C
*
W
X
m
m
0
a
0
I
ns!4
d
B
z
0
L
u
m
..U
Q
..
e:
w
r
w
&
~
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS 13 AND 14
i
M i s sion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-75
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
._-
--
C
3
c
4 3
3 c
R
c 0-
u
J
$ 0
c
U
V 0
f f+
W
Y
a
W
2
a;
5 d
0
3 d
il d
L w
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L 14
iLIi s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-76
SMZA-03-SC012
u
C
I.
0
Y
E u
C
L
b
I Lr
U 8
(r
z 0
w
c:
a
3
R
-
N
i
v
c
E
Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 3-77

SMZA-03-SCO12
--
u)
C
2 :

SMZA -03-SCO 12
a
u
Ti a
d u
I
a,
.M 9
M
I zzv
$2224
a3 H
1
m Epo
C
0
.u
u
C
Lr
d
.-u
.-
aa
1
i;
" 0.
0
0
>
u - M
I.
L 4 C
2 t
Q -1
z
m 1:
z
4
3%
?
E.
I
.
P
3
--
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL 15
I

-
SM2 A 03 - S CO 12
h
0
1
cd
U
.-
W
z
I !
1 0
W
z
>
D
2
ILii s s ion B a s i c Date 12 NOV1966 Change Date Page 3-80

SMZA-03-SC012
;
dt!
0
H m
'u0 0
8s
a 4 .
g s c
c
0
k4
L4
0
uz <
>
W
N :
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date P a g e 3-81

SMZA -03-SCO12
TI
m
m' n
:u
! O
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL 16
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-82

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
' d
0 9w
b I
4
!+
4 s
3
4 0 2 . " ;
.
2
V
W
CI
r;W
Mission Basic Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-83

SMZA -03-SCO12
-
C
O m
: J -e.
s g
SM2A - 03 -SCO 12

-
f
E
2
N
.
W
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-85

SM2A-03-SCO 12
il
-
U
X
x
w
a
z
0
V
rS
i, -d
-
iMi s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-86
SM2 A - 03 - S CO 12
111
-
W
. c;F
n o
rO
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOV1966 Change D a t e Page 3-87

SMZA-03-SC012
-...-,-
0
0
z
m
*
c. w
0 U a
a: 3
3 0
L
R M
-J
a 0
3
[Y)
0
M
3
L
.Mi s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1960 Change Date Page 3-88
SMZA-03 -SCO12
m Y
N
m
-
L
u
Y
C h
*w -
-
z
9 t ; 0
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-89

SMZA-03-SC012
c
U m
Y u
-c
0“:
u -
.e 30
E
2
--
L
Ls
0
-I
M A I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL I8
hiission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-90

SM2A-03-SC012
m.
N
m
v
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 18 .

SMZA - 03 - S CO 12
c
u
Y
x
'5 V
.$
a a
sn: l4
L,
0 < a u
c
I
3
VI
4
3
r
0:
W
E-
4
m
-
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 3-92

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
M i s s ion Basic Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 5-93

SM2A-03-SCO12
1 I M X DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 18
B a s i c Date 1 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-94

SM2A-03-SC012
C O N T R O L S A N D DISPLAYS
4 . er
u
4
2:

SMZA-03 -SCO12
u - 5
< .z
W
C
2
-
m
.-
Lllission Basic Date 12 No\, 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-96

SMZA-03-SCO12
N
N
..
-
.c
I
3
h
'
a i. rl
. W I
i t Lu
0 C
b
c3.
YX U
1
Lu
0
w
Y
X
r:
ad
m
J
-3
hli s s i o n Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-97

SM2A -03-SCO 12
m
U V
a V
0 P
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL 1~
.
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-98
SM2A-03-SC012
v
9
.-C
71
71
m
3I
M
C
.d
I.
"
R
i e '
u o
c c
.I ."
$ :'0
ha
nLr
ah
no
1 mz
a"!
L
1 -0 h
r
Lr
Lz
w,W Lz
Lz
" d 0 d 0
13 a
3 m
0
c.
~5 5
0
W
>
4 n
I d z
1 -
Y,
4
u=
Li .5 I W
U
i
?
m 15
a
M.4IN DISPLAY CONSOLE-P.4NEL 19

SMZA- 03-S C 0 12
cC0
3
c
0
u
0
E
k l .
u u
v w
L I .
0 0
u u
0 0 1
* I .
B Y
u0 u
0
> >
a
z k -
L
3 s
w k
-I
n a: 8
;z
2 0
E2
Basic Date 1966 Change Date Page 3-100

SM2A-03-SC012
b'
C
z
MAIN D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL 19
Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 3-10'

SM2A-03-SCO 12
Lr
I4
0
!
i
.*--
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL LO

SM2A-03 -SC012
A P O LLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
E
.+.0
U
a
L*
a
0
M
U
w
2
0
>
0
c
I.
*0
2
I
20 c
C
U
0
V
w
m
n
a
c(
E
I.
M
W
2
0
>

1

SM2A -03-SCO 12
V
0
I.
a
*
-1
t
0
'2
c
v
Y w
a
Pd 4
b
,
ii
w
3,
4
b
0
Yz
U c
a 0
_-
T U
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 2 0
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-104

SMZA-03-SC012
d
.+
u
L
a
M
w
2
0
>
4
.
80
*
Uu
d n
. .
u d
I
W
9
>
8 2 0
Fl
'2 >
> W
l- a
W
2
C
0
.-
u
m
N-
u
0
va
-i
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page )-lo5

SM2A-03-SC012
._-
Y w
C
YJ
-- *w - 0)
L*
j x 8 5
);
-
iu
1 0
I
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-106
!\
L
-
.
SM2A-03-SC012
P
. J
d d
w W
a
a
3
:
Cl
r*
L
0
u
w
d
X
>
0 0
mu
MAIN DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 20

- -
SM2A 0 3 S CO 12
M
w c
4p
.-C
!
3 bl
a z Ir
c - 4 " 0
>
L)
2
s
L
-
3
X a
I
?
f4
3:
>
Mission Basic Date I 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-108

SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
.
<
z
C
0
.-
Y
u
C
c
c
u
Y
.-
3
I4
.
c
0
z
0
z
0
c
X
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change D a t e Page 3-109

SMZA-03-SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS H A N D B O K
.__.
-4
1
..
G E
?
d
-
0
N
1
2 V
u
E a
m
U
a a
0
a .d
I.
0
c
M
I I
m m
"
-
c
u
U V
U
4
0]
[I
d
a
c
.c
1
u
3
o
a z
d
w
a
2
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
12 Nov 1966 Change Date

20
Page 3-110
.
SMZA 03-SCO12

u
c
U
u
Z c
0 0
h
o
Y
C
0
c
c
0

S M 2 A -03-SCO12
d J i d Ji
3
0 Q
rl w - Y m
Bz
Mission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-112
V
I
SMZA - 03 -SC0 1 2
i
Y
9)
C
=:
2
.-.
e
.-
B
m
C
0)
*
m
*0
4
6
io
v1
w
d
.
I
&.
0
3e
a *
m 30
u
E zc - w1 L-1
N '- 5 x - 1 5 X
z 0 B r , 0
22 " V
z
.
1
w
w
d
R
B a s i c ~~t~ 1 2 NOV1966 Change Date Page 3-113

SMZA-03 -SCO 12
.
c
2
--
4
z'
w
>
Cl
c
>
%
z

SM2A - 03 -SCO 12
e'
.-
* ..m
0
u a
0
M
.
m
u
a
;a
E
2

.
SM2A -03-SCO 12
--
I-
.e ID
.--

SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
A P O L L O OPE RATIONS HANDBOOK
X
2 0 u N
K a 2
3
c c E Y
8" 8v
c
.-
:-
J-i
3 0
mu
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L S 2 0 AND 2 1
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-11?

SM2A -03-SCOI 2
1
S N
Y d V6
4 2 4 2
5* 5*
u u
..
-
- N
N
V
4
$ h l u
4
d
u v 3
4 4 R

SMZA-03-SC012

-
m
$
E
d
m
e,
U
Lr L*
3 Lr 2 GI
< 0 $
Y 0 0
'S
N
C
P
*
U
s
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-119

SM2A-03-SC012
m
n~
u
c
I * * ir
a 9 ir
0
d
8w
._..
I
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 120

SM2A-03-SC012
U
a
m
N
+
.
4
z
a
n
id
c
h
0
I
E l -
.
Mission Basic D a t e 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-121

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
m
N
+
d d
4
U
c c
n .P a
5
-
VI
v)
z
v)
.
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-122
SMZA -03-SCO 12
m m
a
e, e~
cld cl6
<z 4 t
U U U
8u m
C
.-
I
U
c
(r
u .-
O Q J
222.2
h N
. (
0
r v
4
.cu
+
3
ul
M A I N DISPLAY C O N S O L E - P A N E L 22
Mission Basic Date "2 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-123

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
cU
.-01
m
n
,
c
0
0
H Ir
3 L*
< 0
MAIN DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL 22
iMi s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 124

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
r N
d
m
.r(
5
s
3
au
Y
.r(
U
m
m
c
B
.-a
m m
e, nN
Lld Lld
4 z 4.2
Y *
.r( e
3 1
*u w*
G.$
C
.-0
z
c
- u 4
c N
h
h
0
c
r(
V
4
V
4 '$3
Y
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nqv 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 125

SMZA-03-SCOlZ
.c c
*
.d
U
d
c c
d
E c.
n-
m
1
P h
m
1 z
e ,
3
D N
cld cld
4 2 a z
C
Y
.4
u
2
r*
C
U
c
U - h l d d
d L r N
w w
i
d
< 4
U
4
U
4
h
0
W
4
W
5
5
z
J
C -4
.*
m
-s
Mission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3- 126

SMZA-03-SCO12
.
4
z
MAIN D I S P L A Y C O N S O L E - P A N E L 22 .
B a s i c Date l2 L966 Change Date Page 3-127
SMZA- 03 -SC0 12
U u 9 u
>
V m
> ua 0
N
00 m o m
e -0u N
-91m i
-_.-
9 > . .
i -
El
Y
82
w w
>
-1 ?
i
WX
23 5 . Lf;
R"
1
SMZA-03-SCO 12
U
P
co
N
+
i d i d u'a
a
20 5
U VI
1
4
0
d
-a
0
5
d
m,
~~
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 129

SM2A-03-SC012
In

SMZA-03-SC012
.z G
a x
u
k m
V
SI;; .
4
z
0
c
*
C
.
u
C
Lil
n u

SM2A-03 -SCO 12

-
Dd U U
a
m
N
+
J
U
L
I
a
5
-
a
-
e
-
0
N 5 5
Ln
1
N
m
m
2 5
I
Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3 - 132

-
SMZA 03 -SCO 12
I N
3- 133
SMZA -03-SCO 12
--
.
0
I
h
E 0
.
YI
u a
Y
u
V
iq
m
N
m
0
.-
e
a
-
a
5
?-
v':
25
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANEL 22
*
Mission Basic Date 12 N o v 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-134
SMZA-03-SCO12
m
m
L
al
M
3
.-
I
u
al
i d
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3,135

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
CI
2
;
A!
v)
V
w
i
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-136
SM2A-03-SC012
19
a
u m
m a
> u
V I0
- 0
-*
.
<
z
m
1
e e
C
.4
E
U
Q
g
-u
-a -
n
VI m
m
r-
I -rs
l-
c1. d 2 .
-
.
l < a
z 3 z
E E !Is
0 H
a
V 0
C
.-
Y
m
u
2

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC012
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBbOK
CONTROLS AND DISPLA-YS
z"
Q
m
u m
* 0
$ a
-m
-*
o
0
IZ
.
0
I
a
3 : a
3
a
---
N N N
< m u
aaa
N
u
d
--
C
-V
0
Mi s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3- 138

SMZA-03 -SCO 12
U
W
m
N
+
0
u U u
2:
.-
Y
u
5
I4
a N a
$ 2
N
:-
v':
n o
E 2
Basic Date
1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date

22
Page
. 3-139
Mission
SM2A-03 -SCO12
0
m
U u m
a
m
.u a
CQ
N
+ -- *0o
m
ii;a L
-
e
5
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3- 140

-
SMZA 0 3 -SCO 12
P
c)
ULa
rda
> u
m o
-- *0
-
a
5
N
q
0
d
-
a
5
N
U
4
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3 - 141

SMZA-03-SC012
* u
a::
y -. -.
M M
dd
k --
m
-
U
I
1-
12
I$
I -
3-142
Mission Basic Date 1 2 N0.v 1966 Change Date Page
- -
SMZA 0 3 SCO 12
U u m
0
d
b UP
m In0
N
+ -- . 0r Qv
4
-
c
m
0
u
C
.-c
3
0
b
* 2
z r z
Lr
E "
0
d
m 0
Lr
0
ul
B
X 2
d
Y a
N N
c)
?-
vz U
9
U I N DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS 22 A N D 23
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3- 1 4 3

SM2A-03-SC012
m
. .
n
L
0
L
hl
8>
a
w
8a
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 144

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
.c- 24
d d
i4
Lr
0
>
V
a
4‘5
.
a
@
LI
5
>
V
a
>
V
a
i
i4
X
>
m
?=
U c
n o
2%
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 145

S M 2A - 03 -SCO 12
u u a l u
f ! f ! e : 9
+
nm
.-E
-a
L* W
i z L* L*
i o 0 4
VI
0
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANELS 2 3 AND 24
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 Nov l 9 6 6 Change Date Page ?- 146

SM2A-03 -SCO 12
e,
a
n~
4 4 0
m
.*
. u
0
e e f
a
,E
PI
c *
.d
PI
u s
0
c)
*
Q
3
a
U
I;, ..
M
m C
.s '5
a2
i ddad 2:
N
L4 I r N
61 V L r v
0 4 0 4
C
.-
a
u
s

SMZA-03-SC012
_-
N
N
[r
V [r V
4 0 4

SMZA -03-SCO12
a
n N
A
3
F
U
x
4
D
kU
E P E W
dd ;a 0;
d
w
U
N
h
. " % h
0
V
4
wc
-r
y-
Q Z
2!?
Mission Basic Date -12 NOV1966 I Change D a t e Page 3-149

SMZA-03-SC012
.
< B
m
2 N
+
.
4
z
I4
Ir
0
U
Ln
MAIN DISPLAY CONSOLE-PANEIS 24 AND 25
Mission Basic Date 2 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 150

-
S M 2A 0 3 -SCO 1 2

-
Ip
Y
m
E
d
0 0
c B .5
I d
3 Lq
0 LU
el 0
Miss ion B a s i c Date

. I 2 NOV1966 Change Date

25
Page
. 3-151
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
u
a
N
4)
+
--
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 152

SM2A-03 -SCO 1 2
v
d
m
N
+
.
4
2
i d

SMZA-03-SC012
1
-
m
i '
C
l.
;
d
0
>
!!
r"
a
2
-
0
N
9
0
2 -
0
N
a
2
0
N
-
4
0
2
m
d
m
2 U c
0 0
2 22
Mission Basic Date 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 154

SM2A -03-SCO 12
v - 0
id n m
b u m
mor,
- 0
- ~ m
.
4
z
L, C C C
0
nl m
, N
u
4
k
0
v
4 -
N
N
a u U a v
3 4 4 3 4
0 0
d d
u 0
C
.I
m
U
0
- -1
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3- 155

..
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
u m u
m a m
> V I 0
.
4
z
C
0
Y
I
i d ;a I
m m
k
k
-Yu u
Y
d
-
N
V a z
4 3
0
2 50 5
p: a:
U U
Mission B a s i c Date lZ 1966 Change Date Page 3-156

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO 12
i d; I
a
5
-m
y1
N
-
N
E V
4
V
4
3- 157
SM2A-03-SC012
u
W
N
4)
+
2 I2
P 1
9
VI
N
E9
a
PJ
a
E."
-m
h CL"
!a,
4L"
m=
Mission Basic Date

M A I N DLSPLAY CONSOLE-PANEL
12 NOV 1966 Change Date

25
Page
.
3 - 158
SMZA-03 -SCO12
5 h
r *
e
.r(
1 Y
u m
* e
i3g .
4
z
' m VI
a
A .e V I <
.e va
C
0
.r(
x
Ir
I r N
L r u
o c
V
z
*
VI
z
a
u s
VI

3 - 159
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA-03-SC012
c
0
z
B~~.~ ~~t~ 12 Nov 1966

Change D a t e Page 3-160
SMZA- 03 -SCO 1 2
u
a
W
Y
+
-
m m
.Em Mc
E '2
u 5
4 3
u a i n ;
m
:z
u c
c l o
IU
Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 I Change Date Page 3 - 161

SM2A -03-SCOl2
u
V
00
N
+
.
4
z
I.
--
mln
d d u’ a
-
U
m
m
e e
4 4
m m
M A I N D I S P L A Y CONSOLE-PANELS 25 AND 26
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 162

SMZA-03 -SCO12
4 4
z -5
z
Q
.
0
L
0
0
c
-
c
.0
a
i d
i
d
2 3 0
4
H
hOh >
V
d
c .
u t
d
,
b
h
0
s
u 5
.-
c
B
H
H
a
h
h
0
::
> B
5
d
W
.
Lr
T
d
a
5 tl
0
d
MAIN D I S P L A Y C O N S O L E - P A N E L
12 Nov 1966 Change Date

26
Page
. 3- 1 6 3
SMZA-03-SCOl2
.I *
.-.
m
c u
4.c
>
V
d 0
L.
r
0
U
24
n
5
2
Mission Basic Date I 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 164

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SC012
iu
W
r 0
z z
.-C
E L
d
M
v)
X
[r.
u
0
I
i 4
...
.-
Y
U
J
0
N
-3
;;
- 3
22
MAIN DISPLAY C O N S O L E - - P A N E L 26
L O W E R E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANEL 100
hli s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-165
SM2A-03-SC01.Z
.I-
0
Y
m
4
em
C
E! .-Em
u
C
l4
YI
0
2.4
t
w
n
3
I:
C
a
.-
u
m
-
u
9 --
LOWER E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PASEL 1 0 1
,LIi s s ion Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-166
SMZA-03-SC012
z
YCI z
U
W 4 3
u) 4
0 d w
e: 4 3
w
N
0
V 2 n
V
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS I01 A N D 102

SM2A-03-SC012
a:
w
C
0
U
3
r!4 r!
4
ij
z
w s"w
a [r [r
0 a
U 3
w
N 3
C 3
1
P
a
U
-s -.-
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 103
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov Change Date Page 3-168

SMZA-03-SC012
Y
C t,
E
7. ,
0
-I
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 103 A N D 104
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page '-

169
SM2A-03-SC012
tr
S M 2 A - 03 -SCO 12
C
."
*
U
--
n
3
0
cl
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 105
Mission Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date -P a g e 3-171

SM2A-03-SC012
E I
3 -
N
5 4mp:
.c0
W a
a
*
a
W
3
'5 8
4.4
V
a w W
R
-I
d
!
W
4
!a2
b
4
U
LOWER EOUIPMENT B A Y - P A N E L 105
Mission Basic Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date Page 3-172

SM2A-03-SC012
6 : u u u
u U PU)
0
h
.I!
C
0
*
u u m
m m.
u u m
u m.
u c e
. '.m
N 1 4 *
m a 0
e a .a m
m a
. O N m o -
e . .
- N O
UP,
" u u
U
u u m u u m
0 m.
m.0
D .
0
m
in0
..
u
0..
m
tno
m.
m o - m o -
m - o
...
n3
22s
.
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 105

SMZA-03-SCOl2
u
P
C
+C
a
* 51
h
0
P
a
c
m
P
C
.-
C
m
._ L
Y
U .-m
Y
G.
m
h
0
a.
m J J
2
k
R
<
a:
w
V
b
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 105 AND 106

SM2A-03-SC012
E
: .4
l.
0
Y
u
-
0
l.
Y
c
4.8
n
-c
m
P
2
l4 h
s 0
0 .C
u W
Y
Y m
u U
4
W
s s p:
w J
.- .e
H
W
d
L
U z i? *w
d 3 U
a 3 w W cr:
> z d d m X
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 106 .

-
SM2A 03 -SCO 12
CONTROLS AND DISPLAY'S
I
Z
--
0 0
"d
e zv
9 4 4
LOWER EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 106, 107' , AND I 2 0
-.
?
u.
SMZA- 03-SCO12
l d r
C
0
C
C
w
C
.
4
z
.
<
z
3
U +
n
LOIi-ER E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L 120 AND 150
Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-177

SMZA-03-SC012
c
.d '-
."
C
0 XI
0
u1
0" 0
3
2M
d
--
.
<
z
a 3
-a Y
.
2
3
.3
U
XI
c c 3
0 2
E "
g2
C
."*
u
id
-s
LOIVER EQLTPMENT BAY-PANEL 150
q-
Basic Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-178
SM2A-O 3 -SCO12
M k;
0
in
.-d
m +
hl
n 0
i
n Y
l-
0 0
L n
*
0
m m
.e
.C
M
0
0)
M
C C
4
h 2
0
h
0
k
3 c
a
m
" h
0
0
h
n 8
c-,
-l-
o.
0
0)
u
V
m
N
+
.
U
z
71 L. L.
u
*
U
u
I
u
m
w
P
V k4
w
e
wv)
l u 8 m
RH FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 200

SMZA-03-SCOlZ
-m
N
-4
m
-m
m
RH FORWARD EOUIPMENT B A Y -PANEL 200
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Now 1966 Change Date Page 3-180
.n
SM2A-03-SC012
io
.e
i
.C
im
m m .C
a a 1 a
Ln VI m Ln
r- r- .C
r-
0 0 M
01 0
d c L Y
!a 0 0 0
e VI
.C
m
.C
uM M
0 e
M
rd
h
rd
h m
0
h
0
h h
0)
¶
Y
'
m 2
u
h
a *0 h)
0
a a
E
E+
N
X
N
3:
;o 5
x : 2
R H FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 200

SMZA -03 -SCO 12
0
.2
-
0
m
0 m
0
m
.I .-m
W
0 M
0
C C
m
b.
"
.
W
JD 4
+
-4
z
.
4
z
.
z
4
I-
L Li
.-.
>
3
4
L N
-
R H F O R W A R D E Q C I P M E N T BAY-FAXELS L O O A N D 2 0 7
R H EQL'IFhlENT B A Y - P A N E L 2 0 1
I
Mission LOq* Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 182
SM2A-03 -SCO 12

-
I
Y
I.
m
f
d
: si
8 0
z
Y v
n - V
4'. 0
0
C
2 X
N
4 2 z Z +
u
C
i?
.
d
z
C
0
.-u
U
C
l
4
. .
m n m n i n
5
3
V l4
4 l4
> 0
P m
? N w m
'0 - 0
4 N X N
R H E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS 2 0 1 , 2 0 2 , AND 2 0 3
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change D a t e Page 3-183

SMZA-03-SC012
U
V
>
m
+
N
.-
*
3
a m
;.=:
;m 2
5:: 2
RH EQUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 203
,Mi s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 184 -

S M 2 A - 0 3 -SCO12
u
V
I
m
N
+
C
2
m
3
U
A
- I
R H EQUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 2 0 3 , 2 0 4 , A N D 2 0 5
hf i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-185

SMZA- 03-SCOI 2
-.-
U
>
0
0
U
111
a s
Y)
Y
I
V 3
-P 1
I
Y
-
I
.-
” 4
V G. k.
2 2 I4 k.
: r 0 0
c I _
RH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-P.4NELS 206, 2 0 8
LH F O R W A R D E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S 300, 301, A N D 3 0 2
SMZA- 03-SCOI 2
z”
.
z
i
.
z
4
LH F O R W A R D E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S 3 0 0 , 301, A N D 3 0 2 .
~~~i~~~t~ I.! Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-16’
SMZA-03-SCOl2
.
4
z
.
Z
.
4
z
--
L H FORWARD EOUIPMENT BAY-PANELS 300, 301, 302, A N D 303
Mi s s ion B a s i c Date 1966 Change Date Page 3-188

SM2A-03-SC012
0
8
z
.
V
4
z
.
4
L
.
4
z
oc
N
+
.
4
z
.
4
z
5
0 1
C
."
d
U
C
Lr
b
0
T
12
k z 12
a V
0 0
rE:
!2
w
--
LH FORWARD EQUIPMEST BAY-PANELS 304, 305, 3 0 6 , A N D 3 1 8
XIi s s ion B a s i c Date 12Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-189

SM2A- 03 -sco 12
.
d
z
L H E Q U I P M E N T BAY - P A N E L 307
1Mi s s ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 3-190

SM2A-03-SC012
c
0
0
Y
Lr
-: a
3
n
5
C
a
*m
C
.,.0
mU 9 %
s f c 0
j22
LH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANEL 307
Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-191

SMZA-03 -SCOlZ
I!!
LH EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 307
Mission B a s i c Date 12 "J 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 192

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
8 o
0
z z"
.
d
z
.
.4
z
.
d
z
-?
z
3
z
P
m .
0
c
c
o
M
>.
0
i
il
il
ir z (r Lr
ir z (r z Lr
0 - 0 0 N O 0
-4
LH E O U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS 307, 308, AND 309
XI i s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 193

-
SMZA 03 -SCO 12
* 0
alu
g;
a::
.
4
II)
m
W
N X
a L, a c
... I=. w [+
N 0 Q 0
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L 310
Mission B a s i c Date 12 s o v I O 6 6 Change Date page 3-194.

SMZA-03 -SCO12
d
--.
z
.
d
.
-€
z
-1
3 tL
J Z tL
$ 0 0
J
.
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S 310 A N D 311
Xlission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 3-195

SM2A-03 -SCO12
.
4
z
--
.
4
z
I
u
>
I
>
e!
-
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L 311
M i s s ion Basic Date 12 N o v 1 0 6 6 C h a n g e Date Page 3 - 196

SMZA-03-SCO12
i z w
>
!a
0 N % $
(0
5
>
3 w
5 e:
LH EOUIPMENT BAY-PANEL 311
iLli s s ion Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3 - 197
SMZA-03-SC012
C O N T R O L S A N D DISPLAYS
.
U
z
.
4
z
--
.
U
z
.
4
z
D
d
a
C o I s z Is
o t -
u 3 s f Is
0
LH E U U I P h l E N T BAY-PANELS 3 1 1 A N D 312
Llis s i o n Basic Date 12 No\, 1 9 0 6 Change Date Page 3 - 198

S M 2 A - 03 -SCO 12
.
4
.
<
z
4z
N
h *
w 0
4 2
u
L U
ir
Lr
0 N
.
~
LH E Q U I P M E N T BAY-PANELS 3 1 3 AND 314
bl i s s i o n B a s i c Date 12 NOV1966-Change Date Page 3-199

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
.
<
z
.
4
z
v1
0 0
C
.-0
d
.
0
C
Ir
?
8 N
w3
d O
m z
LH E Q U I P h l E N T B A Y - P A N E L 314
Xlission Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3 - 200

SMZA-03-SC012
.
Q
Z
.
4
h
U N
M
0 d
z
M
..-.
m
2 t
1
E z
w
m a
N 0
W
a:
a
w
d
1
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L 314
Llission Basic Date 1 2 NOV1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 3-201

SMZA -03 -SCO 12
.
4
z
n
e,
ii
z m
w
R
0
su
0
4
>
>
U
C
.-3
Y
-
m
U
5
i -
m
LH E O U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S 314 AND 3 1 5
h l i s s ion B a s i c Date l2 19bb Change Date Page 3-202

SMZA -03 -SCO 12
.
<
z
M
-1
U
2
0 R
z
W
z 0
V
>
J
a
-3
d
m
LJ
n
3
?
LH E Q U I P M E N T B A Y - P A N E L S 315, 316, 317, A N D 319
IMi s s ion Basic Date 12 Nov 1960 Change Date Page 3-203
SM2A-03-SC012
zcEU
_.-
L X
J < G
L E F T A R M R E S T , LH COUCH
lllis s ion B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 3-204

SMZA- 03 -SCO 12
01
z”
0
U
Y
-
E
0
u
.4
m
U
3
L E F T A R M R E S T , LH COUCH - CREW COUCHES
P R E S S U R E G A R M E N T ASSEMBLY
llission Basic Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-205/3-206
.
\
...
. .,.
I
, .. .. .
., . . .._ .
i 26
C
e
-I
6 0 0 0 0088
00
cd-
us. Wt <
. 25 /
@ e3
*
AREA B
0 .g
RD ASSEMBLY
BE REMOVED
RlOR TO LAUNCH
TO VHF/AM RECOVERY
ANT. NO. 2
\
MA1N DI SPLAY CONSOLE (MDC)
i
a
._ . .. . . r:
e
e e
E (MDC)
INDEX
MDC I I
PANEL CONTROL OR DISPLAY s\
NO.
I: 1
2
IALTIMETER
FDA1
LONG ACCEL
Ix St
M
FCSM group S?
3 L/V AOA/SPS Pc n* SP
3 AOA/SPS Pc indicator meter S?
3 ABORT light SE
3 M A S T E R ALARM light C6
3 sps Woup SP
4 FDA1
5 A l l controls 6 d i p l a p
6 All controls 6 d i p l a p
7 A l l controls 6 dirplop
Mission
.- - ., . . . . . . . .~
I . . . .:'
SMZA-03-SCO12
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK !
&
CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS ::i
INDEX
-- MDC
IN D M
-
MDC
IN D M
CONTROL OR DISPLAY
4LTIMETER
--
SYSTEM PANE
NO.
8
8
PANE1
-
NO.
22
22
CONTRCX OR DISPLAY
G 6 N LIGHTING
TELCOM govp
-G6N
T/C
FDA1
22 TELECOMMUNlCATlONS garp T/C
LONG ACCEL MASTER EVENT SEQ C O N 1 grwp
22 StO
'CSM W a r p GUIDANCE 6 NAVIGATION c a r p
a 22 GIN
-fl AOA/SPS Pc II SPS, SEQ 22 -
1 CRYOGENIC SYS TANK F A N EPS
J'V AOA/SPS P, i d i c a t r r m t e r
ABORT l i ~ h t
SPS, SEO
9
MOTORS 2 -
10 22 CRYOGENIC SYSTEM group EPS
MASTER ALARM light C6W ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL ECS
22
5ps wwp SYSTEM W a r p 1
iDAl xs 22 INSTRUMENTS-ESS ~ o u p ECS
111 controls 6 d i p l o p SEQ 22 INSTRUMENTS-NONESS WS EPS
411 controls 6 d i p l a p
22 INSTRUMENTS-NONESS T/C
g
A l l controls 6 diplayr INSTRUMENTS-PAM XMTR NONESS
22 T/C
22 INSTRUMENTS-SCIEN EXP
22 GAS ANAL ECS
11 23 AREA A MIX
23 AREA B C6W
23 AREA C T/C
24 AREA A SE 0
EPS 24 AREA B SCS
24 DIRECT 0 2 ECS
25 POSTUNDING F LOA1 M G 1 PL WS MIX
b POSTLANDING FLOAT M G 1, 2 6
I1 CAUT /WARN C6W 3 switch
11 DIGITAL EVENT TIMER SEQ 25 >OSTUNDING VENT F A N PL BUS CS, MIS(
12 A l l cmhols 6 d i p l o p except RCS :LOAT BAG 2
MISSION ELAPSED TIME 25 POSTLANDING VENT F A N HIGH LOW
12 MISSION ELAPSED TIME MlSC OFF ECS
>OS1LANDING-VENT F A N warp
I3
13
Area A
Area B
C6 W
TK
25
25
-
a S T LANDING ANTENNA
ECS
T/C
13 Area C E PS XPLOY coup
13 Area D ECS 25 $4EX LOGIC ARM ALB SE0
I
14 A l l controls 6 display GIN 25 :VENT TIMER warp SEQ
15 All controls 6 d i p l o p except C/M-S/M RCS :OUCH ATTEN 6 FLOQDLIGHTS MIX
SEP FOUP 6 H2 PURGE LlNE HTRS 25 STABILIUTION & CONTROL SYSTEM xs
I5 C/M-S/M SEP FW SEQ 25 Povp
15 H2 PURGE LINE HTRS €6 )IO MED C O W warp T/C
16 ABORT SYSTEM FW6 E L S AUTO SEO 25 SRVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM warp S?S
SEO 25 X N SYNC G6N
I 16
16
18
MAIN CHUTE RELEASE
REACTION CONTROL MS FOup
A l l controls 6 d i p k p axcept
RCS
EPS
25
25
25
iPS G A U G I N G
\C SNSR SIG p v
tEACTION CONTROL SYS warp
SPS
€6
MASTER ALARM L I G M RCS
MASTER ALARM LIGHT C6W 25 SAUT/WARN C6W
18
EPS 25 iDS poup SEO
I9 F/C VALVES
25 is FoUp
I9 S - M N D ANT., W T l M CMD, FLIGHT T/C
25
PQ
QUAL RCDR and VOICE RECORD 4REA A MIX
19 ECS, U D O U l TEMP ECS 26 UEA B SEO
19 SPS LINE HTR SPS 26 UEA C except C M RCS Ha DUMP rK
20 AREA A TK 26 M RCS H.DUMP RCS
20 AREA n SPS
21 RCS HEATERS p ~ ~ p SM-RCS
21 S N S R UNIT F w p EPS
21 ECS RADIATOR weup ECS
21 CABIN AIR FAN wow ECS
21 POT HS HEATER ECS
21 ECS GLYCOL ECS
21 SUIT COMPRESSOI ECS
22 A l l controls on top row EPS
22 Ecs FOUP ECS
22 XlEN E Q U I P HATCH EXP
21 MAIN WS TIE warp EPS
22 MT CHGR and NONESS WS EPS
22 DC SNSR SIG warp EPS
22
22
C E M M L TIMING SYS FOUP
XIEN EQUIP G -
21
-
22
M T RLY WS p u p
M l l E R Y CHARGER l a u p
-
EPS
EPS SM-U-672J
Figure 3-1. Controls and Displays (Sheet 1 of 3 )
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966. Change Date -

Page 3 2 0 7 / 3 - 208
ULQQUXW
I
E
7
CABIN AIR
CONTROL I
CREWMbrN
ELECTRICAL
UMBl LI CA L
CONNECTOR -
/ RH COUCH
CONTROL
LEVER COMROL
/ CENTER COUCH
LH CREWM4N
ELECTRICAL
' 301 UMBILICAL
CONNECTOR
0
- CONTROL
LEVER
LH COUCH
0
FOOD PREPARATION WATER
Q
ll
CMT
I LHFEB I N D M
PANEL
PANEL NAME AND 9
No.
I
LH UTILITY PLUG 304 DRINKING WATER SUPPLY SHb
(UNDERSIDE OF FWD EQUIPMI
304 300,301,302. SUIT CONNECTOR PANEL (3)(
303 CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROi
305 F O O D PREPARATIONWATER SU
306 CLOCK AND WENT TIMERS PA

318 SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT RECEP
SWITCH (EXP)
t.'OLDOUII: FRAME
2-
-
LH WD EQUl PMENT BAY
(LHFEB)
I LH EQUI PMENT BAY
(LHEB)
-
PAN
-
NO
305
5(K
30;
315
310
31 2
El@ 313
314
315
308 31 1
PANEL
No.
PANEL NAME AND SYSTEM
- 316
317
3M DRINKING WATER SUPPLY SHUTOFF VALVE
(UNDERSIDE OF FWD EQUPMEM BAY) (ECS) SUIT C l R C
300,301,302. SUIT CONNECTOR PANEL (3) (Ea) SHUT-OFF \
303 CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
305 FOOD PREPARATION WATER SUPPLY U M T (ECS)
306 CLOCK AND EVENT TIMERS PANEL (MISC)

318 SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE
SWITCH (EXP)
- . .. . .- . ,
IPMENT BAY
FEE)
-
307
'I f0 0
g
310
LHEB INDD(
L
PANEL
PANEL NAME AND SYSTEM
N0.
309 GLYCOL PRESSURE RELIEF BYPASS CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
XKI SURGE TANK PRESSURE RELIEF SHUTOFF VALVE (ECS)
307 GIRTH FRAME SHELF CONTROLS ( E a )
319 SUIT CIRCUIT RETURN SHUT-OFF VAL- (EO)
310 02 D E W N D REGUTOR AND SUIT H.UT
WCHANGER SWITCH (ECS)
31 2 GLYCOL ACCUM SHUTOFF VALVE (MCK OF ATTENUATOR PANEL) (ECS)
313 C% - ODOR ABSORBER DIVERTER VALVE (EO)
314 OXYGEN CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
31 5 WATER CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
31 1 COOLANT CONTROL PANEL (ECS)
316 PLVC CONTROL PANEL (ECS) 1-Gl
317 GLY EVAP WATER CONTROL BYPASS PANEL (ECS)
SUIT C I R C U I T RETURN
SHUT-OFF VALVE * w
Mis
. . . -... . ...
..
. ., .
.i.- . I,
- .. , .
SMZA -03-SCO12
@I 310
SUI tru
uvra
mvra IYU W N I.Iu

IIY N
0
314
f-
b
Abw onw
'CONNECTS TO
I
J39 ON PANEL 31 1
WATER ccma
PAIYL 315 ~~
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR UNIT fECS)
fSTOWED UNDER CENTER COUCH)
Figuz-3-1. Controls and Displays (Sheet 2 of 3 )
Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 3-209f3-210

--
ed behind compartment
- W R K REJECT
TRACKER sOWER on SC 014'
:"1
10 LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY
(LEB) RH FWC
ai
7
200
-- I
U S 1 YLKl
,
--,I
10s
ie
@
101 THRU 10;
loo
Is0
Is0
LEB INDEX
PANEL NO, CONTROL OR DISPLAY
-
All contmls 6 displop
LI GHTl NG
Top
B o r t m mw
I
I SYSTEM
G6N
MlSC
SEQ
ER
- W R K-REJECT on SC 014
Ix) All contmlr ECS
eL--d
iH UTILITY PLUG
202
PYRO 6
I RHFEB I N D M
SfQ A MIA
TO P Y I D
nu5 T l f
SIOB
MTCHCR M T C
M T B
1 0 PYRO
BUS 1IE
M T B MIA
DC VOLTS, FUNCTION
SELECT, and TEST
SELECT
W M (
200 C/M RCS HTRS
WR WR PWR UT
207 SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT

RECEPTACLE SWITCH
I
LANDING -
150 ENTIV
1,
Missior
. .. . . -.I
.~
. ,
.: -.,. '.I
SM2A -03 -SCO1 2
RH FWD EQUl PMENT BAY RH EQUl PMENT BAY

(RHFEB) (RHEBI
I
0 0 0 0 0 0
@ @ Q O
303
sco12
v
UPRIGHTING (
SYSTEM
bd
COMPR COMPR
NO. 1 NO. 2 /
205 ) 205 )
WASTE MANAGEMENT
o w Dum yucla
Ry VACLLY J
104 ESSENTIAL RHEB INDEX
I PANEL NO. CONTROL OR DISPLAY SYSTEM
1
201 THRU?OC All controls E a
A l l controls EPS
201
I E ESSENTIAL 2
ESSENTIAL I, 3, 4
ECS Ct T/C
T/C
o d NON ESSENTIAL
5, 6, 7. 8, 10
NON ESSENTIAL 9 ECS Ct T/C
202 NON ESSENTlAL All controls
I :'dl
WASTE M N A G E M E N T INST
ACCESS
3 PWRCONT
Figure 3-1. C o n t r o l s and D i s p l a y s (Sheet 3 of 3 )
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date page 3-21 1/3-212
SM 2A- 03 -S C 0 12
PERFORMANCE
SECTION 4
PERFORMANCE
INTRODUCTION.
This section contains information on crew display instrument

markings, instrument accuracy consumable requirements, thrusting
data (as available) , and S/C operational constraints and
limitations.
4.1 CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENT MARKINGS AND ACCURACY DATA.
Paragraphs 4.1.1 through 4.1.7.4include information on

instrument markings and instrument accuracy. Adjoining tabular
lists provide accuracy data for each indicator scale and list
the measurement number of the signal which is monitored on each
indicator scale. Some indicators can, by selection, monitor
more than one signal; in which case, the measurement number of
all signals monitored by the indicator are listed. Selector
switch and indicator fbnctions are covered in detail in
section 2.
Color Operating
System Indicator Scale Marking Range or Limitation
SPS PROP TEMP Red 80'F (upper limit) and -40°F

( MDc-20) (lower limit )
( fig-
ure 4- 1) PRESSURE-FUEL Green 170 to 195 psia (normal band)
PRESS-OX Green Same as PRESSURE-FUEL scale.
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENT MARKINGS AND ACCURACY DATA

Basic Date l2 1966 Revision Date Page 4-1
SM2A-03 -SC0112
_-
PERFORMANCE
Color Operating
System Indicator Scale Marking Range o r L i m i t a t i o n
PRESSURE-ENG Green STATIC 170 t o 195 p s i a (normal

INLET-FUEL band )
FIRE 135 t o 1-65 psia (normal

band)
PRESSURE-ENG Green Same as PRESSURE-ENG INLET-

INLET-OX FVEL s c a l e .
, SPS L / V AOA/SPS Pc Green SPS FIRE 65 to 125% (normal
(MDC-31 indicator band
( fig-
ure 4-11)
EPS TANK PRESSURE- Green 230 t o 265 p s i a (normal band)

(MDC-13 H2-1
(fig-
ure 4-3) TANK PRESSURE- Green Same as TANK PRESSURE-H2-1
H2-2 scale.
TANK PRESSURE- Green 865 t o 935 p s i a (normal band)

02-1 U
TANK PRESSUR,E- Green Same as TANK PRESSURE-02-1 s c a l e

02-2
( MDC-18 ) FUEL CELL-FLOW- Green 0.03 t o 0.15 l b / h r (normal band)

(fig- H2
u r e 4-5)
FUEL CELL-FLOW- Green 0.25 t o 1.20 l b / h r (normal band)
02
FUEL CELL-MODULE Green 385" t o 495°F (normal band)

TEMP-SKIN
FUEL CELL-MODULE Green 157.5" to 172.5"F (normal band)
TEMP-COND EXH
ECS PRESS GLY DISCH Green 35 to 55 p s i a (normal band)
(MDC-13)
(fig- TEMP-SUIT Green 45" t o 65°F (normal band)
u r e 4-9)
PRESS-SUIT Red 3.4 p s i a ( l o w l i m i t l i n e )

SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
Color Operating
System Indicator Scale Marking Range or Limitation
PRESS-CABIN Red 4.7 psia (low limit line)
PART PRESS-C02 Red 15 mm Hg (high limit line)
Yellow 7.6 to 15 mm Hg (caution band)
PGA PGA pressure Red 2.0 to 3.5 psia (emergency band)
(fig- indicator Green 3.5 to 10 psia (normal band)
ure 4-9)
4.1.1 SERVICE PROPULSION SYSTEM INDICATORS.
Instrument markings for the SPS indicators (MDC-20) are

shown in figure 4-1. The indicators present a visual display of
SPS temperatures and pressures. Visual displays of SPS fuel and
oxidizer remaining aboard the S/C are shown in the adjacent
OXID-FUEL QUANTITY display windows (as selected by the SPS
quantity SENSOR switch). (Refer to section 3 . )
PRESSURE1-
ENG INLET
PROP TEMP pRHE"ss F&L OX FUEL ox
NOTE: Red lines on the propellant tem-

perature scole show upper l i m i t of
80'Fand lower limit of -4O'F.
Vertical green color bands show
normal opemting mnges for fuel
and oxidizer pressure (170 to 195
psia) and engine inlet pressures
for STATIC (I 70 to 195 psia) and
FIRE (135 to 165 psia).
N2
TK PRESS-
SM-2A-689H
Figure 4-1. Service Propulsion System Indicators

Basic Date 1966 Revision Date Page 4-3
SM2A- 03-SCO 12
PERFORMANCE
~~
The accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement

number of the associated signal is as follows:
Indicator Scale Measurement Number Indicator Accuracy

PROP TEMP SP 0002 T 25°F at 75°F
210°F at 0" and 150'F
He PRESS SP 0001 P 2100 psia at 75°F
2150 psia at 0" and 150°F
Tk PRESS-N2 SP 0600 P (Primary) 2100 psia at 75°F

SP 0601 P (Secondary) 2150 psia at 0" and 150°F
PRESSURE-FUEL SP 0006 P 25 psia at 75°F

PRESSURE-OX SP 0003 P 25 psia at 75°F

PRESSURE-ENG SP 0010 P 25 psia at 75°F

INLET-FUEL 210 psia at 0" and 150'F -,-
PRESSURE-ENG SP 0009 P 25 psia at 75°F

INLET-OX 210 psia at 0" and 150°F
4.1.2 REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM INDICATORS.
Instrument markings for the S/M and C/M RCS indicators

(MDC-12) are shown in figure 4-2. The indicators present a
visual display of system temperatures and pressures. Visual
displays of S/M RCS fuel and oxidizer remaining are shown on the
adjacent PROPELLANT QUANTITY indicator (as selected by the RCS
INDICATORS switch). (Refer to section 3.)
The accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement
number of the associated signal is as follows:
Indicator Scale 1
I
I
Measurement Number
I
I
f
Indicator Accuracy
I I
S/M RCS-TEMP PKG SR 5065 T (Quad A) 25°F at 75°F
SR 5066 T (Quad B ) 210°F at 0" and 150°F
SR 5067 T (Quad C)
SR 5068 T (Quad D)

SM2A- 03 -SC 0 1 2
---
PERFORMANCE
S/M RCA-PRESS-He SR 5001 P (Quad A) 2100 psia at 75°F

SR 5002 P (Quad B ) 2150 psia at 0" and 150°F
SR 5003 P (Quad C)
SR 5004 P (Quad D)
S/M RCS-PRESS-MANF SR 5729 P (Quad A) At 75"F, 2 5 psia from 140

SR 5776 P (Quad B) to 340 psia and 210 psia
SR 5817 P (Quad C) over balance of scale. At 0"
SR 5830 P (Quad D) and 150"F, 210 psia from 145
to 340 psia and k15 psia over
balance of scale.
S/M RCS-TEMP He SR 5013 T (Quad A) Same as S/M RCS-PRESS-

SR 5014 T (Quad B ) MANF indicator
SR 5015 T (Quad C)
ST 5016 T (Quad D)
C/M RCS-He TEMP CR 0003 T (System A) .25"Fat 75°F
CR 0004 T (System B) 210°F at 0" and 150°F
C/M RCS-PRESS-He CR 0001 P (System A) 2100 psia at 75°F

CR 0002 P (System B ) 2150 psia at 0" and 150°F
C/M RCS-PRESS-F CR 0005 P (System A) Same as S/M RCS-PRESS-

CR 0006 P (System B ) MANF indicator.
C/M RCS-PRESS-OX CR 0011 P (System A ) Same as S/M RCS-PRESS-

CR 0012 P (System B ) MANF indicator.
4.1.3 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM INDICATORS.
4.1.3.1 EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Pressure Indicators.
Instrument markings for the EPS (cryogenic storage) tank

pressure indicators (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-3. The.
accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement number of
the associated signal is as follows:
NOTE TANK PRESSURE-02-1 scale is used to display

cryogenic storage tank 1 pressure or ECS surge tank
pressure as selected by 02 PRESS IND toggle switch
located immediately below the display.

B a s i c Date 12' Nov 1966 Revision Date Pagb 4-5
SMZA-03-SCO 12
-4POLLO OPERATIONS HANDBOOK
PERFORMANCE
MANF He
--
TEMP -PRES-
C/M RCS
F ox
SM-2Ad88C
._.,
Figure 4-2. S/hf and C/M Reaction Control System Indicators

~ ~ ~-
TANK PRESSURE-H2-1 SF 0039 P +5 psia at 75°F

TANK PRESSURE-H2-1 SF OObO P Same as TANK PRESSURE-

H2-1 indicator.
TANK PRESSURE-02-1 SF 0037 P (Storage tank) At 75"F, 2 5 psia at 850 to

CF 0006 P (Surge tank) 950 psia and 23% of remain-
ing scale.
At 0" and 150"F, +lo psia at
850 to 950 psia and 4% of
remaining scale.
TANK PRESSURE-02-2 SF 0038 P Same as TANK PRESSURE-

02-2 indicator.
.-

SM2A-03 -SCO1 2
PERFORMANCE
TA
-N
)K PRESSURE-]
1 H2 2 1 02 2
NOTE : Vertical green color bands on the indicators

show normal operating ronga for hydrogen
tank pressures (230 to 265 psio) and oxygen
tank pressures (865 to 935 psia).
SM- 2A-6900
Figure 4-3. EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Pressure Indicators
4.1.3.2 EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Quantity Indicators.
'Instrument markings for the EPS (cryogenic storage) tank

quantity indicator (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-4. The
accuracy for each indicator scale and the measurement nmber of
the associated signal is as follows:
~ ~~

TANK QUANTITY-H2-1 SF 0030 Q k0.5 lb at 75°F
k1.0 lb at 0" and 150°F
TANK QUANTITY-H2-2 SF 0031 Q Same as TANK QUANTITY-
H2-1 indicator.
TANK QUANTITY-02-1 SF 0032 Q 55.0 lb at 75°F

k10.0 lb at 0" and 150°F
TANK QUANTITY-02-2 SF 0033 Q Same as TANK QUANTITY-

02-1 indicator.

B a s i c Date l2 1966 Revision Date Page 4-7
SMZA-03-SG012
PERFORMANCE
T
1A
-NK QUANTITY--$
1 H2 2 1 02 2
5M-2A-6910
Figure 4-4. EPS (Cryogenic Storage) Tank Quantity Indicators
4.1.3.3 EPS Fuel Cell Power Plant Indicators.
Instrument markings for the EFT3 fuel cell power plant

Indicators (MDC-18)are shown in figure 4-5. The aecuracy for
each indicator scale and the measurement number of the
associated signal is as follows:
FUEL CELL-FLOW-H2
sc 2140 R ~ F / C2 j 20.0075 l b / h r at 0" and
SC 2141 R (F/C 3) 150" F
FUEL CELL-FLOW-02 SC 2141 R (F/C 1) 20.05 h r / h r at 75"F,
SC 2143 R (F/C 2 ) and at 0" and 150°F
SC 2144 R (F/C 3)
rmEL CELL-MODULE SC 2084 T (F/C 1) At 75"F, +7"F for 400" to
TEMP-SKIN SC 2085 T (F/C 2 ) 550" scale and 3% of remain-
SC 2086 T (F/C 3) ing scale. At 0" and 150°F,
t 1 4 " F for 400" to 500" scale
and 3% of remaining scale.
mTEL CELLMODULE SC 2081 T (F/C 1) 23"at 75°F
TEMP-COND MH SC 2082 T (F/C 2 ) 25°F at 0" and 150°F
SC 2083 T (F/C 3)

.
Basic Date l2 Nov 1966 Revision Date Page 4-8
SM2A- 03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
FLOW
-FUEL CELL-
MODULE TEMP
"2 02 SKIN COND EXH
NOTE: Vertical green color bands on the indicators

show normal operating ranger for hydrogen
flow (0.03 tu 0.15 lb/hr), oxygen flow
(0.25 tu 1.20 Ibhr), module skin tempem-
ture (385' to 495'F), and the condenser exhaust
temperature (157.5' to 172.5'F).
Figure 4-5. EPS Fuel C e l l I n d i c a t o r s
Indicator Scale Measurement Number I n d i c a t o r Accuracy
DC VOLTS CC 0206 V (Main Bus A ) A t 75"F, t 0 . 2 5 v o l t s f o r 25

CC 0207 V (Main Bus B ) t o 37 v o l t s s c a l e and 21.0
CC 0210 V ( B a t Bus A ) v o l t f o r b a l a n c e of s c a l e .
CC 0211 V ( B a t Bus B ) A t 0" and 150"F, 50.5 v o l t s
CC 0212 V ( P o s t Ldg B a t ) f o r 25 t o 37 v o l t s s c a l e and
CC 0214 V ( B a t Charger Output) 21.0 v o l t f o r b a l a n c e of
CC 0227 V (Pyro B a t A ) scale.
CC 0228 V (Py-ro B a t B )
DC AMPS CC 0222 C ( B a t Bus A ) t1.0% of fldl s c a l e a t 75°F

CC 0223 C ( B a t Bus B ) +2.O% of f u l l s c a l e a t 0" t o
CC 0224 C ( P o s t Ldg Bat) 150"F
SC 2113 C (F/C 1 Output)
SC 2114 C (F/C 2 Output
SC 2115 C (F/C 3 Output)
I 1

Basic Date 1$6 Revision Date Page 4-9
SMZA-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
SM-2A-69U
Figure 4-6. EPS V o l t s , Amperes, and Frequency Meters
Indicator Scale Measurement Number I n d i c a t o r Accuracy
CHGH ( I n n e r S c a l e ) CC 0215 C ( B a t Charger Output) Same as DC AMPS s c a l e
AC VOLTS CC 0200 V (Bus 1 @A) Between 0" and 150°F,

CC 0201 V (Bus 1 @B) 21.0 v o l t f o r t h e 105
CC 0202 V (Bus 1 @C) and 125 v o l t s s c a l e
CC 0203 V (Bus 2 @A) and 22.0 v o l t s f o r
CC 0204 V (Bus 2 @B) b a l a n c e of s c a l e . At
CC 0205 V (Bus 2 BC> 0" and 150"F, t2.0
v o l t s for t h e 105 and
125 v o l t s s c a l e .
F'REQ CPS CC 0213 F (Bus 1 @A) From 50" t o llO"F, fl

CC 0181 F (Bus 1 @B) c y c l e a t 400 c y c l e s .
CC 0182 F (Bus 1 @C) From 0 ' t o 150"F, 22
CC 0217 F (Bus 2 @A) c y c l e s a t 400 c y c l e s
CC 0183 F (Bus 2 @B) and 22.5 c y c l e s f o r
CC 0184 F (Bu's 2 @C) b a l a n c e of s c a l e .

B a s i c Date 1966 Revision Date Page 4-10
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
4.1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM INDICATORS.
4.1.4.1 ECS Pressure and Slow-Rate Indicators.
Instrument markings for the ECS pressure and rate-of-flow

indicator (MDC-13) are shown in figure 4-7. The accuracy for
associated signal is as follows:
GLY EVAP STEAM CF 0034 P 25% of f'ull scale between 0'

PRESS and 150°F
PRESS GLY DISCH 1 CF 0016 P I Same as above.
FLOW 02 CF 0035 R Same as above.
AP SUIT COMPR CF 0115 P Same as above.
Indicator Scale' Measurement Number Indicator Accuracy
GLY ACCUM- CF 0019 Q 25% full-scale 0" to 150"~

QUANTITY
WATER QUANTITY CF 0010 Q (Potable Water) Same as above.

CF 0009 Q (Waste Water)
ECS RAD-OUTLET CF 0020 T Same as above.

TEMP
GLY EVAP-OUTLET CF 0018 T Same as above.
TEMP
ECS RAD OUT TEMP-1 SF 0671 T Same as above.
ECS RAD OUT TEMP-2 SF 0672 T Same as above.

SMZA-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
GLY E V A P PRESS FLOW LIP
NOTE: The g n e n c o l o r band on the glycol

discharge scale indicates a nom1
opemting mnge of 35 to 55 p i a .
SM-24-695E
F i g u r e 4-7. ECS P r e s s u r e and Flow I n d i c a t o r s
ECS RAD OUT TEMP

.
Figure 4-8. ECS Q u a n t i t y and Outlet Temperature I n d i c a t o r s

Basic Date l2 1966 Revision Date Page 4- 12
SM2A-03 -SCO 12
PERFORMANCE
4.1.4.3 ECS Suit and Cabin Temperature/Pressure Indicators.
Instrument markings for the ECS suit and cabin temperature/

pressure indicators are shown in figure 4-9. The accuracy for
. associated signal is as follows:
TEMP-SUIT CF 0008 T 22.5"~overall at 0" to

150"F.
TEMP-CABIN CF 0002 T Same as above.
PRESS-SUIT CF 0012 P At 75"F, 20.25 psia between

0 and 6 psia and 23% for
remainder of scale. At 0"
and 150"F, k0.375 psia
between 0 and 6 psia, and
24% for remainder of scale.
PRESS-CABIN CF 0001 P Same as PRESS-SUIT scale.
PART PRESS-C02 CF 0005 P At 75"F, 20.5 mm between 0

and 15 m Hg, and 21.0 mm
for remainder of scale. At
0" and 150"F, 21.0 mm
between 0.and 15 mm Hg,
and 1.5 mm for remainder
of scale.
PGA Pressure Indicator None ?2 psia overall at normal

temperature range.
4.1.5 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM METERS.
Instrument markings for the telecommunication system

meters are shown in figure 4-10.
4.1.5.1 Auxiliary DC VOLTS Meter.
The auxiliary DC VOLTS meter, located on RHFEB-200

(figure 4-10), is used to monitor selected measurements for
which there is either no other crew display or the crew display
is an event 'indicator capable of displaying only in-tolerance
and out-of-tolerance conditions. The voltmeter is used in con-
junction with the adjacent FUNCTION SELECT and TEST SELECT

Basic D a t e l2 1966 Revision Date
Page 4-13
SM2A- 03-SCO12
- -
SUlT
lEMP1
CABIN SUIT
PERFORMANCE
P
CABIN PART PRESS
R
coz
NOTES: 1 , A verticol green color bond shows the normal opemting

range for the suit tempemture (45' to 65OF). Red
horizontol lines show l i m i h for suit pressure (3.4 pia),
d i n preuure (4.7 pia), ond C 0 2 pressure (15 mm He).
A vertical yellow color bond hws the caution mnge
for CO2 preuure(7.6 to 15 mm Hg).
2. The PGA pressure indicator presents on opemting rang.

a from 2 to 10 psi0 and a green and red color band. The
PGA PRESSURE green bond (3.5 to 10 psia) shows noma1 prew re
INDICATOR rmquird during space flight. The red band (3.5 to 2 pdo)
(LEFT FOREARM) shows the emergency limitations for craw mfety. During
ground opomtions, the indicobr needle w i l l be pegged
beyond 10 p i a because of ohnospheric pressure.
SM-2A-697C
Figure 4-9. ECS Suit and Cabin Temperature/Pressure Indicators
S-BAND ANT
Auxiliary DC VOLTS Meter S-BAND ANT Meter
SM-2A-69X
Figure 4-10. Telecommunication System Meters

B a s i c Date 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-14
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
switches to monitor 13 EPS, 6 RCS, 4 G&N and 1 ECS analog

measurements. Refer to Controls and Displays (section 3 ) for
information on.which measurements are selected for monitoring by
the auxiliary DC VOLTS meter.
The voltmeter provides a reading between 0 and 5 volts of

the selected measurement. By use of a voltmeter conversion chart
an interpolation of the value for the selected measurement can be
made. (Refer to section 2.)
NOTE The accuracy of the auxiliary DC VOLTS meter

(for the f u l l scale) is t1 percent at 75°F and 2 2 percent
at 0" and 150°F.
4.1.5.2 S-Band ANT Meter.
The S-Band ANT meter, on MDC-19 (figure 4-10), utilizes the

automatic gain control (AGC) signal in the S-Band receiver to
display, in a clockwise direction, the relative magnitude of
signals received by the unified S-band equipment (USBE). The
meter is used in determining the correct S-band antenna and S/C
attitude f o r optimum S-band performance.
NOTE The accuracy of the S-BAND ANT meter (for the f u l l

scale) is ?5 percent at temperatures between O'and 150°F.
4.1.6 SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS INDICATORS.
Instrument markings for the sequential systems indicators

are shown in figure 4-11. The indicators present visual displays
required during launch, in-flight SPS operation, and the earth
landing sequence of events. (Refer to paragraphs 4.1.6.1 and
4.1.6.2.)
4.1.6.1 Barometric Pressure Indicator (Altimeter).
The barometric pressure indicator, an altimeter on MDC-1

(figure 4-11), is used in conjunction with the earth landing
system (ELS) and indicates the pressure altitude of the S/C
under low-altitude, low-Mach conditions. This altimeter is
monitored during the earth landing phase o f the mission to verify
that the ELS sequencer is initiating various phases of landing
system deployment at the proper pressure altitude points. A knob,
located left of' the altimeter dial face, is used in setting the
adjacent marker (to display the corrected main parachute deploy
altitude for low-altitude aborts). The adjustable marker, based

B a s i c Date l2 Revision Date Page 4-15
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
NOTE:
The green band on the

L A AOA/SPS Pc indicator
shows mnnol operating
pressures (65 to 125%) for the
SPS combustion chomber
during engine operation
in space flight.
Barometric Pressure Indicator V V AOA/SPS Pc Indicator

(Altimeter)
SM-ZA-700F
Figure 4-11. Sequential System Indicators
on barometric pressure, is set prior to launch. (Refer to para-

graph 4.4.2.2 for altimeter error and C/B base pressure effects.)
NOTE The accuracy of the altimeter is +lo0 feet

from 0 to 4000 feet and 5 percent of the altimeter
reading from 4000 to 60,000 feet.
4.1.6.2 L/V AOA/SPS P, Indicator.
The L/V AOA/SPS Pc indicator, on MDC-3 (figure 4-11}, is

used to dispAay the launch vehicle angle of attack (in per-
centage of pressure from the Q-ball) during launch. After
launch vehicle separation from the S/C, the gauge is used to
display SPS combustion chamber pressure during engine operation.
Inputs to this time-shared gauge are determined by the position
of the L/V AOA/SPS Pc switch, located on the same panel.
NOTE The accuracy of the L/V AOA/Pc indicator (for the

f u l l scale) is 1 percent at 75°F and 2 percent at 0" and
150°F.
4.1.7 MISCELLANEOUS INDICATdRS.
Instrument markings f o r mechanically operated indicators

such as clocks, timers, and an accelerometer are shown in
figure 4-12 and described in paragraphs 4.1.7.1 through 4.1.7.4.
NOTE The accuracy of the S/C clocks and timers at
temperatures between 60" and 90°F (and z e r o gravity) will
not exceed 2 5 seconds for 10 consecutive days (the arith-
metic average of the daily rates). For environmental
conditions above or below this temperature range, the x
average of daily rates for 5 consecutive days will not

exceed 30 seconds.

Basic Date l2 NOv Revision Date Page 4-16
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
100-Hwr Clock GMT Clock
To: EVENT Timer From: EVENT 1im.r
SM-U-73ID
Figure 4-12. Miscellaneous Indicators
4.1.7.1 Mission-Elapsed Time (400-Hour) Clock.
The 400-hour clock, on MDC-12 (figure 4-12), has a 10-hour

dial face with second, minute, and hour hands. A display window
is a l s o provided to show mission elapsed time in 10-hour
increments up to 400 hours (when window display returns to 0.000).
The hour and minute hands are set by a knob at the bottom left of
the dial face. A knob at the top right of the dial is used to
reset, start, and stop the clock. This clock is illuminated
when the floodlights switch on MDC-27 is actuated.
4.1.7.2 GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) Clock.
The GMT clock, LHFEB-306 (figure 4-12), has a 24-hour dial

face with standard second, minute, and hour hands. A time-set
screw, at the bottom left of the dial face, is used to
CREW DISPLAY INSTRUMENTMARKINGS AND ACCURACY D A T ~

Basic Date 1966 Revision Date Page' 4-17
SMZA-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
s y n c h r o n i z e t h e c l o c k w i t h Greenwich mean t i m e . This c l o c k

i l l u m i n a t e s when t h e CLOCKS-BRT-OFF-DIM s w i t c h (LEB-98) i s
actuated.
4.1.7.3 TO EVENT and FROM EVENT T i m e r s .
The TO EVENT and FROM EVENT timers, on LHFEB-306 ( f i g -

ure 4-12 ), have 10-hour d i a l f a c e s w i t h second, minute, hour, and
10-hour hands. A knob a t t h e bottom l e f t of each t i m e r i s used
t o s e t t h e t i m e r hands. Each timer can be r e s e t , s t a r t e d , or
stopped by a pushbutton c o n t r o l a t t h e t o p r i g h t of t h e timer.
These timers i l l u m i n a t e when t h e CLOCKS-BRT-OFF-DIM switch
(LEB-100) i s a c t u a t e d .
4.1.7.4 Accelerometer I n d i c a t o r (G-Meter) .

The a c c e l e r o m e t e r i n d i c a t o r o r g meter, on MDC-2
( f i g u r e 4-12), i s provided w i t h an i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r f o r
showing S / C p o s i t i v e and n e g a t i v e g loads. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e
i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r , t h e r e are two r e c o r d i n g p o i n t e r s (one f o r
p o s i t i v e and one f o r n e g a t i v e g l o a d s ) which f o l l o w t h e .-
i n d i c a t i n g p o i n t e r t o i t s m a x i m u m a t t a i n e d t r a v e l . The record-
i n g p o i n t e r s w i l l remain a t t h e maximum p o s i t i v e and n e g a t i v e
p o s i t i o n s a t t a i n e d t o p r o v i d e a r e c o r d of m a x i m u m g l o a d s
encountered. To r e t u r n t h e r e c o r d i n g p o i n t e r s t o t h e normal 1-g
p o s i t i o n , it i s n e c e s s a r y t o p r e s s t h e RESET knob on t h e lower
l e f t - s i d e of ' t h e a c c e l e r o m e t e r .
NOTE The accuracy o f t h e g meter i s t 0 . 2 g from

o t o 4 g ' s , 20.3 g a t 6 g ' s , 50.4 g from 8 t o 10 g ' s ,
and k0.75 g a t 1 5 g ' s .
4.2 CONSUMABLE REQUIREMENTS.
I n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g t o S/C 014 consumable materials f o r t h e

RCS, SPS, EPS, and ECS i s provided i n t h i s s e c t i o n . For d e t a i l e d
consumable d a t a , r e f e r Mission Modular Data Book (MMDB).
4.2.1 S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.
P r o p e l l a n t consumables u t i l i z e d by t h e 1 6 S/M RCS engines

p r o v i d e t h r u s t f o r t h r e e - a x e s r o t a t i o n a l and t r a n s l a t i o n a l
c o n t r o l o f t h e s p a c e c r a f t ( a f t e r S/C s e p a r a t i o n from t h e launch
v e h i c l e and u n t i l C/M-S/M s e p a r a t i o n p r i o r t o e n t r y ) . The
o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each engine i s 2.03+0.075:1
a t a p r o p e l l a n t flow r a t e of 0.360 l b / s e c . Nominal v a l u e s f o r
CONSUMABLE REQUIREMENTS
Basic D a t e 12 Nov 1%6 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-18
SM2A-03-SC012
-
PERFORMANCE
the individual S/M RCS consumables (maximum usable tank capacity

of 790 pounds) are as follows:
Weight
per Tank
. Delivery
Maximum Rate to
Storage Filled Usable Engine
Consumables Tank (lb) (lb) (lb/sec)
Nitrogen tetroxide ( N2 04 ) 4 138.1 131 * 7 0.241

(oxidizer)
50% unsymmetrical 4 69.7 65.8 0.119

dimethylhydrazine and
50% hydrazine (UDMH/
N$4) (me11
Helium (He) (pressurant) 4 0.52 0.52 N/A
S/M RCS propellant consumption rates for manual attitude

control maneuvers (proportional and direct control) are presented
in figure 4-13. Assumptions applicable to the curves shown in
figure 4-13 are as follows:
0 The dynamic disturbances accounted for are SPS propellant

slosh, the earth orbit aerodynamics and gravity gradient,
ECS steam venting, and rotating EPS and ECS equipment.
0 A nominal maneuver of 50k0.5 degrees per axis.

0 This data may be ratioed to account for different maneuver
angles. The propellant consumption must be decreased by
10 percent for a 30-degree maneuver and increased by
20 percent for a 100-degree maneuver.
The manual single-axis maneuver propellant consumption is

the same as the single-axis maneuver in paragraph 4.2.1.2.
4.2.1.2 Automatic Attitude Control Maneuvers and Attitude Hold.
S/M RCS propellant consumption rates for G&N control

maneuvers (attitude control and attitude hold), versus S/C
B a s i c Date 1966 Revision Date Page 4-1-9
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
M A N W L PROPORTIONAL RATE - 3 AXIS
WEIGHT INERTIA (SLUEFEET S O W E D )

CURM
(Le) 'xx Iw 'zz
A 15,800 53,500 54,ooO
. , . _ , 8 22,300 12,600 40,ooO 38,700
z 1 !
Szot
0
I '
0.1 0.2 . 0.3 0.4
I
0.5
I
0.6
MANEUMR RATE (DEGREESAECOND)
-2 MANWL DIRECT qONTROL 3 AXIS -
NOTE: WEIGHTS AND INERTIAS

~
F O R CURMS A A N D B ARE
SAME AS SHOWN ON
UPPER CHART.
-_ - -
1
.--I
, '
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
MANEUMR RATE (DEGREESAECOND)
TYPICAL MMDB INFORMATION
SM-24-1087
Figure 4-13. S/L RCS Prope,,ant Consumptam During Manual

Attitude Control Maneuvers
CONSUMABLE mQUIREMENTS
.
B a s i c Date l2 1966 .Revision Date Page lr-20
SM2A- 0 3 - 2 x 0 1 2
PERFORMANCE
weight, are p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-14. The same assumptions i n

paragraph 4 . 2 . 1 . 1 a l s o a p p l y t o f i g u r e 4-14, i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e
following:
0 Non-maneuvered axes are held w i t h a narrow deadband of

20.2 degree w h i l e t h e o t h e r axes are moved.
0 A s p e c i f i c impulse (Isp)f o r a s i n g l e j e t RCS f i r i n g p e r

a x i s t h a t e q u a l s 180 seconds.
0 A maneuver rate of 0.5 d e g r e e p e r second.
The S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r a t e s f o r t h e a t t i t u d e

t h e r m a l ( b a r b e c u e ) c o n t r o l mode v e r s u s S/C weight are p r e s e n t e d
i n f i g u r e 4-15. A p p l i c a b l e a d d i t i o n a l assumptions are as f o l l o w s :
0 A t t i t u d e hold i n p i t c h and yaw are a t a deadband of

24.2 degrees.
0 Roll a x i s s p i n i s 0.5 d e g r e e p e r second.
The S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d t o damp f r e e

d r i f t rates (caused by dynamic d i s t u r b a n c e s ) v e r s u s t i m e i n
f r e e d r i f t are p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-16.
4.2.1.3 T r a n s l a t i o n Maneuvers.
S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d f o r s e t t l i n g SPS

p r o p e l l a n t s v e r s u s S/C weight, f o r t h r e e c o n f i g u r a t i o n s of RCS
e n g i n e u t i l i z a t i o n , i s p r e s e n t e d i n t h e upper c h a r t o f
f i g u r e 4-17. The lower c h a r t shows p r o p e l l a n t r e q u i r e d f o r RCS
+X axis d e l t a v e l o c i t y maneuvers. Assumptions a p p l i c a b l e t o
b o t h c h a r t s i n f i g u r e 4-17 are c s f o l l o w s :
0 The RCS engine t h r u s t e q u a l s 100 pounds.
0 Isp a t a t t i t u d e c o r r e c t i o n e q u a l s 185 seconds.
0 Isp a t t r a n s l a t i o n e q u a l s 278 seconds.
0 Dynamic d i s t u r b a n c e s ( s t a t e d i n paragraph 4 . 2 . 1 . 1 ) are

neglected.
0 Roll c o n t r o l p r o p e l l a n t requirements are n e g l e c t e d .
~~
Basic D a t e l2 Revision D a t e Page 4-21
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
2.5
2.0
1.5
1 .o
0.5
0.0
15,000 20,000 25,oOO 30,OOO 35,000 40,000
SPACECRAFT WEIGHT (LB)
3-AXIS ATTITUDE HOLD
15,000 20,
m z,m 30,000 35,000 40,000

S M- 2A- 1088A
Figure 4-14. S/M RCS Propellant Consumption During Attitude
Control Maneuvers and Attitude Hold
SM2A-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
h
Z I-
THERMAL CONTROL MODE (BBQ)
0 Z
" V
k2 Y
c 6 0
ss w
Z
Y 201,000 22,000 24,000 26,000 28,OOO 30,000 32,000

SM-2A-1089
Figure 4-1 .5. S/M RCS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption f o r Thermal C o n t r o l Modes
.3 1 10 100
FREE DRIFT TIME (HOURS)

SM-2A-1000
F i g u r e 4-16. S/M RCS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption f o r Damping

Out Free DrifY Rate
SMZA-03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
- S/M RCS ENGINES

USED K>R
CC4lflGURATION AXIS
DISABLED ATTITUDE CONTlOL nus X
K)SlTlM NEGATIVE TMNWflON
PITCH 364 1 2 261
ONE
YAW 665 7 8 NONE
PITCH 261 3 4 NONE
TWO
YAW 7 a_
a. 5 6 665
I THREE PITCH
YAW
I
1
NONE
NONE
I
I
361
765
1-
I
264
668
I
I
26I
665 I
S/M RCS PROPEUANT REQUIRED FOR WAGE
22
20
-
a 18
16
!2
f 14
12
S/M RCS PROPELLANT REQUIRED FOR +X TRANSLATION
NOTE:
C u m I, 2, and 3
"t #nOM .ngim
culfigrmtiul OI o h .
2O:OOO 22,OOO 24,000 26,ooO 28,OOO 30,000 32,000 %,OW

SPACECRAR MIGHT &E)
TYt'lCAL MMDB INFORMATION

SM-24-IOPIA
Figure 4-17. S/M RCS Propellant Consumpt-Dn for SPS Propellant --

Settling and Translation Maneuvers
SM2A-03-SCO12
PE!RFORMANCE
~~ ~ ~ ~~
4.2.1.4 A t t i t u d e Hold Following SPS Burn.
S/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption r e q u i r e d f o r a t t i t u d e h o l d

i n t h r e e axes, immediately f o l l o w i n g a n SPS burn and e x t e n d i n g
over a 10-minute p e r i o d after t h e SPS b u r n , i s p r e s e n t e d i n
' t h e upper c h a r t of figure 4-18. ( T h i s curve i n c l u d e s t h e t o t a l
RCS requirement and should n o t be added t o t h e r e s u l t s o b t a i n e d
from f i g u r e 4-14. However, a f t e r t h e end o f t h e 10-minute s l o s h
damping p e r i o d , t h e rates i n t h e lower c h a r t o f figure 4-14
s h o u l d be u s e d . ) For a t t i t u d e h o l d s delayed a f t e r t h e termina-
t i o n o f an SPS burn, b o t h c h a r t s i n f i g u r e 4-18 are used f o r
a d j u s t i n g RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption rates.
)L .2.2 C/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.
P r o p e l l a n t consumables u t i l i z e d by t h e 1 2 C/M RCS e n g i n e s

p r o v i d e t h r u s t f o r three-axes r o t a t i o n a l and a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l of
t h e C/M ( a f t e r an a b o r t o r d u r i n g normal e n t r y ) . The o x i d i z e r /
f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each of t h e f o u r r o l l e n g i n e s i s
2.1+0.09 :1 a t a p r o p e l l a n t consumption r a t e o f 0.345 l b / s e c .
The o x i d i z e r / f u e l r a t i o (by w e i g h t ) f o r each of t h e e i g h t
remaining engines i s 2.0?0.09:1 a t a p r o p e l l a n t consumption
r a t e of 0.342 l b / s e c . Any remaining p r o p e l l a n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e
helium used as a p r e s s u r a n t , i s e j e c t e d p r i o r t o C/M touchdown
( f o r a l l m i s s i o n modes). Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l
C / M RCS consumables ( u s a b l e t a n k c a p a c i t y o f 225 pounds) are
as f o l l o w s :
Weight p e r Tank
S t orage Filled Usable D e l i v e r y Rat e

Consumables Tank (lb) (lb) t o Engine
Nitrogen t e t r o x i d e 89.2 75.0 0.228 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r / f u e l

(N2O4) ( o x i d i z e r ) r a t i o of 2:1)
0.234 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r l f u e l
r a t i o o f 2.1:1)
Monomethylhydrazine 45.2 37.5 0.114 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r / f u e l

(MMH) ( f u e l ) r a t i o of 2:1)
0.111 l b / s e c ( o x i d i z e r / f u e l
r a t i o of 2 . 1 : 1 )
Helium (He) 0.52 0.52

(pressurant )
._
B a s i c Date l2 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-25
SM2A-03-SCO12
. ._-
PERFORMANCE
S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION FOLLOWING AN SPS BURN

100
80
ON
60
40
wl
L
3;
' 4 8 1 2 1 6 a O 2 4 2 8 3 2 3 6 4 0 4 4 4 8 5 2
SPS BURN DURATION (SECONDS)
RELATIVE S/M RCS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION VERSUS

DELAY IN ATTITUDE HOLD FRQM END OF SPS BURN
PERCENT TO PROPELLANT
FROM CUR- ABOVE
TYPICAL MMDB INFORMTION
ATTITUDE HOLD DELAY (MINUTES)
SM-2A- 1092
Figure 4-18. S/M RCS Attitude Hola Propellant Consumption

Followinn SPS Burn
CONSUMABLE REQUIIGBENTS
Basic Date l2 1966 Revision Date ,Page , 4-26
SM2A- 03 -SCO12
PERFORMANCE
R e p r e s e n t a t i v e C/M RCS p r o p e l l a n t consumption time h i s t o r i e s

are p r e s e n t e d i n figure 4-19 f o r nominal and off-nominal s i n g l e -
system RCS e n t r i e s . The c u r v e s i n c l u d e p r e - e n t r y p r o p e l l a n t
expended ( 5 pounds f o r nominal and 9 pounds f o r off-nominal
rates ) .
4.2.3 SPS PROPELLANT CONSUMPTION DATA.
Storage Weight p e r Tank

(and Delivery
sump 1 Filled Usable Rate t o
Consumables Tank (lb) (1b) Engine
Nitrogen t e t r o x i d e 1 30,600 27,333 46.06 l b / s e c

(N204) ( o x i d i z e r )
50% unsymmetrical 1 15,300 13,677 23.03 l b / s e c

dimethylhydrazine
( WMH/N2H4 (fuel)
Helium ( H e ) 2 48.2 48.2 N/A

(pressurant ) ,
S p a c e c r a f t weight i s p l o t t e d a g a i n s t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
v e l o c i t y f o r nominal and minimum v a l u e s of s p e c i f i c impulse.
(See f i g u r e 4-20.) A sample p a t h t r a c e s a t y p i c a l s o l u t i o n f o r
p r o p e l l a n t weight when i n i t i a l weight, s p e c i f i c impulse, and
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v e l o c i t y change are given. Arrows on t h e c h a r t ,
s t a r t i n g w i t h an i n i t i a l v a l u e f o r weight (W,) i n d i c a t e t h e
d i r e c t i o n of flow f o r t h e sample problem. It i s important t o
n o t e t h a t t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c v e l o c i t y (V,) s c a l e does n o t
r e p r e s e n t v a l u e s of AV remaining aboard t h e S/C, b u t i s
i n t e n d e d t o serve as a r e f e r e n c e o n l y on which increments
( AVc) may b e t a k e n as shown i n t h e sample.
I n o r d e r t o account f o r a 4500 pound-seconds l o s s f o r each

SPS engine s t a r t , 1 4 . 5 pounds of p r o p e l l a n t must be added t o t h e
4-27
Basic Date 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page
SMZA-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
ENTRY TIME (400,oOOTO 24,000 FT), +EN (SECONDS)
NOMINAL 0FF-N OM1NAL

Vg 24,216 FPS 24, 216 FPS
Yg -1.65 DEG -1.65 DEG
a 156 DEG 156 DEG
B 0 DEG 0 DEG
4EN ODEG 0 DEG
C h -0.0004DEG -0.00006
GUST NONE HALF SINE WAVE
0 52.7 DEG 52.7 DEG
RANGE 1547NM 1547 NM
SM-2A-1093
Figure 4-19. C/M RCS Propellant Consumption
Time Histories - Single System
CONSUMABLE REQUIRIDENTS
Basic Date l2 Revision Date Page 4-28
,
SM2A-03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTIC VELOCITY, Vc (FTAEC)
GIVEN: INITIAL SPACECRAFT WEIGHT, W1

SPECIFIC IMPULSE, 'Isp
CHARACTERISTIC VELOCITY
CHANGE, A V c
g = 32.174 FTAEC2
PROPELLANT WEIGHT, Wp = W1
1
( )I
I:-
1
A ~
9 ISP
C
SM-2A-1094
F i g u r e 4-20. SPS P r o p e l l a n t Consumption
.
B a s i c Date E 1966 Revision Date Page' 4-29
SMZA- 03 -SCO1 2
PERFORMANCE
p r o p e l l a n t consumption noted d u r i n g each f i r i n g . (The t o t a l

p r o p e l l a n t requirements are l i m i t e d t o t h e t o t a l u s a b l e
p r o p e l l a n t s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e S/C.)
4.2.4 EPS AND ECS CONSUMPTION DATA.
Oxygen and hydrogen r e a c t a n t s (from t h e cryogenic s t o r a g e

system) are consumed by t h e EPS f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i n t h e
g e n e r a t i o n of e l e c t r i c a l power for t h e S/C. Water, as a
by-product, i s provided f o r t h e ECS. Oxygen from t h e cryogenic
s t o r a g e system i s a l s o s u p p l i e d t o t h e ECS f o r m e t a b o l i c con-
sumption by t h e crewmembers and f o r p r e s s u r i z a t i o n of t h e crew
compartment and t h e PGA. The cryogenic t a n k s f o r oxygen and
hydrogen are i n i t i a l l y f i l l e d t o a t l e a s t 97 p e r c e n t o f f u l l
c a p a c i t y . Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e s e consumables a r e as f o l l o w s :
Weight p e r Tank
S t orage .Filled Usable Flow Rate

Consumables Tank (1b) (lb) t o System
Hydrogen (H2) 2 29.0 28.0 0.14 l b / h r (min)

( s u p e r c r i t i c a l gas 0.27 l b / h r ( m a x )
( 0.75 lb/hr-purge o n l y )
2 327.0 320.0 1.70 l b / h r (min)

2.58 l b / h r ( m a x )
(0.6 lb/hr-purge o n l y )
Nitrogen ( N 2 ) ( f u e l 3 0.44 0.44
c e l l reference
p r e ss u re )
NOTE Both t h e EPS and ECS u t i l i z e ,oxygen from

t h e sane cryogenic s t o r a g e system (489 pounds
of u s a b l e 02 f o r t h e EPS and 1 5 1 pounds f o r t h e
ECS).
4.2.4.1 EPS F u e l C e l l R e a c t a n t s Consumption.
The O2 and H2 consumption versus e l e c t r i c a l o u t p u t f o r

one, two, o r t h r e e f u e l c e l l power p l a n t s i s shown i n
f i g u r e 4-21. Only t h e H2 curve i s given. (The 02 consumption
rate i s e i g h t t i m e s t h e H2 r a t e . ) Water g e n e r a t e d by t h e fuel
c e l l s may be c a l c u l a t e d by m u l t i p l y i n g t h e H2 consumption
r a t e by n i n e .
9
Basic Date
l2 1966 Revision Date Page 4- 30
SM2A; 03 -SCOl2
PERFORMANCE
NOTE:
WATER GENERATION RATE IS
OBTAINED BY MULTIPLYING H2
CONSUMPTION RATE BY NINE
3.20 0.40
2.80 0.35
z
h
5
d
2.40
d
0.30
2.00 0.25
6-
I-
1.60 0.20
3
v)
Z 1 .XI 0.15
8 0.80 cy
0.10
I
0.40 0.05
0 n
-50 &-70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
3 FlEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES)
I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I 1
50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
2 FUEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES)
I I 1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 1
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
1 FUEL CELL CURRENT (AMPERES) SM-2A-1095
Figure 4-21. Cryogenic Consumption Versus Fuel Cell Current
In order to maintain fuel cell operating efficiency,

purging of each power plant is accomplished every 7 hours. The
purges will normally be staggered so that a H2 purge will follow
an 02 purge by 3.5 hours. The present purging cycle of 7 hours
is based upon the maximum normal power output of 1420 watts per
fuel cell. The time between purges is based upon the ratio of
the present maximum of 1420 watts/fuel cell power plant to the
actual maximmi gross power demand times 7 hours. Thus, if the
actual miximum gross power demand is 710 watts/fuel cell
module, the nominal purge interval of 7 hours would be increased
by 1420/710 or 2. Multiplying 2 times 7 would then provide a
purge interval of 14 hours. During purging, the power plant
continues to consume reactants in the quantities required to
produce the power demanded by S/C electrical loads. The
duration of each H2 purge is 80 seconds and 120 seconds for
each 02 purge.
~~
SM2A-03-SC012
---
PERFORMANCE
~
4.2.4.2 EPS E l e c t r i c a l Power OutDut.

During a normal m i s s i o n , from launch u n t i l e n t r y , about
618 kwh of e l e c t r i c a l power i s s u p p l i e d t o t h e S/C by t h r e e
fuel c e l l power p l a n t s o p e r a t i n g i n p a r a l l e l . If one power
p l a n t should f a i l , t h e remaining two w i l l p r o v i d e f o r normal
povrer loads. I n t h e event two power p l a n t s f a i l , S/C
emergency l o a d s can be accommodated. The t h r e e b a t t e r i e s ,
normally r e s e r v e d f o r e n t r y and p o s t l a n d i n g phases of t h e
m i s s i o n , can b e u t i l i z e d t o p r o v i d e f o r peak l o a d s above
operating fuel c e l l c a p a c i t i e s .
NOTE The EFS r e q u i r e s a minimum s t e a d y - r a t e power

l e v e l of 1689 w a t t s w i t h t h r e e f u e l c e l l s o p e r a t i n g or
1550 watts w i t h two f u e l c e l l s o p e r a t i n g d u r i n g o r b i t .
However, a minimum t r a n s i e n t power l e v e l of 1.500 w a t t s
f o r t h r e e f i e 1 c e l l s can be reached w i t h o u t c a u s i n g an
o v e r v o l t a g e i n t h e EFS. (Tests a r e b e i n g conducted t o
determine i f a minimum t r a n s i e n t power l e v e l of 1200
watts f o r three f u e l c e l l s i s feasible,)
0 By drawing on b a t t e r y power and r e c h a r g i n g , an a d d i t i o n a l
1 . 0 kwh of energy can be o b t a i n e d f o r u s e d u r i n g o r b i t a l
flight.
0 The S/C i s capable of s u s t a i n i n g an emergency power l o a d
of 1200 w a t t s w i t h one h e 1 c e l l o p e r a t i n g d u r i n g o r b i t .
4.2.4.3 ECS Oxygen and Water Consumption.
Oxygen and w a t e r consumables are u t i l i z e d by t h e ECS i n

p r o v i d i n g f o r needs p e c u l i a r t o t h e presence of men aboard t h e
s p a c e c r a f t . Nominal v a l u e s f o r t h e ECS consumables a r e as f o l l o w s :
Usable
Weight
Consumables Source (Ib) Remarks
Cryogenic s t o r a g e 151.0 The b a s i c purpose of t h e

system t a n k s ( 2 ) . ECS oxygen i s f o r crew
m e t ab oli c c on sumpt i o n
NOTE The cryogenic and c o n t r o l of t h e C/M
s t o r a g e system sup- p r e s s u r e as f o l l o w s :
p l i e s O2 t o b o t h t h e
ECS and EPS ( 1 5 1 a. Metabolic -
t h r e e men
pounds f o r t h e ECS a t 0.075 lb/hr/man o r
and 489 pounds f o r 0.225 l b / h r t o t a l
t h e EPS) .
b. C/M l e a k a g e -
0.2 l b / h r
.
Basic D a t e l2 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-32
SM2A- 03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
Usable
Weight
Consumables Source (lb) Remarks
c. 2 C/M
repressurizations -
11.7 l b (5.85 l b / e a ) .
Surge t a n k 3.7 I n i t i a l l y f i l l e d during
ground s e r v i c e
Entry t a n k 1.0 I n i t i a l l y f i l l e d during

ground s e r v i c e
P o t a b l e water One C/M p o t a b l e water 36.0 I n i t i a l l y f i l l e d during

supply t a n k ground s e r v i c e ; t h e t a n k
i s replenished during
f l i g h t by t h e EPS f u e l
c e l l power p l a n t s a t a
nominal r a t e of 0.77 l b
p e r k i l o w a t t . If t a n k i s
full, water w i l l overflow
i n t o C/M waste water t a n k .
Waste water One C / M waste water 56.0 I n i t i a l l y f i l l e d during

supply t a n k ground s e r v i c e and t h e n
by overflow of water
from p b t a b l e w a t e r t a n k .
Two S/M w a t e r 112.0 A d d i t i o n a l supply o f

supply t a n k s water i s c a r r i e d i n S/M
t o r e p l e n i s h C/M water
tanks, i f necessary.
Nitrogen (N2) One N2 supply t a n k 1.5 Used t o p r e s s u r i z e t h e

(pressurant ) S/M water supply t a n k s .
NOTE The ECS p o t a b l e water w i l l be p r i m a r i l y u s e d . f o r

m e t a b o l i c purposes by t h e crew and not f o r c o o l i n g
purposes i n t h e S/C (unless w a s t e water becomes
depleted ) .
0 The ECS r a d i a t o r i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e i s a f f e c t e d by heat
t r a n s f e r from EPS components. A s t h e components become
warmer from i n c r e a s e d e l e c t r i c a l l o a d s , a g r e a t e r r a t e
of h e a t t r a n s f e r w i l l t a k e p l a c e . ECS r a d i a t o r f r e e z i n g
may r e s u l t i f b o t h r a d i a t o r s a r e exposed t o deep space f o r
more t h a n 1 hour and t h e i n l e t - t e m p e r a t u r e i s below 75°F
B a s i c D a t e J2 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-33
SM2A- 03-SCO12
PEiiFORMANCE
w i t h an e l e c t r i c a l c u r r e n t l e v e l of about 55 amps By
r o l l i n g o r tumbling t h e S/C, t o allow f o r p e r i o d i c exposure
of t h e r a d i a t o r s t o t h e sun, t h e i n l e t t e m p e r a t u r e can be
70°F w i t h an e l e c t r i c a l c u r r e n t l e v e l of about 50 amps
b e f o r e t h e space r a d i a t o r s s t a r t t o f r e e z e .
4.3 RCS AND SPS THRUSTING DATA.

4.3.1 RCS TRANSLATION CONTROL.
S p a c e c r a f i t r a n s l a t i o n i s p o s s i b l e a t any time a f t e r S-IVB

s e p a r a t i o n and p r i o r t o t h e t i m e when S/M-C/M s e p a r a t i o n o c c u r s .
T r a n s l a t i o n maneuvers y r e provided through t h e S/M RCS e n g i n e s
and a r e normally i n i t i a t e d manually by t h e t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l
T-handle i n t h e "X, Y, and Z a x e s , or by t h e DIRECT ULLAGE switch
i n t h e +X a x i s . The t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l (manipulated i n t h e
counterclockwise p o s i t i o n t o t h e a b o r t d e t e n t f o r about 2 . 5
s e c o n d s ) a l s o p r o v i d e s for CSM/S-IVB s e p a r a t i o n . While t h e
c o n t r o l i s i n t h e a b o r t d e t e n t p o s i t i o n , t h e CSM a t t i t u d e i s n o t
c o n t r o l l e d . Upon c o n f i r m a t i o n of p h y s i c a l s e p h r a t i o n , t h e t r a n s -
l a t i o n c o n t r o l i s moved t o t h e +X p o s i t i o n and t h e SCS i n i t i a t e s
a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l t o a maximum deadband of 5 d e g r e e s . (Refer t o
s e c t i o n 2 f o r systems o p e r a t i o n . )
NOTE Each S/M RCS engine nominally develops 100 pounds

of t h r u s t . If f o u r e n g i n e s a r e i g n i t e d ( a s i n a *X
t r a n s l a t i o n ) , t h e S/C w i l l a c c e l e r a t e a t 0 . 4 t o 0.8
ft/sec2,, depending on t h e S/C weight snd c o n t r o l mode.
(Only two e n g i n e s a r e i g n i t e d f o r +Y and LZ t r a n s l a t i o n s . )
0 The minimum RCS impulse d u r a t i o n , assuming average human

r e s p o n s e , i s on t h e o r d e r of 200 m i l l i s e c o n d s . The maxi-
mum t r a n s l a t i o n d u r a t i o n i s a f u n c t i o n o f t h e zv-ailable
propellant .
4.3.2 RCS ROTATION CONTROL.
Automatic o r manual r o t a t i o n a l c o n t r o l of t h e S/C i s pro-

v i d e d i n b o t h t h e G&N 2nd t h e SCS c o n t r o l modes. ( R e f e r t o
s e c t i o n 2 f o r systems o p e r a t i o n . )
NOTE The S/C can have a m a x i m a n g u l a r a c c e l e r a t i o n

from 1 . 0 t o 1 . 5 d e g r e e s p e r second2, depending on t h e
S/C mzss c o n f i g u r a t i o n and RCS e n g i n e s f i r e d . )
CONSUMABIX FXQUIFX:MENTS-RCS AND SPS THRUSTING DATA

B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov 1966 Revision Date Page 4-34
SMZA- 03 -SCO 12
PEWORMANCE
4.3.2.1 G&N A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
During t h e W a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, t h e i n e r t i a l measure-

ment u n i t (IMU) m a i n t a i n s t h e primary i n e r t i a l a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e
for t h e S/C. R o t a t i o n changes a r e commanded by e i t h e r t h e Apollo
guidance computer (AGC) when v e r b 70 i s e n t e r e d i n t h e S/C d i s p l a y
keyboard (DSKY) f o r manual maneuvers w i t h t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ,
o r by manually d i a l i n g t h e c o u p l i n g d i s p l a y u n i t s (CDU) for
maneuvers p r e p r o g r a m e d i n t h e A X .
NOTE The AGC can be programmed t o command a t h r e e -

a x i s 60-degree r e o r i e n t a t i o n of t h e S/C (and i s
s i m i l a r i n o p e r a t i o n t o an a t t i t u d e o r i e n t a t i o n
maneuver for an IMU alignment).
e A l l preprogrammed AGC maneuvers a r e executed a t an

a t t i t u d e r a t e of 0.5 degree p e r second ( 4 . 0 d e g r e e s
p e r second f o r a b o r t o r e n t r y maneuvers o n l y ) . I n
t h e G&N mode, a k 4 . 2 degree maximum or a f0.2 degree
minimum a t t i t u d e e r r o r deadband i s a v a i l a b l e The S/C
w i l l have a l i m i t c y c l e r a t e of l e s s t h a n 0.2 degree
p e r second w i t h i n t h e s e deadbands.
e G&N a t t i t u d e maneuver r a t e s (used f o r IMU f i n e

alilgnments and checks) a r e l i m i t e d by t h e G&N
d i g i t a l program t o 0 . 5 degree p e r second i n
p i t c h , roll, and yaw.
4.3.2.2 SCS A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
During t h e SCS a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l mode, t h e body mounted

a t t i t u d e gyros (BMAG) p r o v i d e an automatic r e f e r e n c e f o r h o l d i n g
t h e S/C a t a s p e c i f i c a t t i t u d e w i t h i n a f4 2 d e g r e e s maximum
o r a 1 0 . 2 degree minimum a t t i t u d e e r r o r deadband. If t h e S/C i s
t h e n maneuvered manually by t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , t h e a t t i t u d e
gyro coupling u n i t (AGCU) w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y cage t h e a t t i t u d e
g y r o s , c o r r e c t t h e a t t i t u d e hold r e f e r e n c e , and p r e s e n t a neb
d i s p l a y on t h e F D A 1 when t h e maneuver i s completed.
4.3.2.3 Manual A t t i t u d e C o n t r o l .
Manual maneuvers f o r a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l of t h e S/C a r e

provided by u s e of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l for d i r e c t and pro-
p o r t i o n a l r a t e s , and by t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l for
l o w - r o t a t i o n a l r a t e s (minimum i m p u l s e ) . The primary
SM 2A- 03 -SC0 12
PERFORMANCE
purpose o f t h e manual a t t i t u d e c o n t r o l s and p e r t i n e n t d a t a

a r e a s follows:
1. D i r e c t r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l , f o r emergency and backup con-

d i t i o n s , i s commanded by u s e of t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l
( s t i c k ) about t h e d e s i r e d axes t o i t s h a r d s t o p s . J u s t
b e f o r e engaging t h e h a r d s t o p s , a s w i t c h c l o s e s and a p p l i e s
a d i r e c t command t o t h e RCS d i r e c t c o i l s . Rate feedback
i s n o t used t o c a n c e l t h e s t i c k movement, b u t t h e
BMAG-AGCU l o o p i s c l o s e d and m a i n t a i n s an a t t i t u d e
r e f e r e n c e t o i t s limits.
NOTE The a t t i t u d e r a t e , commanded by d i r e c t r o t a t i o n ,

i s l i m i t e d o n l y by human endurance and t h e RCS p r o p e l l a n t
s u p p l y . S t a r t and s t o p t r a n s i e n t s depend on p i l o t
t e c h n i q u e and t h e a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e ( F D A I or v i s u a l
landmark) used t o c l o s e t h e o u t e r c o n t r o l l o o p . The
i n e r t i a l r e f e r e n c e s s t a r t t o accumulate e r r o r (due t o
gyro s l u e r a t e l i m i t a t i o n s ) a t a r a t e of 20 d e g r e e s
p e r second about t h e r o l l a x i s and 5.0 d e g r e e s p e r
second about t h e p i t c h o r yaw a x i s .
2. Proportional rotation control, f o r a t t i t u d e corrections,

i s commanded by displacement of t h e manual S/C r o t a t i o n
c o n t r o l ( s t i c k ) i n t o a desired p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e (when
r e f e r r i n g t o S/C a t t i t u d e d i s p l a y on t h e FDAI).
NOTE The r e s u l t i n g p r o p o r t i o n a l r a t e w i l l v a r y from

a m i n i m of 0 . 2 degree p e r second t o a m a x i m of
0.65 d e g r e e p e r second (depending on s t i c k d i s p l a c e -
ment). A t t i t u d e e r r o r deadbands a r e k 4 . 2 d e g r e e s
maximum and k0.2 degree minimum.
3. A t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l , for commanding l o w - r o t a t i o n a l

r a t e s about all t h r e e a x e s , i s a v a i l a b l e i n e i t h e r G&N
o r SCS modes of o p e r a t i o n and i s used a s r e q u i r e d d u r i n g
n a v i g a t i o n a l s i g h t i n g p e r i o d s . T h i s i s accomplished
t h r o u g h t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l l o c a t e d on p a n e l
105.
NOTE A f t e r t h e a t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l i s enabled

and d i s p l a c e d , a s w i t c h c l o s u r e i n t h e c o n t r o l u n i t
w i l l cause one p u l s e of 18k4 m i l l i s e c o n d s , which i s
a p p l i e d t o t h e RCS j e t s e l e c t i o n l o g i c . (One p u l s e
i s g e n e r a t e d for each a t t i t u d e impulse s w i t c h
closure. )
RCS AND SPS THRUSTING DATA

B a s i c Date l2 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-36
SM2A-03 -SCOl?
PERFORMANCE
e A t t i t u d e impulse c o n t r o l i s n o t a p r o p o r t i o n a l con-
t r o l and does n o t p r o v i d e f o r a t t i t u d e h o l d . When
t h i s c o n t r o l i s e n a b l e d , r e l a y a c t i o n removes a l l
r a t e a t t i t u d e e r r o r and c o n t r o l i n p u t s from t h e SCS
electronics.
0 Use of minimum impulse ( f o r f i n e adjustment of S/C

a t t i t u d e ) e x c i t e s r a t e s of about 0.01 degree p e r
second minimum t o 0.5 degree p e r second m a x i m .
4.3.3 SFS ENGINE THRUST F'ERFOXWNCE.
4.3.3.1 SPS Small-Impulse Operation

The SPS engine i s capable of a c c e p t i n g a shutdown s i g n a l
a t any t i m e a f t e r r e c e i p t of a s t a r t s i g n a l . A nominal mini-
mum impulse b i t of 12,000 pound-seconds i s developed when t h e
engine i s f i r e d f o r a n open-loop o p e r a t i o n p e r i o d of 0.6
seconds. (See f i g u r e 4-22.) The run-to-run minimum i m p u l s e - b i t
t o l e r a n c e i s +3OO pound-seconds (1 s i g m a ) . Impulse v a l u e a s a
f u n c t i o n of start-to-shutdown s i g n a l d u r a t i o n (FS1 t o FS2), i s
e s t i m a t e d from q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s g e n e r a t e d a t AEDC (Arnold
Engineering Development C e n t e r ) . ( P r o p e l l a n t consumption for
small impulse f i r i n g s i n c l u d i n g t h e 14.4-pound p r o p e l l a n t loss
f o r each SPS engine s t a r t i s covered by t h e e q u a t i o n
Wp = (Impulse +4500)/Isp.
4.3.3.2 SPS Engine S t a r t and Shutdown T r a n s i e n t s .

The SPS engine s t a r t and shutdown t r a n s i e n t s a r e p r e s e n t e d
i n f i g u r e 4-23. Curves show t h e p e r c e n t a g e of r a t e d t h r u s t a s a
f u n c t i o n of e l a p s e d time from s t a r t (FS1) and s h u t d o m (FS2)
command s i g n a l s . Rated t h r u s t i s based on nominal i n l e t c o n d i t i o n .
A l l d a t a e s t i m a t e s a r e from AEDC q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t s . The start
t r a n s i e n t t o t a l impulse from FS1 t o 90-percent r a t e d t h r u s t i s
l i m i t e d t o t h e range from 100 pound-seconds (minimum) t o
400 pound-seconds (maximum). The run-to-run t o l e r a n c e on s t s r t
t r a n s i e n t impulse i s ?lo0 pound-seconds (1 sigma). The shGtdob,n
imDulse from FS2 t o 10-percent r a t e d t h r u s t i s l i m i t e d t o 3
range from 8000 pound-seconds ( m i n i m ) t o 12,000 pound-seconds
(maximum). The run-to-run t o l e r a n c e on t h e shutdown impulse i s
?_100pound-seconds (1 sigma).
..
RCS AND SPS TKRUSTING DATA

B a s i c Date l2 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Pal?e 4-37
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
SPS SIGNAL DURATION (FS1 TO FS2) IN SECONDS

SM-2A-1098
Figure 4-22. SPS Small Impulse F i r i n g s f o r Open-Loop Operations
4.3.3.3 SPS Delta V C a p a b i l i t y .
The SPS d e l t a V c a p a b i l i t y remaining v e r s u s SPS

p r o p e l l a n t remaining i s p r e s e n t e d i n f i g u r e 4-24.
4.3.3.4 SPS Engine Gimbal Angle Determinations.
The engine gimbal angle determinations for an SPS f i r i n g

(thrust v e c t o r through c e n t e r of g r a v i t y ) can be c a l c u l a t e d d u r i n g
RCS AND SPS "HRUSTING DATA

B a s i c Date G' 1966 Revision Date Page 4-38
SM2A- 03 -SCO$2
APOLLO OPERATIONS M N D B O O K
PERFORMANCE
ELAPSED TIME IN SECONDS
SM-2A- 1099
Figure 4-23. SPS Engine Start and Shutdown Transients
flight by the amount of SPS f’uel remaining aboard the spacecraft.

(See figure 14-25. The ground controller will determine SPS
engine gimbal angles if propellant leaks and/or other than
nominal oxidizer to f’uel ratios occur.
4.4 S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS.
4.4.1 OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS.
Attitude constraints are necessary to prevent excessive

exposure of certain spacecraft surface features to solar heating,
earth albedo, or deep space. These constraints are required to
control temperatures for the ECS radiator inlet, S/M RCS engines,
SPS propellant feedlines, and the heat shield.
RCS AND SPS THRUSTING DATA-S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS

Basic Date. ’* 1g66 Revision Date Page 4-39
SMZA-03-SCO12
E1ERFORMANCE
0 2Ooo m
DELTA V REMAINING - FPS S M - a - 1 IOOA
Figure 4-24. SPS D e l t a V Remaining Versus

P r o p e l l a n t Remaining
S/C OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS AND LIMITATIONS

B a s i c Date 1? Nov 1966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-40
SMZA-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
a
P
E

.
B a s i c Date l2 1966 Revision D a t e Page 4-41
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
4.4.1.1 ECS Radiator I n l e t T e m D e r a t u r e .
The ECS r a d i a t o r i n l e t temperature ( o b t a i n e d from MSFN o r

t h e a u x i l i a r y DC v o l t s meter on p a n e l 200) should be maintained
a t 75°F o r w a r m e r t o prevent a g a i n s t r a d i a t o r f r e e z i n g . However,
e x c e s s i v e water b o i l i n g w i l l r e s u l t i f t h e r a d i a t o r s a r e d i r e c t l y
exposed t 6 t h e sun f o r prolonged p e r i o d s . S/C o r i e n t a t i o n s
exposing t h e ECS r a d i a t o r s u r f a c e t o s o l a r incidence angles l e s s
t h a n 45 degrees should not be maintained longer t h a n 20 minutes
p e r o r b i t . A l s o , t h e S / C a t t i t u d e should be c o n s t r a i n e d
i n e r t i a l l y o r h e l d f i x e d r e l a t i v e t o t h e e a r t h without r o l l f o r
a p e r i o d l o n g e r t h a n one o r b i t , i f t h e s o l a r incidence t o t h e
r a d i a t o r i s less than 45 degrees. To prevent excessive water
consumption ( b o i l i n g ) t h e S/C a t t i t u d e must not be c o n s t r a i n e d
i n an i n e r t i a l o r e a r t h - f i x e d o r i e n t a t i o n without r o l l f o r longer
t h a n 3 hours.
CAUTION Extreme r a d i a t o r s o o t i n g can be d e t e c t e d

by a r a p i d d e p l e t i o n of t h e water supply
and high r a d i a t o r o u t l e t temperature.
0 If t h e r a d i a t o r o u t l e t temperature averages above

53°F as a r e s u l t of extreme s o o t i n g , high e l e c t r i c a l
l o a d s , o r poor r a d i a t o r o r i e n t a t i o n , t h e water t a n k s
w i l l be d e p l e t e d a t a r a t e incompatible with t h e
planned mission d u r a t i o n time.
NOTE Observance of ECS r a d i a t o r c o n s t r a i n t s w i l l a l s o

ensure a s a t i s f a c t o r y environment f o r EPS r a d i a t o r
o p e r a ti o n .
4.4.1.2 S/M RCS Ennine Temperatures.
The S/M RCS engines are q u a l i f i e d t o work within t h e range

of 35" t o 175"F, t h e p r o p e l l a n t v a l v e temperature l i m i t s . A r e d
warning l i g h t on panel 10 w i l l i l l u m i n a t e t o i n d i c a t e when t h e
temperatures exceed t h i s range. Temperatures above 175°F a r e
not exp-ected, except t e m p o r a r i l y ( p o s s i b l e ) during b o o s t .
Heaters t h a t c y c l e a u t o m a t i c a l l y are provided on each quad t o
maintain temperatures above t h e lower l i m i t . However, i f one
quad i s continuously pointed away from t h e sun f o r longer than
1 0 hours, it i s p o s s i b l e f o r t h e 40°F lower temperature l i m i t
( f o r t h e p r o p e l l a n t ) t o be reached a t t h e RCS t a n k o u t l e t .
NOTE S/C a t t i t u d e should be monitored during extended

p e r i o d s between RCS f i r i n g s t o ensure t h a t s a f e
temperatures are maintained.

B a s i c D a t e 12 Nov l966 R e v i s i o n Date Page 4-42
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
_____
4.4.1.3 SPS P r o p e l l a n t F e e d l i n e Temperatures.
SPS p r o p e l l a n t f e e d l i n e s are normally maintained above

40°F by h e a t e r s and i n s u l a t i o n . The MSFN should monitor SPS
e x t e r n a l l i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s and a d v i s e t h e crew whenever
t e m p e r a t u r e s drop below 50'F. If S / C a t t i t u d e i s maintained
s o t h a t t h e SPS i s p o i n t e d away from t h e sun f o r an extended
p e r i o d and h e a t e r c a p a c i t y i s i n s u f f i c i e n t t o m a i n t a i n l i n e
t e m p e r a t u r e s above 40"F, t h e S/C should be r e o r i e n t e d u n t i l
a c c e p t a b l e SPS l i n e t e m p e r a t u r e s are reached.
4.4.1.4 Heat S h i e l d Temperature.
The h e a t s h i e l d a b l a t o r lower t e m p e r a t u r e l i m i t of -150'F

can be exceeded and cause s u r f a c e c r a c k i n g i f t h e t h i n ( - Z )
p o r t i o n o f t h e a b l a t o r i s p o i n t e d away from t h e sun f o r l o n g e r
t h a n 3 h o u r s . Because of t h e moderate r e s p o n s e t i m e , it i s
u n l i k e l y t h a t a c r i t i c a l c o l d c o n d i t i o n would b e approached
during t h e mission.
CAUTION If t h e h e a t s h i e l d a b l a t o r t e m p e r a t u r e
i s allowed t o r i s e and remain above 200'F
f o r any a g g r e g a t e p e r i o d l o n g e r t h a n 2 h o u r s , o u t g a s s i n g
w i l l r e s u l t and cause a corresponding d e g r a d a t i o n t o t h e
a b l a t o r stress margin.
4.4.2 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS.
The available d a t a i n t h e subsequent paragraphs shows

l i m i t a t i o n s imposed on t h e S/C and/or crew d u r i n g a s c e n t , d e s c e n t
or a b o r t s , s p a c e f l i g h t , and e n t r y .
4.4.2.1 Acoustic and V i b r a t i o n E f f e c t s .
The crew w i l l be exposed t o a c o u s t i c and v i b r a t i o n e f f e c t s

d u r i n g a s c e n t (130 seconds ) , p o s s i b l e LES a b o r t s ( 1 0 seconds ) ,
and e n t r y (100 s e c o n d s ) . V i b r a t i o n e f f e c t s w i l l a l s o be
experienced d u r i n g h i g h - a l t i t u d e a b o r t s (SPS induced) and
s p a c e f l i g h t SPS f i r i n g s . (See f i g u r e s 4-26 and 4-27.)
4.4.2.2 A l t i m e t e r E r r o r ' a n d C / M Base P r e s s u r e E f f e c t s .
The altimeter ( b a r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ) e r r o r r e s u l t i n g
from v e l o c i t y p r e s s u r e s on t h e command module (below
14,000 f e e t ) i s shown i n figure 4-28.
- 4.2.2.3, C / M L i f t / D r a g P r o f i l e and Entry E f f e c t s .

C h a r t s showing t h e C/M l i f t / d r a g p r o f i l e and t i m e h i s t o r i e s
f o r normal e n t r i e s are shown i n f i g u r e s 4-29 through 4-31.
B a s i c Date l2 1966 Revision Date Page 4-43
SM2A-03-SC012
PERFORMANCE
CREW COMPARTMENT NOISE SPECTRA
AVERAGE OCTAVE BAND FREQUENCIES - CPS
55 db = Sound pressure level EPL) under overoge office conditions.

79 db = Moximum SPL inside SIC during space flight with 011 equipment operating.
NOTES: 1. During space flight, C/M inside noise
level is mainly due to oquipmont operation.
SPS and RCS engine firings have little
effect on the internal noise Iwd.
2. Eoch ostronout con reduce the crew comportment
noise Iwel about 15 db by utilizing his space
suit ond closing the helmet visor.
120 db = SPL where discomfort is experienced.
140 db = SPL where poin is w o u n t e r d .
160 .db = SPL where the human wr drum con be ruptured.
700 db = SPL equivolmt to o 5O-pound TNT b h at 10 M.
SM-2A-9348
F i g u r e 4 -26. C/M Crew Compartment Acoustics

.
Basic Date l2 1*6 Revision Date Page 4-44
SM2A-03-SCO12
APOLLO OPERATIONS HANDBO'OK
PERFORMANCE
ATMOSPHERIC RIGHT REGIONS
TIME FROM LIFTOFF (SKONDS)
NOTES: 1. Zero on the vertical scale indicates the maximum vibration experienced during flight. The vibration levels
are based on boilerplate and spacecraft flight test measurements.
2. Letter "A" indicates vibration time induced by booster engine exhaurt (influenced by the flame buckets) and
noire rdlected from the ground and launch pad.
3. Letter"'B" indicutes vibration induced by aerodynamic turbulence. As the launch vehicle velocity increases,
pressure fluctuations in the turbulent boundary layer (and woke turbulence from the launch escape tomr)
excite vibration of increasing intensity until a maximum is reached at approximately the time of maximum
aerodynamic pressure (MAX 0).
4. SPS engine operation provides the only significant source of C/M vibration during space flight maneuvers.
This vibration, transferred mechanically throughout the S/C structure, con generally be expected to decrease
with increasing distance from the engine. Since the RCS engines passes a very low thrust capacity, their
operation will only produce modest and localized vibration (mostly due.to iet impingement).
SM-2A-933B
Figure 4 -27. S/C Relative Vibration Intensity Time History

Basic Date l2 NOv lgbb Revision Date Page 4-45
SM2A-03-SCO12
PERFORMANCE
ACTUAL C/M PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FT (MSL)
SM-2A-932A
Figure 4-28. Altimeter Error and C/M Base Pressure Effects

Basic Date l2 NOv l966 , Revision Date Page 4-46
SM2A- 03-SCO 12
PERFORMANCE
Pk
C
I
\
oiiva ovaaluii
G

Basic Date l2 'Yb6 Revision Date Page 4-47
SM2A- 03 -SCO 1 2
PERFORMANCE
x
k
0
c,
v1
0
E- .-
I
0
T
XS/U - Al13013h

B a s i c Date l2 NOv 1966 Revision Date Page 4-48
SM2A- 03 -SCO1z
PERFORMANCE
h
k
c1
wC
d
E
0
2

B a s i c Date 1966 Revision Date Page 4-49/4-50
SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
-
EXPERIMENTS AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA
SECTION 5
INTRODUCTION
T h i s section p r e s e n t s the objectives of m i s s i o n 204A e x p e r i m e n t s and

contains a d e s c r i p t i o n of a s s o c i a t e d equipment, stowage a r e a s (figure 5 - l ) ,
c r e w participation r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r data collection, and r e l a t e d scientific
equipment data. The in-flight t e s t s a r e c a t e g o r i z e d a s m e d i c a l ( M - ) , s c i e n -
tific ( S - ) , and t e c h n i c a l ( T - ) e x p e r i m e n t s a s follows:
0 In-Flight E x e r c i s e r (M-3A) (M003)

0 In-Flight P h o n o c a r d i o g r a m (M-4A) (M004)
0 Bone D e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n (M-6A) (M006)
0 Human Otolith Function ( V e s t i b u l a r E f f e c t s ) ( M - g A ) (M009)
0 Cytogenetic Blood Studies (M-11) ( M o l l )
0 C a r d i o v a s c u l a r Reflex Conditioning (M-48) (M048)
0 Synoptic T e r r a i n Photography (S-5A) (S005)
0 Synoptic Weather Photography (S-6A) (S006)
0 In-Flight N e p h e l o m e t e r ( T - 3 ) (T003).
NOTE The Planning and Management Office of the E P O

( E x p e r i m e n t s P r o g r a m Office) i s t h e coordinating f a c i l -
i t y f o r a l l of t h e e x p e r i m e n t s d e s c r i b e d in t h i s section.
The e x p e r i m e n t s stowage a r e a s location will be found in figure 5-1.
5.1 SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT.
5.1.1 MEDICAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (MDAS).
The m e d i c a l d a t a acquisition s y s t e m , located in c o m p a r t m e n t C

(figure 5 - 2 ) , weighs 15.2 pounds and c o n s i s t s of a seven-channel t a p e
r e c o r d e r , a s s o c i a t e d signal c o n d i t i o n e r s , junction box, t i m e code g e n e r a t o r ,
and a front panel with s w i t c h e s and outlets f o r power and signal c a b l e s .
T h i s G F E unit u s e s 28-volt d - c power f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A t o a c q u i r e and
p e r m a n e n t l y r e c o r d on m a g n e t i c tape a l l r e q u i r e d m e d i c a l ( o p e r a t i o n a l and
e x p e r i m e n t a l ) data. The o p e r a t i o n a l d a t a . r e q u i r e d c o n s i s t s of e l e c t r o -
c a r d i o g r a p h and impedance pneumograph outputs, while the e x p e r i m e n t a l
data c o n s i s t s only of phonocardiograph outputs. T h e s e m e d i c a l p a r a m e t e r s
a r e routed f r o m s e n s o r s and signal c o n d i t i o n e r s (attached t o a c r e w m a n )
through t h e PGA o r CWG a d a p t e r cable, c o b r a c a b l e , T - a d a p t e r , and
octopus cable t o specified channels in the MDAS. Although 100 watts of
e l e c t r i c a l power i s provided f o r the MDAS f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A via the
octopus c a b l e , only about 19 watts a r e needed t o o p e r a t e the i n t e g r a l tape
SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
5- 1
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SM2A -03-SCO 12

--
l
i
c
m
m
c)
c
.d
k
Q)
a
wx
C
0
..+
U
\
10
--
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change D a t e Page 5-2

SMZA -03-SCO12
E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA
SCIENTIFIC E Q U I P M E N T
*
M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 5-3
S M 2 A -03-SCO 12
CREWMAN/OXYGEN
A N D ELECTRICAL UMBILICAL
CONNECTORS (RIGHT A N D
CENTER CREWMAN)
RECEPTACLE
FUTURE
EXPERIMENT
RECEPTACLES s M-a-a640
F i g u r e 5 - 2. E x p e r i m e n t s T a p e R e c o r d e r and E l e c t r i c a l Connectors

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
r e c o r d e r . However, e l e c t r i c a l o u t l e t s on the MDAS f r o n t panel a r e

provided f o r additional o r f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t s (via e l e c t r i c a l cabling con-
nected d i r e c t l y t o t h e equipment and t h e MDAS). T h e MDAS f r o n t panel
a l s o contains a MAIN PWR switch f o r controlling power to t h e unit and unit
o u t l e t s , a n INSTR PWR s w i t c h f o r controlling power t o t h e t a p e r e c o r d e r
and t h e r e c o r d e r t e s t light, and a TIMER switch f o r c o r r e l a t i n g m i s s i o n
e l a p s e d t i m e on the t a p e r e c o r d e r .
All t h r e e c r e w m e m b e r s have t h e capability of being r e c o r d e d f o r t h e i r

physiological data when e l e c t r i c a l l y connected t o the t a p e r e c o r d e r . How-
e v e r , only one c r e w m a n at a t i m e will have h i s outputs r e c o r d e d during
flight. (See f i g u r e 5 - 3 . ) Total r e c o r d i n g time f o r the t a p e r e c o r d e r i s 100
h o u r s m a x i m u m with 880 feet of u s a b l e tape. T h e r e a r e seven c h a n n e l s
available f o r collecting data (including the optional c h a n n e l f o r r e c o r d i n g
code s i g n a l s ) ,
T h e MDAS t a p e r e c o r d e r is removed f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t i m m e d i a t e l y

a f t e r flight, placed in a G F E m e t a l c o n t a i n e r f o r protection a g a i n s t s t r o n g
m a g n e t i c f i e l d s , and t r a n s p o r t e d t o the NASA-MSC ( w h e r e t h e m a g n e t i c
tape i s removed f r o m t h e r e c o r d e r ) .
5.1.2 ELECTRICAL CABLES AND ADAPTERS.
5. 1 . 2 . 1 Octopus Cable.
The octopus c a b l e (figure 5-2) plugs into the MDAS tape r e c o r d e r , is

p r o t e c t e d f r o m e l e c t r i c a l a r c i n g by a n on-off power switch on the r e c o r d e r
panel, and contains signal and power l i n e s f o r the following:
0 P r o v i d e s f o r 28-volt d-c (100 w a t t s ) power f r o m c o m p a r t m e n t A t o

the MDAS in c o m p a r t m e n t C
0 P r o v i d e s f o r biomedical s i g n a l s f r o m a c r e w m a n ( a t t i r e d i n the PGA

o r CWC) t o t h e t a p e r e c o r d e r . T h e s e s i g n a l s c o n s i s t of E K G , phono-
c a r d i o g r a p h , and i m p e d a n c e pneumograph outputs. T h i s cable weighs
1 . 5 pounds and i s stowed i n c o m p a r t m e n t D of the L H F E B d u r i n g
launch and e n t r y . T h e cable r e m a i n s connected t o the MDAS and a
c r e w m a n ' s T - a d a p t e r during o r b i t a l flight.
5. 1 . 2 . 2 C o b r a C a b l e T-Adapter.
T h e T - a d a p t e r ( f i g u r e 5-2), provided f o r each c r e w m e m b e r , weighs

1 / 2 pound and r e m a i n s attached t o t h e c o b r a c a b l e a t a l l times. T h i s t h r e e -
way e l e c t r i c a l connector m a t e s the c o b r a c a b l e t o the a p p r o p r i a t e c r e w m a n
e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l c o n n e c t o r ( p a n e l s 300, 301, o r 302) and the octopus
cable. A r e l a y i n c o r p o r a t e d i n the T - a d a p t e r i s controlled by the TLM
INPUTS-BIOM,ED (MDC-20) o r the MDAS MAIN PWR switch in c o m p a r t -
m e n t C (providing the octopus c a b l e l e a d i s connected t o t h e T - a d a p t e r ) .
T h i s r e l a y p e r m i t s e l e c t r i c a l s i g n a l s , f r o m a c r e w m a n ' s t o r s o , t o be
t r a n s m i t t e d a s o p e r a t i o n a l data and r e c o r d e d in-flight a s e x p e r i m e n t a l data.
-
M i s s ion Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 5-5

-
SlM2A 0 3 - SC 0 1 2
E X P E R I M E N T S AND S C I E N T I F I C E Q U I P M E N T DATA
NON ESS BUS

(MDC-22)
OFF
COMPARTMENT B
28 VDC POWER
(WIRING O N L Y )
OUTLET
COMPARTMENT C
MEDICAL DATA
ACQUISITION SYSTEM
FUTURE EXPERIMENTS
ASSEMBLY (PGA)'
OCTOPUS CABLE
A (CONNECTS TO MDAS
PGA ELECTRICAL A N D TO ONE 1-ADAPTER
ADAPTER CABLE AT A TIME)
CREWMAN 2 ELEC UMB C O N N (PANEL 300)

TO AUDIO CENTER F O R
CREW" 1 ELEC UME C O N N (PANEL 301) PCM TLM OPERATIONAL
MEASUREMENTS-DEPENDING
O N POSITION OF TLM
INPUTS SWITCH O N M D C - M
CREWMAN 3 ELEC U M B C O N N (PANEL 302)
NOTES:
1. Signal conditioners, sen", and auociatcd 2. A 1-adapter permits simultaneous tmnmirrion of
wiring on a crewman's tono (attached to operational measurements (selected far one crmmon
the Microdot connector inside the PGA or o n a t a time) and the recording of in-flight experiments dota.
the CWG) pmvide for PCM TLM operational However, optrational measurements con be transmitted
m w s u r m e n h and scientific experimenh dota. fmm one crewman while another crewman i s recording
experiments data
SM-2A-WZC
Figure 5-3. Scientific Equipment P o w e r Distribution
.
Mission *04A B a s i c Date 16 SePt 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 5-6
SM2A-03-SC012

~~
Operational d a t a f r o m one c r e w m a n m a y a l s o b e t r a n s m i t t e d while

e x p e r i m e n t a l d a t a f r o m a n o t h e r c r e w m a n is being taped on t h e MDAS.
However, only one o p e r a t i o n a l t r a n s m i s s i o n and one e x p e r i m e n t a l r e c o r d -
ing c a n b e taken at t h e s a m e t i m e .
5. 1.2. 3 PGA and CWG E l e c t r i c a l Adapter C a b l e s .
T h e PGA and CWG e l e c t r i c a l a d a p t e r c a b l e s ( c r e w p e r s o n a l equip-

m e n t ) a r e provided t o connect t h e c o b r a c a b l e t o signal c o n d i t i o n e r s and
communication equipment attached t o a c r e w m a n ' s body. (See f i g u r e 5-3
and refer to s e c t i o n 6 . )
5. 1 . 2 . 4 H a r d w a r e P o w e r and Signal Cables
H a r d w a r e power and signal c a b l e s a r e used f o r connecting equipment

e l e c t r i c a l l y to v a r i o u s outlets in t h e c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . (See f i g u r e 5 - 3 . )
P r o t e c t i o n f r o m e l e c t r i c a l a r c i n g is provided by switches on t h e equipment
or on the outlet panels i n t h e c r e w cabin. T h e M-9A c a m e r a power c a b l e
( f i g u r e 5-3) connects t o t h e RH SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT outlet on panel
207. A SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT outlet on panel 318 ( n e a r t h e LH s i d e
window) is r e s e r v e d f o r a f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t but c a n a l s o b e used a s a
backup outlet f o r t h e c a m e r a c a b l e . Outlets m a r k e d J102 through 5 1 0 5 on
the MDAS a r e r e s e r v e d f o r f u t u r e e x p e r i m e n t s . (See f i g u r e 5 - 2 . )
5. 2 MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS.
5.2.1 IN-FLIGHT EXERCISER (M-3A) (M003).
T h e p u r p o s e of e x p e r i m e n t M-3A is to c o l l e c t c r e w d a t a f o r d e t e r -
mining' benefits of e x e r c i s e d u r i n g s p a c e flight. Recumbency (bed r e s t )
s t u d i e s have shown that e x e r c i s e w o r k t o l e r a n c e f o r a n individual i s
g r e a t l y reduced a f t e r being r e l a t i v e l y i m m o b i l e and in a horizontal position
f o r a f e w d a y s . Z e r o g r a v i t y d u r i n g s p a c e flight m a y f u r t h e r i n c r e a s e t h e
length of a c r e w m a n ' s reconditioning p e r i o d .
5. 2 . 1. 1 Equipment D e s c r i p t i o n .
T h e e x e r c i s e r f o r e x p e r i m e n t M-3A ( f i g u r e 5 - 4 ) weighs about 1-112

pounds and c o n s i s t s of two r u b b e r e l a s t i c (bungee) c o r d s with a retaining
c a b l e . A nylon e l a s t i c s l e e v e c o v e r s t h e bungee c o r d s and retaining c a b l e .
One end of t h e e x e r c i s e r contains a looped s t r a p m a d e of webbing cloth
t h a t c a n be s e c u r e d around a c r e w m a n ' s feet. The other end of the
e x e r c i s e r h a s a s p h e r i c a l p l a s t i c handle grooved t o f i t both hands of a
c r e w m a n . The retaining o r s a f e t y c a b l e within t h e e l a s t i c s l e e v e p e r m i t s
the e x e r c i s e r to be s t r e t c h e d f r o m 9-112 t o 21-112 i n c h e s .
A m e c h a n i c a l i n t e r f a c e between the equipment and t h e S I C e x i s t s

w h e r e t h e e x e r c i s e r container i s a t t a c h e d t o t h e C 0 2 a b s o r b e r container in
the L E B (opposite the R H couch). Although a l l t h r e e couches c a n be used
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS - MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
hli s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 5-7

SM2A - 0 3 - S C O 12
E X P E R I M E N T S AND S C I E N T I F I C E Q U I P M E N T DATA
NOTE: M-?A Exerciser i s p l o d

in tag ond o t b c h d b C o p
ahorbar m n k i n e r b r
rtowoge in LEI) (oppoaito
RH much).
M-3A EXERCISER
FOOT SUPPORT (CUTAWAY FOR CLARITY)
RETRACTED
A N D LEGREST
DOWN
NYLON WEBBING STRAP

BUNGEE CORDS
U R T Y RETENTION CAME
PLASTIC HANDLE
MPERIMENTS S-5A AND S-6A

NOTE: A l l 5-5A ond 5 - 6 4 axprimen,
OqUiptllUtt i1 I t - d in b m p r t m e n h
A and B during l o m h
M P E R I M E N T 1-3
CHANNEL
, j l R PASSAGE VENTS
r,;' _ r.
ond mtry DISPLAY
VELCRO MATING /'
MATERIA;, ,"i o 1'

" 7
CAMERA RESET
HANDCRANK
DETACHABLE
RING SIGHT
SNAP-ON FILM PARTICLE
PACK (COLOR) DISPUY
a i C / h 4 INNER HATCH
COVER
4,
>L' ---r\ '
,
HAND-OPERATED STILI CAMERA

\ 'SHUTTER CONTROL NOTE:
OPERATE
( P ~ H SSWITCH
The nephelometer must be

~ O N ) \ADVANCE FILTER SWITCH
(PUSHBUTTON)
LENS (FILTER ATTACHED) r e t v m d to comprtmcnt

5-5A FILM PACK (COLOR) E for stomge after soch test
'5-6A FILM PACK (INFRARED) a n d p i s , if it i s nol provided
'544 FILM PACK (SLACK A N D WHITE) w i t h tie-d-n, or Velcro.
Figure 5-4. Experiments Operational A r r a n g e m e n t (Sheet 1 of 2 )
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS

SMZA -03-SCO12
-
M-9A POWER OUTLET,

M P E R IMENT M-9A
CAMERA BRACKET
,----. A
fBACK OF DISPLAY ON-OFF SWITCH.
POWER CABLE
CAMERA LOCKPlN
ENTl F I C EQU IPMENT

EPTACLE (TYPICAL
EACH SIDE WINDOW)
M-9A SEQUENCE
~“UTHPIECE AND SHAFT
M-9A GOGGLES
SM-2A-8650
F i g u r e 5-4. Experiments Operational Arrangement (Sheet 2 of 2)
during the M-3A isotonic and i s o m e t r i c e x e r c i s e s , only the center couch

provides adequate head room to comfortably p e r f o r m isotonic e x e r c i s e s
when d a t a recording periods a r e conducted. (Date includes EKG, impedance
pneumograph, and phonocardiograph recordings taped on t h e MDAS
recorder. )
5.2. 1 . 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s .
All crewmen w i l l e x e r c i s e in-flight for 10 minutes t h r e e t i m e s e v e r y

24 hours. The base line preflight data w i l l s e r v e a s a control f o r t h e study.
A recording s e s s i o n is required once p e r d a y on one crewman before,
during, and after a n e x e r c i s e period. C r e w m e m b e r s w i l l a l t e r n a t e each
day for d a t a recordings. (Detailed procedures a r e provided in section 11. )
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 5 -9

SM2A -03-SCO12
5 . 2 . 1. 3 Crewman Participation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation in the e x e r c i s e experiment

a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Each c r e w m a n will be tested for e x e r c i s e tolerance
(physical f i t n e s s l e v e l ) on t h r e e s e p a r a t e occasions 8 to 4 weeks p r i o r to
flight.
b. In-flight - Each c r e w m a n will b e required to e x e r c i s e 3 t i m e s daily
f o r 10 minutes each e x e r c i s e period. Medical data f r o m one c r e w m a n will
b e r e c o r d e d during one e x e r c i s e period each day. (It will take 3 days to
obtain medical data f r o m a l l t h r e e crewmen. )
c . Postflight - Each crewman will undergo re-evaluation e x e r c i s e s on
t h r e e s e p a r a t e occasions ( 1 2 to 24 hours, 1 week, and 2 weeks after touchdown).
5. 2 . 1 . 4 Recovery Requirements.
T h e r e a r e no special r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s for experiment equipment

because the in-flight e x e r c i s e r w i l l r e m a i n stowed in the S I C during recov-
e r y . An e x e r c i s e r of equivalent design will b e available a t the s i t e where
postflight evaluations a r e p e r f o r m e d and the experiment i s completed. The
o n - s i t e c o o r d i n a t o r s will be responsible for removal of the magnetic r e c o r d -
ing tape f r o m the MDAS and d e l i v e r y of a l l d a t a to the NASA-MSC.
5.2.2 IN-FLIGHT PHONOCARDIOGRAM (M-4A) (M004).
The purpose of experiment M-4A is to obtain information on the func-

tional c a r d i a c s t a t u s of two c r e w m a n during prolonged s p a c e flight. An
in-flight r e c o r d i n g of the phonocardiographic h e a r t sounds, compared with
the highest E,KG signal, will b e made to d e t e r m i n e the delta t i m e interval
between e l e c t r i c a l activation of the h e a r t m u s c l e ( m y c a r d i u m ) and the onset
of ventricular s y s t o l e ( h e a r t contraction).
5. 2 . 2 . 1 EauiDment DescriDtion.
The equipment worn by t h e c r e w commander and navigator in e x p e r i -

ment M-4A c o n s i s t s of two phonocardiogram t r a n s d u c e r s (microphone
biosensor s), a phonocardiograph signal conditioner package ( a m p l i f i e r ) with
v a r i a b l e gain, and a s s o c i a t e d e l e c t r i c a l wiring. The b i o s e n s o r s a r e attached
to t h e c r e w m a n ' s t o r s o (skin) and connected by e l e c t r i c a l leads to the signal
conditioner (fastened on t h e C W G ) and the Microdot connector on the P G A or
CWG. Signal outputs f r o m the c r e w m a n ' s body to the biomedical tape
r e c o r d e r ( c o m p a r t m e n t C ) a r e routed via the PGA or CWG a d a p t e r cable,
the c o b r a cable, T - a d a p t e r , and t h e GFE octopus cable. (See figure 5 - 3 f o r
tape r e c o r d e r and e l e c t r i c a l connectors, and r e f e r to p a r a g r a p h 5-1 for data
on scientific equipment. )
The total S I C e l e c t r i c a l power for recording the experiment is approxi-

mately 1 . 4 watts. T h e octopus cable, for connecting t h e tape r e c o r d e r t o
t h e PGA, is stowed in compartment D of the LHFEB. (See f i g u r e 5-1. )
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
5-10
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
5. 2. 2 . 2 Experiment Procedures.
Installation of p h o n o c a r d i o g r a m t r a n s d u c e r s on t h e c h e s t of the two

c r e w m e n and t h e positioning and hookup of e l e c t r i c a l l e a d s , w o r n outside t h e
CWG, a r e p e r f o r m e d d u r i n g t h e preflight suiting p r o c e d u r e . After hookup
d u r i n g flight, r e c o r d i n g s a r e t a k e n on t h e m e d i c a l d a t a a c q u i s i t i o n s y s t e m
(MDAS). Supporting d a t a s u c h as EKG and i m p e d a n c e pneumograph s i g n a l s
a r e a l s o r e c o r d e d d u r i n g t h e e x p e r i m e n t . (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s
a r e provided in s e c t i o n 11. )
5.2.2. 3 Crewman Participation.
R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c r e w m a n p a r t i c i p a t i o n in the p h o n o c a r d i o g r a m
e x p e r i m e n t a r e a s follows:
a. P r e f l i g h t - S e n s o r application should not exceed one hour. Approxi-
m a t e l y 5 m i n u t e s of r e c o r d i n g will b e r e q u i r e d f o r collecting b a s e l i n e d a t a
f r o m each crewman.
b. In-flight - No effort will b e r e q u i r e d by t h e c r e w m a n o t h e r than
hookup t o the MDAS. T h e one s p e c i a l exception could be t i m e spent i n
d e t e r m i n i n g optimum p l a c e m e n t or repositioning of a m i c r o p h o n e
biosensor.
c . Postflight - Approximately 5 m i n u t e s w i l l be r e q u i r e d f o r p o s t -
r e c o v e r y r e c o r d i n g for d a t a c o m p a r i s o n .
5. 2. 2 . 4 Recovery Requirements.
T h e r e a r e no s p e c i a l r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e e x p e r i m e n t o t h e r
than r e m o v a l of the magnetic r e c o r d i n g tape f r o m t h e MDAS. T h e r e c o r d e d
d a t a w i l l be p r o c e s s e d by conventional methods.
5.2.3 BONE DEMINERALIZATION (M- 6A) (MO0 6 ) .
T h e p u r p o s e of e x p e r i m e n t M-6A i s t o d e t e r m i n e t h e effect of weight-

l e s s n e s s and immobilization d u r i n g s p a c e flight on t h e d e m i n e r a l i z a t i o n of
c e r t a i n bones within the body of e a c h a s t r o n a u t .
5. 2 . 3 . 1 Equipment D e s c r i p t i o n .
T h i s e x p e r i m e n t d o e s not r e q u i r e any in-flight equipment, S I C pow e r

o r fuel, o r r e c o r d i n g equipment. ( T h e r e a r e no i n t e r f a c e p r o b l e m s between
e x p e r i m e n t M-6A and t h e S I C . )
5.2.3 . 2 Experiment Procedures.
In-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e not r e q u i r e d f o r t h i s e x p e r i m e n t . P r i o r t o
flight, c r e w m e n will h a v e X - r a y s t a k e n of t h e i r heel bones and the l a s t joint
of t h e l i t t l e finger on the right hand. T h e s e e x p o s u r e s will b e t a k e n b e f o r e
and a f t e r flight a t Kennedy Space C e n t e r X - r a y f a c i l i t i e s . The hematopietic
(i. e . , blood f o r m i n g m a r r o w ) a r e a s w i l l not b e exposed t o the r a d i a t i o n
s o u r c e s i n c e t h e e x p o s u r e field will be c a r e f u l l y l i m i t e d .
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
5-11
hlission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA -03-SCO 12
5 . 2. 3 . 3 Crew man Par tic ipat i on.
Requirements f o r c r e w m a n participation i n the bone demineralization

experiment a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Approximately 4 5 minutes total t i m e i s required per
c r e w m a n f o r obtaining X - r a y f i l m s ( t h r e e 15-minute s e s s i o n s a t T minus
10 d a y s , T minus 2 d a y s , and T minus 220 minutes).
b. In-flight - None
c . Postflight - Approximately 15 minutes per astronaut a r e required for
obtaining X-ray f i l m s a f t e r s p a c e c r a f t r e c o v e r y . (A follow-on checkup may
be r e q u i r e d , depending on bone demineralization. )
5 . 2 . 3. 4 R ec ove r y R e qui r eme n t s .
On- s i t e investigators will develop X-ray f i l m s , make bone densitom-

e t r y m e a s u r e m e n t s , and be responsible f o r d e l i v e r y of all data to the
NASA- MSC.
5.2.4 H U M A N OTOLITH FUNCTION (VESTIBULAR E F F E C T S ) (M-9A) (M009).
T h e purpose of experiment M-9A i s to d e t e r m i n e the effect of p r o -

longed weightlessness on a c r e w m a n ' s orientation sensation, p a r t i c u l a r l y
to t h e otolith organ (inner e a r ) . All data collected will be used to predict the
ability of s p a c e c r e w s to orient t h e m s e l v e s in a weightless environment,
especially when subjected to d a r k n e s s (eyes c o v e r e d ) .
5. 2 . 4 . 1 Equipment D e r c r iption.
The equipment used f o r t h e experiment c o n s i s t s of the otolith t e s t

goggles (a m a s k with a single eyepiece or monocular s c o p e ) , a mouthpiece
for each c r e w m a n to align the goggles with his head, a 16 m m sequence
c a m e r a ( p a r t of the operational equipment), f i l m packs f o r recording the
actual orientation of the s u b j e c t ' s head r e l a t i v e to the S/C, and an e l e c t r i c a l
c a b l e f o r providing 28-volt d - c power to the c a m e r a . (See figures 5-1 and
5-4. )
A b r a c k e t , stowed in c o m p a r t m e n t T on the aft bulkhead, i s mounted

behind the main display panel in the e g r e s s tunnel to s e c u r e the c a m e r a
during t h e experiment. The experiment goggles and mouthpieces weigh
about 5 pounds and a r e stowed with m o s t of the film packs in compartment B
of t h e LEB. Additional f i l m packs and the power cable a r e kept in c o m p a r t -
ment A with the operational c a m e r a and l e n s . The 28-volt d - c power
s o u r c e for the c a m e r a i s provided by a n outlet near the c r e w cabin R H
s i d e window. (See f i g u r e 5 - 4 . )
5.2.4. 2 ExDeriment P r o c e d u r e s
In p r e p a r a t i o n for t h e experiment, shades a r e installed over the

windows and a l l cabin lights a r e turned on to maximum intensity. The t e s t
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
5-12
SM2A -03-SCO 12
subject (in the c e n t e r couch) o p e r a t e s t h e c a m e r a , c o v e r s his eyes with the

otolith t e s t goggles, and manually adjusts a self-luminous t a r g e t l i n e in the
monocular scope to what he thinks is straight ahead and parallel to the S / C
Y - Y a x e s . A s e r i e s of adjustments will b e r e c o r d e d by t h e c a m e r a (for
each c r e w m a n ) during flight and compared to t e s t r e s u l t s obtained during
preflight and postflight t e s t s . (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided
in section 11. )
5. 2 . 4 . 3 Crewman ParticiDation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation during the experiment a r e as

follows:
a. Preflight - A total t i m e of about 3 hours is required f o r f a m i l i a r i z a -
tion and training, including collection of b a s e line data (for all t h r e e
crewmen).
b. In-flight - One t e s t period of 15 minutes p e r d a y per c r e w m a n is
required.
c. Postflight - Each c r e w m a n w i l l b e subjected t o a 5-minute t e s t
period, as soon as possible a f t e r S I C r e c o v e r y (for a total t i m e of about
15 minutes) to complete the experiment d a t a .
5. 2 . 4 . 4 Recovery Requirements .
F a c i l i t i e s in the p r i m a r y r e c o v e r y a r e a w i l l b e used t o complete the

postflight examination and medical debriefing. The raw data consisting of
film i s r e c o v e r e d f r o m the S I C along with t h e goggles and mouthpiece for
d e l i v e r y to the on-site coordinators.
5.2. 5 CYTOGENETIC BLOOD STUDIES (M-11) (Mol 1).
The purpose of experiment M- 11 is t o conduct preflight and postflight

a n a l y s e s to d e t e r m i n e i f s p a c e environment produces cellular changes in the
blood of crewmen. These changes, which a r e important t o the medical and
scientific point of view, m a y not b e apparent f r o m routine monitoring
procedures.
5. 2 . 5. 1 Equipment Description.
This experiment does not r e q u i r e any in-flight equipment, S / C power

o r fuel, o r S I C recording equipment. ( T h e r e is no interface between
experiment M- 11 and the S I C . )
5. 2. 5. 2 Equipment P r o c e d u r e s .
On two occasions (preflight), approximately one month a p a r t , blood

specimens will be obtained f r o m t h e c r e w m e n for the experiment. The
second occasion f o r drawing blood s a m p l e s will b e scheduled a s close to
lift-off t i m e a s conveniently possible. Blood s a m p l e s for p a r t A of the
experiment (cytogenic studies of human hemic c e l l s ) and p a r t B of the
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
M i s s ion Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 5-13

SM2A -03-SCO 1 2
experiment (immunological s y s t e m ) w i l l be drawn a t a p r e d e t e r m i n e d

hospital s i t e f o r a n a l y s e s . Postflight r e q u i r e m e n t s will be essentially the
s a m e , except that t h r e e such s a m p l e s w i l l be required over a period of one
y e a r . The first postflight blood s a m p l e will be drawn shortly a f t e r the
t e r m i n a t i o n of flight. (In-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e not required for this
experiment. )
5 . 2 . 5. 3 Crewman Participation.
Requirements for c r e w m a n participation in the M - 11 experiment a r e

a s follows:
a . Preflight - On two occasions p r i o r to flight (T minus 30 days and
T minus one d a y ) , blood s a m p l e s ( 1 0 c c f o r p a r t A and 15 to 20 c c for
p a r t B of the e x p e r i m e n t ) will b e drawn f r o m each crewman.
b. In-flight - None
c . Postflight - On t h r e e occasions a f t e r S / C r e c o v e r y , blood s a m p l e s
(10 c c for p a r t A and 15 t o 20 cc for p a r t B of the experiment) will b e drawn
f r o m the crewmen. It i s not e s s e n t i a l that blood s a m p l e s for p a r t s A and
B a r e d r a w n a t the s a m e time.
5.2.5.4 Recovery Requirements
After mission completion, blood s a m p l e s m u s t be drawn f r o m the

c r e w m e n at a conveniently located, but p r e d e t e r m i n e d , hospital for a n a l y s e s . -=
Blood determinations made should include immunoelectrophoresis,

e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s , e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s on s t a r c h gel, m e a s u r e m e n t of gamma2,
g a m m a a , and gamma M globulin l e v e l s , m e a s u r e m e n t of whole hemolytic
complement, titration of blood group antibodies, and m e a s u r e m e n t of
p r e - existent, a n t i b a c t e r i a l antibodies.
5 . 2. 6 CARDIOVASCULAR R E F L E X CONDITIONING (M-48) (M048).
The purpose of experiment M-48 i s t o d e t e r m i n e the effectiveness of

a lower body vascular support garment for preventing physical fatigue,
insufficient circulating blood volume to maintain adequate venous r e t u r n
(blood-pooling), and a l o s s of venomotor reflexes in the l e g s of a crewman
during entry and r e c o v e r y (when exposed to e a r t h 1-g gravity f o r c e ) .
5 . 2. 6. 1 Equipment Description.
The equipment used in experiment M-48 c o n s i s t s of a n 8-ounce pair

of waist-length tights for supporting veins in the lower portion of a c r e w -
m a n ' s body. T h e s e tights a r e composed of rubber s t r a n d s wrapped with
cotton and woven into a garment with d a c r o n . When worn, the tights will
extend f r o m the c r e w m a n ' s w a i s t to his heel and supply a d e c r e a s i n g p r e s -
s u r e f r o m the waist down. The M-48 equipment d o e s not r e q u i r e any S I C
e l e c t r i c a l power, fuel f o r attitude maneuvers, or recording equipment.
When not in u s e , the experiment tights a r e stowed in compartment A of the
LEB.
._,-
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission Basic Date 12 NOV 1966 Change Date Page 5-14 ,

SMZA -03-SCO 12
5. 2. 6. 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s .
The M-48 vascular support tights a r e donned by a c r e w m a n p r i o r t o

e n t r y and j u s t before getting into t h e p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y (PGA).
This c r e w m e m b e r a l s o w e a r s a two-piece constant w e a r g a r m e n t (CWG) to
facilitate getting into t h e tights and replacing the CWG. (Detailed in-flight
p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in section 11. )
5 . 2 . 6. 3 Crew man Participation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation in the conditioning experiment

a r e as follows:
a. Preflight - Each c r e w m e m b e r will be given a minimum of t h r e e t i l t -
table checkouts for control data (requiring about 90 minutes p e r crewman}.
T h e s e checkouts, p e r f o r m e d by qualified flight surgeons o r experiment
medical t e a m , w i l l be conducted within 4 weeks of launch d a t e .
b. In-flight - The in-flight portion of the experiment w i l l c o n s i s t of one
c r e w m e m b e r donning the vascular support g a r m e n t 1 to 2 hours p r i o r to
entry and wearing i t until the f i r s t postflight tilt-table checkout. A total
t i m e of about 3 minutes will be required f o r in-flight experiment
preparations,
c . Postflight - After r e c o v e r y , a s e r i e s of tilt-table t e s t s w i l l be given
t o both the control subjects and the experiment subject. The control subjects
will b e t e s t e d 2 to 4 , 8 to 12, 24, and 48 hours a f t e r r e c o v e r y . The e x p e r i -
ment subject, wearing the vascular support g a r m e n t , will b e initially tested
2 t o 4 hours a f t e r r e c o v e r y . Twenty minutes a f t e r his f i r s t tilt-table t e s t ,
the experiment subject w i l l be given a second t e s t without the support
g a r m e n t . The remaining t e s t s w i l l follow the s a m e sequence as d e s c r i b e d
f o r the, control subjects.
NOTE Tilt-table checkouts f o r the e x p e r i m e n t ' c o n s i s t of a

5-minute supine tilt, a 15-minute v e r t i c a l (70-degree
head-up position) tilt, and a 5-minute supine r e c o v e r y t i l t .
During each tilt phase, p e r f o r m e d on a manual tilt table
with a saddle support, t h e c r e w m e m b e r ' s blood p r e s s u r e
and h e a r t r a t e w i l l be automatically r e c o r d e d each minute.
Also, changes in t h e leg blood volume will be m e a s u r e d
each minute during the 70-degree and supine r e c o v e r y t i l t s .
Additional data required to complete the experiment such a s

p l a s m a volume, total blood volume, and red blood cell m a s s
will be obtained during preflight and postflight hematology
t e s t s by the experiment medical team.
5. 2 . 6 . -i R ec overv Reauir ement s .
Tilt table, h e a r t r a t e , blood p r e s s u r e , and other medical support

equipment for the experiment a r e required in the r e c o v e r y a r e a f o r collec-
tion of postflight data (gathered and p r o c e s s e d by the experiment medical
team).
-.
MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
. 5-15
SMZA-03-SC012
5. 3 SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS.
5. 3 . 1 SYNOPTIC TERRAIN PHOTOGRAPH (S-5A) (S005).
T h e purpose of experiment S-5A is to obtain photographs of selected

a r e a s of t h e e a r t h f r o m the S / C a t orbital altitude. These photographs a r e
r e q u i r e d f o r r e s e a r c h in geology, geophysics, geographys, oceanography,
and f o r u s e i n planning photography f r o m a manned orbiting l a b o r a t o r y .
5 . 3 . 1. 1 Equipment Description
The equipment used in experiment S-5A (figure 5-4) weighs about

5 pounds and c o n s i s t s of a hand-operated Hasselblad 7 0 - m m general purpose
c a m e r a (single f r a m e ) with a detachable ring sight, two c o l o r - f i l m packs
( 5 5 e x p o s u r e s each), and a n exposure dial and spotmeter (operational equip-
ment used with the Hasselblad c a m e r a ) . Except for t h e f i l m packs in c o m -
p a r t m e n t s A and B, m o s t of the c a m e r a equipment is stowed in compartment
A . (See f i g u r e 5 - 1. ) This equipment c a n b e r e t r i e v e d and s e t up for
photography in about 5 minutes.
No special i n t e r f a c e problems a r e anticipated f o r this experiment.

When not in u s e , t h e c a m e r a may b e t e m p o r a r i l y s e c u r e d to the inner hatch
c o v e r , o r anywhere within the C / M w h e r e Velcro mating m a t e r i a l i s
provided.
5. 3 . 1 . 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s ,
This experiment w i l l c o n s i s t of photographing c e r t a i n a r e a s and

f e a t u r e s along the S / C flight path. T h e d e s i r e d c a m e r a angle for taking
p i c t u r e s (with S / C window in shade) w i l l be 90 d e g r e e s f r o m S / C level
flight over t h e e a r t h . The c r e w m a n will b e r e q u i r e d to r e c o r d the t i m e of
each photograph, subject, f r a m e number, and f i l m pack number in the
e x p e r i m e n t s log book. (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in
section 11. )
5 . 3 . 1. 3 Crewman P a r t i c i p a t i o n .
Requirements f o r c r e w m a n participation in experiment S - 5 A ( t i m e

s h a r e d with experiment S-6A) a r e a s follows:
a. Preflight - T h e crewman-subjects will be provided with a briefing
( 1 to 3 h o u r s ) on the a i m s , methods, and p r o c e d u r e s for in-flight photo-
graphy of s elected t e r r e s t r i a l a r e a s .
b. In-flight - About 4 5 minutes (total t i m e ) will be devoted to photography
during 9 : O O AM to 3100 P M local tfme conditions.
c . Postflight - About one hour will be required for debriefing.
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 5-16
SM2A -03-SCO 12
5 . 3. 1 . 4 Recovery Requirements.
T h e r e a r e no r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s other than removal of the

c a m e r a and film f r o m the S / C . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight
debriefing w i l l be responsible f o r delivering the exposed film to the
coordinating facility f o r processing, a n a l y s i s , and evaluation.
5 . 3. 2 SYNOPTIC WEATHER PHOTOGRAPHY (S-6A) (S006).
The purpose of experiment S-6A is to obtain selective, high-quality

photographs of cloud patterns taken f r o m the s p a c e c r a f t a t orbital altitude.
These photographs will be- used for studies of weather s y s t e m s t r u c t u r e s
around the e a r t h .
5 . 3.2. 1 Equipment Description.
The basic equipment used in experiment S-6A (figure 5-4) is the s a m e

a s that used in experiment S-5A. In addition to the 70-mm general purpose
c a m e r a and ring sight, t h e S-6A equipment includes an ultraviolet f i l t e r ,
one c o l o r - f i l m pack, and one color-shifted i n f r a r e d f i l m pack. Except for
t h e f i l m packs i n compartments A and B , m o s t of the c a m e r a equipment is
stowed in compartment A.
No special interface problems a r e anticipated for t h i s experiment.

When not in use, the c a m e r a may b e t e m p o r a r i l y s e c u r e d to the inner hatch
cover o r anywhere within t h e C / M where Velcro mating m a t e r i a l i s provided
5 . 3.2. 2 Experiment P r o c e d u r e s
This experiment w i l l consist of photographing c e r t a i n weather a r e a s

and cloud formations of special i n t e r e s t along t h e S / C flight path. (Detailed
in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in section 11. )
5. 3 . 2 . 3 Crewman Participation.
Requirements f o r crewman participation ( t i m e s h a r e d with experiment

S-5A) in experiment S-6A a r e a s follows:
a . Preflight - The crewman-subjects will be provided with a briefing
( 1 to 3 h o u r s ) on t h e aims, methods, and p r o c e d u r e s for in-flight photo-
graphing of selected cloud formations.
b. In-flight - A s required during 9 : O O AM to 3 : O O PM local t i m e condi-
tions (about 4 5 minutes total t i m e will be devoted to photography).
c . Postflight ,- About one hour will b e required f o r debriefing.
5. 3. 2 . 4 Recoverv Reouirements
T h e r e a r e no r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s other than removal of the c a m e r a

and f i l m f r o m the S / c . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight debriefing will
b e responsible f o r delivering the exposed f i l m to t h e coordinating facility
f o r p r o c e s s i n g , a n a l y s i s , and evaluation.
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS
Mi s s ion Basic Date l 2 NOv 1966 Change Date Page 5-17
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
5.4 TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS.
5.4.1 IN-FLIGHT NEPHELOMETER ( T - 3 ) (T003).
The purpose of experiment T - 3 (figure 5 - 4 ) i s to d e t e r m i n e and obtain

a quantitative evaluation of the s i z e , concentration, and distribution of
p a r t i c l e s - p r e s e n t in the C / M c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t . In-flight m e a s u r e m e n t s
will be made of p a r t i c l e s in t h e 0. 3 to 10 m i c r o n s i z e .
5 . 4 . 1. 1 Equipment Description.
The nephelometer is a portable, self-contained i n s t r u m e n t approxi-

mately 7 . 2 by 3 . 5 by 5 . 2 inches in s i z e , weighs about 5. 5 pounds, contains
i t s own battery power supply, e l e c t r o n i c s , a i r pump, and p r e s e n t s a readout
display (five channels f o r p a r t i c l e s i z e s i n five d i s c r e t e r a n g e s ) . This
equipment provides a collimated light beam that i s focused a t a point in a
moving path of g r o s s l y filtered a i r . The cabin a t m o s p h e r e , when being
evaluated f o r a e r o s o l p a r t i c l e s , is drawn through the p a r t i c l e s i z e detector
by t h e air pump within t h e a n a l y z e r .
T h e r e a r e no interface p r o b l e m s anticipated for this experiment.

When not in u s e , t h e nephelometer is stowed in compartment E of t h e LEB.
(See f i g u r e 5-1. )
-.-
5.4. 1.2 Experiment Procedures .
Experiment T - 3 r e q u i r e s that t h e nephelometer be initially positioned

in a p r e s e l e c t e d a r e a within the crew c o m p a r t m e n t for evaluating p a r t i c l e s
p r e s e n t in the cabin a t m o s p h e r e . The concentration of a e r o s o l per unit
volumes w i l l be determined in each of five r a n g e s ( 0 . 3 to 0 . 6, 0 6 to 1 2 ,
1. 2 to 2. 4, 2 . 4 to 4 . 8, and above m i c r o n s ) . Data will be r e c o r d e d a f t e r
each 2-minute t e s t r u n has been conducted, once e v e r y 6 h o u r s . Several
different locations may be used f o r taking p a r t i c l e m e a s u r e m e n t s a f t e r the
f i r s t 2 days of flight. (Detailed in-flight p r o c e d u r e s a r e provided in
section 11. )
NOTE To e n s u r e a c c u r a t e determinations, do not use analyzer

if visible p a r t i c l e s a r e floating in cabin; if t e m p e r a t u r e is
above 90'F; or i f relative humidity in cabin is over 7 0 p e r c e n t .
5 . 4 1. 3 Crewman P a r t i c b a t i o n
Requirements for c r e w m a n participation in experiment T - 3 a r e a s

follows:
a. Preflight - The crewman-subjects w i l l be provided with sufficient
t i m e f o r equipment familiarization and training.
-A'
TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS
.5-18
Mission Basic Date l 2 Nov l g 6 6 Change Date Page
SM2A-03-SC012
---
b. In-flight - Experiment m e a s u r e m e n t s will b e conducted once e v e r y

6 hours (for a 2-minute t e s t r u n ) until the nephelometer integral b a t t e r y
power is depleted. (The total duration of the experiment i s limited by a
b a t t e r y with a 3-hour lifetime. )
c . Postflight - About one hour will be required f o r debriefing.
5.4. 1 . 4 Recovery Requirements.
The r e c o v e r y r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l c o n s i s t of removing t h e nephelometer

and r e c o r d e d data f r o m t h e S I C . P e r s o n n e l performing the postflight
debriefing will be responsible f o r delivering data to the coordinating facility
f o r analysis and evaluation.
TECHNICAL EXPERIMENTS
Mission Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 5-19/5-20
SM2A -03-SCO 12
- CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 6
CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
INTRODUC TION.
T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s a d e s c r i p t i o n of C o n t r a c t o r - f u r n i s h e d c r e w
p e r s o n a l e q u i p m e n t a n d s p a c e c r a f t i n t e r f a c e d a t a on NASA-furnished c r e w
p e r s o n a l equipment. All m a j o r i t e m s a r e i d e n t i f i e d as C o n t r a c t o r - f u r n i s h e d
equipment ( C F E ) , Government-furnished equipment (GFE), o r Government-
furnished property (GFP).
The following is a list of equipment o r s u b s y s t e m s f o r which c o v e r a g e

is provided.
0 C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t Configuration
0 Sighting S y s t e m s ( G F E )
0 S p a c e Suit A s s e m b l y ( G F P )
1. C o n s t a n t W e a r G a r m e n t ( G F P )
( a ) C o m m u n i c a t i o n Hat ( G F P )
2. P r e s s u r e Garment Assembly (GFP)
0 C r e w Couches ( C F E )
0 R e s t r a i n t Methods ( C F E )
0 In-flight Data P a c k a g e ( G F E )
0 C r e w m a n In-flight Tool Set a n d W o r k / F o o d Shlf ( C F E )
0 Crew Water (CFE)
0 Food ( G F P )
0 P e r s o n a l Hygiene ( G F P )
0 M e d i c a l Supplies a n d Monitoring ( G F P )
0 S u r v i v a l Kit ( G F P )
0 Stowage
6. 1 CREW COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION AND CREW E [RONMENT.
The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t is t h e p r e s s u r i z e d c o m p a r t m e n t within the

a i r t i g h t i n n e r s t r u c t u r e ( f i g u r e 6 - 1 ) . The t o t a l volume within the i n n e r
s t r u c t u r e is 366 cubic feet. A p p r o x i m a t e l y 121 cubic f e e t of t h i s
p r e s s u r i z e d s p a c e is o c c u p i e d by t h e e q u i p m e n t b a y s , a n d c o n t r o l a n d d i s -
play c o n s o l e s s u r r o u n d i n g the c r e w . T h e c o u c h e s , a s t r o n a u t s , a f t bulkhead
e q u i p m e n t , a n d m i s c e l l a n e o u s e q u i p m e n t occupy a n o t h e r 35 cubic f e e t
m a k i n g a t o t a l of 156 cubic f e e t . T h e r e is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 210 cubic f e e t of
u s a b l e a i r s p a c e . The c r e w c o m p a r t m e n t is p r e s s u r i z e d to 5 ~ 0 . 2p s i , with
100 p e r c e n t oxygen a t m o s p h e r e a n d a p p r o x i m a t e l y 50 p e r c e n t humidity.
~~~~ ~ ~~
CREW C O M P A R T M E N T CONFIGURATION A N D CREW ENVIRONMENT

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
CREW PERSONA L EQUIPMENT
LEFT HAND FORWARD RIGHT HAND FORWARD

EQU I PMENT BAY EQUIPMENT BAY
EQU I PMENT BAY
AFT BULKHEAD
F i g u r e 6-1. Apollo C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t , I n t e r n a l View F o r m - Z - A x i s
6.2 MIRRORS.
6. 2 . 1 I N T E R N A L VIEWING MIRRORS ( C F E ) . (Figure 6 - 2 )
When t h e a s t r o n a u t i s i n t h e p r e s s u r e s u i t , p r e s s u r i z e d , a n d on the
couch, h i s f i e l d of v i s i o n is v e r y l i m i t e d . He c a n s e e only to the l o w e r
e d g e of t h e m a i n d i s p l a y c o n s o l e (MDC), thus blanking out h i s s t o m a c h
a r e a w h e r e h i s r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s buckling and a d j u s t m e n t t a k e s p l a c e .
T h e i n t e r n a l viewing m i r r o r s a i d t h e a s t r o n a u t i n buckling a n d a d j u s t m e n t
of t h e r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s a n d l o c a t i n g c o u c h c o n t r o l s .
T h e r e a r e t h r e e m i r r o r s , one f o r e a c h couch position, The m i r r o r s

f o r t h e l e f t a n d r i g h t a s t r o n a u t a r e mounted on t h e s i d e of the lighting a n d
audio c o n t r o l c o n s o l e above t h e s i d e viewing window a n d fold. T h e c e n t e r
a s t r o n a u t ' s m i r r o r i s mounted on t h e left X - X h e a d a t t e n u a t o r s t r u t .
~ ~~
CREW COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATION AND CREW ENVIRONMENT-MIRRORS
hli s s i on B a s i c Date 1 2 "J 1966 Change Date Page 6-2

SiM2A - 0 3 -SCO 1 2
--
RNAL VIEWING MIRRORS-LEFT, CENTER,& RIGHT

RNAL VIEWING MIRRORS-2 SETS, LEFT 8 RIGHT ”.. -.
CS-502A i + j.
F i g u r e 6-2. CM M i r r o r s , Block I and I1
The m i r r o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a mounting b a s e , a t w o - s e g m e n t e d
a r m , and a m i r r o r . T h e m i r r o r i s r e c t a n g u l a r ( 4 by 6 i n c h e s ) , flat, r e a r
s u r f a c e d , with a demagnification f a c t o r of 1 : l . T h e two-segmented a r m
allows a r e a c h of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 22 i n c h e s f r o m t h e mount. The e n d s of the
a r m have swivel j o i n t s t o position the m i r r o r s in the d e s i r e d a n g l e s . The
m i r r o r s a r e locked in position by a c l a m p during boost and e n t r y .
b. 2. 2 EXTERNAL VIEWING MIRRORS ( C F E ) . ( F i g u r e 6-21
With the couches i n the 9 6 - d e g r e e position, the a s t r o n a u t ‘ s left and

right view, through the rendezvous windows, is r e s t r i c t e d t o i - 5 d e g r e e s to
‘42 d e g r e e s from the X-axis. T h e r e f o r e , two s e t s of e x t e r n a l viewing
m i r r o r s a r e insta.lled in the CM t o p e r m i t v e r i f i c a t i o n of p a r a c h u t e deploy-
ment during e n t r y ( f i g u r e 6 - 3 ) . Another function i s o r i e n t a t i o n of the
command module in the event of a n a b o r t .
MIRRORS
klis s ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6-3

SMZA -03-SCO12
WITH M
(RIGHT
NOTE FIELD OF V I S I O N S H W N
FOR M I R R O R S IS FOR
ONLY ONE SETTING.
u
F i g u r e 6-3. P a r a c h u t e F i e l d of V i s i o n i n Couch 9 6 - D e g r e e P o s i t i o n
-4 s e t of m i r r o r s c o n s i s t of a n u p p e r m i r r o r a s s e m b l y and a lower
m i r r o r a s s e m b l y . The u p p e r m i r r o r a s s e m b l y is mounted on the s i d e wall
n e a r t h e u p p e r r i m o n t h e r e n d e z v o u s window f r a m e . The lower m i r r o r
a s s e m b l y is mounted on the r e n d e z v o u s window housing n e a r the lower r i m
of the window f r a m e .
The m i r r o r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a m i r r o r a n d a b r a c k e t . T h e b r a c k e t
h a s a s h o r t a r m with a swivel that allows positioning of the m i r r o r . The
s h o r t a r m h a s a lock t o i m m o b i l i z e the m i r r o r during landing. The m i r r o r s
will have a 1:l magnification f a c t o r a n d a r e r e c t a n g u l a r in shape.
6. 3 CREWMAN OPTIC-AL ALIGNMENT SIGHT (COAS). ( F i g u r e 6-4)
The c r e w m a n o p t i c a l a l i g n m e n t sight p r o v i d e s the c r e w m a n a fixed

line-of-sight a t t i t u d e r e f e r e n c e i m a g e which, when viewed through the f o r -
w a r d window, a p p e a r s t o be t h e s a m e d i s t a n c e away a s the t a r g e t . T h i s
i m a g e is f o r e s i g h t e d (by m e a n s of a sight m o u n t ) p a r a l l e l t o t h e c e n t e r l i n e
( X - a x i s ) of the CM a n d p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o the Y - Z plane.
MIRRORS-CREWMAN OPTICAL ALIGNMENT SIGHT (COAS).

SM2A - 0 3 - SC 0 12
S-IVB
TARGET @) ,PROJECTED IMAGE
SCALE I AB$!-
\ -
ix U
H, FORWARD
VIEWING WINDOW
\
RECEPTACLE
/
+z
Q
MODULES
0 . .
CS-531A .. a )
F i g u r e 6-4. Apollo C r e w m a n Alignment Sight System Configuration
T h e s i g h t i s a c o l l i m a t o r d e v i c e , s i m i l a r to a gunsight. It weighs
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1. 5 pounds a n d i s 8 i n c h e s in length. It h a s a c o r d a n d r e c e p -
t a c l e a n d r e q u i r e s a 28-vdc p o w e r s o u r c e . T h e sight i s stowed i n c o m p a r t -
m e n t T d u r i n g b o o s t a n d e n t r y . When o p e r a t i o n a l l y r e q u i r e d , it i s m o u n t e d
a t t h e left r e n d e z v o u s window f r a m e . T h e p o w e r r e c e p t a c l e i s c o n n e c t e d to
t h e SCIENTIFIC E X P E R I M E N T S r e c e p t a c l e ( o n t h e g i r t h s h e l f ) ,
0. 3. 1 OPER-qTIONAL USE.
When photographing a c t i v i t i e s o r s c e n e s outside the s p a c e c r a f t with
the 1 6 m m s e q u e n c e c a m e r a , t h e COAS i s u s e d to o r i e n t t h e s p a c e c r a f t a n d
a i m t h e c a m e r a . The c a m e r a will b e . m o u n t e d o n t h e left s i d e w a l l handhold
a t a 9 0 - d e g r e e a n g l e to t h e X - a x i s a n d will b e shooting out t h e left r e n d e z -
v o u s window v i a a m i r r o r a s s e m b l y .
D u r i n g r e n d e z v o u s m a n e u v e r s with t h e S-IVB, t h e C O h S c a n be u s e d
for alignment.
CREWMAN OPTIC-4L ALIGNMENT SIGHT (CO-AS)

SM2A -0 3 -SC 0 1 2
When the TV c a m e r a is mounted on the g i r t h shelf f o r shooting out the

right rendezvous window p a r a l l e l to the X - a x i s , the COAS will be u s e d for
alignment. The COAS can a l s o be u s e d f o r backup f o r r e - e n t r y alignment
a n d m a n u a l t h r u s t v e c t o r control.
6. 4 SPACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P ) .
T h e s p a c e suit a s s e m b l y ( S S A ) p r o v i d e s c r e w m e m b e r s with p r o t e c t i v e
clothing and a t m o s p h e r e f o r s p a c e c r a f t c o m m a n d module environment. The
a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a constant w e a r g a r m e n t (CWG) and p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t
a s s e m b l y ( P G A ) . F o r o p e r a t i o n a l p u r p o s e s , additional equipment i s needed,
s u c h a s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s and oxygen h o s e s . The equipment will be d e s c r i b e d
in the two s u i t conditions: O F F and ON.
6. 4. 1 S P A C E SUIT O F F O R SHIRTSLEEVE ENVIRONMENT.
During ear'th o r b i t , n o r m a l conditions (nondynamic) will allow the

a s t r o n a u t s t o r e m o v e the p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t a s s e m b l y . The a s t r o n a u t s will
w e a r a n u n d e r g a r m e n t c a l l e d the c o n s t a n t w e a r g a r m e n t ( C W G ) , a p a r t of
the s p a c e s u i t a s s e m b l y . F o r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , they will don a p e r s o n a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s soft hat, connect i t to a CWG a d a p t e r , and connect the
a d a p t e r to a n e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l which c o n n e c t s to the audio c e n t e r .
6. 4. 1. 1 Constant Wear G a r m e n t (CWG) [ G F P I .
T h e CWC ( f i g u r e 6 - 5 ) i s a o n e - p i e c e , synthetic f a b r i c g a r m e n t f o r
oxygen compatibility, It w i l l be long s l e e v e d o r s h o r t sleeved. The s h o r t
s l e e v e CWG h a s s l e e v e s t i f f e n e r s , T h e r e a r e a l s o pockets to hold radiation
d o s i m e t e r s . , .4round the m i d - s e c t i o n a r e pockets for biomed p r e a m p l i f i e r s .
T h e r e a r e one o r two c l o t h t a b s ( 1 i n c h ) n e a r t h e c h e s t to a t t a c h the c o b r a
c a b l e clip. -An opening a t the c r o t c h i s f o r u r i n a t i o n and t h e r e a r opening i s
for defecation. -4 z i p p e r u p the c h e s t allows e a s y donning and doffing.
The CWG c a n be worn f o r 6 t o 7 d a y s ; t h e r e f o r e , a change will be

needed. E a c h a s t r o n a u t will w e a r a CWG u n d e r the p r e s s u r e g a r m e n t
a s s e m b l y . T h r e e CWG's will be stowed in the left-hand equipment bay
c o m p a r t m e n t CONSTA4KT WE-4R GARMENT SAND.4LS. In t h e s a m e
c o m p a r t m e n t , t h r e e flight c o v e r a l l s , one for e a c h a s t r o n a u t and t h r e e p a i r
of w e i g h t l e s s s a n d a l s , will be stowed.
6 . 4. 1. 2 Flight C o v e r a l l s (GFP).
T h r e e flight c o v e r a l l s will be stowed i n t h e CHEB c o m p a r t m e n t ,

m a r k e d "CONST-ANT WE.4R GARMENT, " f o r u s e while in s h i r t s l e e v e
environment. T h e c o v e r a l l s will b e w o r n o v e r the CWG, and will a i d in
keeping the CWG c l e a n and the c r e w m a n w a r m .
SPACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6 - 6

SMZA-03-SC012
CREW P E R S O N A L E Q U I P M E N T
F i g u r e 6-5. C o n s t a n t W e a r G a r m e n t (CWG)
n. 4. 1 . 3 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Soft Hat ( G F P ) .
T h e p e r s o n a l c o m m u n i c a t i o n s c a r r i e r is a soft h a t which s u p p o r t s
communications equipment: redundant microphone/earphone s e t s and a
connection to the audio c e n t e r .
T h e m i c r o p h o n e s ( v o i c e t u b e s ) h a v e two p o s i t i o n s : u s i n g a n d stowed.
T h e stowed p o s i t i o n i s b u t t e d t o w a r d t h e f o r w a r d e d g e of t h e h e l m e t . T h e
u s i n g position i s i n f r o n t of t h e m o u t h . Only o n e m i c r o p h o n e n e e d s t o be
u s e d . T h e e a r p h o n e s will be i n p l a c e o v e r both e a r s a l l t h e t i m e .
T h r e e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s c a r r i e r s w i l l be s t o w e d a t l a u n c h a n d e n t r y in
t h e PG-4 h e I m e t s t o w a g e b a g s o n t h e aft bulkhead.
T h r e e Lightweight H e a d s e t s w i l l be e v a l u a t e d d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n a n d
w i l l s h a r e t h e s o f t h a t s t o w a g e i n t h e PG-4 h e l m e t s t o w a g e b a g s .
SP-ACE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )

I
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 6-7

SMZA-03-SC012
6. 4. 1. 4 Constant Wear G a r m e n t E l e c t r i c a l i i d a p t e r ( C F E ) .
The function of t h e CWG a d a p t e r ( f i g u r e 6-6) i s to t r a n s m i t the c o m m u -

nications h a t s i g n a l s and t h e biomedical h a r n e s s s i g n a l s to the e l e c t r i c a l
u m b i l i c a l o r c o b r a cable.
The CWG a d a p t e r i s a 37-pin connector which c o n n e c t s t o the 21-socket

connector f r o m t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s s o f t hat. The nine-pin connector m a t e s
with the n i n e - s o c k e t connector of the b i o m e d i c a l h a r n e s s connector.
T h r e e C W G a d a p t e r s will be r e q u i r e d i f a l l a s t r o n a u t s g o s h i r t s l e e v e
simultaneously. The t h r e e a d a p t e r s will be stowed in the RHEB in a c o m -
p a r t m e n t m a r k e d ELECTRICAL ADAPTERS. The CWG a d a p t e r will t i m e -
s h a r e the c o m p a r t m e n t with t h r e e PG.4 a d a p t e r s .
CWG ELECTRICAL
B I O MED
PREAMP1.IFIERS
WEAR GARMENT
F i g u r e 6-6. P e r s o n a ? Communications Equipment Connection, Block I (CWG)

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
6. 4. 1. 5 E l e c t r i c a l Umbilical "Sleep" Adapter.
Two e l e c t r i c a l u m b i l i c a l "sleep" a d a p t e r s will be stowed in the RHEB

c o m p a r t m e n t m a r k e d E L E C T R I C A L ADAPTERS. The p u r p o s e of the
"sleep" a d a p t e r s is t o e l i m i n a t e voice communication s i g n a l s p a s s i n g
t h r o u g h the c a u t i o n l w a r n i n g s y s t e m , thus enabling u n i n t e r r u p t e d s l e e p for
two c r e w m e n . T h e a d a p t e r , connected between the c o b r a c a b l e and the
CWG o r PGA a d a p t e r , will play a p i a n i s s i m o v e r s i o n of " B r a h m s Lullaby.
6.4. 2 SPACE SUIT ON ENVIRONMENT.
6.4. 2. 1 PGA U n p r e s s u r i z e d o r Ventilated.
During launch, boost, e n t r y , d e s c e n t , and landing p h a s e s of t h e

m i s s i o n , the c r e w will be r e q u i r e d t o be suited. The c r e w will be fully
suited but in the u n p r e s s u r i z e d o r ventilated condition. That i s , the cabin
p r e s s u r e will be 5 p s i and the d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e of t h e suit will be a
plus 2 i n c h e s of w a t e r o r 0. 0 7 2 psi. T h i s i s enough differential p r e s s u r e to
hold the s u i t c o m f o r t a b l y away f r o m the body. The oxygen will be flowing
f r o m the ECS suit loop, through the oxygen h o s e into the suit and r e t u r n i n g
through the r e t u r n h o s e to the ECS s u i t loop. The cabin a i r i s c i r c u l a t e d
about the c a b i n by the c a b i n a i r fans 1 and 2.
An a l t e r n a t e m o d e of ventilated u s a g e i s with h e l m e t a n d gloves off,

using neck and w r i s t d a m s . T h e g a s c i r c u l a t i o n i s the s a m e , except t h e
a s t r o n a u t b r e a t h e s c a b i n oxygen. T h i s mode c a n only be s u s t a i n e d f o r 54
m a n - m i n u t e s out of 18 h o u r s (1:20) b e c a u s e the cabin oxygen b e c o m e s
s a t u r a t e d with w a t e r vapor which will condense on the s t r u c t u r e . T h i s i s
not a r e c o m m e n d e d mode.
6. 4. 2. 2 PG-4 Pr e s s u r i zed .
The PGA ( s p a c e s u i t ) will not be p r e s s u r i z e d except during a n e m e r -

gency. T h i s condition w i l l e x i s t during a cabin d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n . If out of
the s u i t , the ECS c a n m a i n t a i n 3. 5 p s i in the cabin f o r 5 m i n u t e s i f the hole
o r leak is l e s s than 1 / 2 inch in d i a m e t e r . T h e r e f o r e , donning the suit m u s t
take l e s s than 5 m i n u t e s . When the suit i s p r e s s u r i z e d , the differential
p r e s s u r e will be a plus 3. 7 p s i i n t h e suit. T h i s condition c o n s t r a i n s the
body mobility. F o r t h i s r e a s o n , it i s n o r m a l l y not d e s i r e d to be p r e s s u r i z e d .
The c r e w w i l l p e r f o r m a c a b i n d e p r e s s u r i z a t i o n to d e m o n s t r a t e confi-
dence in the s p a c e s u i t and p r o p e r function of the h a r d w a r e .
6 . 4. 3 PGA DESCRIPTION. ( F i g u r e 6- 7)
6 . 4. 3. 1 PGA ComDonents.
The PGA i s a t h r e e - p i e c e s u i t : t o r s o , h e l m e t , a n d gloves. It i s

m a n u f a c t u r e d by C l a r k Manufacturing Co. of M a s s a c h u s e t t s .

SMZA -03-SCO12
C R E W PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
GI
--
DONN I N G l F l l l I NG VENTILATION COMMIINSTRUMENTATION
Figure 6-7. .4pollo Block I P r e s s u r e G a r m e n t - 4 s s e m b l y
A c c e s s o r i e s of t h e s u i t a r e the n e c k a n d w r i s t d a m s , blood p r e s s u r e
c u f f s , a n d u r i n e c o l l e c t i o n bag. O p e r a t i o n a l u s e of t h e a c c e s s o r i e s i s
o p t i o n a l a n d will v a r y i n a c c o r d a n c e with t h e m i s s i o n .
6.4.3.1.1 T h e T o r s o a n d Gloves
The PGA t o r s o h a s f o u r l a y e r s . F r o m the i n s i d e , t h e f i r s t l a y e r i s a

c o m b i n a t i o n l i n e r a n d v e n t i l a t i o n l a y e r . The ventilation d i s t r i b u t i o n t u b e s
guide incoming oxygen to all e x t r e m i t i e s . The oxygen a l s o p a s s e s through
net openings to c i r c u l a t e a r o u n d t h e a s t r o n a u t . The a c t u a l cooling t a k e s
p l a c e as t h e g a s flows f r o m the e x t r e m i t i e s ( h i g h e r p r e s s u r e ) to t h e r e t u r n
( l o w e r p r e s s u r e ) o v e r t h e CWG. The s e c o n d l a y e r i s a p r e s s u r e - t i g h t
l a y e r , to contain the oxygen o r the 3. 7 - p s i o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e . The t h i r d
l a y e r i s a r e s t r a i n t l a y e r of s t r o n g netting to r e s t r i c t bulging a n d e n l a r g i n g
s o m o v e m e n t will be u n i m p a r e d when p r e s s u r i z e d . The l a s t , and o u t s i d e
l a y e r is a p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r . T h e r e is a p r e s s u r e line f r o m the p r e s s u r e
SPACE SUIT -4SSEMBLY ( G F P ) .

SM2A -03-SCO 12
--
l a y e r (2nd l a y e r ) t o a s u r f a c e p r e s s u r e gauge to allow t h e a s t r o n a u t to

m o n i t o r the p r e s s u r e . At the w a i s t is a n intake connector valve on the left
and a r e t u r n connector valve on the right.
The outside p r o t e c t i v e l a y e r h a s pockets on the a r m s a n d l e g s . The

a r m pockets contain s u c h a r t i c l e s a s neck a n d w r i s t d a m s , handkerchiefs,
and p e n c i l s . The leg pockets contain s c i s s o r s .
The neck r i n g is a n a l u m i n u m ring, a n d when m a t e d with the h e l m e t ,

h a s O - r i n g s e a l s . C a b l e s a r e a t t a c h e d to the neck ring to hold i t down
when p r e s s u r i z e d .
T h e boots a r e attached t o t h e l e g s by l a c e s and a r e not a i r t i g h t . A

sock from the leg fits into the boot a n d i s a i r t i g h t . The boots w i l l not be
removed during t h e m i s s i o n .
The gloves a r e attached t o the a r m s with a ball r a c e lock and a r e

s c a l e d with O - r i n g s .
-4 zipper r u n s from the n a v e l , u n d e r n e a t h the c r o t c h , and u p the spine

to the neck ring. The t a b i s by the navel when s e a l e d ( c l o s e d ) and by the
neck ring when opened. To a s s i s t the o n e - m a n donning, t h e t a b h a s a 6 - t o
10-inch l a n y a r d a t t a c h e d t o it. The suit h a s the capability of o n e - m a n
donning in l e s s than 5 m i n u t e s . It c a n be donned by having the h e l m e t and
gloves a t t a c h e d o r attaching them a f t e r donning the t o r s o .
The communication a n d biomedical c a b l e s exit through a 61 -pin

connection at the left b r e a s t .
6.4. 3 . 1.2 The Helmet.
The h e l m e t is a p l a s t i c shell. It h a s a l i n e r i n s i d e , e a r cushions

with e a r p h o n e s , and two m i c r o p h o n e s . On the outside, a v i s o r is pivoted
a t the e a r s . A v i s o r p r o t e c t i v e c o v e r of thin p l a s t i c ( C y c o l a c ) c o v e r s the
top of the h e l m e t . A ring s e a l is a t the neck. It will set in the t o r s o neck
ring a n d is held in place by a c l a m p .
To p r e s s u r i z e the s u i t , the v i s o r ( o r f a c e p l a t e ) m u s t be closed. It i s

r o t a t e d down a c r o s s the face a n d p r e s s e s a g a i n s t a s e a l , a n d i s held i n
position by a c l a m p - l a t c h .
6 . 4. 3 . 1 . 3 Neck a n d W r i s t D a m s .
The p r i m a r y function of the d a m s is postlanding sealing of t h e PGA

during w a t e r activity.
T h e d a m s a r e wide r u b b e r bands. The neck dam fits o v e r the torso

neck ring and a r o u n d the neck. T h i s keeps the s e a w a t e r out of the suit.
The h e l m e t m u s t be r e m o v e d . When the gloves a r e r e m o v e d , the w r i s t
d a m s s e a l the w r i s t s a n d the c r e w m a n will float in the t o r s o .
SP.4CE SUIT ASSEMBLY ( G F P )

SMZA-03-SCOl2
An optional d a m u s e during the m i s s i o n would be to cool the body

while in the s u i t with the gloves and h e l m e t off. T h i s is r e s t r i c t e d to a
s h o r t p e r i o d of t i m e as the c r e w m a n s r e s p i r a t i o n would p r o d u c e a n
e x c e s s i v e C 0 2 concentration. The c o m m h e l m e t will be u s e d f o r
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s during t h i s p e r i o d .
6.4. 3 . 1.4 U r i n e Collection Device ( G F P ) .
During the standby, hold, launch, a n d boost p h a s e s , the c r e w m a n

will be suited. A continuous s u i t e d p e r i o d of 3 to 6 h o u r s c a n be
e x p e r i e n c e d s o p r o v i s i o n s m u s t be m a d e to u r i n a t e within the PGA.
The function of the u r i n e collection bag i s to collect a n d s t o r e

1200 c c of u r i n e . T h e r e is a n e x t e r n a l c a t h e t e r ( r o l l - o n ) connected to the
bag. The bag f i t s a r o u n d the c r o t c h a n d hips and is held into p l a c e by
V e l c r o a t t a c h e d to Velcro on the CWG.
When m i s s i o n o p e r a t i o n s p e r m i t , the s u i t i s unzipped and the u r i n e

bag i s r e m o v e d . A valve on the bag will connect t o the waste m a n a g e m e n t
s y s t e m , a n d the u r i n e will be dumped o v e r b o a r d .
6.5 PGA STOWAGE.
6. 5 . 1 TORSO AND GLOVE STOWAGE.
The gloves will be left a t t a c h e d to the t o r s o and stowed t o g e t h e r .

The PGA h e l m e t s will be stowed s e p a r a t e l y . The s u i t stowage bag is m a d e
of s a g e g r e e n , nylon cloth, 36 i n c h e s long, 20 i n c h e s wide, a n d c a n be
expanded f r o m 3 to 1 2 i n c h e s high. It h a s a n aluminum r o d f r a m e to
m a i n t a i n the f o r m . -4 p a r t i t i o n s e p a r a t e s the bag into two c o m p a r t m e n t s .
On the top a r e flaps held c l o s e d with V e l c r o . T h r e e s t r i p s of V e l c r o loop
a r e on t h e bottom to a n c h o r the bag on t h r e e s t r i p s of V e l c r o hook on the aft
bu 1kh e a d.
The two-PGA stowage a r e a is beneath the c o m m a n d e r ' s couch ( l e f t )
o n the aft bulkhead. An additional stowage bag is l o c a t e d beneath the head
of the pilot on the a f t bulkhead n e a r the hatch between the LiOH c a r t r i d g e
stowage boxes and the sidewall. The s u i t stowage bag i s s i m i l a r to the
two - s u i t bag.
6.5. 2 H E L M E T STOWAGE.
The PGA h e l m e t s a r e stowed only during nondynamic p e r i o d s , o r

z e r o g. T h r e e h e l m e t m i d - c o u r s e stowage bags a r e provided. The bags
( G F P ) a r e l o c a t e d o n the aft bulkhead u n d e r the c e n t e r couch.
-.-
SPACE SUIT -4SSEMBLY (GFP)-PGA STOW-qGE

SM2A -03-SCO 12
6. 6 PGA CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
6. 6. 1 PRESSURE GARMENT ASSEMBLY ( P G A ) E L E C T R I C A L A D A P T E R ( G F P ) .
T h e PGA e l e c t r i c a l a d a p t e r p r o v i d e s i n t e r f a c e b e t w e e n t h e PGA a n d
the c o b r a cable since t h e connectors a r e not compatible.
T h e PGA a d a p t e r i s 18 i n c h e s i n l e n g t h with a s u i t i n t e r f a c e of a 61-

s o c k e t c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e c o b r a c a b l e i n t e r f a c e with a 3 7 - p i n c o n n e c t o r .
There a r e three adapters.
When t h e s u i t s a r e r e m o v e d a n d s t o w e d , t h e PG.4 a d a p t e r s w i l l b e
d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m t h e s u i t a n d stowed. T h e y w i l l r e p l a c e t h e CWG a d a p t e r s
in t h e E L E C T R I C A L A D A P T E R s t o w a g e c o m p a r t m e n t i n t h e RHEB.
6. 6. 2 OXYGEN HOSE ( U M B I L I C A L ) ( G F P ) . ( F i g u r e 6 - 8 )
T h e function of t h e oxygen h o s e i s t o i n t e r c o n n e c t t h e PG.4 a n d t h e

CM ECS.
T h e oxygen h o s e i s a d u a l h o s e , e a c h h o s e h a v i n g a n i n s i d e d i a m e t e r
of 1. 25 i n c h e s a n d m a d e of s i l i c o n r u b b e r with s p i r a l i n g s t e e l w i r e
reinforcement.
T h e ECS e n d h a s a double D c o n n e c t o r while t h e s u i t e n d s p l i t s t h e

h o s e s a b o u t 1 5 i n c h e s f r o m t h e end. E a c h hos'e h a s a n elbow n o z z l e to
c o n n e c t to t h e s u i t .
T h e r e a r e two h o s e s : o n e 72 i n c h e s long a n d o n e 81 i n c h e s long.

A nylon s t r a p is bonded a p p r o x i m a t e l y e v e r y 12 i n c h e s to r e s t r a i n t h e
c o b r a c a b l e to t h e h o s e d u r i n g s u i t o p e r a t i o n s .
T h e double D c o n n e c t o r o n t h e ECS e n d r e m a i n s c o n n e c t e d d u r i n g
t h e m i s s i o n . T h e h o s e is r o u t e d b e h i n d t h e MDC a n d h e l d i n p l a c e by t i e -
down s t r a p s . When d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m t h e s u i t s , t h e e n d s a r e r o u t e d f r o m
t h e r e a r of t h e 'MDC t o t h e f o r w a r d b u l k h e a d a n d s t r a p p e d . T o p r e v e n t t h e
i n c o m i n g o x y g e n f r o m b e i n g s u c k e d i n t o t h e r e t u r n s i d e a n d not i n t o t h e
c a b i n , t h e r e t u r n n o z z l e w i l l be c a p p e d w i t h t h e o x y g e n h o s e r e t u r n c a p ,
which i s a t t a c h e d t o t h e h o s e with a l a n y a r d .
6. 7 CREW COUCHES.
The c r e w couches support the c r e w during a c c e l e r a t i o n and m a n e u v e r s

up to 30 g ' s f o r w a r d , 30 g ' s a f t , . 1 8 ' g ' s up a n d down, a n d 15 g ' s l a t e r a l l y .
The s p a c e c r a f t contains unitized c r e w couches integrally bolted

t o g e t h e r i n a unit s t r u c t u r e .
T h e c o u c h e s a r e d e s i g n a t e d o n e of t h r e e w a y s . S t r u c t u r a l l y , t h e y a r e
l e f t , c e n t e r , a n d r i g h t . By c r e w p o s i t i o n s , t h e y a r e 1. 2, o r 3 o r
c o m m a n d e r , s e n i o r pilot, and pilot (left to right).
PGA CONNECTING EQUIPMENT-CREW COUCHES
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1 9 6 6 C h a n g e Date Page 6-13

SMZA-03-SC012
CREW PERSONAL E Q U I P M E N T
COMMANDER - 72"
NAVIGATOR - 72' DACRON STRAP
ENG INEER - 81"
PGA ADAPTER (REF)
COBRA CABLE (REF)
WIW I RE RE I NFORC
CONNECTOR (ECS)
V16-601201
F i g u r e 6-8. 0 2 U m b i l i c a l H o s e A s s e m b l y , Block I
6. 7. 1 CREW COUCH STRUCTURE.
T h e c r e w c o u c h s t r u c t u r e c o n s i s t s of t h r e e c r e w c o u c h e s : t h e l e f t ,
c e n t e r , a n d r i g h t ( f i g u r e 6-9). It i s f a b r i c a t e d of a l u m i n u m a n d weighs
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 400 pounds. The left a n d r i g h t c o u c h e s a r e i d e n t i c a l . The
c e n t e r c o u c h c o n n e c t s the left a n d r i g h t couch into a s i n g l e unified s t r u c t u r e .
T h e c o u c h s t r u c t u r e , i n a o n e - g e n v i r o n m e n t , is s u p p o r t e d by the
i m p a c t a t t e n u a t i o n s t r u t s : t h e f o u r X - X s t r u t s f r o m t h e f o r w a r d bulkhead,
t h e two Z - Z s t r u t s f r o m t h e a f t r i n g , a n d the two Y - Y s t r u t s in c o m p r e s s i o n
a g a i n s t t h e s i d e p a n e l s . The X - X a n d Z - Z s t r u t s c o n n e c t t o the c r e w c o u c h
s t r u c t u r e a t the l e f t a n d r i g h t c o u c h m a i n s i d e b e a m s .
T h e l e f t a n d r i g h t c o u c h e s a r e c a p a b l e of t h e 1 7 0 - d e g r e e position but
will not be p l a c e d i n t h a t p o s i t i o n b e c a u s e of e q u i p m e n t i n t e r f e r e n c e b e n e a t h
those couches.
CREW COUCHES
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1 9 6 6 Change Date Page 6-14

SM2A -03-SCO12
- CREW PERSONAL E Q U I P M E N T
STRUTS
REF: V16-531501
F i g u r e 6-9. C r e w Couch Installation
The additional L E B a c c e s s f d o c k i n g position will -e usei. d u r i n g o r b i t

to gain room n e a r the L E B . The s e a t pan a n g l e r e m a i n s 9 6 d e g r e e s while
the couch s t r u c t u r e ( a l l c o u c h e s ) m o v e s 6 . 5 i n c h e s toward the hatch.
6. 7. 2 CREW COUCH POSITIONS. ( F i g u r e 6-10)
b. 7. 2 . 1 ' Occupied Positions.
The m o s t utilized position is the 9 6 - d e g r e e position a s s u m e d f o r the

launch, o r b i t , and e n t r y phase. F o r a 50 p e r c e n t i l e c r e w m a n , the hip angle
i s 108 d e g r e e s a n d v e r y e a s y t o a s s u m e . It gives m a x i m u m s u p p o r t to the
body during high g loads.
The 1 7 0 - d e g r e e o r flat out position is u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r e g r e s s i n g

f r o m the c e n t e r couch. All e g r e s s i n g to the L E B will be f r o m the c e n t e r
couch. F o r this r e a s o n , the l o w e r a r m r e s t s a r e r e m o v e d and stowed,
CREW COUCHES
Mission B a s i c Date 1966 Change Date Page 6- 1 5

SMZA-03-SCO 12
1I S T W A G E ACCESS
ON _-
.
(LH COUCH)
e?-. ,
CS-2025A <+
F i g u r e 6-10. C r e w Couch M i s s i o n P o s i t i o n s a n d Seat Angles, Block I
m a k i n g e a s y e g r e s s f r o m r i g h t a n d left c o u c h e s i n t o t h e c e n t e r couch.
Another u s e of t h e 1 7 0 - d e g r e e p o s i t i o n is G&N sighting. T h e 50 p e r c e n t i l e
c r e w m a n c a n p o s i t i o n h i m s e l f o n t h e s e a t pan with h i s f e e t in the f o o t r e s t s
and sight through the G & N eyepiece.
6. 7. 2 . 2 Unoccupied P o s i t i o n s .
T h e 6 6 - d e g r e e s e a t pan a n g l e position is u s e d p r i m a r i l y f o r r i g h t a n d
l e f t e q u i p m e n t bay s t o w a g e a c c e s s .
T h e 2 6 4 - d e g r e e p o s i t i o n n e c e s s i t a t e s r o t a t i n g t h e s e a t pan u n d e r t h e
b a c k r e s t . T h i s will c l e a r t h e L E B a r e a f o r m a i n t e n a n c e a c t i v i t i e s . Due t o
r e s t r i c t e d c l e a r a n c e beneath the left and right couches, this position is
r e s t r i c t e d t o t h e c e n t e r c o u c h only. D u r i n g u s e of t h e f e c a l c a n i s t e r , t h i s
is t h e d e s i r a b l e seat pan angle.
CREW COUCHES
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change D a t e , Page 6- 16

SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 7. 3 CREW COUCH COMPONENT DESCRIPTION. (Figure 6-1 1)
T h e c r e w c o u c h e s a r e b a s i c a l l y t h e s a m e and t h e m o d u l a r components
interchangeable. The b a c k r e s t a s s e m b l i e s differ the m o s t b e c a u s e of the
docking position m e c h a n i s m in t h e c e n t e r couch.
6. 7. 3 . 1 H e a d r e st.
The h e a d r e s t i s c o n s t r u c t e d of honeycomb aluminum and h a s folding

t i p s . It is padded on t h e i n s i d e a n d both s i d e s of the t i p s . During m a n e u v e r s
r e q u i r i n g P G A h e l m e t r e s t r a i n t , t h e t i p s a r e left extended. For o r b i t and
z e r o g, the t i p s a r e folded, affording f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t f o r n o m i n a l
visibility .
LOWER LEG REST
UPPER LEG REST
L W E R ARM REST
UPPER A R M REST
/ p”..
BACK ASSEMBLY
CS-2055A 1
- F i g u r e 6- 11. Left-Hand Couch A s s e m b l y ( 9 6 - D e g r e e P o s i t i o n )
CREW COUCHES
S~M2A-03-SC012
T h e h e a d r e s t h a s a 3 - i n c h l o n g i t u d i n a l m o v e m e n t f o r a d j u s t m e n t to
c r e w m a n t o r s o l e n g t h . T h e h e a d r e s t a n d s u p p o r t will fold u n d e r t h e couch
f o r p u r p o s e s of a c c e s s i b i l i t y a n d i n g r e s s to t h e c o u c h e s .
6.7. 3.2 Backrest .

The b a c k r e s t i s constructed of r i b s and b e a m s c o v e r e d with
a l u m i n u m s h e e t a n d is 32 i n c h e s l o n g a n d 22 i n c h e s w i d e . T h e l e f t a n d
right couch back pans a r e attached to t h e integral side b e a m s , the inboard
b e a m of w h i c h is 56 i n c h e s long a n d t h e p r i m a r y s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r of t h e
couch support.
T h e b a c k r e s t a s s e m b l y is c o n t o u r e d a n d c o n t a i n s t h e t a k e u p r e e l
s y s t e m f o r t h e s h o u l d e r s t r a p s . T h e b a c k p a n is padded in t h e a r e a s of
c r e w m a n contact.
6. 7. 3. 3 Armrests.
T h e a r m r e s t s a t t a c h to t h e f o r w a r d s u r f a c e of t h e b a c k r e s t a n d a r e
a d j u s t a b l e . T h e y c o n s i s t of a n u p p e r a n d l o w e r a r m r e s t . T h e u p p e r
a r m r e s t c a n be a d j u s t e d f o r l e n g t h of a r m a n d t o r s o .
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t i n s e r t s i n t o a n d is s u p p o r t e d by t h e u p p e r a r m r e s t
at a n a n g l e of 90 d e g r e e s . It is s e c u r e d by a l e v e r i z e d p i n d e v i c e f o r q u i c k
r e m o v a l . A tubular shaft extends past the r e s t pad and contains the mounts
f o r t h e c o n t r o l s . A m a j o r function of t h e a r m r e s t s i s to m o u n t t h e SCS
c o n t r o l s . T h e l e f t c o u c h left a r m r e s t h a s a n a d a p t e r m o u n t f o r both
t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l s T1 a n d T 2 , a n d m o u n t s a t a n a n g l e of 120 d e g r e e s . A l l
o t h e r a r m r e s t s ( 3 ) m o u n t a t a n a n g l e of 90 d e g r e e s . T h e l e f t c o u c h r i g h t
a r m r e s t s u p p o r t s a r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R l ) . T h e c e n t e r c o u c h h a s no
armrests.
On t h e r i g h t c o u c h l e f t a r m r e s t i s a f i t t i n g t o which t h e o t h e r
r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) c a n be a t t a c h e d f o r u s e by t h e c e n t e r a s t r o n a u t . By
u s i n g a n a d a p t e r , one t r a n s l a t i o n c o n t r o l ( T 2 ) c a n be m o u n t e d f o r u s e by t h e
right astronaut .
Normally, the right couch right a r m r e s t supports the second rotation
c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) . A t h i r d p o s i t i o n f o r t h e r o t a t i o n c o n t r o l ( R 2 ) i s a t t a c h e d to
t h e LEB G & N p a n e l f o r u s e d u r i n g n a v i g a t i o n a l s i g h t i n g s .
6 . 7 . 3.4 Seat P a n and Footrest.
The s e a t pan and footrest h a s t h r e e components: the hiprest, l e g r e s t ,

and footrests.
The h i p r e s t and upper l e g r e s t functions as a s e a t o r s e a t pan. The

lower l e g r e s t supports the lower legs, and the footrests support and
r e s t r a i n t h e f e e t . T h e h i p r e s t m a k e s a n a n g l e of about 1 7 0 d e g r e e s with
t h e u p p e r l e g r e s t , f o r m i n g t h e s e a t p a n . T h e r e a r e two pivot p o i n t s : one a t --
CREW COUCHES
Mi s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 1966 C h a n g e Date P a g e 6-18

S M 2 A -03-SCO12
- CREW P E R S O N A L E Q U I P M E N T
t h e a f t of t h e h i p r e s t , a n d t h e o t h e r w h e r e t h e h i p r e s t a n d l e g r e s t i n t e r s e c t .
P a r t of t h e m e c h a n i s m f o r p o s i t i o n i n g t h e s e a t a n g l e s a t 96, 170, a n d
264 d e g r e e s i s h o u s e d i n t h e h i p r e s t .
T h e l o w e r l e g r e s t h o u s e s t h e m e c h a n i s m f o r p o s i t i o n i n g t h e s e a t in
t h e 6 6 - d e g r e e a n g l e a n d t i g h t e n i n g o r l o o s e n i n g of t h e f o o t s t r a p s . T h e
u p p e r l e g r e s t to l o w e r l e g r e s t a n g l e is f i x e d a t 68 d e g r e e s . T h e f o o t r e s t s
p i v o t so t h e y c a n f o l d p a r a l l e l t o t h e l o w e r l e g r e s t . F o o t s t r a p r o t a t i o n
b a r s a r e spring-loaded t o t h e r e l e a s e p o s i t i o n a n d a r e p u l l e d to t h e
r e s t r a i n t p o s i t i o n by c a b l e s . T h e c a b l e s r u n t o a r e e l t h a t c a n be l o c k e d
o r r e l e a s e d by a c o n t r o l i n t h e l o w e r l e g r e s t .
6. 7. 3. 5 C r e w Couch P a d s .
T h e followipg p o r t i o n s of t h e c o u c h e s h a v e p a d s : h e a d r e s t , back pan,

a r m r e s t s , and s e a t pan.
T h e padding is a t r i l o c m a t e r i a l 3 1 1 6 - i n c h t h i c k . It is s t r u c t u r e d of
woven d a c r o n w i r e - l i k e f i b e r s i n a l o w - d e n s i t y p a t t e r n giving good
v e nt ilat i o n .
T h e b a c k p a n a n d s e a t p a n p a d s a r e c o m p o s e d of t h r e e l a y e r s of t r i l o c
c o v e r e d w i t h nylon n e t t i n g , m a k i n g a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 / 2 i n c h of padding.
The a r m r e s t and h e a d r e s t pads a r e 3116-inch-thick l a y e r s between

nylon n e t t i n g c o v e r s .
T h e p a d s a r e a t t a c h e d t o t h e m e t a l s u r f a c e s with V e l c r o s t r i p s a n d
c a n be c e m o v e d d u r i n g t h e m i s s i o n i f t h e n e e d a r i s e s .
6. 7. 4 MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS. ( F i g u r e 6 - 12)
6. 7. 4. 1 H e a d r e s t A dju s t m e n t s .
To adjust the h e a d r e s t f o r c r e w m a n height, t u r n the adjustment
w i t h t h e t o o l s e t 4 - i n c h C P S d r i v e r . It h a s a 7132-inch hex d r i v e .
T h e h e a d r e s t i s f o l d e d down by pulling t h e h e a d r e s t l o c k h e a d w a r d .
T h e h e a d r e s t is spring-loaded t o t h e s t o w e d (down) p o s i t i o n so i t s h o u l d be
r e s t r a i n e d by t h e hand. To b r i n g it u p , p u l l with t h e h a n d ; pull h e a d r e s t
l o c k h a n d l e b a c k t o c l e a r t h e hook, p o s i t i o n h e a d r e s t i n t h e n o r m a l p o s i t i o n ,
and push the lock handle footward.
6.7.4.2 A r m r e s t Adjustments.
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t s a r e r e m o v e d by p u l l i n g t h e a r m r e s t l o c k p i n
r e l e a s e o u t w a r d to p u l l t h e pin, a n d t h e n pulling t h e a r m r e s t u p w a r d t o
r e m o v e . T h e l e f t c o u c h r i g h t a r m r e s t a n d t h e r i g h t c o u c h left a r m r e s t a r e
s t o w e d o n the c o u c h s i d e b e a m s by V e l c r o s e a t s a n d s t r a p s .
CREW COUCHES
.
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 6-19
SMZA -03-SCO12
LEG REST 6' RELEASE KNOB

FOOT STRAP
"IT' RING
SHOULDER HARNESS LOCK 43FfwY-
REF: V16-531502
F i g u r e 6-12. LH C r e w Couch O p e r a t i n g M e c h a n i s m s , Block I
To a t t a c h SCS c o n t r o l s , p u s h t h e SCS c o n t r o l pinlock t o t h e l e f t ; s l i d e

the control on the dovetail; and push the lock t o the right locking a retention
pin.
T h e l o w e r a r m r e s t c a n be e x t e n d e d by r o t a t i n g t h e e x t e n s i o n l o c k
t o w a r d t h e l e f t , e x t e n d i n g t h e a r m r e s t and locking i n t o p o s i t i o n b y p u s h i n g
the lock t o the right.
C R E W COUCHES
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1 9 6 6 C h a n g e Date Page 6-20

SMZA - 0 3 -SCO12
6 . 7.4. 3 Seat P a n Adjustment D i r e c t i o n s .
S P L H = Seat P a n LRRK 2 Legrest LROB = L e g r e s t O v e r r i d e

Lock Handle R e l e a s e Knob Pushbutton
From
(Den) Procedure Remarks
A 96 1. Lift the S P L H and push 1. Key locking the l e g pan

with feet. will disengage.
2. R e l e a s e t h e S P L M ; con- 2. Key on pivot cylinder
tinue pushing with f e e t will engage s i d e b e a m
until s e a t s t o p s at 170". keyway .
170 1. Lift the S P L H and pull 1. Key on pivot cylinder
with f e e t . will disengage.
2. Continue lifting SPLH, 2. Key on pivot c y l i n d e r
pulling with f e e t until will engage s i d e b e a m
seat s t o p s a t 9 6 " , keyway.
r e l e a s e SPLH.
B 96 264 1. Lift S P L H and r o t a t e 1. Key locking leg pan will
downward. disengage.
2. Continue t o lift S P L H 2. Maintains the leg pan
p a s s i n g through 170' pivot key in disengaged
position. position.
3. R e l e a s e S P L H and con- 3. Key on pivot cylinder
tinue rotating until s e a t will engage in 264"
s t o p s a t 264". position slot.
264 96 1. Lift S P L H and r o t a t e s e a t 1. Leg pan pivot k e y d i s e n -

toward 1 7 0 " / 9 6 " position. g a g e s allowing rotation.
2. Continue t o lift SPLH, 2. Leg pan pivot k e y m a i n -
p a s s i n g through 170 tained in disengaged
po s i t ion. position.
3. Rotate to 96" position 3. Leg pan point pivot key
and r e l e a s e SPLH. will engage 9 6 " position
slot.
C 96 66 1. P u l l up with feet until 1. D i s e n g a g e s s e a t to hip-

6 6 " l a t c h e n g a g e s the r e s t detent. 66" l a t c h
side beam. will d r o p in s l o t on
b e a m s and catch.
66 96 1. P r e s s the LRRK with 1. 66" c a t c h d i s e n g a g e s .

f e e t until 9 6 " position On reaching 96" posi-
is r e a c h e d . tion, d e t e n t will engage.
CREW C O U C H E S
Mi s s i o n Basic Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 6-21

SMZA-03-SCO 12
6. 7 . 4 . 4 F o o t r e s t and F o o t s t r a p Adjustments.
The f o o t s t r a p s a r e c o n t r o l l e d by a f o o t s t r a p D - r i n g (FSDR) between

the a s t r o n a u t ' s k n e e s . The D - r i n g is connected to a cable t h a t r u n s through
a tube to a d r u m - a x l e - d r u m m e c h a n i s m . By pulling on the D - r i n g and
r o t a t i n g the d r u m and a x l e , c a b l e s pull the f o o t s t r a p s to the r e s t r a i n e d
position. The d r u m s have r a t c h e t s that lock the f o o t s t r a p s in position and
r e t a i n the feet i n the f o o t r e s t . To r e l e a s e the f o o t s t r a p s , the FSDR i s
p r e s s e d , f o r c i n g the connecting tube to disengage the r a t c h e t and r e l e a s e
the f o o t s t r a p s .
6.7.4.5 D-Ring Handle Extension.
The D - r i n g handle can be r e a c h e d e a s i l y while the PCA i s

u n p r e s s u r i z e d . However, when p r e s s u r i z e d , the P C A slightly r e s t r i c t s
the 90 p e r c e n t i l e c r e w m a n f r o m r e a c h i n g the D - r i n g , thus making it
difficult to lock o r f r e e the f e e t . T h e D - r i n g extension h a s been designed
to connect to the D - r i n g handle. The extension h a s a 7 / 1 6 - i n c h hex shaft
to i n s e r t into the D - r i n g handle and c o n t r o l it ( p a r a g r a p h 6. 10. 10). It h a s a
b a l l - l o c k f e a t u r e to connect to the D - r i n g . The D - r i n g extension will be
a c c e s s i b l e on the right g i r t h shelf.
6. 7 . 4 . 6 DockinP P o s i t i o n Adjustment.
--
The m e c h a n i s m that r e l e a s e s t h e l o c k which allows the couch
s t r u c t u r e t o s l i d e to the docking position is l o c a t e d in the b a c k r e s t of the
c e n t e r couch; however, the docking l o c k handle is on the right s i d e beam of
the left couch.
The f o r w a r d end of the Z - Z s t r u t s a t t a c h e s to the couch by a s l i d e

t h a t r u n s i n t r a c k s in the s i d e b e a m s . A l e v e r - l o c k device (finger l a t c h )
l o c k s t h e s l i d e in two positions: n o r m a l a n d docking. The l e v e r - l o c k is
s p r i n g loaded i n the l o c k position. The docking lock handle (DLH)
d i s e n g a g e s the l e v e r - l o c k only while the DLH is lifted. The couch
s t r u c t u r e m u s t be pulled to the docking position b y the c e n t e r a s t r o n a u t
pulling on hand holds l o c a t e d on the side hatch.
When t r a n s v e r s i n g to the docking position, the s e a t s r e m a i n in the

9 6 - d e g r e e position. The l e f t c r e w m a n then lifts the DLH and the c e n t e r
c r e w m a n g r a b s a handhold and pulls the couches t o w a r d the s i d e hatch.
A f t e r m o v e m e n t , the DLH c a n be r e l e a s e d . When the couches have moved
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6. 5 i n c h e s , the l e v e r - l o c k s will d r o p into s l o t s , locking the
c o u c h e s in place.
To r e t u r n to the couch n o r m a l position, the D L H is lifted and the

couches a r e pushed t o w a r d the LEB. The DLH is r e l e a s e d and the l e v e r -
locks will d r o p into s l o t s when in position.
C R E W COUCHES
.
SMZA -03-SCO 12
- CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
6. 7 . 4 . 7 Shoulder S t r a p Adjustment.
The s h o u l d e r s t r a p takeup r e e l s a r e on the couch b a c k r e s t . They

allow 10 inches of p l a y a n d a r e locked by the shoulder s t r a p lock on the left
s i d e s of the couches. A h e a d w a r d pull will unlock the s h o u l d e r s t r a p s ,
and a f o r w a r d and down push will lock the s h o u l d e r s t r a p s .
6.8 CREWMAN RESTRAINTS.
The c r e w m a n r e s t r a i n t s provide r e s t r a i n t a n d physical a t t a c h m e n t

t o the a s t r o n a u t s ,
a . In the couches during launch, weightless p h a s e s , a b o r t , e n t r y , and
landing
b. During weightless p e r i o d s while p e r f o r m i n g t a s k s out of the c r e w
couch
c . While in the s l e e p position
d. When p e r f o r m i n g e x t r a v e h i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s
6.8. 1 HIGH G-LOAD RESTRAINTS.
6.8. 1. 1 Crewman Restraint Harness.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s e s p e r s p a c e c r a f t , one f o r e a c h
crewman.
The r e s t r a i n t h a r n e s s c o n s i s t s of a l a p belt and two shoulder s t r a p s

i n t e r f a c i n g t h e l a p belt at the buckle. The harnes,s is p e r m a n e n t l y
a t t a c h e d to the couch a n d is not r e m o v a b l e . The l a p belt i n t e r f a c e s s t r a p s
connected between the s e a t and back p a n s . T h i s configuration p r o v i d e s
adequate hip s u p p o r t (figure 6-13).
The s h o u l d e r s t r a p s p a s s through s l o t s in the upper portion of the

back pan a n d a r e connected t o s p r i n g - l o a d e d t a k e u p r e e l s fastened on the
u n d e r s i d e of the back pan. The t a k e u p r e e l allows 10 additional i n c h e s
of s t r a p t r a v e l a t m a x i m u m 10-pound pull. The c r e w m e m b e r can lock o r
unlock t h e s e takeup reels siinultaneously by actuating a l e v e r on the s i d e
of the couch.
The l a p belt buckle is a l e v e r o p e r a t e d , t h r e e point r e l e a s e

m e c h a n i s m . By pulling a l e v e r , the shoulder s t r a p s and right l a p belt
s t r a p will be r e l e a s e d . The s t r a p ends and buckle a r e equipped with Velcro
patches a n d m a y be f a s t e n e d to m a t i n g p a t c h e s on the couch when not in u s e .
T h i s a l s o p r e v e n t s the buckles a n d a t t a c h m e n t s f r o m floating f r e e during
z e r o g. E a c h s t r a p c a n be individually tightened o r loosened by the
c r e w m a n (figure 6-14).
The m a x i m u m f o r c e on the h a r n e s s s t r a p s will be 31 1 5 pounds a t the

c h e s t s . The s t r a p s a r e d a c r o n , 1-718 i n c h e s wide, a n d have a s t r e n g t h of
6000 pounds.
~~~
CREW COUCHES-CREWMAN RESTRAINTS

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
_.-
LAP BELT PLUG-IN F I l l I N C
TAKE-UP REEL CONTROL SHOULDER STRAP

HAND GRIP
F i g u r e 6-1 3 . C r e w m a n R e s t r a i n t H a r n e s s Components
The h a r n e s s will be on and locked d u r i n g a l l m a n e u v e r s when g loads

a r e e x p e c t e d s u c h a s launch, delta V, docking, e n t r y , and landing.
S e c u r i n g in the couch p r i o r to i m p a c t will include locking of the foot s t r a p s
in addition to fastening of the h a r n e s s . The h a r n e s s c a n be tightened and
l o o s e n e d r e a d i l y by the a s t r o n a u t .
6.8.1.2 Weightless R e s t r a i n t .
To a s s i s t the c r e w in e g r e s s i n g f r o m the couch, five hand s t r a p s a r e
a t t a c h e d behind the MDC ( f i g u r e 6 - 1 5 ) .
When out of the couch, the a s t r o n a u t will r e s t r a i n himself with hand-

holds a n d V e l c r o foot r e s t r a i n t s . P a r t of the a f t bulkhead will be s u r f a c e d
with V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l . The a s t r o n a u t will w e a r V e l c r o pile m a t e r i a l
on the s o l e s a n d h e e l s of his PGA boots when in the PGA.
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS

SMZA -03-SCO 12
L A P BELT
RESTRA I NT
SHOULDER STRAP
RESTRAINT PADS
F i g u r e 6-14. Restraint H a r n e s s Velcro Restraint Pads
Restraint sandals (figure 6-16) will be worn with the CWG. The
sandals a r e fabricated of a flexible plastic Royalite PR55. Velcro pile
m a t e r i a l is bonded on t h e ball and heel of the sole. The sandal i s held
closed and on the foot by Velcro patches.
T h e r e a r e t h r e e p a i r s of sandals which a r e stowed in the LHEB with

the CWGs and flight coveralls.
6 . 8. 1. 3 Guidance and Navigation Station Restraint.
Two positions m a y be utilized a t the G&N station: standing position

o r center couch G&N position. The a s t r o n a u t will r e s t r a i n himself in the
standing position by fastening h i s r e s t r a i n t sandals t o the aft bulkhead and
using a handhold on the left side of the G&N console.
The astronaut will r e s t r a i n himself in the c e n t e r couch a t the G & N

station by positioning the couch to the 170-degree hip angle and r e s t r a i n i n g
his feet with the couch foot s t r a p s .
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6-25

SMZA -03-SCO 12
....-
A-A
HAM DHOLG
EC S HANDSTRAP' - I
-1-/ /"'..
CS-23159 1
F i g u r e 6-15. CM I n t e r i o r Handgrips
6. 8. 1. 4 Crewman Sleeping R e s t r a i n t s . ( F i g u r e 6-1 7)
The c r e w m e n sleeping position will be under the left and right couch
with the heads toward the hatch. He will be r e s t r a i n e d i n position by the
c r e w m a n sleeping r e s t r a i n t .
The r e s t r a i n t s ( 2 ) a r e dacron f a b r i c , lightweight, sleeping bags,

64 inches long, with zipper openings f o r the t o r s o and 7-inch d i a m e t e r neck
openings. They a r e supported by two longitudinal s t r a p s that attach to the
LiOH c a n i s t e r s t o r a g e boxes on one end (LEB)and t o the CM inner s t r u c t u r e
a t the other end.
The c r e w m a n w i l l occupy the sleeping bag while wearing h i s CWG and

communications soft hat, o r lay on top i f wearing his PGA. The cobra cable
and "sleep" a d a p t e r w i l l r e m a i n connected. One sleeping r e s t r a i n t will be
stowed in each PGA stowage bag during boost and entry.
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS
M i s s ion Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6-26

SMZA-03-SCOlZ
F i g u r e 6- 16. Weightless C r e w m a n R e s t r a i n t Sandal
6.9 FLIGHT DATA F I L E (GFP).
The flight d a t a file ( f i g u r e 6-18) is a m i s s i o n r e f e r e n c e data file

that i s r e a d i l y available t o the c r e w m a n .
The data m u s t be a c c e s s i b l e t o the c o m m a n d e r and pilot in a

p r e s s u r i z e d s u i t while c o n s t r a i n e d in the c r e w couch. It m u s t be available
to the s e n i o r pilot a t the l o w e r equipment bay.
The flight d a t a file contains c h e c k l i s t s , m a n u a l s , a n d c h a r t s . The

c o m m a n d e r ' s and pilot's data file is stowed in nylon b a g s and the s e n l o r
pilot's i s stowed in a d r a w e r c o n t a i n e r .
CREW RESTRAINTS-FLIGHT DATA F I L E ( G F P )
Miss ion B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6-2!

SMZA -03-SCO 12
FEATURES
X
I I N CWG. ASTRO SLEEPS I N BAG
IN PGA; ASTRO SLEEPS ON BAG
TENS IONER AND USES STRAPS FOR RESTRAINT
RfH PGA STOW BAG
AFT RING TIE
F i g u r e 6- 17. Sleeping P o s i t i o n R e s t r a i n t Configuration
6.9. 1 COMMANDER'S FLIGHT DATA F I L E .
The c o m m a n d e r ' s flight data file contains a c o m m a n d e r ' s c h e c k l i s t ,

flight plan, a n d stowage bag. The stowage bag is nylon cloth m a t e r i a l with
pouches t h a t c l o s e and a r e r e t a i n - c l o s e d by V e l c r o . A flap a t the top i s
lined on the r e v e r s e s i d e with V e l c r o attaching i t t o i t s stowage position.
It is stowed on the left g i r t h shelf n e a r the c o m m a n d e r ' s left s h o u l d e r .
6. 9.2 SENIOR P I L O T ' S FLIGHT DATA F I L E .
The s e n i o r p i l o t ' s data file contains a s e n i o r p i l o t ' s c h e c k l i s t ,

m i s s i o n log a n d data, and stowage bag. The stowage bag is the s a m e a s
the c o m m a n d e r ' s except f o r the n o m e n c l a t u r e . It i s stowed on the right
g i r t h shelf n e a r the s e n i o r p i l o t ' s left s h o u l d e r .
CREWMAN RESTRAINTS-FLIGHT DATA F I L E ( G F P )
,', M i s s i o n B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page 6-28

SM2A -03-SCO12
--
F i g u r e 6-18. F l i g h t Data F i l e Configuration, Block I
6. 9. 3 PILOT'S FLIGHT DATA FILE.
The p i l o t ' s data file contains a p i l o t ' s c h e c k l i s t , l a n d m a r k m a p s , s t a r

c h a r t s , S / C s y s t e m s data, o r b i t a l m a p , a n d e x p e r i m e n t s c h e c k l i s t . Stowage
is in a f i b e r g l a s s c o n t a i n e r 23 i n c h e s long, 9. 46 i n c h e s wide, and 1. 75 i n c h e s
deep. It h a s a hinged c o v e r t o contain the m a n u a l s when the c o n t a i n e r i s
r e m o v e d f r o m its stowage c o m p a r t m e n t i n LEB. The c o n t a i n e r h a s nylon
ribbon t a b on e a c h e n d t o a i d i n pulling it out of the c o m p a r t m e n t . The
c o m p a r t m e n t h a s a d o o r with a s i m p l e b a r l a t c h to r e s t r a i n the c o n t a i n e r .
FLIGHT DATA F I L E ( G F P )
Mission B a s i c Date l2 lqb6 Change Date P a g e 6-29

SMZA-03-SC012
6. 10 CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P ) .

The c r e w m a n in-flight tool s e t provides multipurpose tools and attach-
m e n t s f o r Apollo m i s s i o n activities. The c r e w m a n in-flight tool s e t
(figure 6-19) contains the following:
Torque wrench
Adapter handle
10" d r i v e r
5/32'' s h o r t hex d r i v e r
7/32" hex d r i v e r
4" torque s e t d r i v e r
E m e r g e n c y wrench
2 T-handles
2 end wrenches
20" t e t h e r
D-ring extension handle
Operationally, the tools a r e designated by a l e t t e r (A, B, C, D, etc.).
,/ Z-ADIUSlAbU [NO WR(W*S
rJIK KMIU
Y--.
cr-amc i31
F i g u r e 6 - 19. Crewman In-Flight Tool Set Configuration, Block I
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 6 - 3 0
*
\
SMZA -03-SCO 12
6. 10.1 TORQUE WRENCH (TOOL A).
The t o r q u e w r e n c h h a s a t o r q u e l i m i t i n g capacity of a p p r o x i m a t e l y
35 to 200 inch-pounds in the clockwise d i r e c t i o n . It h a s a r a t c h e t capability
in the clockwise a n d counterclockwise d i r e c t i o n . The pawl, which
i n d i c a t e s o p e r a t i o n , h a s t h r e e positions which a r e m a r k e d CW, LOCK,
a n d CCW. The m a x i m u m t o r q u e capability in the LOCK position is
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 400 inch-pounds.
The dual driving lug h a s a 7116-inch hex m a l e w r e n c h with a ball-lock

a n d a 5132-inch hex m a l e wrench. The d r i v e lug fits all d r i v e r s . The
pushbutton on top of the shaft c o n t r o l s the ball-lock which locks the d r i v e r s
on. The lug r e a c h e s 2-114 i n c h e s beyond the face of the w r e n c h .
T o r q u e s e t t i n g s of 50, 100, 150, a n d 200 inch-pounds a r e c a l i b r a t e d

and m a r k e d . The setting c a n be s e t by rotating the knob a t the end of the
handle and o b s e r v i n g the b a r in the s l o t on the u n d e r s i d e of the handle.
The following s y m b o l s indicate the t o r q u e values:
0 =50 inch-pounds
+= 100 inch-pounds
h = 150 inch-pounds
= 200 inch-pounds.
6. 1 0 . 2 ADAPTER HANDLE (TOOL E ) .
The a d a p t e r handle is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3. 5 i n c h e s long and 1. 5 i n c h e s

in d i a m e t e r . It h a s a dual driving capability of 7116- and 5132-inch
h e x e s , a n d fits a l l d r i v e r s . A ball detent will assist in maintaining contact
with the d r i v e r s .
6. 10. 3 10-INCH DRIVER (TOOL H).
All d r i v e r s have a 7/16-inch i n t e r n a l hex d r i v e socket. The 10-inch

d r i v e r is 11. 125 inches long with a 10-inch shaft. The shaft end h a s a
5 / 32 -inch hex d r i v e .
6. 1 0 . 4 4-INCH DRIVER (TOOL L ) .
The 4-inch d r i v e r is 5.125 i n c h e s long with a 4-inch hex shaft of

7 I32 -inch.
6. 10. 5 EMERGENCY WRENCH (TOOL B ) .
The e m e r g e n c y w r e n c h is 6 . 2 5 inches long with a 2 . 5 - i n c h d r i v e

shaft. The d r i v e s h a f t h a s two hex d r i v e s : 7116- a n d 5132-inch. It is
capable of applying a t o r q u e of 1475 inch-pounds and i s a backup f o r the
torque wrench. It h a s a b a l l - l o c k device to lock i t i n a d r i v e . It i s
e s s e n t i a l l y a modified Allen head L - w r e n c h .
C R E W M A N IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T A N D WORKSHELF ( G F P )

.
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
6 . 10. 6 'T-HANDLE (TOOL C).

T h e r e a r e two T-handles p e r tool set. The T-handle is 2. 75 inches
long with a n aluminum body. It h a s a 3/8-inch d i a m e t e r ball-lock shaft
with a 5/32-inch hex wrench. T h e r e is a torque break f e a t u r e , c a l i b r a t e d
by a n adjustable s c r e w a t 35*5 inch-pounds, and then sealed. The ball-lock
device is r e l e a s e d by a pushbutton on the top of the handle.
6. 10. 7 END WRENCH (TOOL F) (2).
The adjustable end wrenches a r e a modified c r e s c e n t wrench. It is

v e r y lightweight, m a d e of aluminum, with a n isotactic foam handle. The
j a w s openings width i s from 114 inch t o 1 inch.
6. 10. 8 5/32-INCH SHORT DRIVER (TOOL J).
The 5132-inch s h o r t hex d r i v e r i s 3.62 inches long with a 5116-inch

round shaft and a 5132-inch hex drive of 0. 7 inch.
6. 10.9 4-INCH TORQUE SET DRIVER (TOOL R).
The 4-inch torque s e t d r i v e r h a s a No. 1 0 torque s e t on one end and a

5/16-inch d r i v e r on the other end.
6. 10.10 IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET TETHER.
The tool s e t t e t h e r is a 20-inch s t r a p with s n a p s a t each end. Each

tool h a s a t e t h e r ring o r band to which the t e t h e r snap can be attached.
6. 10. 11 D-RING EXTENSION HANDLE (TOOL N).
The D-ring extension handle is a r o d with a T-handle approximately

7 inches long. The rod end h a s a guide point tapering t o a 71 16-inch hex
about a n inch long. E v e r y o t h e r hex s u r f a c e h a s a ball-lock. The T-handle
h a s a pushbutton that c o n t r o l s t h e balls.
6. 10. 1 2 OPERATIONAL USE.
The in-flight tool s e t tools have multiple uses. F i g u r e 6 - 2 0 is a

m a t r i x table f o r tool usage.
In t h e CM, i t e m s operated o r adjusted by tools w i l l have a s m a l l

s q u a r e placard n e a r b y designating the tool ( A through N and R) and the
torque setting of the torque wrench. If the torque wrench is not used, just
the designating l e t t e r ( 0 . 19-inch high) will be indicated.
The tool s e t is designated t o be used e i t h e r in the s h i r t s l e e v e

environment or the PGA p r e s s u r i z e d status.
6. 10. 13 STOWAGE. ( F i g u r e 6- 19)
The tool s e t tools a r e stowed a t v a r i o u s places. For launch and entry,

s o m e a r e stowed in positions r e a d y for a n emergency. During o r b i t , the
tools a r e stowed in a location that affords e a s y a c c e s s .
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL SET AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )

Page 6-32
Mission Basic Date l2 1966 Change Date
SMZA -03-SCO 12
c a,
z d
a
c
P = PrimaryUse
B = Backup i G
k
E = Emergency e, a,
9 Y I
0 CI
k ld
0 a
t
3 Q
Function (Designator) A E
- -
I. Environmental Control System
1. O p e n / c l o s e E C S v a l v e s on w a t e r (315) a n d B B
0 2 panel (314). (LHEB)
2. C l o s e w a t e r - glycol a c c u m u l a t o r i s o l a t i o n P B
v a l v e on p a n e l 312. ( L H E B )
3. U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of ECU panel (313) B P

o v e r LiOH f i l t e r . ( L H E B )
4. O p e n / c l o s e w a t e r d e l i v e r y d e v i c e v a l v e B
(304). ( L H E B )
5. Tighten fluid a n d g a s l i n e connections.

(LHEB)
6. U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of c a b i n a t m o s - B P
phere recirc. screen. (LHEB)
7. U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s ( 3 ) of a c c e s s panel B P
t o coolant c o n t r o l p a n e l (311). ( L H E B )
I. G u i d a n c e , Navigation, a n d C o n t r o l S y s t e m
1. U n l a t c h / l a t c h f a s t e n e r s of "LOOSE P.L\RTS B P
STOW-AGE" c o v e r f o r G&N h a n d l e s .
(LHFEB)
2. R / R G & N h a n d l e s ( 2 ) on G & N panel. (LEB) P B
3. R / R r o t a t i o n a l c o n t r o l a d a p t e r on G & N B P
p a n e l ( 1 05). ( L E B )
3. R / R o p t i c s panel (104)c o v e r . (LEB) P 6

- -
F i g u r e 6-20. C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool Set U s a g e C h a r t (Sheet 1 of 2 )
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T AND WORKSHELF ( G F P )

SMZA -03-SCO1 2
P = PrimaryUse
B = Backup
E = Emergency .
Function (De s i g n a t o r )
5. Adjust scanning t e l q s c o p e shaft a n d trunnior

axis. (LEB)
6. W i n d / s e t GMT clock ( p a n e l 306). (LHFEB)
7. R / R s e x t a n t s h o r t a n d long e y e p i e c e f r o m
eyepiece.
8. R / R scanning t e l e s c o p e s h o r t a n d long e y e -
piece from eyepiece assembly.
C. Mechanical Systems
1. Adjust c r e w couch h e a d r e s t .
2. -4djust couch u p p e r a r m r e s t .
3. Stow t r a n s l a t i o n a l c o n t r o l a d a p t e r - c e n t e r
couch legrest.
4. Open s i d e c r e w p r e s s u r e ( i n n e r ) hatch f r o m
C /M.
5. Open s i d e c r e w h e a t s h i e l d / t h e r m a l hatch
from C/M (Emer).
6. R / R s e a w a t e r a c c e s s tube plug. (LHEB)
7. Lock/unlock couch f o o t s t r a p s when PCA

pressurized.
8. T i g h t e n / l o o s e n m i r r o r U-joints.
D. Mission Experiments
1. Lock/unlock s c r e w s ( 2 ) of SCIENT EQUIP

B drawer.
F i g u r e 6-20. C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool Set U s a g e C h a r t (Sheet 2 of 2 )

.--
CREWMAN IN-FLIGHT TOOL S E T AND WORKSHELF (GFP)

SM2A - 0 3-SCO 12
C R E W PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
6.10. 13. 1 I n - F l i g h t T o o l Set Stowage P o u c h a n d T o o l Set D r a w e r .
T h e t o o l s e t pouch is l o c a t e d i n t h e t o o l s e t d r a w e r o n t h e LEB. T h e
w o r k s h e l f i s s t o w e d i n t h e d r a w e r o n t o p of t h e t o o l s e t . T h e following t o o l s
a r e s t o w e d i n t h e pouch.
10" D r i v e r
4" D r i v e r
5 / 3 2 " hex s h o r t d r i v e r
4'' t o r q u e s e t d r i v e r
Adapter handle
2 end w r e n c h e s
Tether
T h e p o u c h is 2 1 . 2 5 i n c h e s long a n d 7 . 5 i n c h e s wide a n d i s m a d e of
g r e e n nylon c l o t h . It h a s a s m a l l p o u c h with a r e t e n t i o n s t r a p f o r e a c h t o o l
a n d i s m a r k e d with t h e t o o l n a m e a n d d e s i g n a t i o n . T h e t o o l s e t pouch i s
h e l d t o t h e d r a w e r b o t t o m by V e l c r o s t r i p s o n t h e u n d e r s i d e . T h e t e t h e r
w i l l be a t t a c h e d t o a d r i v e r t e t h e r r i n g a n d l a i d i n t h e d r a w e r . T h e t o o l s e t
d r a w e r s l i d e s i n a n d o u t o n t r a c k s a n d is h e l d c l o s e d by a l a t c h . In a
c o r n e r of t h e d r a w e r , a p o l y u r e t h a n e b l o c k with a cutout f o r t h e t o r q u e
wrench i s located.
6. 10. 13. 2 M i s c e l l a n e o u s Stowage.
T h e T - h a n d l e s a r e s t o w e d i n t h e ECS p a n e l s at a l l t i m e s when not

in use.
T h e e m e r g e n c y w r e n c h is p l a c e d i n t h e i n n e r h a t c h l a t c h m e c h a n i s m
f o r t h e m i s s i o n . If i t i s n e e d e d , i t c a n be r e m o v e d a n d u s e d .
The D-ring extension handle i s stowed n e a r the light fixture on the

right girth, shelf-accessible to the pilot.
6 . 1 0 . 14 WORKSHELF A S S E M B L Y . ( F i g u r e 6-21)
T h e w o r k s h e l f a s s e m b l y p r o v i d e s a t a b l e f o r food p r e p a r a t i o n a n d
m a p /manual reading.
T h e w o r k s h e l f is of a l u m i n u m s h e e t c o n s t r u c t i o n a p p r o x i m a t e l y
2 4 by 10. 5 i n c h e s . A t e a c h end, t h e r e is a hinged s u p p o r t f r a m e w i t h s l i d e
l a t c h e s . T h e s h e l f h a s two p i v o t s s o t h a t it c a n be folded l e n g t h w i s e ,
m a k i n g s t o r a g e e a s i e r . When s t o r e d , it i s 2 4 . 5 by 6 by 1 i n c h e s .
T h e w o r k i n g t o p of t h e s h e l f i s s u r f a c e d with V e l c r o hook m a t e r i a l .
I t e m s t h a t w i l l be u s e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e s h e l f w i l l be equipped w i t h
Velcro pile m a t e r i a l , facilitating z e r o - g r e s t r a i n t .
CREWMAN I N - F L I G H T T O O L SET A N D WORKSHELF ( G F P )
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page 6-35

S M 2 A - 0 3 - S C O 12
VELCRO
___--- /<
SUPPORT FRAME”- \\J 1 1

1 \
/- PRONG s
SLIDE LATCH-
Figure 6-21. W o r k s h e l f , Block I
6. 10. 14. 1 Usage.
The w o r k s h e l f i s s t o r e d i n t h e l o w e r e q u i p m e n t bay i n t h e tool s e t

d r a w e r next to t h e flight d a t a file s t o r a g e . To r e m o v e , s l i d e d r a w e r out,
lift, a n d unfold t h e shelf. F l i p t h e s u p p o r t f r a m e s t o t h e e x t e n d e d position
a n d i n s t a l l on t h e l o w e r bulkhead g i r t h s h e l f below the G & N equipment by
slipping t h e p r o n g s into t h e s l o t s . T h e . p r o n g s r e s t on s m a l l pins. L o c k
t h e s h e l f i n by a c t u a t i n g the s l i d e l a t c h o n e a c h s u p p o r t f r a m e . To r e m o v e ,
r e v e r s e t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e s s and s t o r e .
The food p a c k a g e s a n d flight d a t a m a n u a l s have p a t c h e s of V e l c r o

pile t o i n t e r f a c e with t h e w o r k s h e l f s u r f a c e .
C R E W M A N I N - F L I G H T TOOL SET A N D W O R K S H E L F ( G F P )
6- 36
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 1 1 DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM. ( F i g u r e 6 - 2 2 )
T h e s o u r c e of cold w a t e r f o r drinking i s the w a t e r c h i l l e r . It i s the

s a m e line that is routed t o t h e cold w a t e r t a p of t h e potable w a t e r tank. The
c r e w m a n drinking w a t e r line is T ' d off, routed through a shut-off valve, to
the w a t e r d i s p e n s e r located beneath the m a i n display panel s t r u c t u r e . It i s
handy t o the left and c e n t e r couch positions.
T h e w a t e r d i s p e n s e r a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of a n aluminum mounting
b r a c k e t , a coiled h o s e , a n d a w a t e r d e l i v e r y valve in the f o r m of a push-
button a c t u a t e d pistol. The p i s t o l i s G F E . It m e t e r s one-half ounce p o r t i o n s
of w a t e r when the pushbutton i s p r e s s e d . An a c c u m u l a t i v e c o u n t e r i s a l s o on
the s i d e . It h a s a s a f e t y pushbutton to p r e v e n t d i s c h a r g e of w a t e r when
p a s s i n g the pistol f r o m one c r e w m a n t o t h e o t h e r . T h e uncoiled h o s e \vi11
- ,
TYGON TUBING
F i g u r e 6-22. C r e w m a n Water D i s p e n s e r A s s e m b l y
DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM

SMZA -03-SCO 1 2
r e a c h 72 inches. When the p i s t o l i s r e t u r n e d t o the mount, t h e h o s e will

r e - c o i l into the housing. T h e p i s t o l is s t o r e d in the mounting b r a c k e t and
is held i n p l a c e by a r e t a i n e r .
During o r b i t , a n a l t e r n a t e position i s located on t h e MDC. The pistol

is held i n p l a c e by V e l c r o t a b s .
6. 12 FOOD.
T h e food f u r n i s h e s a balanced d i e t of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2650 c a l o r i e s p e r

day t o e a c h c r e w m e m b e r . T h e a s t r o n a u t ' s daily r e q u i r e m e n t f o r a n e a r t h
o r b i t a l m i s s i o n i s 2650 c a l o r i e s . H i s daily intake will be 1 . 2 pounds of
food, 6 pounds of w a t e r , and 2 pounds of oxygen. He will give off about
2 . 2 pounds of COz.
The food is in many f o r m s s u c h as dehydrated, f r e e z e - d r y , and bulk.

It c o n s i s t s m a i n l y of a highly n u t r i t i o u s and c o n c e n t r a t e d food. The food i s
packaged i n p l a s t i c bags o f a s p e c i a l design to allow food to be vacuum
packaged. The food bag h a s a one-way poppet valve through which the
potable w a t e r supply nozzle is i n s e r t e d . The bag h a s a n o t h e r valve through
which the food p a s s e s . The food bags a r e packaged in aluminum foil-
backed p l a s t i c bags to m a k e one m e a l f o r e a c h a s t r o n a u t . B r e a k f a s t ,
lunch, a n d s n a c k s will be r e c y c l e d e v e r y 4 days during the m i s s i o n a n d the
d i n n e r e v e r y 8 days. The bags have r e d , white, and blue dots to identify
t h e m f o r t h e individual c r e w m a n .
6. 1 2 . 1 USE.
T h e f r e e z e - d r y food is r e c o n s t i t u t e d b y adding hot o r cold w a t e r

through a one-way v a l v e on t h e food bag neck. It i s then kneaded by hand
f o r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 m i n u t e s . When t h e food is reconstituted, t h e neck i s
cut o r t o r n off and placed in the mouth. A squeeze on the bag f o r c e s food
into t h e mouth. When finished, a g e r m i c i d e tablet, attached t o t h e bag, is
slipped t h r o u g h t h e mouth p i e c e , a n ounce of w a t e r added, and the bag shook.
The g e r m i c i d e will p r e v e n t f e r m e n t a t i o n and g a s . The bag is then rolled a s
small a s p o s s i b l e and r e t u r n e d t o t h e food stowage d r a w e r .
6. 12. 2 STOWAGE.
Food is stowed in t h r e e a r e a s : t h e food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t in the

l o w e r equipment bay ( L E B ) on t h e left hand s i d e , the a u x i l i a r y food c o m -
p a r t m e n t in t h e C / U - h a n d equipment bay ( R H E B ) , and the food stowage
c o m p a r t m e n t in the left-hand equipment bay (LHEB). Combined, they
o f f e r a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6 , 0 0 6 cubic inches of food s t o r a g e volume.
6. 12. 2. 1 L E B F o o d Stowaee C o m p a r t m e n t .
The food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t is s t r u c t u r a l l y s e p a r a t e from the CM

s u p p o r t s t r u c t u r e a n d contains five bins a n d five d r a w e r s . T h e combined
d r a w e r v o l u m e is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3725 cubic i n c h e s . The c o m p a r t m e n t i s 2 3
i n c h e s high, 20 i n c h e s wide, 23 i n c h e s deep, a n d i s c o n s t r u c t e d a s a unit.
DRINKING WATER SUBSYSTEM-FOOD

SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
-- CREW PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
The top, bottom, right s i d e , and s h e l v e s a r e 0 . 2 5 - i n c h honeycombed

a l u m i n u m sandwich. The left s i d e i s s h e e t a l u m i n u m 0.063-inch thick. The
r e t a i n e r d o o r s a r e a l u m i n u m s h e e t and hinged at t h e bottom. The d o o r s a r e
latched a t the top with l a t c h b o l t s that pin into the s i d e s u p p o r t s t r u c t u r e .
The food stowage d r a w e r s a r e c o n s t r u c t e d of 0.020-inch-thick

f i b e r g l a s s : t h e l a r g e s t weighs about 26 ounces. The end t o be opened h a s a
net c l o s u r e held in p l a c e b y V e l c r o providing e a s y a c c e s s when the door is
opened.
6. 1 2 . 2 . 2 RHEB Auxiliarv Food ComDartment D r a w e r .
T h e a u x i l i a r y food c o m p a r t m e n t d r a w e r i s s e p a r a t e f r o m the food

stowage c o m p a r t m e n t and i s located on the right-hand equipment bay. The
volume i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1000 cubic inches and i t s d i m e n s i o n s a r e 29 i n c h e s
long, 10 i n c h e s high, and 10 inches deep.
T h e a u x i l i a r y food c o m p a r t m e n t d r a w e r i s a 3 - p l y , f i b e r g l a s s box
0 . 0 3 0 i n c h e s thick. The f r o n t h a s a n e t c l o s u r e hinged a t the bottom and
attached a t t h e top by Velcro. It i s supported s t r u c t u r a l l y on a n a l u m i n u m
shelf and two s h e e t a l u m i n u m s t o p s in t h e Z - Z direction. I t s r e a r s i d e
f i t s a g a i n s t the i n n e r s t r u c t u r e face s h e e t . An a l u m i n u m d o o r holds the
d r a w e r in and g i v e s s t r u c t u r a l support.
6. 1 2 . 2 . 3 LHEB Food Stowaee C o m p a r t m e n t
The LHEB food stowage c o m p a r t m e n t has a volume of I 2 8 1 cubic

inches. The food stowage d r a w e r is a f i b e r g l a s s d r a w e r s i m i l a r in
c o n s t r u c t i o n to the o t h e r food d r a w e r s , with a net c l o s u r e o n the f r o n t . The
d r a w e r r e s t s in the s t r u c t u r e and i s held in place by a sliding d o o r .
6. 13 PERSONAL HYGIENE ( G F P ) . ( F i g u r e 6-23)
P e r s o n a l hygiene i t e m s c o n s i s t of a n o r a l hygiene a s s e m b l y containing

a toothbrush a n d ingestible gum, wet and d r y cleaning c l o t h s , and towels.
6 . 13. 1 CLE.4NSING 3F T E E T H - ORAL HYGIENE ASSEMBLY.
An effective method of cleansing t e e t h i s T r i d e n t b r a n d chewing gum. It

i s chewed and then swallowed. One s t i c k i s u s e d a f t e r e a c h of four m e a l s
p e r day. .‘i s t i c k i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 by 718 inch. To m a i n t a i n healthy
g u m s , a toothbrush for m a s s a g i n g by brushing i s u s e d . The b r u s h a l s o h a s
a r u b b e r prong on the handle f o r dislodging food p a r t i c l e s .
T h e s e i t e m s a r e packaged i n a o n e - m a n module t o be u s e d for a 14-day

period. The module contains one t o o t h b r u s h a n d 2 8 p a c k s of gum. In e a c h
pack, t h e r e a r e two s t i c k s giving a total of 5 6 s t i c k s p e r a s t r o n a u t . T h e
module i s s t o r e d in the f i r s t days food s t o r a g e d r a w e r t o be u s e d for the
entire mission.
FOOD-PERSONAL HYGIENE ( G F P )
hvi i s s ion Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 6-39

SMZA -03-SCO 12
C R E W PERSONAL EQUIPMENT ---
WET CLEANS ING CLOTH
TOOTH B RUS H
(1 EACH ASTRONAUT)
I-
YNGESTABLE
GUM PACK
n
/ (2 STICKS PER PACK)
TOWELS e*-.
,
CS-5501D i
F i g u r e 6-23. P e r s o n a l Hygiene I t e m s
6. 13. 2 WET CLEANSING CLOTH.
Wet c l e a n s i n g c l o t h s will be u s e d f o r p o s t - m e a l a n d post-defecation

hygiene. The c l o t h s a r e 4 by 4 i n c h e s folded into a 2-inch s q u a r e and sealed
in p l a s t i c . They a r e s a t u r a t e d with a g e r m i c i d e and w a t e r . T h e c l o t h s f o r
p o s t - m e a l c l e a n s i n g a r e s t o r e d , along with the d r y c l e a n s i n g cloth, in the
food p a c k a g e s f o r e a s y a c c e s s i b i l i t y . The post-defecation c l e a n s i n g cloths
( 6 2 or m o r e ) a r e located i n a sanitation supply stowage box.
6. 13. 3 D R Y CLE.4NING CLOTH.
T h e d r y cleaning c l o t h s will be a l t e r n a t e d with the wet c l e a n s i n g cloths

f o r p o s t - m e a l cleanup. They a r e t h e s a m e s i z e and t e x t u r e ; however, they
do not contain w a t e r and a g e r m i c i d e . They a r e a l s o packaged with the food.
T h e r e a r e 168 wet a n d d r y c l e a n s i n g c l o t h s t o be placed in the food packages.
PERSONAL HYGIENE ( G F P )
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date P a g e 6-4'

SIMZA - 0 3 -SC 0 12
-
6. 13. 4 TO WE LS.
T h e t o w e l s will be u s e d f o r utility p u r p o s e s . T h e r e a r e 2 1 , e a c h
1 2 by 12 i n c h e s , and packaged i n 3 p l a s t i c bags. One bag i s stowed on the
left couch, and two b a g s a r e stowed i n the RHEB.
6. 13. 5 TISSUE DISPENSERS.
T h e cleansing t i s s u e s will a l s o b e used f o r defecation cleanup and

utility u s e . T h e r e a r e nine t i s s u e d i s p e n s e r s , seven a r e located on the
b a c k of the c e n t e r couch, and two in o t h e r a r e a s . They a r e mounted with
Velcro.
6. 14 MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( G F P ) .
The m e d i c a l equipment i s used f o r the following:
0 Monitor c u r r e n t physiological condition of the c r e w m e n .

0 F u r n i s h m e d i c a l supplies f o r t r e a t m e n t of c r e w m a n in-flight m e d i c a l
emergencies.
The m e d i c a l equipment is subdivided into two functional types:

m o n i t o r i n g equipment and e m e r g e n c y m e d i c a l equipment. The monitoring
equipment includes t h e clinical physiological m o n i t o r i n g i n s t r u m e n t s e t ,
personal biomedical s e n s o r s instrument assembly, biomedical preamplifier
i n s t r u m e n t a s s e m b l y , and the p e r s o n a l radiation d o s i m e t e r s . T h e r e i s
a l s o a b i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n a c c e s s o r i e s kit f o r s p a r e s . The e m e r g e n c y
m e d i c a l equipment i s t h e e m e r g e n c y m e d i c a l kit.
6. 14. 1 iMONITORING EQUIPMENT.
6. 14. 1. 1 C l i n i c a l Physiological Monitoring I n s t r u m e n t Set.
T h e r e i s a r e q u i r e m e n t f o r p e r i o d i c m e a s u r e m e n t s of body t e m p e r -
a t u r e , blood p r e s s u r e , h e a r t b e a t r a t e , and r e s p i r a t o r y r a t e t o b e logged
by the c r e w m a n . T h i s s e t of i n s t r u m e n t s will a c c o m p l i s h t h e m e a s u r e -
m e n t s . The i n s t r u m e n t s include the following:
0 Individual t h e r m o m e t e r s f o r body t e m p e r a t u r e m e a s u r e m e n t s
0 .Aneroid s p h y g m o m a n o m e t e r for m e a s u r i n g blood p r e s s u r e
0 Stethoscope for h e a r t beat m e a s u r e m e n t .
The physiological m o n i t o r i n g s e t is s t o r e d in the f o r w a r d m e d i c a l

c o m p a r t m e n t of the LEB.
~~
PERSONAL HYGIENE (GFP)-MEDICAL SUPPLIES ( G F P )

6-41
M i s s ion Basic Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 14. 1. 2 Personal Biomedical Sensors Instrument Assembly.
Constant m o n i t o r i n g of the h e a r t b e a t and r e s p i r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d . The

s e n s o r s a s s e m b l y a u t o m a t i c a l l y and continually s e n s e s t h e s e functions when
t h e m a i n d i s p l a y panel switch i s positioned t o the c r e w m a n t o be monitored.
T h e p e r s o n a l b i o m e d i c a l s e n s o r s i n s t r u m e n t a s s e m b l y c o n s i s t s of t h e
following:
0 Electrodes (silver silver chloride), 4 or m o r e
0 A c c e s s o r i e s , s u c h a s p a s t e a n d application tape.
T h e s e n s o r s will be u s e d to gain t h e following:
0 2 electrocardiographs (ECG)
0 Respiration rate,
The s e n s o r , a s s e m b l i e s a r e a t t a c h e d t o t h e body of the a s t r o n a u t a t

a r e a s of s p a r s e m u s c l e s ( t o r e d u c e a r t i f a c t level) by u s e of p a s t e and t a p e ,
and r e m a i n throughout the m i s s i o n .
6. 14. 1. 3 B i o m e d i c a l Pr e a m plifie r I n s t r u m ent -4s s e m bly .

B e c a u s e of t h e i r weak magnitude, the s e n s o r s i g n a l s have t o be
amplified b e f o r e being t e l e m e t e r e d . T h i s function i s p e r f o r m e d by t h e
p r e a m p l i f i e r s ( o r s i g n a l c o n d i t i o n e r s ) . The p r e a m p l i f i e r s a r e about t h e
s i z e of a c i g a r e t t e pack and weigh about 100 g r a m s . They o p e r a t e on a
s o u r c e voltage of 16.8 v o l t s , t h e r e f o r e one d c - d c c o n v e r t e r , T h e r e a r e
t h r e e p r e a m p l i f i e r s which a r e to be u s e d for thc following m e a s u r e m e n t s :
i E C G No. 1
0 ECG No. 2 o r phonocardiograph ( u s e s same p r e a m p l i f i e r )
0 Respi,ration r a t e
The p r e a m p l i f i e r s fit into pockets in the constant w e a r g a r m e n t ,

c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l l y around the s t o m a c h d i a p h r a g m . W i r e l e a d s connect to
t h e s e n s o r s , which a c t as e l e c t r o d e s . The s e n s o r s a c t a s an e l e c t r o d e
f o r one o r m o r e p r e a m p l i f i e r s . The d i f f e r e n c e of r e s i s t a n c e between two
e l e c t r o d e s i s m e a s u r e d . Muscle activity ( b r e a t h i n g ) c h a n g e s the skin
r e s i s t a n c e and t h i s change i s m e a s u r e d and s e n t t o the t e l e m e t r y equipment.
One e l e c t r o d e o r s e n s o r can b e w i r e d to m o r e than one lead f o r a
p r e a m p l i f i e r . E a c h p r e a m p l i f i e r will have a lead ( t o a n umbilical) t e r m i -
nating with a c o n n e c t o r . The c o n n e c t o r s will plug into a l a r g e r common
umbilical.
6. 14. 1 . 4 B i o i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n A c c e s s o r i e s Kit.
A kit of s p a r e s and p o s s i b l e u s e f o r additional scientific e x p e r i m e n t s

will b e located in t h e right-hand equipment bay on the kick ring adjacent
t o the L E B . The kit will have 3 5 s e n s o r s , 50 m i c r o p o r e d i s c s , 8 wet wipe
t o w e l s , and 1 tube of e l e c t r o l y t e p a s t e .
MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( C F P )
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page -6 - 4 2

SM2A -0 3 -SCO 1 2
CREW PERSONAL E Q U I P M E N T
6. 14. 1 . 5 P e r s o n a l Radiation D o s i m e t e r s .
T h e c r e w will w e a r f i v e p a s s i v e d o s i m e t e r s in t h e f o r m of f i l m p a c k s
in t h e CWG. One c r e w m a n will a l s o w e a r a n ionization c h a m b e r of t h e
a c t i v e type in h i s CWG. P e r s o n a l d o s i m e t e r i n f o r m a t i o n will not b e
telemetered.
6. 1 4 . 2 MEDICAL KIT ( G F P ) .
The m e d i c a l s u p p l i e s a r e contained in o r a l d r u g s , i n j e c t a b l e d r u g s ,
d r e s s i n g s , t o p i c a l a g e n t s , and an i n h a l e r . The content of t h e m e d i c a l
kit i s a s iollows:
Oral Drugs
Drug I Use 1 No. of T a b s
Bismuth subcarbonate F e v e r , pain r e d u c e r 24
D a r v o n compound 65 F e v e r , pain r e d u c e r 12
Globaline S u p p r e s s e s infection 50
of gastro-inte s t i n a l
system
Tigan, Bonodoxin, o r Anti-nauseant 24

Marezine ( 6- m a n d a y t r e a t m e n t )
Dexedrine Stimulant 12
Acromycin (250 m g ) 24
E l e c t i v e m e d i c at ion 9
Drug Use No. of Units
Morphine Sulphate Pain killer 3

Demerol
Tigan, Anti -nau s e a n t 3

Bonodoxin, o r
M a r e zine
MEDICAL S U P P L I E S ( G F P )
.
SM2A-03-SCO 1 2
Dressings
It em Qty Reqd
E l a s t i c bandage o r c o m p r e s s (3" x 60") 2

Bandaids (1" x 3") 12
Item Use Qty Reqd
G e n e r a l p u r p o s e ointment, Skin i r r i t a t i o n s 2 (1/2

antibiotic 02.
tubes)
Benzedrex inhaler A n t i - n a s a l congestant 1
6. 14. 2 . 1
T h e m e d i c a l kit i s in a single package, a c c e s s i b l e a t a l l t i m e s during

t h e m i s s i o n . The package is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 by 5- 1 1 2 by 4 i n c h e s and
weighs 2 . 1 pounds.
6. 1 4 . 2 . 2 Storage. (Figure 6-24)
T h e m e d i c a l kit will b e stowed on the b a c k of t h e l e f t couch l o w e r l e g

support .
6. 14. 2 . 3 Medical Kit Additional Usage.
In the event t h e a s t r o n a u t s h a v e to evacuate t h e command module

d u r i n g t h e r e c o v e r y p h a s e , t h e m e d i c a l kit will b e detached f r o m the couch
and c a r r i e d b y a n a s t r o n a u t .
6. 15 SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P ) .
T h e r e a r e two s u r v i v a l k i t s with t h r e e p a c k a g e s in each. One

package contains t h r e e r a f t s ; the o t h e r package contains w a t e r and m i s -
c e l l a n e o u s s u r v i v a l equipment. T h e y a r e r e a d i l y a c c e s s i b l e f r o m the
right-hand f o r w a r d equipment bay by the right-hand s e a t occupant. The k i t s
and c o n t a i n e r s weigh a p p r o x i m a t e l y 70 pounds. In addition t o the s u r v i v a l
k i t , a s e a w a t e r p u m p is provided. The pump i s used a f t e r splashdown if
the c r e w r e q u i r e s w a t e r and the onboard supply is exhausted.
6 . 15. 1 STOWAGE.
T h e k i t s and t h e s e a w a t e r p u m p a r e stowed in t h e right-hand f o r w a r d

equipment bay. They a r e i n s e r t e d into t h e s t r u c t u r a l f r a m e w o r k f r o m the
bottom and held in p l a c e b y a q u i c k - r e l e a s e b a r r e t a i n e r .
SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P )
6- 44
M i s s ion B a s i c Date 1966 Change Date Page
SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
-
BIOMED INSTRUMENTATION
C L I N I C A L MONITORING SET / \ACCESSORIES KIT
M ICROPORE
~ D l S C S
n WET W I P E
CLOTHS
.Q 1‘ ELECTRODE
PASTE
F i g u r e 6-24. M e d i c a l Supplies and E q u i p m e n t C / M L o c a t i o n s
Container , Weight Volume
No. 1 5 pounds ‘0.90 cubic f e e t

No. 2 4 . 2 5 pounds 0 . 8 5 cubic f e e t
MEDIC-AL S U P P L I E S ( G F P ) - S U R V I V A L KIT ( G F P )
blission B a s i c Date l 2 19b6 Change Date Page 6-45

SMZA -03-SCO12
6. 15. 2 SURVIVAL KIT CONTAINER OPERATION.

After impact, and i f the CM is damaged or sinking, it h a s been d e t e r -
mined by the c r e w c o m m a n d e r t o evacuate, the pilot will r e l e a s e the survival
c o n t a i n e r s by pulling a ring on t h e b a r r e t a i n e r . He will hand a container to
each of the other a s t r o n a u t s . Two a s t r o n a u t s m u s t r e t r i e v e t h e flight data
m i s s i o n logs. The side hatch is removed and the a s t r o n a u t s e n t e r the water.
In the w a t e r , container top is removed by ( 1 ) pulling hinge pin completely out
and discarding and ( 2 ) rotating top against breakaway hinge until i t falls off.
Reach inside, pull out contents, activate the one-man raft and c l i m b aboard.
6. 15. 3 CONTENTS O F THE SURVIVAL KITS. ( F i g u r e 6-25)
Container No. 1 contains two cloth pouches. O n e pouch contains t h r e e
aluminum c o n t a i n e r s , each with 5 inches of water. The second pouch con-
tains the following:
Survival radio with b a t t e r y
Survival radio battery
2 combination survival lights
3 survival glasses
2 survival knives
2 desalting k i t s with 16 tablets
cs- 70000
F i g u r e 6-25. Apollo Survival Kit and Components, Block I

SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P )
Mission Basic Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page 6-46

SMZA -03-SCO 12
C o n t a i n e r No. 2 c o n t a i n s o n e pouch with t h r e e o n e - m a n l i f e r a f t s

t e t h e r e d t o g e t h e r with 25-foot t e t h e r s . T h e p o u c h e s o p e n by u s e of z i p p e r s
a n d h a v e l a c i n g s o n t h e bottom t o a d j u s t t h e f i t .
6. 15. 4 DESCRIPTION AND USE O F SURVIVAL K I T COMPONENTS.
6. 15. 4. 1 Lifer aft s .

T h e l i f e r a f t s a r e of l i g h t w e i g h t n y l o n o r m y l a r a n d i n f l a t e d w i t h COz.
E a c h h a s a s e a a n c h o r , s p o n g e pad, s u n bonnet, t e t h e r , a n d s e a dye m a r k e r .
6. 15. 4. 2 Beacon/ T r a n s c e i v e r .
T h e UHF b e a c o n / t r a n s c e i v e r is a h a n d - h e l d , b a t t e r y - p o w e r e d r a d i o ,
f i x e d - t u n e d t o a V H F f r e q u e n c y of 2 4 3 m c a n d m a n u f a c t u r e d by S p e r r y
P h o e n i x C o m p a n y . T h e r a d i o c o n s i s t s of a r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y ,
a b a t t e r y p a c k a s s e m b l y , a n d a q u a r t e r - w a v e a n t e n n a ( f i g u r e 6-26). T h e
r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y a n d b a t t e r y pack a s s e m b l y m a t e t o f o r m a
w a t e r t i g h t u n i t m e a s u r i n g 8 by 4-112 by 3 i n c h e s . T h e a n t e n n a i s a n 1 1 - 1 / 2 -
inch-long tapered, flexible s t e e l tape, terminating i n a coaxial R F connector,
a n d is n o r m a l l y s t o r e d i n a r e t a i n i n g s p o o l a n d c l i p on t o p of t h e r a d i o u n i t .
T h e r a d i o i s c a p a b l e of l i n e - o f - s i g h t o p e r a t i o n i n e i t h e r of two m o d e s
( b e a c o n o r v o i c e ) t h r o u g h u s e of e i t h e r its own a n t e n n a o r a s u i t a b l e
ANTENNA 51
BATTERY RETAINER SCREW
SELECTOR GUARD
MODE SELECTOR
F i g u r e 6-26. S u r v i v a l B e a c o n / T r a n s c e i v e r Radio
-
SURVIVAL KIT ( C F P )

SM2A-03-SCO 1 2

~ ~ ~~~ ~~
connected r e m o t e antenna. T h e t r a n s m i t t e r output i s p r o t e c t e d a g a i n s t

d a m a g e while o p e r a t i n g due t o a c c i d e n t a l shorting of the antenna o r
s u b m e r g e n c e of t h e unit in salt w a t e r . In t h e beacon m o d e , t h e t r a n s m i t t e r
o p e r a t e s unattended, f o r p e r i o d s up t o 24 h o u r s , to t r a n s m i t a n i n t e r r u p t e d
1000 c p s t o n e , amplitude-modulated 25 p e r c e n t on t h e 243 mc R F carrier.
In t h e v o i c e m o d e , t h e r a d i o p r o v i d e s two-way AM voice communication
t h r o u g h u s e of a n i n t e g r a l s p e a k e r - m i c r o p h o n e and push-to-talk switch.
An e x t r a b a t t e r y i s included in the pouch.
The following is a s u m m a t i o n of t h e o p e r a t i n g c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s :
~~ ~
C h a r a c t e r istic Voice Mode Beacon Mode
A v e r a g e power output . 1.2 w a t t s into 2 w a t t s into a

a 50-ohm 50-ohm r e s i s t i v e
r e s i s t i v e load load
Frequency 243 m c c a r r i e r . 243-mc c a r r i e r ,

300 t o 3000 c p s 1000 - c p s signal
v o i c e signal
Modulation 90 - p e r c e n t 25 percent
maximum
Duty c y c l e Continuous when 2 s e c o n d s on

PUSH - T 0- 3 s e c o n d s off ---
TALK switch i s
p r essed
Receiver sensitivity 10 db signal

plus noise-to-
n o i s e r a t i o with
7.5 m i c r o v o l t s
s i g n a l on antenna
6. 15. 4. 3 S u r v i v a l Lights ( 2 ) .
T h e s u r v i v a l light is a t h r e e units, in one device a s i t contains t h r e e

c o m p a r t m e n t s . The whole device is waterproof. T h e c o n t r o l s f o r the light
a r e on t h e bottom.
The f i r s t unit i s a flashlight. T h e second unit i s a s t r o b e light f o r

night signaling. The t h i r d unit i s a waterproof c o m p a r t m e n t containing a
f i s h hook a n d l i n e , a "sparky" k i t ( s t r i k e r a n d pith b a l l s ) , needle and t h r e a d ,
and whistle. The top o f . t h e unit is a c o m p a s s and on one s i d e is a signal
m i r r o r t h a t folds flat t o the c a s e .
6. 15. 4. 4 Survival G l a s s e s ( 3 ) .
F o r p r o t e c t i o n of the e y e s a g a i n s t the s u n a n d g l a r e , t h r e e s u r v i v a l
g l a s s e s a r e included. They a r e a p o l a r i z e d p l a s t i c s h e e t with S i e r r a Coat
111, a gold coating t h a t r e f l e c t s h e a t a n d r a d i o waves.
SURVIVAL K I T ( G F P )

SMZA -03-SCO 12
6. 15. 4. 5 Survival Knives ( 2 ) .
The survival knives a r e protected with a cloth sheath. The knives a r e

v e r y thin with r a z o r edges. The back edge i s a saw.
6. 15. 4. 6 Water Cans l.3 ),.
One pouch contains t h r e e aluminum water c a n s , one for each crewman.

The cans have a drinking valve and hold 5 pounds of water.
6. 15. 4. 7 Desalting Kits ( 2 ) Plus Tablets (16).
The desalting k i t s a r e plastic bags with a filter a t the bottom. Approx-

imately one pint of water i s put in the bag and one tablet added. The w a t e r
i s desalted a f t e r approximately one hour.
6. 15. 4. 8 Emergency Medical Survival Kit.
In the event the medical kit cannot be r e t r i e v e d before e g r e s s , a n

emergency medical survival kit i s in the survival kit. It contains 6 band-
a i d s , 6 i n j e c t o r s , 30 t a b l e t s , and one tube of a l l purpose ointment.
6. 15. 5 SEA WATER PUMP (CFE). (Figure 6-27)
The pump a s s e m b l y contains a n intake check valve, a discharge check

valve, and a 3-inch-diameter bellows, which i s operated by m e a n s of a
fingerhold and extends 1 - 1 / 8 inches from a 2/5-inch c o m p r e s s e d thickness.
- III5CHARC.F VALVE
DISCHARGE
HOSE
BELLOWS
9
FINGER HOLD’
ADAPTER
/ c i i i n c ci iin
F i g u r e 6-27. Sea Water P u m p
SURVJXAL KIT ( G F P )
l2 1966 Change ,Date Page 6-49
Miss ion Basic Date
SM2A-03-SCO 12
A 10-foot-long p l a s t i c h o s e , fitted with a guide plug and a n a d a p t e r , is

a t t a c h e d to t h e intake v a l v e ; a 1-foot-long h o s e i s attached to the d i s c h a r g e
valve. T o u s e the pump, the plug is r e m o v e d from t h e s t e a m vent hose
l o c a t e d j u s t f o r w a r d of the aft bulkhead i n t h e LHEB; the a d a p t e r on the
intake h o s e is t h r e a d e d into the b o s s ; and the p e r f o r a t e d end of the intake
h o s e i s fed t h r o u g h t h e guide plug into the s t e a m vent, along t h e vent about
5 feet t o t h e vent outlet, a n d through t h e outlet into the s e a . The guide plug
is t h e n tightened into the a d a p t e r t o f o r m a seal a r o u n d the hose, and the
bellows is extended and c o m p r e s s e d t o pump w a t e r f r o m t h e s h o r t d i s c h a r g e
h o s e into t h e d e s a l t i n g kit bag. The p u m p is packaged in a s e m i f l e x i b l e
p l a s t i c c o n t a i n e r a n d stowed on the backside of the RH couch position
legrest.
6. 16 S T O W AGE.
The n u m e r o u s a c t i v i t i e s of the c r e w m a k e housekeeping v e r y i m p o r -

tant. A l l l o o s e equipment m u s t be stowed d u r i n g launch and boost. P r i o r to
e n t r y , l o o s e equipment m u s t be stowed f o r e n t r y and landing. F i g u r e 6-28
defines S / C 012 stowage l o c a t i o n s f o r equipment,
SURVIVAL KIT ( G F P ) -STOW.AG E

I ' G h N EYEPIECE'COMPUTMIM 9 Y TILOT FLT 'DAIA FILE'DW
A SHORT TELL [fi*lfCf A NAVIGAIOR CHECK LIST
I SHORT SEXTANT EYEPIECE B UNDMARK WACS
C LONG TELE EYEPIECE C S/C SYSTEM OATA
D OITICS FILTER D CXPERIWNTS CHECKLIST
E STAR CHART
2 G h N O?TICS ? A N COVER f ORUTAL M A P
3 TOO0 A - COMAINER 10 'TOOL-TA8I.E' DUWER

A WORKSIKU
4 'FOOO D- CONTAINER I -
A TOIOWE WENCH
C E -ADAPTER WNDLE
5 'FOOD C' COMAINER D -
F 2 fND-MENCHES
6 'FOOD D' COMAINER

E
F ---
H 10' DRIVER
J 4- X 5/32' SHORT DRIVER
L 4- C K " ( 7 P ) DRIVER
G
7 Too0 E'COMAINER H -
R 4'IOROU SET DRIVER
I TETHER
1 1 TOOLSEl P O K H
A
I II 'XIEM EXP I'DUWER
C A Moo9 GOGGUS
D I 3 Mm)MOWtWECES
1 C 7 16MMFllMPACKS
F D 8 7WAMFllMPACKS
G
H 12 'XIEM E X l C ' O w l
A W D DATA ACO S Y S ( W A S )
I
LOWER EQUIPMENT BAY KEBI
J 13 T L I N W N I N S T SET' C O W
K A C L I N MON INSR SLT
L B LRlNL RECEITACU I
M WNSFER VALVE ASSY
N C 3 K D CUMTI
I4 TOWELI' C O W M T M E M
A 14 TOWELS (? P K G 9
-
STOW
ARU
LHEl
SIOWAGE ITEMS I
61 C O W R DATA Flu MG
clolrlr!GJ
4
63
A
1-HA;H)U
VOOD' COWUIMEM
FOOD STOW SW C O N 1
I
64 UWC IYN)AL' C O W
A
b
C
b5 T-WNDLE
-
64
STOW LWfI
ARU STOWAGE ITEMS
A7
A
D
C
UUI, SENSOR L U I U
Y
68 M U W M 4 N VMILASY'S
A 3 0 HOSf ASSY W L Z L E S
D
C
D
3CdUA CAWS
3 ?GA ELEC ADAITERS
3 EUCT. C O W 7' ADUTERS
I
4
LEFT HAND EQUIPMENT BAY (WEB) AFT BULKHEAD (AB)
-
I
'.lENT BAY (WEB)
-.. .
.. -,
..
..
-
STOW AFT bVLKHEAD
-
ARC* STOWAGE I T E M STOW
*IC*
LWEI
STOWAGE ITEMS
21 3PCA HEL STON MGS
A 3 c o w SOFT M T S S IDWALL & HATCH 'LOOSE PARTS- COMPARIUSM
I 3 LIGHTWEIGHT HEADSETS G I N SHORT M N D H O U )
G I N LONG HANDtioK)U)
26 R/H PGA STOW MG LEI IO1 CONTROL MOUM
A R/H SLEEV RESTRAINT LONG SEXTANT EYEPIECE
27 C O W M T M M 3. FAN CLOSUE
A SPARE U l N f LINE FILTER
I CREW OS 4 L I G N SlGMl L WATER DISPENSER (PlSlOU
?OWER CORD
C I COAS WLI 6 SPAR1
D 2 WK'S
21 C O W M T M M 7'
A Moos CAMUA WKT
I PPK
n C O W M T M t M 'Y'
D COWARTMEN1 '2'
A 9 PENLIGHTS
Y" I
S U V KIT R K K U C K (I)
SWV K I l R K K U C K (2)
SUIVNAL KIT C O M 'I'

SURVIVAL KIT R K K Y C-K.(3
S U HOSE 6 PUM)
.-
S u V l V A L KIT C O M 'C'
Y
RntI
STOWAGE ITEMS
STOWAGE l l W S
Y A C U J M CLL*NfR* C W M T U L M
V A C W M CLEANER ASSY W,%OY CREW COUCHES
5 VAC C L U N REF MG ASSY'S
Ff OVrU MG a2 ITA I RO~ATO-N CONTROL
DEUlS MG
GERMICIDE POUCH u EMERGENtY M?DK*L KIT 1
T I UNO
Y TRAM CONTROL ADAPTER ~
'UEDKAL ACCESS00ES KIT'COMI

U O 4 D ACCESlOllES KIT u 7 TISSUE DIYLNI(I5
35 ELECIROOES u
$0MKROPORE DISCS NMUmOUM
I ELECTRODE ?ASlf
8 wET-?I?E lOWE15 w 16 MM CAM. *Y)m
'SCIENT DCP E/lOWLS'COW

a STA 3 L O W *u( REST N
.l
m0, M?HLLOMlTER
I O Y N SUP ASSYS re SIA 3 ROTATION CONTROL
7 TOWLS (1 PKG)
5 VAC C L U N REF MC ASSYS
'ELECT ADAPTERS' C O W
3CwG ELECT ADAPTERS
I SLECP ElEC ADAPTERS
1
'SANITATION I V I L I E S ' C O W
Y N SUI IOXES A. B b C
5 l U N SUP ASSYY
'FDODCWAlIULM
ALK FOOD CONTAINER
PILOT ILT DATA FILE M G KICK SHELF

E N G R CHECK-LISl
MISSION L O G I DATA
FIGURE 1 - 5 1
Missit
SM2A -03-SCO12
LWEI SIDEWALL 6 HATCH

STOWAGE ITEMS STOWAGf ITEMS
APOLLO €QUI PMEM STOWAGE ILAUNCHI
'LOOSE PUTS' C O M P A I I M L M L E U SIDE V I € W W I N D S W D E
G I N S W T HANDHOLD
G I N LONG HANDHOLD LfFT R E M I W I N D SWDE
(SIC 0121
U I IO1C O M R O L M O U M
LONG SfXIANT fYEPlECE TOOL b E M f R M f K H
FAN CLOSUf HATCH SHADE
WATER DIYENSER (PISTOU RIGHT L E N D W I N D S M f " W R K E D - COMPARTMENT
R T SlD€ VIEW W I N D SUADE

A-1. U - U T K H D LlOH STORAGE C O M A I N E R S (-XES)
I f C A-f. C
I. T. Y. 2 -- SCIENTIFIC E X P E R I M t M C O M P U T M E M S
MIX SClfNT EX) EQUIP 6 CREW E W l P
F O O D A-€ - L f B FOOO C W A I T M E M S
I-A) LEI
21 -0 AFT WtxnfAD
I
RUE1
STOWAGE AREAS
TUNML
STOWAGE llfW 11 - 60 LHFfl. RWEB, SIDEWALL IHATCH,
I
M N CAWU w/ 71 - m anti
UM
WlDf ANGLE -
81 99 CREW C O L K H IK K K S M L F
im - cww UIUEL
1
I
CREW C O U C H
STOWAGE llflu
STOW
uu
I T A I LW *Ikl(EST, RAl 24/20 PCA
ITA 1 ROTATION CONTROL CREW PfNUGMl
E M E R C E K Y WYDIC*L KIT CREW SVN CUSSES W / C O M
RAM C O N T R O L A D W E R 24 LlFf Vu1
7T I S M DIYfWRS CItw C H O N O C W H WlWATCH UN,
NCMUHWM CREW 2 W K I N G ENS
lLMMc*M.MDvNl CREW 2 M K M A N I U L PENCILS
ITA 3 LOMU AIM REST LA4 CRfW S U G U L SCISSORS
I T A 3 ROTATION CONTROL U CWG
'SClfM Exr C' cow CREW 5 tASSNE DOSlM€lflS

16 w)* UMEU
m w w u WASTE UINE COLUCTION D N l C E
( S V WIDE ANGLE)
S M M U M (I4 M M M CREW PCCKfT DOSlMnR (1 FOR 3
NUoUlOR TE w It "a CREW IIO-IMTRUMENT W N E S S
1 KICK-SHELF
STOWAGf IlfMS
1 'D' R I N G U l I N MNDU
Figure' 6 W . C r e w Equipment Stowage
STOWAGE
Mission B a s i c Date 12 NOv 1966 Change D a t e page 6-5116-52
E013ML131-
SMZA - 0 3 -SCO 12
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS
SECTION 7
SYSTEM SCHEMATlCS
NOTE This s e c t i o n will contain a brief d e s c r i p t i o n of

e a c h s y s t e m , utilizing c h a r t s , flow d i a g r a m s , and
s c h e m a t i c s . Information f o r t h i s section will be
provided a t a l a t e r date by MSC.
-
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS
Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date page 7 - 1 1 7 - 2

4
SMZA-03-SCO 1 2
Sections 8 through 11 will b e submitted a t a later d a t e .
blission B a s i c Date l 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page 8-118-2

SMZA - 0 3 - S C O 12
APPENDIX A
A P P E N D I X -4
SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS
AB A f t bulkhead BCN Beacon

A/C Audio c e n t e r BECO B o o s t e r e n g i n e cutoff
ACCEL Acc ele rom e t er BIOME D Biomedical
-4CCUM -4ccumulator B LW R Blower
.4CE Acceptance checkout BMAG Body -m o u n t e d a t t i t u d e
equipment SY l-0
ACK Acknowledge BPC Boost protective cover
A D.4 -4ngular differentiating bPS Bits per second
accelerometer Btu B r i t i s h t h e r m a l unit
ADAP Adapter BUR Backup r a t e
A DJ Adjust BURR Backup r a t e roll
AESB Aft equipment s t o r a g e BURP Backup r a t e pitch
bay BURY B a c k u p r a t e yaw
AF Audio f r e q u e n c y
-4F A t m o s p h e r i c flight C-4 (OH)2 Calcium hydroxide
-4GAA Attitude g y r o a c c e l e r o m - CAUT/WARN C a u t i o n a n d nvarning
eter assembly cb Circuit breaker
AGC Apollo g u i d a n c e cc Cubic c e n t i m e t e r
compute r CCW Counterclockwise
AGC Automatic gain control CDU Coupling d i s p l a y u n i t
AGCU -4ttitude g y r o c o u p l i n g CF C o a s t i n g flight
uhit CFE Contractor -furnished
-.\M Amplitude modulation equipment
.AMPL Amplifier c fm Cubic feet p e r minute
-4MS Apollo m i s s i o n s i m u l a t o r CG C e n t e r of g r a v i t y
ANAL Analyzer CHGR Charger
.4NLG Analog CIR & S E P H2 c i r c u l a t i o n , Lvater
ANT Antenna separation cent r i iuge ,
.A S D .4pollo s t a n d a r d and g l y c o l c i r c u l a t i o n
detonator C/M Command module
.ASD Astrosextant door CMD C om m a n d
A SI .4pollo s t a n d a r d i n i t i a t o r C f b l RCS Command module r e a c -
.lS/GPI Attitude s e t / g i m b a l tion control system
position indicator c 0 .A s C r e w m a n optical align-
XTT -4t t enu at o r ment sight
XTT Attitude COMP Com p r e s s o r
.AUTO -4utomatic COMP C om put in g
AUX Auxiliary COMPR Compressor
.4vc Automatic volume COND Condenser
control COND Conditioner
CONT Control
BAT Battery C a r b o n dioxide
co2
BCD Binary coded decimal CPC Coldplate c l a m p
SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS
Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date P a g e -4-1

Apollo Operations Handbook CSM Spacecraft 012

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Apollo Operations Handbook CSM Spacecraft 012

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

!

Prepared Under Direction of

COMMAND AND SERVICE MODULE

PREPARED BY NORTH AMERICAN AVIATION, INC.

PUBLISHED U N D E R A U T H O R I T Y OF THE N A T I O N A L A E R O N A U T I C S A N D SPACE A D M I N I S T R A T I O N

TOTAL N U L I B E R O F PAGES I N THIS PUBLICATION IS 816,

Title 2.8- 1 t h r u 2.8-70

R e c o r d of P u b l i c a t i o n : The publication d a t e of e a c h b a s i c i s s u e and e a c h c h a n g e

P a g e Change D a t e : E a c h page in t h i s handbook h a s s p a c e f o r e n t e r i n g a change

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page B/C

LATE TECHNICAL CHANGES

The i t e m s l i s t e d below r e p r e s e n t t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s which have been a p p r o v e d too

Source D e s c r i p t i o n of Change Section Affected

MCR Change S / M RCS fuel f r o m blended h y d r a z i n e 2. 5

MCR Addition of i n v e r t e r s y n c h r o n i z e r power panel 2,3

MCR Modification of C r e w Couch Lockouts. T h i s

Mission B a s i c Date 12 N o v 1966 Change Date Page D

SYNOPSIS O F SIGNIFICANT CHANCES

T h i s tabulation d o e s not l i s t all c h a n g e s , a d d i t i o n s , , a n d / o r d e l e t i o n s i n t h e handhook.

Hand book Handbook

Updated lockout m e c h a n i s m s on s h o c k s t r u t s . GEN

F u e l cell H2 a n d 0 2 r e a c t a n t shutoff v a l v e s holding EPS

Added t a b u l a r d a t a f o r c o l o r m a r k i n g s contained on SPS, E P S

Added t y p i c a l c h a r t s f r o m MMDB t o d e t e r m i n e S / C RCS, S P S

Updated S P S Delta V a n d E n g i n e G i m b a l Angle c h a r t s . s PS

Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page

This handbook and its contents a r e r e s t r i c t e d to the r e q u i r e -

Section Title Page

1 GENERAL INFORMATION. 1-1

1.1 S p a c e c r a f t 012 Configuration . 1-1

2.1 Guidance and C o n t r o l . 2.1-1

Section Title Page

2.2.5.3 Optics Operation 2.2-41

Mis s ion Basic Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page iv

Section Title Page

2.4.3. 1 Design Data 2.4-30

Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 Change Date Page

Section Title Page

Mission B a s i c Date l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page vi

Section Title Page

2.8.3. 3 R F Electronics Equipment Group . 2.8-42

3 CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS . 3-1

3.1 C o n t r o l s / D i s p l a y s L o c a t o r Index . 3-3

Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page vii

Section Title Page

5 E X P E R I M E N T S AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT DATA 5-1 -

Mission B a s i c Date 1 2 Nov 1966 Change Date Page viii

Section Title Page

5.2.3. 1 Equipment Description . 5-11

Mission B a s i c Date l 2 1966 Change Date Page ix

Section Title Page

M i s s ion B a s i c Date ' l2 1966 C h a n g e Date Page X

Section Title Pagc

6. 10 C r e w m a n I n - F l i g h t Tool S e t and Workshelf ( G F B ) . 6-30

Mission B a s i c Date 12 Nov 1966 Change Date Page xi

Section Title Page

This s e c t i o n contains i n f o r m a t i o n r e l a t i n g to the Xpollo s p a c e c r a f t 012

1.1 SPACE C RA F T 0 12 CONFIGURA TION.

S p a c e c r a f t 012 ( f i g u r e 1 - 1 ) c o n f o r m s to a Block I CSM configuration

NOTE T h e Block I configuration m i s s i o n s f o r the Apollo

0 Development of qualified t e a m s f o r checkout, launch,

1.1.1 LES ASSEMBLY.

T h e LES a s s e m b l y ( f i g u r e 1-1) p r o v i d e s t h e m e a n s f o r s e p a r a t i n g the

M i s s ion B a s i c Date l 2 N o v 1966 Change Date Page 1-1